MISSOUR) BOTANITAp —
BARTONIA »:.
Lia!
a8
SMROEN Libaaay
JOURNAL OF THE .. |
PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB.
No. 47
CONTENTS
Botanical Degradation of Dillerville Swamp, Lancaster County, Pennsylvania
ALFRED E. SCHUYLER I
Distributional History of Lythrum salicaria (Purple Loosestrife) in North America
RonaLD L. StuckEY 3
Five Mile Woods (Bucks County, Pennsylvania) Revisited ..........---- ALFRED E. SCHUYLER 21
A Check-List of the Flora of Hunterdon County, New Jersey ......-.------ VINCENT ABRAITYS 23
Asclepiadaceae of Thomas Nuttall at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia :
ELIzABETH P. McLeEAN 31
Additions to the Check-List of the Flora of Montgomery County, Tl ae
MARIANA MCCABE AND ANN NEWBOLD 36
Status of Some North Jersey Wet Habitats ..........+--.-20-.0++0+0025> VINCENT ABRAITYS 37 —
Revie ice ae oie wags ee wees penn ie ae ee
News and Notes (000. i en a ene ae a
1979 Sield Tepe 2 oa Bee pee: a ee
Membership List 1980 .......- ie pe ee
Program of Meetings 1979-1980 ........-----+-++++> eee a eae.
"PUBLISHED B BY THE CLUB -
_ ACADEMY or NATURAL SCIENCES, STH
_ Paperrens f PENNSYLVANIA 19103 3
a4
i
Inside Back Cover Le
The Philadelphia Botanical Club
Editor: Alfred E. Schuyler
_ MIcHaet H. LEVIN
_ RONALD L, STUCKEY ©
Botanical Degradation of Dillerville Swamp,
Lancaster County, Pennsylvania
ALFRED E, a ai
Department of Bo
Academy of Natural satelite < Philadelphia
19th and the Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103
Dillerville Swamp was a well-known locality for rare plants on the northwest out-
skirts of Lancaster, Pennsylvania. Bayard Long (1929) referred to it as the “‘famous
Dillerville Swamp.’’ Another local botanist (Auxer 1929-1930) wrote it was ‘“‘long
famous for the great number and variety of its flowers.’’ Apparently the swamp had
a diverse flora but it was best known for the rare limestone plants found there. Today
the rare plants are gone and so are many of the more common wetland plants that
added to the appeal of the swamp.
During visits to the former location of the swamp in 1977 and 1979, I failed to locate
any of the following rare plants previously collected there: Carex prairea, Carex te-
tanica, Cladium mariscoides, Eleocharis intermedia, Epilobium strictum, Juncus bal-
ticus, Juncus brachycephalus, Juncus nodosus, Juncus torreyi, Lathyrus palustris,
Lobelia kalmii, Moehringia lateriflora, Muhlenbergia glomerata, Potamogeton hillii,
Rhamnus alnifolia, Rhynchospora capillacea, and Scleria verticillata. These plants
are now presumed extirpated from Lancaster County and possibly from all non-gla-
ciated limestone wetlands in eastern Pennsylvania. Other plants which used to grow
there include Orontium aquaticum, Menyanthes trifoliata, Gentiana crinita, and Smi-
lacina stellata (Auxer 1929-1930)
Degradation of Dillerville Swamp was a gradual process. The last known person to
make extensive collections there was A. E. Urban whose latest Dillerville Swamp
collections in the herbarium of Franklin and Marshall College are dated 1919. In 1927
Bayard Long unsuccessfully searched for Potamogeton hillii' and we learn that by
then the ‘‘original area whence Porter got his material has been greatly altered”’ (Fer-
nald 1932). In 1929 Auxer reported ‘‘a good portion of the swamp on the north side of
Manheim Pike being filled up to form a flying field for the Lancaster Aviation Club
[and a] small portion is also being filled up from the south.’’ Auxer further reports that
he ‘‘found 3 specimens, none of which were very good”’ of the golden club. Today the
area encroaching on the swamp remnants is industrialized and another portion was
recently filled to construct a bus garage. The small streams between Manheim Pike
and Fruitville Pike (underground in some places) have Potamogeton pectinatus, Po-
tamogeton pusillus, and Callitriche stagnalis growing in them but little else. An her-
baceous wetland in the same area near Fruitville Pike south of route 30 has a mixture
of old field and common wetland plants. Wetlands are also still present between Har-
risburg Pike and Marietta Avenue where Zannichellia palustris was recently observed
in pools adjacent to Little Conestoga Creek. It is doubtful, however, that further ex-
ploration will provide anything more than degraded remnants of what things were like
in the past.
‘ Plants from Dillerville Swamp were originally described as Potamogeton porteri Fernald (1932).
l
Z BARTONIA
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I thank Hans Wilkens, Jonathan Richardson, Richard Busch, and two members of
the Lancaster County Conservancy, James Doering and Richard Johnstone, for their
courtesies, interest, and accompaniment to remnants of Dillerville Swamp.
REFERENCES
AUXER, WILLIAM. 1929-1930. ia apse notes in the files of the Muhlenberg Botanical Society, North
Museum, Franklin and Marshall Co
FERNALD, M. L. 1932. The linear-leaved Not American species of Potamogeton, section Axillares. Mem.
Amer. Acad. Arts and Sciences 17(1): 1-183.
LONG, BAYARD. 1929. Some noteworthy indigenous species new to the Philadelphia area. Bartonia No. 10:
30-52.
Distributional History of Lythrum salicaria
(Purple Loosestrife) in North America
RONALD L. STUCKEY
Department of Botany
College of Biological Sciences
The Ohio State University, Columbus 43210
Lythrum salicaria L. (purple loosestrife, spiked loosestrife, long purples, or red
sally) of the Lythraceae is a tall, perennial, purplish-red-flowered herbaceous plant of
wetland habitats. As mapped by Hultén (1971), the species occurs in the eastern hemi-
sphere in Eurasia, northern Africa, and Australia. Considered native to Eurasia, purple
loosestrife has been known from North America since shortly after the beginning of
the nineteenth century. During the late nineteenth century and first half of the twentieth
century it spread into the glaciated wetlands of North America, particularly in the St.
Lawrence River valley, the Hudson River valley, and the Great Lakes region. Its
progression across the continent is illustrated on three maps showing the extent of its
known distribution before 1900 (Fig. 1), before 1940 (Fig. 2), and to 1980 (Fig. 3).
Purple loosestrife is often cultivated in gardens from whence it escapes into nearby
wetlands and becomes established along edges of rivers and ponds, in roadside and
railroad ditches, and in low, wet meadows and marshes that are submerged in the
spring and become dry in the summer. In certain wetland areas, the plant has become
an aggressive ‘‘weed,’’ forming massive colonies that consequently eliminate the na-
tive, sometimes rare, marshland species. This elimination of the native species was of
particular concern to Fernald (1940, pp. 378-379) who wrote that from above Montreal
to below Quebec in the St. Lawrence River valley, ‘‘the formerly unique and endemic
flora of the estuary is being rapidly obliterated by the crowding and handsome but
overwhelming . . . purple loosestrife (Lythrum salicaria), . . . gorgeous to look upon
but unscrupulous and without mercy for the insignificant endemics, which cannot last
many years longer. Similarly, on the lower Merrimac the same purple loosestrife, a
joy to the artistic and unscientific eye, has obliterated the fastidious and localized
endemics, which had become isolated there since the last withdrawal of the Champlain
Sea.’ In recent reviews of the family Lythraceae in North America, little or no infor-
mation has been presented on the distributional history of L. salicaria (Graham 1964
and 1975; Shinners 1953). Louis-Marie (1944) and Rousseau (1968) have reviewed the
history of its spread in Quebec. This paper assembles data from the literature and from
herbarium specimens documenting the distributional history of L. salicaria in North
America. Although numerous varieties and forms of the species are reported in the
literature, none of these variants is taken into consideration in this paper. Diagnostic
characteristics of these variants are in Koehne (1903) and Louis-Marie (1944).
DOCUMENTATION FROM NINETEENTH CENTURY MANUALS AND FLORAS
The earliest apparently reliable report of L. salicaria in North America is the state-
ment ‘‘In wet meadows: Canada and New England . . . About two feet high; flowers
very showy, purple’’ in Pursh’s Flora Americae Septentrionalis (1814). He noted hav-
ing seen the plant living. Torrey (1824) summarized the distribution of L. salicaria in
3
4 BARTONIA
‘or ro"
F Known distribution of Lythrum salicaria in northeastern United States and southeastern Canada
previous to 1900 based on herbarium records and reliable literature reports. Dots inside circles represent
records obtained between 1890 and 1899.
North America, saying: ‘‘Among the numerous specimens of plants I have received
from various parts of New-England, I have never seen one of this; nor has it been
found in North-America, to my knowledge, by any other Botanist except Pursh.”’
Hooker (1829-1833) in his Flora Boreali-Americana cited Pursh and then wrote *‘abun-
dant, in Upper Canada’’ based on information he had obtained from David Douglas
who had traveled in western Ontario north of Lake Erie, which at that time was called
Upper Canada. Macoun (1883), however, doubted Douglas’ record, and suspected that
it referred to swamp loosestrife, Decodon verticillatus. Torrey and Gray (1843) noted
the species in ‘‘Wet meadows, Canada! Maine! and Massachusetts! probably native.”’
In what appears to be the first record for the state of New York, Torrey (1843) said,
‘‘Borders of Murderer’s Creek, Orange County, where it occurs in many places for
several miles, and is apparently native . . . ..” Herbarium records have not been seen
which would verify these early reports. In the first edition of his Manual, Gray (1848)
gave the same range as Torrey and Gray did in 1843, and also indicated that it was
commonly cultivated. This same range information was retained through the next four
editions of the Manual (Gray 1856, 1858, 1863, and 1867). Furthermore, Gray (1856—
1857, p. 66) believed that purple loosestrife was native, at least in New England, but
allowed that its status was ‘‘not clear from suspicion.’’ In his Catalogue of Canadian
Plants, Macoun (1883, 1886, and 1888) cited locations at the Quarantine Station, Island
of Orleans, and Longueuil in the St. Lawrence River valley, and from a low river bank
LYTHRUM SALICARIA IN NORTH AMERICA a
Known distribution of Lythrum salicaria in the United States and southern Canada previous to
1940 t based on herbarium records and reliable literature reports.
at Bryon near London, Ontario. He noted that the plant was abundant in meadows
among the ruins of Louisburg in Nova Scotia. In all of the above publications, L.
salicaria was treated as indigenous to North America. It was not until the sixth aes
of Gray’s Manual that the distributional information was expanded to “‘N. Scotia
Delaware,’ and that the species was treated as a non-indigenous member of the Phi
naturalized from Europe (Gray, Watson, and Coulter 1889). Other reports at about the
same time noted a similar North American range for this European species (Barker
1891; Koehne 1885).
DOCUMENTATION FROM EARLY HERBARIUM SPECIMENS AND LOCAL LITERATURE
The earliest known herbarium specimens of L. salicaria are from three general areas
along the northeast coast of the United States—(1) eastern Massachusetts, (2) Long
Island and the Hudson River valley in New York, and (3) the Delaware River valley
in Pennsylvania and New Jersey. In Massachusetts, the earliest known specimen is
from the seaport city of New Bedford in Bristol County obtained in September 1831
(Green s.n., NY). Later records are from Cambridge in 1844 (without collector, BH)
and Amherst in 1867 (Ward s.n., ILL). None of these specimens provides any data as
to the habitat or conditions under which the plants were growing. However, herbarium
records from the 1870’s to the 1900’s note the plants from waste ground, dumps, river
banks, ponds, and meadows. By 1900, purple loosestrife was known in Massachusetts
from nearly 20 localities, including Nantucket Island (Bicknell 1914), where a few
6 BARTONIA
1G. 3. Known distribution of Lythrum salicaria in North America previous to 1980 based on herbarium
records, reliable literature reports, and other recent records received from correspondents.
plants were to be found. In later years, L. salicaria was reported in the Boston area
as “‘introduced in wool-waste at many places; especially abundant along the Merrimac
River...” (Knowlton and Deane 1921). A single plant from near Abbot’s Woolen Mill
at Graniteville in the upper Merrimac River valley, obtained 31 Aug 1908 (Dickerson
s.n., GH), provides evidence for an early introduction from a wool mill. Pellett (1944)
stated that purple loosestrife was introduced in the Merrimac River valley through
seed washed out of wool, and that the plants had spread down river to the point where
the river water mixed with the salt water for about four miles from the ocean. The
river shores and the entering streams were lined with a solid mass of purple when the
plants were in bloom.
As noted by Bailey (1905), the species in Rhode Island was ‘‘scattered over the
state, [but] is no where abundant.’’ He cited locations at Littlke Compton, Apponaug,
and South Kingston. Other records prior to the 1900’s from New England are selected
as follows: CONNECTICUT: [New Haven Co.]: rare, river banks, Southington, 20
Jul 1895, Bissell 29 (iLL). NEW HAMPSHIRE: [Carroll Co.]: Conway, Aug 1875,
Jesup s.n. (MU). [Grafton Co.]: Hanover, 20 Jul 1892, Sargent s.n. (GH). VERMONT:
{Rutland Co.]: Clarendon, 5 Jul 1898, Eggleston 222 (Gu), 30 Jul 1902, Eggleston 2878
(MIN, MO, NY, PH,
In New York, the earliest known specimen seen of L. salicaria is from Flushing,
Long Island, taken in August 1864 (Allen s.n., NYS). This record is 54 years older than
the previously reported first-known record of 1918 for Long Island (Latham 1938).
LYTHRUM SALICARIA IN NORTH AMERICA 7
Specimens from marshes along the Hudson River (Clinton s.n., MICH, MSC, NY) and
at Cold Spring (Clinton s.n., NY) were first obtained in August 1867. By 1870, L.
salicaria was listed for the New York City area at the railroad station in Flushing, in
Orange County, and along the Hudson River (Leggett 1870). In the New York City
area, purple loosestrife continued to spread and became established along the shores
of the Hudson River and along railroad rights-of-way in the valley (Bicknell 1880;
Merriam 1872; Rudkin 1879). From the lower Hudson valley, the species migrated
northward, and by 1889 it was known from the banks of the Champlain River (Brainerd
, GH). Four years later, the first report of the plant growing along the margin at the
head of Lake Champlain was indicated (Peck 1893). This new station was then believed
to be the northernmost one in the state, although a record from farther north at Saranac
Lake in the Adirondack Mountains is older (Aug 1888, Heritage s.n., PENN). Reports
of field trips by the Torrey Botanical Club in the early 1900’s noted that L. salicaria
was well established along the shore of the Hudson River, in the valley, and in wet
places in upland sites. Raymond Torrey (1929) wrote:
Along the shore of the Hudson, the Purple Loosestrife Lythrum salicaria was in its usual striking display
in mid-August. Upland occurrences were found in the bottom of a dried up pond in the Bear Mountain
nature trail area, and in a springy spot along the road leading up from Fort Montgomery. I have usually
regarded the displays of this plant in the brackish marshes along the Hudson, between Stony Point and
Poughkeepsie or higher, as the most resplendent, but in coming down from the Catskills, by automobile, via
the Rondout and Wallkill valleys, on the morning of the 18th, I saw larger expanses along those streams and
in meadows in Orange County, ten miles west of the Hudson, which were the most glorious in massed
purple that I have ever seen.
The origin of purple loosestrife’s occurrence in wetlands in upland areas was of some
concern, and in a later report of a field trip to the Blue Mountain Reservation southeast
of Peeksill in Westchester County, Raymond Torrey (1931) explained:
. The dead stems of the Purple Loosestrife, Lythrum Salicaria, on brooks and small swamps, high up
in the preserve, at elevations 400 feet above the Hudson, indicated that this adventive plant, which has
spread from whatever coastal point it was established at seventy-five or one hundred years ago, all along
the Atlantic seaboard from the Gulf of St. Lawrence to the Potomac, must be spread by other means than
tidal or fresh waters, for it could scarcely have been seeded in these high swamps except by birds. It is now
well established on many tributaries of the Hudson, miles from their mouths and 200 to 500 feet above the
river. One notices red-winged blackbirds feeding on its seeds in the brackish marshes along the Hudson
where it is so common, and it seems probable that these or other birds carry it to the streams and swamps
back of the river.
The migration of purple loosestrife in the Hudson River valley was the subject of an
article in the New York Times, Sunday 21 Aug 1932 (Anonymous). The writer ex-
plained that the plants’ ‘‘spread within the last thirty or forty years has been so swift
that they have taken up entire meadows and wet fields, and brackish marshes where
they were quite unknown half a century ago.’’ The extensive article further speculates
on the migration of the species in the Hudson River valley, but rt of the statements
are contrary to the above established facts from herbarium rec
Elsewhere in New York, L. salicaria was reported by Dudley te from the Finger
Lakes region based on two records from the shores of Cayuga Lake, one in 1869 and
another in 1875 (Hine s.n., Cu). He noted that ‘‘the plants have continued [persisted],
though not increased.’’ At about the same time, purple loosestrife appeared along
roadsides and on river banks near the south shore of Lake Ontario at Oswego (16 Aug
1877, Sheldon s.n., Nys, and reported by Peck 1879), near Buffalo (Jul 1876, Morong
8 BARTONIA
s.n., NY), and was known from Niagara Falls by 1884 and from near Farmers Mill by
1896 (Zenkert 1934). Before 1900, the species was rare along the shore of Irondequoit
Bay in Monroe County and was present at Clyde in adjacent Wayne County (Beckwith
and Macauley 1894). It was not until the early 1900's that purple loosestrife spread
across New York. Taylor (1915) wrote that it ‘‘was becoming common throughout
many parts of our range, especially in the Hudson and Delaware Valleys.’ Pellett, in
a letter of 28 August 1919 to William Trelease, botanist at the University of Illinois,
wrote, ‘‘rapidly spreading in the localities where it has appeared’’ in New York. House
(1924) noted it as ‘‘Frequent or locally common across the State south of the Adiron-
dacks, and locally northward to Lake Champlain . . . in some sections becoming very
common.”’ Later, House (1937) noted with regret that the purple loosestrife brought
no protest as it marched across the state and usurped the habitat of the native marsh
plants.
In the Delaware River valley, the oldest herbarium specimen seen is one from Phila-
delphia taken in July 1852 (Seal s.n., PH). On the opposite side of the river in Camden
County, New Jersey, purple loosestrife was first obtained from the gravelly shore of
the Delaware River near the mouth of Cooper’s Creek (10 Jul 1864, Burk s.n., PH),
and a year later Diffenbaugh obtained a plant from Cooper’s Bridge (25 Jul 1865, PH).
He noted on his specimen ‘‘First detected by Isaac Burk in 1864.’’ The following year
it was noted as ‘‘rare’’ on the banks of the Delaware at Pavonia (29 Jul 1866, Parker
2212, MIN, MO), and also in 1866 it was first recorded from Delaware at Holly Oak in
New Castle County (Canby s.n., Ny). Diffenbaugh noted on his specimen obtained 2
Aug 1868 (pH) ‘‘From the same root as formerly. It does not appear to spread.” In
1878 purple loosestrife was noted ‘‘On ships ballast at Greenwich Point, Phil[adelphia]”’
(16 Aug 1878, Burk s.n., PH), and the following year on ballast at Camden (27 Jul 1879,
Parker s.n., GH). In March 1869, George Martin, M.D., of West Chester, wrote to
Professor Thomas C. Porter of Easton, that he was sending a specimen of Lythrum
that ‘‘was gathered early in August [1868] in a swampy piece of ground a short distance
East of this place and I presume must have escaped from a Nursery in the neighborhood
. . . There were several in the same locality.’’ By 1900, purple loosestrife was recorded
from Northampton, Bucks, Philadelphia, Chester, and Delaware counties in the Del-
aware valley (Porter 1903). Later, Small and Carter (1913) reported it from Columbia
in Lancaster County. These fragments of information suggest that L. salicaria may
have come into the Delaware River valley through ships’ ballast or as an escape from
cultivation in gardens or nurseries from whence it spread.
WESTWARD AND SOUTHWARD SPREAD FROM NORTHEASTERN NORTH AMERICA
The arrival of L. salicaria in isolated localities to the west and south of its early
established range in northeastern North America occurred mostly about the turn of the
century. In western Pennsylvania, Shafer (1901) listed purple loosestrife at Highwood
Cemetery in Allegheny County, where it had escaped from cultivation. It was planted
at artificial fish ponds in Washington, D.C. (25 Jun 1896, Steele s.n., MU), and was
known from waste ground as far south as Wilmington, North Carolina (20 Aug 1885,
McCarthy s.n., Us). Other known isolated occurrences to the south of Pennsylvania
are in West Virginia in Monroe County at Salt Sulfur Springs (Aug 1858, Canby s.n.,
NY), and in Ohio County at Wheeling (30 Aug 1878, G. Gubbenburg s.n., NY), along
the Ohio River in Kentucky (Aug 1896, Marsh s.n., NY), and in Knox County, Ten-
nessee (10 Aug 1899, Ruth s.n., NY).
LYTHRUM SALICARIA IN NORTH AMERICA 9
In the western Great Lakes region, L. salicaria was first reported from Michigan in
Wright (1839) and listed for Michigan in Eaton and Wright’s North American Botany
(1840), but no further documentation for this record is known. This record was repeated
in the catalogues of Michigan plants by Coleman (1874) and Palmer (1879). The plants
were cultivated at Lansing, Michigan (15 Jun 1887, without collector, Msc), recorded
from a cemetery in Detroit in July 1885 (McAtee 1923), and noted as ‘Probably an
escape, near Palmer Park, Detroit’? (27 Aug 1916, Farwell 4404, BLH, MICH), later
reported by Farwell (1918). The Rev. Philip L. Schenek, late professor in the English
Department at The University of Michigan, is said to have looked on with ‘‘pride and
awe the spread of Purple Loosestrife which he introduced [along the Huron River
northwest of Ann Arbor] from seeds brought . . . from Massachusetts’’ early in the
1900’s (Huntley, Spurlin, and Powers 1968). Pepoon (1916) was intrigued by a single
plant occurring along the Wabash railway in the Chicago area, and later, Pepoon (1927)
wrote that a few plants were known in 1900 from wet ground near the Wabash railway
west of Aetna, Indiana. Farther to the southwest, the plant was cultivated in St. Louis,
Missouri (2 Jul 1910, Sherff 203, GH). These early citations certainly suggest that L.
salicaria has had many separate, independent introductions involving various dispersal
mechanisms, and that these and other phenomena have occurred at numerous unre-
corded sites throughout midwestern North America
The establishment of L. salicaria in the glaciated wellids of the Great Lakes region
also occurred about the turn of the century. Along the shoreline of Lake Michigan in
western Michigan, the species appeared at Muskegon (1879, Frost s.n., NY) and was
known from a coastal marsh farther south at Saugatuck in Allegan County by 1898
(Umbach s.n., MICH, MIN, US). In the Saginaw Bay area, purple loosestrife was noted
at Saginaw (4 Aug 1893, Claire s.n., NY) and as ‘‘frequent’’ in wet meadows at Bay
City (2 Aug 1896, Bradford s.n., Msc). At the south end of Lake Huron at Port Huron
it was ‘‘plentiful’’ where it grew in damp places in streets on the outskirts of the city
(6 Aug 1893, Dodge s.n., MICH). A second specimen of Dodge’s with the same date
(MICH) bears the information, ‘‘Have seen only two plants & they were . . . within the
limits of the city of Port Huron. This plant seems to be traveling west.’’ Later Dodge
(1900) wrote: “‘Appearing as a weed in the streets of the city of Port Huron now for
several years.’’ Other pre-1900 sites are known from farther north in Crawford County
at Grayling (25 Aug 1897, Jones s.n., NY) and in the Upper Peninsula in Houghton
County at Houghton (14 Jul 1896, Reardon s.n., NY). In two catalogues of the flora of
Michigan (Wheeler and Smith 1881; Beal and Wheeler 1892), L. salicaria was not
reported, but Beal (1905) in his Flora wrote that the species occurred from *‘ Detroit
to Bay City, Port Huron... .’’ Its occurrence and establishment inland in wetlands
of southern Michigan is documented by the following selected records dated before
1930: Hillsdale Co.: A few plants only, marsh near Jonesville, 6 Aug 1927, Moseley
s.n. (BGSU); [Ingham Co.]: In waste field on poor soil, Haslet, 15 Jul 1917, Yuncker
414 (ILL, US); Livingston Co.: Shore of Strawberry Lake, 12 Jun 1921, Ehlers 1485
(GH, MICH); [Wayne Co.]: Sheldon, 10 Sep 1924, Farwell 7139 (BLH, MICH), cited by
Farwell (1925) as ‘‘Occasional in roadside ditches.’’ In the well-studied Douglas Lake
region of northern Michigan, purple loosestrife was first noted as recently established
along Lake Huron at the outlet of the Cheboygan River at the town of Cheboygan from
records made in 1933 (Ehlers 5344, umBS: Gleason & Gleason, Jr., 321, GH, IND, NY)
and reported in Gates and Ehlers (1948).
In Ohio, L. salicaria was first obtained at Little Mountain in Lake County (24 Aug
10 BARTONIA
1902, Hacker s.n., OS) and first reported by Kellerman and Jennings (1904). Its early
spread in the state apparently was slow, as it was noted 30 years later from only Lake
and Cuyahoga counties in northeastern Ohio along Lake Erie (Schaffner, 1932). Sub-
sequently, Schaffner (1937) added a record from ‘‘an old prairie, three miles west of
Marion,”’ in central Ohio (Jun 1936, Transeau s.n., OS) where it probably grew along
a railroad. Blackwell (1970) mapped its distribution in Ohio and considered the species
to be ‘‘infrequent’’ in the state. Based on herbarium records, the species had spread
by the late 1950’s into several locations in northern Ohio. This range expansion was
especially evident in certain wetlands and marshes along and near Sandusky Bay in
western Lake Erie. Here, purple loosestrife became a particularly aggressive ‘““weed”’
crowding out native species in unmanaged wetlands during the time of high water in
Lake Erie from 1969 to 1976. Elsewhere in northern, central, and southern Ohio, L.
salicaria occurs in small isolated colonies usually along shores of rivers and reservoirs
and in roadside and railroad ditches. The species is cultivated in yards and gardens,
and occasionally escapes. In central and southern Ohio, where extensive wetlands are
scarce, the species is not a ‘‘weed’’ problem. In unglaciated Ohio, Cusick and Silber-
horn (1977) listed L. salicaria as infrequent in disturbed wet situations from six coun-
ties.
In Indiana, L. salicaria apparently had spread very little from 1900, the date of the
first known record, to the time that Deam (1940) wrote his Flora of Indiana. He noted
the species from two additional counties, Elkhart and Marion. Herbarium records seen
from this period are: Elkhart Co.: Middlebury, 5 Jul 1914, Elk s.n. (Ny); [Monroe Co.]:
Bloomington, 1910, Parks s.n. (NY); Marion Co.: Along a stream about | mile southeast
of Irvington, July 1925, Freisner s.n. (IND). The latter locality was reported to have
had about ‘*30 well established clumps . . . scattered along the banks of the stream
within a distance of a half mile.’’ These plants were believed to have spread from *‘a
single clump of depauperate plants on an old estate about a half mile up the stream
. located on a slope which drains into the stream’’ (Deam 1926). Purple loosestrife
is apparently more common in glaciated northern Indiana (Fig. 3).
In the glaciated portion of Illinois, L. salicaria was reported as an adventive in Cook,
Richland, and Winnebago counties before 1950 (Fuller and Jones 1949). Later, Jones
and Fuller (1955) noted it as occasional and naturalized in swamps and wet meadows
from five counties in the state. Based on herbarium specimens at the University of
Illinois, it appears that purple loosestrife may have begun spreading in this state in the
1950’s. Swink (1969 and 1974) wrote that it is planted as a garden ornamental and
‘‘escapes to become a weed in wet places.’’ He further noted that it was rapidly
increasing in the Chicago area where it occurs in marshes, along streams, on mudbars
in rivers, and in ditches. The map in Mohlenbrock and Ladd (1978) shows the species
from 13 counties in glaciated Illinois. In the unglaciated southern portion of the state,
purple loosestrife was reported as a ‘‘waif’’ from a moist ditch south of Elkville in
Jackson County (Mohlenbrock 1959; Mohlenbrock and Voigt 1959). An earlier record
is known from Carbondale in Jackson County (6 Aug 1903, Fish s.n., Ny). Its spread
in southern Illinois has apparently been more recent, where it is now known from five
counties (Mohlenbrock and Ladd 1978).
In Wisconsin, as summarized from Ugent (1962), L. salicaria is *‘Sporadic through-
out the state, though often occurring in very large colonies, in moist or wet ground,
frequently along muddy lake shores, river banks, ponds, cattail marshes, sedge mead-
ows, and roadside or railroad ditches.’’ Frequently cultivated and established as an
LYTHRUM SALICARIA IN NORTH AMERICA 11
escape, “‘it has been rapidly spreading in recent years.’ The first record comes from
Whitefish Bay along Lake Michigan in Milwaukee County (1928, Thorne s.n., MIL,
wis). A dot map with dated localities in Ugent shows that many of the records are
from the 1950’s. As reported by Cutright (1978), purple loosestrife is plentiful in Kletsch
Park in Milwaukee with substantial populations in the northernmost part of the state
in Ashland and Bayfield counties. The species is continuing to spread, and since 1970
it has been located in Bayfield, Kewaunee, Shawano, and Sawyer counties in northern
Wisconsin, and in Columbia and Vernon counties in the southern part of the state,
according to Cutright.
OCCURRENCE IN UNGLACIATED UNITED STATES AND WEST OF THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER
Although L. salicaria has spread extensively and has become common in the gla-
ciated wetlands of the northern United States during the past 100 years, south of the
Wisconsin glacial border the species has been reported as infrequent in Ohio and
Illinois and appears to be locally isolated elsewhere. Isolated locations are reported in
Pennsylvania from a roadside thicket in 1962, Bedford County (Henry 1978); as an
escape in 1958, Butler County (Henry 1971); from two stations in Centre County (Wes-
terfeld 1961); and from low land in 1961, Somerset County (Ross 1962). In Maryland
the species has been noted from the marshes of the Patuxent River in Calvert County
(Shreve, Chrysler, Blodgett, and Besley 1910) and in ditches near oyster shell piles in
1958 at Canton (Reed 1964). Purple loosestrife has become naturalized in wet meadows
and swamps in the District of Columbia and vicinity (Hitchcock and Stanley 1919;
Massey 1961). Two locations are reported for West Virginia, at Mercer Springs in
Mercer County and along Indian Creek in Monroe County (McNeill 1938). Strausbaugh
and Core (1973) cited it as ‘‘Frequently seen in cultivation; established as an escape,
Arden, Barbour County ... Lake Floyd, Harrison County ... and Salt Sulphur
Springs, Monroe County,”’ the latter evidently the same locality where it was first
obtained in the state a century earlier. In North Carolina, the species is reported as
very rare in marshes only from Watauga County (Radford, Ahles, and Bell 1968; Beal
1977), and in Alabama, only from Madison County (Whetstone 1978). In southeastern
United States, L. salicaria has not been reported elsewhere (Graham 1975; Jones
1975).
West of the Mississippi River, the distribution of L. salicaria is scattered, and the
evidence suggests that the plants have mostly escaped from cultivation. In Minnesota,
it is known from 12 widely-spaced localities. Two of the earliest recorded localities
are: [Carver Co.]: West shore, Smith’s Bay, Lake Minnesota, Jul 1938, Hedman 73
(MIN); north shore, Brown’s Bay, Lake Minnesota, Jul 1938, Hedman 73 (MIN). Ste-
vens Co.: A large patch growing in roadside meadow near old nursery, | mile southeast
of Morris, 16 Aug 1946, Moore & Huff 19052 (GH, MIN, PENN). In Iowa, data on a
specimen from Cedar Rapids in Linn County noted that the species was in ‘‘several
localities . . . spread after cultivation’ (11 Jul 1926, Benke 4288, us). In Scott County,
the plant has been cited as ‘‘An occasional escape from flower gardens’’ (Guldner
1960). Beal and Monson (1954), however, did not map L. salicaria for lowa. The
introduction of purple loosestrife into Buena Vista County in northwest Iowa has
apparently been for the purpose of establishing a honey plant for bees. As reported by
Pellett (1963), the seeds of purple loosestrife were scattered several years previously
by Walter Guntren of Storm Lake along several small streams in the vicinity. The
seeds germinated and the plants persisted, soon spreading in the streams and into a
12 BARTONIA
nearby unnamed lake. In a short time, approximately thirty acres of the marshes and
wetlands around the lake became covered with purple loosestrife. In more recent years,
the plants have begun to spread down the Racoon River, the main river in the county,
where each year it is noted farther downstream (Pellett 1977). In an editorial reply,
Hughes (1977) urged beekeepers to join with other conservationists in preventing the
spread of purple loosestrife.
In Missouri, Palmer and Steyermark (1935) noted it as ‘‘Introduced in waste ground”
in Franklin County. A year later, it was obtained at Neosha in Newton County from
the water’s edge at a fish hatchery (5 Jul 1936, deGruchy 178, GH). In his Flora of
Missouri, Steyermark (1963) wrote ‘‘Planted as an ornamental garden species, rarely
escaping from cultivation ... where known from Franklin and Newton (introduced
and spreading along banks of spring-fed pond, near Saginaw, August 6, 1952, Palmer
54649) counties.’’ In North Dakota, Stevens (1972) wrote that the plant is ‘‘much plant-
ed and a considerable colony developed in a low, roadside area at Fargo’’ in Cass
County. On the specimen, he noted ‘‘perhaps from plantings 15 years ago, but seems
naturalized’ (3 Aug 1964, Stevens 2732, DAO, MIN, UC). Van Bruggen (1976) stated
that purple loosestrife was “‘Rarely escaped from plantings and becoming successfully
established in moist, low areas in the eastern part’’ of South Dakota. In Nebraska, the
species is reported from along a stream one mile east of Exeter in Fillmore County,
based on a specimen obtained 9 August 1973 (Churchill, Kaul, and Sutherland 1976).
They noted ‘‘So far it is not a problem in Nebraska.’’ The only known record for
Kansas is from Lyon County, based on a specimen a half mile east of the campus of
Emporia State University, Emporia (8 Jul 1968, Johncour s.n., KSTC). The site is a
low, somewhat swampy, much disturbed area along the floodplain of the Neosha River.
Perhaps the colony has not become established, as botanists in Kansas were not able
to relocate the colony during field work in the summers of 1977 and 1978 (McGregor
1978). McGregor and Barkley (1977) have mapped the species from eight counties
within the Great Plains as delimited in their Atlas. In southwestern United States,
McCoy (1954) and Taylor (1977) did not report L. salicaria from Oklahoma, nor did
Correll and Correll (1972) have it from Arizona, New Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas.
Since then, a locality has been reported from southeastern Texas in Hardin County,
‘‘almost in water of stream along roadside leading to Sour Lake’’ (25 Jun 1971, Amer-
son & Watson 540, SMU) as cited by Flook (1975). A more recent record is from Randall
County (along Palo Duro Creek just n of Canyon, 24 Jul 1975, Higgins 9529, UC).
In western United States, L. salicaria is known from Utah, Washington, California,
Oregon, Colorado, and Idaho. Since the 1940’s, purple loosestrife has been identified
from Utah, according to the following records: Salt Lake Co.: Margin of irrigation
canal near cultivated fields, Salt Lake City, Aug 1943, Harrison 10584 (NY, UC, US);
near e end of Salt Lake City, 25 Jul 1978, Van Norman s.n. (uc). [Cache Co.]: 1 mi
w of Logan, 26 Jul 1947, Holmgren 7061 (Ny, UC). Utah Co.: Powell’s Slough on the
e shore of Utah Lake ca. 2 mi w of Provo, 15 Aug 1976, Thorn 88 (uc). In the coastal
states, the records date from the 1930’s, when the species evidently first appeared near
the campus of the University of Washington in Seattle, based on the following records:
[King Co.]: Abundantly established at boggy margins of Lake Washington near the
University grounds, 18 Aug 1931, Thompson 8004 (GH, MO, PH, UC, also cited by
Thompson 1932); Lake Sammamish, 11 Aug 1933, Eyerdam s.n. (MIN); weed on cam-
pus, Seattle, 17 Jun 1934, Jones 5040 (GH, ILL, NY, UC). In California, L. salicaria has
been reported from Sonoma, Nevada, and Butte counties (Howell and True 1966;
LYTHRUM SALICARIA IN NORTH AMERICA 13
Munz 1968). As summarized from Howell and True (1966), the earliest record, from
Sonoma County, is dated 26 July 1948, and is represented by ‘‘one plant found at edge
of hopfield west of Santa Rosa . . . about 1 mile west of Forest Station.’’ In Nevada
County, purple loosestrife is considered escaped from cultivation along stream banks
and roadsides in the vicinity of Grass Valley to Nevada City. The species has been
located south of Oroville, in Butte County, and ‘“‘has become so rampant .. . as to
require agricultural control since it threatens to invade rice fields.’’ L. salicaria is
reported as escaped from cultivation in Oregon (Howell and True 1966). One record
has been seen from Polk County where the plant was in moist ground near cattails (2
Aug 1952, Smith s.n., DAO, PENN). Ornduff (1962) reported that in August 1961 a small
colony was in a “‘winter-wet depression at the edge of the industrial area on Swan
Island, Multnomah County.”’
The known records from Colorado and Idaho are more recent. In the former state,
purple loosestrife is reported from Jefferson County where it occurs ‘‘around a pond
at high water line between cattail zone and grassy meadow, w of Hampden and Quincy,
South Denver’? (Jul 1978, Harner COLO 318898) as cited by Weber, Johnston, and
Wilken (1979). A single plant was seen on 6 August 1979 by Thomas H. Jackson at the
edge of a pond at the Federal Youth Correction Center about one mile south of Havana
in northwest Denver (Daniel Q. Thompson, pers. comm.). In the latter State, the
species is known from Gem County, five miles west of Emmett where it is ‘“‘now
widespread in farming area’’ (12 Aug 1972, Albee 1076, Mo, Uc) and in Ada County
‘“‘in seepage pasture along Boise River near Eagle’’ where first seen about 1972 by
William E. Hartman (Daniel Q. Thompson, pers. comm.).
DISTRIBUTION IN CANADA
The introduction and early history of the establishment of L. salicaria in the St.
Lawrence River valley has been reviewed comprehensively by Louis-Marie (1944) and
summarily by Rousseau (1968). They came to the conclusion that the species arrived
from France sometime during the nineteenth century, based on the cited reports of
Pursh in 1814 and Hooker in 1832, and other records dated in the 1850’s and following
years. Herbarium records I have seen mostly dated before 1900 are selected as follows
and mapped (Fig. 1): QUEBEC: Isle Bouchard, St. Lawrence River, 14 Aug 1884,
Cooley 15729 (iLL); St. Lamberts [near Montreal], 16 Jul 1892, Scott s.n. (TRT); Hull,
12 Jul 1898, Scott s.n. (TRT); wet bank St. Lawrence River, below Quebec, 4 Aug
1902, Churchill s.n. (BH, GH). MANITOBA: Neepawa, Jul 1896, J. Fletcher s.n. (DAO).
NOVA SCOTIA: Swamp, Grand Battery, Louisburg, 17 Jul 1883, Burgess s.n. (CAN,
TRT). ONTARIO: [Carleton Co.]: Railway bank, Ottawa East, Aug 1888, Scott s.n.
(DAO); Middlesex Co.: Bank of Thames, w of Byron, 1 Sep 1888, Dearness s.n. (DAO);
Waterloo Co.: Galt, 29 Jul 1891, Prescott s.n. (Uwo); [Lincoln Co.]: Low ground, St.
Catharines, 14 Jul 1897, McCalla 432 (us); Welland Co.: Niagara Falls, 21 Aug 1899,
Wilkes s.n. (TRT).
At the present time, L. salicaria is most extensive in the St. Lawrence River valley
as mapped by Rousseau (1968), and in Ontario where Montgomery (1957) wrote
‘‘widely distributed throughout southern Ontario in low wet soil and in marshes along
streams and lakes; very occasional in the northern districts.’’ In addition to herbarium
records from CAN, DAO, TRT, and those cited in Groh (1944), the distribution map of
L. salicaria in Canada (Fig. 3) has been compiled from information in Roland (1941,
1945) for Nova Scotia, Erskine (1960) for Prince Edward Island, Rousseau (1968) and
14 BARTONIA
QQ mm KEY
42 == = Wisconsin - Minnesota
I =-—- Ohio
oe Indiana - Illinois
==-= Michiga
0m — Western New York and Pe ,
Finger Region i f
=== Hudson River Valley ° {
38m eee Delaware River Valley and °
New Jers “5 J
a New England ° f
/
/
34 f
/
32 -_ f
f
30 -— /
» 28 -_
Cc
=
oo
3 26 =
r-}
UO
224 7
o
wn
o
= 22
)
cs)
2
+g 20 =
°
a 18 =
E
2
=
16 =
14 om
12 =
10 =
gS =
6 =
,
2 -
? ,
oa <
. eee iT BOO ote a ae ex
| i | | | | i a
a a a a i-a) a a an
inal wy ~ a _ taal w wo
o o o o ao an a nn
i 1 i | | '
So o o o o oOo oO o
N za wo ao o N a wo
o o o o a n an na
Time in Twenty-year Periods
Fic. 4. The establishment and proliferation of Lythrum salicaria as reflected in the numbers of localities
and collections correlated with time periods of 20-year intervals.
LYTHRUM SALICARIA IN NORTH AMERICA i
TABLE 1. The establishment and proliferation of Lythrum salicaria as reflected in the numbers of localities
and collections correlated with time periods of 20-year intervals.
Number of Localities and Collections
ee Western Wis-
New York consin
valles Hudson and Finger Indiana and
Time in 20- New and New River Lakes Michi- inne-
year periods England Jersey Valley Region gan Ohio Illinois sota
1960-1979 8 1 1 0 8 40 3 29
1940-1959 8 17 12 2) 26 6 10 26
1920-1939 18 40 36 9 13 = 4 6
1900-1919 43 28 16 11 3 2 4 0
1880-1899 22 25 17 4 Ji 0 1 0
1860-1879 ie 13 11 5 1 0 0 0
1840-1859 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
1820-1839 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Scoggan (1950) for Quebec, Scoggan (1957) and L6ve and Bernard (1959) for Manitoba,
Moss (1959) for Alberta, and Cody (1978) for Saskatchewan.
OVERVIEW
Although L. salicaria has been in North America since the early part of the nine-
teenth century, it had not become a troublesome ‘‘weed’’ until the 1930’s, when it
became aggressive in the floodplain pastures of the St. Lawrence River in Quebec
(Louis-Marie 1944). Since then the species has formed extensive and dense populations
in other river floodplain areas, such as in the lower Hudson, the Merrimac, the Dela-
ware, and in the marshes of the Finger Lakes region and western Lake Erie, all except
the Delaware located within the glaciated area of eastern North America. Elsewhere
east of the Mississippi River, purple loosestrife is usually more scattered and of local
occurrence. West of the Mississippi River, it is confined to a few known isolated ponds,
streams, irrigation ditches, and cultivated fields. The only major river systems in west-
ern United States where the species is not yet known are the Arkansas, Colorado, and
Rio Grande. As the history of its spread in North America reveals, L. salicaria has
the ability to move rapidly, become firmly established, and eliminate other species in
both natural and artificial wetland habitats. The species, therefore, has the potential
to invade and become a serious problem in reclamation projects of the wetlands in the
Great Plains and the far western portion of the United States.
An analysis of the distributional data related to time reveals that L. salicaria remains
rare or very local in an area when it first invades or escapes from cultivation. Then,
20 to 40 years later, the plants proliferate and spread, often becoming quite lige
At that time the plants may become a serious ‘‘weed’’ problem in the wetlands.
supporting this progressive colonizational phenomenon have been tabulated te 1)
and graphed (Fig. 4) from available herbarium specimens. Realizing the limitations and
non-uniformity of these data, one can see that this distributional phenomenon has
continued to repeat itself at different time periods in the several selected geographical
areas. It is likely that this phenomenon will be repeated when the species invades other
wetland areas.
Controlling the spread of L. salicaria is difficult and little studied. Some success has
16 BARTONIA
been demonstrated by spraying plants with chemical herbicides, cutting and pulling,
water level manipulation, or a combination of these methods (Gagnon 1953; Louis-
Marie 1944; McKeon 1959; L. S. Smith 1959; R. H. Smith 1964). While these control
methods are most useful for small recent appearing colonies along ditches and road-
sides, they generally are not practicable for use on dense and long-established popu-
lations. Biological methods of control may be useful in the future, but these methods
are still to be developed because detailed basic life history studies have not yet been
undertaken. Maintaining a marshland with a high diversity of species is a challenge
that requires the successful prevention of the invasion and establishment of purple
loosestrife. Should the species invade a marsh, successful management programs need
to be developed for its control; otherwise purple loosestrife can be expected to become
dominant to the exclusion of the native marsh species. The spread, impact, and control
of purple loosestrife in North American wetlands is further discussed by Thompson
and Stuckey (unpublished manuscript).
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
My thanks are extended to: Dr. Daniel Q. Thompson, United States Fish and Wildlife
Service, Colorado State University, who has been most helpful and encouraging in the
progression of this study; my students, Robert J. Bartolotta, William R. Carr, Mark
R. Davis, Thomas O. Duncan, Stephen B. Hurst, W. Louis Phillips, Marvin L. Rob-
erts, Margaret A. Ross, Randy L. Smith, Duncan M. Thorp, and W. Alan Wentz, who
assisted in assembling data from libraries, herbaria, and field locations; and Drs. James
S. Pringle and Edward G. Voss, who have been most helpful in various capacities.
My thanks are also extended to the curators of the herbaria who made specimens
and records available. Those herbaria in which I have examined specimens are: BGSU,
BH, CU, DAO, GH, IND, ILL, MICH, MIN, MO, MSC, NY, OS, OWU, PENN, PH, UMBS, US,
wuD. Those herbaria from which only records were seen are: BLH, CAN, CM, HAM,
MU,. THT) UC; UT. VT.
REFERENCES
ANONYMOUS. 1932. Find ‘Long Purples’ in Interstate Park. Visitors to Harriman Preserve Along Hudson
iver are Attracted by the Plant. Flower is an ‘immigrant.’ Lythrum salicaria in full blossom now in
marshes and streams through the valley. New York Times. one 21A ;
BAILEY, WILLIAM WHITMAN. 1905. Various loose-strifes. Amer. Bot. 8: 67-69.
BarRKER, M. 1891. Notes from the Harvard Botanic Garden—Lythrum salicaria. Garden and Forest No.
180: 368.
BEAL, ERNEST O. 1977. A manual of marsh and aquatic vascular plants of North Carolina. With habitat
data. North Carolina Agric. Exp. Sta., Raleigh, Tech. Bull. No. 247. 298 pp.
AND PAUL H. Monson. 1954. Marsh and aquatic angiosperms of Iowa. State Univ. Iowa Stud. Nat.
Hist. 19(5): 1-95
BEAL, W. J. 1905, Aiicitienn flora. Rep. Michigan Acad. (1904) 5: I-
. PF. WHEELER. 1892. Michigan flora. Ann. Rep. State ae Agric. Michigan (1891) 30: 471-
650. (Reprinted and repaged 1-180.)
BECKWITH, FLORENCE AND Mary E, epaeape 1894. Plants of Monroe County, New York, and adjacent
territory. Proc. Rochester Acad. Sci. 0.
BICKNELL, EUGENE P. 1880. Some of ‘as rarer plants of our northern suburbs [New York City]. Bull.
Torrey Bot. Club 7: 51-56.
914. The ferns and flowering plants of Nantucket—XII. Bull. Torrey ee Sh 41: 71-87.
Biacawesk. WILL H., Jr. 1970. The Lythraceae of Ohio. Ohio J. Sci. 70: 346-
CHURCHILL, STEVEN P., Ropert B. KAUL AND Davip M. SUTHERLAND. 1976. records of native and
introduced plants from Nebraska. Trans. Nebraska Acad. Sci. 3: 32-36
LYTHRUM SALICARIA IN NORTH AMERICA 17
Copy, WILLIAM J. 1978. The status of Lythrum alatum (Lythraceae) in Canada. Canad. Field-Nat. 92:
7
the ieee) [sic]. Kent Sci. Inst. Mis
CorRELL, D. S. AND HELEN B. CORRELL. ‘1972. suai and Wetland Plants of Southwestern United
States. Water Pollution Control Research Series. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
1777 pp. (Reprinted Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford. 2 volumes, 1975.
Cusick, ALLISON W. AND GENE M. SILBERHORN. 1977. The vascular plants of unglaciated Ohio. Bull.
Ohio Biol. Surv. New Ser. 5(4): i-x, 1-153.
CUTRIGHT, NOEL J. Agee Purple loosestrife: Beautiful exotic, or unwanted weed? Wisconsin Natural
Resources 2(5): 2
DEAM, ede Ss... od pes new or rare in Indiana—XIII. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. (1925) 33: 197-198.
ee, . Flora of Indiana. Dept. Conservation, Div. Forestry, pgs 1236 pp. (Reprinted in the
4-75,
COLEMAN, N. 4. Catalogue of pide yi Plants . a Southern Peninsula of Michigan, with a Few of
Pp.
series, gets of US-Floras, Vol. 6. Verlag von J. Cramer, Lehre. 1970.)
Dopce_, C. K: 1900. Flora of St. Clair County, Michigan, and the western part of Lambton County, Ontario.
Ann. Rep. State Hort. Soc. Michigan (1899) 29: 231-314
DuDLEY, WILLIAM R. 1886. The Cayuga flora. Part I: A alalogat of the Phaenogamia growing without
cultivation in the Cayuga Lake basin. Bull. Cornell Univ. 2: I-X XX, 1-132 + Additions and corrections,
Index to orders and genera, i-v.
EATON, AMOS AND JOHN WRIGHT. 1840. North American Botany, Comprising the Native and Common
Cultivated Plants, North of Mexico: wap oy Arranged According to the Artificial and Natural Methods.
8th ed. Elias Gates, Troy, New York. 625 pp.
aa Davip S. 1960. The Plants of ke Edward Island. Plant Res. Inst. Res. Branch, Canad. Dep.
Publ. 1088. 270
Fie OA. 1918; Rare < or interesting plants in Michigan. 19th Ann. Rep. Michigan Acad. Sci. (1917):
2 62
——.. 1925. Botanical gleanings in Michigan. Amer. Midl. Nat. 9: 1-24.
FERNALD, M. L. 1940. The problem of conserving rare native plants. Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Institution
(1939): 375-391 + pls. 1-7.
FLook, JERRY M. 1975. Additions and corrections to the flora of Texas. Sida 6: 114.
Futter, G. D. AND G. N. Jones. 1949. Additional notes on some Illinois plants. Amer. Midl. Nat. 41:
507-511.
GAGNON, L. P. 1953. The control of purple loosestrife in la commune at Baie du Febvre—1952. Proc.
Eastern Section, National Weed Committee Canada 6: 135-136
GATES, FRANK C. AND JOHN H. EHLERS. 1948. Additions to the annotated list of the higher plants of the
region of Douglas Lake, Beciogpiis III. Michigan Acad. Sci. (1946) 32: 27-46.
GRAHAM, ges At The genera of the Lythraceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold
Arb. 45: 235-250.
——. Pach Taxonomy of the psig in the southeastern United States. eb 6: 80-103.
Gray, AsA. 1848. A Manual of Bot of the Northern United States . Arranged According to the
Natural System... . James actos & Co., Boston & Cambridge. 7 10 | pp.
. 1856. Manual of the Botany of the Northern United States, including Virginia, Kentucky, se all
East of the sig Arranged According to the Natural System. George P. Putnam & Co., New
York. 739 pp. Is.
. 1856-1857. ‘Sige of the fiora of the northern United States. Amer. J. Sci. 22: 204-232; 23: 62-
84, 369-403. (Reprinted in Ronald L. Stuckey, Essays on North American Plant Geography from the
Nineteenth baer Arno Press, New York. 1978).
1858. Manual of the Botany of the Northern United States, including Virginia, Kentucky, and all
East of the Mississippi: — According to the Natural System. 3rd ed., Ivison & Phinney, New
York. xxviii + 739 pp. + XIV
1863. Manual of Botany of a Northern Mion States, including Virginia, Kentucky, and all East
of the Mississippi. 4 ed., Ivison, Phinney, & Co., New York. 7 I
1867. Manual of the Botany of the — United States, including the District East of the
Mississippi ‘ad North of North Carolina and Tennessee, Arranged According to the Natural System.
5th ed., Ivison, Blakeman, Taylor & Co., New York. 703 pp. + X
, SERENO WATSON AND JOHN M. CouLTerR. 1889. Manual of the Botany of the Northern United
States, including the District Bost of the Mississippi peu North of North Carolina and Tennessee. 6th
American Book Co., New York. 760 pp. + XXV p
18 BARTONIA
Grou, HERBERT. 1944. Canadian Weed Survey. Second Annual Report 1943. Dominion of Canada, De-
partment of Agriculture, Science Service, Division of Botany and Plant Pathology. Mimeographed. 74 pp.
GULDNER, LupwicG F. 1960. The vascular plants of Scott and Muscatine counties [lowa]. Davenport Pub.
Mus. Publ. Bot., No. 1. 228 pp.
Henry, LeRoy K. 1971. An annotated list of the vascular flora of Butler County, Pennsylvania. Ann.
Carnegie Mus. 43: 115-178.
1978. Vascular flora of Bedford County, Pennsylvania: an annotated checklist. Carnegie Museum
of Saves History, Pittsburg. 178 pp.
Hitcucock, A. S. AND PAUL C. ee 1919. Flora of the District of Columbia and vicinity. Contrib.
U.S. Natl. Herb. 21: 1-329 + pls. 1-4
Hooker, WILLIAM JACKSON. 1829-1833. ais Boreali-Americana; or, the botany of the northern parts of
British America... . London. Vol. I. vi, 335 pp. (Reprinted, Weinheim. ).
House, Homer D. 1924. nnn list of the ferns and flowering plants of New York state. New York
State Mus. Bull. 254: 1-759.
1937. A new aes joins the Hudson River flora. Torreya 37: 80-82. [Report on Nymphoides
peltatum which mentions L. salicaria].
HowELL, JOHN THOMAS AND Gareng H. TRUE, Jr. 1966. Interesting plants from Nevada County, Cali-
fornia. Leafl. W. Bot. 10: 274-278
HuGues, RANpDy. 1977. Letter to the editor: Purple loosestrife judged a weed. Amer. Bee J. 117: 398.
HuLTEN, Eric. 1971. The circumpolar plants. II Dicotyledons. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 13: 1-463.
HUNTLEY, FRANK, PAUL SPURLIN AND LYALL Powers. 1968. Philip L. Schenek ae [memorial].
Faculty minutes, College of Literature, Science, and the Arts, University of Michigan ;
JONES, GEORGE NEVILLE AND GEORGE DAMON FULLER. 1955. Vascular Plants of ata Univ. Illinois
Press, Urbana. 593 pp.
Jones, SAMUEL B., Jr. 1975. Mississippi flora. 1V. Dicotyledon families with aquatic or wetland species.
Gulf Res. Rep. 5: 7-22.
KELLERMAN, W. A. ANDO. E. JENNINGS. 1904. Report for 1902 on the State Herbarium including additions
to the state plant list. Ohio Nat. 4: 59-60.
KNowLToN, C. H. AND WALTER DEANE. 1921. Reports on the flora of the Boston District—XXXIV.
Rhodora 23: 113-11
KoOEHNE, E. 1885. The Lythracest of the United States. Bot. Gaz. 10: 269-277 + pl. opp. p. 269.
903. Lythrum, pp. 58-78. In Lythraceae. Das Pflanzenreich, Leipzig. eae 1-326.
LATHAM, Roy. 1938. Lythrum salicaria L. on Long Island, N.Y. Torreya 38: 7
[LEGGcETT, W. H., ed.] 1870. Revised catalogue of the plants, native and peacoat within thirty-three
miles of New York. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 1: 33.
Louts-MariE, [Pere]. 1944. La Salicaire dans le Quebec. Institut Agricole d’Oka. Prov. de Quebec. 46 pp.
Lé6ve, Doris AND JEAN-PAUL BERNARD. ig Flora and vegetation of the Otterburne area, Manitoba,
Canada. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 53: 335-4
Macoun, JOHN. 1883. Catalogue of ae Plants. Part I—Polypetalae. Geol. Surv. Canad.
1886. Catalogue of Canadian plants. Additions and corrections to Parts I-II. Geol. na pete
477-623.
—. 1888. Catalogue of Canadian Plants. Part 1V—Endogens. Geol. Surv. Canad. 4
Massey, A. B. 1961. Virginia Flora. Virginia Agric. Exp. Sta., Blacksburg. Tech. ai om 155. 258 pp.
McATEE, W. L. 1923. Notes on interesting plants of Michigan. Pap. Michigan Acad. (1921) 1: 155-166.
McCoy, DoyLe. 1954. The genus Lythrum in Oklahoma. Proc. Oklahoma Acad. Sci. (1952) 33: 156-158.
McGreoor, RONALD L. 1978. Letter to Ronald L. ne ey. 12 December
McGreoor, R. L. AND T. M. BarRKLeEy, eds. 1977. Atlas of the Flora of the Great Plains. Iowa State Univ.
McKeon, W. H. 1959. A preliminary report on the use of chemical herbicides to control purple loosestrife
(Lythrum salicaria) on a small marsh. Proc. 13th Ann. Meeting, Northeastern Weed Control Conf.:
329-332.
McNEILL, E. MEADE. 1938. Plant records from Mercer County, West Virginia, and adjoining counties.
Castanea 3: 36-39.
Mens, nig S[HELDON]. 1872. New stations .. . Lythrum salicaria L..... Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club
Asner RosBert H. 1959. Plant communities in Jackson County, Illinois. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club
86: 109-119.
LYTHRUM SALICARIA IN NORTH AMERICA 19
D DouGLas M. Lap 1978. Distribution of Illinois Vascular Plants. Southern Illinois Univ.
DD.
og Carbondale and Edwardsville. 282 p
N W. VoictT. 1959. A Flora of Sian Illinois. Southern Illinois Univ. Press, Carbondale.
390 pp.
Montcomery, F. H. 1957. ne introduced plants of Ontario growing outside of cultivation (Part II). Trans.
Royal Canad. Inst. 32: 4.
Moss, E. H. 1959. Flora pn Univ. Toronto Press, Toronto. 546 pp.
MuNz, PHILIP A. 1968. Supplement to a California Flora. Univ. California Press, Berkeley and Los An-
geles. 224 pp.
ORNDbDuFF, RoBERT. 1962. Additions and subtractions in the Oregon weed flora. Leafl. W. Bot. 9: 224.
PALMER, ELMORE. 1877. Catalogue of Phaenogamous and Acrogenous Plants Found Growing Wild in the
State of Michigan. Dexter. 16 p
PALMER, ERNEST J. AND JULIAN A. STEYERMARK. 1935. An rons catalogue of the flowering plants
of Missouri. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 22: 375—758 + pls. 1
CK, CHARLES H. 1879. New _— notes and ins oept pees 51-60. In Report of the botanist
(for 1877). 3lst Ann. Rep. New York State Mus. pp. 19-60.
1893. Annual Report of the State Botanist (1892). nays facyg Rep. New York State Mus.: 1-69.
Pervery: FRANK C. 1944. Purple loosestrife. Amer. Bee J. 84
aera’: MELVIN. 1963. Purple loosestrife moves west. ier gu J. 103: 450-451.
. Purple loosestrife spreads down river. Amer. Bee J. 117: 214-215.
PEPOON, my S. 1916. Peculiar plant distributions. Trans. Illinois State Acad. Sci. 9: 128-137.
1927. An annotated flora of the Chicago area. Chicago Acad. Sci., Chicago. 554 pp.
PoRTER, THOMAS OAD. 1903. Flora of Pennsylvania. Ginn & Co., Boston. 362 p
PuRSH, FREDERICK. “‘1814”’ [1813]. Flora Americae Septentrionalis; or, a Syste indie Arrangement and
Description of the Plants of North America. 2 Volumes. White, eibidbinanie and Co., London. xxxvi, 751
RADFORD, ALBERT E., HARRY E. AHLES AND C. RITCHIE BELL. 1968. Manual of the Vascular Flora of
the Carolinas. Univ. North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill. 1183 pp.
REED, CLYDE F. 1964. A flora of the chrome and manganese ore piles at Canton, in the port of Baltimore,
Maryland and at Newport News, Virginia, with descriptions of genera and species new to the flora of
eastern United States. Phytologia 10: 321-406.
ROLAND, ALBERT E. 1941. Notes on the flora of wae Scotia—II. Rhodora 43: 337-3
5’’ [1947]. The flora of Nova Scotia. Proc. & Trans. gg Scotian a Sci. 21: 95-642.
(Reprinted Truro Printing & Publishing Co., Truro. ste pp., 127 figs.
Ross, DEAN H. 1962. Some noteworthy plants of Somerset County, cae ania. Castanea 27: 88-89.
RousseAu, CAMILLE. 1968. Histoire, habitat et distribution de 220 plantes introduites au Quebec. Natu-
— ios 95: 49-169. Ludoviciana No.
RUDKIN H. 1879. Lythrum salicaria L. Bull. Toes Bot. Club 6: 323
agate JOHN H. 1932. Revised catalog of Ohio vascular plants. Ohio Biol. Surv. 5: 87-215. Bull. 25.
. 1937. Additions to the revised catalog of Ohio vascular plants, V. Ohio J. Sci. 37: 260-265.
ScoGGaNn, H. J. 1950. The Flora of Bic and the Gaspe Peninsula, Quebec. Natl. Mus. Canada Bull. No.
99 pp.
1957. Flora of oe Natl. Mus. Canada Bull. No. 140. 619 pp.
SHAFER, JOHN A. 1901. A preliminary list of the vascular flora of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania. Ann.
Carnegie Mus. 1. 127 pp.
SHINNERS, LLoyp H. 1953. Synopsis of the United States species of Lythrum (Lythraceae). Field & Lab.
21: 80-89
SHREVE, Forrest, M. A. CHRYSLER, FREDERICK H. mare AND F. W. BEs.LeEy. 1910. The Plant Life
of Maryland. The Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore. 533 p
SMALL, JOHN KUNKEL AND JOEL JACKSON CARTER. 903, (Hines of Lancaster County [Pennsylvania].
Published by the assis New pin 336 pp.
SMITH, LAWRENCE S. riences with control of purple loosestrife at pit Montezuma National
Wildlife a | Proc. 13th Ann. Wooting. Northeastern Weed Control Conf.: —336.
SMITH, ani H. . Experimental control of purple loosestrife (Lythrum Drie New York Fish
e J 1k: ee
Stivaie. os A. 1972. New records of North Dakota plants. Rhodora 74: 389-396.
STEYERMARK, JULIAN A. 1963. Flora of Missouri. lowa State University Press, Ames. 1725 pp.
20 BARTONIA
STRAUSBAUGH, P. D. AND Ear L. Core. 1973. Flora of West Virginia. Part II]. 2nd ed. Univ. West
Virginia Bull. (Reprinted Seneca Books, Inc., Grantsville, West Virginia. 1978.)
SWINK, FLoypD. 1969. Plants of the Chicago region. The Morton Arboretum, Lisle, Illinois. 445 pp.
1974, Plants of the Chicago region. 2nd ed. The Morton Arboretum, Lisle, Illinois. 474
TAYLor, JOHN. 1977. A catalog of vascular aquatic and oo plants that grow in Oklahoma. Herbarium
Southeastern Oklahoma State Univ. Publ. No. 1. 75 p
TAYLOR, NORMAN. 1915. Flora of the eyeing ol New You: A Contribution to Plant Geography. Mem.
New York Bot. Gard. 5: vi, 683
THOMPSON, DANIEL Q. AND RONALD L. STUCKEY. Spread, impact, and beep of purple loosestrife (Ly-
thrum salicaria) in North American wetlands. Unpublished manusc
THOMPSON, J. WILLIAM. 1932. Notes on the flora of the state of Washiigtode 4. Rhodora 34: 236-239.
TorRREY, JOHN. 1824. A Flora of the Northern and Middle Sections of the United States; or, A Systematic
Arrangement and Description of all the Plants Hitherto Discovered in the United States North of
Virginia. 3 Volumes. T. and J. Swords, New York. 518 pp. + Errata in Volume First
1843. A Flora of the State of New-York, comprising fal descriptions of all the indigenous and
naturalized plants hitherto discovered in the state; with remarks on their economical and medical prop-
erties. Vol. II. Carroll & Cook, Albany. 572 pp. + pls.
AND AsA Gray. 1843. A Flora of North America: Containing abridged descriptions of all the known
indigenous and naturalized plants growing north of Mexico; arranged according to the natural system.
Vol. 2, Part 3. Wiley and Putnam, New York. 393-545 pp. (Reprinted, Hafner Publishing Co., New
York. 1969.)
TORREY, RAYMOND H. 1929. Field meeting of Sunday August 18. Torreya 29: 143-144.
. 1931. Field trips of the Club. Torreya 31: 16-18.
UGENT, DONALD. 1962. Preliminary ical on the flora of Wisconsin. No. 47. The orders Thymelaeales,
Myrtales, and Cactales. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci. Arts and Letters 51: 83-134.
VANBRUGGEN, THEODORE. 1976. The ea Plants of South Dakota. Iowa State Univ. Press, Ames.
p.
WEBER, WILLIAM A., BARRY C. JOHNSTON AND DIETER WILKEN. 1979. Additions to the flora of Colorado—
VI. Phytologia 41: 48
WESTERFELD, WALTER F. 1961. An annotated list of vascular plants of Centre and Huntingdon Counties,
Pennsylvania. Castanea 26: 1-79.
WHEELER, CHARLES F. AND ERWIN F. Smitn. 1881. Michigan Flora. Ann. Rep. State Hort. Soc. Michigan
(1880) 10: 427-529. (Reprinted with title page and repaged 1-105, as Catalogue of the Phaenogamous
and Vascular Cryptogamous Plants of Michigan, Indigenous, Naturalized, and Adventive.)
WHETSTONE, R. Davip. 1978. Additions to Alabama Lythraceae. Sida 7: 396-397.
WRIGHT, JOHN. 1839. Report of Doct. John Wright, Botanist of the Geological Survey. Michigan House
Doc. 23: 421-442.
ZENKERT, CHARLES A. 1934. The flora of the Niagara Frontier region. Ferns and flowering plants of Buffalo,
N.Y., and vicinity. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. Bull. 16: i-x, 1-328.
Five Mile Woods (Bucks County, Pennsylvania)
Revisited
ALFRED E. SCHUYLER
Department of Botan
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia
19th and the Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103
Five Mile Woods is about five kilometers south southwest of Yardley in lower Bucks
County, Pennsylvania. Most of the woods is on the south side of Big Oak Road where
it straddles the fall line between the Piedmont Plateau and the Coastal Plain. There are
over 80 hectares of forest as well as adjacent old fields and transitional areas between
fields and forest. The area is poorly drained and the soil is mostly clay. Many of the
plants found here are rare in Pennsylvania but are common on the Coastal Plain in
New Jersey.
Over 50 years ago, Bayard Long collected extensively in the vicinity of Five Mile
Woods and deposited his specimens in the herbarium of the Academy of Natural
Sciences. His specimen labels consistently give the locality as one mile southeast of
the hamlet of Roelofs. In his flora of Bucks County, Benner (1932) simply refers to the
area as Roelofs when citing specimens.
Today many of the plants collected by Long still grow in and around Five Mile
Woods. Woody plants such as Clethra alnifolia, Leucothoé racemosa, Liquidambar
styraciflua, and Rhododendron viscosum, which are rare in most of the rest of Bucks
ounty, are common. However on several trips in 1978 and 1979 (including a trip by
the Philadelphia Botanical Club), I failed to find Euonymous americanus and Lyonia
mariana, two shrubs previously collected by Long. One shrub not collected by him,
Myrica pensylvanica, was found on the east and west sides of the woods, however.
Herbaceous species relocated in the woods include Arisaema triphyllum ssp. pusillum,
Bartonia virginica, and two stands of Jsotria verticillata. Chasmanthium laxum, not
previously known from the woods, was found by Ann Newbold on the Botanical Club’s
trip. In a moist open thicket adjacent to the west side of the woods, which apparently
was a nursery at one time, such rarities as Andropogon glomeratus, Bartonia pani-
culata, Bartonia virginica, Calamagrostis cinnoides, Eupatorium pilosum, Gentiana
saponaria, Juncus debilis, Panicum longifolium, and Rhexia virginica were found.
Also growing in this area is a stand of the cranberry, Vaccinium macrocarpon. East
of the woods on the north side of Big Oak Road, Agalinus purpurea was found in an
old field. There still remain a significant number of herbaceous plants not relocated:
Bidens coronata, Carex folliculata, Lilium superbum, Linum intercursum, Linum me-
dium, Panicum meridionale, and Viola primulifolia. Some of these were probably
overlooked and hopefully other botanists will look for them and find them.
Much of the area known as Five Mile Woods is now owned by Lower Makefield
Township. Fortunately the township’s management plans show concern for the rare
plants of this unique area.
me BARTONIA
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I am grateful to Lynn Berseth, Steve Wharton, Don Formigli, Michael Kachur,
Frank Acker, Grace Tees, Patricia Schuyler, Ann Newbold, and Elizabeth Keller for
help connected with my work in Five Mile Woods.
LITERATURE CITED
BENNER, W. M. 1932. The Flora of Bucks County, Pennsylvania. Published by the author, Philadelphia.
331 pp.
A Check-List of the Flora of Hunterdon
County, New Jersey
VINCENT ABRAITYS
Sergeantsville, NJ 08557
Hunterdon County is not graced with the diverse habitats so many New Jersey
counties possess. Almost wholly Piedmont it has no coastal plain and only a small
sliver of the New Jersey Highlands creeps in along its northern border. It has no
influential belt of limestone and it lacks the natural lakes and ponds of the north and
south. The Wisconsin moraine tracks to the north of it and the earlier Jerseyan has
left only a vague impression upon its flora. Nonetheless it has managed to garner a
respectable list of plants growing within its borders, attracting the visits of field bota-
nists from the earliest days
The great majority of the following plant records have come from the literature and
a few are present day, satisfactorily substantiated, sight records. Those plants consid-
ered alien are enclosed in brackets.
Further information may be obtained from the compiler who would appreciate hear-
ing of errors and additions.
PTERIDOPHYTES
LYCOPODIACEAE: Lycopodium clavatum, flabelliforme, lucidulum, obscurum, ob-
scurum V. dendroideum.
SELAGINELLACEAE: Selaginella apoda, rupestris.
ISOETACEAE: Isoétes engelmanni, riparia Vv. canadensis.
EQUISETACEAE: Equisetum arvense, X ferrissii, fuviatle: x litorale, hyemale, syl-
vaticum.
OPHIOGLOSSACEAE: Botrychium dissectum, marricariaefolum. multifidum v. silai-
folium, obliquum, oneidense, simplex v.. qenebr osum, virginia
OSMUNDACEAE: Osmunda cinnamomea, claytoniana, Se
POLYPODIACEAE: Adiantum pedatum; Asplenium pinnatifidum, platyneuron, tri-
chomanes; Athyrium angustum, asplenioides, thelypterioides; Camptosorus rhizo-
phyllus; Cheilanthes lanosa; Cystopteris bulbifera, fragilis v. Mackayii and v. protru-
sa; Dennstaedtia punctilobula; Dryopteris < Boottii, cristata, Goldiana, intermedia,
marginalis, spinulosa; Matteucia pensylvanica; Onoclea sensibilis; Pellaea atropur-
purea, glabella; Phegopteris connectilis, dryopteris, hexagonoptera; Polypodium vir-
ginianum; Polystichum acrostichoides; Pteridium aquilinum; Thelypteris novebora-
censis, palustris; Woodsia ilvensis, obtusa.
SALVINACEAE: Azolla caroliniana.
GYMNOSPERMS
PINACEAE: Pinus pungens, rigida, strobus, [sylvestris], virginianus; Tsuga canaden
sis; Picea {abies |, mariana (listed by Knighton in Catalogue of Plants by N. L. Britton).
CUPRESSACEAE: Juniperus communis, virginiana.
GINKGOACEAE: [Ginkgo biloba].
23
24 BARTONIA
MONOCOTS
TYPHACEAE: Typha angustifolia, latifolia.
SPARGANACEAE: Sparganium americanum, eurycarp
ZOSTERACEAE: Potamogeton amplifolius, @iaparl, pee epihydrus, folio-
sus, nodosus, pectinatus, pusillus, Robbinsii, zosteriformis.
NAJADACEAE: Rate flexilis.
ALISMATACEAE: Alisma subcordatum; Sagittaria siete latifolia, rigida.
HYDROCHARITACEAE: Elodea canadensis, Nutta
GRAMINEAE: [Agropyron repens]; Agrostis talbal, hyemalis, perennans, [tenuis];
Alopecurus [pratensis|; Andropogon Gerardi, scoparium, virginicus; [Anthoxanthum
odoratum]; Aristida dichotoma, longespica, oligantha, purpurascens; [Arrhenathe-
rum elatius|; [Avena sativa]; Brachyelytrum erectum; Bromus [commutatus},
[inermis], {japonicus ], latiglumis, [mollis], purgans, [racemosus}, [sterilis], [tectorum];
Calamagrostis canadensis; Cenchrus longispinus; Cinna arundinacea; [Dactylis
glomerata|; Danthonia compressa, spicata; Deschampsia flexuosa; Digitaria
[ischaemum], [sanguinalis |; Echinochloa [crus-galli], [frumentacea], pungens; [Eleusine
indica]; Elymus canadensis, riparius, villosus, virginicus; Eragrostis capillaris, Fran-
kii, hypnoides, [megastachya], |multicaulis|, pectinacea, [pilosa], spectabilis; Festuca
elatior, obtusa, [ovina], rubra; Glyceria canadensis, melicaria, septentrio-
nalis, striata; Holcus lanatus; Hordeum jubatum; Hystrix patula; Leersia oryzoides,
virginica; [Lolium multiflorum], [perenne|; Muhlenbergia frondosa, glomerata, Schre-
beri, sobolifera, tenuifolia; Panicum agrostoides, anceps, Benneri, Boscii, capillare,
clandestinum, commutatum, depauperatum, dichotomiflorum, dichotomum, lanugi-
nosum, latifolium, linearifolium, microcarpon, oligosanthes, polyanthis, sphaerocar-
pon, stipitatum, villosissimum, virgatum; Paspalum ciliatifolium, laeve; Phalaris arun-
dinacea; [Phleum pratense]; Phragmites australis; Poa alsodes, [annua], autumnalis,
[compressa], cuspidata, nemoralis, [pratensis], sylvestris, {trivialis]; [Secale cereale];
Setaria |Faberii], (glauca), [italica], verticillata, {viridis}; Sorghastrum nutans; Spar-
tina pectinata; Sphenophilis intermedia, nitida, obtusata; Sporobolus asper, clandes-
tinus, vaginiflorus; Triodea flava; Tripsacum dactyloides; Trisetum pensylvanicum;
bipsaie octoflora
ERACEAE: Bulbostylis capillaris; Carex abdita, abscondita, aggregata, albursi-
na, pce annectens, argyrantha, artitecta, blanda, brevior, bromoides, Bushii,
canescens, caroliniana, cephaloidea, cephalophora, communis, conjuncta, conoidea,
convoluta, crinita, cristatella, Davisii, debilis, digitalis, Emmonsii, Emoryii, festuca-
cea, flaccosperma, folliculata, Frankii, gracilescens, gracillima, granularis, Grayii,
gynandra, hirsutella, hirtifolia, hystricina, incomperta, intumescens, Jamesii, laevi-
vaginata, lanuginosa, laxiculmus, laxiflora, leptalea, leptonervia, lupulina, lurida,
Meadii, mesochorea, molesta, Muhlenbergii, nigromarginata, normalis, oligocarpa,
pallescens, pedunculata, pensylvanica, platyphylla, prasina, projecta, radiata, rosea,
scabrata, scoparia, seorsa, sparganioides, Sprengelii, squarrosa, stipata, stricta, stric-
ta Vv. strictior, Swanii, torta, tribuloides, trichocarpa, umbellata, vesicaria, vestita,
virescens, vulpinoidea, Willdenowii; Cyperus dentatus, diandrus, esculentus, filicul-
mis, flavescens, inflexus, lancastriensis, ovularis, rivularis, strigosus; Dulichium arun-
dinaceum; Eleocharis acicularis, Engelmanni, intermedia, obtusa, Smallii, tenuis, ten-
uis Vv. pseudoptera; Fimbristylis autumnalis; Hemicarpha micrantha; Rhynchospora
alba, globularis v. recognita, capitellata; Scirpus atrovirens, atrovirens X polyphyllus,
HUNTERDON COUNTY FLORA z5
cyperinus, expansus, georgianus, hattorianus, pendulus, polyphyllus, pungens,
Purshianus, validus, verecundus; Scleria triglomerata.
ARACEAE: Acorus calamus; Arisaema ne bose dracontium, Stewardsonii, tri-
sili ute virginica; Symplocarp idus
MNACEAE: Lemna minor; Spirodela poleriian, Wolffia columbiana.
COMMELINACEAE: [Commelina communis]; Tradescantia virginica.
PONTEDERIACEAE: Heteranthera dubia, reniformis; Pontederia cordata.
JUNCACEAE: Juncus acuminatus, biflorus, bufonius, canadensis, dudleyi, effusus,
marginatus, nodosus, secundus, subcaudatus, tenuis; Luzula acuminata, echinata,
luzuloides, multiflora
LILIACEAE: Allium canadense, tricoccum, pviunedtc [Asparagus officinalis |; Cha-
maelirium luteum; Erythronium americanum; Hemerocallis flava, fulva; {Hosta
ventricosa]; Lilium canadense, philadelphicum, Inprinaim?: Maianthemum canadense;
Medeola virginiana; Melanthium hybridum, virginicum; [Muscari botryoides]; [Or-
nithogalum umbellatum|; Polygonatum biflorum, canaliculatum, pubescens; Smila-
cina racemosa, Stellata; Smilax glauca, hispida, herbacea, pulverulenta, rotundifolia;
Trillium cernuum, erectum; Uvularia perfoliata, sessilifolia; Veratrum viride; [Yucca
filamentosa\.
DIOSCOREACEAE: Dioscorea villosa.
AMARYLLIDACEAE: Hypoxis hirsuta.
IRIDACEAE: [Belemcanda chinensis]; Iris |pseudacorus), versicolor; Sisyrinchium
ise mucronatum.,
OR ACEAE: Calapogon pulchellus; Corallorhiza maculata, odontorhiza; Cypri-
pe ei Re [Epipactis helleborine|; Goodyera pubescens; Habenaria lacera, psy-
codes; Isotria verticillata; Liparis Loeselii; Orchis spectabilis; Pogonia ophioglos-
soides; Spiranthes cernua, gracilis.
DicotTs
SAURURACEAE: Saururus cernuu
SALICACEAE: Populus {alba}, eeieere grandidentata, tremuloides; Salix {alba},
[babylonica], Bebbiana, cordata, discolor, (fragilis, humilis, interior, lucida, nigra,
rigida.
MYRICACEAE: Comptonia peregrina; Myrica pensylvanica.
JUGLANDACEAE: Carya cordiformis, glabra, ovalis, ovata, tomentosa; Juglans ci-
nerea, nigra.
CORYLACEAE: Alnus serrulata; Betula lenta, lutea, nigra, populifolia; Carpinus car-
oliniana; Corylus americana, cornuta; Ostrya virginiana
FAGACEAE: Castanea dentata; Fagus grandifolia; Deocus alba, bicolor, coccinea,
ilicifolia, Muhlenbergii, palustris, prinoides, prinus, rubra, stellata, velutina.
CEAE: Celtis occidentalis; Ulmus americana, rubra.
MORACEAE: [Broussonetia papyrifera]|; [Maclura pomifera]; Morus [alba].
URTICACEAE: Boehmeria cylindrica; Laportea canadensis; Parietaria pensylvanica;
Pilea pumila; Urtica {dioica}, gracilis, [urens].
CANNABINACEAE: hihi
SANTALACEAE: Comandra umbellat
ARISTOLOCHIACEAE: Aristolochia ce Asarum canadens
POLYGONACEAE: [Fagopyrum sagittatum]; Polygonum lin. aviculare,
26 BARTONIA
[caespitosum], cilinode, coccineum, {convolvulus], cristatum, {|cuspidatum], erectum,
hydropiperoides, lapathifolium, pensylvanicum, |persicaria], punctatum, ramosissi-
mum, sagittatum, scandens, tenue, virginianum; Rumex {acetosella], {altissimus],
[crispus], [obtusifolius |, verticillatus.
CHENOPODIACEAE: Atriplex patula; Chenopodium [album], [ambrosioides|, bos-
cianum, [botrys|; Roubieve multifida; Salsola kali.
AMARANTHACEAE: Acnida cannabina; Amaranthus albus, |graecizans\, [hybridus],
[retroflexus |, slieabeys [Froehlichia gracilis}.
NYCTAGINACEAE: [Mirabilis nyctaginea}.
TOLACCACEAE: Phytolacca americana.
AIZOACEAE: [Mollugo verticillata].
PORTULACACEAE: Claytonia virginica; [Portulaca oleracea}.
CARYOPHYLLACEAE: [Agrostemma githago]; Arenaria |serpyllifolia], stricta, Ceras-
tium arvense, nutans, [viscosum], [vulgatum]; [Dianthus armeria], [barbatus]; |Lych-
nis alba}, {coronaria\; Moehringia laterifloruam; [Myosoton aquaticum];, Paronychia
canadensis, fastigiata; Sagina [procumbens]; [Saponaria officinalis]; [Scleranthus an-
nuus); Silene antirrhina, {armeria}, {cucubalus], \noctiflora), stellata; Stellaria alsine,
[graminea], longiflora, [media], pubera.
CERATOPHYLLACEAE: Ceratophyllum demersum.
NYMPHAEACEAE: Nuphar advena; Nymphaea odorata.
RANUNCULACEAE: Actaea pachypoda; Anemone quinquefolia, riparia, virginiana,
Anemonella thalictroides; Aquilegia canadensis, [vulgaris]; Caltha palustris; Cimi-
cifuga racemosa; Clematis {dioscoreifolia\, verticillaris, virginiana; {Delphinium
ajacis|; Hepatica americana; Ranunculus abortivus, [acris], ambigens, [bulbosus],
fascicularis, {ficaria\, hispidus, micranthus, pensylvanicus, recurvatus, {repens|, Sep-
tentrionalis, trichophyllus; Thalictrum dioicum, polygamum, revolutum.
RBERIDACEAE: [Berberis thunbergii|; Caulophyllum thalictroides; Jeffersonia di-
phylla; Podophyllum peltatum.
MENISPERMACEAE: Menispermum canadense.
MAGNOLIACEAE: Liriodendron tulipifera.
ANNONACEAE: Asimina triloba.
LAURACEAE: Lindera benzoin; Sassafras albidum.
PAPAVERACEAE: Adlumia fungosa; (Chelidonium majus|; Corydalis flavula, sem-
pervirens; Dicentra canadensis, cucullaria; Sanguinaria canadensis.
CRUCIFERAE: [Alliaria officinalis]; [Alyssum alyssoides); [Arabidopsis thaliana]; Ar-
abis canadensis, [glabra], hirsuta, laevigata, lyrata; Armoracia lapathifolia; |Bar-
barea vulgaris); [Berteroa incana); {Brassica hirta, juncea, kaber, nigra, rapa); (Cap-
sella bursa-pastoris|; Cardamine bulbosa, [hirsuta], pensylvanica, pratensis; Dentaria
diphylla, heterophylla, laciniata; Descurania sophia; Draba reptans, |verna]; |Eruca
sativa]; [Erysimum cheiranthoides, repandum]; |Hesperis matronalis|; Lepidium
[campestre], [densiflorum], ruderale, virginicum; [Nasturtium officinale]; (Rorippa
austriaca, islandica, sylvestris]; [Sisymbrium altissimum, officinale]; [Thlaspi arvense,
perfoliatum|.
DROSERACEAE: Drosera rotundifolia.
PODOSTEMACEAE: Podostemum ceratophyllum.
CRASSULACEAE: Sedum [acre], [aizoon], [purpureum], [rupestre]}, [sarmentosum],
[spurium], ternatum.
HUNTERDON COUNTY FLORA 2
SAXIFRAGACEAE: Chrysosplenium americanum; Heuchera americana; Hydrangea
arborescens; Mitella diphylla; Penthorum sedoides; {Philadelphus coronarius|; Ribes
[grossularia], rotundifolia, sativum; Saxifraga pensylvanica, virginiensis.
HAMAMELIDACEAE: Hamanielis virginiana; Liquidambar styraciflua.
PLATANACEAE: Platanus occidentalis.
ROSACEAE: Agrimonia gryposepala, parviflora, pubescens; Amelanchier arborea;
Crataegus calpodendron, macrosperma, [monogyna], phaenopyrum, succulenta, uni-
flora; (Duchesnea indica]; Filipendula rubra; Fragraria vesca, virginiana; Geum alep-
picum, canadense, laciniatum, virginianum; Gillenia trifoliata; Physocarpus opulifo-
lius; Potentilla |argentea), arguta, canadensis, norvegica, [recta], simplex; Prunus
allegheniensis, americana, [avium], {[cerasus], depressa, domestica, [persica], seroti-
na, [spinosa], virginiana; Pyrus americana, arbutifolia, [aucuparia], [communis], co-
ronaria, floribunda, ioensis, |malus|, melanocarpa; |Rhodotypos scandens]; Rosa
[canina], carolina, {lyoni], (multiflora), setigera, virginiana; Rubus allegheniensis, ar-
gutus, baileyanus, cuneifolius, flagellaris, hispidus, occidentalis, odoratus,
[phoenicolasius |; Sanguisorba canadensis; Spirea latifolia, tomentosa.
LEGUMINOSAE: Albizzia julibrissin; Amorpha fruticosa; Amphicarpa bracteata;
Apios americana, Baptisia tinctoria; Cassia fasciculata, hebecarpa, nictitans; Cercis
canadensis; [Coronilla varia]; Crotalaria sagittalis; Desmodium canadense, canes-
cens, ciliare, cuspidatum, glabellum, glutinosum, laevigatum, marilandicum, nudiflo-
rum, perplexum, paniculatum, rigidum, rotundifolium, viridiflorum; Galactea regular-
is; Gleditsia triacanthos; Lathyrus venosus; Lespedeza capitata, [cuneata], hirta,
intermedia, procumbens, repens, {stipulacea}, [striata], stuevi, violacea, virginica;
[Lotus corniculatus |; [Medicago sativa]; [Melilotus alba, officinalis|; Phaseolus poly-
stachios; Robinia [hispida], pseudoacacia, {viscosa}; Strophostyles helvola; Stylo-
santhes biflora; Tephrosia virginiana; [Trifolium agrarium, arvense, dubium, hybri-
dum, pratense, procumbens, repens]; Vicia americana, |angustifolia], caroliniana,
[cracca, dasycarpa, sativa, tetrasperma, villosa].
LINACEAE: Linum medium, striatum, sulcatum, |usitatissimum), virginianum.
OXALIDACEAE: Oxalis corniculata, europea, stricta, violacea
GERANIACEAE: Geranium carolinianum, [columbinum], Pe otan robertianum,
[sanguineum].
RUTACEAE: Ptelea trifoliata; [Ruta graveolens]|; Xanthoxylum americanum.
SIMARUBACEAE: Ailanthus altissima.
POLYGALACEAE: Polygala paucifolia, sanguinea, verticillata.
EUPHORBIACEAE: Acalypha gracilens, rhomboidea, virginica; Croton glandulosus;
Euphorbia corollata, |cyparissias]|, dentata, {lathyrus], maculata, |marginata], supina,
vermiculata.
CALLITRICHACEAE: Callitriche deflexa, heterophylla, palustris.
LIMNANTHACEAE: Floerkea proserpinacoides.
ANACARDIACEAE: Rhus copallina, glabra, radicans, typhina, vernix.
AQUIFOLIACEAE: Ilex verticillata.
CELASTRACEAE: Celastrus [orbiculatus], scandens; Euonymus americanus, atropur-
pureus, [europaeus].
STAPHYLEACEAE: Staphylea trifolia.
ACERACEAE: Acer [campestre], negundo, nigrum, pensylvanicum, [platanoides],
(pseudoplatanus|, rubrum, saccharinum, saccharum, spicatum.
HIPPOCASTANACEAE: [Aesculus glabra, hippocastanum].
28 BARTONIA
BALSAMINACEAE: Impatiens capensis, pallida.
RHAMNACEAE: Ceanothus americanus; [Rhamnus cathartica].
VITACEAE: Parthenocissus quinquefolia; vitis aestivalis, labrusca, riparia, vulpina.
TILIACEAE: Tilia americana.
MALVACEAE: [Abutilon theophrasti]; [Althaea rosea]; [Hibiscus syriaca, trionum];
[Malva moschata, neglecta, sylvestris, verticillata]; [Sida spinosa].
GUTTIFERAE: Hypericum boreale, canadense, ellipticum, gentianoides, mutilum,
[perforatum], punctatum, pyramidatum.
CISTACEAE: Helianthemum canadense; Lechea intermedia, leggettii, minor.
VIOLACEAE: Hybanthus concolor; Viola affinis, [arvensis], blanda, canadensis, con-
spersa, cucullata, fimbriatula, hirsutula, incognita, {kitaibeliana], lanceolata,
[odorata], pallens, palmata, papilionacea, pedata, pensylvanica, primulifolia, pubes-
cens, rostrata, rotundifolia, sagittata, sororia, striata, {tricolor], triloba.
CACTACEAE: Opuntia humifusa.
ELAEAGNACEAE: Elaeagnus angustifolia, umbellata.
LYTHRACEAE: Cuphea petiolata; [Lythrum salicaria].
NYSSACEAE: Nyssa sylvatica.
MELASTOMACEAE: Rhexia virginica.
ONAGRACEAE: Circea alpina, quadrisulcata; Epilobium coloratum, glandulosum,
[hirsutum], leptophyllum; Gaura biennis; Ludwigia alternifolia, palustris; Oenothera
biennis, laciniata, parviflora, perennis, tetragona.
HALAGORACEAE: [Myriophyllum exalbescens].
ARALIACEAE: Aralia hispida, nudicaulis, racemosa; Panax quinquifolius, trifolius.
UMBELLIFERAE: [Aegopodium podagraria]; Angelica atropurpurea, venenosa; |An-
thriscus sylvestris |; Chaerophyllum procumbens, Cicuta bulbifera, maculata; [{Conium
maculatum]; Cryptotaenia canadensis; [Daucus carota]; [Foeniculum vulgare]; Her-
acleum maximum, [sphondylium]; Hydrocotyle americana; Osmorhiza claytoni, lon-
gistylis; [Pastinaca sativa]; [Pimpinella saxifraga]; Sanicula canadensis, gregaria,
marilandica; Sium suave; Taenidia integerrima; Thaspium barbinode, trifoliatum,
[Torilis japonica]; Zizia aptera, aurea.
CORNACEAE: Cornus alternifolia, amomum, florida, racemosa, rugosa, stolonifera.
PYROLACEAE: Chimaphila maculata, umbellata; Monotropa hypopithys, uniflora;
Pyrola elliptica, rotundifolium.
ERICACEAE: Epigaea repens; Gaultheria procumbens; Gaylussacia baccata; Kalmia
angustifolia, latifolia; Leucothoé racemosa; Lyonia ligustrina, mariana; Rhododen-
ron maximum, nudiflorum, viscosum; Vaccinium angustifolium, atrococcum, cor-
ymbosum, macrocarpon, stamineum, vacillans.
PRIMULACEAE: [Anagallis arvensis]; Lysimachia ciliata, [aummularia], quadrifolia,
thrysiflora; Samolus parviflorus; Trientalis borealis.
EBENACEAE: Diospyros virginiana.
OLEACEAE: Fraxinus americana, nigra, pensylvanica; [Ligustrum vulgare); [Syringa
vulgaris}.
GENTIANACEAE: Bartonia virginica; |Centaurium pulchellum); Gentiana andrewsii,
clausa, crinita; Obolaria virginica; Sabatia angularis.
APOCYNACEAE: Apocynum androsaemifolium, cannabinum, medium; [Vinca minor).
ASCLEPIADACEAE: ASclepias amplexicaulis, exaltata, incarnata, purpurascens,
quadrifolia, stricta, tuberosa, viridiflora.
HUNTERDON COUNTY FLORA 29
CONVOLVULACEAE: Convolvulus [arvensis], sepium, spithameus; Cuscuta gronovii,
pentagona; Ipomea |hederacea]), pandurata.
POLEMONIACEAE: Phlox [divaricata], maculata, [paniculata], subulata; Polemo-
nium reptan
HYDROPHYLLACEAE: Ellisia nyctelea; Hydrophyllum virginianum.
BORAGINACEAE: Cynoglossum [officinale], virginianum; [Echium vulgare]; Hackelia
virginiana; |Lithospermum arvense]; Mertensia virginica; Myosotis |laxa], scorpoides,
sylvatica, verna; Onosmodium virginianum.
VERBENACEAE: Verbena hastata, simplex, stricta, urticifolia.
LABIATAE: Agastache nepetoides, scrophulariaefolia; Ajuga reptans; Collinsonia
canadensis; Cunila origanoides; |Glechoma hederacea|; Hedeoma pulegioides; Is-
anthus brachiatus; ([Lamium amplexicaule, purpureum]; [Leonurus cardiaca]; Lyco-
pus americanus, aS uniflorus, virginicus; Mentha [aquatica], arvensis, [pi-
perata), [rotundifolia], |spicata}; Monarda didyma, fistulosa, media; — —
Physostegia virginiana; ee vulgaris; Pycnanthemum clinopodioides, incanum,
icum, tenuifolium, cillatum, virginianum; Salvia lyrata; Satureja gaps
Scutellaria elliptica, aa ROO integrifolia, lateriflora, nervosa; Stachys [palustris],
tenuifolia; Teucrium canadense; Trichostemum dichotomum.
SCROPHULARIACEAE: Castilleja coccinea; [Chaenorrhinum minus]; Chelone glabra;
[Cymbalaria muralis|; Gerardia flava, paupercula, pedicularis, tenuifolia, virginica;
Gratiola neglecta; Linaria canadensis, {vulgaris]; Lindernia dubia; Melampyrum lin-
eare; Mimulus alatus, moschatus, ringens; Pedicularis canadensis, lanceolata; Pen-
stemon digitalis, hirsutus; Scrophularia lanceolata, marilandica; [Verbascum blattar-
ia, lychnitis, thapsus]; Veronica [agrestis], americana, [anagallis-aquatica], [arvensis],
(hederaefolia], [officinalis], peregrina, [persica], scutellata, {serpyllifolia]; Veronicas-
trum virginicum.
BIGNONIACEAE: Campsis radicans; Catalpa bignonioides.
SOLANACEAE: [Datura stramonium]; [Lycium halimifolium]; [Nicandra physalodes |;
Physalis heterophylla, subglabrata; Solanum carolinense, {dulcamara}, nigrum.
OROBANCHACEAE: Conopholis americana; Epifagus virginiana; Orobanche uniflora.
MARTYNIACEAE: [Proboscidea louisianica}.
ACANTHACEAE: Justicia americana.
PHRYMACEAE: Phryma leptostachya
PLANTAGINACEAE: Plantago [aristata], |lanceolata), [major], rugellii, virginica.
RUBIACEAE: Cephalanthus occidentalis; Diodea teres; Galium aparine, asprellum,
boreale, circaezans, lanceolatum, {mollugo], obtusum, pilosum, tinctorium, triflorum,
[verum]; Houstonia caerulea; Mitchella repens.
CAPRIFOLIACEAE: Diervilla lonicera; Lonicera dioica, {japonica], [morrowii], sem-
pervirens; Sambucus canadensis, pubens; piled sige [albus |, orbiculatus; Trios-
teum angustifolium, aurantiacum, perfo ate ; Viburnum acerfolium, dentatum, len-
tago, prunifolium, racemosa, biel sii récopninds.
CUCURBITACEAE: Echinocystis lobata; Sicyos angulatus.
VALERIANACEAE: [Valerianella olitoria]; [Valeriana officinalis |.
DIPSACACEAE: [Dipsacus sylvestris].
CAMPANULACEAE: Campanula americana, [rapunculoides], rotundifolia; Lobelia
cardinalis, inflata, syphilitica, spicata; Specularia perfoliata.
COMPOSITAE: [Achillea millefolium]; Actinomeris alternifolia; Ambrosia artemisii-
30 BARTONIA
folia, trifida; Anaphalis margaritacea; Antennaria neodioica, fallax, neglecta, parlinii,
plantaginifolia; Anthemis arvensis, cotula; Arctium minus; Artemisia vulgaris; Aster
cordifolius, divaricatus, dumosus, ericoides, glomeratus, laevis, lateriflorus, linari-
ifolius, lowrieanus, macrophyllus, novae-angliae, patens, pilosus, prenanthoides, puni-
ceus, Sagittifolius, simplex, umbellatus, vimineus; [Bellis perennis|; Bidens bipinnata,
cernua, coronata, frondosa, polylepis, vulgata; Cacalia atriplicifolia; [Carduus
nutans]; (Centaurea diffusa, jacea, maculosa, nigra, nigrescens, vochinensis |; [Chry-
santhemum leucanthemum\, [parthenium]; [Cichorium intybus]|; Cirsium [arvense],
discolor, horridulum, muticum, pumilum, [vulgare]; [Coreopsis lanceolata]; (Crepis
capillaris]; Eclipta alba; Erechtites hierdeifolin: Erigeron annuus, canadensis, phila-
delphicus, pulchellus, strigosus; Eupatorium altissimum, aromaticum, fistulosum, hys-
sopifolium, maculatum, perfoliatum, purpureum, rugosum, sessilifolium; [Galinsoga
ciliata, parviflora|; Gnaphalium obtusifolium, uliginosum; Helenium autumnale, nu-
diflorum; Helianthus [annuus], decapetalus, divaricatus, giganteus, [grosseserratus],
strumosus, tuberosus; Heliopsis helianthoides; Hieracium [aurantiacum],
[florentinum], gronovii, paniculatum, [pilosella], [pratense], [sabaudum], scabrum,
venosum; [Inula helenium]; Krigia biflora, virginica; Kuhnia eupatorioides; Lactuca
biennis, canadensis, floridana, scariola; Liatris spicata; [Matricaria matricarioides];
Mikania scandens; [Picris hieracioides|; Prenanthes alba, altissima, trifoliata; Rud-
beckia fulgida, laciniata, serotina, triloba; Senecio aureus, obovatus, pauperculus;
Sericocarpus asteroides, linifolius; Hw perfoliatum; Solidago altissima, arguta,
bicolor, caesia, canadensis, flexicaulis, gigantea, graminifolia, juncea, nemoralis,
odora, patula, rigida, rugosa, speciosa, squarrosa, ulmifolia; [Sonchus arvensis, as-
per, oleraceus|; [Tanacetum vulgare]; [Taraxacum officinale]; [Tragopogon major,
porrifolius, pratensis |; (Tussilago farfara|; Vernonia noveboracensis; Xanthium itali-
cum, pensylvanicum, strumarium.
Asclepiadaceae of Thomas Nuttall at the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia
ELIZABETH P. MCLEAN
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia
19th and the Parkway, Philadelphia PA 19103
According to Ewan (1971) the bulk of Nuttall’s specimens (5750 species) collected
after the Genera was published in 1818 are in the British Museum. A set of the Missouri
trip of 1810 was given to Aylmer Bourke Lambert, and some of these came to the
Academy in 1857 (Ewan 1971). The Gray Herbarium has some early specimens and
there are also some in the Durand Herbarium in Paris, a few in the Liverpool Museum
Herbarium, and some in the Elliott Herbarium in Charleston. The Academy is the
repository for most of Nuttall’s early collections (Ewan 1971; Graustein 1967; Stuckey
1967) and also has much of his later material.
The relationship of Nuttall to the Academy during his collection years in the United
States, 1808-1841, and even after his return to England was a close one. Nuttall pre-
sented his first paper at the Academy in 1817, the year of his election to membership,
and deposited much of his herbarium material there in succeeding years (Graustein
1967). Illustrating a representative example of that collection is the aim of this paper.
A study of Thomas Nuttall’s specimens of the Asclepiadaceae at PH! can provide a
sample of the quantity and quality of his collection there. The Asclepiadaceae is a
family of moderate size, one which Nuttall did not single out for study in depth. The
specimens at PH have been compared to Nuttall’s manuscripts and publications (Smith
and Thieret 1959) in which Asclepiadaceae were mentioned (Nuttall 1813, 1818, 1821,
1822, 1848, 1851; Torrey 1858).
In publications Nuttall used the names of nine genera of Asclepiadaceae: Anantherix,
Asclepias, Cynanchum, Enslenia, Gonolobus, Matelea, Periploca, Polyotus, and Sty-
landra. In addition, there are Nuttall herbarium specimens at PH labeled as Acerates,
Ceropegia, Eustrephia, Huernia, and Vincetoxicum.
In the publications noted, 42 species were listed. Seventeen new species of Ascle-
piadaceae were published and described by Nuttall; and one by Torrey, giving credit
to Nuttall. Of these pH has eleven type specimens and one nontype specimen ticketed
in Nuttall’s hand. For example, Gonolobus viridiflorus Nuttall is described in the Gen-
era as growing ‘‘on the banks of the Mississippi near St. Louis,’’ and the label of the
type specimen reads ‘‘Gonolobus viridiflorum (sic) Mississippi’ in Nuttall’s hand and
‘‘(Nuttal)’’ in the hand of Charles Pickering, secretary to the Academy, with whom
Nuttall worked closely during his last years in the United States (Graustein 1967). The
small label with minimal information and with Pickering’s addition is typical.
Of the 24 remaining species mentioned in print by Nuttall, descriptions were never
provided for ten. Five of these ten are not represented by specimens at PH, three relate
to specimens which have insufficient information to identify a site, and two are rep-
resented by specimens which were collected at a site different from that indicated by
Nuttall. Sometimes Nuttall’s listings are unclear: Asclepias purpura(scens) is cited
1 Abbreviation for the Herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences in Philadelphia.
at
32 BARTONIA
without an author in the Genera, and therefore could be that of Linnaeus or of Walters.
There is no specimen to illustrate Nuttall’s usage. Graustein (1967), Stuckey (1967),
and Ewan (1971) all indicate that Nuttall was not apt to collect specimens which had
already been named.
There are specimens at PH for six of the 14 species identified by Nuttall with earlier
names for which Nuttall provided descriptions. For example, Asclepias longifolia is
well represented by specimens which are from sites other than those mentioned in the
Genera or the 1810 diary. The former has the habitat as ‘‘in Carolina, Georgia, Illinois,
and Louisiana,”’ while in the latter Nuttall mentions seeing it (although not necessarily
collecting it) near Huron and the vicinity of Detroit. The three Academy specimens
are labeled **‘Delaware,’’ *‘Arkansa’’ (sic), and ‘‘Red River.’’ An example of the five
which match (or do not conflict with) Nuttall’s published site would be Asclepias
paupercula, for which no site is published, although Nuttall has given a clue by putting
it in synonymy with A. floridana Lamarck. The specimen at PH is labeled ‘‘Dr. Bald-
win, Florida’ with *‘(Nuttall’s ticket)’ added in Pickering’s hand.
There are four specimens at PH indicated by Nuttall’s asterisk on the ticket as being
new genera or species, but which were never published. ‘‘*Eustrephia occidentalis”’
with ‘‘Nuttall’’ added in Pickering’s hand is on the same sheet with *‘Vincetoxicum
*america(num)? Ark’’ with ‘‘(Nutt)’’ again added by Pickering. Both were tentatively
assigned later to Gonolobus cynanchoides. *‘Asclepias *tomentosa? Nuttall Lewis Riv-
er, Rocky Mts.”’ is now labeled Asclepias speciosa Torrey. ‘‘Gonolobus *petersi’”’ is
added in Pickering’s writing to one of Nuttall’s less legible labels ‘‘Gonolobus mac-
rophyllus July 18.4 Fence corner near Versailles, Ky.’ Dr. Charles Wilkens Short
and Robert Peter listed *‘Gonolobus macrophyllus?’’ in their Supplementary Catalogue
of the Plants of Kentucky. This is quite possibly a specimen representing that citation.
Eleven other specimens at PH with Nuttall labels comprise a miscellaneous group,
never described by Nuttall in any of his publications and with species names of various
other authors. The most interesting of these came from Nuttall’s herbarium or from
his garden. Asclepias linearis is labeled ‘‘hort Nutt’’ in Pickering’s ubiquitous hand.
Did he mean “‘herb. Nuttall’? Another is labeled ‘‘Ceropegia Hort Nutt Cape of Good
Hope.’’ Could this be part of the 200 specimens Lambert had presented to Nuttall,
which Nuttall believed to be from Masson but which Ewan has since identified as being
collected by David James Niven (Karsten 1960)? Four other specimens were never
identified, such as “‘Acerates Nuttall Arkansas’? . . . a genus name which he never
used in publication.
Looking at the collection from the aspect of the date of Nuttall’s publications illus-
trates the completeness of Nuttall’s collections at pH. In the 1810 diary, six Asclepias
were cited as being seen; of these py has two specimens which do not conflict with his
information. There is no specimen for the Gonolobus hirsutus in Fraser’s Catalogue.
Of the 31 species of Asclepiadaceae in the Genera, six PH specimens match, two PH
specimens do not conflict with the published information, and four pH specimens do
not match the published information. Nuttall’s 1819 Arkansas journal mentions only
Asclepias parviflora, and the existing specimens mention no site. Three out of four
Asclepiadaceae mentioned in the publication on the Ware collection are matched by
specimens at PH. The flora of the Arkansas Territory described 16 species of Ascle-
piadaceae; of these six match, and there are specimens from different sites for the
remaining two. The Academy herbarium does not have any of the specimens from
Gambel’s Rocky Mountain Flora (Ewan 1971). Torrey, in his botany of the boundary
NUTTALL ASCLEPIADACEAE 33
survey published Nuttall’s name for Gonolobus biflorus, obviously using Nuttall’s as-
terisked specimen at PH
Nuttall has been dactattiad as having ‘‘an aptitude for — a quickness of
eye, tact in discrimination, and a tenacity of memory”’ (J. Sm 865). He early re-
alized the numbers of new genera, as well as new species, See Sate in North
America, and his pioneering collection which substantiates his observations is invalu-
able for a student of 19th century botany. The Asclepiadaceae are a sample of this
collection. In Nuttall’s writings on this family, 42 species are mentioned and 32 de-
scribed. Of the taxa with descriptions PH has matching or relevant specimens for 16
(50 percent). If one includes nonmatching specimens with Nuttall’s labels, there are 20
or 62 percent total. Eleven of these specimens are types that document 65% of the
species of Asclepiadaceae originally described by Nuttall. It is not merely the number
of specimens, but the high percentage of Nuttall’s types which make his collection at
PH so valuable; one hopes that there will be further studies of other families in his
collection, especially in their relationship to the pioneering study of new genera and
species in 19th century botany.
ASCLEPIADACEAE CITED BY NUTTALL
Panne *decumbens (1836) description®, site‘—at least one specimen at PH aches one citation.
Anantherix *paniculatus (1836) description, site—at least one specimen at PH matching citat
Anca *yiridis (1818) description, site—at least one agg nee at PH matching one Boe 11836) de-
scription, site—at least one specimen at PH matching one citatio
Asclepias 4 amoena” (1951)® no description, site—no specimen a PH. (1818) no description, no site—no
spe
Asclepias amplexicaulis (1818) description, no site—specimen does not contradict citation.
Asclepias cinerea Walt. (1818) description, site—no specimen at PH.
Asclepias debilis Michx. (1818) no description, no site—specimens at PH is location not visited before
1818. (1836) no description, site—specimens at PH from location not c
Asclepias incarnata ** Willd.’ feats no description, no site—insufficient aia on specimens. (1822) no de-
scription, site —specimens at PH from location n
Asclepias rete (1818) deurdilics: site—no specimen at PH.
Asc lepias eer (1951) no phase trio oo at PH from location not cited. (1818) meager
site—specimens at PH from location not c
Asclepias nti ‘rophylla (1848) pein site—no specimen at PH.
sclepias nivea (1818) no description, no site—no specimen at PH.
Asclepias obtusifolia Michx. (1818) no description, no site—no specimen at pH. (1836) no description, site
assumed—no specimen at PH.
sapien foe parviflora **Willd.’’ (1818) no description, no site—insufficient data on specimen. (1821) no de-
cription, site—insufficient data on ear (1836) no description, site—insufficient data on specimen.
Peat? ias paupercula (1818) description, no site—specimen does not contradict citation.
Asclepias phytolaccoides (1818)* description, site—no specimen at PH.
? The asterisk (*) was used by Nuttall in publications and on his labels i! facta a new species or genus.
’ Indicates that a description of the species was included in the publication
‘ Indicates that at least the general locality where the species was bau growing was mentioned.
° Where Nuttall listed no author, none is mentioned. Few were named in cere prior to 1822; we
have assumed the Genera author where one is given in later publication
®° A. amoena Bro = A. incarnata L. *‘which is common in this area’ “ee 1951, p. 64).
’ The site of the aslo cited in the 1813 publication is assumed * er Louisiana” etc., that of the 1822
davies is assumed to be Florida, pur of the 1836 publication is assumed to be Arkansas when the
only information is a listing of species na
* Stuckey (1967) cites this as an example of 4 species of Nuttall’s Ohio plants in the Genera under already
existing names which are not represented by specimens at PH
A
34 BARTONIA
Asclepias purpurascens (1951) no description, site—no specimen at PH
Asclepias quadrifolia Jacq. (1951) description, site—no specimen at PH. (1818) description, no site—no
specimen at PH. (1836) no description, site—no specimen at P
pon syriaca (1951) no description, site—no specimen at pH. (1818) brief description, no site—no
specim
Asc Pee tuberosa (1951) no nee site—insufficient data on specimen. (1818) no description, no site—
insufficient data on specime
A: Fag eee Willd. *” Gee ee of color only, site—insufficient data on specimen. (1818)
cription site—no specimen at PH. (1836) no description, site—no specimen at PH.
pve sebsieibaits L. (1951) no description, site—specimens at PH from location not cited. (1818) de-
scription, no site—specimens do not contradict citation, and collected before 1818. (1822) no suena:
site assumed— ini matches assumed site. (1836) no description, site assumed—specimens at PH
om locations not
hidesias viridiflora 8) (1818) es she by naming author. No site—no specimen at PH.
Asclepias viridis (1818) no description, no site—specimens at PH from location not visited before 1818.
Cynanchum angustifolium (1818) icashoes site—at least one specimen at PH matching one citation.
€ ‘aan laeve? (1818) oe no site—more than one specimen for same citation or locat
nchum *scoparium (1822) d e assumed—at least one specimen at PH matching one seiadba
*nsleni albida (1818) description, site—-specimens at PH from location not cited. (1836) no new description,
site—specimens at PH from location not cite
Cannio: *carolinensis (1818) description, site more than one specimen for same citation or location.
Gonolobus hirsutus Michx. (1813) no description, site assumed—no specimen at PH
Gonolobus macrophyllus (1818) no description, no site—no specimen at PH
Gonolobus *viridiflorus (1818) description, site—at least one specimen at PH 1 aanclbis one citation
Pst lobus *biflorus (Torrey) (1858) description, site—more than one specimen for same citation or iccalien.
Matelea *laevis? (1822) description, site assumed—at least one specimen at PH matching one citation.
Periploca eo (1818) description, no site—no specimen at PH.
Polyotus *angustifolius (1836) description, site—more than one specimen for same citation or location.
Polyotus *eterophsls (1836) description, site—at least one specimen at PH matching one citation.
us *l SUS
Pol nugino. (1836) description, site—no sipecgie at PH
Polyotus Uonedohes (1836) loa haiirie site—at least one specimen at PH oe one citation.
Polyotus *obovatus **a dubious species”’ (1836) ee site—no
na
*Stylandra pumila (1818) description, site—no specimen at PH (1836)° ‘eee site—no specimen at PH.
UNDESCRIBED, UNPUBLISHED TAXA CONSIDERED NEw!?
Asclepias *tomentosa
ence a
Gonolobus
Gree Se
UNDESCRIBED, UNPUBLISHED TAXA Not CONSIDERED NEW
*‘Acerates Arkansas”
““Ascllepias| arbor[escens | sel Nuttall”
‘*Asclepias decumbens Ark:
*‘Asclepias linearis Hort. ies
‘*Asclepias pedicellata fruct(us) lo -H... yellow tubrous St. Mary’s Dr. B.”"!!
Ko i ute Hort. Nuttall Cape of aie Hope’”’
“Cyn erectum fl. alb. ae Aug) W. Indies Nutt. Hort.”
“Contebun Nuttall Arkansa
‘‘Huernia Hort. Nuttall (one ae bit from the garden)”’
* It is possible that Dr. Baldwin’s specimen of *‘Asclepias pedicellata’’ which is listed below under “‘un-
described species’’ is authentic priilos for this. In the Flora of Arkansas Territory, Nuttall cites
“‘Asclepias pedicellata, Walt. r St. Mary’s, Dr. Baldwin,”’ in his description of S. pumila.
'0 We have no intention here of sniitiahuis his names
" See footnote 9
NUTTALL ASCLEPIADACEAE 35
“Vincetoxicum? Nuttall N. Holl?’ ”
*““(Vincetoxicum officinale) (Nuttall) Siberia’ '’
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This paper would not have been possible without the thoughtful guidance and kind
encouragement of Dr. James Mears, head of the Botany Department at pH, for which
the author is extremely grateful.
LITERATURE CITED
Ewan, JosepH. 1971. Editor’s Introduction. Jn the facsimile reprint of Thomas Nuttall, The Genera of
North American Plants. Hafner Publishing Co., New York. pp. (1)—xxxv
GRAUSTEIN, JEANNETTE E. 1967. Thomas Nuttall Naturalist: eupmeluohea in saieiiee 1808-1841. Harvard
University Press, Cambridge, MA. 481 pp.
KARSTEN, Mia C. 1960. Francis Masson, a gardener-botanist who collected at the Cape. J. S. African Bot.
26: 9-15.
NUTTALL, THOMAS. 1813. A catalogue of new and interesting plants collected in Upper Louisiana, and
principally on the River Missourie, North America. Fraser’s Nursery, London. 1890. Reprinted in
Pittonia 2: ir
. 1818. The Genera of North American Plants and a Catalogue of the Species, to the Year 1817. 2
Vol. sage for the author by D. Heartt, Philadelphia
. 1821. A journal of travels into the Arkansa heen during the year 1819, with occasional obser-
vations on the manners of a ee Thos. M. Palmer, Philadelphia. Travels 1748-1846. Vol. 13.
hur H. Clark Co., Clev
; ieee A catalogue of a aioe of plants a in east-Florida, during the months of October and
hanna 1821, [Nathaniel] A. Ware, Esq. Amer. J. Sci. Arts 5: 286-304.
——. 1836. Collections toward a flora of the eiiey of Arkansas. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. n. ser. 5:
9-203 for date of publication see Foster, R. C., 1944, Rhodora 46: 156-157).
——. Rat tes es plants collected by Mr. William Gambel in the Rocky Mountains and upper
ae Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Ser. 1: 149-189.
. 1951. Nota s rave into the old Northwest. An unpublished 1810 diary. Edited by Graustein, J.
E., Chron. Bot. 14: 1-
SHORT, CHARLES sass AND ROBERT PETER. 1834. A supplementary catalogue of the plants of Ken-
No. 4, 598-600.
SMITH, C. EARLE, JR. AND Jo vo Ww. Thicke RET. 1959. Thomas Nuttall (1786-1859): An evaluation and
bibliography. Leafl. W. Bot
SmiTH, J. Jay. 1865. Foreword = F. Andrew Michaux, North American Sylva 1: 9-10.
STUCKEY, RONALD L. oe The “‘lost’’ plants of T. Nuttall’s 1810 expedition into the old Northwest.
Michigan Bot. 6: 81-9
TATNALL, ROBERT R. a Nuttall’s plant collections in Southern Delaware. Bartonia 20: 1-6
TorrREY, JoHN C. 1858. Botany of the boundary. Jn Emory, William H., Report on the U.S. se Mexican
boundary survey 2: 30-27. Cornelius Endell, Washington.
" Probably a Robert Brown specimen from Hooker or Lambert Ln sie comm.).
'3 Probably a Pallas specimen from Hooker or Lambert (Mears, pers. m.).
Additions to the Check-List of the Flora of
Montgomery County, II
MARIANA MCCABE
803 N. Franklin St.
Pottstown, PA 19464
AND
ANN NEWBOLD
R.D. 1, Bechtelsville, PA 19505
Three new species of Montgomery County flora (see Edgar T. Wherry’s Check-List
in Bartonia 41: 71-84 and Ann Newbold’s Additions in Bartonia 45: 15 and 46: 49)
bring the current county total of recorded taxa with herbarium specimens to 1840, of
which 1236 are presumed to be indigenous and 604 introduced.
While Betula lutea Michx. has long been known in Berks County just a few miles
across the western border of Montgomery County, no naturally growing specimen has
heretofore been found in the county. A good size tree has been identified in the woods
comprising part of the Upper Perkiomen Valley Park at Green Lane.
Euphorbia dentata Michx., known in waste places and dry railroad banks from New
York to Mexico has been found growing profusely on the dry railroad banks along the
Reading Railroad Company’s Pottstown Station.
Hibiscus palustris L. has been collected from the marshy area just west of the
beginning of the Philadelphia Water Supply’s reservoir off Route 663, New Hanover
Township. In view of the difficulty experienced collecting the specimen, it can be
presumed that it was not planted there by human hand.
Status of Some North Jersey Wet Habitats
VINCENT ABRAITYS
Sergeantsville, NJ 08557
The article in this issue on the deterioration of Dillerville Swamp has encouraged a
status assessment of our better known north Jersey botanical sites. While Dillerville
Swamp has suffered directly at the hands of man, other than our Ledum groenlandicum
which is buried beneath a parking lot, New Jersey’s problems have been more of an
indirect nature. Within the past decade famous Johnsonburg bog has been flooded by
beavers with consequent damage to its shoreline and inner sphagnum mat. Removal
of the beaver and destruction of their dam has halted the process but a number of
plants have yet to return. The only plus factor we have at Johnsonburg is the flowering
of Utricularia minor, surely but a sometime thing. Ominously beaver are moving in at
the south end of Mt. Lake bog and smaller bogs near Newton.
Atop the Kittatiny a sadder story unfolds. Below Culver’s Gap between Mecca Gap
and Donkey’s Corner headwater bogs and swamps have disappeared taking large col-
onies of Listera cordata and Malaxis unifolia. High Point Park and Stokes Forest are
overrun with beaver work on even the smallest stream. Famous Mashipacong’s ‘Lost
Lake’ is beginning to get competition from them. In fairness it should be said that
while the Eriophorum spissum of the Mt. Hope bogs near Dover has succumbed to
filling, the Mashipacong station for it has disappeared for reasons unknown.
The limestone areas have another problem in the general lowering of the water table.
All ponds and wet areas are affected. Old reliable Howell’s Pond has been dry for
some years now. A small sinkhole west of Andover which had been a good source of
Scirpus torreyi has had grass growing over its bottom for the past six years. The same
may be said for the interesting sinkhole which carried Sparganium minimum. Mountain
Lake bog is growing heavier with tall trees and shrubs and the opening which housed
Cypripedium candidum can no longer be found. Openings in Budd’s Lake bog seem
to have disappeared, too. A Triglochin meadow near Newton has not had the plant for
many years. Sagittaria cuneata sink holes are diminishing. The above list could be
expanded but it ought to be noted that the fast disappearing Cypripedium reginae
departs with certain trowel bearing humans.
Lest this article end on too gloomy a phrase, let it be known that Listera smallii is
faring well and younger field botanists have added new stations for Habenaria hookeri
and Habenaria orbiculata.
a}
REVIEWS
' Wayside Simples and Grateful Herbs by Vincent Abraitys and illustrated by Phoebe
Gaughan. 228 pp. Paper. Columbia Publishing Company, Inc. Frenchtown, NJ. 1980.
$8.95.
Vincent Abraitys writes an informal account of those plants which were once a real
comfort to our forebears as an ever present source of medical aid or of varied flavors
to enhance their meagre choice of foods. His book results not only from thorough
research into the history of plant uses but also from extensive experience afield in
hunting and identifying them. Readers in all parts of the country will enjoy the book
because of his wide choice of plants from all areas where each will meet some familiar
species and discover interesting facts about ‘‘old friends.”’
For each of the 75 plants, Abraitys, with a light touch, shares an anecdote of his
first finding it or pictures it in its usual haunts, vividly describing the wild habitat and
the plant’s manner of growth. A short glossary of botanical and medicinal terms is
included and is very helpful, especially with the medical terms now seldom in common
use.
The author clearly and repeatedly expresses the view that these plants ‘“‘not only
are dangerous to use but are endangered in their existence’? and recommends that “*no
plants be touched, idly or otherwise.”’ It is this approach which makes the book unique
in its field and of real importance to everyone. It frees the author to convey to the
reader the plant’s own worth, just as it is, for its own sake, as a part of the world, to
be appreciated and left where it is.
Identification of each plant is made easy with the illustrations by Phoebe Gaughan
who uses plain, simple, strong lines to accurately depict characteristics. Descriptions
are brief and usable. The historical significance of both common and scientific names
is given. The lore connected with the plant’s use is always given with care to remind
any reader that today’s population pressure could easily cause extinction were we to
try out these uses widely today.
The bibliography could be very helpful for anyone who becomes interested in know-
ing more about plants, historical uses, and plant hunters. The index is particularly
useful as the sequence of herbs described seems to be entirely random.
Altogether, this is a book which leads you on to more and more delightful encounters
while it lets you share the author’s information on the outdoor world. E. MARIE BOYLE.
Atlas of the Flora of Pennsylvania by Edgar T. Wherry, John M. Fogg, Jr., and Herbert
A. Wahl. xxx + 390 pp. Paper. Morris Arboretum of the University of Pennsylvania.
Philadelphia, PA. 1979. $9.95.
The ATLAS has long been awaited by the botanical community in Pennsylvania.
Started in the mid-1930’s it was nearly published in the 1960’s. Unfortunately the
project met with some delays until the early 1970's. The Morris Arboretum reactivated
the project and produced a published work. This is the first comprehensive treatment
of the state’s plant life since Porter’s FLORA in 1903.
The introduction to the ATLAS provides the user with a short course in the flora of
Pennsylvania. A synonymy section is provided, comparing the ATLAS to GRAY’S
MANUAL, 8th Ed.
The body primarily contains dot maps illustrating the known distribution of over
38
REVIEWS 39
1200 native and naturalized plants known to occur in Pennsylvania up to 1970. The
basis for the information appearing as a map dot are specimens housed in the five
major herbaria of Pennsylvania. Usually there are 8 maps/page. Each county will have
a maximum of 12 collection localities. Above each map the scientific name appears.
Maps are grouped by families using the Engler-Prantl sequence. The family name is
found at the top outer edge of the page. Genera, species, and varieties are listed
alphabetically. GRAY’S MANUAL OF BOTANY, 8th Edition, by M. L. Fernald is
largely followed.
Overall the ATLAS provides good basic data concerning plant distributions in the
state. Although this publication eases the work necessary to survey a particular species
occurrence in the state, for critical applications it should not be utilized in place of
specimen records. The data are at least 10 years old, and additions or deletions are
inevitable.
The only criticism by this writer is the, at times, confusing nomenclature. Synonymy
is detailed in the introduction, but occasionally appears with the name above the map.
A standardized nomenclatural format should have been adopted and followed to the
letter within the body of the text.
The ATLAS is a long needed addition to Pennsylvania’s regrettably sparse botanical
literature. It is hoped that this is just the first of many botanical volumes addressing
the whole of the state. In addition, this work should be a guide for the field botanist
to further investigations of species occurrence in Pennsylvania. PAUL G. WIEGMAN.
Rare and Endangered Vascular Plant Species in Pennsylvania by Paul G. Wiegman. 94
pp. Paper. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Newton Corner, MA. 1979.
Spurred by the Congressional Endangered Species Act of 1973 which resulted in a
published list of extinct and endangered plants within the United States, a number of
states have issued their own assessments. Fortunately for naturalists in Pennsylvania,
Paul Wiegman of the Western Pennsylvania Conservancy has prepared an attractive
pamphlet, a fine addition to the increasing list of state guides.
The initial task of this survey was to review for the United States Fish and Wildlife
Service the 17 species occurring within Pennsylvania as listed in the Federal Register
(Vol. 40, No. 127, July 1975). Wiegman’s Survey indicates those species which should
remain on the Federal List as well as those species which, due to a better assessment
of their frequency, should be deleted. Moreover, an important aspect of the Survey
was to review all species uncommon to Pennsylvania. Useful as the Federal List can
be, often it does not include plants rare to a region but common elsewhere. For ex-
ample, the disjunct Carex geyeri is common in the western Cordillera, but is known
in eastern North America only from a calcareous rocky outcrop in Centre County,
Pennsylvania. In brief, the ‘‘purpose of this list is to catalogue the status and distri-
bution of native vascular plants believed to be rare, vulnerable, or declining in Penn-
sylvania.”’
Wiegman’s Survey was based on a careful review of unpublished lists by Buker
(1975) and Wherry and Keener (1977). In addition to checking the records for the Atlas
of the Flora of Pennsylvania held at the Morris Arboretum, Wiegman studied recently
collected voucher material at Carnegie Museum. A refined second draft was circulated
to a number of reviewers, some of whom attended a meeting on 25 January 1979
convened to discuss the proposed species list. Moreover, Wiegman conducted field
40 BARTONIA
surveys in 1979 to determine the status of the 17 species on the Federal List plus 8
selected additional species. As a consequence, these 25 species have been assessed
critically to determine the known occurrence of each within Pennsylvania including
recommendations concerning their status. Wiegman’s study recommends that, of the
17 species on the Federal List, several need further review, 6 should be deleted, 5 are
considered endangered, and 2 are considered presently extirpated within Pennsylvania
(Cypripedium candidum Muhl., Micranthemum micranthemoides (Nutt.) Wettst.).
Most of Wiegman’s list is devoted to assessing 340 taxa of vascular plants. In general,
the Survey includes only those species generally occurring in not more than 2 counties.
For each taxon, Wiegman has included the distribution by counties, a category of
classification (extirpated, endangered, threatened, disjunct, endemic, restricted, vul-
nerable), followed by various remarks about habitats, extra-Pennsylvania ranges, etc.
The arrangement of the families and the nomenclature for the most part follow M. L.
Fernald’s Gray’s Manual of Botany, Eighth Edition.
Undoubtedly, Wiegman’s Survey will aid considerably in our assessment of the flora
of Pennsylvania. With over 3000 taxa of vascular plants occurring within the Com-
monwealth, this Survey accounts for about 11 percent. The Survey should alert con-
cerned naturalists to those species especially deserving protection. And with an in-
creased public consciousness, one may hope that a number of species may be spared
from extinction.
Unfortunately, the Survey is marred by a number of errors and omissions. A number
of species names lack authors (nearly all synonyms), some authors are misspelled (Ait.,
p. 38), many lack proper punctuation (Willd., not Willd, p. 45), and Michaux appears
both as Michaux (p. 49) and Michx. (p. 50). In the ‘“‘Remarks’’ column ‘‘Threatened”’
is repeatedly abbreviated *‘Thdt.,’’ although in the *‘Categories-Definitions’’ section
(p. 11) and in the final pages of the Survey, it is abbreviated ‘‘THTD.’’ In referring to
the Eighth Edition of Gray’s Manual, *‘Gray reports’’ (p. 40) should have been *‘Fer-
nald reported.”’ And it’s difficult to understand how a species which is reported from
Dauphin County, “‘just reaches w. Pa.”’ (p. 44). ‘‘Porter’’ County (p. 58) could refer
to Potter County, but Potentilla tridentata Ait., just does not occur there. My own
name is cited twice as Kenner.
Finally, one might quibble endlessly with a list of this type. Certainly, Wiegman’s
Survey represents a solid, painstaking contribution to an assessment of the flora of
Pennsylvania. Occasionally, some counties seem to be omitted (Franklin, Mifflin and
Huntingdon counties for Sida hermaphrodita (L.) Rusby) or certain species not in-
cluded (e.g., I would include Clematis viorna L. and Delphinium exaltatum Ait.). But
along with the Atlas of the Flora of Pennsylvania by Wherry, Fogg, and Wahl, Wieg-
man’s Survey represents the beginning of what promises to be an invigorating decade
of floristic study within Pennsylvania. Cart S. KEENER.
NEWS AND NOTES
LOBLOLLY PINE IN SALEM COUNTY, NEW JERSEY. In 1967 while exploring an area of
Salem County, New Jersey little known to me I chanced upon a stand of the Loblolly
Pine, Pinus taeda L., which appears to have been overlooked or unreported. Its site
far out on the salt marshes at the terminus of a road and nowhere near habitation or
cultivation makes for small likelihood that this is a planted stand. On a revisit in early
1980 the trees were still there in healthy condition, reproducing well as evidenced by
stems in all stages of growth. This is the farthest north known stand in the state today.
The station is southwest of Canton. One section stretches along an old dune ridge
traversed by the remains of an old lane. The second is almost a solid growth on a small
hummock completely surrounded by wet salt marsh. This second grove only a short
distance from the first was not checked in 1980 for any other species of Pinus but in
binoculars all trees looked to be Loblolly.
This statement is made since a few years after the initial discovery I showed the
stand to the late Joseph Jacobs, the Osprey bander and D.V.O.C. member. He intro-
duced Dale Coman to it who had a good acquaintanceship with the outdoors of south
Jersey and wrote a nature column for the Philadelphia Evening Bulletin. Coman felt
that there were some Pond Pines (P. serotina) with the Loblolly. Since my rather
cursory visits to this area did not disclose this species, should any Club member
encounter it here I would be pleased to know about it. VINCENT ABRAITYS.
NELUMBO PENTAPETALA IN SOUTHERN NEW JERSEY. Mr. and Mrs. C. L. Richardson of
Pennsville, New Jersey, recently collected specimens of Nelumbo pentapetala (Walt.)
Fern. (given the epithet /utea in many manuals) in Salem County, New Jersey. They
report that the population covers about a hectare in a tidal marsh along Mannington
Creek about 6.3 kilometers northeast of Salem. Very likely, this is the same population
where Rodney H. True collected this species in 1938. His specimens in the University
of Pennsylvania’s herbarium are labeled as being, ‘‘In shallow water near bridge over
Mannington Creek near Salem.’’ Previous collections of the American lotus from
southern New Jersey in herbaria at the Academy are from Bordentown (undated),
Camden (1853), Woodstown (1875), Sharpstown (1890, 1893, 1894, and 1895), and
Auburn (1923 and 1925).
The flowers of the Mannington Creek population are white except for the outermost
green perianth segments and the yellow androecium and gynoecium. Ordinarily the
flowers of Nelumbo pentapetala are pale yellow. A similar situation occurs in Gratiola
neglecta, which according to Gray’s Manual, ed. 8, has ‘‘milk-white’’ corollas when
growing in tidal mud instead of the ordinarily ‘‘honey-color to creamy-white’’ ones.
This suggests there is a similar relationship between tidal action and flower color in
these species. ALFRED E. SCHUYLER.
THE 1980 LAWRENCE MEMORIAL AWARD. The Award Committee of the Lawrence
Memorial Fund is pleased to announce the selection of Mr. James M. Affolter of the
University of Michigan as recipient of the 1980 Lawrence Memorial Award. A student
of Dr. William R. Anderson, Mr. Affolter is investigating the taxonomy, evolution and
phytogeography of the genus Lilaeopsis (Umbelliferae). He will be using the proceeds
of the Award in travel to Australia and Tasmania for field studies.
The Lawrence Memorial Fund has been established at the Hunt Institute for Botan-
41
42 BARTONIA
ical Documentation, Carnegie-Mellon University to commemorate the life and achieve-
ments of Dr. George H. M. Lawrence, founding Director of the Institute. Proceeds
from the Fund are used to make annual awards of $1,000 to outstanding doctoral
candidates for travel in support of dissertation research in any of Dr. Lawrence’s fields
of special interest: systematic botany or horticulture, or the history of the plant sci-
ences, including bibliography and exploration. The Fund has been constituted initially
by contributions from the Lawrence family and The Hunt Foundation, augmented by
donations from many of Dr. Lawrence’s friends and colleagues. Additional contribu-
tions are welcomed. T. D. JACOBSEN.
1979 FIELD TRIPS
April 21: Skunk Hollow, Radnor Twp., Delaware Co., PA. This is a hilly, wooded
area especially good for the observation of spring flowering species such as: Asarum
canadense, Hepatica americana, Dicentra cucullaria, Smilacina racemosa, Mitchella
repens, Mertensia virginica, Phlox divaricata, and Erythronium americanum. Also
evident were Thalictrum dioicum and polygamum, Anemonella thalictroides, Hydro-
phyllum canadense and virginianum, Dentaria laciniata and heterophylla, Saxifraga
virginiensis, and Staphylea trifolia. Leader: Norma Mawhinney
May 19: Willow Oak Nature Area and Marsh River, Vineland, NJ. P.B.C. members
Stephen Field and Theresa Filippi maintain extensive trails through the Willow Oak
Nature Area. The morning was spent compiling a long list of the species growing there
before switching over for a briefer visit to the Marsh River area. Most notable were:
Aronia arbutifolia; Kalmia latifolia and angustifolia; Leucothoé racemosa; Rhodo-
dendron viscoscum; Quercus phellos, coccinea, velutina, and alba; Nyssa sylvatica
and biflora; Amelanchier canadensis; Populus grandidentata and tremuloides; Cha-
maecyperus thyoides; Clethra alnifolia; Myrica pensylvanica; one flourishing exotic
specimen of Acer pensylvanicum; Habenaria lacera; Cypripedium acaule; Vicia tet-
rasperma, grandiflora, and angustifolia; and Hypochaeris radicata.
June 3: Mertztown, Berks Co., PA. Member John Scott has a large scale fern and
conifer planting scheme. This trip coincided with visits by the Fern Society and the
Rock Garden Club. The following are among some of the naturally growing plants
noted at the site: Viola primulifolia, blanda, cucullata, rotundifolia, and hastata; Lip-
aris lilifolia; Aristolochia serpentaria; Pentstemon digitaria; Aralia nudicaulis; Cornus
amomum, racemosa, and florida; Aster divaricatus, undulatus, and lateriflorus; Ce-
rastium vulgatum, brachypetalum, and a probable exotic tentatively identified as semi-
decandrum.
June 25-27: Glassboro State College, Glassboro NJ. Three day joint field meeting of
the Northeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, the Torrey Botanical
Club, and the Philadelphia Botanical Club with trips as follows:
June 25: New Jersey pine barrens. Louis and Eileen Hand, with help from Betty
Woodford and Ted Gordon, led a trip through natural and historic areas of Batsto State
Park where Schizaea, Lophiola, Lachnanthes, Eriocaulon compressum, Pogonia, Po-
lygala lutea, Utricularia fibrosa and purpurea, three species of Drosera, and many
other characteristic pine barrens’ plants were seen. The Cranberry-Blueberry Research
Station of Rutgers University and the pine plains were also visited. At the latter stop,
Corema was seen.
June 26: Tyler Arboretum, Nottingham barrens, and Longwood Gardens. After a
brief stop at the Tyler Arboretum, Lima, PA where we were welcomed by Robert
Montgomery, Director, and saw the largest Giant Sequoia in the east and an outstand-
ing specimen of Cedar of Lebanon the group proceeded to Nottingham County Park,
Nottingham, PA. After eating lunch the group was lead through an area of serpentine
barrens in the park by Robert Gordon, Jesse Grantham, and Donald Huttleston. Among
a number of characteristic serpentine plants seen were Talinum teretifolium and Se-
necio smallii. The last stop of the day was at Longwood Gardens where, in the brief
time allowed, the group dispersed to various parts of the grounds but most visited the
43
44 BARTONIA
wildflower area where an attempt is being made to provide ecological conditions to
satisfy plants native within a 100-mile radius.
June 27: New Jersey tidal wetlands. Ralph Good and A. E. Schuyler, with help from
Michael Kachur, Joseph Arsenault, and Barry Frasco, led the group to tidal marshes
near Salem, Woodbury, and Manahawkin. The marsh near Salem had a diverse assem-
blage of plants indicative of a transition from freshwater to saltwater: Spartina alter-
niflora, Zizania aquatica, Lilaeopsis chinensis, and Sagittaria calycina among others.
Near Woodbury, large stands of Zizania, Nuphar, and Typha angustifolia were seen.
In the Manahawkin marshes, extensive stands of short Spartina alterniflora gave the
aspect of a prairie. Many species (even Vaccinium macrocarpon) were seen as the
marsh became transitional to a red maple swamp. Zannichellia and Ruppia were flow-
ering in a creek (Cedar Run) flowing through the marsh.
July 15: Five Mile Woods, Bucks Co., PA (see article by A. E. Schuyler in this
issue).
August 25: Glen Flora Pond Preserve, Montgomery Co., PA. Ann Newbold has
developed this 18 acre wild flower preserve which supports over 800 native and nat-
uralized species, nearly a quarter of that number being in flower during August. This
is the time of year when the composites begin to reenact their glory as can be seen by
the following which were in bloom: Bidens bipinnata; Helenium autumnale and nu-
diflorum; Helianthus decapetalus, divaricatus, and strumosis; Heliopsis helianthoides ;
Eupatorium album, altissimum, atropurpureum, fistulosum, hyssopifolium, perfolia-
tum, pilosum, and rotundifolium; Picris hieracioides; Rudbeckia fulgida and var. sulli-
vantii, hirta, laciniata and var. hortensis, speciosa, and triloba; Silphium perfoliatum;
Vernonia novaboracensis; Aster divaricatus, gracilis, macrophyllus, schreberi, specta-
bilis, and umbellatus; and Solidago gigantea, juncea, and odorata.
Most evident among the non-composites were: Saururus cernuus, Nuphar advena,
Cabomba caroliniana, Adlumia fungosa, Rhexia virginica, Jussiaea uruguayensis,
Mimulus alatus and ringens, Campanula aparinoides and rotundifolia, and Jasione
montana.
September 22: Stafford Forge, Ocean Co., NJ. This is a particularly good pine bar-
rens site, as is evident from the fact that the P.B.C. group never progressed beyond
the first of a series of ponds. Everyone who was along on the trip agreed that it should
be rescheduled. Some of the finds included: Panicum virgatum, Agrostis alba, Triodia
flava, Cladium mariscoides, Juncus pelocarpus and biflorus, Sagittaria engelman-
niana, Xyris congdoni, Utricularia inflata, Isoétes sp., Drosera filiformis, rotundifolia,
and intermedia, Brasenia schreberi, Calamovilfa brevipilis, Myriophyllum humile, Tri-
chostema dichotomum, Polygonella articulata, Liatris graminifolia, and Eupatorium
leucolepis. Leader: Joe Arsenault.
MEMBERSHIP LIST 1980
Senpenge Pian come NJ 08557
ALLEN, RUTH McCVAUGH—Woodside Lane, Cinnaminson, ys aedl
oo ee ear )—842 ae Street, Phila., PA 1
ANDERSON, CHRISTINE M.—5514 Limeric Circle, Apt. 24, Weiss DE 19808
ANDERSON, KARL H.—Rancocas Nature Center, Rancocas Road, R.D.1, Mt. Holly, NJ 08060
ANGUS-ANDERSON, BLAKE A.—Forest Gate Apts. 12, Magnolia, NJ 08049
ARNOLD, FRE mais hte Bishop Hollow Road, Newtown Square, PA 19073
ARSENAULT, JOSEPH & CATHY—714 East Atlantic Avenue, Laurel Springs, NJ 08021
BASKIN, JERRY (DR. aR Hunt Morgan School of Biological Sciences, University of Kentucky, Lex-
ington, KY 40506
BAZINET, LESTER (DrR.)—1146 South 8th Street, Phila., PA oe
BERG, RoBERTA—9405 Stenton Avenue, Erdenheim, PA 19
BipDLE, DorrELL (Dr.)}—R.D.#2, Marne Highway, ai Laue, NJ 08054
BIEN, WALTER F.—144 Seimei Avenue, Langhorne, P
BororF, BARBARA R.—541 Woodland Drive, Radnor, ish saa
Boy.Le, E. MArrE—1521 Norman Road, Havertown, PA 19083
ey Rosert A. (Mrs.)—Braddocks Mill Lake, R.D.2, Marlton, NJ 08053
BRAXTON, JoHN—4719 Springfield Avenue, Phila., PA 19143
Bray, EDMUND C.—Hopkinson House, 602 Washington Sq.S., Phila., 19106
BuseER, FRANKLIN B. (Dr.)—East Stroudsburg College, East ake eS PA 18301
CouHEN, ALIcE C.—719 Hedgerow Drive, Broomall, PA 19008
CrRowLey, Mary M.—34 Schappett Terrace, Lansdowne, PA 19050
Day, THOMAS—137 S. 7th St., Allentown, PA 1810
DERBYSHIRE, BETTY—Derwoods, Box 538, Green Lane, PA 18054
T
DOERING, GRANT (Dr.)—448 Woodward Drive, Bryn Athyn, PA 19009
EGEE, MARJoriE J.—11 Rivers End West, Grubbs Lai —— Rr linge: DE 19703
ERISMAN, NELLIE A.—1818 Spring Garden Street, Phila., 9130
Evert, Brooks W. (Mrs.)—115 N. Lakeside Drive, E. Birchwood Lakes, Medford, NJ 08055
EWAN, JOSEPH (DR.)—Tulane University, New Orleans, LA 7011
FARLEY, ELIZABETH B.—319 Bala Avenue, Bala Cynwyd, PA rae
FELTON, ANNA—37 Crawford Road, Audubon, PA 19401
FERREN, WAYNE R., Jr.—Univ. of Calif., Dept. of Biological Sciences, Santa Barbara, CA 93106
FIELD, STEPHEN—5 Evelyn Avenue, Vineland, NJ nae
Fitipp!, THERESA—561 East Wheat Road, Vineland, NJ 0
Focc, JoHn M., Jr. (Dr.)\—Conwyn Arms, 830 Montgomery Avenue, Bryn Mawr, PA 19010
FREYBURGER, WM. L.—5258 34th Ave., North, St. Petersburg, FL 33710
Frick, JULIA W.—Thomas Wynne Apts., Wynnewood, PA 190
GANT, CHARLES E.—144 High Street, P.O. Box 431, Millville, NJ 08332
Go_p, ALBERT—118 W. 227 Street, Bronx, NY 10463
Goop, RALPH (Dr. & Mrs.)—Dept. of Biology, Rutgers University, Camden, NJ 08332
Gorbon, Rosert (Dr.)—Tel Hai Retirement Community, Apt. 5, P.O. Box 190, Honey Brook, PA 19344
DO i 8088
HAND, Louis E.—7 Chatham Place, Vincentown, NJ 08088
Hart, Rosin (Dr.)}—Environmental Science and Engineering, Gainesville, FL 32602
HARVEY, SALLIE—S1 Crosby Brown Road, Gladwyne, PA 19035
HENRY, JOSEPHINE DE N’—Gladwyne, PA 19035
HICKMAN, JAMEs (Dr.)—Dept. of ee U. of Calif., Berkeley, CA 94720
Hitt, Roy (Mr. & Mrs.)}—180 W. Drexel Avenue, Lansdowne, PA 19050
H
: 7
HORNBECK, JOHN A.—3008 Spring Mill Road, Plymouth Meeting, PA 19462
HUEBNER, JOHN M. (Mrs.)—150 Anton Road, Wynnewood, PA 19096
45
46 BARTONIA
HuTTLESTON, DONALD (Dr.)—Longwood Gardens, Kennett we PA 19348
IRETON, MARY Lou—213 4th Avenue, Haddon Heights, NJ 0803
KELLER, ELIZABETH—114 Wyomissing Blvd., Me ee i ee
KENDIG, JAMES (Dr.)—214 William Drive, Hershey, PA 1
KITCHEN, apg i. 10th Avenue, Haddon eae NI eas
KLEIN, WM , Jr. (Dr.)—129 Bethlehem Pike, Phila.
KNIGHT, ee ee S. 7th Street, Phila., PA 19147
KRALL, JOHN R.—627 Bethlehem Pike, Erdenheim, PA 19118
KUNTZLEMAN, NANCY—Woodgate Apts. 301, Reading, PA 196
LANGMAN, IDA K.—Riviera Apts., 116 S. Raleigh Avenue, vier City, NJ 08401
LeEporE, JEFFREY—1707 Millersville Pike, Lancaster, PA 1
Levin, MICHAEL H. (Dr.)—Carriage House, 490 Darby Paoli Road, Villanova, PA 19085
McGraTH, JAMES—304 Derwyn Rd., Lansdowne, PA
McLEAN, ELIZABETH—139 Cherry Lane, Wynnewood, PA 19096
Mears, JAMEs A. (Dr.)—647 W. Valley Road, Wayne, PA 19087
MELLON, RICHARD—243 Stockham Avenue, Morrisville, PA 19067
Moore, JuL1a—Molyneau Rd., Camden, ME 04843
NEWBOLD, ANN—R.D.1, Bechtelsville, PA 19505
O’Connor, DANIEL—66 E. Main Street, Port Norris, NJ 08349
OrFIELD, LorETTA—Deer Road, Cherry Hill, NJ 08035
OVERLEASE, WILLIAM (Dr.)—500 Taylors Mill Rd., West Chester, PA 19380
PATRICK, RUTH (Dr.)—P.O. Box 4095, Chestnut Hill Station, Phila., PA 19118
Peters, MARIA D.—1020 Woods Road, Southampton, PA 18966
PULTORACK, ROBERT (Dr. & Mrs.)—34 Edgemont Road, Yardville, NJ 08620
Rao, RAMA (Dr.)—Widener College, Chester, PA 19013
RANDOLPH, DorotHy—Apt. DI-N, St. Georges Apts., 101 Millcreek Road, Ardmore, PA 19003
RicG, HARRISON—655 Caley Road, King of Prussia, PA 19406
RoBertTs, MARVIN L.—1735 Neil Avenue, Columbus, OH 43210
Rota, FRANK C., Jr. (Dr.)—413 Walnut Hill Road, West Chester, PA 19380
RotH, NANCY—Box 4394, Phila., PA 8
Ryan, Nancy P.—419 S. Carlisle Street, Phila., PA 19146
SARGENT, RALPH M. (Dr. & Mrs.)—520 Panmure Road, Haverford, PA 19041
SCHAEFFER, ROBERT L., Jr. (DR.)—32 N. am Street, Allentown, PA 18101
SHERER, ToINi—590 Kirk Lane, Media, P
SCHUYLER, ALFRED E. (Dr.)—Academy : Natural Sciences, 19th & Parkway, Phila., PA 19103
Scott, JoHN—Hertzog School Road, Mertztown, PA 19539
SHAEFER, GEORGE R. (Mrs.)—2976 Dorman Avenue, Broomall, PA 19008
S1ppLE, WiILLIAM—503 Benforest Drive West, Severna Park, MD 21146
STAILEY, HARRY (MR. & Mrs.)—8701 Macon Street, Phila., PA 19152
STUCKEY, RONALD (Dr.)—Ohio State University, Columbus, OH 43210
SWEETMAN, LEONARD (DR.)—631 Berwyn-Baptist Road, Devon, PA 19333
Tees, GRacE M.—458 Locust Avenue, Phila., PA 19144
TEITELL, LEONARD (Dr.)—12 N The Village ohias ea i Lake, NJ 07828
TYRRELL, LUcy—8480 Hagy’s Mill Road, Phila., 9128
VANCE, GLADYS—150 Montgomery Avenue, Bala fs nwyd, PA
WEINER, JAcos (Dr.)—Dept. of Biology, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA 19086
WHERRY, EDGAR T.—Priestley House, 224 W. Tulpehocken Street, Phila., PA 19144
WILKENS, HAns—424 S. 15th Street, Reading, PA 19602
WILLIAMS, H. CARLTON—165 W. Ridge Pike, Limerick, PA 19468
WILLIAMS, Davip L.—Coppermine neagy R.D.1, Princeton, NJ 08540
WILSON, CHRISTOPHER A.—R.D.3, Box 113, Malvern, PA 19355
19079
Woop, Howarp (Dr.)—842 Buck Lane, Haverford, PA 19041
WooprForD, JAMEs B. (Mrs.)—Cedar Run Lake, Marlton, NJ 08053
48 BARTONIA
The Philadelphia Botanical Club is devoted to the study, conservation and enjoyment
of native flora, particularly that of eastern Pennsylvania, southern New Jersey, north-
eastern Maryland, and northern Delaware.
The Club holds monthly meetings the 4th Thursday of the month from September
through May (3rd Thursday in November and December) at the Academy of Natural
Sciences for talks and discussions of botanical topics. It arranges field trips for the
study of local flora in the fall, summer, and spring, and maintains a Herbarium of local
flora in the Academy of Natural Sciences.
Persons interested in the activities of the Philadelphia Botanical Club are cordially
invited to become members.
Application for Membership
Philadelphia Botanical Club
Department of Botany
cademy of Natural Scienc
19th and os Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103
For Membership, please fill in the following information and send with check to:
Philadelphia Botanical Club.
Annual Dues (January—December) $10.00
Name:
Address:
Phone:
Botanical Information (Interests and Background):
Program of Meetings 1979-1980
“SS
1979 Subject Speaker
25 Jan Preservation OF Pranies (233 es es Sa ee Edmund C. Bray
22 Feb The Role of an Urban Arboretum ..... >)... - 2.2 25224. William Klein, Jr.
22 Mar Microscopic agape on Plants at the Academy of Natu-
fal Sctenees = 18T IeB ba eee Thomas Peter Bennett
26 Apr Confessions of an Environmental Research Consultant .... Robin Hart
24 May Illustrated Report of the Local Flora Monitoring Committee
27 Sept. Members’ Report on Summer Activities
25 Oct. Islands in the Sand: Growth and Structure in Arenaria caro-
Hild Goo a ae a er ae Albert List
15 Nov Sa Problems of Local Sedges .............-. Alfred E. Schuyler
20 Dec Local Flora and Gealoay oo ee John M. Fogg, Jr.
1980
24 Jan. Environmental History of the Lower Metedeconk Region
New Jersey Pine Baitens oi Michael H. Levin
28 Feb Se —— Century Gardens, and metean Plant
oe eeu bene sl eee ee Elizabeth P. McLean
27 Mar. | Study of Dehiscing Fern Sporangia ..... Luzern Livingston
24 Apr. ‘Through the Seasons in the Carolina Blue _ .... Ralph Sargent
22 May Winctrated Report ce ee Pee al Flor MA- *
ISSN 0198-7356
BARTONIA
JOURNAL OF THE
PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB
No. 48
CONTENTS
Vegetation and Flora of Hog Island, a Brackish Wetland in the Mullica River, New Jersey
Wayne R. FERREN, Jr., RALPH E. Goop, RAYMOND WALKER, AND JOSEPH ARSENAULT
Additions to the Flora of Hunterdon County, New Jersey ................- VINCENT ABRAITYS
Temperature Relations of Seed Germination and 50g Implications in Galinsoga parviflora
mane (5. GMINA, oo ee ce RRY M. BASKIN AND CAROL C. BASKIN 12
Raunkiaer’s Life Form Classification in Relation to Fire
RACHEL Ross CHAPMAN AND GARRETT E. Crow 19
Robert Benson Gordon (1901-1981): a sieges Sketch Emphasizing His Studies of Natural
Mapping - RONALD L. StuckEY 34
—
he
“Membership List O8r ee ee 2s ieee ee So Se ae easy 53
— gaRDEN LIBRARY
: Pei seeds BY THE ce Pen
A DEMY OF NaTuRAL Sciences, 19TH & P? PARKWAY
HILA moses PENNSYLVANIA 19103
__ The Philadelphia Botanical Club
— Editor Alfred E. Schuyler
_ Managing Editor: Patricia Schuyler
Rss: WILLIAM M. KLEIN, JR.
MicHact H. LEVIN
RONALD L. STUCKEY
Bartonia No. 48: 1-10, 1981
Vegetation and Flora of Hog Island, a Brackish
Wetland in the Mullica River, New Jersey
WAYNE R. FERREN, JR.
artment of Biological Sciences
University of California, Santa Barbara, CA 93106
RALPH E. Goop
RAYMOND WALKER!
' AND
JOSEPH ARSENAULT?
Department of Biology
Rutgers—The State University, Camden, NJ 08102
The vegetation and vascular flora of river and estuary systems of the Outer Coastal
Plain of New Jersey have not been investigated extensively. Some studies of primary
productivity (Durand and Nadeau 1972), and flora (Ferren and Schuyler 1980) have
been conducted. In these systems three types of tidal wetlands occur: saltwater, brack-
ish, and freshwater. The first of these typically occurs in the lower estuary where
environmental factors such as salinity and elevation are conducive to their perpetua-
tion. Saltwater tidal marshes of New Jersey are dominated by three species: Spartina
alterniflora Loisel, S. patens (Ait.) Muhl., and Distichlis spicata (L.) Greene. The
freshwater type of wetland occurs in riverine and upper estuarine areas where river
flows have significantly diluted the salt content of inundating tidal water. Freshwater
tidal marshes usually are dominated by a number of species including Peltandra vir-
ginica (L.) Schott. & Endl., Bidens laevis (L.) BSP., Zizania aquatica L., Nuphar
luteum (L.) Sibth. & Smith, and Sagittaria latifolia Willd. Brackish wetlands occur in
areas where fresh- and saltwater mix. In these tidal marshes dominant species typically
are Typha angustifolia L., Spartina cynosuroides (L.) Roth., Scirpus americanus
Pers. (olneyi Gray), and others.
An unusual convergence of these three wetland types takes place in the Mullica
River—Great Bay Estuary system of southern New Jersey (Fig. 1). Saltwater species
extend far upriver and freshwater species extend far downriver, converging in the
narrow brackish water zone. The area of convergence is at Hog Island, an island of
about 52 ha, located approximately 17 km upriver from the mouth of the estuary. Hog
Island displays vegetational characteristics of each marsh type and supports narrowly
restricted plants and plant associations. Our objectives in this study are twofold: (1)
to describe the vascular plant dominance types on Hog Island and their pattern of
distribution with relation to substrate salinity and inundation, and (2) to report on the
floristic composition of the island.
S1rE DESCRIPTION
Hog Island (Fig. 1) is separated from the mainland by a shallow river channel on the
northeast and the deeper main river channel on the southwest; each is approximately
' Present address, Rider College, Lawrenceville, NJ 08648.
? Present address, N.J. Dept. Environmental Prbiieaecs Trenton, NJ 08618.
I
Z BARTONIA
250 m wide. These two channels meet and form the northwestern boundary, whereas
the southeastern boundary is a narrow channel separating the island from a smaller
downriver island.
The island, although located some distance upriver, is subjected to substantial tidal
inundation twice daily, with an amplitude between 4 and 5 feet. Salinities of inundating
waters vary from near zero to 15%c, depending on seasonal changes in river flow and
tide levels. Surface water salinities taken from the main channel of the Mullica River
in 1968 and 1969 ranged from less than one to greater than 15% (Durand and Nadeau
1972) and in 1971 and 1972 ranged from 0.05 to 12.05% (Durand and Denmark, pers.
comm.). The wetlands of Hog Island can be classified as estuarine or brackish because
the salinity of inundating water during the period of average annual low flow exceeds
0.5% (Cowardin et al. 1979).
Elevations are generally higher at the downriver end of the island than at the upriver
end and are higher along the shoreline than towards the middle of the island resulting
in irregular flooding in these areas. Lower marginal sites and the vicinity of interior
streams receive regular flooding daily. Substrates at the downriver end are higher in
organic matter and lower in silt than at the upriver end of the island. Substrates along
the midline of the island (NE by SW) are intermediate.
METHODS
SALINITY. From August 1974 to February 1976 substrate salinities were measured
at least monthly from 9 stations on Hog Island. Each station was located in one of
several plant dominance types that occur on the island. Surface (0-5 cm) substrate
samples were collected at each site and returned to the laboratory where wet weights
were recorded. The samples were then dried at 100°C for 48 hours and dry weights
were recorded. Dried samples were ground with a mortar and pestle, placed in 150 ml
of distilled—deionized water for 48 hours, filtered, and the specific conductance of the
filtrate was measured using a Beckman RB4-250 Solu-Bridge. Substrate salinities were
estimated by converting conductivity readings to salinity according to the method of
Tiphane and St.-Pierre (1962).
VEGETATION AND FLORA. During the summer and fall of 1974 Hog Island was staked
out into 100 m? quadrats using a surveying transit. In the spring of 1975 selected stakes
were marked with white styrofoam squares (13 cm?). These stakes were used as mark-
ers when aerial photographs were taken in June and August of 1975 at 500 and 1000
ft (167 and 333 m). Vegetation maps were drawn using these photographs corroborated
by ground truth. Between June of 1974 and August of 1979 collections were made of
all plants found on the island. Voucher specimens are deposited in the Rutgers Uni-
versity, Camden College of Arts and Sciences Herbarium and in the Herbarium of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
SALINITY. Substrate salinities on Hog island show an increase from the upriver end
of the island to the downriver end. Salinities are usually between 2 and 3%o at the
upriver end, 3 and 5%e in the middle, and 4 and 7%c at the downriver end. The highest
salinity (13.22%c) recorded for any date was at the downriver end, and this station also
displayed the highest average salinity (6.20%o) for any of the 9 sites. A station at the
upriver end of the island had the lowest salinity (1.41%c) for any date and the lowest
average salinity (3.07%c) for any of the 9 sites. Salinities at the downriver end never
HOG ISLAND PLANTS 3
BURLINGTON COUNTY
OCEAN COUNTY
ATLANTIC COUNTY
Fic. 1. The Mullica River and Estuary System showing the location of Hog Island in relation to Great
Bay and the Atlantic Ocean.
went below 2%o while salinities at the upriver end only exceeded 5%o 12% of the time.
The middle section of the island had the widest range of salinities, ranging from less
than | to 10.65%o. Overall, the substrates of Hog Island can be classified as brackish,
supporting oligohaline (0.5—5%c) wetlands toward the upriver end and mesohaline (5-
18%c) wetlands toward the downriver end.
The lower salinities at the upriver end of Hog Island are attributed to the strong
influence of river flow in this area and the lower elevation which results in regular
flooding. The higher salinities at the downriver end are the result of strong tidal influ-
ences and the higher elevations which result in less frequent flooding. The wide-ranging
salinity values occurring in the middle of the island are due to the absence of a regular
strong influence from either river flow or tidal waters.
VEGETATION. As indicated by substrate salinities, the vegetation of Hog Island can
be described generally as a brackish marsh. According to the wetlands classification
by Cowardin et al. (1979) this area contains several elements of the Estuarine Wetland
System, as follows: (1) SUBSYSTEM INTERTIDAL: Class Emergent Wetland, Sub-
class Persistent and Nonpersistent, Water Regime: regularly and irregularly flooded,
Water Chemistry: oligohaline to mesohaline, and Soil: mineral (mud) and organic
(peat); and Class Aquatic Bed, Subclass Rooted Vascular, Water Regime: intermit-
tently exposed; and (2) SUBSYSTEM SUBTIDAL: Class Aquatic Bed, Subclass Root-
4 BARTONIA
VASCULAR PLANT DOMINANCE TYPES AND GENERAL HABITAT DESCRIPTIONS
:
tt
ge
LEGEND
ml) Mixed Vascular
(mostly irregularly flooded, emergent,
persistent and nonpersistent)
SS
Sj Spartina patens, Distichlis spicata
S&S (irregularly flooded, emergent, persistent)
\\] Peltandra virginica
\ (regularly flooded, emergent, nonpersistent)
Spartina alterniflora
(regularly flooded, emergent, persistent)
Phragmites australis
(emergent, persistent)
= Tidal Creeks including Subtidal Aquatic Bed Vegetation
Fic. 2. General map of the habitat/dominance types on Hog Island.
ed Vascular. Figure 2 illustrates the distribution of these wetlands on Hog Island.
Dominance types are listed below in order of decreasing coverage. Descriptions ac-
companying the dominance types are based on Cowardin et al. (1979).
1. Mixed Vascular
A. Eleocharis ambigens, Carex hormathodes, Spartina patens, Scirpus spp.,
Hibiscus moscheutos, Kosteletzkya virginica (emergent; persistent; irregularly
flooded; peat substrates
B. Sagittaria calycina, Eleocharis olivacea, Cyperus spp., Pluchea odorata
(emergent; nonpersistent; irregularly flooded; mud substrates)
. Spartina patens, Distichlis spicata (emergent; persistent; irregularly flooded; peat
substrates
Peltandra virginica (emergent; nonpersistent; regularly flooded; mud substrates)
. Phragmites australis (emergent; persistent; regularly and irregularly flooded; peat
and mud substrates)
. Spartina alterniflora (emergent; persistent; regularly and irregularly flooded; peat
and mud substrates)
id
— WwW
an
6. Typha angustifolia (emergent; persistent; regularly and irregularly flooded; peat
and mud substrates) ;
7. Eleocharis parvula, Vallisneria americana, Potamogeton spp., Zannichellia pa-
HOG ISLAND PLANTS 5
lustris (subtidal and intermittently exposed intertidal; aquatic bed; rooted vas-
cular
The Mixed Vascular dominance type covers the largest area on Hog Island and is
the most floristically complex. Approximately one third of the island is covered by this
type which extends from the northeastern shore inland to a creek which drains the
central and much of the downriver portions of the island. It is bordered on the north-
west by the Peltandra virginica type and on the southeast by the Spartina patens—
Distichlis spicata type. Pioneer stands of species with freshwater affinities such as P.
virginica and of species with saltwater affinities such as S. alterniflora are in this area,
supporting the view of its transitional nature.
he Spartina patens—Distichlis spicata dominance type occurs on the highest parts
of the island and thus is irregularly inundated. This vegetation extends along the south-
western side of the island and up along the southeastern edge. Depressions in this area
near the upriver end of the island have been colonized by Phragmites, while depres-
sions toward the downriver end of the island have been colonized by Scirpus (S.
americanus X pungens). Patches of Scirpus within this dominance type exhibited the
highest salinities for any of the stations on the island (ca. 13%c). Although the patches
of Phragmites did not exhibit the lowest salinities, the values obtained were about 2—
3%e less than the patches of Scirpus
The Peltandra virginica dominance type occupies the upriver one quarter of the
island where salinities are lowest. This species is characteristic of various freshwater
intertidal wetlands in the state (Good and Good 1975; McCormick and Ashbaugh 1972;
Whigham and Simpson 1976) where it usually occurs as a codominant with other fresh-
water species. At Hog Island P. virginica forms monotypic dominance stands. How-
ever, it is occasionally interrupted by pockets of Phragmites and Spartina alterniflora.
The area of coverage is bounded on the northwest, southwest, and northeast by the
river channel and on the southeast by the Mixed Vascular type. It generally is regularly
inundated, is supported by mud substrates with oligohaline salinities, and is drained
by a number of small creeks which feed into one large creek that empties into the river
channel at the northwest end.
Phragmites australis stands are scattered throughout the island within the other
major dominance types. Stands vary in size from only 10 m? to 50 m?. The stands are
found at the upriver, downriver, and middle regions of the island, attesting to this
species’ wide tolerance of salinity. Generally, no other species are found within the
Phragmites type, but along its edges occur species from one of the other dominance
types it has invaded. Phragmites appears to be a late colonizer of the island because
of its patchy distribution and small stand size. Individuals were observed to invade a
suitable area on the island and then radiate out into the neighboring types through
extension of the rhizome system.
The Spartina alterniflora dominance type is primarily along the intertidal shores on
the northeastern and southwestern sides of the island. A few pockets of this species
also occur in depressed areas bordering the Mixed Vascular type to the northwest.
This dominance type has an affinity for regularly flooded areas with salinities of about
4—S%o on the island. It has become well established on the neighboring island where
elevations are lower and salinities slightly higher.
Typha angustifolia, like Phragmites, occurs in small stands scattered in various
situations. Its total area is small; it occurs mostly at irregularly flooded sites.
6 BARTONIA
TABLE |. Vascular plants of Hog Island arranged by family and habitat; r = regula ;d = grow be
on debris; s = a single observation; FW = freshwater affinities; BW = brackish oe aiiqities: MS = mu
substrate, brackish; PS = peat sabsitate. brackish; AB = aquatic bed, stream channel.
Regularly Irregularly :
Flooded Flooded Subtidal
Vascular Plants* FW BW MS PS AB
Dicotyledones
Amaranthaceae
Amaranthus cannabinus (L.) J. D. Sauer r r r r
Apiaceae
Lilaeopsis chinensis (L.) K r r
Ptilimnium capillaceum pret, ) Raf. r r
Sium suave Walt. r r r
Asclepiaceae
Asclepias incarnata L. var. pulchra ie
(Ehrh.) P
Asteraceae
Aster novibelgii L. ds
A. subulatus Michx. r
Mikania scandens (L.) Willd. d
Pluchea odorata (L.) Cass. r ie r r
Balsaminaceae
Impatiens capensis Meerb. r r ie
Chenopodiaceae
Atriplex patula L. var. hastata (L.) Gray r E
Convolvulaceae
Convolvulus sepium L. var. repens (L.) Gray d
Hypericaceae
Hypericum virginicum L. r
Lythraceae
Lythrum lineare L. r
Malvaceae
Hibiscus moscheutos L. r r
Kosteletzkya virginica (L.) Pres. r
Onagraceae
Ocenothera fruticosa L. var. fruticosa r
Polygonaceae
Polygonum iia (Small) Robins. r
P. punctatum r r r
Primulaceae
Samolus floribundus HBK. r
Rosaceae
Rosa palustris Marsh ds
Urticaceae
Boehmeria cylindrica (L.) Sw. ds
HOG ISLAND PLANTS 7
TABLE 1. Continued.
Regularly Irregularly
Flooded Flooded Subtidal
Vascular Plants* FW BW MS PS AB
Monocotyledones
Alismataceae
Sagittaria calycina Engelm. r r
Araceae
Peltandra virginica (L.) Schott. & Endl. r r r
Cyperaceae
Carex hormathodes Fern. r
rented ee Vahl r r
if Ls
Scirpus americanus Pers. (olneyi Gray)
S. americanus S. pungens Vahl
<2)
a
$
>
=
G
=
ny
Ce is, We Mn
=
rsh
S. tabernaemontanii Gmel. (validus Vahl) rE
Iridaceae
Tris versicolor L. rs
Hydrocharitaceae
Vallisneria americana Michx. r
Juncaceae
Juncus acuminatus Michx. r
J. gerardii Loisel r
Poaceae
Agrostis palustris Huds. r r
Distichlis spicata (L.) Greene var. spicata r
Echinochloa walteri Laney Nash r r r
Leersia oryzoi ides (L.) S r r
Panicum virgatum L
Phragmites australis (Cav.) Trin. ex Steud.
Spartina alterniflora Loise r r r
S. cynosuroides (L.) Roth.
S. patens (Ait.) Muhl. var. monogyna
(M. A. Curtis) Fern.
S. patens (Ait.) Muhl. var. patens r
S. pectinata Link r
Zizania aquatica L. var. aquatica rs
=
=~ I-93 4
cs |
Potamogetonaceae
Pota:mogeton perfoliatus L. ,
P. pusillus L. .
Typhaceae
Typha angustifolia L. r r
Zannichelliaceae
annichellia palustris L. ‘
r specimens deposited at PH and RCAM. Additional plants reported from Hog Island include:
Erechtites hieracifolia (L.) Raf., Galium sp., Pilea pumila (L.) Gray, and Pontederia cordata L.
8 BARTONIA
The Aquatic Bed type is dominated primarily by submerged aquatics and occurs in
subtidal and intermittently exposed intertidal areas. It is also relatively small in total
area but is quite distinctive. The species listed may occur singly or in various combi-
nations along creek sides. The subtidal dominance type consists of Potamogeton per-
foliatus L., P. pusillus L., Vallisneria americana Michx., and Zannichellia palustris
L. in stream channels, particularly the stream which drains the upriver end of the
island. Along intermittently exposed portions of stream channels Eleocharis parvula
(Pers.) Link also occurs. Similarly, in soft, open substrates of marsh depressions and
other irregularly exposed areas of the upriver and central portions of Hog Island, E.
parvula occurs with Zannichellia palustris.
FLORA. Fifty nine vascular plant taxa from 25 families were collected on Hog Island
(Table 1). Families represented by the greatest number of taxa were the Cyperaceae,
Poaceae, and Asteraceae, containing 12, 12, and 6 taxa, respectively. Eleocharis, Scir-
pus, and Spartina, the largest genera, were each represented by 4 species. This intra-
generic species diversity is characteristic of transitional brackish marshes where
species with freshwater or brackish water affinities occur together.
Several taxa are of particular interest. For example, 6 taxa of Spartina occur in the
Mullica River and Estuary system, five of which grow on Hog Island (Table 1). An
additional taxon, Spartina X cespitosa A. A. Eat. (S. patens X pectinata), has been
collected at Clarks Landing (Ferren 1484) on the southwestern shore of the Mullica
River opposite Hog Island and has been reported from New Jersey previously (Mob-
berley 1956). The diversity of Spartina taxa in the vicinity of Hog Island is apparently
the highest reported for New Jersey
Two taxonomic/ecological problems exist in the genus Scirpus represented on Hog
Island. In the Mullica system Scirpus americanus is generally restricted to brackish
marshes, whereas S. pungens occurs in both freshwater and brackish water marshes.
Hybrids between these two species occur on Hog Island and are more common than
either parent. Further investigation is needed to determine the parameters that favor
the hybrid over the parents.
Flowering material of Scirpus robustus, a salt marsh plant, has been obtained from
Hog Island, but only vegetative material has been tentatively identified as S. cylindri-
cus, a species of brackish marshes that does occur in the vicinity of Hog Island at
Clarks Landing and Gloucester Landing (Ferren and Schuyler 1980). Further obser-
vations may confirm the occurrence of this plant on Hog Island.
Eleocharis ambigens in the region of the Mullica River and Estuary also needs
investigation. On Hog Island considerable variability in culm height, thickness, color,
and density appears to be related to degree of substrate flooding. For example, various
stands growing in wetter areas tend to have longer, thicker, greener culms that are less
fertile and that are spaced more widely along rhizomes than do stands growing in
irregularly flooded areas with firmer substrates. This morphological variability is ap-
parently a function of habitat variability. However, among plants that produce achenes
there also is much variability in achene morphology including shape, size, and color
of achene body and size and shape of achene tubercle.
FLORISTIC TRANSITION AND CHANGE. The tidal riverine, palustrine, and estuarine
portions of the Mullica System extend along the Mullica River from the vicinity of
Pleasant Mills downriver to and including Great Bay. Tidal riverine wetlands with sand
and gravel shores are characterized by Eriocaulon parkeri Robins., Isoétes riparia
Engelm., Hypericum mutilum L., Juncus pelocarpus Mey., Gratiola aurea Muhl.,
HOG ISLAND PLANTS 9
and others; while in the tidal palustrine wetlands the emergent portions are character-
ized by Zizania aquatica, Peltandra virginica, Pontederia cordata L., Nuphar luteum,
and others and the scrub/shrub portions by various Ericaceae, Cephalanthus occiden-
talis L., Rosa palustris, and others. In the vicinity of Lower Bank, just upstream from
Hog Island, these freshwater wetland types are at high elevations in the intertidal zone,
whereas species with brackish affinities such as Spartina alterniflora, Lilaeopsis chi-
nensis, and Scirpus cylindricus are lower. Downstream from Hog Island extensive salt
marshes occur, including emergent types dominated by Spartina alterniflora, Distichlis
spicata, and Spartina patens; and scrub/shrub types dominated by Baccharis halimi-
folia L. and Iva frutescens L. The flora of Hog Island is lacking plants of both upriver
wetlands (e.g., Eriocaulon parkeri, Isoétes riparia, Cephalanthus occidentalis, and
Nuphar luteum) and downriver wetlands (e.g., Baccharis halimifolia, Iva frutescens,
Salicornia spp., Limonium carolinianum (Walt.) Britt., and Solidago sempervirens L.)
but contains others unique to the transition zone (e.g., Sagittaria calycina and Li-
laeopsis chinensis).
The floristic diversity of Hog Island is accompanied by floristic instability because
the transition zone is subjected to periodic drastic changes in salinity which eliminate
some species but provide suitable habitats for others. For example, Zizania aquatica
has been collected only rarely from the upriver portion of Hog Island. Likewise, Aster
tenuifolius, a plant characteristic of salt marshes, is rare at the downstream portion of
the island. Both species may have a periodic occurrence on the island correlated with
changes in salinity.
In contrast to the almost annual change in the flora because of the presence or
absence of some species of peripheral occurrence, other changes occur gradually and
represent a change in the relative frequency of various species. For example, stands
of Peltandra virginica are being gradually replaced by Spartina alterniflora at the
upriver end of the island. Such a trend also results in a shift of the percent cover of
various dominance types. In the above example an emergent, nonpersistent, estuarine
wetland dominated by a species with freshwater affinities (P. virginica) is being re-
placed by an emergent, persistent, estuarine wetland dominated by a species with
saltwater affinities (8. alterniflora).
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The authors acknowledge financial assistance for this study from the Marine Sciences
Center, Rutgers University (now the Center for Coastal and Environmental Studies),
the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection, and the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia. Various field data were obtained or provided by J. B. Durand,
Barry Frasco, and Roy Denmark. We also acknowledge Alfred E. Schuyler for assis-
tance with plant identifications and Norma F. Good for editorial assistance.
LITERATURE CITED
Cowarpin, L. W., V. Carter, F. C. GoLet, AND E. T. LARogE. 1979. Classification of wetlands and
Behe habitats of the cet States. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D.
DuRAND, J. B. AND R. J. NADEAU. 1972. Water resources development in the Mullica River Basin, Part
sr Biological evaluation of the Mullica River—Great Bay Estuary. New Jersey Water Resources Research
series pee? ope State University, New Brunswick.
Goop, R. . F. Goop. 1975. Vegetation and production of the Woodbury Creek—Hessian Run
le aa marshes. Bartonia 43: 38—45.
10 BARTONIA
FERREN, . R. AND A. E. SCHUYLER. 1980. Intertidal vascular plants of river systems near Phildelphia.
Proc. Acad. jag Sci. snappy 132: 86-120.
— J. AND T. ASH GH. 1972. Vegetation of a section of Oldmans Creek tidal marsh and related
areas in Siem and captans Counties, New Jersey. Bull. N.J. Acad. Sci. 17: 31-37.
MosserLey, D. G. 1956. Taxonomy and distribution of the genus Spartina. Iowa State Coll. J. Sci. 30:
411-474
TIPHANE, M. AND J. St.-PIERRE. 1962. Tables for sea water salinity determination by electrolytic conduc-
tivity. eer Manual. Beckman, Cedar Grove, NJ 07009.
WHIGHAM, D. A . L. Simpson. 1976. The potential use of freshwater tidal marshes in the management
of water sa in the Delaware River. Pages 173-186 in J. Tourbier and R. W. Pierson, Jr. (eds.).
Biological Control of Water Pollution. Univ. cuetinas Press, Philadelphia.
POSTSCRIPT
The study area in this paper is included within the Pinelands Mullica River Estuary
which has recently been named as a component of the EXPERIMENTAL ECOLOGI-
CAL RESERVE (EER) network composed of 96 sites distributed among the coastal,
freshwater, and terrestrial ecosystems of the United States.
Bartonia No. 48: 11, 1981
Additions to the Flora of Hunterdon
County, New Jersey
VINCENT ABRAITYS
Sergeantsville, NJ 08557
The following additions to the list in Bartonia 47: 23-30 (1980) are taken aie
from Britton’s Catalogue of 1889 and a gleaning of Academy specimens. The
consists of the writer’s observations and specimens. It should be noted that the a
of Dr. Best and Rev. Schuh listed in Britton have not been examined.
Surprising is the Sagittaria subulata collected by Bayard Long at Lewis Island off
Lambertville in the Delaware on September 29, 1932. Agrimonia microcarpa is the
writer’s specimen from the base of the Milford Bluffs in 1975. A great display is
unfolded annually by Bunias orientalis along the highways in the vicinity of Clinton
Point. This mostly unknown crucifer has been here for a number of years and is
spreading into Warren County in the Oxford area. A questionable Penstemon laevi-
gatus is the writer’s responsibility from near Lambertville.
Of the large number of plants listed for the County over the years a considerable list
can be made of plants not now known to grow here. Paspalum psammophilum and
Eupatorium serotinum have appeared in 1980 to offset this list decline.
ZOSTERACEAE: Zannichellia palustris. ALISMATACEAE: Sagittaria subulata. GRAMI-
NEAE: Paspalum psammophilum. CYPERACEAE: Carex lasiocarpa var. americana. LIL-
IACEAE: Allium cernuum. ORCHIDACEAE: Liparis lilifolia. SALICACEAE: Populus X gi-
leadensis. ULMACEAE: Celtis tenuifolia. MORACEAE: Morus rubra. FAGACEAE:
Castanea pumila. POLYGONACEAE: Rumex orbiculatus. PORTULACACEAE: Portulaca
[grandiflora]. CARYOPHYLLACEAE: [Herniaria eee RANUNCULACEAE: Ranunculus
reptans. CRUCIFERAE: [Bunias orientalis]. ROSACEAE: Agrimonia microcarpa. LEGU-
MINOSAE: Lathyrus palustris, Strophostyles a ae Lespedeza [thunbergii]. CE-
LASTRACEAE: Euonymus [fortunei]. VIOLACEAE: Viola latiuscula. ARALIACEAE: Aralia
spinosa. PRIMULACEAE: Samolus parviflorus. POLEMONIACEAE: Phlox pilosa. BORAG-
INACEAE: Cynoglossum [officinale], Mertensia virginica. LABIATAE: [Galeopsis
tetrahit|], Stachys hyssopifolia. SOLANACEAE: Nicotiana [longiflora]|, [Petunia
axillaris], Physalis [alkekengi|]. SCROPHULARIACEAE: Penstemon laevigatus, Veronica
scutellata. RUBIACEAE: [Sherardia arvensis]. VALERIANACEAE: Valerianella radiata.
COMPOSITAE: Aster infirmus, Eupatorium serotinum.
Bartonia No. 48: 12-18, 1981
Temperature Relations of Seed Germination and
Ecological Implications in Galinsoga parviflora and
G. quadriradiata
JERRY = a AND CAROL C. BASKIN
ool of Biological Sci
oe ee Kentucky, enone 1 sels
Galinsoga parviflora Cav. and G. quadriradiata Ruiz & Pavon (=G. ciliata (Raf.)
S. F. Blake) are annual composites that grow in most temperate and subtropical areas
of the New World, Europe, and Africa. In addition, G. parviflora is found in Asia and
Australia, and G. guadriradiata is found in Nepal, Japan, and the Philippines (Canne
1977). These weedy composites grow in a variety of disturbed sites including agricul-
tural soils and can cause serious problems in low-growing summer vegetable crops
(Canne 1977; Ivany and Sweet 1973). Canne (1977) believes that, ‘*. .. Galinsoga
originated in the mountainous areas of west-central Mexico’’; however, within the last
150 years G. parviflora and G. quadriradiata have spread over much of the world.
The migration of G. quadriradiata into the northeastern United States and adjacent
Canada has been traced by Shontz and Shontz (1970), and similarly the spread of G.
parviflora and G. quadriradiata in Europe has been documented by many botanists
(Canne 1977).
Both species of Galinsoga are day-neutral with regard to flowering (Ivany and Sweet
1973), and throughout their ranges plants flower all year or until the first killing frost
ends the growing season (Canne 1977). In Michigan, plants of G. quadriradiata flow-
ered from 26 May to 2 November (McWilliams and Ludwig 1972), and in the Chicago,
Illinois region they flowered from 17 June to 8 October (Swink 1952). In New York
plants of both species flowered within 24 to 30 days after germination when grown
under both 8- and 16-h photoperiods of 16 KIx of light in a greenhouse (Ivany and
Sweet 1973). In Washington, D.C., plants of G. quadriradiata in a garden were 41 to
60 days old at the time of first flowering, the flowering period for each head was 4 to
5 days and the period between flowering and seed (achene) dissemination was 4 to 6
days (Pladeck 1933). In New York seeds of both species germinated in the field from
early May until frost (Ivany and Sweet 1973), and in Japan seeds of G. parviflora
germinated from March to early November (Usami 1976).
Since G. parviflora and G. quadriradiata are important weedy species whose geo-
graphical distributions have increased dramatically in historic times, it was of interest
to know more about the seed germination characteristics of these two species in re-
lation to their life cycle ecology. In this study we tested germination of freshly-har-
vested, stratified, and laboratory-stored seeds in light and darkness over a range of
alternating temperatures and made phenological observations on the timing of germi-
nation of seeds planted in autumn and exposed to natural seasonal temperature
changes. Results from these studies were extrapolated to the field situation.
METHODS
Germination phenology. In late August 1978, one population each of G. parviflora
and G. quadriradiata were located in community garden plots in Fayette County,
Kentucky. From 4 September until 15 December 1978, phenological observations were
made on flowering, seed dispersal and germination, and on seedling survival.
12
SEED GERMINATION IN GALINSOGA 13
To study the timing of germination of seeds exposed to natural temperatures, ripe
seeds of G. parviflora and G. quadriradiata were collected on 4 and 9 October 1978,
respectively, and planted the following day on soil in an unheated greenhouse. Three
replications of 300 seeds each of both species were planted in small greenhouse flats.
From the time of planting until | May 1979 the soil was watered daily, except when
it was frozen during the winter. From 1 May until the study was terminated on 3
September 1979, the soil was watered to field capacity once each week to simulate soil
moisture conditions that could occur in the field during summer. The flats were ex-
amined at weekly intervals, and newly germinated seeds were counted and removed.
However, on 20 November 1978, 43 seedlings of G. quadriradiata and 16 of G. par-
viflora were marked, by placing a plastic toothpick in the soil beside them, and left to
grow in the flats.
GERMINATION EXPERIMENTS. Seeds of G. parviflora and G. quadriradiata were col-
lected on 4 and 23 October 1978, respectively, and incubated in temperature- and light-
controlled incubators over a range of (12/12-h) alternating temperature regimes. The
temperatures simulate those that occur in central Kentucky during the growing season:
March, 15/6; April, 20/10; May, 25/15; June, 30/15; July and August, 35/20; September,
30/15; October, 20/10; and November, 15/6°C (Jerry Hill, Advisory Agricultural Me-
teorologist, pers. comm.). These temperatures would apply to much of the temperate
region although the month in which a given thermoperiod applies would vary with
latitude. The 30/15 and 35/20°C thermoperiods would apply to warm tropical regions.
At each thermoperiod seeds were incubated in light (14-h photoperiod) and continuous
darkness. Seeds incubated in light were exposed to 14-h of 2.1 KIx cool, white flu-
orescent light each day, and the photoperiod extended from 1I-h before the beginning
of the high temperature regime to I-h after it ended. Three replications of 50 seeds
each were used in each treatment, and seeds were placed in 5.5 cm petri dishes on
sand moistened with distilled water. All dishes were wrapped with plastic film, and
those incubated in darkness also were wrapped with two layers of aluminura foil.
Germination tests were terminated after 15 days, and all germination percentages were
rounded off to the nearest whole number.
Effect of low winter temperatures on germination requirements of seeds were de-
termined by stratifying seeds and then incubating them in light and darkness over the
range of alternating temperatures. Seeds of G. parviflora and G. quadriradiata col-
lected on 4 and 23 October 1978, respectively, were placed on moist sand and stored
in a refrigerator at 5° + 1°C for 12 weeks. Two sets (one set = 18 dishes) of seeds
received a 14-h daily photoperiod of 1.0 KIx of cool, white fluorescent light, and two
sets were in continuous darkness. At the end of 12 weeks of stratification, 85 to 100%
of the seeds in each dish in the light had germinated. Consequently, only seeds stratified
in darkness were transferred to the five incubation temperatures. At each temperature
seeds were incubated in both light and darkness. When seeds were transferred from
the refrigerator to the incubators, seeds that had been stored dry in the laboratory at
25° + 2°C for 12 weeks were plated out and placed at each temperature regime in light
and darkness. All germination tests were terminated after 15 days. Germination per-
centages were rounded off to the nearest whole number.
RESULTS
GERMINATION PHENOLOGY. In the garden plots, plants of G. parviflora and G. quad-
riradiata were in full flower in early September and continued to flower until they were
Bartonia No. 48: 12-18, 1981
Temperature Relations of Seed Germination and
Ecological Implications in Galinsoga parviflora and
G. quadriradiata
JERRY M. BASKIN AND CAROL C. BASKIN
School of Biological Sciences
University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40506
Galinsoga parviflora Cav. and G. quadriradiata Ruiz & Pavon (=G. ciliata (Raf.)
S. F. Blake) are annual composites that grow in most temperate and subtropical areas
of the New World, Europe, and Africa. In addition, G. parviflora is found in Asia and
Australia, and G. quadriradiata is found in Nepal, Japan, and the Philippines (Canne
1977). These weedy composites grow in a variety of disturbed sites including agricul-
tural soils and can cause serious problems in low-growing summer vegetable crops
(Canne 1977; Ivany and Sweet 1973). Canne (1977) believes that, **. .. Galinsoga
originated in the mountainous areas of west-central Mexico’’; however, within the last
150 years G. parviflora and G. quadriradiata have spread over much of the world.
The migration of G. quadriradiata into the northeastern United States and adjacent
Canada has been traced by Shontz and Shontz (1970), and similarly the spread of G.
parviflora and G. quadriradiata in Europe has been documented by many botanists
(Canne 1977).
Both species of Galinsoga are day-neutral with regard to flowering (Ivany and Sweet
1973), and throughout their ranges plants flower all year or until the first killing frost
ends the growing season (Canne 1977). In Michigan, plants of G. guadriradiata flow-
ered from 26 May to 2 November (McWilliams and Ludwig 1972), and in the Chicago,
Illinois region they flowered from 17 June to 8 October (Swink 1952). In New York
plants of both species flowered within 24 to 30 days after germination when grown
under both 8- and 16-h photoperiods of 16 KIx of light in a greenhouse (Ivany and
Sweet 1973). In Washington, D.C., plants of G. guadriradiata in a garden were 41 to
60 days old at the time of first flowering, the flowering period for each head was 4 to
5 days and the period between flowering and seed (achene) dissemination was 4 to 6
days (Pladeck 1933). In New York seeds of both species germinated in the field from
early May until frost (Ivany and Sweet 1973), and in Japan seeds of G. parviflora
germinated from March to early November (Usami 1976).
Since G. parviflora and G. quadriradiata are important weedy species whose geo-
graphical distributions have increased dramatically in historic times, it was of interest
to know more about the seed germination characteristics of these two species in re-
lation to their life cycle ecology. In this study we tested germination of freshly-har-
vested, stratified, and laboratory-stored seeds in light and darkness over a range of
alternating temperatures and made phenological observations on the timing of germi-
nation of seeds planted in autumn and exposed to natural seasonal temperature
changes. Results from these studies were extrapolated to the field situation.
METHODS
Germination phenology. In late August 1978, one population each of G. parviflora
and G. quadriradiata were located in community garden plots in Fayette County,
Kentucky. From 4 September until 15 December 1978, phenological observations were
made on flowering, seed dispersal and germination, and on seedling survival.
12
SEED GERMINATION IN GALINSOGA 13
To study the timing of germination of seeds exposed to natural temperatures, ripe
seeds of G. parviflora and G. quadriradiata were collected on 4 and 9 October 1978,
respectively, and planted the following day on soil in an unheated greenhouse. Three
replications of 300 seeds each of both species were planted in small greenhouse flats.
From the time of planting until | May 1979 the soil was watered daily, except when
it was frozen during the winter. From | May until the study was terminated on 3
September 1979, the soil was watered to field capacity once each week to simulate soil
moisture conditions that could occur in the field during summer. The flats were ex-
amined at weekly intervals, and newly germinated seeds were counted and removed.
However, on 20 November 1978, 43 seedlings of G. quadriradiata and 16 of G. par-
viflora were marked, by placing a plastic toothpick in the soil beside them, and left to
grow in the flats.
GERMINATION EXPERIMENTS. Seeds of G. parviflora and G. quadriradiata were col-
lected on 4 and 23 October 1978, respectively, and incubated in temperature- and light-
controlled incubators over a range of (12/12-h) alternating temperature regimes. The
temperatures simulate those that occur in central Kentucky during the growing season:
March, 15/6; April, 20/10; May, 25/15; June, 30/15; July and August, 35/20; September,
30/15; October, 20/10; and November, 15/6°C (Jerry Hill, Advisory Agricultural Me-
teorologist, pers. comm.). These temperatures would apply to much of the temperate
region although the month in which a given thermoperiod applies would vary with
latitude. The 30/15 and 35/20°C thermoperiods would apply to warm tropical regions.
At each thermoperiod seeds were incubated in light (14-h photoperiod) and continuous
darkness. Seeds incubated in light were exposed to 14-h of 2.1 KIx cool, white flu-
orescent light each day, and the photoperiod extended from I-h before the beginning
of the high temperature regime to I-h after it ended. Three replications of 50 seeds
each were used in each treatment, and seeds were placed in 5.5 cm petri dishes on
sand moistened with distilled water. All dishes were wrapped with plastic film, and
those incubated in darkness also were wrapped with two layers of aluminum foil.
Germination tests were terminated after 15 days, and all germination percentages were
rounded off to the nearest whole number.
Effect of low winter temperatures on germination requirements of seeds were de-
termined by stratifying seeds and then incubating them in light and darkness over the
range of alternating temperatures. Seeds of G. parviflora and G. quadriradiata col-
lected on 4 and 23 October 1978, respectively, were placed on moist sand and stored
in a refrigerator at 5° + 1°C for 12 weeks. Two sets (one set = 18 dishes) of seeds
received a 14-h daily photoperiod of 1.0 KIx of cool, white fluorescent light, and two
sets were in continuous darkness. At the end of 12 weeks of stratification, 85 to 100%
of the seeds in each dish in the light had germinated. Consequently, only seeds stratified
in darkness were transferred to the five incubation temperatures. At each temperature
seeds were incubated in both light and darkness. When seeds were transferred from
the refrigerator to the incubators, seeds that had been stored dry in the laboratory at
25° + 2°C for 12 weeks were plated out and placed at each temperature regime in light
and darkness. All germination tests were terminated after 15 days. Germination per-
centages were rounded off to the nearest whole number.
RESULTS
GERMINATION PHENOLOGY. In the garden plots, plants of G. parviflora and G. quad-
riradiata were in full flower in early September and continued to flower until they were
14 BARTONIA
(°C)
MEAN WEEKLY
TEMPS.
°
Lminimum
G. parviflora
(%)
G. quadriradiata
GERMINATION
oo (BERL & i 1 1 1
Piste io iG lo i a ee OE Ie ils ie
Oct. Nov. Dec. Jan. Feb. March April May June July Aug.” — Sept.
1978 1979
Fic. 1. Germination of G. parviflora and G. quadriradiata seeds planted on soil in a unheated greenhouse
on 5 and 10 October 1978, respectively. Temperatures were recorded in the greenhouse.
killed by low temperatures in late November and early December. By mid-September,
a few heads on some plants of both species had ripe seeds, but it was not until early
October that enough seeds could be collected for germination tests. As soon as the
seeds were mature they were shed from the plants, and within a few days many of
them had germinated. Newly-germinated seedlings were found on various dates from
4 October through 5 December, but none of them were alive on 15 December, regard-
less of the time of germination.
Seeds of both species planted in the unheated greenhouse germinated in autumn as
well as the following spring and summer (Fig. 1). Although final germination percent-
ages were essentially the same (89 and 86%) for both species the patterns of germination
were different. Whereas 81% of the G. parviflora seeds germinated in autumn, only
41% of the G. quadriradiata seeds germinated during this period. An additional 45%
germination occurred in G. quadriradiata the following spring and summer. In G.
parviflora and G. quadriradiata the last germination in autumn was recorded on 20
ovember and 4 December, respectively. Mean daily maximum and minimum tem-
peratures for the week of 14 to 20 November were 13.2 and 6.5°C, respectively, while
during the week of 28 November to 4 December they were 12.0 and 5.9°C, respectively.
In the spring the first germination was recorded for G. quadriradiata on 18 March;
mean daily maximum and minimum temperatures for the week preceding this date
were 17.0 and 2.1°C, respectively. The first germination was recorded for G. parviflora
on 24 March, and mean daily maximum and minimum temperatures for the week
preceding this date were 23.4 and 10.7°C, respectively (Fig. 1).
SEED GERMINATION IN GALINSOGA 15
TABLE |. Percent germination of freshly-harvested, stratified, and laboratory-stored seeds of Galinsoga
parviflora and G. quadriradiata.
Germination temps. (°C)
Stratified Incubated
Treatment in in 15/6 20/10 25/15 30/15 35/20
G. parviflora
Freshly-harvested Light 10 99 100 96 99
Dark 0 0 0 0 0
Stratified Dark Light 94 100 97 60 82
Dark Dark 0 0 0 0 0
Lab-stored Light 37 nf 96 99 99
Dark ya I 0 0 0
G. quadriradiata
Freshly-harvested Light 3 99 99 99 97
Dark 0 0 0 0 0
Stratified Dark Light 99 99 99 99 97
Dark Dark 0 0 0 0 0
Lab-stored Light 99 99 100 99 98
Dark 0 2 2 fH 0
All seedlings marked in the nonheated greenhouse on 20 November 1978 died in
mid-December when temperatures dropped below freezing for several consecutive
nights.
Germination experiments. Freshly-matured seeds of both species germinated to near
100% in light at all temperatures, except at 15/6°C, where only 10 and 3% of the G.
parviflora and G. quadriradiata seeds, respectively, germinated (Table 1). No seeds
of either species germinated in darkness at any temperature. At all incubation tem-
peratures, stratified seeds of both species germinated to 60—-100% in light and to 0% in
darkness. After 12 weeks of dry laboratory storage, seeds of G. parviflora germinated
to 57% at 15/6 and to 92% or more at the other temperatures in light. There was no
germination in darkness, except for 21 and 1% germination at 15/6 and 20/10°C, re-
spectively. Seeds of G. quadriradiata stored dry for 12 weeks gave 98-100% germi-
nation in light and 0-7% germination in darkness at all temperatures.
DISCUSSION
Fresh seeds of both species of Galinsoga germinated to near 100% in light at tem-
peratures from 20/10 to 35/20°C (Table 1), whereas stratified seeds germinated to high
percentages over the range of thermoperiods from 15/6 to 35/20°C. This means that
seeds can germinate to high percentages in northcentral Kentucky (and other areas
with similar monthly temperatures) from late March through November, when soil
moisture and light are nonlimiting. These germination results agree with those of Ivany
and Sweet (1973) who obtained 92% or more germination of both species in light at
thermoperiods of 30/20 and 20/10°C and with those of Shontz and Shontz (1972) who
obtained near 100% germination for G. quadriradiata seeds in light at thermoperiods
of 24/10 and 24/18°C. Although only 3—10% of the fresh seeds incubated in light at the
simulated March and November temperature regime (15/6°C) germinated, some seeds
of both species germinated in the field in late November, and seeds germinated in the
16 BARTONIA
unheated greenhouse in November and in March. In the unheated greenhouse the
maximum and minimum temperatures for the week preceding the day when the last
germination was recorded for G. parviflora in autumn were 13.2 and 6.5°C, respec-
tively, and those for the week preceding the day when the first germination was re-
corded in spring were 20.4 and 10.4°C, respectively. Correspondingly, for G. quadri-
radiata the autumn temperatures were 12.0 and 5.9°C and spring temperatures were
17.0 and 2.1°C (Fig. 1). Although seeds of both species can germinate at low (15/6°C)
temperatures, they require a long incubation period. Whereas 3-10% of the seeds
incubated in light at 15/6°C germinated within 15 days, nearly 100% of the seeds in
light at 5°C germinated during the 12-week stratification period. It is possible that many
more seeds would germinate in the field in November and March if days with above
freezing temperatures were not separated by days when temperatures were at or below
freezing. Thus, seeds of the two Galinsoga species can germinate from frost to frost,
but the rate and percentage of germination are greatly reduced near the beginning and
the end of the growing season.
Low winter temperatures did not cause seeds of the two species to enter dormancy,
nor was there a reduction in their ability to germinate over the range of temperatures
(Table 1). In fact, as a result of stratification and dry laboratory storage, germination
at 15/6°C was increased. Seeds of G. parviflora and G. quadriradiata given 12 weeks
of stratification germinated to 94 and 99%, respectively, in light at 15/6°C while seeds
stored dry in the laboratory for 12 weeks germinated to 57 and 99%, respectively (Table
1). The physiological change(s) that allowed seeds to germinate to over 90% at 15/6°C
happened at both 5 and 25°C for G. quadriradiata and at 5°C for G. parviflora. (Dry
laboratory storage was only partially effective for G. parviflora.)
In the winter annuals Phacelia dubia (L.) Trel. var. dubia McVaugh, Torilis japon-
ica (Houtt.) DC., Sedum pulchellum Michx., and Thlaspi perfoliatum L., low winter
temperatures caused nondormant seeds to enter dormancy. Thus, the seeds are unable
to germinate in spring and must receive a period of after-ripening during summer,
before they can germinate the following autumn (Baskin and Baskin 1973a, 1975, 1977,
1979). In contrast, low temperatures do not cause seeds of the weedy annual composite
Helenium amarum (Raf.) H. Rock to enter dormancy. As is true for the Galinsoga
species, stratified seeds of H. amarum germinated to a higher percentage at 15/6°C
than freshly-matured seeds; 61 vs. 36% (Baskin and Baskin 1973b). Seeds of H. ama-
rum are matured and dispersed from July to November. Seeds dispersed in summer
and early-mid autumn germinate if they are in light, and the resulting plants overwinter
as rosettes. These plants flower the following summer, thus exhibiting a winter-annual
type of life cycle. Seeds dispersed in late autumn fail to germinate because tempera-
tures are below those required for germination. These seeds germinate in spring, and
the plants flower in summer, thus exhibiting a summer-annual type of life cycle (Baskin
and Baskin 1973b). In temperate regions, seeds of G. parviflora and G. quadriradiata
are dispersed from June to late November. Many of the seeds dispersed from June to
September germinate if light and soil moisture conditions are favorable, and the plants
complete their life cycles before frost. Usami (1976) reported that three to four gen-
erations of G. parviflora can be completed in a single growing season in Japan. Seeds
also germinate from September to late November, but the number decreases as the
temperatures decrease until finally temperatures are too low for any germination. Plants
from seeds that germinate in autumn are killed by freezing temperatures before they
have time to flower and produce seeds. Unlike H. amarum, the Galinsoga species can
SEED GERMINATION IN GALINSOGA 17
not overwinter as plants and then flower the following growing season. Seeds of Gal-
insoga, however, are able to tolerate temperatures below freezing, and those that are
dispersed after temperatures are too low for germination overwinter in or on the soil
surface and germinate the following spring. Thus, Galinsoga behaves strictly as a
summer annual.
Freshly-harvested and stratified seeds of Galinsoga failed to germinate when incu-
bated in darkness over the range of temperatures. However, after 12 weeks of dry
laboratory storage, seeds of G. parviflora germinated to 21% in darkness at 15/6°C,
and seeds of G. quadriradiata germinated to 2, 2, and 7% at 20/10, 25/15, and 30/15°C,
respectively (Table 1). Seeds of G. parviflora collected in Venezuela and incubated at
25°C germinated to 82% in light and 0% in darkness. These seeds were strongly light
sensitive and showed a rapid red-far red reversibility (van Rooden, Akkermans, and
van der Veen 1970). Seeds of G. parviflora collected in East Africa and incubated in
a greenhouse (28/14.5°C) germinated to 93% in light, 3% in darkness, 0% under the
shade of a banana leaf, and 80% under neutral shade created by several layers of white
paper (Fenner 1980). Seeds of G. quadriradiata collected in Massachusetts germinated
to nearly 100% at a 12-h photoperiod but to 0% in darkness (Shontz and Shontz 1972),
and seeds collected in Connecticut germinated to 94-98% in light but to only 1-15%
in darkness (Kahl and Ashley 1977). In contrast, Ivany and Sweet (1973) obtained 92.5
and 77.5% germination of G. parviflora seeds in light and darkness, respectively, at
30/20°C and 93.3 and 92.3% germination of G. quadriradiata seeds in light and dark-
ness, respectively. These high germination percentages for seeds incubated in darkness
do not correspond with the data these authors obtained for seeds buried in soil. When
they covered seeds of both species with 0.5 cm of soil, only 3.2 and 1.0% of the seeds
of G. quadriradiata and G. parviflora, respectively, germinated, indicating that the
seeds required light for germination.
Both G. parviflora and G. quadriradiata possess a number of characteristics that
predispose them toward weediness. Plants flower after a short period of vegetative
growth (Ivany and Sweet 1973), are day-neutral with regard to photoperiodic require-
ment for flowering (Ivany and Sweet 1973), flower for long periods of time (Pladeck
1933), are self- and cross-fertile (Canne 1977), produce large numbers of dormant seeds
(Jaques 1926; Ivany and Sweet 1973; Usami 1976; Table 1), and ungerminated seeds
can remain viable for several years (at least 20 for G. parviflora) during burial in the
soil (Odum 1970). In addition to these characteristics, the migration of the species out
of the mountainous areas of west-central Mexico was greatly facilitated by the distur-
bance of large areas of land by agricultural and road building activities which created
new habitats for the species (Canne 1977) throughout much of the temperate and trop-
ical areas of the world. However, if the seeds were intolerant of freezing temperatures,
the species could not have migrated into temperate regions. On the other hand, if seeds
required a stratification treatment to overcome dormancy the species could not have
migrated into tropical regions.
SUMMARY
Germination characteristics of Galinsoga parviflora Cav. and G. quadriradiata Ruiz
& Pavon were investigated to better understand what controls the timing of germination
in the field. In light, fresh seeds germinated to near 100% at 20/10, 25/15, 30/15, and
35/20°C but to only 3-10% at 15/6°C. After 12 weeks of stratification at 5°C in darkness
nearly 100% of the seeds subsequently incubated in light at 15/6°C germinated, while
18 BARTONIA
those stratified in light germinated to near 100% during stratification. Little or no
germination occurred in darkness at any temperature in either fresh or stratified seeds.
Thus, seeds can germinate in light throughout the year in tropical and subtropical
regions and throughout the growing season in temperate regions, where three to four
generations of plants can be produced in a single growing season. In temperate regions
plants from seeds that germinate very late in the growing season are killed by frost
before they flower, but those that fail to germinate in autumn do so the following
spring. Although seeds can germinate at temperatures simulating those in the tropics
and subtropics and those in the temperate regions during the growing season, the
species would have been unable to spread into the tropics if seeds required a stratifi-
cation treatment for germination or into temperate regions if seeds were unable to
tolerate freezing.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
This project has been financed in part with Federal funds from the Environmental
Protection Agency under grant number CR-806277-02. The contents do not necessarily
reflect the views and policies of the Environmental Protection Agency, nor does men-
tion of trade names or commercial products constitute endorsement or recommenda-
tion for use.
LITERATURE CITED
BaskIN, J. M. AND C. C. BAskIN. 1973a. Delayed germination in seeds of Phacelia dubia var. dubia. Can.
af me oe ay
73b. Béolisical life cycle of Helenium amarum in central Tennessee. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club
100: tam
1975. Ecophysiology of seed shopetaiye aps germination in Torilis japonica in relation to its life
cyele ape Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 102:
. Germination ecology of Sedum ce Michx. (Crassulaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 64: 1242-
_——. . The ecological life ha of bec perfoliatum and a comparison with published studies on
sid arvense. Weed Res
CANNE, J. M. 1977. A revision of op genus nee soga (Compositae: oT Rhodora 79: 319-389.
FENNER, M. 1980. Germination tests on thirty-two East African weed species. Weed Res. 20: 135-138.
Ivany, J. A. ANDR. D. Sweet. 1973. Germination, growth, development, se control of Galinsoga. Weed
Sci. 21: 41-45,
JAQUES, H. 1926. ior phcenaate of some common weeds. Proc. Ia. Acad. Sci. 33: 135-136.
KAHL, D. J. es - 1977. The effect of light on Galinsoga ciliata achene germination. Proc.
sethenil seca Sci. ee A 141-143.
McWILLiAMs, E. L. AND L. K. Lupwic. 1972. Floral phenology at the Matthaei Botanical Gardens: 1969-
1971. Mich. Bot. 11: 83-114.
@pvuM, S. 1970. Dormant seeds in Danish ruderal soils. Royal Vet. and Agric. Univ. Horsholm Arboretum
DK 2970, Horsholm, Denmark. 247 pp
PLADECK, M. 1933. Report of the Ree jeomernes on time of flowering and viability of weed seeds. Assoc.
Off. Seed Anal. N. Amer. Proc. 26: 4.
SHONTZ, N. N. AND J. P. SHONTz. oe Galinsoge ciliata (Compositae): its arrival and spread in the
northeastern United States. Rhodora 72: 386-392.
. 1972. Rapid path in populations of Galinsoga ciliata (Compositae) in western Massachusetts.
Amer. Midl. Natur. 88:
SwINnK, F. A. 1952. A snes study of the flora of the Chicago region. Amer. Midl. Natur. 48: 758-
Usami, Y. 1976. Ecological studies on weeds in Mulberry fields. 2. Auto-ecology of Galinsoga parviflora
Japan) 21: 76-80.
VAN ROODEN, J., L. . AKKERMANS, AND R. VAN 9 VEEN. 1970. A study on photoblastism in seeds
of some tropical weeds. Acta Bot. Need. 19: 257-2
Bartonia No. 48: 19-33, 1981
Raunkiaer’s Life Form Classification in Relation to Fire
RACHEL Ross CHAPMAN
Ralph M. Parsons Laboratory for Water Resources and Hydrology
Department of Civil Engineering, Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Cambridge, MA 02139
AND
GARRETT E. CRow
Department of Botany and Plant Pathology
University of New Hampshire, Durham, NH 03824
Raunkiaer (1934) defined the life form of a plant by the position and degree of
protection of its perennating bud. His system provided a means of classifying floras
that focused on the natural selection of vegetative organs in response to environmental
pressures and the ultimate morphological adaptations that enable the plant to survive
unfavorable conditions.
Raunkiaer’s life form system has been used previously to type the climatic regions
of the world by the vegetation characteristic of these regions (Cain 1950; Cain and
Castro 1959). The location of the perennating bud(s) has been used as an index of the
degree of protection from adverse environmental conditions (Raunkiaer 1934; Cain and
Castro 1971). Raunkiaer’s system has been found useful in classifying vegetation of
biomes and the recognition of vegetative zones along altitudinal gradients (Allen 1937;
Buell and Wilbur 1948; Cain et al. 1956; Beaman and Andresen 1966; Cain and Castro
1971; Shimwell 1971; Mueller-Dombois and Ellenberg 1974; Feoli-Chiapella and Feoli
1977; Holland 1978; Tyler 1979; and Whittaker et al. 1979).
Application of the system to predict the mode of regeneration of plants in response
to fire has been made for Mediterranean vegetation (Le Houerou 1973; Naveh 1973,
1975). Naveh found that plants of similar morphologies responded similarly to distur-
bance by fire and that plants with rhizome systems exhibited rapid regeneration of
vegetative parts and were best adapted to fire. An attempt to predict plant response
to fire in temperate forest regions, such as New England, has apparently never been
made.
This research was conducted as part of a research project developed by the Institute
of Natural and Environmental Resources, University of New Hampshire, concerned
with prescribed fire in the northeast, particularly as it relates to forest management.
Concurrent with a study by Trotta (1980) which considered the effects of prescribed
burning upon tree and shrub regeneration and growth, our study focused primarily on
the effects of prescribed burning on ground cover vegetation and only secondarily on
phanerophytes.
Fire tends to select against those low growing species with exposed buds while plants
with buds fully protected are least affected. Thus, adaptation of species to surviving
unfavorable seasons might also contribute to a pre-adaptation to fire survival. One
might expect chamaephytes to be most affected, hemicryptophytes moderately, and
geophytes least affected by fire. Thus, when using prescribed burning as a management
tool, it seems reasonable that utilization of Raunkiaer’s life form system may provide
a measure of predicting the effect of a prescribed burn on the vegetation.
19
20 BARTONIA
STUDY AREA
The study was conducted in a second growth woodland in southeastern New Hamp-
shire with two principal forest types, 1) a 40 to 50 year old White Pine/Mixed Hardwood
stand and 2) a 50 to 70 year old White Pine stand. A small stream bisects the two forest
sites. The entire area is approximately 2.5 hectares. The two forest sites were previously
farmland, abandoned during the 19th century. Selective cutting took place during this
century on the White Pine/Mixed Hardwood Forest.
The White Pine/Mixed Hardwood Forest canopy consists of a mixture of Pinus
strobus, Quercus rubra, and Acer rubrum. The understory of tall shrubs and saplings
includes Corylus cornuta, Viburnum spp., Prunus serotina, and in more moist places,
Ilex verticillata and Vaccinium corymbosum. The low shrub/tall herb layer includes
Kalmia angustifolia, Aralia nudicaulis, Gaylussacia baccata, and Vaccinium angus-
tifolium. In moist pockets and depressions are Osmunda cinnamomea, O. regalis,
Dryopteris noveboracensis, and Dryopteris thelypteris. The low herb layer is domi-
nated by Maianthemum canadense and in more moist sections Coptis groenlandica
is present. The forest floor has a deep litter and humus layer averaging 5 to 14 cm in
thickness above the mineral soil.
The White Pine Forest canopy is made up of Pinus strobus with several individuals
of Populus grandidentata, Quercus rubra, and Acer rubrum. The shrub layer consists
of Corylus cornuta, C. americana, Viburnum cassinoides, and in moist sections, Vac-
cinium corymbosum and Lyonia ligustrina occur. Saplings of Quercus alba, Quercus
rubra, and Prunus serotina are also present. The low shrub/tall herb layer includes
species such as Kalmia angustifolia, Vaccinium angustifolium, Aralia nudicaulis, and
Pteridium aquilinum. The low herb layer is dominated by Maianthemum canadense,
Gaultheria procumbens, Lycopodium clavatum, L. complanatum, and L. obscurum.
METHODS
Floristic inventories of the area and a detailed analysis (Ross 1978) of the change in
percent cover of each species were made during the growing seasons prior to and
following burning (1976-1977). Nomenclature of species follows Fernald (1950). All
plant species present in the study area were classified according to Raunkiaer’s (1934)
life form system. Observations were made of habit and phenology of each species
before and after burning. Both forests were subdivided into three 0.4 h plots; plots
selected randomly for a fall or a spring prescribed burn, or as a control area. Fire lanes
were formed by raking leaves 30 cm from the perimeter of the plots to be burned. In
each forest type one plot was burned in the fall (October 19, 1976) and a second in the
spring (April 12, 1977) under conditions which produced relatively cool surface-running
headfires, fires moving in the direction of the wind. After burning, observations of
plant regeneration and recovery were made during the following growing season.
Twelve species were selected to illustrate the four general categories of Raunkiaer’s
life form system represented in the ground cover vegetation.
RESULTS
Both fall and spring prescribed burns produced relatively cool fires which consumed
only the surface litter layer. Consequently, the F-layer (fermentation layer) of decaying
leaves was not burned. Scorch of overstory vegetation was limited to less than 2 m
and flame heights were no greater than 50 cm. Post-burn inventories revealed that no
LIFE FORMS AND FIRE 21
TABLE 1. Pre- and post-burn comparison of species present on fall and spring Higagites burn plots in
conifer and mixed hardwood forest in southeastern New Hampshire (+ = present, absent).
Forest Site
White Pine/Mixed Hardwood White Pine
Burn Date: Fall 76 Control Spring 77 Fall 76 Control Spring 77
Strata Species 76-77 76-77 76-77 76-77 76-77 76-77
Canopy
Acer rubrum ae ee eo aes a +. +
Pinus strobus at ois Hh nk et + + + + 2 a
i698 it oot ec noega + + anes = rile &
Quer + + Se, ea, ee + + + + + +
rey poral erate cra ee ate 5 dec hs + +
Carya ovata + + = nF apie st aces cates i + +
pillun oe Geis ry i Migs ssa 5 LE at
Populus grandidentata sec lig? ie acti siti 9 + + ae
Acer saccharum Sy este Toke Vee Sach ee ee ie apie
Tsuga canadensis aah 2 ee aie ae een i ms
Prunus serotin dot + + och at nner 7 ie
Prunus virginiana il ois ee mp es oo tt Heat
Small Trees/Shrubs/Woody Vines
is egus sp. + + + + + + + + + 4+ + +
rylus americana + + + + + + + + + + + +
toes nbiced + + + + + + + + + + + +
Amelanchier lae = ae + + mae as sgpetiicae — ee
Amelanchier aes a + + mea a —_ = + + - =
Corylus cornuta + + = ie oe ahd ts 5 toot
Carpinus caroliniana ng aes zee pele Sie ALE au
Ilex verticillata + + + + ees caress - a) ba
strya virginiana 55 aaa eS Reser. eR w = a
Hamamelis virginiana glee sata a pu 7 REeA as Pa Soe
Pyri cuparia = in me se ae ee
Kalmia angustifolia ae Hi eat meas a MD ypeeais
Vaccinium angustifolium Bee or ime sae s apa rot ages
Vaccinium corymbosu oe ues eee Sy aa § a
iburnum cassinoides ae aL = aia ee Saat ee 5 eats B
Viburnum recognitum + + + + + + = ee + +
Lyonia ligustrin + + + + + 4+ + + + + —_- =
Gaylussacia baccata + + + + + + - - —_ = + +
rus floribunda “ sgn +» ee = Es 5 2
Pyrus arbutifolia + + nie: S aonas = nae waa
Smilax rotundifolia + + - + + as pee 5 rs
atiag mri ashen Sen Sa mgd es = LE fo a ae 3
Rubus - - + + ++ =—- = + +
Rubus ree + + + + + + se peaatn ete Beet ie
Rubus flagellaris oe oe ee asec g Rea ae igh
accinium corymbosum
x gustifolium + + - - —_ = nie es Pe
Viburnum acerifolium - - - - + + + + + +
ndron canadensis — = + + = Batlaen Ce cer ene
Rosa virginiana _— des se hak ee ogee ee uae
Spiraea latifolia a il ae eels al he re i abe
iervilla lonicera =o + + = Mec orty yoni pees
Rhus radicans ~~ pe ieee ea oe ene eae
Ze BARTONIA
TABLE 1. Continued.
Forest Site
White Pine/Mixed Hardwood White Pine
Burn Date: Fall 76 Control Spring 77 Fall 76 Control Spring 77
Strata Species 76-77 76-77 76-77 76-77 76-77 76-77
Herbs/Subshrubs
Aralia nudicaulis + + oe Sp onae sie et Beenie
Cornus canadensis + + + + niateeas + + + + + +
Cypripedium acaule + + + + + + + + + + + +
Gaultheria procumbens + + + + + + + + + + + +
aianthemum canadense + + + + + + + + + + + +
Mitchella r + + + + + + oO A Re
Panax trifoliu See ene, Sik See eee ++ + + + 4
Uvularia sSasilifolia + + + + + + + + + + + +
Clintonia borealis + + uae Hee yee Diigo mets Mie els
Coptis groenlandica + + + + + + + - = + +
*Viola sp. (stemless) — + + + + + 2 i + + ++
Lysimachia ssehaties - = + + of ep ree eee + +
Prenanthes altissi eas ea SRN dS Nob glee Sie
Pyrola Snes = ae sees peers Haws ar jets
olidago rugosa - - - = + + be ane ae ee
Apocynum of cettn acca - = - = _ aes wanes + +
Epigaea repen ee -— = + + -
Medeola virginiana nee tae aay re are as Se o> ere
*Galium triflorum oe cig ue Aare ale et fen aat
*Anemone quinquifolia + + ae + + =. + =< Po ie
Aster acuminata - = ee a Bae see =
Aster macrophyllus — = ae po a en: Casas
Glechom nites - - + + ee - = - = waar
Solidago ca ve Eg ae ae sia aie ie
per o ulmifolia - = - — ee hee sh ok leg ae + +
Aster sp - = me peer ee a aa + +
*Erechtites hieracifolia — + - - ae ee es ee —
dyera tesselata - - — at oe ates ae
Tris pris ica Biss mee See aver a ge Sb aes
Monatropa hypopithys - = — — hk ner eS: —
Monatropa uniflora - = ie es fan) re —.
Potentilla simplex - = ~~ = sae a eae a oe te aed
ago squarrosa —— a ee rhea ee hire
*Houstonia caerulea — + cg se sis ewes be a
Graminids
Carex pensylvanica + + + + Cee art ee oe
Oryzopsis asperifolia Seas + + + + + + + + + +
Oryzopsis racemosa —- = - ~- — ee eis fi
*Luzula multiflora eas a mae a ae -— a a
rex brunnescens > oe ee Nal te Be cee aia Se
Undetermined grass + + + + + + - = - - ee
Ferns and Fern Allies
Lycopodium clavatum + + fo wanes & ee cee oat
Lycopodium complanatum + + + + + + + + + + + +
ium obscur + + + + + + + + bec + +
unda cinnamome + + Bee i + + + + ot + +
eases a aquilinum + + + + + + Se sent ct
LIFE FORMS AND FIRE a
TABLE |. Continued.
Forest Site
White Pine/Mixed Hardwood White Pine
Burn Date: Fall 76 Control Spring 77 Fall 76 Control Spring 77
Strata Species 76-77 76-77 76-77 76-77 76-77 76-77
Osmunda regalis fe + + + + - - ae ape soe
Athyrium filix-femina - = + + —- = ope i neers
ryopteris spinulosa - = _ See a ea © eee a
Dennstaedtia punctilobula - = - - — ey abe ct ie Be ok es
Dryopteris noveboracensis - = + + Be Save en ae eae eee,
Onoclea sensibilis - - - - - = —_— = sos si one
smunda claytoniana oe - - - = _ = = = oa:
Dryopteris thelypteris -_ = Bee - - - - eee eats
Lycopodium lucidulum = ae ore es UO cies a as
Pre-burn Species Total = 95, post-burn Species Total = 97.
Species marked with an asterisk (*) appeared only after the plot had been burned.
species were eliminated due to the prescribed burns (Table 1), while three species,
Houstonia caerulea, Galium triflorum, and Erechtites hieracifolia, were added to the
inventory of the study area.
The ground cover flora in the study area consisted of chamaephytes, hemicrypto-
phytes, and geophytes. The Life Form Spectra were only slightly changed after burning
(Table 2). The number of hemicryptophytes increased (through germination of dormant
seed) in both forest types and there was the addition of one therophyte (Erechtites
hieracifolia) in the White Pine/Mixed Hardwood Forest. The response of a selected
number of species to burning is described under each life form.
SUFFRUTICOSE CHAMAEPHYTES
Aralia nudicaulis L. (Wild Sarsaparilla) Araliaceae
Regeneration in A. nudicaulis has been found to be predominantly vegetative (Bawa
and Keegan 1977), although, buried seeds from forest sites have been germinated under
TABLE 2. Life Form Spectra of Mixed Hardwood and White Pine Forest sites in southeastern New Hamp-
shire, based upon species presence before and after burning 1976-1977.
Forest Site
Mixed Hardwood White Pine
Before After Before After
burn burn burn burn
no. no. no. no.
Life Form species % species % species % species %
Phanerophytes 27 38.6 27 37.0 31 40.8 31 39.7
Chamaephytes 7 10.0 7 9.6 8 10.5 8 10.2
Hemicryptophytes 25 45.7 27 36.9 26 34.2 28 36.0
Geophytes 11 15.7 11 15.1 1 14.5 1 14.1
Therophytes 0 0.0 I Ll 0 0.0 0 0.0
Total number of species 70 73 76 78
24 BARTONIA
ic. |. Aralia nudicaulis: a. burned caudex; b. new growth from dormant buds below burned caudex;
c. growth from new rhizomes. Rhizomes approximately 2—4 cm beneath F-layer. Scale = 1
experimental conditions (Graber and Thompson 1978). Perennating vegetative and flo-
ral buds are formed in late summer on a woody caudex that protrudes several centi-
meters above the forest floor. Rhizomes with viable reproductive buds occur primarily
in mineral soil at a mean depth of 6 cm below the litter-F-layer interface (Flinn and
Wein 1977). Rhizomes of Aralia nudicaulis in the present study occasionally reached
this depth but seemed to occur mainly in the humus layer.
The fire affected both sterile and fertile shoot reproduction of A. nudicaulis (Fig. 1).
The perennating vegetative and flowering buds found on the exposed woody caudex
above the F-layer were both destroyed. Thus regeneration occurred by the activation
of dormant buds located on subsurface rhizomes and protected portions of the woody
caudex. Normally, leaves and flowering stalks emerge in the early spring (May) and
anthesis occurs by mid-June. However, all plants observed on all burned plots were
sterile and usually smaller in size. Seedlings of A. nudicaulis were not found to occur
on any of the plots, burned or unburned.
ACTIVE CHAMAEPHYTES
Vaccinium angustifolium Ait. (Lowbush Blueberry) Ericaceae
Reproduction through seeding of V. angustifolium is rare, though germination and
survival of seedlings have been occasionally observed and studied (Vander Kloet 1976).
The predominant mode of reproduction is vegetative. Shoot initiation may originate
from laterally growing rhizomes or originate directly from rhizomes which emerge from
the soil. However, stem initiation only occurs where rhizomes are relatively close to
the surface (Trevett 1962).
Burning of Vaccinium angustifolium stimulated shoot initiation at the region of the
rhizomes below damaged stems. Numerous buds sprouted producing three to four new
stems. Fire also stimulated lateral rhizome growth, which in turn produced new shoots.
LIFE FORMS AND FIRE Ysa)
SMG) RS én
gs at > L J
a yp
FiG. 2. Carex pensylvanica: a. burned leaf sheaths; th fi ted buds; c. growth
from new rhizome. Maximum depth of rhizomes — 1-3 cm below F- -layer. Scale oe 10 cm.
This ‘pruning effect’? caused by burning V. angustifolium has been well documented
by Trevett (1962) and Eaton and White (1960).
The effect of burning on flower initiation of Lowbush Blueberry is well documented
(Hall 1955; Trevett 1962; Black 1963; and Eaton and White 1960). In the first growing
season after fall and spring burning in the study area all Blueberry plants had sterile
stems. This correlates well with the usual 3-year burn cycle applied to commercially
grown Lowbush Blueberry whereby all plants are sterile the first year following burning
but flower profusely the second year.
PASSIVE CHAMAEPHYTES
Lycopodium complanatum L. (Ground Cedar) Lycopodiaceae
Reproduction in L. complanatum is typically vegetative. Reproduction by spores
occurs occasionally but gametophytes seldom occur in the same places where the
mature sporophytes are established (Eames 1942). Overwintering shoot primordia lie
near the surface at the tips of rhizomes.
Fire seriously damaged the surface creeping stems and recovery was greatly hin-
dered. Regeneration occurred by lateral shoot initiation from surviving stems and roots
protected by litter cover and unburned pockets. Recovery of L. complanatum requires
the entire growing season. Plants began to appear in late June with a few plants reaching
vegetative maturity in the last week of August. Of all the species observed, L. com-
planatum was the least able to recover.
ROSETTE HEMICRYPTOPHYTES
Carex pensylvanica Lam. (Early Sedge) Cyperaceae
Fernald (1950) described C. pensylvanica as being strongly stoloniferous. The hor-
izontal stolons are cordlike and fibrillose, ascending from the litter or loosely reclining
26 BARTONIA
os Pee |
Fic. 3. Maianthemum canadense: a. burned stem and leaf sheath of original plant; b. new growth from
protected perennating bud; c. vegetative growth from dormant bud along rhizome. Rhizomes approximately
1-3 cm below F-layer. Scale = 10 cm
when in an overwintering condition. (The habit is generally hemicryptophyte but ap-
proaches the chamaephyte habit when horizontal stolons overwinter above the sur-
face.)
Response to burning included an increase in the number of blades in each leaf tuft
as a result of the initiation of buds protected by sheathing leaf bases. Some leaf tufts
were damaged permanently but lateral stolons and new tufts were initiated subsequent-
ly (Fig. 2). Flowering was not stimulated by burning. Regeneration on burned plots
was almost entirely vegetative.
Viola sp. (Stemless Violet) Violaceae
In post-burn plots regeneration was by initiation of dormant buds along the lower
portion of stem axes protected by the F-layer. Violets were among the few kinds of
plants to regenerate after the fire through germination of seeds. Clusters of violet
seedlings were found on both fall- and spring-burned areas of the White Pine Forest
site and also on the spring-burned plot of the White Pine/Mixed Hardwood Forest site.
Seedlings also appeared where fire lanes were formed by raking litter aside. This latter
observation suggests that seed germination was due to the mechanical effect of fire
removing litter. Similarly, Ayre (1949) found violet seedlings on burned sites 2 years
after the occurrence of wildfire in New Hampshire.
Seedlings did not appear until late July and were poorly developed even in late
August. Flowers were not produced on burn or control plots.
SCAPOSE HEMICRYPTOPHYTES
Rubus hispidus L. (Dewberry) Rosaceae
The response of Rubus hispidus to burning was marked. Plants regenerated vege-
tatively from buds located near the surface but seed germination was more prevalent
LIFE FORMS AND FIRE 27
Fic. 4. Lycopodium obscurum: a. burned stem vs Assinatin plant; b. new growth from original plant,
Horizontal rhizomes lie in mineral soil. Scale = 10 ¢
and relatively abundant on all burned areas of both forest sites. Seedlings, however,
were not found in control areas. Regeneration and seedling development was relatively
Slow. Seedlings appeared by mid-July but did not mature beyond the initiation of the
first pair of mature leaves by the end of the growing season. Only a few seedlings
survived the second year after burning. Flowering was rare in the study area since the
event of burning eliminated the number of stems which would have normally produced
floricanes the following season.
Maianthemum canadense Desf. (False-Lily-of-the-Valley) Lilaceae
During the growing season following burning, underground regeneration of rhizomes
was extensive and seemed to be responsible for the bulk of the regeneration effort. In
the second growing season, above ground vegetative reproduction was extensive due
to the previous year’s establishment of rhizomes. With some plants sheathing leaf
bases protected perennating buds and flowering stems were produced later in the sea-
son (Fig. 3). Dormant vegetative buds along rhizomes also sprouted but consistently
Produced only sterile plants bearing one or two leaves. A small number of seedlings
of M. canadense were found only on the burned areas of the two forest types. Phe-
nologically, there was about a two week lag in emergence of plants on spring-burned
areas of both forest types. Fertile plants were present by the first of June on fall-burned
28 BARTONIA
Fi . Aster acuminatus: a. fire-damaged caudex; b. new growth from dormant bud; c. new plant
pel New rhizome growth originates from rhizome of fire-damaged caudex (a). Scale = 10 cm.
areas and by the third week of June on spring-burned areas. Vegetative recovery was
slow relative to that of plants of this taxon growing in the control area.
Lycopodium obscurum L. (Ground-Pine) Lycopodiaceae
Perennating buds are terminal on ascending rhizomes. Lateral rhizomes spread from
a depth of at least 6 cm below the humus layer (Flinn and Wein 1977) or approximately
at the level of mineral soil. (L. obscurum may be placed with the chamaephytes or the
hemicryptophytes depending upon the location of the apex of the rhizome to the sur-
face.)
The fire seriously affected the population of Lycopodium obscurum on burned plots
of the study area. Above ground stems were damaged and re-emergence of plants did
not occur until mid- to late July (Fig. 4). However, plants did recover by sprouting
from the undamaged portion of the stem but growth was very slow. By the second
growing season, sprouted plants were fully mature, vegetatively.
Eames (1942) observed that young gametophytes occurred in soils which contained
a distinct charcoal layer. He noted that the most favorable spore-bed for germination
was one which had little or no humus present and that wind-carried spores arrived
soon after a fire. Spore germination took place during the gradual build up of humus
(2 to 3 years). Eames found that gametophytes were most abundant under trees and
shrubs that ranged between 5 and 25 years old at a site which had a previous history
of a forest fire after timber-cutting. Because fires in the present study site were rela-
tively light and removed only surface litter, sufficient spore-beds may not have been
formed to favor spore germination.
Aster acuminatus Michx. (Whorled Aster) Compositae
This species responded *‘favorably’’ to burning. Dormant buds along rhizomes were
Stimulated to sprout and rhizome growth was vigorous (Fig. 5). New shoots were also
LIFE FORMS AND FIRE 29
F . Medeola virginiana: a. tail arising from underground perennating bud. Tubers occurred near
mineral soil level. Scale = 10 cm
formed when the terminal growing tips of rhizomes reached the surface. Plants flow-
ered in the first week of September, the year after burning. Flower production as well
as vegetative growth seemed to be enhanced.
BULB AND TUBER GEOPHYTES
Medeola virginiana L. (Indian Cucumber) Liliaceae
Tuber depth of this species was 4 to 6 cm below the surface (Fig. 6). Flinn and Wein
(1977) report a mean depth of 3 cm for perennating buds.
Plants on post-burn plots sprouted from subterranean tubers without visible effects
from the fires. The fall-burned White Pine/Mixed Hardwood Forest had a small colony
of M. virginiana that increased in number as a result of the germination of seed.
RHIZOME GEOPHYTES
Pteridium aquilinum L. (Bracken Fern) Polypodiaceae
Flinn and Wein (1977) reported that the perennating buds of P. aquilinum occur at
a mean depth of 9 cm or at the depth of mineral soil. Reproduction is vegetative
through the horizontal spreading of rhizomes and new plants often appear in new
locations from where plants had previously occurred.
Pteridium aquilinum survived fire as expected, however, the light fires did not cause
the typical flourish of growth as reported by Kozlowski and Ahlgren (1974) following
wildfire.
30 BARTONIA
LE 3. Life form classification and responses of plant species to prescribed burns in southeastern New
Scat (1976-1977).
Life Form Species Response!
I. Chamaephytes
A. Suffruticose Aralia nudicaulis V.
B. Active Diervilla lonicera Vv
Rhus radicans i
Smilax se ifolia Vv
Vaccinium he ig aaene Vv
C. Passive Epigaea repen
Lycopodium on vatu Vv
Lycopodium complanatum v
Mitchella repens v
Il. Hemicryptophytes
1. Partial Rosette Glechoma hederacea Vv
li sa Vv
Solidago ulmifolia Vv
ster macrophyllus Vv
renanthes altissima Vv
Luzula multiflora vs
2. Rosette
a. Caespitose Coptis groenlandica Vv
Pyrola rotundifolia v
Osmunda cinnamomea Vv
Carex pensylvanica Vs
Clintonia borea Vv
Cypripedium acaule Vv
Goodyera tesselata s
Houstonia caerul s
Car celia eae
sls vs
Grass p ideas VS
b. Scapose Cornus canaden id
Lysimac ie paaielie Vv
Rubus s Vv
Siesen os Vv
Solidago squarrosa Vv
ter acuminat Vs
Gaultheria procumbens Vv
Lycopodium obscurum v
Oryopsis asperifolia Vv
Rubus flagelleris v
Rubus hispidus vs
Maianthemum canadense vs
Galium triflorum S
III. Geophytes
A. Bulb and Tuber Tris versicolor?
edeola virginiana Vs
Panax trifolium Vv
LIFE FORMS AND FIRE 3]
TABLE 3. Continued.
Life Form Species Response!
B. Rhizome Apocynum androsaemifolium
Dennstaedtia punctilobula
Dryopteris spinulosa
Onoclea sensibilis
Pteridium aquilinum
ryzopsis racemosa
Trientalis borealis
Uvularia sessilifolia
Anemone quinquefolia
Dryopteris noveboracensis*
Osmunda regalis
Potentilla simplex?
Dryopteris thelypteris”
Go Se ee oe
IV. Therophytes Erichtites hieracifolia s
' S = germination of s = vegetative regenerati VS = vegetative regeneration — Be minatien
of = Upper case Misty tadicute rapid regeneration groccanes vegetative or through means of seed ger.
minatio Honighen ~ letters a slow recovery and regeneration or a less frequent method of repro-
aetna (i. Ox eed germin
tion
? Plant ees phe on pals plots only.
THEROPHYTES (ANNUALS)
The only therophyte to emerge as a result from burning was Erechtites hieracifolia
var. intermedia (Fireweed). A single individual appeared on the fall-burned area of the
White Pine/Mixed Hardwood Forest during the month of August. The plant senesced
by September. No plants appeared the second growing season after burning.
DISCUSSION
The Life Form Spectra formed by the two forest types (Table 2) are typical of forests
of the north temperate zone as described by Raunkiaer (1934). The greatest number of
species of the ground cover flora of both forest types were hemicryptophytes . Raun-
kiaer (1934) noted that hemicryptophytes tend to be the major floral component in
forests of the north temperate zone, since hemicryptophytes are best adapted to this
climate, succumbing least to the unfavorable season. Geophytes are common in the
north temperate zone with climates of severe winters or where there is a long dry
season in which the plant remains dormant. In either case, many geophytes exist in a
vegetative phase for a very short period of the life cycle.
In our study the response of the three major life forms, chamaephytes, hemicryp-
tophytes, and geophytes, to fire corresponded to a large degree with the location of
the perennating buds. Within each life form group, however, survival was variable and
species-specific (see Table 3).
Chamaephytes, as a group, were seriously damaged by fire. Exposed stems of cha-
maephytes with perennating vegetative and flowering buds were destroyed. Regener-
ation depended upon dormant bud activation from protected stem portions and rhi-
zomes. Aralia nudicaulis and Vaccinium angustifolium, suffruticose and active
32 BARTONIA
chamaephytes respectively demonstrated vigorous growth of rhizomes and/or a good
source of underground dormant buds. The surface creeping (or passive) chamaephytes,
on the contrary, responded unfavorably to fire by requiring the entire growing season
for regeneration. Chamaephytes failed to reproduce sexually during the first year after
fire
Hemicryptophytes, in nein responded favorably (i.e., by vigorous sprouting, rhi-
zome growth, and/or by seeding) to burning, but 4 species were unaffected and 2
species responded eos (i.e., slow recovery, low vitality, and/or no seeding).
Favorable response to burning occurred in each of the three subcategories of hemi-
cryptophytes. Plants damaged by burning were scapose hemicryptophytes whose rhi-
zomes grew within the litter layer
Thus, the mode of survival often appeared to be dependent both upon the location
of the perennating bud, and the location of dormant reproductive buds beneath the
surface. These factors attributed to the difference in survival of hemicryptophytes such
as Aster acuminatus and Maianthemum canadense. Both species are classified as
scapose hemicryptophytes, but each species recovered differently from burning. Buds
of Aster acuminatus occur within the humus layer, while those of Maianthemum
canadense occur beneath the litter layer.
The ability to survive fire through the germination of dormant seed was most com-
mon among the hemicryptophytes. A number of species seemed to depend heavily
upon seed germination as the means of survival (i.e., Viola sp. and Rubus hispidus).
Geophytes were the least affected by burning and carried through normal life cycles.
The response of geophytes may be described as being ‘‘neutral.’’ Germination of seed
was not common with the exception of Medeola virginiana.
CONCLUSION
All life form categories included species which were well or poorly adapted to survive
fire. The means by which a species survived fire appear to be only partially related
to the location of the perennating bud. Various modes of regeneration and recovery
after fire also played an important role and were species-specific.
Raunkiaer’s life form classification system may be used as a first estimate of species
survival value after a prescribed fire. Better predictions, however, depend upon such
factors as depth of reproductive buds, tendency to resprout, tendency for seed ger-
mination from burned seed, and other factors of a particular species’ adaptive strategy
to survival in response to fire.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We wish to thank Dr. David P. Olson for his support throughout the study and for
financial support under MclIntire-Stennis. Permission to use forest lands of the Public
Utility Company of New Hampshire is gratefully acknowledged. Scientific contribution
Number 973 from the New Hampshire Agricultural Experiment Station.
LITERATURE CITED
ALLEN, B. H. 1937. A consideration of the ‘‘biological spectra’’ of New Zealand. Ecology 25: 116-152.
Ayre, H. 1949. Report on burned area on Durham Point. Project Report. Botany 42. University of New
Hampshire, Durham, New Hampshire.
LIFE FORMS AND FIRE 33
Bawa, - S. AND C. R. KEEGAN. 1977. Reproductive ecology of Aralia nudicaulis L. (Araliaceae). Bull.
Eco oo ee, 58: 24.
ees J. H. AND J. W. ANDRESEN. 1966. The vegetation, floristics and phytogeography of the summit
of Cerro Potosi, Mexico. Amer. Midl. Nat. 75: 1-33.
BLACK, W. N. 1963. The effect of frequency of rotational burning on blueberry production. Canad. J. Plant
Sci. 43: 161-164.
BUELL, M. F. AND R. L. WiLBur. 1948. Life-form spectra of the hardwood forests of the Itasca Park
region, Minnesota. Ecology 29: 352-35
CAIN, 7 A. 1950. Life forms and phytoclimates. Bot. Rev. 16: 1-32.
——— AND G. M. DE O. Castro. 1959. Manual of Vegetative Analysis. Harper, New York. 325 pp.
1971. Manual of Vegetative Analysis. Harper, New York. 325 pp.
;H. M. PIRES, AND M. T. DA SILVA. 1956. ‘Applications of some phytosociological techniques
bs Beason rain forest. Amer. J. Bot. 43: 911-941
AND
Eas J. 1942. Illustrations of some Lycopodium peectunhyies. Amer. Fern J. 32: 1-12.
EATON, E. L. AnD R. G. WHITE. 1960. The relation between burning dates and the development of sprouts
i flower buds in the lowbush ereeig Amer. Soc. H 38-342.
FEOLI-CHIAPELLA, I. AND E. Feout. 1977. A numerical nhytosociological study of the summits of the
Majella Massive poe Waerias 34: 21-39.
FERNALD, M. L. 1950. Gray’s Manual of Botany. 8th ed. American Book Co., New York. 1632
FLINN, M. A. AND R. W. WEIN. 1977. Depth of underground plant organs and theoretical ita during
fire. Can. J. nae 55: 2550-2554.
GraBer, R. E. AND D. F. THompson. 1978. Seeds € the organic layers and soil of four beach-birch-maple
stands. U.S. i. - or Serv. Res. Pap. NE-
HALL, I. V. 1955. Floristic changes followin g the ec and burning of a woodlot for blueberry production.
Canad. J. Aus: Sci. 34: 143- 152.
HOLLAND, P. G. 1978. Species turnover in deciduous forest vegetation. Vegetatio 38: 113-118.
Koz.Lowsk1, T. T. AND C. E. AHLGREN. 1974. Fire and Ecosystems. Academic Press, New York. 542 pp.
Le Hovuerou, H. N. 1973. Fire and vegetation in the Mediterranean Basin. Proc. Tall Timbers Fire Ecology
Conf. Tallahassee, Florida No. 13: 237-278.
MUELLER-DOMBOIS AND H. ELLENBERG. 1974. Aims and Methods of Ecology. John Wiley and Sons, New
York. 547 pp.
NaveHu, Z. 1973. ue ecology of fire in Israel. Proc. Tall Timbers Fire Ecology Conf. Tallahassee, Florida
Novia: 131-17
975. The Niue significance of fire in the Mediterranean Region. Vegetatio 29: 199-208.
Riunciaie. C. 1934. The Life Forms of Plants and Statistical Plant Geography: being collected papers of
. Raunkiaer, translated into English by H. G. Carter, A. G. Tansley, and M. S. Fausboll. Clarendon
Press, Oxford. 632 pp.
Ross, R. 1978. The Effects of Prescribed Buring on Ground Cover Vegetation of White Pine and Mixed
Hardwood Forest in Southeastern New Hampshire. M.S. Thesis, University of New Hampshire, Dur-
ham. 151 pp.
SHIMWELL, D. 1971. The gts and Classification of Vegetation. University of Washington Press,
Seattle, Washington. 32
TREVETT, M. F. 1962. Hert: and growth of the lowbush blueberry. Maine Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. No.
—
605.
Trotta, J. A. 1980. The asta of prescribed fire on trees and shrubs. M.S. Thesis, University of New
Hampshire, Durham. 64 pp.
TYLER, C3 1979. Clasiaheaine of Schoenus communities in south and southeast Sweden. Vegetatio 41:
69-84
VANDER Koon: S: PB. 1976: Nomenclature, taxonomy and biosystematics of Vaccinium section Cyano-
coccus (the blueberries) in North America. I. Natural barriers to gene exchange between Vaccinium
angustifolium Ait. and Vaccinium corymbosum L. Rhodora 78: 503-515.
WHITTAKER, R. H., W. A. NIERING, AND M. D. Crisp. 1979. Structure, pattern and diversity of a mallee
community in New South Wales. Vegetatio 39: 65-76.
Bartonia No. 48: 34-41, 1981
Robert Benson Gordon (1901-1981):
A Biographical Sketch Emphasizing His Studies of
Natural Vegetation Mapping
RONALD L. STUCKEY
Department of Botany
College of Biological Sciences
The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210
Robert Benson Gordon (1901-1981) of West Chester, Pennsylvania, who died 11
February 1981, will be remembered for his teaching of ecological principles and bio-
logical conservation to hundreds of students at all levels of education and for his
research efforts in mapping and understanding the natural vegetation of land areas in
eastern United States, particularly of Indiana and Ohio. The main focus of this bio-
graphical sketch is Dr. Gordon’s accomplishments in the discipline of natural vegeta-
tion mapping, through which interest I first met him on the campus of The Ohio State
University in 1966. Dr. Gordon and I had occasional visits in Columbus and West
Chester, where I came to learn of his life’s work. He shared with me items from his
library, gave me his lantern slide collection of maps and ecological sites made while
teaching at The Ohio State University, and provided me with his complete vita and
bibliography. In preparing this sketch, I have used those items, as well as his published
papers on natural vegetation mapping.
Dr. Gordon is survived by his wife Esther L. Gordon, Honey Brook, Pennsylvania;
a daughter, Virginia Hatch, Framingham, Massachusetts; a son, Robert L. Gordon,
Acton, Massachusetts; seven grandchildren; and three great-grandchildren.
PROFESSIONAL CAREER
Born in Erie, Pennsylvania, 23 July 1901, Robert Gordon completed his elementary
education there, his secondary education in Mary E. Wells High School, Southbridge,
Massachusetts, and his college degrees from The Ohio State University, where he re-
ceived the B.S. in Applied Optics (1922), the M.S. in Botany (1928), and the Ph.D. in
Botany (1931). Except for two years (1922-24) as a practicing optician and optometrist,
Dr. Gordon was throughout most of his life a teacher of general botany, plant ecology,
and biological conservation at the college level, although he considered adult education
in the natural sciences his specialty. He taught general science and geography in Enslow
Junior High School, Huntington, West Virginia (1924-26), and while in the Department
of Botany at The Ohio State University he served as an assistant (1926-30), instructor
(1930-37), and assistant professor (1937-38). During summers he was a field research
assistant for the Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station (1927), field assistant for the
United States Forest Service (1928-29), and instructor in field botany at the Allegany
School of Natural History, Allegany State Park, New York (1930, 1932-40). Concur-
rently with the latter, he was a ‘‘temporary botanist’’ conducting ecological field studies
for the New York State Museum, Albany.
Dr. Gordon’s career as a college professor was fully developed at the Pennsylvania
State Teachers College at West Chester, now West Chester State College, where he
34
ROBERT BENSON GORDON 35
Dr. Robert B. Gordon (photograph taken in 1955).
began as an Instructor of Science (1938), was named Head of the Department of Sci-
ence (1944), and designated Professor Emeritus of Science (1964). During summers he
taught at the Franz Theodore Stone Laboratory of The Ohio State University, Put-in-
Bay, Ohio (1946-47, 1950); the Audubon Nature Center, Greenwich, Connecticut
(1948-49); and the New Jersey School of Conservation, Stokes State Forest (1951-52).
Dr. Gordon was also a member of the teaching staff of the Arboretum of the Barnes
Foundation, Merion, Pennsylvania (1952-76); Professor and Head of the Biology De-
partment of Cabrini College, Radnor, Pennsylvania (1963-64); Instructor of Horticul-
tural Science for the Longwood Foundation, Kennett Square, Pennsylvania (1968-69,
1971); and Research Associate with the Ohio Biological Survey and The Ohio State
University during summers (1964-67, 1973-74).
r. Gordon was active in a number of professional scientific, botanical, and con-
servation societies. As a member of the Wild Flower Preservation Society he served
as associate editor of the Society’s magazine, Wild Flower (1947-56). While in Colum-
bus he was involved in the Wheaton Club, served as president of the Columbus Au-
dubon Society (1932), was Chairman of the Wildlife and Wildflower Preservation Com-
mittee of the Ohio Association of Garden Clubs, was elected a member of The Ohio
36 BARTONIA
State University Chapter of Gamma Alpha Graduate Scientific Fraternity and the
Society of Sigma Xi, and joined the Wilson Ornithological Club and the Ohio Academy
of Science. While in West Chester, Dr. Gordon was active in the Pennsylvania Acad-
emy of Science, serving as vice-president of the eastern division (1944—45), director of
science talent search (1953-55), president-elect (1956-57), president (1957-58), and
honorary life member (1974). In the Middle States Science Teachers Association he
served as president (1953-54). In local organizations, Dr. Gordon was very active in
the West Chester Bird Club and the Philadelphia Botanical Club. In the latter, he
frequently was involved with committee work and led numerous field trips. He held
memberships in the National Association of Biology Teachers, American Association
for the Advancement of Science, American Institute of Biological Sciences, Ecological
Society of America, the American Society of Plant Taxonomists, and the International
Association for Plant Taxonomy.
RESEARCH CAREER
Dr. Gordon’s research interests were primarily with mapping and understanding the
natural vegetation of land areas in northeastern United States and its importance to
the environmental sciences of a modern civilization planning for future land use. His
early interest in natural history was fostered while an undergraduate student, when he
took advantage of the many field trips conducted by the central Ohio naturalists, Arthur
R. Harper, Edward S. Thomas, Milton B. Trautman, Walter Tucker, and others who
had joined together in the Wheaton Club. During these outings he kept field notebooks
as a method of learning the native trees, shrubs, wildflowers, ferns, and birds of central
and southern Ohio. While teaching in Huntington, West Virginia, Gordon wrote feature
articles on the natural history of the area which were published in the local newspaper,
The Sunday Advertiser. These articles appeared weekly, except during the summer,
from February 1925 until June 1926, when he returned to Columbus to begin graduate
work in botany.
As a graduate student Robert Gordon came under the tutelage of Professor Edgar
N. Transeau, distinguished plant ecologist, physiologist, algologist, and chairman of
the Department. Transeau and his colleague, Homer C. Sampson, were involved in
reconstructing the original vegetation of the east-central states, with particular refer-
ence to Ohio. Their research consisted of describing and mapping the natural vegeta-
tion, usually at the county level, primarily by using the records of the original land
surveyors combined with present-day surveys of the vegetation in the field. This meth-
odology was first developed by Paul B. Sears in 1919 while briefly with The Ohio State
University and then later pursued vigorously by Transeau and his students (Sears 1921,
1925, 1926a, b, 1970). In addition to its purely scientific value, Transeau and Sampson
stressed the practical value of such maps by pointing out their usefulness to agrono-
mists, foresters, and geographers. For example, they showed that the Mexican bean
beetle and European corn borer in Ohio were destructive principally in areas once
dominated by a single vegetation type in a particular kind of habitat (Neiswander,
Sampson, and Kelsheimer 1928; Transeau 1927). Gordon was impressed with these
correlations and the practical value of natural vegetation maps. During the 1920’s and
1930's, Transeau progressed with these studies by having his graduate students compile
the natural vegetation for one or two counties as their thesis requirement. In preparing
his thesis for the M.S. degree, Gordon, however, took a different approach. By using
ROBERT BENSON GORDON 37
the distributional data of over 250 species obtained from the plants filed in the State
Herbarium, he outlined four floristic regions of Ohio (Gordon 1928b).
While a graduate student, Gordon gained much practical experience in the field.
During the summer of 1927, he worked as a field assistant with Sampson studying the
habitat preferences and distribution of the corn borer in northern Ohio. The next two
summers he traveled and obtained data on the vegetation of Ohio, Indiana, Kentucky,
and Tennessee. Gordon often accompanied Professor John H. Schaffner on field trips
in Ohio to assist in the latter’s studies of Eguisetum and other pteridophytes. Field
trips with Wheaton Club members also continued, but the most profitable trips may
have been those with Transeau to remnant woodlots, shallow ponds, prairie openings,
and swamps and bogs. One of his favorite sites was the Urbana Raised Bog, actually
a fen, about which he described the vegetation and flora (Gordon 1933b). Although he
did not use the word ‘‘fen,”’ this paper is frequently cited as one of the earliest studies
of fen vegetation in this country, preceding later studies of fens by a decade (Anderson
1943; Stuckey and Denny 1981). Gordon attended Transeau’s classes in plant ecology
and plant physiology and soon became his ‘‘right-hand man,”’ teaching numerous
classes in general botany and local flora, as well as conducting many of the field trips
for Transeau’s plant ecology course from 1930 to 1937. With the field reconnaissance
that Gordon had completed it was possible for him to evaluate the literature and present
a Classification and description of the more extensive primary forest types of the east-
central states, the subject of his Ph.D. dissertation (Gordon 193la, 1932).
Gordon’s field work in 1928 enabled him to produce a classification and map of the
vegetation of Indiana (Gordon 1936). During summer employment with the Allegany
School of Natural History and the New York State Museum he published botanical
surveys and large detailed vegetation maps in color of the natural vegetation of Alle-
gany State Park (Gordon 1937a, b, c) and of Cattaraugus County, New York (Gordon
1940a). The latter, a 102-page book with descriptive detail of forest types, associated
data on soils, glaciation, bedrock, and numerous maps, including two large fold-out
Ones, is a model of the Transeau-Sampson method of a comprehensive natural vege-
tation survey at the county level. Soon after arrival in West Chester, he published an
account of the natural vegetation of West Goshen Township, Chester County (Gordon
1941). His manuscript on the vegetation of Franklin County, Ohio, written about 1935,
was left unpublished (original copy in office of the Ohio Biological Survey). Gordon’s
manuscript map of the vegetation of Indiana and those from his graduate theses were
useful to Transeau (1935) in preparing his classic map of the Prairie Peninsula (Stuckey
1981). The map of the natural vegetation of Indiana was reproduced by Visher (1944)
and evaluated by Potzger et al. (1958).
Transeau and Sampson never completed their study of the original vegetation of
Ohio. The plant ecology program in the Department of Botany passed to Transeau’s
student, John N. Wolfe, and following his departure to the Atomic Energy Commission
in 1955, Gareth E. Gilbert inherited the research files of the natural vegetation project.
In 1964, Wolfe, Gilbert, and Charles A. Dambach, then Director of the Natural Re-
sources Institute at the University and also Executive Secretary of the Ohio Biological
Survey, decided to revive the project. Meanwhile, Gordon had developed his teaching
career and had just retired from West Chester State College, when Wolfe invited him
to complete the natural vegetation map of Ohio. With financial assistance from the
Environmental Biology Section of the National Science Foundation and the Ohio Bi-
38 BARTONIA
ological Survey, the project continued for the next two years. The studies completed
by Transeau’s students were reevaluated, the original survey records extant for many
of the counties not studied by Transeau and his students were located, and all of the
available information was interpreted and incorporated into a preliminary draft map.
The final, 35” x 38”, eight-colored comprehensive map, Natural Vegetation of Ohio
at the Time of the Earliest Land Surveys, was published by the Ohio Biological Survey
(Gordon 1966). This map, the first of its kind in scope and methodology prepared for
any state in the United States, was widely acclaimed. Hal Flint, the cartographer,
considered it the ‘‘most nearly perfect printing job that he had ever supervised.”’
Smaller versions of the map were later reproduced in books describing Ohio’s natural
history and outdoor education areas, in environmental impact assessments, in popular
magazine articles, and on post cards. Shortly thereafter, a 113-page bulletin, The Nat-
ural Vegetation of Ohio in Pioneer Days, also published by the Survey (Gordon 1969b),
provided an informative descriptive summary of Ohio’s original vegetation. Jane L.
Forsyth (1970) reviewed the natural vegetation map from a geological viewpoint and
noted the many close correlations of the vegetation types with the geologic substrates
and urged additional detailed studies for refinement and interpretation. Paul B. Sears
(1970), a native Ohioan who had pioneered in the methodology of natural vegetation
mapping, acknowledged Gordon’s intimate field knowledge of Ohio’s vegetation, his
thorough and critical review of the available data, and his ‘‘excellent map’’—all rep-
resenting a true ‘‘demonstration of the broad approach which is the essence of ecol-
ogy."
Gordon’s preparation for the two published contributions on Ohio’s original vege-
tation was his greatest research love, and their content represents a continuous descent
of the Transeau philosophy to the present-day generation. These two publications will
remain Gordon’s lasting achievement in science. Gordon (193la, 1932, 1934b, 1937a,
d, 1940a, 1969b) stressed the importance of understanding natural vegetation and its
practical considerations. In the Bulletin (Gordon 1969b, p. 2) he wrote ‘‘. . . natural
vegetation, if it can be correctly ascertained, provides the best possible means of
judging the potentiality of the environment which has existed locally for the past thou-
sand years. It appears basic to the environmental sciences which loom large in impor-
tance to the requirements of modern civilization and in planning for future land use.”’
Gordon’s last professional public appearance was the Sixth North American Prairie
Conference held in August 1978 on the campus of The Ohio State University, where
he had begun his botanical research career over 50 years previously. That conference
paid tribute to Professor Transeau and his research accomplishments toward under-
standing the Prairie Peninsula. As a part of that tribute, Gordon (1981) presented his
personal recollections of the Ohio Natural Vegetation Survey.
CONSERVATION EFFORTS; A TRIBUTE
Dr. Gordon was a pioneer in field natural history education, where he taught in the
innovative ‘‘School in the Forest’’ at Allegany State Park. As a result of his personal
experiences in that program, he recorded the positive values of teaching in the field
(Gordon 1938a). His concern for biological conservation was stressed not only in teach-
ing, but also in his work with the Ohio Association of Garden Clubs. He pleaded for
the conservation of Ohio’s wildflowers in a publication of the extension service of The
Ohio State University (Gordon 1931, portion reprinted 1963) and in the Garden Clubs’
magazine, The Garden Path (Gordon 1933a, 1935). As a tribute to his educational work
ROBERT BENSON GORDON 39
in biological conservation, West Chester State College in 1973 dedicated a 67-acre
woodland on the campus as the ‘‘Robert B. Gordon Natural Area for Environmental
Studies’”’ (Swinehart 1973). His name is also commemorated in Rubus gordonii, a
blackberry, described as endemic to the islands in western Lake Erie by Liberty Hyde
Bailey (1948).
1928a.
1955a.
List OF SELECTED PUBLICATIONS OF ROBERT BENSON GORDON
ice records of the American Egret and Little Blue Heron in Ohio. Ohio State Mus. Sci. Bull.
7-50.
: on floristic regions of Ohio. M.S. Thesis, The Ohio State Univ., Columbus. 41 pp.
. The floristic regions of Ohio. Proc. Ohio Acad. Sci. 8: 168-169; Ohio J. Sci. 28: 146-147. (Abstract.)
. Swallow-tailed Kite in Ohio. The Auk 45: 372-373.
Suggested equations for the photosynthetic reaction. Ohio J. Sci. 29:
Notes on the vegetation of the Highland Rim. Proc. Ohio Acad. Sci. ‘ OL ye
ct.)
‘ Se pred forest types of the east-central states. Ph.D. Dissertation, The Ohio State Univ., Co-
lumbus
. Wild Abe Bull. 119, Agric. Extension Serv., ba Ohio State Univ., Columbus. 28 pp. (with
Victor H. Ries). (Reprinted 1934, expanded to 32 p
. Records of the White Ibis in southern Indiana. a one Bull. 4
309.
The primary forest types of the east-central states. Abstracts of alii Dissertations, The Ohio
State Univ., Columbus. No. 8: 42-52.
- Conserving Ohio’s native flora: Drastic measures pes necessary to curb the wanton destruction of
native plant life in Ohio. The Garden Path 3(3): 5
. A unique raised bog at Urbana, Ohio. Ohio J. ies, ae —459.
. Lemanea grandis (Wolle) Atk. vediacovercd after aan _ Bull. Torrey Bot. seat 61: 437-439.
. Vegetational studies in the east-central states. The Gamma Alpha Record 24(3): 9
A preliminary vegetation map of Indiana. Amer. Midl. Nat. 17: 866-877.
. The botanical survey of = Allegany State Park (with vegetation map in colors). New York State
Mus. Handbook 1
. A botanical survey of Ps souhwestenn section of the Allegany State Park. New York State Mus.
Handbook 17: 199.
. A botanical survey ae the northern section of the Allegany State Park. New York State Mus. Hand-
b .
00k 17: 287-328
. The relation * a surveys to a state park management policy. New York State Mus.
9-382.
Handbook 17
. An outdoors ng for the elementary science teachers. School Sci. & Math. 28: 67-71.
. Plant life of the Hocking Parks. Ohio Forest News No. 38: 9-1
as ns primeval forest types of southwestern New _ (with vegeintion map of Cattaraugus County
n colors). New York State Mus. Bull. 321. 102 p
: The Aggies conference and foray at the Mey School of Natural History. Science 92(2381):
50-15
1
: Foros and corrections to the flora of the Allegany State Park region, Cattaraugus County, New
York (1927-38). New York State Mus. Circ. 24: 3-24 (with Homer D. House).
The natural vegetation of West Goshen Township, Chester County, Pa. esc. Pennsylvania Acad.
Sci. 15; 194-199,
The *‘Darlington Herbarium’’ at West Chester. Bartonia 22: 6-9.
Vitamin B, activation of protoplasmic streaming. The sooeesner gerne — 17(3): 18-22
Wild flowers of the Put-in-Bay Dolomite [Ohio]. Wild Flower 23: + 3 pis.
A revised eat for chemical elements essential to plant muirition. The Amer. Biol. Teacher
12(7): 160-161.
Oldest spate history museums and institutional herbaria in America. Science 115(2982): 217-218.
A sum snes of faunistic and floristic studies in Chester County, Pennsylvania. Proc. Pennsylvania
Acad, Sci, 27: 45-51.
A Summer “ to the Genera of Native Trees and Trees Likely to be Planted in Chester County,
40 BARTONIA
Pennsylvania. Published by the author and the Student Activities Association of the Pennsylvania
State Teachers College, West Chester. [12 pp.] (Reprinted, 1960.
1955b. Additions and corrections to the a ant and animal species count in Chester County, Pennsylvania.
Proc. Pennsylvania Acad. Sci. 29: 8.
1957. Swallow-tailed Kite in Ohio: A seblente The Auk 74: 262.
1960. A winter field key to willows of Pennsylvania. Proc. ee Acad. Sci. 34: 10-14
1961. Results from testing skins for fluorescent matter. Proc. Pennsylvania Acad. Sci. 35: 242. (Abstract.)
(With D. L. Leysath.)
1963. The souseran of wild flowers. Pages 192-196 in I. W. Knobloch, ed. Selected Botanical Papers.
Prentice-Hall Biological Science Series. Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey. (Selec-
tion from Bull. 119, Agric. Extension Serv., The Ohio State Univ., Columbus, 1934.
1966. Natural Vegetation of Ohio at the Time of the Earliest Land Surveys. Map (35” 38") in eight colors;
scale 1:500,000. Cartography by Hal Flint. Ohio Biol. Surv., Columbus. 1 p
1967. Ohio’s original vegetation. The Wonderful World of Ohio 31(5): 11-15. fee portion reprinted 1973,
Ohio Woodlands 11(2)/Conserv. in Action 12 (Feb., Mar., Apr.): 8-10
1969a. A note on the weathering of serpentinite found in southeastern Pennsylvania. Pennsylvania Acad.
ci. Newsletter 27(1): 1.
1969b. The natural vegetation of Ohio in pioneer days. Bull. Ohio Biol. Surv. New Ser. 3(2): xi + 113 pp.
(Reprinted, 1973.)
1970a. Annotated List of Chester County Birds. West Chester Bird Club, Inc., West Chester, Pennsylvania.
1970b. Hoc at the IX International Botanical Congress. Newsletter of the Arboretum of the Barnes
ndation, No. 4: 1-3.
1975a. ; season of bison 3 in the Sonoran Desert of southeastern Arizona. Newsletter of the Arboretum of
the Barnes Foundation, No. 14: 10-11.
1975b. A bicentennial tree. Bull. John L Tyler Arboretum 69: 6.
1975c. A collection of Wm. H. Harvey’s Australian algae at West Chester, Pennsylvania, U.S.A. Taxon
24: 628.
1981. Personal prragerigo of the Ohio natural vegetation survey. Pages 49-50 in R. L. Stuckey and K.
J Kee s. The Prairie Peninsula—in the ‘‘shadow”’ of Transeau: Proceedings of the Sixth North
American 5s Pane Conference, The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio, 12-17 August 1978. Ohio
Biol. Surv., Biol. Notes No. 15. x + 278 pp
DEPOSITION OF ARCHIVES AND HERBARIUM SPECIMENS
Dr. Gordon’s archives pertaining to his career at West Chester State College are
deposited in the Department of Biology at the College. Materials he used pertinent to
the Natural Vegetation Survey of Ohio are retained in the office of the Ohio Biological
Survey, Columbus. Herbarium specimens of vascular plants of Ohio collected in the
1920’s and 1930’s are in the herbarium of The Ohio State University. Specimens from
Cattaraugus County, New York, prepared in the 1930’s while teaching at the Allegany
School of Natural History, were presented to the Biology Department of St. Bona-
venture University, and to the New York State Museum, Albany. Additional speci-
mens of vascular plants are in the William Darlington Herbarium at West Chester State
College and in the Department of Biology, Cabrini College, Radnor, Pennsylvania.
REFERENCES
ANDERSON, W. A. 1943. A fen in northwestern Iowa. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 29: 787-791.
BaILey, L. H. 1948. Rubus gordonii. Pages 70-73 in E. L. Core. The flora of the 6 Islands: An annotated
list of vascular plants. The Franz Theodore Stone Laboratory Contrib. No
ForsyTn, J. L. 1970. A geologist looks at the natural vegetation map of Ohio. Le J. Sci. 70: 180-191.
NEISWANDER, C. R., H. C. SAMPSON, AND E. G. KELSHEIMER. 1928. Correlation of borer population with
vegetation types. Pages 169-171 in L. L. Huber, C. R. Neiswander, and R. M. Salter. The European
corn borer and its environment. Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 429.
POTZGER, JOHN E., MARGARET ESTHER POTZGER, AND JACK McCormick. 1958. The forest primeval of
ROBERT BENSON GORDON 41
Indiana as recorded in the original U.S. ye surveys and an evaluation of previous interpretations of
Indiana vegetation. Butler Univ. Bot. Stud. 13: 95-111.
SEARS, P. B. 1921. Vegetation mapping. sie 53(1371): 325-327.
. 1925. The natural vegetation of Ohio. I. A map of the virgin forest. Ohio J. Sci. 25: 139-149.
1926a. The natural vegetation of Bk: II. The prairies. Ohio J. Sci. 26: 128-146.
dial The natural vegetation of Ohio. III. Plant succession. ese J. Sci. 26: 213-231.
. Ohio vegetation when first surveyed. Ecology 51: 556-5
= ari i i, 1981. Origin and development of the concept of the ide Peninsula, pp. 4-23; Contrib-
utors to the development of the Prairie AS eae pet pp. 24-39 in R. L. Stuckey and K. J. Reese,
eds. The Prairie Peninsula—in the ‘‘shadow’’ of Transeau: Proceedings of the Sixth North American
Prairie raerapent The Ohio State University, Clues Ohio, 12-17 August 1978. Ohio Biol. Surv..,
Biol. Note
AND G. ke Socials 1981. Prairie fens and bog fens in Ohio: Floristic similarities, differences, and
geographical affinities. Pages 1-33 in R. C. Romans, ed. Geobotany II. Plenum Press, New York.
SWINEHART, MAurRy. 1973. College gets ecology site. Daily Local News, West Chester, 9 Nov: 8.
TRANSEAU, E. N. 1927. Vegetation types and insect devastations: Distribution of the Mexican bean beetle
and European corn borer in Ohio. Ecology 8: 285-288.
1935. The Prairie Peninsula. Ecology 16: 423-437.
Vrewin: S. S. 1944. Climate of Indiana. Indiana Univ. Publ. Sci. Ser. No. 13. Bloomington. 511 pp.
—>
REVIEW
Rare and Endangered Vascular Plant Species in New Jersey, prepared by The Conser-
vation and Environmental Studies Center, Inc. in cooperation with The U.S. Fish
and Wildlife Service. David B. Snyder and V. Eugene Vivian.
This publication represents the penultimate of an ambitious series devoted to the
northeast’s rare, threatened, and marginally existing plants, ostensibly for their greater
good. Given the problems inherent in such a task all the previous lists have been
remarkably thorough, with the New Jersey effort close to the top in readability and
reliability. Whether the disclosure of such lists with their availability to the general
public serves the final purpose of conservation is dubious. Furthermore, a common
failing in works of this sort is a tendency toward some slight braggadocio of both
compiler and collaborator. The small vanities of man could lead to the very destruction
of the things he may wish to preserve.
A tremendous amount of detail is reflected in the New Jersey list with its attempt
at county listing. Nonetheless certain minor errors of omission in range have been
made and small errors of fact have crept in. Happily none of these change the overall
status of the plants although the reader would have been better served were the major
herbaria consulted beyond the Academy and Rutgers. The designations of rare, en-
dangered, threatened, and other categories are personal judgments subject to the lim-
itations of contemporary knowledge. Here the authors have been over-generous in
their compiling; many of the plants, in the opinion of this reviewer, need not have been
mentioned at all. Too many rare plants can surfeit the average mind and nullify the
desired result. For instance, the posting in the Orchidaceae is so lengthy as to be
meaningless. Certainly they are a fascinating group that is particularly interesting to
the layman and certain field botanists, but as a classification it is doubtful that any of
the group has changed much in status in the last half century, or full century really.
Even the much publicized Jsotria medeoloides seems to suffer more from lack of study
and search over many decades rather than scarcity. There are at least a half dozen old
sites in the northern counties which are not being checked at all.
The authors have not disclosed their criteria for native versus adventive species.
These must be rather unusual since some plants from points south, west, and north
have been entered and others ignored. Elephantopus carolinianus, Stellaria pubera,
Utricularia olivacea, Lithospermum canescens have been listed but Rudbeckia fulgida,
Magnolia tripetala, and Jussiaea repens, for instance, have not—and was there suf-
ficient study given tothe shrubby Amelanchiers: sanguinea, humilis and intermedia?
Five excellent tables are given in the introduction explaining the status of certain of
the plants in relation to Federal Review. Table III on two:species, Dionaea and Phyl-
litis that are currently under Federal Review for the usual reasons serves no purpose
since both are acknowledged transplants and do not meet any native standard in New
Jersey. Too much of this is going on in the state already.
Disregarding the doubtful value of the entire federal enterprise in protecting the rare,
endangered, and threatened vascular species anywhere, this is a valuable addition to
the study of New Jersey’s flora and will be appreciated by professional and amateur
alike. The authors deserve much praise. VINCENT ABRAITYS
42
NEWS AND NOTES
SOUTH JERSEY GRAMINID BOTANIZING. Field trips to locate rare grasses and grass-
like plants in southern New Jersey were organized by A. E. Schuyler in June, July,
and August, 1980. Plants found were: Carex livida, Eleocharis brittonii, E. melano-
carpa, Fuirena pumila, Manisurus rugosa, Panicum hemitomon, P. hirstii, P. sca-
briusculum, Rhynchospora filifolia, R. fusca, R. inundata, R. knieskernii, R. oligantha,
Scirpus longii, and Scleria reticularis. Specimens of all except Panicum hirstii, Rhyn-
chospora oligantha, and Scirpus longii were collected and deposited in the Academy’s
local herbarium. Searched for but not found were Eleocharis equisetoides, Eriophorum
tenellum, Psilocarya nitens (found by other botanists during 1980, however), Rhyn-
chospora glomerata, and Sacciolepis striata. ALFRED E. SCHUYLER.
THOMPSON WETLANDS PRESERVE ESTABLISHED. Thompson Wetlands, a recent ac-
quisition of The Nature Conservancy, lies near the eastern border of Susquehanna
County, six miles south of the borough of Lanesboro on Route 171. Maximum elevation
is 1885 feet; minimum elevation is 1670 feet. This 232-acre preserve contains two large
wetland areas, connected by a stream. The first wetland of 72 acres, known as Krall’s
Bog, has perhaps three acres of open water, surrounded by marshland, a stand of
balsam fir, tamarack, black spruce, hemlock swamps, wet meadow, and sedge mead-
ow. The second wetland of 160 acres contains a deep ten acre pond, known as Weir’s
Pond. It is surrounded by forty acres of bogland, the margin of which resembles the
vegetation of Krall’s Bog. A great diversity of species and a wide variety of wet and
dry habitats make up Thompson Wetlands.
During the summer of 1980, Kevin Webb, a graduate of SUNY Binghamton, with
some help from the Stewardship Committee of Thompson Wetlands, made an inventory
of the vascular plants. He identified 368 species of plants, of which some 300 specimens
have been placed in the herbarium at SUNY Binghamton. The committee plans to
continue the work of flora and fauna species inventory. Presently no threatened or
endangered species have been found. However, the following species should be men-
tioned: Cypripedium acaule, pink lady slipper; Habenaria psychodes, purple fringed
orchid; Abies balsamea, balsam fir; Picea mariana, black spruce; Larix laricina, tam-
arack; Drosera rotundifolia, sundew; Sarracenia purpurea, pitcher plant; Utricularia
geminiscapa, bladderwort.
According to Emily Blackman’s History of Susquehanna County, 1873, Krall’s Bog
area was occupied by a tannery and a dam from 1830 until late in the nineteenth
century. With the tannery came the demise of the hemlocks. Blackman also identifies
the stream connecting Krall’s Bog and the tannery dam to Weir’s Pond as Spruce
Swamp Creek, so undoubtedly there was a stand of black spruce at that time. Not too
many boreal bogs remain in northeastern Pennsylvania, but with the balsam fir, black
spruce, tamarack, and the understory of gold thread, bunchberry, bead lily, and win-
tergreen, it appears that this is indeed a boreal bog. Most of the preserve has been
used for dairy farming for about a century and a half. It is anticipated that all these
boreal bog species will reproduce more rapidly now that cattle are no longer grazing.
The Committee is grateful for the work Kevin Webb accomplished at Thompson
Wetlands. Patricia H. CHRISTIAN AND FLORENCE L. SHELLY.
43
44 BARTONIA
DELAWARE VALLEY BOTANIZING. The upper Delaware Valley of New Jersey pro-
duced an interesting array of plants on a spot survey done in 1980 by Philadelphia
Botanical Club members Halliwell, Hanisek, Radis, Snyder, Vivian, and the writer.
Justicia americana which is common in the Susquehanna and Schuylkill valleys has
been particularly elusive on the Delaware except for a single colony near Stockton in
Hunterdon County. In July scattered clumps were found in the vicinity of Dingman’s
bridge in Sussex County and subsequently near the Montague bridge. Its abundance
at hese sites should assure further colonies downstream. Uncommon plants found
with the Justicia were Galeopsis tetrahit, Hypericum pyramidatum, and Vicia amer-
icana.
Silene nivea is listed in the Flora of Pennsylvania as occurring along the Delaware
shores of Pike and Wayne counties. It was particularly gratifying, then, to establish its
presence in New Jersey in the vicinity of the above bridges growing on the sandy
alluvium. Doubtless its unprepossessing appearance has mitigated against its discovery
heretofore.
While /santhus brachiatus has to be classed as a highly infrequent plant in this state,
extensive colonies have been seen on the limestone gravels of the lower Lehigh River.
In the past summer vast patches of this plant were found in the Phillipsburg railroad
yards of Warren County upon the limey slag piles used as fill.
The formerly southern Eupatorium serotinum is common from Mercer County
southward and has been noted from Warren County but it was only in 1980 that its
presence was verified in Hunterdon County by single plants along the Delaware shore
at Frenchtown and Stockton. Now here in the central part of the state it meets Eu-
patorium altissimum at the northeastward portion of the latter’s range.
Paspalum psammophilum is listed as being in Bucks County on the basis of a site
upon an island in the Delaware. It was discovered on the Jersey side at Bull’s Island
State Park on October 6, 1980, thus proving that this sand-lover is a widespread resi-
dent within the Delaware Valley. It was completely prostrate, escaping mowers, and
accompanied by other low growers of open, sandy soil. VINCENT ABRAITYS.
NATURAL AREAS PROTECTED BY THE NATURE CONSERVANCY IN PENNSYLVANIA AND
NEW JERSEY. The Nature Conservancy, a national conservation organization with a
local office in Philadelphia, has protected more than 1,700,000 acres of natural areas
nationwide, including some 16,000 in Pennsylvania and New Jersey. The Conservancy
is a non-profit organization supported by more than 100,000 members (5000 in Penn-
sylvania and New Jersey). Its main goal is to protect unique ecosystems and habitats
of endangered plant and animal species.
Following are some of the areas preserved by The Nature Conservancy in Pennsyl-
vania and New Jersey:
Tannersville Cranberry Bog, a 150-acre preserve 5 miles northwest of Stroudsburg,
Pennsylvania. A National Natural Landmark, Tannersville Bog is the southernmost
low-altitude boreal bog along the eastern seaboard. Deep within the dense tangle of
black spruce and tamarack is rich diversity of plant life: grass pinks (Calopogon pul-
chellus), white-fringed and purple-fringed orchids (Habenaria blephariglottis and Ha-
benaria psycodes), and a variety of insectivorous plants. This quiet Pocono refuge also
shelters black bears, otters, beavers, and grey foxes. The Nature Conservancy is cur-
rently attempting to acquire additional wetland areas abutting the preserve.
Lacawac Sanctuary, a 400-acre preserve located 25 miles east of Scranton, Penn-
NEWS AND NOTES 45
sylvania, and designated a National Natural Landmark. The centerpiece of this excep-
tional preserve is Lake Lacawac, one of the southernmost unpolluted glacial lakes in
North America. Offering a spectacular view of Lake Wallenpaupack, the diverse hab-
itats at Lacawac include ponds, floating bog mats, and ledges covered with an uncom-
mon array of ferns, lichens, and mosses.
Thompson Wetlands Preserve (see separate article in this issue).
Woodbourne Forest and Wildlife Sanctuary, a 600-acre preserve on Route 29, 5
miles south of Montrose in Susquehanna County containing one of the most remarkable
stands of virgin hemlock and northern hardwoods in eastern Pennsylvania. An | 1-acre
swamp includes a pond surrounded by a thick growth of swamp shrubs and trees, and
there are also several small sphagnum bogs on the property. There is a parking lot and
self-guiding trail.
Hutcheson Memorial Forest, a virgin oak-hickory forest located near East Millstone,
New Jersey, now owned and managed by Rutgers University
Little Egg Harbor, 4400 acres of wooded upland and lowland. swamp, and large
tidal marsh areas. This land has been transferred to the New Jersey Division of Fish,
Game and Wildlife (525 acres) and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (3900 acres) and
is managed primarily for waterfowl.
There are trail maps and other information available from Pegentine National Wild-
life Refuge, with headquarters just off Route 9 in Oceanville,
Greenwood-Rancocas Tract, an 1800-acre property in eee Township, New
Jersey. Typical of the New Jersey Pine Barrens, this property contains 300 acres of
cedar swamp, and the remaining upland is covered with oak and pine forest. The tract
contains two major streams. The Conservancy transferred title to the New Jersey
Department of Environmental Protection for management as an addition to Lebanon
State Forest.
Current projects of the Conservancy’s Pennsylvania/New Jersey Office include Pine
Barrens bogs, an Isotria medeoloides station, and a swamp containing an extensive
population of Trollius laxus.
All of the Conservancy’s properties in Pennsylvania and New Jersey are open to the
public, although access to certain areas is limited to ensure the preservation of partic-
ularly fragile resources. Additional information is available from The Nature Conser-
vancy, 1218 Chestnut Street, Room 801, Philadelphia, PA 19107. R. T. Cook.
PHILADELPHIA CONSERVATIONISTS ESTABLISH FORTESCUE GLADES WILDLIFE RE-
SERVE. Land acquisition, begun in 1964, is now nearly complete for the new Fortescue
Glades Wildlife Reserve in southern Cumberland County, New Jersey. This sanctuary
is a pilot project of the Philadelphia Conservationists, Inc., and its associated organi-
zation, the Natural Lands Trust, Inc., the aim of which is to protect in perpetuity this
area and in so doing to test a concept that allows private management of a major wild
area, ensuring at the same time public interest and access. Rather than to transfer this
land to a public entity such as the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service as has usually been
done with large tracts in the past, the Philadelphia Conservationists intend to maintain
their own continuing ownership, management, and oversight of the area.
Located northeast of the town of Fortescue, the new sanctuary contains parts of the
drainages of Oranoaken, Dividing, and Fortescue creeks. Within the 3500-acre reserve,
there are four major plant communities: salt marsh, oak-pine forest, pine forest, and
old-fields. Almost twenty percent of the area of the reserve is open water; approxi-
46 BARTONIA
mately fifty percent is classified as open land, vegetated by wetland associations; one
quarter of the area is forested and only small amounts are classified as agricultural or
developed. Land use patterns have been essentially stable and unchanged over the last
several decades.
The salt marsh community is dominated in some locations by Spartina alterniflora,
in others by S. patens, while in some places these two species occur as codominants.
Other salt marsh plants include: Distichlis spicata, Phragmites australis, Scirpus
americanus (olneyi), and abeebles moscheutos with Iva frutescens and Baccharis
halimifolia along the marsh border
Oak-pine forest dominants saciid the following trees in the overstory: species and
hybrids of Quercus, Pinus rigida, and (often in the absence of the pines) Liqguidambar
styraciflua, Nyssa sylvatica, Acer rubrum, and Magnolia virginiana. In some localities
Ilex opaca constitutes nearly the whole of the understory; in others occur such species
as Clethra alnifolia, Kalmia latifolia, Eubotrys racemosa (Leucothoé r.), and Myrica
cerifera, along with species and hubrids of Vaccinium. Where the oak-pine forest
borders the ponds of the salt marsh, Juniperus virginiana occurs, sometimes in dense
stands. At one station in this forest, Phoradendron flavescens grows parasitic on Nyssa
sylvatica (Phila. Cons. photo #C1-16, Hildacy Library). This species, near the north-
eastern limit of its range, is considered by the compilers of the Rare and Endangered
Vascular Plant Species in New Jersey to be vulnerable, restricted in distribution,
declining, and endangered in the state. Along the northeast border of the reserve,
southwest of County Highway 553, Pinus rigida occurs in nearly pure stands.
At the present time, botanical studies of Fortescue Glades Wildlife Reserve are being
carried out by the writer, along with ornithological observations by him and others;
the immediate aim of these studies is the formulation of an informed management plan
for the sanctuary. In the long run, it is hoped that a major contribution will be made,
with the cooperation of other members of the local botanical community, to the knowl-
edge of the flora of the Glades and southern Cumberland County
Plans are being formulated for visitor facilities for Fortescue Glades Wildlife Re-
serve; these may include a visitors’ center, self-guiding nature trails, and publication
of literature on the ecology of the sanctuary and its surroundings. STEVENS HECK-
SCHER.
LA RESIDENCIA DEL CONSEJO SUPERIOR DE INVESTIGACIONES CIENTIFICAS, MADRID.
Although this Residencia is already well-known to many investigators and researchers
from many parts of the world, there are still many scientists and researchers who do
not know of the existence of this very important institution. Moreover, there are many
among those who come to Madrid to carry on their studies, using the Residencia as
their home, who know nothing of the history of this institution.
The Residencia consists of three buildings (pabellones) which contain accommoda-
tions for 102 persons, all rooms with bath and the necessary services. In addition,
there is a fine dining room where three excellent meals are served each day; meals are
well-planned from the nutritional point of view, well-prepared, and well-served. There
is a lobby and a salon, where residents can rest, talk to friends, partake of light re-
freshments; a room for watching TV, plus meeting rooms where conferences can be
arranged.
This was the Residencia as I knew it ten years ago, on my first visit. This year,
nothing had changed, but now picture-postcards of the Residencia were on sale. One
NEWS AND NOTES 47
of them was of the lovely sala (salon), in which the piano was identified as having been
played by Federico Garcia Lorca, the famous poet. Another showed adelfas (oleanders)
which had been planted by another poet, Juan Ramon Jiménez. When I asked questions
about the relationship of these two famous men to the Residencia, I learned that the
Residencia had an unusually interesting history.
First of all, it owed its existence to a movement which began in 1876. It was called
La Institucion Libre de Ensenanza (which I translate as the Institution for Free Teach-
ing and Learning). The goal was to provide a system of education which would not be
based on a single point of view, whether religious, philosophical, or political. In 1907,
the group made connections with the Junta par Ampliacién de Estudios e Investiga-
ciones Cientificas (Council for Broadening Studies and Scientific Investigations). This
group had plans for establishing Centers of Investigations, Institutes, etc., and from
this came the Residencia in 1910, established in a little hotel ‘‘en la calle Fortuny,”
under the direction of Alberto Jiménez (who remained as director until 1936). The
expenses were covered by voluntary contributions, while at the same time, arrange-
ments were made for a system of scholarships for those who did not have the necessary
funds.
The Residencia opened with 15 students and in 1915 a Residencia Femina was also
established. (It is still there but women may now stay at the main Residencia.) In 1913,
the Residencia moved to its present site on land which belonged to the Ministry sf
Public Instruction (which in those days had a beautiful view of the snow-capped Sierr
de Guadarrama, 50 miles away). Later that year, the students (who might better oe
been considered investigators, researchers) began to publish the results of their studies.
In 1926, they began publication of the Revista, which continued until 1936. In 1920,
the Residencia was taking care of 150 ‘‘students.”’
Any listing of the names of Residencia students soon finds many who later became
famous for their contributions to the cultural history of Spain: poets like Garcia Lorca,
who lived at the Residencia for ten years, and Juan Ramon Jiménez; scientists like
Juan Negrin; artists like Salvador Dali; and others like Miguel de Unamuno, and José
Ortega y Gasset. La Residencia came to be well-known in centers of European culture
and among the names of visitors who came to visit some of the important residents at
the Residencia were H. G. Wells, Albert Einstein, Marie Curie, Ravel, Milhaud, et al.
When the Civil War broke out in 1936, the activities of the Residencia were sus-
pended, but the Residencia remained, part of the time as a hospital. After the war,
with the formation of the Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Cientificas, thoughts
turned again to making the Residencia a center for intellectual activities. In 1944, the
Residencia was opened once again, but mainly as just a Residencia for investigators
who come to work in Madrid and use the Residencia as their home during their stay
in the city, whether for a few days, several months, or a year or more. All those who
have lived there carry away with them pleasant memories—a home away from home,
formation of new friendships, stimulating conversations, and not to be forgotten staff,
from the Director down, that does everything possible to make the visit memorable.
IDA K. LANGMAN.
NEW RECORD FOR LISTREA AUSTRALIS. In May, 1980, Donna McBride, a staff member
of the development review committee of the Pinelands Commission, discovered a new
southern New Jersey station for Listera australis Lindl. This is the first report for the
Southern Twayblade from Burlington County. The Academy herbarium contains spec-
48 BARTONIA
imens of this orchid from four other counties: Cape May, Atlantic, Ocean, and Cam-
den. Vivian and Snyder report in Rare and Endangered Vascular Plant Species in
New Jersey (1981) that at present there is a single extant site for each of the above
counties except Camden.
On April 24, 1981, Miss McBride guided me to this Woodland Township site near
Burrs Mill Brook of the Rancocas Creek basin. A diligent search of a shrub-entangled
thicket overtowered by Chamaecyparis thyoides, Nyssa sylvatica, and Acer rubrum
trilobum produced a dozen orchids in bud. During a return visit on June 1, 1981, nine
orchids were found in the waning stage of anthesis. Finding these delicate, reddish-
purple flowers in the shadow of spreading fronds of Osmunda cinnamomea among
Acer rubrum seedlings, Rubus hispidus, Gaultheria procumbens, and Mitchella repens
was a challenge. June obviously is not the month to hunt for the Southern Twayblade.
However, more extensive searching in late April and early May, before the luxuriant
growth of adjacent plants, may prove rewarding for those on the trail of Listera aus-
tralis. TED GORDON.
UPDATE ON TWO RARE HEATHS. Naturalized from Europe, Erica Tetralix L. and
Calluna vulgaris (L.) Hull are heaths infrequently encountered in the Pine Barrens of
New Jersey. Our earliest Academy herbarium record for Calluna vulgaris is an 1878
specimen from Egg Harbor City, Atlantic County, collected by M. Parker. J. Bernard
Brinton collected it there on September 8, 1889, stating that ‘‘a small patch of it now
3 x 4 feet square has existed there about 15 years.’’ This suggests that the plant was
introduced at that locality about 1874. The last collection from the site deposited at
the Academy was dated 1897.
It appears that there was only one other reported 19th century station for Calluna
vulgaris. Stowell gathered it in August, 1891, on the border of a cranberry bog near
Hammonton, also in Atlantic County. It was not until December 4, 1949, that this
heather was collected again. Bayard Long got it from a sandy, peaty bog about two
miles south of Cookstown, Burlington County. With it he found Erica Tetralix, and
his vouchers for the latter species are the only ones on record in the herbarium. This
station most likely was near the bogs of Cranberry Hall, now, for the most part,
devoured by the Fort Dix ranges. There is a slight possibility that the two heaths are
still extant there.
Although Long’s 1949 specimens represent the last deposited at the Academy, I am
delighted to report that the pink to rose-purple flowers of these two heaths still grace
the pine woods. In the summer of 1968 in Burlington County, I chanced upon a few
patches of Calluna vulgaris in an abandoned blueberry field at Whitesbog and again
on the edge of a pitch pine lowland forest about % mile south of Atsion. In July, 1970,
in Ocean County, while studying succession in an abandoned blueberry field near
Cedar Creek above Double Trouble, I was surprised to see a wide swath of Calluna
vulgaris and lesser patches of Erica Tetralix, blending with the native Pyxidanthera
barbulata, Hudsonia ericoides, and Leiophyllum buxifolium. TED GORDON.
1980 FIELD TRIPS
April 6. Tyler Arboretum, Lima, Delaware County, PA. This trip was scheduled
especially for the bryophytes common to the Arboretum and Delaware County. The
moss flora was represented by Leucobryum glaucum, Platygyrium repens, Bartramia
pomiformis, Aulacomnium heterostichum, Polytrichum commune, P. piliferum, Atri-
chum undulatum var. ciliare, Grimnia apocarpa, Funaria hygrometrica var. hygro-
metrica, Physcomitrium pyriforme, Dicranella heteromalla, Dicranum scoparium, D.
fulvum, Ceratodon purpureus, Ditrichum pallidum, Pleuridum subulatum, Thuidium
delicatulum var. delicatulum, Hypnum imponens, Plagiocethium denticulatum, Drep-
anocladus uncinatus, Hygroamblystegium tenax var. tenax, Hygrohypnum eugyrium,
Brachythecium oxycladon, B. salebrosum, Callicladium haldianum, Climaceum ameri-
canum, Bryum argenteum, B. caespitosum, Fissidens viridulus, Rhodobryum roseum,
Entodon seductrix, Anomodon attenuatus, and Pogonatum pensilvanicum
Lichen species recorded were: Cladonia bacillaris, C. caespiticia, C. cristatella, C.
coniocraea, C. chlorophaea, C. pleurota, C. strepsilis, Parmelia rudecta, Pseudopar-
melia caperata, Physcia millegrana, P. aipolia, Graphis scripta, Dermatucarpun flu-
viatile, Biatorella clavus, Lecidea albocaerulescens, Caloplaca aurentiaca, C. citrina,
Lecanora Hageni. Leader: Jim McGrath.
May 4. Sunrise Mill Park, Limerick, Montgomery County, PA. The park is a highly
productive and diverse area for which 618 species had been recorded prior to the walk.
The following were among the plants observed: /ris versicolor, Mertensia virginica,
Claytonia virginica, Heteranthera teniformis, Anemone quinquefolia, Saururus cer-
nuus, Stellaria pubera, Thalictrum dioicum, Juglans cinerea, Staphylea trifolia, Phlox
subulata, Chimaphila maculata, Aquilegia canadensis, Carex sprengelii, Krigia bi-
flora. Leader: Ann Newbold.
May 18. Tyler Arboretum, Pink Hill, Lima, Delaware County, PA. Despite heavy
rains, club members investigated the serpentine barrens and surrounding areas. The
species list prepared from the walk included such plants as Podophyllum peltatum,
Arabis lyrata, Ceanothus americana, Quercus marilandica, Senecio smallii, Lobelia
spicata, Phlox subulata, Cerastium arvense var. villosum, Rhododendron nudiflorum,
Lyonia ligustrina, Sorghastrum nutans, Andropogon scoparius, A. gerardii, Dryopteris
hexagonoptera, Adiantum pedatum, Dioscorea quaternata, Smilax glauca, S. herba-
cea, Collinsonia canadensis, Orchis spectabilis, Houstonia caerulea, Strophostyles
helvola, Anthoxanthum odoratum, Dryopteris spinulosa, and Ranunculus abortivus.
Leader: Fred Arnold.
June 8. Woodford Property, Cedar Run Lake, Medford, Burlington County, NJ.
This trip through the Pine Barrens included both upland and aquatic habitats. Recorded
were such species as Vaccinium vacillans, V. corymbosum, V. atrococcum, V. ma-
crocarpon, Pinus echinata, P. rigida, Helonias bullata, Hudsonia ericoides, Gaylus-
sacia baccata, G. dumosa, G. frondosa, Leiophyllum buxifolium, Arenaria carolini-
ana, Corema conradii, Lyonia ligustrina, Leucothoé racemosa, Hypochoeris radicata,
Sarracenia purpurea, Pyxidanthera barbulata, Comandra umbellata, Calopogon pul-
chellus, Xerophyllum asphodeloides, Polygala lutea, Pontederia cordata, Nuphar vari-
egatum, Nymphaea odorata, and Chamaecyparis thyoides. Leader: Betty Woodford.
49
50 BARTONIA
June 23. Mt. Mansfield and Smuggler’s Notch. On Mt. Mansfield we saw an assem-
blage of rare alpine plants which included Dryopteris fragrans, Lycopodium selago,
Carex atratiformis, Vaccinium vitis-idaea, and a mat form of black spruce, Picea
mariana. Various lichens and mosses (including the luminous moss Schistostega) were
observed. After a steep climb up Pringle Slide in Smuggler’s Notch, we saw Saxifraga
aizoides, S. aizoon, S. oppositifolia, Asplenium viride, Pinguicula vulgaris, Carex
scirpoidea, Scirpus cespitosus, and Hedysarum alpinum. Leaders: Donovan Bowley,
Mason Hale, Hubert Vogelmann, and Peter Zika.
June 24 and 25. Lake Champlain Shores. First stop: Quartzite promontories at Rock
Point, Chittenden County. Here a thin layer of soil supported Comandra richardsiana,
Shepherdia canadensis, Houstonia lanceolata—all uncommon in Vermont—as well as
pine, oak, and arborvitae. Second stop: Colchester sand dunes, notable for Hudsonia
intermedia. Third stop: Colchester Wetland Area. Pogonia ophioglossoides, Nyssa
sylvatica, Calopogon pulchellus, Carex limosa, and Scheuchzeria palustris were all
found in the bog area. Leaders: David Barrington and Roger Stern.
June 24 and 25. Canoe trip beginning in South Slang, down Little Otter Creek to
Hawkins Bay on Lake Champlain and return. We saw extensive emergent wetland
dominated by Scirpus heterochaetus, S. fluviatilis, and Typha x glauca. Other less
common emergents included Zizania aquatica, Butomus umbellatus, Sagittaria rigida
(also occurring as a submergent), Sagittaria latifolia, S. cuneata, Sparganium eury-
carpum, Pontederia cordata, Eleocharis palustris, E. erythropoda, Scirpus pungens,
Rumex verticillatus, Lythrum salicaria, and Penthorum sedoides. The diverse sub-
mergent flora included Potamogeton crispus, P. epiphydrus, P. foliosus, P. friesii, P.
nodosus, P. richardsonii, P. zosteriformis, Vallisneria americana, Elodea canadensis,
Heteranthera dubia, Najas flexilis, Ranunculus longirostris, Myriophyllum spicatum,
M. exalbescens, M. verticillatum, and Megalodonta beckii. Numerous plants of the
floating-leaved Nuphar variegatum and N. rubrodiscum were found in flower. Other
floating-leaved plants present were Nymphaea odorata and Potamogeton natans.
Utricularia vulgaris, Lemna trisulca, and Spirodela polyrhiza were floating in or on
the water. At our lunch stop on Hawkins Bay, some of the terrestrial plants seen were
Adlumia fungosa, Asplenium trichomanes, Parietaria pensylvanica, and Valeriana
officinalis. Potentilla anserina grew abundantly along the shore. Leaders: William D.
Countryman and A!fred E. Schuyler.
June 29. Stafford Forge, Eagleswood Township, Ocean County, NJ. This trip was
a continuation of the September, 1979, trip which produced many interesting plants.
The walk was scheduled to include areas not seen on the last walk and the midsummer
aspects of the flora. The list included Schizaea pusilla, Sarracenia purpurea, Drosera
intermedia, D. rotundifolia, D. filiformis, Viola lanceolata, Utricularia fibrosa, Po-
gonia ophioglossoides, Isoétes muricata, Rhynchospora gracilenta, R. alba, Lach-
nanthes tinctoria, Corema conradii, Orontium aquaticum, Amphicarpum purshii, Sa-
batia difformis, Eupatorium resinosum, Aster nemoralis, A. dumosus, Lysimachia
terrestris, Vallisneria americana, Proserpinaca pectinata, and Sparganium america-
num. Leader: Joe Arsenault.
1980 FIELD TRIPS 51
July 13. French Creek State Park, Warwick, Chester County, PA. This trip went to
three areas: Hopewell Lake, Scott’s Run Lake, and Sixpenny Creek. Plants discovered
on the walk included Andropogon glomeratus, Scirpus validus, Rosa palustris, Poly-
gala sanguinea, Rhus vernix, Glyceria melicaria, Betula lutea, Nuphar advena, Che-
nopodium album, Linum medium, Cirsium arvense, Lythrum salicaria, and Scutellaria
integrifolia. Leader: Hans Wilkins.
August 17. Brigantine Beach, Atlantic County, NJ. On this trip 63 species charac-
teristically associated with the foredunes, backdunes, and salt marshes were identified
in an area approximately 300 m north of Brigantine Boulevard. Solidago sempervirens,
Andropogon virginicus, Cakile edentula, Spartina patens var. monogyna, Ammophila
breviligulata, Triplasis purpurea, Euphorbia polygonifolia, Cyperus esculentus, Co-
nyza canadensis var. pusilla, Eragrostis spectabilis, Strophostyles helvola, Xanthium
echinatum, Gnaphalium obtusifolium, and Eragrostis pectinacea were found on the
beach and foredunes; Phragmites australis, Myrica pensylvanica, Panicum virgatum,
Rhus radicans, Plantago aristata, Panicum lanuginosum, Lepidium virginicum, and
Artemisia vulgaris were on the backdunes and disturbed areas; and Spartina alterni-
flora, S. patens, Distichlis spicata, Typha latifolia, Scirpus pungens, Rosa palustris,
Juncus gerardii, Kosteletzkya virginica, Epilobium coloratum, Suaeda linearis, Sali-
cornia virginica, S. europaea, S. bigelovii, Atriplex arenaria, A. patula var. hastata,
Sabatia stellaris, Limonium carolinianum, and Spergularia marina were located in the
saltmarsh and upland edge. Leader: Joe Arsenault.
September 7. Flora of coastal ponds, Monmouth and Ocean counties, NJ. At Old
Sam’s Pond in Point Pleasant Beach we saw Ceratophyllum demersum, Eleocharis
parvula, Elodea nuttallii, Myriophyllum spicatum, Najas gracillima, Najas guadalu-
pensis, Nymphaea odorata, Potamogeton perfoliatus, Potamogeton pusillus, Vallis-
neria americana, and Utricularia gibba growing in the water. Shoreline plants included
Cyperus odoratus, Echinochloa walteri, Eleocharis halophila, Eleocharis olivacea,
Decodon verticillatus, Hibiscus moscheutos, Sagittaria latifolia, and Scirpus pungens.
Along the shore of Wreck Pond in Sea Girt we observed a few small populations of
Limosella subulata that presumably were exposed by low tide. The presenze of Spar-
tina alterniflora and Spartina patens indicates that this pond is more saline than Old
Sam’s Pond. No vascular plants were found in the water at Wreck Pond. Leader:
Alfred E. Schuyler.
BARTONIA
OBITUARIES
Leonard Teitell (1920~1980). Dr. Teitell, a research chemist at Picatinny Arsenal,
Dover, NJ, died on December 17, 1980. He was born in Philadelphia on March 21,
1920.
Dr. Teitell received his doctorate from Temple University. He was employed at the
Frankford Arsenal in Philadelphia for more than 35 years, and was internationally
recognized for his work on fungicides and testing of materials.
e was a member of the American Chemical Society, the Scientific Research So-
ciety, the American Institute of Biological Sciences, the American Association for the
Advancement of Science, the American Society for Testing and Materials, the Phila-
delphia Botanical Club, and the Botanical Society of America.
Dr. Teitell had a lifetime interest in botany.
He is survived by his wife, Ruth, two sons and two grandchildren.
Robert Benson Gordon (see biographical sketch in this issue).
MEMBERSHIP LIST 1981
ABRAITYS, VINCENT—Sergeantsville, NJ 08557
ALLEN, RUTH MCVAUGH—Woodside Lane, Cinnaminson, NJ 08077
ALPERIN, RICHARD (Dr.)—842 Lombard Street, Philadelphia, PA 19147
ANDERSON, CHRISTINE M.—5514 Limeric Circle, Apt. 24, Wilmington, DE 198
ANDERSON, KARL H.—Rancocas Nature Center, Rancocas Road, R.D. 1, Mt. Holly, NJ 08060
ANGUS-ANDERSON, BLAKE A.—Forest Gate Apts. 12, Magnolia, NJ 08049
ju diabiiess Mary E.—21 Wayne Gardens Apts., Collingswood, NJ 08108
3
oo JosEPpH & CATHY—714 East Atlantic Avenue, Laurel Springs, NJ 08021
BASKIN, JERRY (DR. a. Hunt Morgan School of Biological Sciences, University of Kentucky, Lex-
ington, KY 40506
BAZINET, LESTER (DR.)—1146 South 8th Street, eee PA 19147
BERG, ROBERTA—9405 en Avenue, Erdenheim, PA 19118
BIDDLE, DorRELL (Dr.)—R.D. #2, Marne Highway, Mt. alli NJ 08054
BIEN, WALTER F.—144 Summit Avenue, Langhorne, PA 19047
Boye, E. Marie—1521) Norman Road, Havertown, PA 19083
BRADEL, Mrs. Ropert A.—Braddocks Mill Lake, R.D. 2, Marlton, NJ 08053
BRAXTON, Sea lle Springfield Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19143
Bray, EDMUND C.—Hopkinson House, 602 eh Sqare S., Philadelphia, PA 19106
CHRISTIAN, ee H.—Box 24, Starlight, PA 1846
CICCANTELLI, LINDA—5873 N. 7th Street, ees PA 19120
COHEN, ALICE C.—719 Hedgerow Drive, Broomall, PA 19008
Cook, Bupb—PA/NJ Field Office, The Nature Conservancy, 1218 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia, PA 19107
COUNTRYMAN, WILLIAM D.—R.D. 1, Northfield, VT 05663
CROWLEY, Mary M.—34 Schappett Terrace, Lansdowne, PA 19050
DANIEL, Mary—131 E. Durham Street, Philadelphia, PA 19119
rau N, SARA E.—The Nature Conservancy, oe Suite 801, Philadelphia, PA 19107
eas 8 S. 7th Street, Allentown, PA 1810
See Betry—Hausman Road, Box 538, rai Lane, Philadelphia, PA 18054
DOERING, GRANT (DR.)—448 Woodward Drive, Bryn Athyn, PA 19009
DOoLAN, THOMAS, IV—721 Glengarry Road, Philadelphia, PA 19118
Ecee, MARsoriE J.—11 Rivers End West, Grubbs Landing, Claymont, DE 19703
ERISMAN, NELLIE A.—1818 Spring Garden Street, Philadelphia, PA 19130
Evert, Mrs. Brooks W.—115 N. Lakeside Drive, E. Birchwood Lakes, Medford, NJ 08055
Ewan, JosePH (Dr.)—Tulane oro. New Orleans, LA 70118
FARLEY, ELIZABETH B.—319 Bala Avenue, Bala pent PA 19004
FELTON, ANNA—37 Crawford Road, Audubon, PA
FERREN, WAYNE R., JR. —University = California, a e Biological Sciences, Santa Barbara, CA 93106
d, NJ 08360
Fitippi, THERESA—561 East Wheat Road, Vineland, NJ 08360
First, SHELI—7314 Bryan Street, Philadelphia, PA 19119
FLAVELL, ELIZABETH H.—69 S. College Avenue, Flourtown, he 19031
FLEMING, RoBeRT—23 E. Benezet Street, Philadelphia, PA 19118
FoGarasi, KAsta—12035 Audubon Avenue, Philadelphia, oi . 16
Foca, JoHN M., Jr. (Dr.)—Conwyn Arms, 830 Montgomery Avenue, Bryn Mawr, PA 19010
FREYBURGER, Wasiaw L.—5258 34th Avenue, North, St. Loa ci FL 33710
Frick, Jutta W.—Thomas Wynne Apts., Wynnewood, PA 19096
GARBACK, Mary E.—1789 Scattergood Street, Philadelphia, PA 19124
GoLp, ALBERT—118 W. 227 Street, Bronx, NY 10463
Goon, RALPH (Dr. & Mrs.)—Dept. of Biology, soi yothiges Camden, NJ 08102
Gorvon, THEODORE—Burr’s Mill Road, Vincentown, O88
Gyer, JoHN F.—Jessup Mill Road, Clarksboro, NJ on
HALLIWELL, THOMAS B.—19 Kings Road, Netcong, NJ 07857
HAND, Louis E.—7 Chatham Place, Vincentown, 08088
HANISEK, GREG—Box 263, R.D. #3, Phillipsburg, NJ 08865
Harpesty, Gail_—488 Big Oak Road, Morrisville, PA 19067
53
2
—
54 BARTONIA
Hart, Rosin (DR.)—Environmental Science and Engineering, Inc. (ESE), P.O. Box ESE, Gainesville, FL
32602
Harvey, SALLIE—Box 223, Gladwyne, PA 19035
HECKSCHER, STEVENS (Dr.)—Philadelphia Conservationists, Hildacy Farm, 1031 Palmer’s Mill Road, Me-
dia, PA 19063
HENRY, JOSEPHINE DE N’—801 Stony Lane, Gladwyne, PA 19035
HILL, Roy (Mr. & Mrs.)—180 W. Drexel Avenue, Lansdowne, PA 19050
21864
a PA 19087
kee JOHN A.—3008 Spring Mill Road, Plymouth Meeting, PA 19462
HuEBNER, Mrs. JOHN M.—150 Anton Road, Wynnewood, PA 19096
Hume, ELIzABETH—126 Culpepper Drive, Penllyn, PA 19422
HUTTLESTON, DONALD (Dr.)—Longwood Gardens, Kennett Square, PA 19548
KELLER, ELIZABETH—114 Wyomissing Boulevard, 4 dotaiaan PA 19610
KENDIG, JAMES (DR.)—214 William Drive, Hershey, 033
KLEIN, WILLIAM M., Jr. (DR.)—129 Besiclehedn Pike, Phldeein, PA
KRALL, JOHN R.—627 Bethelehem Pike, Erdenheim, PA 1
KUNTZLEMAN, NANCY—Woodgate Apts., 301, Reading, Bk oak
LANGMAN, IDA K.—Riviera Apts., 116 S. Raleigh Avenue, oss wind NJ 08401
LANSING, Dosoruy £ (Dr.)—20 Old Paoli rie Box 537, Paoli, 9301
LATHAM, RoBERT—Box 57, Wallingford, PA 86
LATHROP, SUSAN—107 Blackthorn Road, hace: PA 19086
LESHNER, SYLVIA—1633 Ashurst Road, dame et PA 19151
Levin, MICHAEL H. (Dr.)—Carriage House, 490 Darby Paoli etd Villanova, PA 19085
List, ALBERT (Dr.)—103 B Cooper Street, Westmont, NJ 0810
LIVINGSTON, LUZERN (Dr.)—1I5 Dartmouth Circle, adele ad PA 19081
MAWHINNEY, NORMA—235 Wooded Way, Berwyn, PA 19312
McCaBeE, MARIANA—803 N. Franklin Street, Pottstown, PA 19464
, PA 19050
McLEAn, ELIZABETH & WILLIAM—139 Cherry Lane, tee © PA 19096
MEARS, JAMES A. (DR.)—647 W. Valley Road, Wayne, PA 87
MELLON, saan Stockham Avenue, Morrisville, os 19067
Mirick, SALLY—R.D. 2, Box 105, Clay Ridge Road, pee PA 18942
MITCHELL, Sak D.—Creek Road, Bryn Athyn, PA
Moore, JuLta—Molyneau Road, Camden, ME 0484 ;
NEHMAN, SARA—1306 Edgewood Avenue, Wanamassa P.O., Asbury Park, NJ 07712
NEWBOLD, ANN—R.D. 1, Bechtelsville, PA 19505
NOVEMBER, JAMIE—Box 132, Devon 19333
O’CoNnNoR, DANIEL—66 E. Main Street, Port Norris, NJ 08349
L ‘A 19380
PATRICK, RUTH (DR.)—P.O. Box 4095, Chestnut Hill Station, Philadelphia, PA 19118
PETERS, MARIA D.—1020 Woods Road, Southampton, PA 18966
PULTORACK, ROBERT (Dr. & Mrs.)—34 Edgemont Road, Yardville, NJ 08620
ADIS, 5
Rota, FRANK C., Jr. (Dr.)—413 Walnut Hill a West caine PA 19380
RotH, NANCY—Box 4394, Philadelphia, PA 1911
Ruiz, DEN—13 East Third Avenue, Runnemede, pe 8078
SARGENT, RALPH M. (Dr. & Mrs.)—520 Panmure Road, Haverford, PA 19041
18101
SCHUYLER, ALFRED E. (Dr. 1 -Acndeany: ie Natural Sciences, 19th & Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103
MEMBERSHIP LIST 1981 55
Scott, JoHN—Hertzog School Road, Mertztown, PA 19539
SHAEFER, Mrs. GEORGE R.—2976 Dorman Avenue, Broomall, PA 19008
SippLE, WILLIAM—S03 Benforest Drive West, Severna Park, MD 21146
SMARR, RosE ANN—101 Montgomery Avenue, B-1, Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004
SNYDER, DAviD—706 Center Street, Dunellen, NJ 08812
STAILEY, HARRY (MR. & Mrs.)—8701 Macon Street, Philadelphia, PA 19152
STUCKEY, RONALD (Dr.)—Ohio State University, Columbus, OH 432
SWEETMAN, LEONARD—631 Berwyn-Baptist Road, Devon, PA 19333
TAYLOR, ROBERTA—397 Washington Crossing Road, Newtown, PA 18940
TEES, GRACE M.—458 Locust Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19144
TINDALL, Dorotuy (Dr.)—306 Rose Lane, Haverford, PA 19041
TIFFANY, ROBERT—323 Spruce Street, Philadelphia, PA 19106
VANCE, GLADYs—150 Montgomery Avenue, Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004
VIVIAN, V. EUGENE (Dr.)—S-1 Country Club Boulevard, wage NJ 08087
WEINER, Jacos (Dr.)—Dept. of Biology, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA 19081
WHERRY, EpGar T.—Priestley House, 224 W. Cidechocken cae Philadelphia, PA 19
WIEGMAN, Paut—Director, Natural Areas Program, Western PA Conservancy, 316 cas Avenue, Pitts-
burgh, PA 15222
WILKENS, HANs—424 S. 15th Street, Reading, PA 19602
WILLIAMS, H. CARLTON—165 Ridge Pike, = pean PA 19468
WILLIAMS, DAvip L.—Coppermine Road, R.D. asia NJ 08540
WILSON, BEVERL Y—253 N. Ridge phrase oe 19002
WILSON, CHRISTOPHER A.—R.D. 3, Box 113, ria PA 19355
Wo-r, JoHN—44 High Street, Sharon ill PA 19079
Wo rF, Emity T.—Turnbridge Apts. A-301, Glen Riddle, PA 19037
Woop, Howarp (Dr.)—169 South Spring Mill Road, Villanova, PA 19085
WoopForD, Mrs. JAMEs B.—Cedar Run Lake, Marlton, NJ 08053
Program of Meetings 1980-1981
25 Sep. | Members Report on Summer Activities oe
23 Oct. _ Epiphytic Growth with Special Reference to Orchids ......
ISSN 0198-7356
BARTONIA
JOURNAL OF THE
PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB
No. 49
Commemorative Issue
Edgar Theodore Wherry John Milton Fogg, Jr.
CONTENTS
Edgar Theodore Wherry (1885—1982) ............0. 00 cccccceeseceecee JOHN M. Foae, Jr. 1
Bibliogranhy of Eelese T. Wheres 5 ooo ox ee icck s vee WARREN H. WAGNER, JR. 6
John Milton Fogg, Jr. (1898— 1982)
Roy HIti, ELIZABETH B. FARLEY, AND HELEN B. Focc 15
The Salt Plants of Onondaga Lake, Onondaga — New York
LDRED E. FAUST AND NANCY R. RoBERTS 20
Some Additions to the Flora in Luzerne County, Northeastern Pennsylvania
AMES D. MONTGOMERY 27
The Dead Trees of Ilha da Trindade ............ RicHARD H. EYDE AND Storrs L. OLSON 32
Distributional Notes on Northwestern Montana Aquatic Vascular Plants—1982
ALFRED E. SCHUYLER 52>
Viewing Plants a the Seasons in Upper Perkiomen Valley Park (Montgomery Coun-
ee. eae ARIANA F. MCCABE 55
ty, Ponmsyivania) . 2.2... 205.68
Field Report on the Delmarva Flora, I poos fs se FRANK Hirst 59
MWh re)
News and Notes .......... 70
1981 Field Trips oe core oe
Membership List 1982 ............... fe ee
Program of Meetings 1981-1982 eee ee dele Bek Cone
Pumas BY THE cin es
AcaDEMY OF NaTuRAL Sc 2s, 19TH & Pankow arrwca oh
a PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA 19103 a
Sub crption ‘jonah $10.00. _ Back Numbers, sid iF : th J
So -IssueD 8 Manca “ -
The Philadelphia Botanical Club
Editor: Alfred E. Schuyler
Managing Editor: Patricia Schuyler
Editorial Board
Davip E. FAIRBROTHERS WILLIAM M. KLEIN, Jr.
RALPH E. Goop MICHAEL H. LEVIN
JAMES C. HICKMAN RONALD L. STUCKEY
Officers of the Philadelphia Botanical Club for 1982 and 1983
. ‘President: WILLIAM M. KLEIN, Jr. Vice President: JosEPH R. ARSENAULT
Treasurer: E. Marie BoyLe Recording Secretary: DORELL BIDDLE
. pve a aged — KATHRYN D. FOGARASI
Bartonia No. 49: 1—5, 1983
Edgar Theodore Wherry (1885— 1982)
JOHN M. Foaa, Jr.
The members of the Philadelphia Botanical Club and all who knew will mourn the
death, on May 14, 1982, of Dr. Edgar T. Wherry. In his passing, at the age of 96, the
world of science has lost one of its most dedicated and versatile scholars.
Edgar Wherry was born in Philadelphia on September 10, 1885 of Welsh— Quaker and
German ancestry. He attended Friends Central School, the Wagner Free Institute of
Science, and the University of Pennsylvania. From the last-named institution he re-
ceived his B.S. in Chemistry in 1906 and his Ph.D. in geology and mineralogy in 1909.
For several years Dr. Wherry taught mineralogy at Lehigh University. He then
accepted a call from Washington, to work first in the mineralogy department of the
Smithsonian Institution and later as a crystallographer in the United States Department
of Agriculture.
Wherry’s significant contributions to the fields of chemistry, mineralogy, crystallog-
raphy, and geology are far too numerous for consideration here, nor would they be
particularly suitable in an account devoted primarily to his achievements in the plant
sciences. Probably his most important contribution to geology was the discovery of the
basaltic intrusions in the Triassic of southeastern Pennsylvania. This alone would have
qualified him for a niche in geology’s “‘Hall of Fame.”’
Dr. Wherry had long been a lover of wild flowers, and at their home in Chevy Chase
he and his wife (nee Gertrude Smith) established a very extensive garden of native
plants. He had already become an ardent conservationist, and he continued until the
end of his life to campaign for the preservation of our native flora.
Wherry’s affiliation with the Department of Agriculture afforded him ample opportu-
nity for field work and the serious study of plants and their environment. These studies
led to the invention of a series of indicator dyes to determine the pH of soils.
Dr. Frederick V. Coville, who was Chief Botanist in the Department, became in-
terested in the cultivation of the high-bush blueberry (Vaccinium corymbosum) in
southern New Jersey. Knowing of Wherry’s competence in chemistry and geology, he
assigned this problem to him. The results were a deeper understanding on Wherry’s
part of the relationship of plants to soils and greatly improved methods for the cultiva-
tion of this important crop.
Coville was also interested in the box huckleberry (Gaylussacia brachycera) and
Wherry devoted himself to the distribution of this remarkable plant at its known sta-
tions in Pennsylvania as well as rediscovering a “‘lost’’ colony in Delaware. The colony
of this plant in Perry County, Pennsylvania, covers several acres and is estimated to be
about 13,000 years old, which makes it by a large margin the oldest of living plants.
In the late 20’s Dr. Wherry was asked to prepare a list of the notable plants of Mount
Desert Island, Maine. This led to the publication of his first book entitled, ** Wild
Flowers of Mount Desert Island,’’ which became a best seller, but is long since out of
print.
Although it is somewhat extraneous to this narrative, mention should certainly be
made of Dr. Wherry’s relation to the American Mineralogical Society of which he was
the principal founder. For many years he wrote for and edited the Society’s Journal. He
bes BARTONIA
Edgar Theodore Wherry (1885— 1982)
discovered the mineral carnotite in eastern Pennsylvania and is honored by having the
mineral wherryite named for him in recognition of services to this important branch of
the earth sciences.
Wherry performed a similar service in the establishment and rejuvenation of the
American Fern Journal, which celebrated its 50th anniversary in 1976 by dedicating an
entire issue to this man who for many years had served as editor. Later, following the
publication of his *‘Fern Guide,’ he assigned the royalties from that book to the Fern
Society.
In 1930 Dr. Wherry joined the faculty of the University of Pennsylvania, where he
continued to teach until his retirement in 1955. During his tenure as a snotty member,
he carried on a prodigious program of field work, research. and publicati
Long before he joined the faculty at Penn, Edgar Wherry had become fie to the
members of the Botanical Club. Although his home was still in Washington, his family
lived in Philadelphia and he spent the Christmas holidays with them. Thus he became
the regular speaker at the Club’s December meeting.
I well remember many of these talks, all of them illustrated with slides hand-colored
by the speaker. His topics included a wide range of subjects: ferns, orchids, carnivor-
ous plants, ericaceous plants, and, of course, Phlox, a genus upon which he became a
recognized authority.
In 1932 the University inherited a 180 acre tract of land in Chestnut Hill which had
EDGAR THEODORE WHERRY 3
belonged to the Morris family. It was understood that this property should be developed
as an arboretum and named after the donor. Thus it became the Morris Arboretum of
the University of Pennsylvania.
r. Rodney H. True, who was then chairman of the Department of Botany, detached
four of us from our regular duties for a year in order to establish a teaching and research
program at the Arboretum. To Wherry was assigned the task of studying the ecology of
the grounds. His careful survey revealed that within this relatively small area there was
a marked diversity of soils. On the south slope the soil was circum-neutral, being
derived from schistose rocks. The ridge which traverses the property from east to west
is composed of quartzite, a metamorphosed sandstone which weathers very slowly to
produce an acid soil. To the north, constituting the largest acreage within the grounds,
there exists an underlying formation of Cambro-Ordovician limestone, yielding a dis-
tinctly alkaline soil. I know of no other arboretum of comparable size in this country in
which there exists such a wide variety of soil types. Obviously, this survey was of
immense assistance to us when it came to locating the planting sites for various groups
of plants.
In 1934 the Bowman’s Hill Wild Flower Preserve was established on a 100 acre piece
of land near New Hope in Bucks County, PA. Since this Preserve was dedicated to the
growing and preservation of plants native to the Commonwealth, it was inevitable that
it should enlist Wherry’s support and he became one of the first Founders. For many
years Wherry continued to collect plants for the Preserve and to establish trails and
locate plants according to their ecological requirements. Today the Wherry Fern Trail is
one of its most popular features.
I well recall a week-long trip with him to southwestern Pennsylvania to collect rare
and unusual plants for the Preserve. Our finds included Trautvetteria carolinensis and
Marshallia grandiflora from Fayette County; Cymophyllus fraseri from Somerset
County; and Clethra acuminata at its only known Pennsylvania locality near El-
liotsville, also in Fayette County.
Dr. Wherry conducted taxonomic studies on the genus Phlox, which includes about
70 American species. In order to study each species in the field, Wherry visited every
state in the Union. His painstaking investigations into specific and varietal characters
led to the publication of 38 papers, 21 of which appeared in Bartonia. His book, ‘‘The
Genus Phlox,’’ was published in 1955 as a monograph of the Morris Arboretum.
Mention must also be made of Wherry’s close association with the American Rock
Garden Society, whose Bulletin he edited for many years. Until the time of his death he
was designated as ‘‘Editor Emeritus.”’
Following his retirement from the University he continued to do active field work and
to publish articles and books. Of the latter, in addition to his book on Phlox, there
appeared two books on ferns and one on wild flowers. He also taught for several years
at the Arboretum of the Barnes Foundation.
In the mid-1930’s our work on the flora of Pennsylvania began in earnest. Although
Dr. True was primarily a plant physiologist, he was keenly interested in field work and
realized that there had been no flora of the state since 1903 (and that not a very
good one).
The University had purchased a 20-passenger bus to transport students between the
campus and the Arboretum, and each spring, after classes were over, we loaded the bus
with presses, driers, and collecting papers, rounded up a group of our more interested
graduate students, and set forth on a week’s collecting trip.
4 BARTONIA
Since the northern tier of counties were the least explored we headed into the north-
eastern corner of the state and collected everything in sight in three counties. The
following year we repeated this procedure in the two or three counties to the west and
so on year after year until we felt that that portion of the state had been rather well
covered. Whenever possible we returned in summer or fall to gather many of the same
things in flower and fruit. Wherry participated in many of these forays and his intimate
knowledge of the geography and geology made him an invaluable member of our group.
The many thousands of specimens collected on these trips were mounted by a corps
of thirty-some W.P.A. workers. Then came the task of identifying each specimen
before it was entered in our records and dotted in on our outline maps.
I embarked upon this alone, since Wherry was still busy with Phlox, but he contrib-
uted his knowledge of such special groups as ferns, orchids, and ericaceous plants.
Then in 1941 I became embroiled in administrative duties which took me pretty well out
of the picture for a period of twelve years.
Fortunately, at this point I was able to enlist the cooperation of my colleague Dr.
Herbert A. Wahl, Professor of Botany at The Pennsylvania State University. On three
occasions Wahl was able to obtain year’s leaves of absence and come to Philadelphia to
work with Wherry on the Flora.
Here it should be noted that in addition to authenticating and recording every
Pennsylvania sheet in the University herbarium we examined all material from the state
in the herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences. In addition, we borrowed all
Pennsylvania specimens from the herbaria of The Pennsylvania State University and
the Carnegie Museum in Pittsburgh. We estimate that we examined close to a quarter of
a million sheets of Pennsylvania plants. It may be doubted whether any other local flora
was so broadly based.
The prodigious task of transferring each of these thousands of records in the form of
dots to the outline maps now fell upon the shoulders of Edgar Wherry, and certainly no
one could have been better qualified to perform it. He seemed to be acquainted with
every town, village, and flag-stop within the stage, and every dot was placed with the
utmost precision.
During the course of this operation, he noted that many common species had not
been reported from nearby counties. He made a list of them and proceeded to collect
these plants so that they might be included in the Atlas.
He also took occasion to compile checklists of four southeastern counties: Bucks,
Montgomery, Philadelphia, and Delaware. These were published in Bartonia between
1968 and 1975.
At last, after more than 40 years of combined effort, our ‘‘Atlas of the Flora of
Pennsylvania’ was published by the Morris Arboretum with Edgar T. Wherry as the
senior author. Publication was aided by a grant from the William Penn Foundation.
This work consists of a series of range maps showing the occurrence in Pennsylvania
of some 3000 species of plants, both native and introduced. An introductory section
contains a description of the geology of Pennsylvania, a list of plants of unusual habitats
and an outline of synonomy.
Mention has already been made of Wherry’s abiding interest in the preservation of
wild flowers, a subject on which he lectured and wrote repeatedly. It was his feeling
that rare or threatened species should be brought into private gardens, raised to matur-
ity and the seed distributed among those who would propagate and thus preserve them.
In an effort to protect vanishing species he established several gardens in the local area:
EDGAR THEODORE WHERRY 5
one is on the campus of the Friends Central School in Overbrook, one is on the grounds
of the Arboretum of the Barnes Foundation in Merion, and another is on the property
of Mr. and Mrs. H. H. Brenneman in Chester Heights.
Plants named for Dr. Wherry are Tiarella wherryi Lak., Silene wherryi Small, and
Dryopteris X neowherryi Wagner.
Although largely incapacitated in his declining years, Dr. Wherry’s mind remained
alert, and he delighted in talking with those who visited him
As a human being Edgar Wherry was gentle, modest, and uaboliowably generous, on
more than one occasion assigning the royalties from his books to some worthy under-
taking. Nothing seemed to please him more than sharing his vast fund of knowledge
with all who sought his aid, and many a student has been guided into productive careers
in science through his advice.
Bartonia No. 49: 6—14, 1983
Bibliography of Edgar T. Wherry
WARREN H. WAGNER, JR.
Division of Biological Sciences
ihe: University of Michigan
nn Arbor, MI 48109
This bibliography is no doubt incomplete. Dr. Wherry never kept a record of his
papers, so far as I know, and his fields of interest were so diverse—chemistry, mineral-
ogy, crystallography, geology, plant geography, ferns, and phloxes—that his publica-
tions are widely scattered. The bibliography shows his gradual transformation from a
physical scientist to a biological scientist. Only in the years of his work at the Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania after 1930 can we say that he had become a botanist, but even then
he continued for some time editing for Chemical Abstracts and maintained some inter-
est in mineralogy. After he returned from Washington, D.C. to Philadelphia to teach at
Penn, he became a valuable associate of the Philadelphia Botanical Club and the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Dr. Wherry was not a typical, tradition-
ally trained botanist. He was regarded by some as a ‘‘loner’’ and a ‘‘maverick.’’ He
lacked formal education in such subjects as plant morphology, anatomy, cytology, and
physiology, or what training he had did not much influence his thinking and interests.
He was much more concerned with plant ecology, geography, and taxonomy. His major
Pc erbenaks to botany were in respect to soils and their role in determining plant
occurrence. He contributed especially to the study of substrate acidity, pH. He was a
great field man and found many important range extensions, especially in ferns. Taxo-
nomically Dr. Wherry’s major contributions dealt with Phlox, a genus he had been
interested in since his college days. In his later years he became more and more a
popularizer of amateur field botany and gardening native plants, and it is in these
capacities that he is best remembered by many of his admirers.
1904. The causes of color in minerals. Mineral Collector 11: 87—89.
1905. Luminescent minerals. Mineral Collector 12: 115—118, 131, 133.
1905. Some misnamed local minerals. Mineral Collector 12: 155—159.
8: 172-174.
1907. A new occurrence of scapolite. Mineral Collector 14: 37—39.
ev (with Stanley E. Law). On a rare occurrence in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. Mineral Collector 14:
—35.
07 Note on luminescent spodumene. Mineral Peres 14: 3) 32;
907. Radium in Pennsylvania. Mineral Collector 14: 17—20, errata 43.
ot (with vines piegte Directory of the mineral ais in and around sires ies Mineral Collector 12:
. Be 65— 89-91, 105-107, 119-121, 139—142, 159—160 errata (1905); 13: 7—10, 21-24, 41-43.
65— - 91- be 109—111, 129-132, 151-154, 161—163, 183—184, (1906, pi 14: 5-7, 25-27,
valk re (1907); 15: 6—8, 26—28, 44—46, 54—56, 69—70, 85— - 107— 109 (1908).
1908. How quartz crystals form. Minersi Collector 14: 145—15
1908. The Newark copper deposits of southeastern edheenoay Economic Geology 3: 726—738.
1908. Radium and gems. Mineral Collector 15: 29—32.
1908. Radio-active minerals found in Pennsylvania and their effect on the photographic plate. Jour. Franklin
Inst. 165: 59-78.
1908. Notes on copper mining in the American colonies. Jour. Franklin yee 166: 309—
1908 (with W. H. Chapin). Determination of boric acid in vesuvianite. Am. m. Soc. Ses oh 1684— 1687.
1908 (with W. H. Chapin). Determination of boric acid in insoluble chats Am. Chem. Soc. Jour. 30:
1687-1701.
WHERRY BIBLIOGRAPHY vg
1908. The diving rod—a scientific test. see Eng. Min. 85: 1158.
1908. ansstaet glass. sRicee 27: 8
1909. A new occurrence of carnotite. tie e 29° 751
1909. The early Paleozoic of ihe Lehigh Valley district, Pennsylvania. Science 30: 416.
1910. Contributions to the mineralogy of the Newark Group in Pennsylvania. Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci.
a oe
1910. The colloid nature of the complex inorganic acids. Jour. Franklin Inst. 169: 486—
1910 (with Carl Boyer). A comparative study of the radio-active minerals in the pict he st ‘die Wagner free
institute of science. Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci. 7: 29-34.
1911. The copper deposits of Franklin and Adams counties, Pennsylvania. Jour. Franklin Inst. 171: 151—163.
1912. Apparent sun-crack structures and detest phenomena in the Triassic diabase of eastern Pennsyl-
vania. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 64: 169-17
1912. Age and correlation of the ‘“‘new aii or ‘bre group in Pennsylvania. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
3 79.
1912. Crystallographic tables. eee 35: $20—
1912. A new occurrence of carno . Am. me 33: 574-580.
1912. cet wood from the ae of Pennsylvania. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 64: 366—372.
1913. rth border relations of the Triassic in Pennsylvania. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 65: 114-125.
1913. =i low-protein diet produce racial inferiority? Science 37: 908—
1913. Nomenklatur der mineralvarietéten und kolloidmineralien. Centralblatt Mineralogie, Geologie, und
Palaotologie for 1913: 518—519.
1913 (with G. S. Chiles). Chemistry of boiler scale prevention. Eng. Mag. 45: 518—23.
1914. Geology; Triassic rocks. seers of Lehigh County, Pennsylvania 1: 7—8.
1914. Carnotite near Mauch Chunk, Pennsylvania. U.S. Geological Surv. Bull. 580: 147—151.
1914. Mineral nomenclature. Sclesioe 39° 575—S7T.
1914. Variations in the compositions of minerals. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 4: 111-114.
1914. Notes on wolframite, beraunite, and axinite. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 47: 501—S511.
1915. The microspectroscope in minerology. Smithsonian Inst. 16 pl.
1915 ag — Gordon). An arrangement of minerals according to their occurrence. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila. 426—457.
1916. A pai study of the habitat of the walking fern, Camptosorus rhizophyllus (L.) Link. Jour. Wash.
Acad. Sci. 6: 672—679
1916. Two new fossil plasits from the Triassic of iorersitinom Froc.- U.S. Nat. Mus. 51:'327—329.
1916. Notes on allophanite, fuchsite, and triphylite. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 49: 463-467.
1916. A peculiar oolite from Bethlehem, sinatra Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 49: 153—156, pls. 40—41.
1916. The chemical composition of bornite. oe 42: S70—571.
1916. Reference lists of chemical elements. Am neral. 1: 6—8; errata 6.
1916. Glauberite crystal-cavities in the Triassic nee of eastern Peauavivnnis: Am. Mineral. 1: 37—43.
1916. A peculiar intergrowth of phosphate and silicate minerals, ai — page gs 6: 105—108.
1916. sae papa shaped cavities in the First Wat g r. Wash. Acad. Sci. 6:
181-
1916. tin on the geology near Reading, Pennsylvania. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 6: 23.
1916. Calcite rosettes, in Explorations and field-work of the Smithsonian Institution in 1915. Smithsonian
Misc. Coll. 66: 19—23.
1916 (with G. V. Brown). An American occurrence of pulaerne: — wing 63-67.
1917. Neodymium as the cause of the red violet color ager Acad. Sci. 7: 143— 146.
1917. hee indices of ar of =—~ she Secnmpnbacing pee siderite. jour Wash. Acad. Sci. 7: 365—368.
r. Wash. Acad. Sci. 7: 447—456.
1917. Clay derived from volcanic dust in the Pierre in South Dakota. oo "Wash. Acad. Sci. 7: 576—583.
1917. Discussion of the emerald deposits of Muzo, Colombia, by Joseph E. Pogue. Trans. Am. Inst. Min.
Eng. 55: 934,
1917. Precambrian sedimentary rocks in the highlands of eastern Pennsylvania. Bull. Geol. Soc. Am. 29:
375—392.
1917. Note on the nomenclature of the lead monoxide minerals. Am. Mineral. 2: 19.
1917. The probable identity of fischerite with wavellite. Am. Mineral. 2: 32
1917. Merrilite, meteoritic calcium phosphate. Am. Mineral. 2: 119.
1917. Lamellar calcite at Keystone, South Dakota. Am. Mineral. 2: 139.
8 BARTONIA
1917. The occurrence of the native elements. Am. cant 2: 105— 108.
1917. Terminated crystals of thaumasite. Am. Mineral. 2: 89.
1917. Observation on the habitat of certain fern are Fern Jour. 7: 110—112.
1917. A remarkable occurrence of calcite in iota wood. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 53: 227—230, pls. 29-31.
1917. Notes on alunite, psilondanite, and titanite. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 51: 81—88.
1917. Two new pie plants from the Triassic of Pennsylvania. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 51: 327—329.
a 7 80.
1918. Reactions of soils supporting the growth of certain native orchids. lowe: Wash. Acad. ‘Sci. 8: 589—598.
1918. A tetragonal iron phosphide from the Ruff’s Mountain meteorite. Am. — 2: 80-81.
1918. The assignment of crystals to symmetry classes. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 8: 480—487.
1918. Note on iron as a cause of blue colors in minerals. Am. Mineral. 3: 161.
1918. Notes on mimetite, thaumasite, and wavellite. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 54: 373—
1918. Certain relations between ah Adrpnes form, chemical constitution, and optical properties in organic
compounds. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci
1918. Field identification of Saadinite, ‘hin Mitersi: 32° 154-.
1918. Some extensions of Huay’s laws of crystallography. Am. Mineral. 3: 134— 136.
1918. Some minerals from Sylmar, Pa. Am. Mineral. 3: 474.
1918. Famous mineral localities; 5, the Black Hills of South Dakota. Am. Mineral. 3: 44—46.
1918. The life and work of Amos Peaslee Brown. Am. Mineral. 3: 21—23.
1918 (with E. Yanovsky). Identification of the cinchona alkaloids by optical-crystallographic measurements.
Jour. Am. Che oc. 40: 1063-107
1918 (with A. C. Sawhine): Fens mineral localities; 4, the — segs t. Am. Mineral. 3: 36—37.
1918 (with T. L. Watson). Pyrolusite from Virginia. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 8: 550—560.
ee: The statement of acidity and alkalinity with si — to soils. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 9:
a Reply to Dr. Tutton’s discussion of the assignment of crystals to symmetry classes. Jour. Wash. Acad.
Sci. 9
1918. sti mineral localities; 1, the Keokuk Geode region. Am. neers 373-5.
1919. Monazite from Boothwyn, Pennsylvania. Am. Mineral. 4: 123—12
1919. Chalcopyrite crystals from the Bergen Archways. Am. Mineral. a 116- 118.
1919. a identification of five iso-cyamines. Science 50: 576.
1919 (with O. I. Lee). Manganotantalite from Amelia, Virginia. Am. Mineral. 4: 80—83.
1919 (with E. Q. gran The ig Septic Soap and optical properties of the photographic sensitizing dye
pinaverdol. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 9: 396—405.
1919 (with E. Q. Adams). The classifi cation of mimetic crystals. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 9: 153-157
1919 (with = op bieges The crystallography of morphine and certain of its derivatives. Jour. Wash. Aaa
Sci, 9:5 13,
1920. eae properties of a series of heptitols. Jour. Biol. Chem. 42: 377-82.
1920. ees between vegetation and soil acidity in southern New Jersey. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
Ta: 1 119.
1920. . Aaa search for Asplenium fontanum in Pennsylvania. Am. Fern Jour. 10: 90—91.
1920. Observations on the soil _. of eae and other associated plants in the Middle Atlantic States.
Proc. Aca at. Sci. Phila. 72: 84
1920. Plant distribotion around = marshes in — to soil acidity. Ecology 1: 42—48.
1920. The soil reactions of cert ock ferns. I. and II. Am. Fern Jour. 10: 15—22, 45—52.
1920. Nomenclature and aati of ifetc minerals. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 10: 487—496.
1920. Soil acidity and field method for its measurement. Ecology 1: 160—173.
1920. Soil tests of Ericaceae and other reaction sensitive families in northern Vermont and New Hampshire.
Rhodora 22: 33-49.
1920. List of triclinic minerals in Goldschmidt’s Winkeltabellen. Am. Mineral. 5: 208
1920. Lists of the monoclinic minerals included in Goldschmidt’s Winkeltabellen. Am. Mineral. 5: 181—182.
1920. Lists of the orthorhombic minerals included in Goldschmidt’s Winkeltabellen. Am. Mineral. 5:
164—166.
1920. Lists of the hexagonal and trigonal minerals included in Goldschmidt’s Winkeltabellen. Am. Mineral. 5:
150—152.
WHERRY BIBLIOGRAPHY 9
1920. Lists of the tetragonal minerals included in Goldschmidt’s Winkeltabellen. Am. Mineral. 5: 132—133.
1920. Lists of the isometric Sater rings in Goldschmidt’s ss emacnmeg encctn Am. Mineral. 5: 181-182.
1920. Note on sulfur as a mineral of the . Am. Mineral. vie
1920. Illustration of the isometric ee site from falls of Preencli Creek, Pa. Am. Mineral. 5: 116—117.
1920. The species rank of guadalcazarite. Am. Mineral. 5: 37
1920. Determining soil acidity by indicators in the field. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 10: 217—223.
1920. Asplenium gravesii in Pennsylvania. Am. Fern Jour. 10: 119-121
1921. The soil reactions of Spiranthes cernua and its relatives. Rhodora. 23: 127—129.
1921. Physical chemistry-methods of stating acidity. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 11: 197—199.
1921. The soil reactions of the ferns of woods and swamps. Am. Fern Jour. 11: 5—16.
5 See 28.
1921. New Sates species eevee during 1916—1920. Am. Mineral. 6: 12—17, 176.
1921 (with W. F. Foshag). A new classification of the sulfo-salt minerals. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 11: 1—8.
1922. Review of - optical- styeataasphis properties of calcium oxalate monohydrate. Jour. Wash. Acad.
sci. 12: — 200.
1922. The statement of theoretical — of minerals. Am. Mineral. 7: 32—33.
1922. Soil acidity preferences of some eastern conifers. Jour. Forestry 20: . 496.
1922. Soil reaction in relation to eta growth. Am. Jour. Pharm. 94: 110—
1922. Crystallographic optical properties of calcium fumarate and stoi Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci.
288-296.
1922. Plagioclase feldspars as a case of atomic aie aga Am. Mineral. 7: 113-121.
1922. Constitution of ceruleofibrite. Am. Mineral. 7: 145.
1922. Amphisymmetry crystals. Am. Jour. Sci. 4.
1922. Soil acidity: its nature, measurement, and relation to plant distribution. Smithsonian Rept. 1920:
47—268, pls. 1, 2.
1922. Recent work on soil acidity and Lees distribution. Science. 55: 568—570.
1922. Note on specific acidity. Ecolog 7
1922 (with E. V. Shannon). eid: ees eastern Pennsylvania. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 12: 242—
so bitin G. P. Merril and M. W. Moodey. Handbook and descriptive catalogue of the collections se gems
ee stones in the United States National Museum. Bull. U.S. Natl. Mus. 118: 1—225.
1922 (with E. V. Shannon). Notes on white chlorites. Jour. Wash. Acad. bi 239-241.
1922 (with W. F. Foshag). Notes on the composition of talc. Am. Mineral. 7 —171.
1923. A soil acidity map of a Long Island wild garden. Ecology 4: 395— 401.
1923. — chemistry-relations between the active acidity and lime requirement of soils. Jour. Wash. Acad.
Sci. 13: 97-102.
1923. Wall ferns in Wilmington, North Carolina. Am. Fern es 13; 17-18.
1923. Volume isomorphism in the silicates. Am. Mineral. 8:
1923. The blue rocks in Greenwhich Township. Trans. Hist. ihe Berks County 3: 204—208.
1923. Note on the composition of thomsonite. Am. Ma eral. 8: 121-125.
1923. Apatite crystal cavities. Am. Mineral. 8: 113-1
1923. New mineral species described during 1916— te ny Mineral. 8: 186.
1923. Volume isomorphism in minerals. Am. Mineral. 8: 94—95.
1923 (with G. L. Keenan). Occurrence and forms of uk oxalate crystals in official crude drugs. Jour.
Am. Pharm. Assoc. 12: 301—318.
1924. Optimum reaction ranges of crop plants. Ind. Eng. Chem. 16: 826—827.
1924. Classified list of eerie described or discredited during 1921. Am. Mineral. 9: 34.
1924. At the surface of a crystal. Am. Mineral. 9: 4 zt
1924. Further notes on ik omic volume isomorphism. , Mineral. 9: 165—16
1924. Classified list of minerals described or dered re 1922. Am. ae 9: 175.
1924. Ferns of eastern West Virginia, I. Am : 104—109.
1924. Notes on some local plants and their oil seuliy. foment 8: 33-34.
1924. Agricultural chemistry—the active acidity of woe Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 14: 207—211.
1925. Radio detector minerals. A
1925. Bentonite as a one- dimedsional colloid. Am. ict 10: 120—123.
1925. Tabulation of the aluminium-silicate minerals. Am. Mineral. 10: 140-145.
1925. The Appalachian Aspleniums. Amer. Fern Jour. 15: 46—54
1925. A new acid-soil onion from West Virginia. Jour. Wash. Acad. ct. 45: 370-372.
10 BARTONIA
1925. The story of the box huckleberry. Nat. sed = cel 240.
1925. Some fern finds in Virginia. Am. Fern Jou ni Vee
1925. Psuedo-isomorphism as soinslat in een ae Mineral. 10: 342—347.
1925. A visit to the locality of newtonite. Am. Mineral. 10: 350-351.
1925 (with E. S. Larsen, Jr.). Beidellite, a new mineral name. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 15: 465—
1926. Review of a recent article on the symmetry of the etch figures of alkali halides. Am. ok 11:
32A—325.
1926. Soil reaction preferences of three adder’s tongues. Am. Fern Jour. 16: 1—3.
1926. Nitrogen as a factor in plant distribution on Mt. Desert nga Maine. Ecology. 7: 140-142.
1926. Dimensions of oxygen atoms in a crystal. pus etioteh
1926. Anew rang eae soil prickly-pe tic states. Jour ae Acad. Sci. 16: 11-14.
1926. Wood-ferns t. Desert Island, Sinise: Am. Fern Jour. 16: 3-7
1926. Relations stabi soil properties “a cured: growth. ach (2 ite sib
1926. Soil reaction in relation to horticulture. Am. Hort vied,
1926 (with F. W. Gray). The West tena venir of the ening relative of Woodsia scopulina. Am.
Fern Jour. 16: 92-95
1926 (with R. Buchanoan). ‘Composition of the ash of Jsiaeseatagh Ecology 7: 303—306.
1927. The soil reactions of some een orchids. Jour. Was ie Sei. 17; 35—38.
1927. Observations on the wooly lipfern . Fern Jour. 16: ae
1927. Soil reaction i Saxifraga a on yr Logaenenge Rhodora oe: 139-140.
1927. A fernless a fess
1927. Divergent sal ceictions of stage plants. ponies 8: 197—206.
1927. A new method of stating hydrogen ion concentration. Bull. Wagner Free Inst. Sci. 2: 1—6.
ie
1927. Names for the symmetry classes based on axes. Am. Mineral. 12: 218—
1927. Classified list of minerals described or discredited during 1916—1922 ees (supplementary to
previous lists). Am. Mineral. 12: 221-222.
1927. Classified list of minerals described or discredited during 1923. Am Mineral. 12: 223-224.
1927. The correct mineralogical name for cupric chloride. Am. Mineral. 12: 263
1928. The status of keeleyite. Am. Mineral. 13: 29—30.
1928. Notes on Asplenium Trudelli. Am. Fern Jour. 17: — 138, pl. 7.
1928. Selecting a national flower. Jour. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 2 10.
1928. Northward range-extensions of some southern pine in relation to soil reaction. Jour. Wash. Acad.
Sci. 18: 212—216.
1928. Arrangement of the symmetry-classes. Am. Mineral. 13: 198—199.
1928. Report on the determination of the reaction value of acid soils. Jour. Assoc. Official Agr. Chem.
150-15
1928. Kristallogcavhisch einiger derivat die — Festschr. Victor Goldschmidt 75 Geburst, 267—269.
9 ew term for the 10-° centimeter unit. Scienc
1928. Crystallography and optical properties of are Jour: ap Acad. Sci. 18: 302—304.
1928. Ferns of dripping spring, Oklahoma. Am. Fern Jour. 18: 6
1928. Plant ecology and northward range- acaes of some oust in evelition to soil reaction. Jour. Wash.
Acad. Sci. 18: 212—216.
1928. The history of the Franklin Tree, seg alatamaha. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 18: 172—176.
1929. Mineral determination by absorbtion spectra. Am. Mineral. 14: 299-308
1929. Picking out the Polemoniaceae. Bartonia i. 1-4,
1929. The eastern subulate-leaved Phloxes. Bartonia 11: 5—35, pls. 1—4.
1929. Three shale-slope plants in Maryland. Torreya 29: 104—107.
1929. Chasing Chelones. Bartonia 10: 1—11.
1929. Further occurrence of the Alleghany cliff-fern. Am. Fern Jour. 19: 101—102.
1929. Acidity relations of the Sarracenias. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 19: 379—390
1929. New data on atomic dimensions. Am. Mineral. 14: 54—58.
1930. A plea for the improvement of the names of the crystal forms. Am. Mineral. 15: 121.
1930. Suggestions as to standardizing the names of crystal “ea Am. Mineral. 15: 418—428
1930. The Asplenium ebenoides \ocality near regia Alabama. Am. Fern Jour. 11: 30—33, pls. 1, 2.
1930. A long lost Phlox. Jour. Wash. Acad. 0: 25—28.
1930. Plants of the Appalachian shale- hacen ic Wash. Acad. Sci. 20: 43-52.
WHERRY BIBLIOGRAPHY 11
1930 (with C.S. Ross and P. F. Kerr). Progress in the study of the clay minerals. Ann. Colloid Symp.
191-193.
1931. The eastern short-styled Phloxes. Bartonia 12: 24—53.
1931. The eastern short-stemmed baie Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 21: 194—198.
1931. Save our wild flowers. Sci. Month. 33: — 538.
1931. A new spiral-orchid from the sone states. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 21:
1931. Asplenium bradleyi erroneously reported on limestone again. Am. Fern i ‘a
1931. One hundred wild flowers of the northern Blue Ridge. oe to Paths in the Blue aA on 249.
1931 (with Florence Bascon et al.). pipes and mineral resources of the Quakertown- cause district,
Pennsylvania and New Jersey. U.S. Government sSpiag ha Washington D.C. 62pp
1932. The eastern long-styled Phloxes, part 2 Bartonia 13:
1932. Acid soil gardening. New York Gard
1933. A conifer from the Triassic of Bucks County, Pa. ry Pa. Acad. Sci. 7: 164.
1933. The Appalachian relative of — stab Bartonia 15: 7—8.
1933. Fern field notes, J 109-112.
1933. The geographic citation of Pas nese purpurea. Bartonia 15: 1—8.
1933. Heuchera hispida Pursh rediscovered. Rhodora 35: 118-119.
1933. Polemoniaceae—Phlox family. Manual Southeastern Flora 1099-1105.
1933. Native orchids. Our eastern orchids their spate 1—4. oe pan Soc. Bull.
1933. Four shale-barren plants in Pennsylvania. Proc. P: cad. Sci. 7:
1934. The box huckleberry as an illustration ey the need a a work. ues i Bot. Club. 61: 81-84.
1934. Exploring for plants in the southeastern states. Sci. Month. 38: 80—85.
1934. Further notes on three plants mentioned in Claytonia vol. I, no. 1. Claytonia 1: 7—8.
1934. Heuchera hispida Pursh. Claytonia 1: 25—28.
1934. Ophioglossum Engelmanni Prantl. Claytonia 1: 39—4
1934. Temperature relations of the bunchberry, Cornus bine L. Ecology 15: 440-443.
1934. Fern field notes, 1934. Am. Fern Jour. 24: 97— 104.
1934. The Sedums of the eastern United States. Gardeners esigrea of America 38: 264—266.
1934. The Bowmans Hill State Wild Flower Preserve. Proc. Pa. Acad. Sci. 8: 34—37
1935. Fern field notes, 1935. Am. Fern Jour. 25: 123—126.
1935.:A vine of Phlox ovata from the Alabama mountains. Bartonia 16: 37.
1935. Supplementary notes on the eastern Phloxes. Bartonia 16: 38.
1935. Fifteen 1 aban shale-barren plants. Claytonia 2: 19—22.
1935. The northern limits of Polypodium polypodioides in the east. Claytonia 2: 32.
1935. Our native Phloxes and their horticultural derivatives. Nat. Hort. Mag. 14: 209-231.
1935. Parnassia in Virginia and adjoining states, another nowienclatorial mix-up. Claytonia 1: 51—53.
1935. The Polemoniaceae of Pennsylvania. Proc. Pa. Acad. Sci. 9: 150—155.
1935. The Polemoniaceae of Virginia. Claytonia 2: 3-4;
1935 (with M. V. Walcott). Illustrations of North American pitcher plants. Smithsonian Inst., 34 pp., 3 pls.
41
1936. Observations on Selaginella tortipila. Castanea 1: 65—69.
1936 (with William D. Gray). Variants of some ae aoe Aspleniums. Am. Fern Jour. 26: 77—86.
1936. Anemone minima. Claytonia 2: 52-53.
1936. Rock plants on bald knob, Franklin County, Virginia. Claytonia 2: 54—5S.
1936. Polemoniaceae of the middle Appalachian region I., Polemoniaceae of the middle Appalachian region
II. Castanea 1: 12—15, 32-35.
1936. Presidential address: Reflections on the origin of life. Proc. Pa. Acad. Sci. 10: 12-15.
1936. Polemonium and Polemoniella in the eastern states. Bartonia 17: 5—1
1936. The ranges of our eastern Parnassias and Sedums. Bartonia 17: 17— 20.
1936. Miscellaneous eastern Polemoniaceae. Bartonia : : §2—59.
1937. Guide to eastern ferns. Science Press Printing Co., Lancaster. 220 pp.
12 BARTONIA
1937. Notable Pennsylvania ferns. Proc. Pa. Acad. Sci. 11: 52—54, 79-81.
9 i :
43.
1937. The genus Heuchera in Virginia. Claytonia 4: 3—6.
1937. A hybrid-fern name and some new combinations. Am. Fern Jour. 27: 56—59.
1937. Synonyms and variety names for Phlox nivalis. Gard. Chron. Am. 41: 212—213.
1937. Two 5 AE GE notes. Castanea 2: 1—2
1937. Southern occurrences of Dryopteris intra: Am. Fern Jour. 27: 1—5.
1937. Additional note on Selaginella tortipila. Castanea 2: 28.
1938. The Phloxes of Piaget Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 90: 133-140.
1938. Colorado ferns. Am. Fern Jour. 28: 125—140, pl. 12.
1938. A note on the fash ol of etch figures. Am. Mineral. 23: 156—157.
1938. Midland fern notes. Am. Fern Jour. 28: 28—30
1938 ae L. Constance). A new Phlox from the Snake River canyon Idaho—Oregon. Am. Midl. Nat. 19:
433
1939. c. southwestern subspecies of Phlox. Jour. Paha Acad. Sci. 29: 518-519.
1939. Recent fern finds in West Virginia. Castanea 4: 1—4.
1939. Plant finds in June, 1939. Castanea 4: 137— :
1940. A novelty in the genus Tiarella. ata bigs 42: 1-4,
1940. Five recent books on ferns. Bartoni too:
1940. A northern and southern plant in oe SF Pennsylvania. Bartonia 20: 27.
1940. Phlox stolonifera. Saxiflora (Am. Rock Gard. Soc.) 9.
940. eg
1941. Triassic life, in geology and eres — of Bucks County, Pennsylvania, by Benjamin L. Miller.
. Geol. Surv. 4th. Serv. c39: 231-236.
1941. Two Virginia fern records. Va. iy Sci. 2: 209.
1941. Asplenium adiantum-nigrum in Arizona. Am. Fern ee at: 97 — 100.
1941. Remarks on the name Phlox nivalis. robert 43:7
1941. A new hybrid Phlox (P. rong Sada = Hort. Mag. Ae ISL:
1941. The Phloxes of Idaho. Not. Nat. 87: 1—15.
1942. The eee Polemonium in ioe Am. Midl. Nat. 27: 741—760
1942. Lycopodium sabinaefolium in oo nia. Am. Fern oil a2: 111-113.
1942. i a of Lilium Michiganense. Rhodora 44; 453—
1942. The discoveries of new atiaabsiod A ferns. Am. Fern Pk 32: 149.
1942. The ferns and lycosphens of Pennsylvania. Bartonia 21: 11-63, 1 p
1942. Guide to eastern ferns. Ed. 2.
1942. The Phloxes of Nevada. Not. Nat. 113:
1942. Phlox (in Arizona). Kearney and tte pes and Ferns Arizona; U.S. Dept. Agr. Misc. Publ.
SMa PA
42
1942. A woodfern hybrid deserves a name. Bartonia 21: 1—2, 1 pl.
1942. Observations on Florida ferns. Am. Fern Jour. 32: 139-145.
1943. The American azaleas and their varieties. ae Hort. Mag. 22: 158-166, 2 pls.
: 59.
1944. Review of the genera Collomia and Gymnosteris. Am. Midl. Nat. 31: 216 231.
1944. Osmunda cinnamomea f. cornucopiaefolia. Am. Fern Jour. 34: 94—
1944. Note on the southeastern relatives of Lycopodium inundatum. Am | Be rn Jour, 34: 24.
1944. New Phloxes from the Rocky Mountains and neighboring regions. Not. Nat. 146: 1—11.
1945. The indument of Cystopteris fragilis. Am. Fern Jour. 35: 54—55.
1945. A variant of the nodding Trillium. Bartonia 23: 49.
1945. Phlox cluteana. Am. Bot. 51: 2.
1945. The Phlox carolina complex. Bartonia 23:
1945. Two linanthoid genera. Am. Midl. Nat. 34: 387.
WHERRY BIBLIOGRAPHY 13
1945. Supplementary notes on the genus Polemonium. Am. Midl. Nat. 34: 375—380.
1945. Our most-renamed native fern. Am. Fern Jour. 35: 1
6: 54—58.
1946. A key to the cultivated Hostas. Nat. Hort. sine. 253— 256.
1947. Our easternmost Cheilanthes species. Am. Fern Jour. ak 771-79.
1947. Selaginella rupestris in Pennsylvania. Am. a Jour. 37: 24-25.
1948. Remarks on the American lady ferns. Am ie a 3a: 155-158, < #
1948. Polemoniaceae (including Phlox) of dake. aes Leafl. Ida. St. Coll.
1948. Wild flower guide, northeastern and midland U. S. Doubleday, aaa on 202 pp.
; 25: 70.
1949. A plastic spray for coating herbarium specimens. Bartonia 25: 86.
1949. Geographic notes on the bog fern. Am. Fern Jour. 39: 18-19.
1949. Progress in the genus Phiox per gait Am. Jour. Bot. 35: 817.
1949. seats for Phlox in 1948. Bull. Am. Rock Gard. Soc. 7: 5.
1949. Postscript on eastern lilies. ke 271
1949. iil pusillum in Maryland. Bartonia 25: an
1950. A new interpretation of the Dryopteris clintoniana group. Am. Fern Jour. 40: 118—120.
1951. Isotypes and arithmotypes (with Phlox examples). Taxon 1: 32.
1951. Observations on Phlox adsurgens. Bull. Am. Rock Gard. Soc. 9: 80.
1951. Phlox (in Arizona). Kearney and Peebles’ Arizona flora, 680.
1951. Observations at Bartholomew’s Cobble. Am. Fern Jour. 41: 13-14.
1951. Subspecies of three eastern Phloxes. Castanea 16: 97— 100
1952. F. W. Pennell. Castanea 17: 66—67.
1952. Plemoniesne (including Phlox). Davis’ Flora of Idaho, 551.
1953. Shale-barr ants on other geological formations. Castanea 18: 64—
1954. Lowland penne ay in the New Jersey highlands. Bull. Torrey ae ca 81: 364.
1954. Nomenclature of the oak-ferns. Am Jour —86
86.
1955. The identity of Dupratzia Rafinesque (Eustoma). Castanea 20: 71.
1955. The substratum of Trichomanes petersii. Am. Fern Jour. 45: 93-95.
1955. The genus Phlox. Morris Arboretum Moooutaoh 3: 174 pp.
1956. Validation of new combinations in Phlox. Baileya 4: 5—7.
1957. Our dwarf bindweeds. Bartonia 28: 32—33.
1957. Reminiscences of John K. Small. Castanea ee 126-129.
1957. Which northeastern ferns are evergreen? Am. Fern Jour. 47: 93—95.
1958. Proposals (on nomenclature). Taxon 7: oy
1959. Goose Pond saved. Bartonia
1959. One-hundred ‘‘lost’’ local nase Gartonin 29:5
1959. Silver anniversary of the Bowman Hill State Wildflower ee Bartonia 29: 8.
1959. Successive geologic maps of Buckingham Mountain. Proc. Pa. Acad. Sci. 33: 195-197.
1959. Triassic life, in geology and mineral resources of Bucks County, Pennsylvania, by Bradford Willard.
Bull. Pa. Geol. Surv. 4th. Ser. c9: 114-125.
1960. How I became interested in ferns. Am. Fern Jour. 50: 225—
1960. Progress in the study of Dryopteris hybrids. Am. Fern Jour. ee 87-92.
1961. The fern guide. Doubleday & Co., Garden City. 318 pp.
ia.
1962. Native ferns in the garden. Ang = Gard. 18: 38—4
1962. Robert P. St. John: 1869— 1960 . Fern Jour. 52: 79- 81.
1962. David Fables, naturalist and rats Bartonia 31: 1, 1 pl.
1964. Some Pennsylvania barrens and their flora. I. Serpentine. agg aac 7 15.
1964. The southern fern guide. Doubleday & Co., Garden City. 349
14 BARTONIA
1964. New combinations in Texas Polemoniaceae. Sida 1: 250—251.
1964. Some new ea, “i southeastern ferns. Am. Fern Jour. 54: 143-146.
1965. Harry W. Trudell. Bartoni —2.
1965. The most disjunct species in eae Bartonia 34: 7.
1965. Some Pennsylvania barrens and their flora. II. Bartonia 34: 8—11.
1965. Acceptance of the Mary Soper Pope Medal. Bartonia 34: 14—15.
1965. ‘‘Lady Botanist.’’ Bartonia 34: 15
1965. Relationships of Phlox caespitosa, deter a shops dai (Polemoniaceae). Sida 2: 154—156.
1966. The genus Phlox ten years after. Bartonia 35:
1966. Southern records of Ophioglossum tomes oo ot Jour. 56: 182—183.
1966. Aopeinbesaeoe In Flora of Texas 1: 284—321.
1966. The genus Phiox, ten years after. Bartonia 35: 13.
1967. Our teinseaeue tufted Polemoniums. Aliso 6: 97.
1968. A check-list of the flora of Delaware County, Pennsylvania. Bartonia 37: 1—21.
1969. A check-list of the flora of Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania. Bartonia 38: 1—18.
1969. Phlox and Polemonium in the intermountain region. Sida 3: 441.
1970. Review of the flora of Ulster County, New York by Mary Domville and Henry F. Dunbar. Bartonia
: 16.
1970. Notes on Phloxes in the Gulf States. Castanea 35: 198.
1971 (with Otway H. Brown). Check-list of the vascular re of Cape May County, New Jersey. Bartonia
40: 1-18.
1972. Rumex hastatus, a new Delaware County taxon. Bartonia 41:
1972. A check-list of the flora of Montgomery County, nase Saronia 41: 71-84.
1975. Hydrilla A ante (Hydrocharitaceae) new to oulainta: Sida 5: 354.
1975. A check list of the flora of Bucks County Pennsylvania. Bartonia 43: 1—14.
1979 (with . i: nba Jr. and H. A. Wahl). Atlas of the flora of Pennsylvania. Morris Arboretum, Phila-
delphia. + 390 p
1982. The sinsbivgeaeted of Edgar T. Wherry. Fiddlehead Forum (Bull. Am. Fern Soc.) 9: 32—33.
Bartonia No. 49: 15~19, 1983
John Milton Fogg, Jr. (1898— 1982)
Roy HILu
180 W. Drexel Ave.
Lansdowne, PA 19050
ELIZABETH B. FARLEY
9 Bala Ave.
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004
AND
HELEN B. FoGG
830 Montgomery Ave.
Bryn Mawr, PA 19010
John Milton Fogg, Jr. was born on November 8, 1898, in Philadelphia. He obtained a
Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Pennsylvania in 1925 and his Ph.D.
in botany from Harvard in 1929. He was an Instructor in botany at the University of
Pennsylvania from 1925 to 1932, an Assistant Professor from 1932 to 1941, an Associate
Professor from 1941 to 1944, and was promoted to full Professor in 1944. In addition to
his teaching responsibilities, Dr. Fogg was Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences
from 1941 to 1944 and Vice Provost of the University from 1944 to 1953. He was the
Director of the Morris Arboretum from 1954 to 1965 and later the Director of the
Arboretum of the Barnes Foundation from 1965 to 1979.
During his student days, Dr. Fogg worked part time at the Academy of Natural
Sciences where he later held the position of Research Associate for many years. In the
summer of 1923, he went to Woods Hole to assist Professor William Randolph Taylor
with his course on algae. He spent five summers at Woods Hole where he became
interested in the Flora of the Elizabeth Islands. This became the subject of his doctoral
dissertation under the direction of Professor Merritt L. Fernald of Harvard. He trav-
elled to the Selkirks in British Columbia with Professor Merkil Jacobs, Professor Taylor,
and Paul Bowman in 1925, and to Newfoundland with Professor Fernald and Bayard
Long in the summers of 1926 and 1929.
During the early 1930's Dr. Fogg’s floristic interests were concentrated on south-
western New Jersey where he and Bayard Long had mutual interests. In 1932, he
identified and labeled plants on what is now known as the Morris Arboretum with the
help of Joe Adams. Eventually, at the suggestion of Dr. Rodney H. True, he began to
prepare a flora of Pennsylvania, a project which had many interruptions because of
conflicting duties.
During Dr. Fogg’s 57-year career he taught botany to hundreds of students at the
University of Pennsylvania. For three summers (1938— 1940) he taught at the University
of Virginia Biological Station at Mountain Lake. In 1940, he was one of the first
instructors at the Barnes Arboretum where Mrs. Laura Barnes established the Ar-
boretum School of Botany and Horticulture. Dr. Fogg continued to teach at Barnes
until his death. Many of the plants used for teaching purposes at the Barnes Arboretum
were selected by Dr. Fogg and he carefully watched over them as they grew and
matured.
15
16 BARTONIA
John Milton Fogg, Jr.
Dr. Fogg was an expert in botanical taxonomy and was frequently asked to review
publications concerning plants with the purpose of assuring the writers that the plant
names were those most widely accepted. Students in his classes were encouraged to be
accurate in the pronunciation and spelling of botanical names. His insistence on this
important phase of botany has been of great value in standardizing the proper plant
names.
Dr. Fogg travelled widely during his years as an administrator to meet with groups of
alumni to update them on the University’s activities. Most of his travelling, however,
was related to his association with the two arboretums and repeated trips were made to
Europe, Asia, Africa, Australia and New Zealand, South America, Caribbean islands,
and Mexico. As a botanical consultant to E. R. Squibb and Company (1954— 1962), he
made two trips to India, Burma, and Thailand to study Rauwolfia and its conditions of
culture. In the United States, he conducted field work in virtually every part of the
nation. He was particularly interested in the flora of the Atlantic Coastal Plain. He
regularly spoke to garden clubs, the Philadelphia Botanical Club, and other organiza-
tions about the plants he was able to photograph in all parts of the world.
Dr. Fogg was a member of the Visiting Committee of the Arnold Arboretum at
Harvard, a member of the Board of Managers of the New York Botanical Garden, anda
member of the Executive Committee of the Pennsylvania Horticultural Society and the
John Bartram Association. He also held posts in the American Philosophical Society
JOHN MILTON FOGG, JR. 7
and the Botanical Societies of Pennsylvania and America as well as the Academy of
Natural Sciences and the Philadelphia Botanical Club. In the latter club he was Curator
for many years and regularly gave lectures on various aspects of his many tours. He
also was a member and president of the Ludwig Society of Philadelphia.
An authority on the magnolia, Dr. Fogg founded the National Magnolia Society and
served as International Registration Authority for Magnolias. It was his responsibility
to register new names for new varieties of magnolias. This hp has resulted in an
exceptional collection of magnolias at the Barnes Arborteu
ong the numerous honors received by Dr. Fogg were ae Philadelphia Horticul-
tural Society Distinguished Achievement Award in 1970 and the Massachusetts Hor-
ticultural Society Silver Medal in 1978. He also was awarded an honorary degree
(Sc.D.) from LaSalle College. Antennaria foggii Fernald and Chenopodium foggii Wahl
are plants named after Dr. Fogg.
Dr. Fogg’s publications include the popular Weeds of Lawn and Garden, published in
1945, the Checklist of Cultivated Magnolias with J. C. McDaniel in 1975, and the Aflas
of the Flora of Pennsylvania with Edgar T. Wherry and Herbert A. Wahl in 197
As a teacher of all phases of plant life, Dr. Fogg was beloved by his students. His
broad knowledge, developed by study, research, and travel, made him a recognized
authority in his field. His interesting anecdotes, interspersed in his lectures, held the
rapt attention of his audience. The botanical world has lost a great champion.
Surviving Dr. Fogg are his wife Helen Biggs Fogg; daughters Sonia Davis and Felicia
Gonzalez and six grandchildren.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF JOHN M. Foca, JR.
1924. The Flora of a ote Rhodora 26: 219, 222—229.
1927 (with W. R. lor). Notes on some freshwater uty from Newfoundland. Rhodora 29: 160-164.
1928. The uindeedie form of Leersia oryzoides. Rhodora 30: 81—85.
1929. A second station for Panicum a in cs Sais 31: 39—40.
1930. Tipularia discolor in Ce County, Massachusetts. Rhodora 32: Bue
1930. A few noteworthy plants from nae outh, Massachusetts. ek ue wie
1930. The flora of the Elizabeth Islands. Rhodora 32: 119—132, 147-161, 167—180, 208-221, 226—258,
263-281.
1931. Notes on a few introduced species in the Philadelphia area. Bartonia 13: 48—49.
1933. Euphorbia dentata in the Philadelphia local flora. Rartonis 15: 35—36.
1934. Lilaeopis chinensis in southern New Jersey. Bartonia 16: 51—56.
1935. Lophotocarpus spongiosis in Salem County, New Jersey. Bartonia 17: 21—22.
1935. Review of Zenkert’s Flora of the Niagara Frontier Region. Bartonia 17: 46—47.
1937. A station for Hymenophysa pubescens in the eastern U.S. Rhodora 39: 190~ 192.
1938. Spring flowers. Frontiers 2, No. 4: 120-125.
1939. A station for Cheilanthes crccieiaaged in maa ag Va. Rhodora 41: 137-138.
1940. Suggestions for collectors. Rhodor.
1942. Eastern Asiatic plants in eastern ke a Morris Arb. Bull. 4: 15-20.
1945. Effects of acceleration on the faculty. Crozier Quarterly 22, No 2: 104-108.
1945. Weeds of Lawn and Garden. Univ. of Penna. Press. 215 pp.
1946. Review of: Chromosome atlas of cultivated gales by C. S. Darlington & E. K. Janaki. Science 103:
736.
1947. Some methods applied to a state flora survey. Contrib. Gray Herb. 165: 121-132.
1951. Fernald as a teacher. Rhodora 53: 39—43.
1952. The scientists look at our world. Edited and introduction. a 3 Penna. Press.
1954. Trees in Fairmount Park. Fairmount Park Art Assoc. Rep. 82: 17-36.
1955. Boxwood at the Morris Arboretum. Morris Arb. ‘boil 6:33.
18 BARTONIA
1956 (with H. L. Li). Albizia. Morris Arboretum Bulletin 7: 40-41.
1957. Spring Flowering Calendar. Morris Arb. Bull. 8: 9-10.
1957. Actinidia at the Morris arboretum. Morris Arb. Bull. 8: 23-26.
1958. An early-flowering shrub garden. Morris Arb. Bull. 9: 63-64.
1959. Review of The garden flowers of China by H. L. Li. Morris pee es 10271.
1959. The Morris Arboretum. Gard. Jour. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 9, No. 1: 8-
1960. The nature and functions of an arborteum. Morris Arb. Bull. - — 39.
1960. The deciduous es Morris Arb. Bull. oF 59—63.
1961. Cultivar versus variety. Morris Arb. Bull. 12: 7—8.
1961. International eonuaies of plant names. eae Aro: Bull. 12. 147—18.
1961. Our seeds go traveling. Morris Arb. Bull. 12: 35—36.
1961. The temperate American magnolias. Morris Arb. Bull. 12: 51—58.
1961. A plea for scientific names. Arb. Bull. Univ. of Washington Arboretum 119.
1962. Methods of plant identification. Lloydia 25: 285—288.
1962. The sixteenth International apeelas Congress. Morris es as 13:59—62.
1962. Sabotage F A.A.B.G.A. Quarterly Newsletter No. 51:
1963. Review of The origin and wahivation " ornamental trees by Ss 4 Li. Morris Arb. Bull. 14: 55.
1963. pate at the Morris Arboretum. Morris Arb. Bull. 14: nici
1963. Summer-flowering trees. Plants and pees 19.:(1):.2
1963. A twentieth century drug garden I.C.S.U. Review of Dena Science 5: 70—75.
1964. The Morris Arboretum’s garden of drugs. Profiles 2: 12—
1964. Galega officinalis: a weed new to the Arboretum. Morris Arb, dee eB Mare tek
1964. The Morris Arboretum European tour. Morris Ar EELS:
1964. Stewartia in the Philadelphia area. Morris Arb. Bul. 15:43-— -
1964. Our first Metasequoia cone. Morris Arb. Bull.
1964. Why a magnolia socity? Amer. Magnolia Soc. a i 1: 1-2.
1964. Magnolias provide a four-month display. The New a Times, Sunday, March 29.
1965. Landscaping an arboretum. Morris Arb. Bull. 16: 3—
1965. Magnolias. Horticulture February 22—25.
1965. Review of A sai guide to the literature on the flowering plants of Mexico by Ida K. Langman
Morris Arb. Bull. 16: 6.
1965. Some relatives eh the Camellia. The Camellia Review 26: 3—
1965. Foreward to A garden of trees and Shrubs by Fred Lape. as University Press, Ithaca.
1965. The Morris Arboretum Iberian tour. Morris Arb. Bull. 16: 19—29.
1965. A note on Preroceltis tatarinowii. Morris Arb. ogre 16: 39—41.
1965. A year later. Amer. Magnolia Soc. ga 27
1966. The heath garden of the Morris Arboretum. Miceis Arb. Bull. 17: 3-6.
1966. The silent travelers. Plants and Gardens 22, (3).
1966. The Morris Arboretum 1966 garden tour. Morris Arb. an 17: 19—24.
—
Ww
1967. The Morris Arboretum 1967 tour. Morris Arb. Bull. 18: = 39.
1967. A list of Bartram trees and shrubs. Morris ae bags 18: 75-81.
1967. A note on Adina rubella. Morris Arb. Bull.
1967. That elusive Pas list. Amer. Magnolia ae Nene 12.
1967. Three paces forward. Amer. Magnolia Soc. bdo scsi ee 1-2.
1967— 1969. Bonsai & eae Parts 1—4. Bonsai vol. 1 a
1968. The 1968 garden tour. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 1: 1-8
is The 1969 garden tour. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 3
9. The meanings of wha names. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 2: 1-6; 3: 9-11. Reprinted in A.A.B.G.A.
“Balti 4 (3), July 19
9. Ten conifers for cae Plants and vetoes rH (2): 36.
a The Mexican tour. Barnes Arb. Newslette
1970. Carpinus at the Barnes Arboretum. aus Ach, Sais 4: 8-9,
1970. The 1970 tour. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 5: 1—10.
1970. Sapindaceae at the Barnes Arboretum. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 5: 10—12.
1970. Bayard Long (1885— 1969). Rhodora 72: 130— 136. Reprinted in Bartonia 39: 1—6
1971. The African tour. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 6: 1—9.
1971. Trochodendron aralioides. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 6: 11.
JOHN MILTON FOGG, JR. 19
1971. A visit to the Great Smokies. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 7: 1—8.
1971. The monkey-puzzle tree. Barnes Arb. pail Tz 3—10.
1972. Plants of South Africa. Horticulture, April 26—29.
1972. A visit to the South Pacific. Barnes Arb. cut ak 8: 1-8.
1972. The Mediterranean tour. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 9: 1—11.
1973. Morocco and the Canary ae Barnes Arb. Newsletter ‘ 1—10.
1973. The Pacific northwest tour. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 11: 1—
1973. The Chinese tulip tree. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 11: 12. alae in Amer. Magnolia Soc. Newsletter 9
(3)7-10-—
1974. The South Pacific tour. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 12: 1—
1974. A further note on the Chinese tulip-tree. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 12: 12.
1974. The development of horticulture in America. Morris Arb. Bull. 25: 5—9. Reprinted in the Gardeners
Calendar.
1974. Review of Stone’s plants of sourthern New Jersey: a reprint. presi 76: 139-141.
1974. Spring tour along Lake Michigan. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 13:
1974. Glossary of terms applied to the surface of a leaf. Barnes one eee bas 135/12;
1974. Rhododendron adenophorum. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 13:
1974 (with Helen B. Fogg). Those fascinating cacti and other as plants. U.S. Dept. Agriculture
Yearbook, pp. 226—229.
1975. The South American tour. Barnes oo Ligaen 14: 1—
1975. Rhododendron adenophorum. Bull. r. Rhododendron Soe. 29: 118-119.
1975. The southwestern deserts me barnes A. Newsletter
1975. Some interesting specific names. Barnes Arb. Newsletter ‘s
1975 (with J. C. McDaniel). eT of c borane magnolias. ee Horticultural Society Plant
Science Data Center, Mt. Vernon, VA.
1976. A visit to the American packs Patie ahs sisiueas 16; 1-8.
1976. Opuntia Helleri—a correction. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 16: 10.
1976. Magnolia x Watsonii in the Philadelphia Area. Amer. Magnolia Soc. Newsletter 12 (1): 12.
1976. Edgar Wherry in Pennsylvania. Amer. Fern Jour. 66: 33—38.
1976. A tour of the Prairies and the Ozarks. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 17: 1—
1976. Whatever happened to Mesembryanthemum? Philadelphia Cactus €% Succulent Bull. 1, No. 3.
1976. The genus Senecio. Philadelphia Cactus and Succulent Bull. 1, No.
1976. The pink-flowered yellow-wood. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 17: 10— a
1977. The 1977 Mexican tour. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 18: 1—11.
1977. Koelreuteria bipinnata—a correction. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 18: 16.
1977. Plant name changes. Philadelphia Cactus and Succulent Bull. 2, No. 9.
1977. Variety versus cultivar. Philadelphia es and Succulent Bull. 3, No. 1.
1977. The Sonora-Chihuahua Desert tour. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 19: 1—9
1978. Another subspecific category—the forma. "Philadelphia Cactus and Succulent Bull. 3, No. 5.
1978. A visit to Egypt and Greece. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 20: 1—8.
1978. A visit to Iceland and Greenland. Barnes Arb. Newsletter 21: 1-9.
1978. The genus Alnus in the middle states area. Barnes Arb. cee 21: 11-12.
1978. Why botanical authorities? People, Places and Plants 4, No.3.
1978. Magnolia grandiflora ‘Praecox Fastigiata.” Amer. Magnolia Soc. Newsletter 14: 3—4.
1979. A visit to Guatemala. Barnes Arb. Hahomaue 22; 1-7.
1979, Magnolias at the Barnes Arboretum. Amer. Magnolia as Newsletter 15, No. 1.
1979. The Lardizabala family. The niet Scene, Sept.—Oct., 17—19.
1979 (with E. T. Wherry and H. A. Wahl). Atlas of the flora - ane Morris Arboretum, Philadel-
phia. xxx p.
1980. A plea for registration. Amer. Magnolia Soc. Journal 16 (1): 20-22.
1980. Two early cactus pictures. Cactus and Succulent Jour. 52 (6): 267
1981. A short history of the American Magnolia Society. Amer. Mndrsolin Soc. Journal 17 (1): 3—6.
1981. Foreward in the New York Botanical Garden Illustrated Encylopedia of Horticulture by T. E. Everett.
1981. Additions to a Magnolia bibliography. Amer. Magnolia Soc. Journal 17 (2): 2
1982. Edgar T. Wherry, an obituary. Taxon 31: 803—804.
1983. Edgar Theodore Wherry (1885-1982). Bartonia 49: 1—5S.
1983. Reminiscences of Liberty Hyde Bailey. Bartonia 49: 70—71.
oo
Bartonia No. 49: 20—26, 1983
The Salt Plants of Onondaga Lake,
Onondaga County, New York
MILDRED E. FAUST
1216 Westcott St.
Syracuse, NY 13210
AND
NANCY R. ROBERTS
117 North Way
Camillus, NY 13031
Onondaga Lake is located south of Lake Ontario and to the west of Syracuse in the
Finger Lakes area of central New York. It is a small freshwater lake surrounded for a
great number of years by salt plants.
Geologists believe that about 410 million years ago Onondaga County was inundated
by a shallow sea of hyper-saline water, and the salt precipitated forming a layer many
feet deep. This salt layer was again inundated by sea water and buried by a very thick
layer of limestone and shale.
One of the earliest descriptions we have of the area was given by Father LeMoyne, in
1654. He found Onondaga Lake surrounded by many salt springs bubbling up onto the
black earth and giving the appearance of hoar frost. Onondaga Creek flowing north into
the lake, often caused fluctuations in the level of the lake, flooding the surrounding
swamp lands and causing a putrid odor. Swamps and upland forests were extensive.
Father LeMoyne was the first person to report to the world the knowledge of Onon-
daga salt. By the 1700’s both Indians and white men were boiling the brine to make salt.
In 1743 John Bartram made a pound of salt and collected some plants, including Tri-
glochin, while visiting the area.
The earliest extant collections of salt plants from this area were made by Frederick
Pursh in 1807 when he visited this region for about twenty days. Some comments made
by Pursh in his journal were:
When I came to the springs, the place was called Salt point. I found them to be situated in a low piece ofa
swamp, which is clear for a great part of all timber
Near the springs themselves the Salicornia herbacea is the only plant which grows, . . .
He found a new creeping Ranunculus growing, ‘in thick tuffts together and covers the
ground,’’ and named it R. cymbalaria (this has not been seen since the early 1930's.)
Pursh described the salt marshes on Salt Point as a ‘‘very disagreeable and stinking
marsh.”’
The Onondaga Lake area was the first inland area in this country to produce large
quantities of salt. From 1770 until 1888 salt workers boiled brine to produce salt. The
trees surrounding Onondaga Lake were used as fuel for the boiling of the brine and for
barrel making to hold the salt, until the area became denuded. It was a desolate place of
black mud, marsh, swamp, and remitting ‘‘bilious fever’” which was deadly to small
children, killing nine out of ten cases. In 1822, the lowering of the lake was approved by
the State of New York and the outlet into nearby Seneca River was straightened and
20
ONONDAGA SALT PLANTS 2]
cleared. The lowering of the lake improved navigation, drained the swamps (buildings
could be reached without bridges), and greatly reduced flooding, thereby improving the
health of the inhabitants.
By 1848, wood was in short supply, hence the salt industry began converting to coal,
but solar evaporation soon proved more profitable and between 1888 and 1925 solar salt
was the predominate salt made by the salt manufacturers. Many solar salt sheds were
built on higher drier ground. It is interesting to note that the plants which are still
present in drier salt areas (Puccinellia distans, Spergularia media, and S. marina) were
not recorded until after the development of solar evaporation was in progress. These
plants also grow along highways where much salt has been accumulated from salting the
roads in winter. By 1870 salt was found in Michigan and Canada and the salt industry
slackened and was finally given up in 1925. In 1881, Solvay Process was working in the
area but getting much of the salt from salt wells about twenty miles south. At present
the Solvay (Allied Corp.) waste beds, from the manufacturing of soda ash, cover the
southwest side of the lake destroying all the vegetation (including the salt plants) in that
area. *,
Mrs. Goodrich and the Syracuse Botanical Club, from 1879 to°1912, made an exten-
sive study, report, and collection of the plants in Onondaga County including the salt
plants. A large number of the Syracuse Botanicat €lub specimens are now housed in the
herbarium at the College of Environmental Science and Forestry at Syracuse Univer-
sity.
From 1926 to the middle 1930’s the lowlands around the southeastern part of the lake,
including the land on which the present Regional Market is located, had an abundance
of Salicornia in the parts which were flooded in the early spring, giving a gorgeous
display of red in the late summer and early autumn (the natives of this area used
Salicornia for pickles for a number of years).
In 1932— 1933, Glenna Wurth studied a large area that soon was turned into McArthur
Stadium and also a playground. Turning the area into a baseball stadium destroyed most
of the plants. She reported that even the few Phragmites found in the region were
disappearing! Yet, in 1942, Phragmites began to increase, but only in the last twenty
years has the spreading of Phragmites become a problem, having in the early 1960's
extirpated Enteromorpha from a small creek. On the west side of the lake, where a solid
mass of Salicornia existed, earth was dumped by the highway construction crew to
make a more solid shoulder for Route 690, thereby destroying the habitat of the
Salicornia but leaving some of the other salt plants until Phragmites appeared in the late
1970’s and completely covered the remaining salt plants.
At present the main area where Salicornia survives is between Route 57 and Onon-
daga Lake on the northeast side of the lake near Danforth Pool. This pool contains
much Ruppia and some Potamogeton. Salicornia did persist in the ditches along this
road but was finally extirpated by the widening of Route 57. Spergularia media and
Puccinellia remain abundant in the drier areas on both sides of the highway.
The county parks are cooperating concerning the saving of the few remaining salt
plants by fencing in a large area and eliminating the usual moving of this part of the
parkway.
List OF SALT PLANTS
This report was initiated with a list of Pursh’s herbarium specimens (with the excep-
tion of Pursh’s report (James 1869) of Salicornia) as examined by Mildred E. Faust and
22 BARTONIA
Nettie M. Sadler at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia on November 4
Additional salt species as reported by J. A. Paine (1865 and Anonymous 1865), L. L.
Goodrich (1912), H. D. House (1924), G. C. Wurth (1934), M. E. Faust (1961), and
R. S. Mitchell (1980) were also included. Herbarium specimens examined were: the
original collection of Mrs. L. L. Goodrich and the Syracuse Botanical Club, the Faust
collection, and the general herbarium collection at ESF (College of Environmental
Science and Forestry at Syracuse University in Syracuse, New York).
Field identification of current salt species was done by the authors and Donald D.
Cox, July 1980
The families, genera and species follow Gleason and Cronquist (1963) with the excep-
tion of Mitchell’s (1980) Polygonaceae and Scirpus americanus (Schuyler 1974). The
parentheses following the genus and species enclose the names according to Faust
(1961), whereas, the parentheses after the collector/reporters name enclose the name
they used. An asterisk before the date indicates an herbarium specimen. Other entries
are reports only
TYPHACEAE
Typha angustifolia L. 1865. Paine, common around Onondaga and west - Oy aeanaiy 1912. Goodrich,
abundant in Onondaga salt marshes. *1980. Faust, Cox, Roberts, salt ma
NAJADACEAE
Najas marina L. 1864. G. W. C, (N. major a borders of Onondaga Lake, as reported by Paine (1865).
*1878. Lucien M. Underwood, Onondaga Lake. 1889. Goodrich (1912), (N. marina recurvata Dudley)
Roath Sh marshes, Long Branch. a Goodrich (1912), other than salt.
Potamogeton pectinatus L. (var. pectinatus). 1865. Paine, abundant in Onondaga Lake. 1884. Goodrich
(1912), common salt marsh. *1948. Faust, salt pool.
Ruppia maritima L. (subsp. spiralis (L.) Agardh]. 1864. Paine (1865), saline places at Onondaga Lake. 1895.
Goodrich (1912), brackish puddle, salt marsh near Salina, July. *1980. Faust, Cox, Roberts, in brackish
pool.
toms palustris L. 1864. G. W. Clinton, marshes adjoining Onondaga Lake, as reported by Paine
*1881. Mary Hotchkiss, Seneca River, Baldwinsville *1955. Faust, S. J. Smith, Cox.
JUNCAGINACEAE
peat maritima L. Site elata (Nutt.) T. & G.]. 1743. Kalm (1753) reported pair a specimen collected
artram when Bartram visited the area of the 5 nations. *1807. Pursh, salt marsh, July 16. 1865.
a Onondaga rm *1879. Goodrich, pty of Onondaga Lake. *1880. Mrs. M. O. Rust, Onondaga
Lake, June. *1933. Wurth, Onondaga sal
Triglochin appt: L. *1807. Pursh, le salt springs, July 18. 1865. Paine, boggy borders of Onon-
at Salina and northward om Liverpool. 1885. Goodrich (1912), rare, near Onondaga Lake.
*1898. pert salt springs, June 2
GRAMINEAE (POACEAE)
Agrostis stolonifera L. var. compacta Hartm. {var. palustris (Huds,) Farw.]. *1926. H. Ellis, salt sheds,
nondaga Lake. *1933. Wurth, Onondaga salt flats. *1980. Faust, Roberts, salt flats
Distichilis spicata (L.) Greene. 1900. Goodrich (1912), salt marsh, Geddes. 1980. no specimens for county
at ESF.
Echinochloa walteri (Pursh) Nash. 1896. waa! (1912), (Panicum walteri) local, salt marsh, Onondaga
Lake, Sept. 1980. no PR for county a
ees jubatum L. *1923. Van Eseltine, ee Lake. *1933. Wurth, Onondaga salt flats. *1946.
Faust, S. J. Smith, salt flats. *1980. Faust, Cox, Roberts, salt flats near McArthur stadium.
ONONDAGA SALT PLANTS pi)
Leptochloa fascicularis (Lam.) Gray var. martima (Bickn.) Gl. (syn. Diplachne acuminata). 1864. G. W.
pate abundant at Salina, and on the springy slopes southwestward along the banks of Onondaga lake, as
tted by Paine “Tisesy 1900. Goodrich (1912), eee 7. Beauv.) frequent, salt marsh,
ar and Camillus. 1924. House, brackish marshes and shor . . inland at Onondaga Lake. *1926. Van
Eseltine, southeast shore of Onondaga Lake, Sept. 4.
Panicum dichotomiflorum var. dichotomiflorum. 1864. G. W. Clinton, Le cabelas Lam.), marshes ad-
joining Onondaga Lake, as reported by Paine (1865). *1873. B. D. rt, shores of Onondaga Lake.
*1926. Bray and Van Eseltine, southeast of Suen Lake growing hen oo fascicularis. *1980.
many specimens at ESF from a variety of habita
ge lis (L.) Parl. *1933. Wurth, salt flats. *1941. Faust and S. J. Smith, Wolf Street salt flats.
*1980. Faust, Cox, Roberts, salt flats near Danforth Pon
Puccinellia eis (Torr.) Bickn. 1924. Haberer, as aed by House, on salt marshes and in brackish
. collected at Onondaga Lake Haberer No. 3301. 1980. no specimens for county at ESF.
ae maritima (Huds.) Parl. 1887. Goodrich (1912), Rare. Salt marsh, Solvay. 1980. no specimens
ESF
Sorin patens (Ait.) Muhl. 1899. Goodrich (1912), salt marsh near Geddes, common. *1926. Van Eseltine,
rsh at southeast end of Onondaga Lake. *1941. Faust and S. J. Smith, Onondaga Lake.
Sieh pectinata Link. *1807. Pursh, (S. cynosuroides Willd., 8. michauxiana Hitch., S. schreberi Gmel.)
July 16. 1865. Paine, Onondaga Lake, all around. — panaoee (1912), (S. polystachya Michx. and S.
peeaes Willd.) salt marsh near Onondaga Lake. 44. Faust, salt flats growing on top of a mat of
Juncus gerardii. *1980. Faust, Cox, Roberts, west tg . Onondaga L
Sprin alterniflora Loisel. 1865. Paine, (S. stricta Roth. var. alternifolia) banks and marshes of Onondag
chiefly on west side. 1900. Goodrich (1912), (S. stricta (Ait.) Roth. var. glabra Muhl.) plentiful, ae
nog Salina. 1980. no specimens at ESF
CYPERACEAE
Carex alata Torr. & Gray. 1905. Goodrich (1912), salt marsh near Onondaga Lake, June. *1980. has been
found in county but not in salt.
Carex mackenziei Krecz. 1899. Goodrich (1912), (C. norvegica Willd.) rare, salt marsh, near Onondaga Lake.
1980. no specimens at ESF for county.
Carex salina Wahl. 1890, 1908. cancers (1912), (C. cuspidata Wahl.) common, salt marsh near old salt mill.
1980. no specimens at ESF for
gis fp licinus Vahl. 1865. Paine, eh Onondaga Lake. 1899. Goodrich aie a nuttallii Eddy) salt
Geddes and shores of Onondaga Lake. 1980. no specimens at ESF for c
lithe parvula (R. & S.) Link. #1926. Van Eseltine, Marsh southeast of alias Lake, very rare in
region.
oo castanea pice ) Vahl. 1882. Goodrich (1912), salt land, first ward, Syracuse. 1980. no speci-
men ESF for
. americanus 3B. (=S. olneyi Gray; not S. americanus as generally applied by American authors)
Pursh, Onondaga, July 11.
Scope maritimus L. var. paludosus (A. Nels.) Kuk. (S. paludosus A. Nels.). *1807. Pursh, apparently
Onondaga salt springs. 1865. Paine, (S. maritimus) Onondaga Lake. *1891. Goodrich, (S. eget
specimen name changed to S. paludosus by S. J. Smith in 1951) Salina. *1933. Wurth, salt flats. *1948.
Faust and S. J. Smith, salt flats, observed it was taking over habitat of Salicornia. *1949. Faust ne Sadler,
wet salt flats. +1982. Faust et al., McArthur Stadium.
Scirpus robustus Pursh.? 1912, Goodrich, abundant in all salt marshes, Salina marsh, July —Oct. *1916. H. P
Brown, salt sheds, Sept. 25. 1924. Clinton, Paine, Mrs. M. O. Rust, as reported by House, Inland at the
head of Onondaga Lake. *1924. John H. Sulliven. salt marsh, July 27.
' A. E. Schuyler informs us of a more recent collection at Onondaga Lake by J. E. Kirkwood in July 1903
— at oo New York Botanical Garden).
A. E. Schuyler informs us of a more recent ise at Onondaga Lake by Muenscher and Brown (coll.
no. 21639) on - August 1945 (specimen at Corn
24 BARTONIA
JUNCACEAE
Juncus bulbosus L. 1864. G. W. Clinton, Onondaga Lake as reported by Paine (1865). 1980. no specimens at
ESF for county.
Juncus compressus Jacq. *1932. Wurth, Onondaga salt flats. *1949. Faust, Sadler, salt flats.
Juncus gerardii Loisel. 1865. Paine, Onondaga Lake. *1881. Goodrich, salt works near Salina. 1895. Good-
rich (1912), abundant in salt marsh, ae Lake. *1933. Wurth, salt flats. *1945. Faust, salt fae
*1980. Faust, Cox, Roberts, salt flat
Juncus maritimus Lam. 1912. ee plentiful on salt marsh, shore of Onondaga Lake. The only locality
reported here. 1980. no specimens at ESF for county.
POLYGONACEAE
Polygonum ramosissimum Michx. var. prolificum n Small iP: eke icum ngs apes ss Rit oe (1912),
(P. ramosissimum) sandy, moist soil. Occasional. Pleas ach wn, (P. pro-
od cum) salt sheds. *1929. E. P. Percival, (P. aie cum), sak ats, near Paes abe bee 8 Si
mith, R. Mitchell, (P. prolificum) Liverpool. 1978. Mitchell repor
sence ramosissimum Var. ramosissimum. 1978. Mitchell report.
Rumex hastatulus Baldw. 1895. Goodrich nce rare, saline places, wih marsh, Solvay. 1978. Mitchell,
report: literature citation on file at New York State Herbarium. 1980. no specimens at ESF.
Rumex dlilcoilien de (Dans.) Rech. f. (=R. Mexicanus Meissn.). 1895. Goodrich (1912), (R. dane
Weinm.) n mmon, salt marsh, first ward. *1955. Faust, Smith, Cox, Hiawatha and Oswego
ore. ticle icainel ed.
CHENOPODIACEAE
~~ arenaria Nutt. die Goodrich (1912), saline places, local, Liverpool and Greenpoint. 1980. no
specim at ESF for coun
Atriplex is L. var. hastata ve Gray. 1865. ge (te hastata L.) common at Salina, roadside, marshes,
shores of the lake. *1891. F. L. Stevens, Geddes. 1909. Goodrich (1912), (A. hastata L.), plentiful in Loon
places, salt marshes, Geddes. and Salina. oR Wurth, oo meadow, Onondaga salt flats. *1949.
Faust, Sadler, salt flats. *1980. Faust, Cox, Roberts, salt flat
Chenopodium glaucum L. (subsp. glaucum). 1865. P: bundant S dal the shores of Onondaga
Lake, where is is native, doubtless. *1880. Mary ne shores of Onondaga Lake, near Salina. Aug. 16.
*1881. Mary Hotchkiss, salt blocks, Salina. 1897. peak eeden, aad de gaat plentiful in waste places.
*1933. Wurth, salt flats. *1960. Faust, Salicornia swamp, Rt.
Chenopodium rubrum L. 1864. G. W. Clinton, (Blitum maritimum Nutt.) marshes at Salina southwestern
yoni of the lake, as reported by Paine (1865). 1897. Goodrich (1912), among salt vats. Geddes salt marsh,
*1941. Faust, Pleasant Beach.
aflae sae gs L. 1807. Pursh, nae in his journal, no specimens found in Philadelphia. 1865. Paine,
(S. cea) salt marshes on Onond e; common at Salina and abundant on west side of the lake
pene ea 1. 1909. Goodrich io (S. herbacea & S. biglelovii), frequent, all salt marshes here.
*1980. Faust, Cox, Roberts, salt flat
Salsola - L. var. tenuifolia G. F. W. aes 1902. Goodrich (1912), not abundant, salt marshes, near Iron
Pier, . *1926. Van Eseltine, old salt yards near fair grounds. *1933. Wurth, brackish meadow at
Fi salt flats. *1942. Faust, Sadler, salt flat
Suaeda americana (Pers.) Fern. 1912. Goodrich, ete on Onondaga salt marshes, north of salt mill.
1 O specimens at ESF for county
Suaeda maritima (L.) Dum. 1912. Goodrich, low and inconspicuous in salt marsh, Aug., near Iron Pier.
1980. no specimens at ESF for county.
AMARANTHACEAE
eo cannabinus (L.) Sauer 1895, Goodrich (1912), (Acnida cannabina), local salt marsh, near Iron
Pier, Aug. 1980. no specimens for county at ESF
ONONDAGA SALT PLANTS Pa)
AIZOACEAE
Sesuvium maritimum (Walt.) BSP. 1890. Goodrich (1912), rare, salt marsh near Geddes, locality destroyed
by Solvay refuse. Specimens found in Aug. 1980. no specimens at ESF for county
CARYOPHYLLACEAE
Spergularia marina (L.) Griseb. 1888. Goodrich (1912), (Trissa marina & T. rubra) one locality only, salt
marsh, near salt hs Aug. *1933. Wurth, salt flats. *1945. Sadler, Danforth pool. *1980. Faust, Cox,
Roberts, salt flat
pines media io Presl. *1915. H. P. Brown, salt works. *1926. Van Eseltine, salt yards, Galeville.
933. Wurth, brackish meadow, salt flats. #1938. R. L. Crockett, Syracuse. *1949. Faust, Sadler, salt
a *1980. Faust, Cox, Roberts, salt flats.
CRUIFERAE (BRASSICEAE)
Cakile edentula (Bigel.) Hook. 1900. Goodrich (1912), only on salt marsh, Lake shore, Pleasant Beach. 1980.
no specimens at ESF for county.
RANUNCULACEAE
Ranunculus cymbalaria Pursh. *1807 Pursh, Onondaga salt springs July 16. 1865. Paine, on borders of
Onondaga Lake about the head of Salina and along the eastern sides. Abundant there, the only habitat
given by Pursh. 1893. Goodrich (1912), infrequent, banks of stream flowing into Onondaga Lake, Pleasant
Beach July. Banks of canal, Geddes. 1932. Seen at the AAAS meetings but not since.
ROSACEAE
ge ne anserina L. *1807. Pursh, found at Onondaga Lake, July 20. 1865. Paine, common around Onon-
ake. 1909. Goodrich (1912), shores of Onondaga Lake, plenty. *1980. Faust, Cox, Roberts, plenti-
ful, ss large vigorous plants, bordering Danforth Pond
FABACEAE
Lathyrus palustris var. palustris. *1807. Pursh, Lathyrus spp. (L. palustris, L. myrtifolium) *1880. H. A. S.
White, Liverpool, Onondaga Lake, July. *1885 & 1886. M. L. Overacker, Danforth salt pool. 1890.
Goodrich (1912), frequent, marshes and shores. 1980. other places in county.
EUPHORBIACEAE
Euphorbia polygonifolia L. 1912. Goodrich, plentiful It lands, near Onondaga Lake. 1980. no specimens
SF for county.
MALVACEAE
bite officinalis L. 1885. Goodrich (1912), rare, salt marsh, first ward, locality covered with Solvay refuse.
the specimens at ESF none are from salt areas
ie moscheutos L. [subsp. palustris (L.) Clausen]. *1807. Pursh. i salt springs, July 16. 1865.
Paine, plentiful in the marshes around the salt lake, Onondaga N.Y., Pursh. 1895. Goodrich (1912), scarce,
brackish places around Onondaga Lake, Aug. *1949. Faust, Sadler, ie of mud lock.
SCROPHULARIACEAE
Gerardia maritima Raf. 1908. Goodrich (1912), Rare, salt marsh, north from salt mill, first ward, July. 1980.
no specimens for county at ESF
PLANTAGINACEAE
Plantago i bs Torr. 1908. Goodrich (1912), frequent, salt marsh, near Iron Pier. 1980. no specimens at
ESF fo
Plantago maritima L. subsp. juncoides (Lam.) Hulten. 1883. W. L. Beauchamp, Onondaga Lake, Aug. 27.
1890. Goodrich (1912), (P. decipiens) rare, biennial, salt lands; now covered with Solvay refuse. 1980. no
specimens at ESF for county.
26 BARTONIA
COMPOSITAE (ASTERACEAE)
ops caudata Michx. 1909. Ing (1912), frequent in salt marsh, Court Street near bridge, Aug.
1 © specimens at ESF for co
Aster gee Blake. *1936 Robert L. Crocket, Syracuse salt flats. *1949 Faust, salt flats near regional
market. 1977. Faust observed in salt flats. 1980. Faust, Roberts observed in salt flats
Aster eee L. 1908. ie (1912), abundant in salt marsh, first ward, Syracuse, Sept. 1980. no
specimens at ESF for cou
Aster tga Michx. 1905. Gooch 91) localized, salt marsh, first ward, Syracuse, Sept. *1916. H. P.
salt sheds. *1933. Wurth, salt flats. *1974. Raynal, Faust, shore of Onondaga Lake in saline soil.
$000 Pat Roberts observed in ale an
Aster oe L. 1905. Goodrich (1912), plentiful in salt marsh, first ward, Syracuse, Sept. 1912. Good-
ich, reported - House from salt marsh near Syracuse (Fl. Onondaga Co. 184, 1912). 1980. no specimens
ESF sre co
Pluchea ee (L.) DC. 1910. Goodrich (1912), occasional, salt marsh, first ward, Sept. 1924. House,
reports: reported from salt marshes of Onondaga Lake near Syracuse. 1980. no specimens at ESF for
ounty.
Solidago sempervirens L. 1882. Haberer report. 1909. Goodrich (1912), plentiful in one locality, salt marsh
near mill, Aug. 1980. no specimens at ESF for county
LITERATURE CITED
ANONYMOUS. 1865. Facts and observations touching the flora of the state of New York. Annual Rep. New
ork State Mus. 18: 197-205.
Faust, M. E. 1961. Checklist of the vascular plants of Onondaga County New York. Bull. Syracuse Univ.
Mus. Nat. Sci. No. 9.
GLEASON, HENRY A. AND CRONQUIST, ARTHUR. 1963. eR - vascular plants of northeastern United
States and adjacent Canada D. Van Nostrand Co., Princ
GoopricH, L. L. 1912. Flora of Onondaga County as a Pa the members of the Syracuse Botanical
Club.
penee: meng D. 1924. Annotated list of the ferns and flowering plants of New York State. New York State
ries i —
JAMES, LP rnal of a botanical ion in the north rts of the states of Pennsylvania and
New via eae the year 1807, by Frederick seks Philadelphia.
KALM, PETER. 1753. Peter Kalm’s travels in North America, English version of 1770, revised and edited by
dolph B. Benson in 1937, unabridged enthuse in 1966. Dover Publications, Inc., New York.
MITCHELL, RICHARD S. 1980. Polygonaceae (Buckwheat Family) of New York State. New York State Mus.
Bull. 431, Albany.
PaINnE, JOHN A. Jr. 1865. Catalogue of plants found in Oneida County and vicinity. Annual Rep. New York
State Mus. 18: 53—192.
oe A. E. 1974. hd sccrisia and eens of the names Scirpus americanus Pers., 8. olneyi Gray,
S. pungens Vahl. Rhodora 76: 51—52.
VAN A ane GLENN. 1936— 7 Unpublished notes on the Onondaga Flora.
URTH, GLENNA C. 1934. Studies on the vegetation of the Syracuse Salt Flats. Thesis, Botany, Syracuse
University.
Bartonia No. 49: 27—31, 1983
Some Additions to the Flora
in Luzerne County, Pennsylvania
JAMES D. MONTGOMERY
Ichthyological Associates, Inc.
R.D. 1, Berwick, PA 18603
The publication of the Atlas of the Flora of Pennsylvania, by Wherry, Fogg, and
Wahl (1979), has provided a frame of reference for botanists working in the state. It is
now possible to compare the flora of a specific study site with documented collections
and fill in gaps in our knowledge of the state’s flora. This paper presents the floristic
results of a study in Luzerne County in northeastern Pennsylvania, compares the find-
ings with the documented flora in Wherry et al. (1979), and gives an annotated list of
those species not previously reported for Luzerne County.
DESCRIPTION OF STUDY SITE
In 1971, Pennsylvania Power and Light Company (PP&L) began construction of a
nuclear power plant, called the Susquehanna Steam Electric Station (Susquehanna
SES), near the Susquehanna River, 8 kilometers northeast of Berwick, Luzerne
County, Pennsylvania (Fig. 1). The PP&L lands around the construction site, approxi-
mately 760 hectares, are referred to as the Susquehanna SES site. As part of the
environmental monitoring program, studies of the flora and vegetation have been con-
ducted and are continuing. The Susquehanna SES site lies in the Ridge and Valley
Province (Fenneman 1938). The underlying rocks throughout are shales of the Mahan-
tango Formation (PP&L 1978), and the Wisconsin glacial boundary lies just to the
south. The site is bisected by the Susquehanna River, with its floodplain, and contains
several ridges. Elevations range from 150 meters at the river to 372 meters on Council
Cup Ridge.
Vegetation of the Susquehanna SES site includes upland forest dominated by red oak
(Quercus borealis), black oak (Q. velutina), white pine (Pinus strobus), and Virginia
pine (P. virginiana), with relatively sparse shrub and herb layers; floodplain hardwood
forest dominated by silver maple (Acer saccharinum), river birch (Betula nigra),
American elm (Ulmus americana), and hackberry (Celtis occidentalis), with a rich
herbaceous flora especially in spring; abandoned fields dominated by goldenrod (Sol-
idago spp.), aster (Aster spp.), grasses and many other perennial herbs; agricultural
fields, and roadsides with their associated ‘‘weeds’’; and four small ponds and wetland
areas with cat-tails (Typha spp.), grasses, sedges, and other marsh plants (Montgomery
1978, 1979). There is considerable diversity of habitats in the area of the site.
FLORISTIC RESULTS
In almost 10 years of floristic study, 675 species of vascular plants have been found
on the Susquehanna SES site (Montgomery 1982). This total includes 128 woody plant
species and 547 herbaceous taxa; the former includes 9 conifers, the latter includes 40
pteridophytes, and the remainder of each comprises 626 species of flowering plants.
Most of these are relatively common plants in Pennsylvania and all except 42 have been
reported previously for Luzerne County (Wherry et al. 1979). These 42 species are
27
28 BARTONIA
discussed individually below. Five of these new records for Luzerne County represent
the northern limit for the species in Pennsylvania, one represents an eastern limit in the
state, and two others are regional records, i.e. they have not been reported for Luzerne
or surrounding counties (Fig. 1).
erbarium specimens, as vouchers, of all herbaceous and many woody plants have
been collected and are maintained in a reference herbarium at the Susquehanna SES
Spee Laboratory; duplicate specimens of the taxa discussed herein will be placed
n the herbarium at the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
The following list contains all of the species found on the site to date that are not
reported for Luzerne County in Wherry et al. (1979). Species which are introduced
plants and of general distribution in the state are listed with introduced status and
habitat, but not further discussed. Taxa of more restricted range, especially rang
extensions in the state are discussed in more detail. The list is alphabetical by families
and genera within the groups Pteridophyta, Monocotyledoneae, and Dicotyledoneae.
| sa NE TN
\
| |
| $US. 0 UE ROA NINA |
|
~ |
aguen * nd Wh ao aden ae imam “sa are Tiel deca ane amici sae oe
{ '
» LACKAWANNA
}
|
/ a |
\ / '
SUC ie MAN l
~ '
5 ae are
Ae
FIG.
Pennsylvania.
1. Susquehanna SES site location in Luzerne County, and surrounding counties in northeastern
LUZERNE COUNTY FLORA 29
PTERIDOPHYTA
POLYPODIACEAE: Cystopteris protrusa (Weath.) Blasdell, native, floodplain forest;
there are no nearby locations recorded for this fern in Pennsylvania, and this is the only
record in northeastern Pennsylvania; several colonies occur on the river floodplain, a
habitat typical for this species (Wherry 1961). Dryopteris X uliginosa Druce, native,
roadside; single clump, probably representing one original plant, on stone wall; both
parents (D. carthusiana and D. cristata) are nearby; nearest localities are in Monroe,
Wyoming, and Schuylkill counties.
MONOCOTYLEDONEAE
ARACEAE: Arisaema dracontium (L.) Schott, native, floodplain forest; scattered
throughout floodplain forest; recorded in Columbia, Wyoming, and Lackawanna coun-
ties, all in the Susquehanna Valley.
GRAMINEAE: Bromus japonicus Thunb, introduced, fields and roadsides. Bromus
mollis L., introduced, floodplain forest; only few records in state, nearest in Sullivan
County; introduced with grass mixtures in seeded areas. Eragrostis pilosa (L.) Beauv.,
introduced, river bank and abandoned field. Eragrostis frankii C. A. Meyer, native,
river bank; there are records from Bradford and Wyoming counties upriver from the
site; large colony occurs on river shore of island in Susquehanna River.
LEMNACEAE: Wolffia punctata Griseb., native, canal; occurs on the abandoned Sus-
quehanna Canal on the site; nearest record is in Sullivan County; distribution probably
poorly known because of small plant size.
LILIACEAE: Asparagus officinalis L., introduced, abandoned field. Erythronium al-
bidum Nutt., native. floodplain forest; widely scattered, but most records from lower
Susquehanna Valley; recorded from Wyoming County just north of Luzerne County
line and Union County west of site; several colonies in floodplain forests. Lilium super-
bum L., native, floodplain forest; common in most of Pennsylvania and recorded from
Columbia County just west of site. Ornithogalum umbellatum L., introduced, wood-
land; More common in southern Pennsylvania; also recorded from the Susquehanna
Valley in Wyoming County. Trillium cernum L., native, floodplain forest; one small
colony on the site in lowland woods; only one other record north of glacial boundary in
Pennsylvania (Pike County). Veratrum viride Ait., native, floodplain forest; recorded
from Columbia and other surrounding counties; common in the area.
ORCHIDACEAE: Epipactis helleborine (L.) Crantz, introduced, floodplain forest; re-
corded for Columbia, Montour, and Lackawanna countries.
TYPHACEAE: Typha angustifolia L., native, open marsh; no other records for this
species north of glacial boundary in eastern Pennsylvania; two stands occur, both in
pond edges; 7. /atifolia also occurs on the site.
DICOTYLEDONEAE
ACERACEAE: Acer nigrum Michx. f., native, floodplain forests; large trees occur in
floodplain forest; recorded in northern Susquehanna Valley only from Bradford and
Sullivan counties, other records are all from western Pennsylvania; this is easternmost
record in state.
ASTERACEAE: Aster cordifolius L., native, floodplain and upland forests; there are
records for this species in counties surrounding Luzerne, but few from the Ridge and
Valley Province. Aster dumosus L., native, abandoned field; all other records from
southeastern Pennsylvania; plants discovered by Mrs. Ann Newbold. Erigeron
30 BARTONIA
philadelphicus L., native, floodplain forest; known from counties both north and south
of Luzerne along the Susquehanna River, including Columbia, Wyoming, and Lack-
awanna counties.
BoRAGINACEAE: Hackelia virginiana (L.) Johnst., native, floodplain forest; reported
for most surrounding counties.
CRUCIFERAE: Brassica kaber (D.C.) L. Wheeler, introduced, roadside. Thlaspi ar-
vense L., introduced, roadside.
FAGACEAE: Quercus palustris Muenchh., native, lowland forest; scattered trees
occur in both the river forest and near marshes on the site; there are records for
Lackawanna, Montour, and Northumberland counties, but most are south of Luzerne
County.
FUMARIACEAE: Corydalis flavula (Raf.) D.C., native, roadside; small colony is north-
ernmost record for this species in Pennsylvania; nearest records are west of the site in
Union County.
GENTIANACEAE: Gentiana andrewsii Griseb., native, abandoned field; one colony in
an abandoned field on the site; there are records for Schuylkill, Wyoming, and Montour
counties.
JUGLANDACEAE: Juglans nigra L., native, woodland; reported for Montour, Monroe,
Carbon, and Schuylkill counties; common in second growth woodlands on the site.
LABIATAE: Lamium amplexicaule L., introduced, roadside.
LEGUMINOSAE: Coronilla varia L., introduced, roadside. Lotus corniculatus L., in-
troduced, roadside, abandoned field. Vicia cracca L., introduced, roadside.
LYTHRACEAE: Lythrum salicaria L., introduced, wet field.
Matvaceae: Abutilon theophrasti Medic., introduced, abandoned and cultivated
fields.
POLEMONIACEAE: Polemonium reptans L., native, floodplain forest; most records
are for western and southeastern Pennsylvania; nearest records are from Wyoming and
Northumberland counties.
ORTULACACEAE: Claytonia virginica L., native, floodplain forest; common in the
floodplain forest on the site; most records are from southeastern Pennsylvania, some
from Wyoming and Lackawanna counties in the northern Susquehanna Valley.
Rosaceae: Prunus avium L., introduced, upland forest. Pyrus communis L., intro-
duced, forest edge. Pyrus malus L., introduced, upland forest.
RUBIACEAE: Galium palustre L., native, moist abandoned field; scattered in northern
counties of Pennsylvania, with a few records to the south; nearest locations are in
Wyoming and Sullivan counties.
SCROPHULARIACEAE: Verbascum blattaria L., introduced, roadside. Veronica pere-
grina L., native, canal bank; reported along the Susquehanna River in Bradford, Lack-
awanna, and Wyoming counties.
VALERIANACEAE: Valerianella locusta (L.) Betcke [V. olitoria (L.) Polli], in-
troduced, canal bank; northernmost record in state, and only one north of glacial
boundary.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I thank Theodore V. Jacobsen, Edward C. Raney, and John Homa, Jr. for reviewing
the manuscript. This study was supported by the Pennsylvania Power and Light Com-
pany.
LUZERNE COUNTY FLORA 31
LITERATURE CITED
FENNEMAN, N. M. 1938. Physiography of the eastern United States. McGraw-Hill Book Co., N ork
MontTGomeRY, J. D. 1978. Flora and vegetation. Pages 279—310 in T. V. Jacobsen (ed.), Ecological studies of
the Susquehanna River in the vicinity of the Susquehanna Steam Electric Station (Annual report for
ee ee ar Associates, Inc., Berwick
Flora and vegetation. Pages 196— a0 i T. V. Jacobsen (ed.), Ecological studies of the Sus-
cas River in the vicinity of the Susquehanna Steam Electric Station (Annual report for 1978).
Bay Associates, Inc., Berwick.
198 lor and vegetation. cca 209—278 in T. V. Jacobsen (ed.), Ecological studies of the Sus-
que phen na Rive the vicinity of the Susquehanna Steam Electric Station (1981 Annual Report).
Ichthyological aa Inc., Berwic
PENNSYLVANIA POWER AND LIG + COME. 1978. Susquehanna Steam Electric Station Environmental
Report— ane: License nies PP&L, Allentown.
a, E; 1961. The fern guide. Doubleday and Co., Inc., Garden
coke Fogg, Jr., and H. A. Wahl. 1979. Atlas of the flora of Smedenile The Morris Arboretum,
Pidladenkin.
Bartonia No. 49: 32—51, 1983
The Dead Trees of Ilha da Trindade!
RICHARD H. EYDE
Department of Botany
AND
Storrs L. OLSON
Department of Vertebrate Zoolog
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, ee 20560
Out in the South Atlantic some 1,500 kilometers east by north from Rio de Janeiro, a
volcano top called Trindade juts above the sea (Fig. 1). Though it is scarcely a seventh
the size of Manhattan, the isle does not want for wonders. It has crags, a cascade, anda
columnar volcanic plug eighty stories high; a Sugarloaf to rival Rio’s; a great natural
tunnel through which the surf thunders; a rabble of raucous seabirds; and rustling
myriads of garish red and yellow land crabs (1). But ringed with rocks and days by boat
from Brazil’s mainland, Trindade is not suited or situated for sightseers. A naval force
of forty now shares the island with the noddies and the petrels. Before, there were
prisoners for a time (2), and pirates it is said, and castaways of course. Sailing ships
shunned Trindade’s ironbound shore unless they lacked water for drinking or wood for
the stoves. There was wood aplenty, too, for the steep slopes (Fig. 2) bore thousands of
trees, by all accounts trees of one kind only. Before 1821, however, something or some
event had killed them—killed them all—leaving a weird landscape of standing corpses.
It was, in the words of one who saw it, ‘‘a forest of desolation, as if nature had at some
particular moment ceased to vegetate.”’
That is what we knew or thought we knew when the question of the trees’ identity
brought us, a botanist and an ornithologist, together. One of us had gone to Trindade to
study birds (3), had seen what is left of the forest of desolation, scattered logs and bits of
wood weathering away, and had brought back a sack of samples. For some of the birds,
the passing of the island’s forest was no small thing. Alive or dead the trees held eggs
and young away from preying crabs and, where thick-strewn, made a barrier between
birds and people (Figs. 3—5). The island’s birds are far fewer now than they were fifty
years ago (4), and the loss of the trees must be one reason for it. When we turned our
attention to the trees, works on Trindade were ascribing them to Caesalpinia, a genus in
the legume family, but the basis for the ascription was obscure. Moreover, spare-time
carvers at the naval station had said that the wood does not look and feel like bona fide
Caesalpinia wood. Hence the botanist’s role: to learn whether Trindade’s logs really
are remains of Caesalpinia trees. That question, seemingly a simple one, would bring an
avalanche of others, and looking for the answers would take us down paths seldom trod
by those who study plants or animals.
Smithsonian researchers usually go to experts in the Forest Service for help with
puzzling woods, because identification, even of common cabinet woods, is best done by
those with day-to-day practice. But exposing a wrong identification can be easy
enough. One starts by cutting three carefully oriented slices from the doubtful wood: a
' Presented to the Philadelphia Botanical Club, April 22, 1982.
32
TRINDADE’S DEAD TREES 33
deel } Se oe ee
7, ae
ss Nine 2%, +3 ail eal | Wncam m
pede es gas! a | iF i |
oe fy y on is |
ma «wa wry pe
ST, ° Si
Bak. “dhe ; ss :
eT) Sp) ay il i a is
LY: \ (|
Fic. 1. Islands of the South Atlantic.
slice that is a cross section with respect to the dead tree’s trunk, another that is
longitudinal and radial, and a third that is longitudinal and perpendicular to the radial
slice (5). The slices must be thin enough to pass light, because the goal is to match them
microscopically with three similarly oriented slices from a vouchered sample—a piece
of wood collected with a flowering or fruiting branch to vouch for its identity. When we
put slices from a Trindade sample beside slices from vouchered Caesalpinia woods we
found they did not match: the Trindade trees were not caesalpinias. We then took a
closer look at what had been written about Trindade and discovered other ideas as to
the trees’ identity. Four authors had put forward, with differing levels of doubt or
decision, four other genera in four plant families. In time we found that all were wrong.
We now had several questions to deal with. Of course we wanted to know what kind
of trees grew on Trindade. To that end we had to ask whether any early visitor to the
island had made a drawing or had pressed and preserved a leafy branch while the trees
34 BARTONIA
ae
Fic. 2. Trindade’s slopes as they are today, from a Kodachrome by S. L. Olson.
still lived. And how did they come to be called Caesalpinia? And when did they die?
And why?
SETTLERS BUT No SPECIMENS
Looking for an early collection led us nowhere. It seems no visitor took a specimen or
sketched one before the trees died. The first exploration on record was in April, 1700,
when a British pink, the Paramore, Edmond Halley of comet fame commanding, landed
a boat five days running. Captain Halley was a topnotch scientist, but he cared more for
planets than for plants, and the Paramore was out to study the earth’s magnetism not its
vegetation. Halley’s journal (6) says he drew Trindade’s outline, plotted its position,
and claimed it for his king, also that he ‘‘went up to the topp of the Island and found it
very Steep and Laborious to ascend it.’’ It says not a word about trees.
The Portuguese were rival claimants to Trindade, as their armadas had passed it
almost two hundred years ahead of Halley. They did not really look it over, however,
before 1756. In the fall of that year and again in the first months of 1757 an exploring
party left the mainland to map the island, sound its waters, and see what it had to offer.
Trees were not to be ignored: the governor of Rio de Janeiro had ordered that the group
include a carpenter versed in New World woods and their uses. Though the explorers
brought back a diary and a map, both seem to have vanished. E. M. Peixoto’s massive
monograph on Trindade’s documents (7) does not have them, nor does it say where
they are. From letters dealing with the exploration, we judge that the explorers carried
home no collections and no drawings save the map. And they likely put a low value on
the island, for Lisbon let it be till George Johnstone tried to take it.
The Johnstone affair was brought on by an extraordinary train of events (8). Commo-
dore Johnstone was a bellicose schemer and sometime Member of Parliament whose
5
S DEAD TREES
TRINDADE
jo Asalinod *106] ‘uonIpadxa
é
‘uOpuO’T ‘A}9190§ [BAOY oy]
(4PAOISIG, BY} AQ UdIS SB ‘19}U9d JO 14S ysnf sou YUM ‘sa0.) peogd “¢ ‘O14
2 » =>
ims
BARTONIA
if. oe : ee sol 4» by Se Fi @ ’ e = ~ 4 — wo
Fics. 4 and 5. Trindade’s trees as M. J. Nicoll saw them in 1905. Birds are red-footed boobies (Fig. 5)
and white tern. Copied from Nicoll’s Three Voyages of a Naturalist.
command had come as a political plum. In 1781, when Britain was at war with us, with
France, with Spain, and newly with the Netherlands, the King’s Secretary of State for
the Southern Department sent Johnstone and his ships to the Cape of Good Hope.
Johnstone's job was to grab the Cape from the Dutch before French reinforcements
could get there, for both sides saw it as a vital link in the sea route to the Asian colonies.
But the commodore let an enemy squadron catch him, scatter his ships, and beat him to
TRINDADE’S DEAD TREES 37
the goal. Having thus jeopardized Britain’s hold on India, he needed a gain of some kind
to blunt the reproof that awaited him at home. The course he hit upon was to start a
colony on tiny Trindade and tout it as a new jewel for the British crown.
He chose Captain Philip D’ Auvergne, a Jerseyman, to place the first settlement,
fortify it, and make it flourish. Embarking on what a biographer (9) has rightly called a
fool’s errand, D’ Auvergne did his brave best. Trouble began when a gale broke up the
young captain’s vessel six days after he dropped anchor at Trindade. The ships that had
escorted him could have taken him and his settlers away when they left for other tasks,
but D’ Auvergne turned down the offer (10). With his wrecked sloop’s guns planted on
the island’s heights and maize planted on the flatter spots, he held to his mission. He did
not know the mission would maroon him for a year. The King’s court did not accept the
colony quickly, as Johnstone had hoped, but called a committee to ponder it and in time
said no. When the India-bound Bristol finally came for them, the settlers surely shed no
tears of sadness, but it is hard to tell just how badly they had suffered during the delay.
Reminiscing for the Naval Chronicle years later, D’ Auvergne recalled three months of
surviving on seafowl (11). Brazilians who came to Trindade on his heels, however,
harvested some of his corn (12).
Johnstone’s ‘“‘colony’’ lasted not quite 15 months—from October, 1781, to the final
days of 1782—but it led to a longer occupation. A fortnight after D’ Auvergne’s band, 29
island-weary souls all told, left Trindade with the Bristol and her convoy, a force
arrived from Rio with instructions to put them off (13). The commodore had been in
Portugal and had bragged about his new jewel, whereupon Lisbon had complained to
London and had resolved to replace the thriving colony with one of its own. Needing no
new quarrels, Great Britain had yielded. (This recognition of Portugal’s rights took on
new worth in the 1890s when Britain tried to take Trindade again, this time as a
telegraph station. Brazil, a separate land by then, pressed the old Portuguese claim and
got the isle for good.) The newcomers soon learned they had been hoodwinked—that
Trindade’s rugged surface made it unfit for farming or for anything else they could think
of. What hardscrabble tilling could be done here and there would not feed a settlement,
and the island’s peaty soil was prone to burn. Nevertheless, the force was not soon
recalled. Following royal orders, 150 men stayed to keep Trindade out of alien hands.
Brazil’s viceroys would groan repeatedly about the cost of halfyearly supply ships
before Lisbon at last closed down the garrison, long since reduced to 88, in 1795 (14).
Trindade was aswarm with people, as desert islands go, in the 1780s and the early
1790s. Still it seems no one drew a tree or saved a branch (15). D’ Auvergne, for all his
mettle, lets us down here. During his distinguished later life as military governor of
Jersey, he owned 72 books on botany and took the Botanical Magazine (16). He could
draw, too. Before he joined Johnstone’s squadron he had sketched crustaceans and other
invertebrates for the Phipps arctic voyage (17). After landing on Trindade he had made,
under orders, a map (Fig. 6) that is still a joy to look at (18). Why then did he not leave
us a relic or a record of the trees? Well, the D’ Auvergne of 1781 and °82 was at least a
little lazy. We have this from the journal of his superior, Captain Thomas Pasley, who,
acting for Johnstone, escorted D’Auvergne’s vessel to Trindade and oversaw the
founding of the settlement. Before giving the Jerseyman a good mark for sticking with
the mission, its pages twice denounce him as a dawdler (19).
When the Portuguese posted their garrison, no botanist or zoologist had yet set foot
on the island, but the time of the great collecting expedition had come. The first such to
touch Trindade was French. In October, 1785, the Boussole and the Astrolabe arrived
SHEE te perme wapteey
Areiqvy ysniig oy} Jo Asoyinos ‘apepuly jo dew s susisany gq “9 ‘Oly
*PANA S908 40 OUR HEH Je aos
puns og
‘sapnaliny 27 20 jay prubay: Oot) —junamegpy sso
7? hy may Me wee bogs —— yoag Ogorp ~~ pyeag oght a
peng tbr g bi
, / 4 peeee nn
aay tw gna
Prmant nog 44 ay ‘ yo he ME eft tt Sy
wmes. ag 6-08 ere]
ee 5 lta od ¥ 2
a aa ee |
sing pubis
os . +a “ae a
AMM TERY YT SLOP UCTS OME URES yt My raoguiany pil) A
ap ‘pis you Ciapraana joys ag yo shaoy 2p wos ree) pe
‘Pu a3 a prodeg podiniig ey i
RapUneg § Meg purl say wore S ayy
‘SRONARA ATH
‘zelta'v
ae "KAW N §, ALSHCVIAL SHH JO UNSUAALY, da hd VD
FECT
: a , a
o4STS 44 CHAHAMA SG PLO NMEA
‘NVHIQ JMAOMML GY 2 CEL
Pig PER PO OR OOS. ‘VOVGINEML
: i. WIS] FHL AO
: NV'Id TWOLHAVUIOdO I,
Vv
DLT L
j es
preg
TRINDADE’S DEAD TREES 39
with two botanists and an artist on board and J. F. de G. de la Pérouse in charge,
outward bound on a doomed ‘‘voyage round the world.’’ Though the voyage came to
grief near the Solomons some two and a half years later, collections and records re-
turned from ports of call. Alas, collections from Trindade were not among these,
because, as La Pérouse explained in his journal, the garrison’s commandant had turned
the landing party away just after it landed. ‘‘This officer was in such dread of our
discovering the sorry state of his government,’’ wrote La Pérouse, ‘‘that he would
not even let M. de la Martiniére and Father Receveur leave the shore to look for
plants’’ (20).
French explorers came to Trindade again in 1826 when a new Astrolabe under Jules
Dumont d’ Urville set out to follow La Pérouse’s path, finish his mission, and learn what
had happened to him. Again, there was a plant collector on board. This time, however,
there was no landing because the sea was too violent (21). As it happens, Dumont
d’ Urville’s collector could not have gotten what we needed even if he had gone ashore,
for we know from a novel that Trindade’s trees were already dead. Yes, from a novel.
We will explain that after we tell how we found out what trees they were.
TELLING THE TREE BY ITS WooD
Lacking a pressed specimen, we had to work toward identification with microscopic
features of the wood, with post-mortem descriptions of the trees, and with whatever
clues could be taken from the island’s setting. We were uneasily aware, too, that the
trees could have been unique to Trindade—an endemic species now forever gone. If so,
it might be impossible to match their remains with a wood from somewhere else.
Caesalpinia woods are a bad match because, among other things, the rays are not right.
Rays are the ribbons of shorter, softer cells that run spoke-like through a transected
trunk. Magnified Caesalpinia rays have a uniform look. Most are of the same thickness,
and all their cells are procumbent, lying with long axes in line with the ray’s length (Fig.
7). The Trindade wood, on the other hand, has rays of different thicknesses with upright
cells among the procumbent cells (Fig. 8). Secondary cross walls subdivide some of the
upright cells into infracellular chambers, and each chamber encloses a crystal (Fig. 9).
This is the kind of rare feature a wood identifier looks for to strike off lots of pos-
sibilities at once and keep a search within bounds. For example, Trindade’s dead trees
can not be Acacia, as ornithologist M. J. Nicoll suggested in 1908 (4), or any other
legume for that matter, because members of the legume family do not have crystals in
chambered upright ray cells. The same goes for Rapanea, a genus of the myrsine family
to which a 1950 article (22) assigns the dead trees; a Rapanea’s rays are also much too
broad (Fig. 10). Clearly, later is not better in this business, for a 1964 book (23) calls the
dead trees Pisonia, and that is the queerest attribution of the lot. Woods of the four-
0’clock family, to which Pisonia belongs, tend to be light and flimsy owing to an oddity:
regions of thin-walled phloem cells are ‘‘included’’ within the rigid xylem, breaking up
the continuity of the wood tissue. In contrast, Trindade’s wood is hard and heavy, with
no included phloem. A glance at a cut surface, or just hefting a piece, is enough to rule
out Pisonia.
It was not so easy to rule out Eugenia, the oldest attribution on record. The English
war correspondent and travel author E. F. Knight published this one in a book about a
quest for buried gold. Knight had sailed to Trindade at the end of 1889 with nine
‘gentlemen adventurers’’ to dig for pirates’ treasure, had taken home a log, and had
ores eet
ee ny Ss Fo Ee Pees
se Leet Epes
sides dieiinininoatcony
ne eel OV
—- ———
a
~ eee or
- o : as Sd r) ey «
Fe nae ee Po
€
:
a ;
a i ‘7° Fe
a a 4 oes «%,
@ . ee”. ot
=
Z
S
=
ox
<
~Q
2%y.22 <i ee re
cnt Ue a —— — a
ae *.*; < oy
es, Yeh d LL ms
td
+ n
cin Sls wea Sees?
: SFsie
of
Ps
Se Ah mpi semonetions
a La ee
ee Se os j
J+ serpin Sh +5
. o tee A
=
ian. nd Tae
mmetOEE PSNI ee
—
oy sev ittise Jo
oe elt
sets:
Fics. 7—10. Wood rays in radial (Fig. 9) and tangential section. 7. Caesalpinia echinata, US wood collec-
Rays made up of upright and procumbent cells. x80. 9. Trindade deadwood collected by Knight in 1890.
Crystals in chambered upright cells along ray’s margins and in some axial parenchyma cells. x 135. 10. Ra-
panea guianensis, USw 8942. Rays huge and without upright cells. x40. Photos by V. Krantz.
liar lip ay =, 2 = OS > = EO a
TRINDADE’S DEAD TREES 4]
sent a piece of the log to Kew Gardens where anatomist L. A. Boodle had looked at it
(24). Working without a microtome, the present-day biologist’s precise slicer, Boodle
could do wonders with a razor and a hand lens. His opinion on the Trindade trees—
probably the myrtle family, possibly Eugenia—was the best that could be had, and it
was a reasonable one. The wood does have the look and feel of a Eugenia wood, and
there are points of similarity in the more obvious cellular features. By dint of their
fleshy, bird-eaten fruits, some of the eugenias are widespread on tropical islands: that is
another fact that fits (25). To be sure, we could not find a Eugenia wood with crystals in
upright ray cells. There are eugenias, however, with upright files of crystals elsewhere
in the wood. We could not make a good match with respect to the distribution of the
thin-walled cells called xylem parenchyma, either, but there are hundreds of species of
Eugenia, and no one has looked at all their woods. We had to allow that there could be a
Eugenia somewhere with a wood like the Trindade wood. Furthermore, Boodle’s
opinion was so worded that we could not discount it without combing the whole
myrtle family for a look-alike, which was out of the question. This would have been the
end of the track had we not had help.
We could have gone to our friends in the U.S. Forest Service for help, but no one
knows all the world’s woods, and Brazil has its own experts. An answer to our letters
came first from Calvino Mainieri, who was, before his death late in 1980 (26), Brazil's
pre-eminent identifier of woods. Mainieri said he did not think any Brazilian anatomist
had yet looked at the remains of Trindade’s trees. Could we send a sample of the
so-called Caesalpinia? Of course we could, and almost by return mail we got a new and
true identification: Trindade’s trees belonged to Colubrina.
The quick response was startling. Maineri’s way with woods was well known, but
Brazil’s woody species are so many and so diverse that we had not expected same-day
service. Three weeks later we had the same answer, Colubrina in the buckthorn family,
from a second anatomist, Armando de Mattos Filho, who sent along a piece of Trindade
deadwood from the collections of the Jardim Botanico in Rio (27). The Jardim’s wood
was just like our samples. Then the Kew anatomists sent a bit of the log that
yachtsman Knight took home in 1890. It, too, was just like ours. At least one thing we
had read at the outset was correct. The dead trees were of one kind.
CONFIRMATION FROM THE HERBARIUM
With a little cutting and comparing we saw for ourselves that the trees were some
kind of Colubrina. Now we needed to know something about the species of Colubrina.
Not that we hoped to carry the identification down to the species level; wood anatomy
can not often do that. We did hope to learn the ranges of the species and to find out
whether any one of them occurs on the Brazilian coast nearest to Trindade. To do that
we would have to look into a recent taxonomic treatment of Colubrina. We were in
luck: there was one. Marshall Johnston of the University of Texas had put Colubrina in
order in 1971 (28), and the Smithsonian’s botany library had his work.
Taxonomists are the ofttimes undervalued heroes of biology who sort out the species,
tell us their traits, map their ranges, and untangle their nomenclatural snarls. A scientist
of another stripe can know the worth of all that only when he or she has run into a
roadblock, then gone to a good taxonomic treatment and found what is needed to carry
on. Professor Johnston’s work gave us what we wanted and more. There are 31 species
of Colubrina in the world and Brazil’s southeastern coast has two of them. One of these
is made up of thorny little trees that do not fit the descriptions of Trindade’s dead trees.
4? BARTONIA
The other, Colubrina glandulosa, fits nicely. To be exact, southeastern Brazil’s popu-
lations of Colubrina glandulosa belong to an infraspecific variant, C. glandulosa variety
reitzii (Fig, 11). Johnston’s work told us that collectors have taken specimens of this
variety in the state of Rio de Janeiro, in five other states on Brazil’s mainland, and on
Ilha da Trindade.
On Trindade? The herbarium case where colubrinas are kept is 27 strides from our
botany library. The fat folder marked Colubrina glandulosa holds three dozen speci-
mens, and, sure enough, two were taken on Trindade. Their labels show that they came
to the Smithsonian from research centers in Paris and Rio through routine sharing of
duplicates. One was taken in 1959, the other in 1961 (29); both are from Trindade’s
peaks. The herbarium sheets also carry Marshall Johnston’s labels endorsing their
identity. So Trindade’s trees did not all die. A few persisted, or came back from seeds,
on the island’s upper reaches. And there were pressed specimens close at hand all the
while we looked for one.
Suddenly our mystery trees seemed almost commonplace. Colubrinas are found in
most warm parts of the world. Some species, with seeds that float for weeks in salt
water and still germinate, are able colonizers of seaside sites (30). There are shrubby
colubrinas in our southwestern states and tree colubrinas in tropical Florida. Hawaiians
have one that is something of a vine. Puerto Ricans call one of theirs mabi and make a
tasty beverage from its bark. Brazil’s foresters plant C. glandulosa var. reitzii, which
they know as saguaraji or sobraji, for its fast growth and cut it for its rot-resistant
wood. (The old logs lying on Trindade’s slopes demonstrate its durability.) Variable in
size and shape, trees of this kind can reach anywhere from three meters to 20 meters or
more, and they grow straight in planted forests. On Trindade they were 10 meters tall;
some or all had twisted trunks.
How was it that no one thought to link the colubrinas on the peaks with the lifeless
forest on the slopes? Even the more casual visitors had seen clumps of small trees or
shrubs at the island’s top. Some of the old reports were based on sightings at a distance
that did not let the visitor tell true trees from tree ferns. (Trindade still has tree ferns and
once teemed with them.) Others, however, made it plain that the visitor had climbed a
peak for a closer look at what was growing there. And E. F. Knight, who stayed three
months and explored the island thoroughly, searched the summit for live trees of a size
and shape to match the dead ones before concluding that there were none. When
collectors came at last, they recognized Rapanea and Pisonia among the highland
plants, and authors eager for identification then put these names to the dead trees
without proof. There was no reason, really, to think of Colubrina if one had the dead
trees tagged already as rapaneas, as pisonias, or—to recall the common error—as
caesalpinias.
How THE TREES WERE WRONGLY NAMED
The mischief-makers in the Caesalpinia matter were George R. M. Murray and
Robert Cushman Murphy. Keeper of the Department of Botany in the British Museum
(Natural History) from 1895 to 1905, Murray was also a scientific director of the Na-
tional Antarctic Expedition, which took him to Trindade in 1901. A year later the
Geographical Journal carried his account of collecting there and with it these words. “‘I
scraped some freshwater algae from stones in the bed of the stream. . . . Two lichens
were fairly abundant on the stones and on the trunks of the numerous dead trees
described by Mr. Knight from this and other valleys. These trunks (Caesalpinia sp.)
43
Ss
Se ge oi.
whe
LZ
SS
Ss
SS
ESS
<<
~~
SSS
\
.
Whe
U///
My
If
\’
} f
.
a
5
Fic. 11. Colubrina glandulosa var. reitzii, drawn by A. Tangerini from a specimen (J. Becker 28) taken on
Trindade. Stamens and hood-like petals are in the same radii, a family trait. Smallness of flowers and fruits,
lack of bright color doubtless made it easy for early visitors to give Trindade’s trees scant heed.
44 BARTONIA
have plainly been dead for many years, and are bleached white, and for a great part
covered with lichens. The wood is a hard red wood, and, from the abundance of the
trunks, they must represent a considerable forest, now vanished from the island”’ (31).
It puzzled us when we found this, the first ascription to Caesalpinia, because Murray
was an authority on marine algae, and algologists do not ordinarily count the identifica-
tion of tropical woods among their skills. We guessed Murray had shown a specimen to
an anatomist, but an exchange of letters with his department drew a blank. The current
keeper told us there is no such specimen among the museum’s collections; he said
further that Murray’s words suggest to him a casual observation unaccompanied by a
collection (32). Why, then, did Murray ignore the earlier view that the trees were of the
myrtle family? Surely he knew about it, for his article referred more than once to
Knight’s book, where that opinion had appeared. Could it be that he thought poorly of
Boodle, whose opinion it was? Not likely, because he had named an alga Boodlea *‘in
honour of my friend Mr. Leonard Boodle’ (33). The key to the puzzle may lie in the
worsening mental condition (poor concentration was a symptom) that led Murray to
leave science at age 46 (34). In any case, the American ornithologist Murphy took up
the error in 1915 without saying where he got it: ‘‘But the most striking element in the
vegetation of Trinidad is its great groves of dead trees of the genus Caesalpinia”’ (35).
The red heartwood of Trindade’s trees helped to keep the Caesalpinia story going. As
all Brazilian children learn in school, Brazil was named for the dyewood trees that
brought its first settlers. We now know those trees as a kind of Caesalpinia, but
“brazil” and “‘brazilwood,’’ pau-brasil in Portuguese, are centuries older than Linnean
nomenclature. Before America’s discovery European traders had called red dyewoods
from the Orient brazil—that could mean the dye, the wood, or the tree—and the name
crossed the Atlantic when explorers found red dyewoods in the New World. Portuguese
settlements of the 1520s were little more than camps for the cutting and the caching of
these woods. At first brazil could be any of a half dozen dyewoods, but the better
dyewood tree from Pernambuco became in time ‘‘the true brazil’’ (36). This one pau-
brasil, Caesalpinia echinata, has been Brazil’s national tree by law since December 7,
1978 (37). Over the years, however, usage had become so loose in some parts that
pau-brasil could mean any tree with reddish wood, whether or not it would yield a dye.
A visitor to Trindade who had known that usage would have called the dead trees
pau-brasil, and a botanically naive writer might then have looked that up and made it
Caesalpinia. Naive or not, Murphy did use Caesalpinia and brazilwood interchange-
ably when he wrote about Trindade again in 1936 (38), and the added air of authenticity
made the error that much harder to dislodge.
The same loose usage troubled Brazil’s timber trade till 1960, when the Institute for
Technological Research in Sao Paulo put out a work with photomicrographs to set
things straight (39). Its author: Calvino Mainieri. It gave microscopic features for
separating Caesalpinia woods from other red woods called pau-brasil, and Colubrina
glandulosa var. reitzii was one of them. Coming on that publication only after we had
learned from Mainieri what our ‘‘Caesalpinia’’ was, we recalled the swift unriddling
with a smile. His work of 1960 held the answer for the taking, though he had not known
when he wrote it of Trindade’s long-dead trees.
TIME OF DEATH
Long dead, certainly, but dead how long? We can be sure the trees died before 1821
because they were dead when Captain Frederick Marryat saw them. Marryat wrote the
TRINDADE’S DEAD TREES 45
desolate forest’s description (a bit of which is in our opening paragraph) into The Naval
Officer. Published in 1829, this was the first of Marryat’s twenty-odd novels, and it
lightly fictionalized his own ample adventures (40). Many events are real and places are
truly portrayed. One of the successful British writers of his time, Marryat grew famous
enough to draw a parody from Bret Harte, important enough in retrospect to draw
homage from Joseph Conrad and an essay from Virginia Woolf (41). It means more to us
that he was a keen observer with a bent for scientific inquiry. Examples: Marryat gave
formal taxonomic standing to two mollusks that experts still treat as good taxa (42), and
his Life and Letters (43) contains ‘‘Anecdotes of Wounded Men’”’ that a medical man
might have written. Those who went to Trindade after him vouched for his depiction of
the island. He did, however, tamper with the time. The Naval Officer took its hero to
Trindade—with a Yankee prisoner—while our War of 1812 was on. The real Marryat
had stopped there on his way to St. Helena, where he was to help guard Napoleon
through the erstwhile emperor’s last days. Marryat’s private log, now in Britain’s
National Maritime Museum, says he went ashore ‘‘to procure water and to examine the
Island’’ on January 9, 1821.
If Marryat was not the first to see the dead trees, he was, it seems, the first to write
about them. In 1817 survivors of the Jeune Sophie took refuge on Trindade when their
ship caught fire at sea. A Brazilian newspaper ran the story of their rescue, but appar-
ently the news account (44) had nothing for the naturalist. 1817 also brought edition two
of Horsburgh’s India Directory, the East India Company’s sailing guide. The Direc-
tory’s claim that ‘‘there are trees about 12 or 18 inches diameter’’ on Trindade was at
best an overestimate, perhaps an outright error, and Horsburgh did not tell where (or
when) he got it. On the chance that a logbook would give better information, we wrote
to British sailing archives to ask about the vessels Horsburgh said had watered at Trin-
dade. The obliging archivists who rummaged through the records for us turned up
nothing on the trees (45).
The trees were not dead in 1781: that we know from Captain Pasley’s journal. Sailing
round Trindade on June 5, Pasley saw ‘‘a pleasant appearance of Verdure near the
Shore, and the little Valleys and sides of the mountains cloathed with Wood,”’ adding,
‘it makes a most picturesque appearance.’’ Landing later with D’ Auvergne to put the
infant colony in place, he ‘‘found the island covered with Wood, the Soil uncommonly
Rich, and several Excellent springs of Water in the Woods which were all absorbed by
the sponginess of the Soil ere they reached the Sea.”’ It is clear enough that Pasley saw
a greenwood rather than a scene of desolation.
It is clear, too, that the trees had not died when D’ Auvergne departed, because a map
made by the Portuguese who took his place shows tree-clad terrain (46). But the leader
of the garrison soon deemed these woodlands worthless. He wrote back to Rio that the
forest was inconsequential, the trees slender, low, and crooked. He could not find one
fit, he said, to function as a flagpole (47). This report, dated a month after the takeover,
already has the sour tone that would run through all the garrison’s papers: time and
again they stress the island’s total inutilidade while saying nothing further on the trees.
From this we take it that the trees lived through the 12-year occupation: Brazil's
viceroys were not loath to list the island’s shortcomings, and a dead forest would have
been grist to their mill. For much the same reason we think the trees stayed green
through 1803, when the New England sealer Amasa Delano toured Trindade. Delano
filled his Narrative of Voyages and Travels (48) with lively glimpses of other places but
offered bland details about Trindade. On Trindade’s trees he said only that ** Wood may
be cut on the mountain just above the first landing place.’ He likely would have told his
readers of it had he seen the melancholy sight that Marryat saw.
46 BARTONIA
Marryat’s description holds a hint that the forest died not too many years before he
looked at it in 1821. The picture that emerges from the passage in The Naval Officer is
one of trees still standing where they grew. Most had fallen when Robert McCormick, a
medical officer with the Ross Antarctic Expedition, saw them in 1839. They were then
‘*scattered around in wild confusion, here and there one fixed in the soil in an erect
position’’ (49). With this we have said all we can about the time of death: the trees likely
lived beyond 1803, and the upright trunks of Marryat’s account suggest a death-year
more toward 1821. It could have been 1816. That will be of interest when we guess what
killed the trees.
DEATH’S CAUSE: GUESSES GALORE
We might have sought a clue to cause of death from another island with a Colubrina
forest—if there were such. Though colubrinas of the Trindade kind tend to grow in
clusters on the mainland, they never covered any island but Trindade. The closest
match may have been one of Florida’s keys, where a hundred years ago a different
Colubrina formed a dense forest. At any rate, that is what Charles Sprague Sargent’s
1884 Report on the Forests of North America says. Sargent got the story from plant
collector A. H. Curtiss, and with it came specimens of C. elliptica from ‘‘Umbrella
Key”’ (the Smithsonian’s herbarium has one of them). Floridians have used that name
for more than one island, but the state has history-minded librarians who could help us
get the right one: Curtiss took the specimen from the high key now called Windley Key
(50). We have talked with skeptics who know Windley well and doubt it ever had
enough colubrinas to make a forest. Whatever their numbers were, Windley’s colu-
brinas are no more. Development did them in and hurricanes helped. But Trindade’s
desolation can not be blamed on bulldozers—or on high winds either if the trees still
stood when Marryat saw them—so we must look to other causes.
Guesses at the cause of death began with Marryat, who looked for signs of soil
erosion around the roots, and, finding none, decided that the trees had died for one of
two reasons. The likelier one, he thought, was a ‘‘sudden and continued eruption of
sulphuric effluvia from the volcano.”’ If not that, ‘‘by some unusually heavy gale of
wind or hurricane, the trees had been drenched with salt water to their roots.’’ The
second guess tells us that he saw the trees still standing as they grew. Had they been
down, he would have skipped the salt water and let the gale of wind uproot them. The
water story will not work, for, as E. F. Knight pointed out, there were dead trees on the
mountains way beyond the reach of any waves. Knight favored a volcanic cause, but
that will not work either, because Trindade the volcano has been quiet for millenia (51).
And fire was not the cause of death. To be sure, the Trindade of an earlier time did have
a tindery substrate. Portuguese settlers learned this in 1783 when the soil burst into
flame for no known reason and kept on burning till they stopped it with a dammed-up
stream (52). Those who left the isle in 1795 would have let such a fire burn: Brazil’s
outgoing viceroy had written his successor in 1789 that he would rather raze Trindade to
make it more useless than spend more money to defend it (53). Nevertheless, we can be
sure soil fires did not spread widely enough to kill all the trees, for Marryat found
afterward ‘‘no want of rich earth for nourishment of the roots.’” We can count crown
fires out, too. Some of the logs do have fire-blackened parts, but charring must have
taken place after death. Had Marryat seen a fire-charred forest he would not have
guessed that gases or a gale had killed the trees.
Trindade has had free-roaming hogs and goats—infamous for what they do to
TRINDADE’S DEAD TREES 47
vegetation—off and on since Edmond Halley set some loose in 1700. Those brought in
by settlers of the 1780s must have stripped the isle of many smaller plants, and the
settlers’ doings doubtless added to the devastation. There were still wild hogs and goats
on Trindade in 1821, when Marryat noted the lack of undergrowth within the dead
forest. Clearly, hungry goats kept the colubrinas from replacing themselves, and in that
sense their coming brought the forest to an end. But goats could hardly have killed the
older trees, nor could hogs have done so without baring roots to Marryat’s scrutiny.
More than one of Trindade’s visitors said the forest looked as if a plague had struck it,
and perhaps one had. A fungus disease or insect infestation, started by a chance British
or Portuguese introduction, could have passed through all the island’s valleys in short
order. This happened on Bermuda, a much larger area than Trindade, when scale
insects brought in by accident in 1943 or thereabouts killed nine-tenths of the native
cedars in ten years (54). The likelihood of an exotic pest’s coming to Trindade was
highest when Johnstone sent D’ Auvergne to make a jewel of it. Captain Pasley’s Jupiter
went along from St. Helena as ‘‘a perfect Noah’s Ark,’’ bearing barnyard beasts and
‘‘all kinds of Trees to Plant and Grasses of every kind—Seeds both Cape and European
without number and without name—Water Cresses, Sorrel, Water Dock, Purcelean,
Will’d Mint, Time—and the Lord knows what’’ (55). Though the Portuguese did not
have Johnstone’s Noah-impulse, their chance to loose a plague lasted longer. If a plague
is to blame—that is, if Colubrina glandulosa var. reitzii succumbs easily to a pest of
some kind—the weakness may show up where these trees serve for reforesting. As far
as we know, mainland plantations have not yet had a pest problem.
A New NOTION
So far no one has proposed that Trindade’s trees died of old age, but that is less
absurd than it may seem. With goats eating all the undergrowth, the forest was bound to
become geriatric. Marryat saw ‘‘thousands and thousands of trees . . . each of them
about thirty feet high,’ and all seemed to have died simultaneously. His observations
bring to mind the widespread death of ohia-lehua (Metrosideros collina) on the island of
Hawaii. Foresters who first surveyed ohia dieback from the air thought it was the work
of a newly brought in fungus, and they feared the native forest would be gone in 20
years. A thorough search, however, turned up no fungus or insect that could be the
primary cause. Among those who have studied this puzzle most deeply are University
of Hawaii botanist Dieter Mueller-Dombois and his students. Observing that dieback
hits only the mature trees, Mueller-Dombois puts the blame on age and on normal ups
and downs in growth conditions (56). In a poorly drained area, a root-flooding wet spell
that is tolerable to young ohias can kill the old ones quickly, and a drier spell can kill the
oldsters where the runoff is rapid: Mueller-Dombois’s study areas include dieback sites
of both kinds. After a dieback, young ohias grow with greater vigor. ‘“The dieback thus
has become a successful mechanism,’’ Mueller-Dombois says, “‘to maintain an essen-
tially shade-intolerant pioneer species as the structure-forming dominant in the course
of primary succession.’ That sounds a lot like Colubrina.
If Hawaii’s dieback is the right model for Trindade’s desolation (57), a dry spell must
have been the cause of death. Rainfall runs readily enough from the island’s mountain-
sides, and the annual average may have been near the trees’ lower limit to begin with.
On the mainland, colubrinas grow where sun is bright and rain abundant (58). The Flora
Ilustrada of Santa Catarina, a Brazilian coastal state, has a map of Colubrina sites,
which we compared with a map of Santa Catarina’s rainfall distribution (59), and we
48 BARTONIA
found all the sites get at least 1,300 millimeters a year. Trindade’s weather station, set
near sea level, now receives 800 millimeters or so (60). With green slopes to aid cloud
formation, the valleys would have got more rain than that, but we doubt their wetness
ever matched the wetness of the mainland’s Colubrina stands.
To fit the ohia model, Trindade’s colubrinas need not have had a drastic drop in
rainfall: one of the drier stretches in an ordinary set of fluctuations would have been
enough. As it happens, though, we have cause to conjecture that something extraordi-
nary brought an extra dry spell. We said the death-year could have been 1816. That was
‘‘the year without a summer’ in New England, with June snows and August frost in
that region and bouts of record-breaking bad weather in parts of Europe, too (61). This
nasty weather came a year after the eruption of Indonesia’s Mount Tambora, the
biggest blast of any kind in written history. Tambora discharged 100 cubic kilometers of
debris (62), some of which stayed aloft, where, months later, it could still turn a part of
the sun’s heat away from the earth’s surface. Murray Mitchell, a climatologist with the
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, explained in answer to our queries
what this might have done to Trindade. As Tambora lies below the meteorological
equator, its dust and droplets could have changed the weather in parts of the world’s
southern half as readily as in the north. Cooler surface waters near Trindade would
have made for smaller shower clouds above the island and for reduced rainfall when the
clouds dropped their moisture on the slopes.
The Tambora tale requires some heavy hedging. There are no long-range records to
show that weather really cooled anywhere in lower latitudes—north or south—in 1816.
Furthermore, there are those who doubt Tambora caused the year without a summer,
and they give good reasons for their doubts (63). One counterargument: Volcanic dust-
and-droplet veils do not have to keep solar radiation from the earth; much of it can
scatter forward from the motes and reach the earth’s surface indirectly. And tempera-
tures reached record lows at some European and American weather stations, but not
others. Why, the doubters ask, would a world-wide veil make bad weather only here
and there? And if volcanic matter did make the bad weather, it may have come from
more than one volcano, for there were other big blowups within a few years of Tam-
bora’s. To make things even more uncertain, temperatures seem to have been lower
than usual in many places from 1810 to 1820, a decade that also had a low sunspot
count. Thus, Tambora could have been just a help to a cooling trend starting from the
sun. For all that, we like the thought that a pyrotechnic drama on the earth’s other side
could have finished off Trindade’s forest. If it is not true, it is too good a lie to go untold.
To return to firmer ground: A dry spell for any reason suits our notion of the forest’s
death. Then, as now, Trindade’s sometimes cloud-cloaked peaks were wetter than the
valleys; consequently, colubrinas on the mountaintops could carry on when others
perished. But keeping wet was not enough. Survivors had to keep away from goats as
well; that is, their offspring had to do so. Maybe the beasts passed up a seedling now
and then because, on the peaks, the colubrinas grew with woody plants of other kinds,
some not tasty to a goat. Or perhaps the scant rewards a goat could get from browsing
near the summit made roaming to the top a rare event. Anyhow it happened, we are
grateful that the browsers missed a few and let us put away the Caesalpinia story with
precision. That story started with a botanist and a bird man. It is fitting we should join
to set it right (64).
eG
- Ww bh
nm
oa
TRINDADE’S DEAD TREES 49
NOTES AND REFERENCES
. Simmons’s ‘“‘Sindbads of science,’? National Geographic 52:1—75 (1927), and R. H. Rockwell's
**Southward through the doldrums,’’ Natural History 32:424—436 (1932), have pictures taken on Trin-
dade. See also Edward Wilson’s lovely painting of Trindade before sunrise in his Diary of the Discovery
Expedition to the Antarctic Regions, 1901—1904, Ann Savours, Ed. (Humanities Press, New York,
1967).
. Rockwell (1), p
434.
ided by a erans from the National Geographic Society, Olson was on Trindade from December 18, 1975
to February 10, 1976. See his ‘‘Natural history of vertebrates on i? Brazilian islands of the mid South
Atlantic,’ National Geographic Society Research Reports 13:481— 1981).
. For comments on the numbers and the tameness of Trindade’s ae see Rockwell (1) and M. J. Nicoll,
Three Voyages of a Naturalist (Witherby, London, 1908). Both show photographs of birds on dead trees;
see also the photo in (31), p. 431
. For more on wood and the way it is identified, see F. W. Jane, The Structure of Wood, ed. 2 revised by
70
K. Wilson and D. J. B. White (Adam & Charles Black, London, 19
. N.J. W. Thrower, ger The Three Voyages of Edmond Halley in the Paramore, 1698—1701 (Hakluyt
Society, ser. 2, vol. 156 and 157, London,
TOE
a
©
:
—
_
12.
Ls;
14.
15:
—
n
18.
1.
i)
“
1981).
. M. Peixoto, I/ha da Trindade: Memoria Historica (Publicagées do Arquivo Nacional vol. 28, xv + 667
p., Rio de Janeiro, 1932).
G. Rutherford, ‘‘Sidelights on Commodore Johnstone’s expedition to the Cape,’ Mariner's Mirror
28:189—212, 290—308 (1942). V. T. Harlow, The Founding of the Second British Empire, 1763-1793,
vol. 1, Discovery ate Revolution (Longmans, Green & Co., London, 1952). See p. 107-125, **The
gh to India
R. Balleine’s The Tragedy of Phillippe d'Auvergne, Vice-Admiral in the Royal Navy and Last Duke
oF Bouillon (Phillimore, Chichester, 1973), tells of D’Auvergne’s mission to Trindade and of his adven-
tures before and after that. Britain’s main link with French royalist guerillas during the Napoleonic wars,
fenton 2 was also heir by adoption to a rich duchy, but his attempts to cine it brought him t
agen
ee nue Privare Sea Journals, 1778-1782, R. M.S. Pasley, ae rei London & Toronto, 1931).
D’ Auve std s decision is in the entry covering October 23-31,
. Anonym “Biographical memoir of Philip d’ Auvergne, toe e ao Bouillon, Commodore in His
‘aicaly's Sie &c. &c.,”’ Naval Chronicle 13:169— 191 (1805). Published to answer a detractor, this
sketch seems to have got most a its information from its subject.
Peixoto (7),
Balleine (9) wrongly has the Bristol come by accident. Her captain’s report to the Admiralty makes it
clear that she went to Trindade for the settlers (James Burney’s in-letter of April 17, 1783, Public Record
Office, London, file ADM 1/1504). Furthermore, the force from Rio carried orders right from London
telling D’ Auvergne and his group to leave without a struggle; see Peixoto (7), p. 37
Peixoto (7),
The leader of the troops from Rio was told early on to get ‘‘tudo o que pertence a Historia Natural”’:
Peixoto (7), p. 403; Lobo GD, p. 118. But this was one order among many. If he did take specimens,
nothing is known of them: P. de Assis Ribeiro, ‘‘Expedicao a Ilha da Trindade,” Revista Brasileira de
Geografia 13:293—314 oe p. 304
. Balleine (9), p. 105
7. C.J. Phipps (2nd Barun Mulgrave), A Voyage towards the North Pole Undertaken by His Majesty's
Command, 1773 (J. Nourse, London, 1774). The biographical sketch of 1805 (11) says D’ Auvergne did
the first drawings for all of Phipps’s plates.
First published in 1787 and again with Pasley’s issaea (10).
Pasley’s (10) entries for September 27 and October 11, 1781.
“Cet officier était dans une telle crainte qu’on ne s S asecns du misérable état de son gouvernement, qu'il
ne voulut d capers permettre a M. de la Martiniére et au pére Receveur de s’éloigner du rivage pour
herboriser."’ Voyage de La Pérouse autour du Monde, L. A. Milet-Mureau, Ed. (Imprimerie de la
pehioninselty Paris, 1797), vol. 2, entry for October 18, 1785. Lola Higueras of Madrid’s Museo Naval told
us after we had done our text that a Spanish voyage round the world stopped at Trindade, too: the
tN
-
Ww
tN
. F. Marryat, “‘Descriptions of two new shells,’
BARTONIA
Descubierta and the Atrevida, under — Malaspina, paused to plot the isle’s position on Sep-
tember 5 and 6, 1789, but no one went a
. J. Dumont d’Urville, Voyage de la alias ene Exécuté par Ordre du Roi, pendant les Années
aes 1827 —1828 —1829. Histoire du Voyage, vol. 1 (Tastu, Paris, 1830). See p. 68—71 for Trindade.
2. J. R. Andra
1 (
Ramos, ‘‘Expedicao a Ilha da Trin dade,’ Revista da Escola de Minas 15(6):5—14 mae
; _ de Castro Soares, “‘As ilhas oceanicas,”’ p. 341—378 in Brasil, a Terra e o pti
Azevedo, Ed. (Companhia Editora Nacional, ae Paulo, 1964). For Trindade’s trees,
361.
. We used a 1934 printing of Knight’s Cruise of the ‘‘Alerte’’ in Search of Treasure wm. Farquahar
Payson, New York) and a 1914 printing of his Cruise of the ‘‘Falcon’’ (Longmans, London), wherein
Knight told of an earlier, briefer visit to Trindade and showed an artist’s rendering of the dead forest.
rom entries in The National Union Catalog we judge these works first came out in 1890 and 1884,
respectively. For more on Knight, see his Reminiscences (Hutchinson, London, 1923). Knight did not
who at Kew had identified his wood; we learned that from C. R. Metcalfe of Kew’s Jodrell Labora-
tory.
. Accordingly, H. N. Ridley repeated the assignment of Ogee trees to Eugenia on p. 683 of his
30).
Dispersal of Plants oe the World (Reeve, Ashford,
. International Association of Wood Anatomists, [AWA aren 2:51 (1981).
. The Jardim sent a collector to alles as early as World War I, when Brazilian forces occupied the isle.
See B. Lobo, *‘Conferencia sobre a Ilha da Trindade,’ Archivos do Museu Nacional do Rio de Janeiro
22: 107-158 (191 9).
M. C. Johnston, “‘Revision of Colubrina (Rhamnaceae),”’ Brittonia 23:2—53 (1971)
. J. Becker 28 from Museum National d’ Histoire Naturelle, H. P. Veloso 387 from Instituto Oswaldo Cruz.
. S. Carlquist, “‘The biota of long-distance dispersal. III. Loss of dispersability in the Hawaiian flora,”’
6).
Brittonia 18:310—335 (196
G. Mu ‘The voyage southward of the Discovery. Il. From Madeira to the Cape,’’ Geographical
Journal ie 423—435 (1902). Murray’s first thought was that the trees might be ebony: Wilson’s Diary
1), p
. We as Keeper J. F. M. Cannon and his colleage J. Lewis for the prompt and thoughtful answer.
. G. Murray, *‘On Boodlea, a new genus of Siphonocladaceae,”’ Journal of the Linnean Society, Botany
25:243—245; pl. 49 (1889
).
. J. Britten, “‘George Robert Milne Murray (1858—1911),°’ Journal of Botany, British and Foreign
50:73—75 (1912).
. R.C. Murphy, *‘The bird life of Trinidad Islet,’ Auk 32:332—348 (1915).
. J. H. Holland, **Brazil-wood,’’ Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information
9:209—225 (1916). See also (39
Law no. 6.607: J. H Girkcinide. Universidade de Pe erste sent a copy.
. R.C. Murphy, Oceanic Birds of South America (Am n Museum, New York, 1936), vol. 1, p. 173.
. C. Mainieri, Estudo Macro e Microscépico de nei tig Tae por Pau Brasil (Instituto de Pes-
quisas Tecnoldgicas Publicagao no. 612, Sao Paulo, 1960
. We read an edition titled Frank Mildmay (Macmillan, New York, 1897). The name of the novel's hero
rose from subtitle to title in versions printed after 1834 or thereabouts. For more on Marryat, start with
. Gautier’s Captain Frederick Marryat, l’'Homme et I’ Oeuvre (Didier, Paris, ai There are three
biographies in English, but the French one, being newer, has the fullest reading li
. B. Harte, “‘Mr. Midshipman Breezy, a naval officer,’’ in Harte’s Condensed Paka yep he House/
Gregg ress. Upper Saddle River, 1969). J. Conrad, Notes on Life & Letters (Dent, London & Toronto,
1921). “Tales of the sea,’ p. 73—78, is Conrad’s homage to Marryat and to James Fenimore Cooper. V.
50).
’ Transactions of the Linnean Society of London
12:338—339; tab. 10 (1818). Smithsonian malacologist J. Rosewater told us how the taxa fared.
. Florence Marryat, Life and pind) te Captain Marryat, 2 vol. (Bentley, London, 1872).
Summarized by P. T. X. de Brito in ‘‘Memoria historica e geographica da Ilha da Trindade,”’ Revista
Trimensal do Instituto Historico, peste. oe oe o do Brasil 40(2):249—275; 5 pl. (1877).
. We thank M. R. Edwards, Public Record Office; R. W. Jones, Post Office Archives; R. J. B. Knight,
ational Maritime Museum; M. Meaden, India Office Recor
. Peixoto (7), following p. 4. Four views of Trindade drawn 018 the map was made also seem to show
forested ah i Brito’s (44) final plate.
. Peixoto (7), p.
>
oo
wa
oO
an
_
A)
No
an
a0;
56.
o)
~—
joa)
o
ON
nN
ra
TRINDADE’S DEAD TREES 51
. Printed by E. G. House for the author, Boston, 1817; reprinted by Praeger, 1970. See p. 424—425.
. R. McCormick, Voyages Gane overy in Arctic and Antarctic Seas (Sampson Low, Marston, Searle &
4.
Rivington, London, 1884), vol. 1, p.
. The Coast and Geodetic Ce map of 1856 and the 1870 census of Monroe County and the Keys use
‘**Umbrella Key”’ for what is now Windley. Finding that out was not easy. For help with the “‘digging,””
we thank Karen Achor, G. N. Avery, C. M. Brookfield, Bill Ford, Wright Langley, Nixon Smiley,
W. L. Stern, Alexander Sprunt, Dan Ward, H. S. Zim, and especially librarians Betty Bruce, Key West,
and Becky Smith, Miami.
. F. F. M. de Almeida, Geologia e Petrologia da Ilha da Trindade, Departamento Nacional da Producao
Mineral, Divisao de Geologia e Mineralogia, Monografia 18 (1961).
. Peixoto (7), p. 422
53.
4. D. Challinor and D. B. Wingate, *‘The struggle for survival of the Bermuda cedar,’’ Biological Conser-
Peixoto (7), p. 428.
vation 3:220—222 (1972). C. Nolan, ‘‘Loss of a treescape—a report from Bermuda,”’ Quarterly Journal
of Forestry 74:165—176 (1980).
Pasley (10), entry for September 27, 1781
D. Mueller-Dombois, ‘‘The ’Ghi’a dieback phenomenon in the Souci rain forest,’” p. 153—161 in The
Recovery Process in Damaged Ecosystems, J. Cairns, Jr., Ed. (Ann Arbor Science, Ann Arbor, 1980).
. A. Cronquist pointed out to us that the model sti better if Trindade s Lees were short-lived, that is, if
trees big enough to escape goats nd T y years or so between the 1780s
and the 1810s. We have seen no aie on inoue on the Trindade kind. As a rule among trees of the
tropics, though, fast-g eels oe do have short lives: P. W. Richards, The Tropical Rain Forest
(Cambridge University Pres i
. R.M. Klein’s ecological r call in M.C. Johnston and M.A. de Freitas Soares, Flora Ilustrada
ae
Departamento Estadual de Geografia e ea tia. Atlas Geografico de Santa Catarina (1. B. G. E.,
Conselho Nacional de Geografia, Directorio Regional de Santa Catarina, 1958).
. S. Serebrenick, unpublished: see Castro Soares (23), p. 362
. H. Stommel and E. Stommel, ‘‘The year without a summer,’ Scientific American 240(6):176— 186 (1979).
. T. Simkin, L. Siebert, L. McClelland, D. Bridge, C. Newhall, and J. ae atter, Volcanoes of the World
(Hutchinson Ross, Stroudsburg, 1981). See also W. A. Petroeschev ‘‘A contribution to the knowl-
edge of the Gunung Tambora aaiaal Tijdschrift van het K ee Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig
eH’ oe 66:688—703 (194
Se) Bi Sk
dsberg and J. M. ie. ‘The summer of 1816 and ignyeon ” Weatherwise 27:63—66 (1974).
S. Self — M. R. Rampino, letter, Scientific American 241(4): 10 (1979).
. Earlier writings on Trindade have drawn on British or Brazilian sources, not both. We could use both
because we had help: Ann Shirley, National Maritime Museum, put us onto Balleine’s book (9), and Max
: usto Guedes, Servico de Documentacao Geral da Marinha, gave us Peixoto (7). Some others who helped
i MC.
finion Philip Lundeberg, Regis Miller, Carmen A. Pérez, M. R. Rampino, T. Simkin, Lyman Smith,
Norman Thrower, Wilcomb Washburn, S. Yankowski.
Bartonia No. 49: 52—54, 1983
Distributional Notes on Northwestern Montana Aquatic
Vascular Plants—1982
ALFRED E. inland
Department of Bo
Academy of Natural ania ae patente
and the Parkway
Philadelphia, PA 19103
During the summer of 1982 I was able to visit many aquatic habitats in northwestern
Montana with students and colleagues while teaching a course on aquatic vascular
plants at the University of Montana Biological Station on Flathead Lake at Yellow Bay.
Our field work was mostly conducted in Flathead and Lake counties where there are
diverse riverine, lacustrine, and palustrine habitats that have high environmental qual-
ity. It is also an area that still needs botanical exploration as demonstrated by the recent
range extensions reported here and elsewhere (McCune 1982; Schuyler 1980).
I am grateful to the students—Fred Bassett, Henry Corddry, Laura Holub, Leslie
Kline, Meg Mayers, DeDe Montgomery, Nancy Roush, Bob Waldron, and Steve
Williams—and to Michael Gallagher, Sherman Preece, Patricia Schuyler, Ellen Seeley,
Jack Stanford, and Bob Steele for help in various ways. In the following discussion, the
distributions given in Hitchcock and Cronquist (1973) and Scoggan (1978— 1979) as well
as collections at the University of Montana are heavily relied on. Unless stated other-
wise, the discoveries reported here were made during the summer of 1982 and voucher
specimens are in the herbaria of the University of Montana at Missoula and/or Yellow
Bay. The names follow Hitchcock and Cronquist (1973) except for Phragmites aus-
tralis (Cav.) Trin. ex Steud.
Bidens beckii. This is primarily a species of southeastern Canada and the northeast-
ern United States that has a disjunct western North American range in British Colum-
bia, Washington, and Oregon (Hitchcock and Cronquist 1973). Here the western range
is extended to Montana where the first known collection was made in 1967 by Marie
Mooar at Seeley Lake in Missoula County. In Flathead County, we found B. beckii in
the Swan River 3.4 kilometers east of Bigfork and in Smith Lake 1.8 kilometers south-
east of Kila. At both of these localities it was growing in water about 1 meter deep with
Myriophyllum exalbescens.
Brasenia schreberi. This widely distributed species has disjunct eastern and western
North American ranges. Its western range extends from southeastern Alaska to
California eastward to Idaho and Montana. We found it in Flathead County at Mud
Lake 8.1 kilometers northeast of Bigfork and at Blanchard Lake 3 kilometers south-
west of Whitefish. It had previously been collected at the latter locality by Marie
Mooar in 1969. At Mud Lake we only found floating rhizome fragments with young
shoots but at Blanchard Lake attached floating-leaved plants were abundant and many
had flowers. This species is also known from Seeley Lake in Missoula County where
the most recent collection was made in 1967 by Marie Mooar.
Eleocharis pauciflora. This circumboreal species extends southward to California,
Arizona, and New Mexico in western North America but is rarely found in Montana. In
Flathead County, we found small populations at Blanchard Lake 3 kilometers south-
52
NORTHWESTERN MONTANA AQUATICS 53
west of Whitefish where the plants grew on recently exposed soft peaty substrates with
Utricularia minor
Lythrum snlionvin This Eurasian introduction is a weed problem in many eastern
North American wetlands and has the potential to become one in western North
America (Stuckey 1980). The only Montana locality known to me for L. salicaria is in
Lake County along the bank of Spring Creek near the east side of route 93 in Ronan
where we found one clump. If this species spreads in the manner in has elsewhere and
gets into the nearby potholes and wetlands adjacent to Ninepipe Reservoir, it will have
an adverse impact on the extensive aquatic flora there.
Najas guadalupensis. This widely distributed transcontinental species is rare in
Montana where it is near the northern limit of its range. Haynes’s (1979) map shows one
Montana locality in Cascade County and one locality in southern Alberta. In Lake
County, Montana, we found it in water about 0.5 meter deep in the northwest end of
Ninepipe Reservoir 3.1 kilometers northeast of Charlo where it was locally abundant.
Nymphaea tetragona. The range of this widely distributed but often localized cir-
cumboreal species extends southward to northern Washington, northern Idaho, and
northwestern Montana in western North America. In Flathead County, Montana, it has
been collected in McWenneger Slough 8 kilometers east northeast of Kalispell at vari-
ous times since 1948. We relocated a small population there and also found scattered
plants in the northwest end of Blanchard Lake 3 kilometers southwest of Whitefish. At
both localities, only a few plants had flowers or flower buds. This species is also known
from Salmon Lake in Missoula County where Dennis Woodland collected it in 1966.
Phragmites australis (communis). This nearly cosmopolitan grass is rare in north-
western Montana. We found it on the northwest side of Ashley Creek 1.5 kilometers
south of Kila in Flathead County where LeRoy Harvey collected it in 1952. It is a small
Stand (estimated to be 20 square meters at the most) adjacent to fill for the approach to
the bridge over Ashley Creek. This locality is in an extensive emergent wetland adja-
cent to Smith Lake where there is much Scirpus acutus, Typha latifolia, and Phalaris
arundinacea. Phragmites australis often spreads into and dominates wetland habitats
altered by man, a situation that might develop here if such alterations occur.
Scirpus subterminalis. This widespread but often localized species has disjunct
eastern and western North American ranges. Its western range is from southeastern
Alaska to California east to Montana, Wyoming, and Utah. The only previously re-
ported (Maguire 1939) Montana locality for it is in Lake McDonald, Glacier National
Park, where no one has reported seeing it since 1934. We found it growing abundantly
in water about 0.5—1.0 meters deep in the northeast end of Blanchard Lake 3 kilo-
meters southwest of Whitefish in Flathead County.The plants were mostly vegetative;
only a few had culms bearing spikelets
Utricularia intermedia. The southern limit of the range of this circumboreal species
extends through Washington and Oregon to California in western North America and
from Iowa to Delaware in eastern North America. Here the range is extended to
Flathead County, Montana, where we found it in Glacier National Park. The plants
were abundant in pools in the bog mat along the west side of Fish Lake 2.3 kilometers
southeast of Lake McDonald Lodge.
Wolffia columbiana and Wolffia punctata. Both of these species are rare in the
Pacific Northwest, where they are at the northern limit of their ranges. Both are
reported from Oregon and W. punctata also is reported from Washington (Hitchcock
and Cronquist 1973). In Montana, where they apparently have been overlooked, we
54 BARTONIA
found abundant plants of both species in a pothole near Ninepipe Reservoir 3.8
kilometers northeast of Charlo in Lake County. We also found abundant plants of W.
columbiana in McWenneger Slough 8.5 kilometers east northeast of Kalispell in
Flathead County.
LITERATURE CITED
Haynes, R. R. vl apie” of North and Central American Najas (Najadaceae). Sida 34—56.
Hircucock,.C..L. D A. CRONQUIST. 1973. Flora of the Pacific Northwest. spesine of Washington
Press, Seattle. xix - ~ pp
MaGulIre_, B. 1939. D f Gl r National abrir Rhodora 41: 504—508.
McCune, B. 1982. Howellia aquatilis Gray (Campanulaceae). Madrofnio 29: 123
SCHUYLER, A. E. 1980. Carex chordorrhiza in Glacier National Park, Montana. enone $2:' 319
ScocGan, H. J. 1978-1979. The flora of Canada. National Museum of Natural Sciences, Publications in
Botany, No. 7, parts 1—4. xiii + 1711
Stuckey, R. L. 1980. Distributional history of Lythrum salicaria (purple loosestrife) in North America.
Bartonia No. 47: 3—20.
Bartonia No. 49: 55—58, 1983
Viewing Plants through the Seasons in Upper Perkiomen
Valley Park (Montgomery County, Pennsylvania)
MARIANA F. MCCABE
803 N. Franklin St.
Pottstown, PA 19464
It has been suggested to me by Ann Newbold that the members of the Philadelphia
Botanical Club who enjoy checking out nearby flora in the field might be interested to
know what a variety of species can be found in the Upper Perkiomen Valley Park, the
Montgomery County park at Green Lane, and in areas contiguous to it: areas belonging
at this writing to the Philadelphia Suburban Water Company and to the University of
Pennsylvania, the latter piece of land leased to Community Diversified Services, Inc.,
and known as ‘‘Deep Creek Camp.”’ In my frequent walks over these areas, I have
identified well over five hundred of the species listed in Dr. Edgar T. Wherry’s 1972
Check-list of the Flora of Montgomery County and in the additions to that list made by
Mrs. Newbold (Bartonia numbers 45, 46, 47).
Taking things from the viewpoint of one walking about looking for flowers and
proceeding through the calendar, let’s start with spring. There are all the usual spring
flowers: Hepaticas, Bloodroot, Spring Beauties, Rue Anemones, Trout Lilies, Bluets,
Early Saxifrage, and Dutchmen’s Breeches. Along the Perkiomen creek there are
quantities of Virginia Bluebells interspersed with Cut-leaved Toothworts. There and in
Deep Creek Camp are large patches of Wild Ginger (Asarum canadense). Others less
well known by every passer-by perhaps are the large-flowered, early buttercup, Ranun-
culus hispidus, the starlike chickweed, Stellaria pubera, and, in the woods, the secre-
tive Obolaria virginica. Raising one’s eyes from the ground, there is the yellow of
Spicebush, the white of Blackhaw (Viburnum prunifolium), and the pink of Wild Hon-
eysuckle, or Wild Azalea (Rhododendron nudiflorum). Behind the county park
campsites is an area where, I am told Frank Huber, Warran Schanley, and the Rev-
erend Mr. William Kistler, planted two kinds of trilliums, 7. erectum and T. grandi-
flora, some time in the 1950s. About thirty years later they are flourishing and spreading.
Nearby is one plant of Clintonia umbellulata, perhaps planted by the same gentlemen?
Beginning in May one can find Hydrophyllum virginianum, Anemone quinquefolia,
Viola conspersa, all in quantity, along with Pedicularis canadensis, Thalictrum
dioicum, and two kinds of Solomon’s Seal, Polygonatum pubescens and P. biflorum.
The first is the earliest and the more common here. The very large Great Solomon’s
Seal (P. canaliculatum), which can grow up to my shoulder, emerges and blooms later
along Deep Creek on the Deep Creek Camp land. If you search in just the right spot in
the woods, you should find Showy Orchis (Orchis spectabilis). The wooded hillside
above the Perkiomen and below the county campsites will be full of White Baneberry
(Actaea pachypoda). Mixed with it will be that plant with such confusingly similar
foliage, Bugbane (Cimicifuga racemosa). The wooded hill on the opposite side of the
park, along Hill Road, is full of the Cimicifuga, which blooms a month later. Near the
Perkiomen one may find One-flowered Cancer-root (Orobanche uniflora).
Soon the hillside above Green Lane Road will be full of Blue-eyed Grass (Sisyrin-
chium angustifolium), Salvia lyrata, and Golden Ragwort (Senecio aureus)—the S.
55
56 BARTONIA
pauperculus and S. obovatus will be a bit later and in other places. Now on the hill and
along Deep Creek will be the pink of Phlox pilosa. In the woods will be Canada
Mayflower (Maianthemum canadense), and in far-scattered spots, that tall relation of
the Forget-Me-Not, Cynoglossum virginianum. In low, damp places will be two species
of Valerianella and Golden Alexanders (Zizia aurea). In a few places is Thaspium
trifoliatum, too
Ferns will be ‘developing. There is a fairly good representation of the ferns and their
allies Lycopodium lucidulum and L. flabelliforme. At the right seasons, lots of Bo-
trichium virginianum and a few B. dissectum forma obliquum. And of the
Polypodiaceae: Cystopteris fragilis, Onoclea sensibilis, Phegopteris hexagonoptera,
Thelypteris novoboracensis, Dryopteris marginalis, Polystichum acrostichoides, Denn-
staedtia punctilobula, Pteridium aquilinum, Adiantum pedatum, and Polypodium
virginianum, for sure.
June will bring Asclepias quadrifolia, and a bit later, if you are lucky, you will find A.
exaltata. There will be Hieracium venosum certainly. Probably, in the right places,
there will be Oxalis violacea, Castilleja coccinea, and Chamaelirium luteum. There will
be cherries: Prunus avium, then P. serotina, then P. virginianum; shrubs: Ninebark
(Physocarpus opulifolius) and two more Viburnums, V. acerifolium and V. dentatum.
There will be two Beardtongues, Penstemon hirsutus and P. digitalis, and a lovely
Bedstraw, Galium boreale, one of the six or seven of the genus Galium here. The first
of the Lysimachias, L. quadrifolia and L. nummularia, bloom now. Later there will be
L. ciliata, and among the Cattails and Sweet Flag in a wet place by Knight Lake,
Swamp Candles (L. terrestris). The June list would include Indian Pipes (Monotropa
uniflora), Lilium canadense, Baptisia tinctoria, Panax quinquefolia (which is easily
overlooked until its berries turn red in the fall), Chimaphila maculata, Pyrola elliptica,
quantities of Cimicifuga racemosa in the latter part of June into July, Asclepias pur-
purascens, Ceanothus americanus, Oenothera tetragona, Aureolaria virginica—the A.
pedicularia doesn’t bloom until late August or September. Most of the Apocynum will
be A. cannabinum, but there are a few plants of A. androsaemifolium with its tiny, but
lovely, pink bells. There will be Skullcaps: Scutellaria elliptica, S. integrifolia, S
lateriflora, and if you are lucky you will find the orchid, Habenaria lacera.
In July and August look for Cephalanthus occidentalis, Heteranthera reniformis,
Mimulus ringens, Veronicastrum virginicum, and once in a long time, you will find
Pinesap (Monotropa hypopithys). Certainly there will be Agalinis tenuifolia, Silene stel-
lata, Lobelia siphilitica, L. spicata, Phryma leptostachya, Cirsium altissimum (to pick
a less common thistle), Cunila origanoides, Prenanthes alba, Boehmeria cylindrica,
Trichostema dichotomum, Laportea canadensis, Gaura biennis, Diodia teres, Chelone
glabra, and a half dozen or more of the genus Polygonum, including P. sagittatum and
P. arifolium. There will be Rudbeckia: first R. hirta, then R. laciniata, R. fulgida, and
R. triloba. One may spot Aristolochia serpentaria, but | have yet to see it in bloom. In
the right years there will be Goodyera pubescens and Sabatia angularis. For a couple of
years I could count on finding Tall Bellflower (Campanula americana) by the Per-
kiomen, but it has been missing from that spot in recent years—crowded out by Garlic
Mustard (Alliaria officinalis)?
Within the park Deep Creek will be bordered by Arrowhead (Sagittaria latifolia) in
bloom. Nearby in boggy spots will be Water Plantain (Alisma subcordatum). There will
always be some Ladies’ tresses (Spiranthes cernua) here and there. One time a couple
of years ago when the grass on the moist meadow by Deep Creek near the Swamp Oaks
PLANTS OF UPPER PERKIOMEN VALLEY PARK 57
had not been mowed for a week or two an area of about twenty feet was full of them.
Along the right bank of the stream in Deep Creek Camp are a lot of Beechdrops
(Epifagus virginiana), oddly enough under Quercus, not Fagus, but that is ‘‘keeping it
in the family’’ (Fagaceae)
By late summer or early fall there will be Seriocarpus asteroides close to where
Aureolaria virginica bloomed and now has ripened capsules and Solidago bicolor will
soon be full of flowers. Aureolaria pedicularia will now be blooming nearby.
One could collect Desmodium, or just enjoy the flowers of the beggar-ticks, or
tick-trefoils, which are really very pretty. First blooms D. glutinosum, then D. canes-
cens, D. dillenii, D. paniculatum, D. nudiflorum, D. rotundifolium. Or study the As-
ters; there are at least A. schreberi, A. sagittifolius, A. laevis, A. cordifolius, A. pre-
nanthoides, A. novae-angliae, A. patens, A. lateriflorus, A. divaricatus, A. mac-
rophyllus. A. simplex, and A. pilosus var. demotus. Or the Eupatorium group: E
fistulosum, E. sessilifolium, E. perfoliatum, E. purpurem, E. rugosum. Or the Golden-
rods: Solidago juncea, §. bicolor, S. gigantea, S. nemoralis, S. canadensis, S. altis-
sima, S. rugosa, S. graminifolia, S. ulmifolia, S. rigida, S. speciosa, S. flexicaulis, S.
caesia. Come October be sure to look for the Gentians, Gentiana andrewsii and G.
crinita. And finally, after all the other flowers, on the bare branches, the yellow of
Witchhazel (Hamamelis virginiana).
For those interested in grasses, I know the park and environs has many species I am
unable to identify. I do know the hillside above Park Road is fragrant with Sweet Vernal
Grass (Anthoxanthum odoratum) when the Bluegrass (Poa) is in bloom. My eye
has been caught by a different-looking Paspalum (P. circulare?) in midsummer, but
the time when the grasses are really noticeable, of course, is in late summer and fall. If
they don’t mow the park grass constantly, which they have in 1980 and in 1981, the
hillside will sport rosy mounds of Purple Lovegrass (Eragrostis spectabilis). Ev-
erywhere are the tall, gracefully drooping, purple heads of Purpletop whose common
names seem to fit better than its scientific one, Triodia flava. At the woods edges are
Bromus purgans, Elymus riparius, and Bottle-Brush Grass (Hystrix patula). In open
waste-type places, every year I am confused by Panicum clandestinum whose leaves
are so broad they do not say ‘‘grass’’ to me. On the dry, hard, open ground of the gas
line right-of-way is Sporobolus vaginiflorus, and, so Ann tells me, Arthraxon hispidus.
What is impossible to miss is all the Little Bluestem (Andropogon scoparius) with its
feathery ‘‘beards’’ glinting in the slanting rays of the fall afternoon sun, and the Indian
Grass (Sorgastrum nutans) that grows taller than I.
There are sedges, of course! For examples: Cyperus strigosus, Bulbostylis capillaris,
Scirpus cyperinus, and S. atrovirens, Carex lurida, and all those other of the genus
Carex for the Caricologist. Rushes there are, too. Path Rush Juncus tenuis) of course;
J. effusus, J. biflorus, and others no doubt.
To this point I have listed herbaceous plants and a few shrubs. Perhaps I should give
some indication of the variety of trees, plus some other shrubs, in the park. The hillside
above Park Road is edged in spring with the white of Dogwood (Cornus florida) and the
pink of Judas Tree (Cercis canadensis). Through the park are quite a variety of species:
Populus grandidentata, Juglans nigra, a variety hickories: Carya ovata, C. tomentosa,
C. cordiformis, C. glabra. Occasionally in the woods one finds Corylus americana. At
various places there are both Ostrya virginiana and Carpinus caroliniana for those
wanting to compare the confusing *‘Ironwoods”’ or ‘‘Hornbeams,”’ There is a great deal
of Betula lenta and three examples of B. lutea, a species not listed for Montgomery
58 BARTONIA
County until the No. 47 Bartonia. There is Fagus americana, and quite a variety of
oaks: Quercus alba, Q. bicolor, Q. prinus, Q. velutina, Q. rubra (and gradations be-
tween), and Q. coccinea. There are both American Elm (Ulmus americana) and Slip-
pery Elm (U. rubra), quantities of Liriodendron tulipifera, considerable Sassafras al-
bidum, a large Sycamore (Platanus occidentalis) plus many smaller ones, some
Amelanchier arborea, and some Xanthoxylum americanum. Sumacs (Rhus typhina, R.
glabra, R. copallina) are there as well as copious amounts of Toxicodendron radicans.
And while mentioning vines, there are grapes (Vitis aestivalis and V. vulpina), Moon-
seed (Menispermum canadense), and Wild Yam (Dioscorea villosa). There are
quantities of Bladdernut (Staphylea trifolia) which, incidentally, has lovely racemes
of white bells in May. There is a little I/ex verticillata and a selection of maples: Acer
rubrum, A. saccharum, A. platanoides, and A. negundo. There is a lot of Tilia
americana and some Nyssa sylvatica. The woods are full of Cornus florida, and by
streams and in open places there are the shrubby dogwoods: C. ammomum and C.
racemosa. There is a small grove - Persimmons (Diospyros virginiana). White Ash
(Fraxinus americana) is everywher
Happy hunting to the Club sre tabers throughout the seasons.
Bartonia No. 49: 59—68, 1983
Field Report on the Delmarva Flora, I
FRANK HIRST
Riel Box 271
Stockton, MD 21864
The list that follows was initiated to put on record some recently found locations of
noteworthy plants of the Delmarva Peninsula that mainly update R. R. Tatnall’s 1946
flora of the area. Some are range extensions of rare species he listed and seven are not
reported in his book and are apparently new additions to the peninsula’s flora. Some are
modern locations of plants not seen for many years and twelve are probably additions to
Maryland’s Flora.
The status of each plant is considered in the light of Tatnall’s reference and some
modern papers and articles. No extensive search of the literature or herbaria has been
undertaken. Some readers may wish to further amend this report by additional re-
search. Any up-dates, locations, corrections, or comments would be greatfully ap-
preciated by the writer. Most names are according to Gray’s Manual, 8th Edition, by
M. L. Fernald.
1. Azolla caroliniana
M LAND: Worcester Co.: Big Mill Pond, 31 Aug 1978, Frank Hirst & Gilbert Cavileer. Pocomoke
City, artificial pond SE of town, 14 Aug 1982, Frank Hirst.
In both cases thousands of plants were present covering the surface with a reddish
mat. Not seen in Big Mill Pond since and completely absent three weeks later at
Pocomoke. Harvill et al. (1977) have ten records from southeastern Virginia but there is
no mention of the plant in Tatnall (1947). Reed (1953) lists the habitat as “‘limestone
streams’’ in Frederick County, well off the peninsula. These are his only Maryland
records.
2. Lygodium palmatum
MARYLAND: Wicomico Co.: N of Colbourne, 21 Mar 1981, Frank Hirst & Joe Fehrer, Jr.
A nice surprise to find this unique and graceful fern growing along a Taxodium/
Chamaecyparis swamp far down into the coastal plain. The situation was reminiscent of
the stations seen on the western edge of the New Jersey Pine Barrens. Tatnall records it
as rare (two locations) on the Piedmont in Delaware. In 1982 a second station was
located a short distance away by Jim Stasz while he was working for The Nature
Conservancy doing a plant inventory. No reports of other lower coastal plain sightings
are known.
3. Dryopteris celsa
MARYLAND: Worcester Co.: SW of Stockton, 11 Mar 1980, Frank Hirst & Joe Fehrer, Jr.
About 18 plants in an Acer/Nyssa swamp along Little Mill Run. A rich wooded area
Southwest of Ocean City, Maryland, on South Point, was the only other peninsula
record. This station has been known for over 40 years (Tatnall 1946) and was still extant
in 1980. The Stockton colony is new.
59
60 BARTONIA
4. Lycopodium clavatum
MARYLAND: Worcester Co.: N of Snow Hill, 14 Jul 1979, Frank Hirst & Gilbert Cavileer.
Small patch growing in a Pinus/Acer swamp along Nassawango Creek a mile below
the old iron furnace. There are three records in Tatnall (1947): 1842, 1866, and a
collection in 1941 by Bayard Long, all in Northern Delaware. Dr. Mary Humphreys
located the plant near Libertytown, Worcester County, Maryland, on March 25, 1981,
in another coastal plain situation.
5. Isoetes eae oe
MARYL : Worcester Co.: N of Stockton, Rowley Creek, 11 Mar 1973 & 5 Jul 1973, Frank Hirst.
Scarboro a 7 Jul 1979, Frank Hirst.
This plant occurs in deeper pockets of small intermittent woodland streams just up
from the salt marsh but beyond the limits of the highest tide. Seems to be the only
record for the east side of the peninsula in Maryland. Although this plant keys in Gray’s
8th (1950) to 7. saccharata, most modern students consider it to be a form or variety of
I. riparia. The unusual habitat causes the amateur field botanist to wonder.
6. Isoetes riparia
MARYLAND: Dorchester Co.: Galestown, 4 Aug 1982, Frank Hirst & Dan Boone.
A small patch growing on mud in a fresh tidal marsh along Gales Creek. The speci-
men keys to this species. There was a small patch of about 40 plants and they were
covered at high tide. Tatnall (1946) only has records for the 1800’s. Reed’s (1953) map
55 shows about the same range. Needs study by experts.
7. Leersia hexandra
MARYLAND: Worcester Co.: N of Pocomoke, 6 & 18 Sep 1982, Frank Hirst.
A noteworthy range extension from southeastern Virginia and an addition to the
Flora of Maryland and the peninsula. In Virginia, Harvill et al. (1977) and Porter (1979)
only list one county (collection?). Not listed in Norton & Brown (1946). A small well
established colony in a dry woodland pond.
8. Muhlenbergia torreyana
MARYLAND: Caroline Co.: Goldsboro, 25 Sep 1982, Frank Hirst & Dan Boone.
A small population of mostly sterile plants with only a few flowering culms. In wet,
often flooded, open woods. Seemingly rare everywhere. This makes a new Maryland
plant and only the third station on the peninsula. Tatnall (1946) only lists Felton in 1873
and Ellendale in 1895 & 1940. Norton and Brown (1946), Tucker et al. (1979), or
Broome et al. (1979) have no additional locations. This may be the second rarest grass
on the eastern Coastal Plain with only a very few stations known in New Jersey (Snyder
& Vivian 1981). No modern extant stations south of Maryland seem to be recorded
(Dan Boone, pers. comm., 1982).
9. Panicum hemitomon
MARYLAND: Caroline Co.: E of Goldsboro, 26 Aug 1974, Frank Hirst.
Panicum hemitomon has proven to occur much more frequently than records indi-
cate. Since the above specimen was collected, it has been observed in a large percent-
age of the small intermittent ponds located in northern Caroline County and also close
DELMARVA FLORA 61
by in its neighbors Queen Annes County, Maryland, and Kent County, Delaware. The
four places it occurs in New Jersey are also open ponds, an identical habitat, where it is
almost an aquatic grass. The writer has never seen this species flower in very wet years
when its base is in deep water. At Bennetts Bog in Cape May County, New Jersey, it is
mostly always without flowering culms. This characteristic may account for its inclu-
sion in Maryland and Delaware ‘*‘Rare and Endangered”’ lists. Tatnall (1946) lists it as
“ditches and borders of ponds not often collected’’ with three records: two in Delaware
and one in Maryland. Seen in about 20 spots in 1982 in the above mentioned counties
(Hirst & Boone).
10. Panicum wrightianum
DELAWARE: Sussex Co.: Milton, 6 Nov 1982, Frank Hirst & Dan Boone. E of Midway, 14 Nov 1982,
Frank Hirst & Dan Boone.
A delicate attractive panicum that seems to appear late in the growing season. This
may somewhat explain the lack of records. It prefers dried pond bottoms and as a result
is not seen for long periods of successive wet years. This trait is common to a large
group of coastal plain wetland plants, especially the ones too short to be emergent ina
few inches of water
In 1966, a dry year in New Jersey, the writer and Gilbert Cavileer made five collec-
tions of Panicum wrightianum from five pond depressions in Atlantic County. The
specimens dated from June 30 to August 25 and are in the Philadelphia Academy. The
ponds dried up early that year showing the relationship of plant appearance dates to
precipitation levels.
11. Eleocharis equisetoides
DELAWARE: Sussex Co.: Ellis Pond, 9 Aug 1961, Frank Hirst. MARYLAND: Wicomico Co.: Wango, 13
Aug 1982, Frank Hirst & Jim Stasz.
Listed as rare in Tatnall (1946) where one Delaware and two Maryland collections are
reported. These are the only apparent modern records of this impressive spike rush
north of Virginia where Harvill et al. (1977) show an Accomack County record on the
peninsula. The New Jersey stations failed to show in recent years (Snyder & Vivian
1981).
12. Eleocharis melanocarpa
MARYLAND: Queen Ann Co.: Suddlersville, 19 Aug 1982, Frank Hirst, Dan Boone, & George Fenwick.
There are also two adjacent Caroline County spots in woodland pond/bogs with
scarce to rare populations. Tatnall (1946) reports ‘‘rare’’ with two locations in Delaware
and notes that it grows in wet sand. In these Maryland stations and three stations
known to the writer in New Jersey, this species grows in wet clay or peaty mud, not in
sand. This is an addition to Maryland’s flora as far as any reports examined show. Not
listed by Norton & Brown (1946).
13. Eleocharis robbinsii
DELAWARE: Sussex Co.: E of Midway, 9 Aug 1961, Frank Hirst, 14 Nov 1982, Frank Hirst & Dan
Boone. N of Milton, 6 Nov 1982, Frank Hirst & Dan Boone. MARYLAND: Wicomico Co.: San Domingo, 26
June 1982, Frank Hirst, Dan Boone, & Barbara Dowell. Dorchester Co.: Galestown Mill Pond, 15 Jul 1982,
Frank Hirst.
The Wicomico County collection is probably the first Maryland record and an addi-
tion to the state’s flora. Not listed in Norton & Brown (1946). There are three Delaware
sites in Tatnall (1946). The most modern is 1906 collected by Long and Van Pelt.
62 BARTONIA
14. Eleocharis smallii
MARYLAND: Worcester Co.: N of Stockton, 6 Aug 1982, Frank Hirst.
Occurs in a small pond surrounded by Pinus taeda, associated with Eleocharis qua-
drangulata, Cladium mariscoides, Utricularia gibba, and other expected coastal plain
pond plants. Not seen elsewhere on Delmarva. Listed as rare in Tatnall (1947) & Tucker
et al. (1979). Norton & Brown (1946) record it from Maryland but their list doesn’t have
locations.
15. Psilocarya nitens
MARYLAND: Wicomico Co.: San Domingo, 20 Jul 1982, Frank Hirst & Dan Boone. DELAWARE:
Sussex Co.: Milton, 6 Nov 1982, Frank Hirst & Dan Boone.
The status of this rare sedge as a Maryland plant is indecisive as far as the meager
records show. A. V. Smith (1938) has the plant recorded in his Mill Pond dissertation
but Robert Tatnall has no record for Maryland in his 1946 flora, although he does cite
two Delaware collections. Since Smith’s report is 8 years older than Tatnall’s, one
wonders if it was an oversight or if the Smith report was based on a misidentification.
Smith made no mention of voucher specimens or their locations. If the report was in
error, then the Wicomico County record would be the first for this species in Maryland.
No mention was made in Broome et al. (1979) as an endangered or rare plant in
Maryland.
16. Fimbristylis perpusilla
YLAND: Caroline Co.: Goldsboro, 26 Aug 1974, Frank Hirst. Henderson, 25 Sep 1982, Frank Hirst
& Dan Boone.
This tiny sedge was discovered on the peninsula by the writer during a woodland
bog/pond search in 1974. Although at first not identified but considered as possibly one
of two other taxa even though the descriptions and text plates didn’t match. First sus-
pected to be F. perpusilla by Dan Boone of the Maryland Natural Heritage Program,
after researching the southern manuals and comparing herbarium specimens. Plants
were sent to the Academy and Dr. A. E. Schuyler verified that they were Fimbristylis
perpusilla.
The species was thought to be a Georgia endemic for many years and was known
from only two counties. It was also recently found in 1980 by Steven Leonard (1981)
growing around a moist depression in a roadside canal in Horry County, northeastern
South Carolina. Leonard’s record is approximately 600 km northeast of the Georgia
stations and this Delmarva record skips another 600 km to Caroline County, Maryland.
The plants were growing in bare wet mud surrounded by Carex walteriana swales.
17. Scirpus etuberculatus
DELAWARE: Sussex Co.: Ellis Pond, 9 Aug 1961, Frank Hirst.
This plant along with Eleocharis equisetoides, Eleocharis quadrangulata, and Xyris
congdoni were all growing in a small boggy spot at the head of this small mill pond east
of Laurel, Delaware. Subsequent to this discovery in Delaware, Neil Hotchkiss (pers.
comm.) checked the area ponds and located some additional populations. Tatnall
(1946) listed “*streams, Salisbury,’’ Maryland before 1894 but stated Sussex County,
Delaware as its northern range. He did not list a Delaware record, but had two Mary-
land collections for Salisbury. In 1982 a small colony was relocated in Maryland by Jim
Stasz in Wicomico County along Nassawango Creek on Nature Conservancy land.
DELMARVA FLORA 63
18. Cladium jamaicense
VIRGINIA: Accomack Co.: W of Greenbackville, 28 Nov 1982, Frank Hirst & Joe Fehrer, Jr.
A small clump growing next to the woods on the edge of a brackish marsh. An
interesting range extension from the south. Apparently not known north of southeast-
ern Virginia. Harvill et al. (1977) has one county (Virginia Beach) dotted on the map in
the Atlas. Further searching along seaside tidal streams between here and the Cape
should reveal more locations, certainly the habitat is not rare. The specimen was
collected less than 2000 feet from the Maryland/Virginia line.
19. Scleria pauciflora
MARYLAND: Worcester Co.: Longridge, 3 Sep 1982, Frank Hirst, Dan Boone, & Jim Stasz.
Even though Tatnall (1946) lists this Scleria as ‘‘infrequent’’, this is apparently the
only population found on the Delmarva recently. There are records from serpentine
only in the Maryland Natural Heritage file according to Dan Boone (pers. comm.). The
plants were growing under a power line in cleared sandy semi-wet soil very near the
Worcester— Wicomico county line. Could have been in either county. Not listed in
Broome et al. (1979) or Tucker et al. (1979).
20. Scleria reticularis
MARYLAND: Worcester Co.: N of Pocomoke, 6 Sep 1982, Frank Hirst.
Pond depression in Pine woods. Tatnall (1946) mentions that the plant is infrequent
and not collected recently. Harvill et al. (1977) have a record for Northampton County,
Virginia, on their map. It appeared at quite a few open depressions in the central
peninsula this dry fall.
21. Scleria minor
MARYLAND: Worcester Co.: Longridge, 3 Sep 1982, Frank Hirst, Dan Boone, & Jim Stasz.
Tatnall’s record of August 3, 1940 at ‘‘One and a half miles northwest of Colbourne,
Worcester County”’ is probably the same area or very close to it. The plant was growing
in wettish sand under a powerline in the same situation as Scleria pauciflora and
associated almost directly with it. Since this is apparently the only area on the peninsula
or S. minor, one wonders in what habitat the taxa were found in 1940 before the
powerline existed. No other Delaware or Maryland records were found for Delmarva.
22. Rhynchospora filifolia
MARYLAND: Worcester Co.: N of Pocomoke, 18 Sep 1982 & 2 Oct 1982, Frank Hirst.
Dry pond bottom in pine woods. An addition to Maryland’s flora. A small but dense
population that had fruited much earlier than the collection date but still easy to identify
although achenes were scarce. The only other collection on the peninsula was in 1899
east of Ellendale, Sussex County, Delaware (Tatnall 1946). Harvill et al. (1977) have
only recorded it from one county in southeastern Virginia.
23. Carex joorii
MARYLAND: Worcester Co.: E of Stockton, 1 Aug 1981, & 1 Nov 1981, Frank Hirst.
A small colony of scattered ‘‘tufts’’ occurring in an Acer/Nyssa swamp On State
owned land. Not observed elsewhere. A ‘‘rare’’ classification by Tatnall (1946) seems a
good designation. He has four records for the peninsula, all in Maryland: two in Dor-
chester and two in Worcester Counties.
64 BARTONIA
24. Carex hyalinolepis
MARYLAND: Somerset Co.: Rehobeth, 27 Jun 1982, Frank Hirst.
First noticed by me in the winter of 1978. This large persistant sedge occurs along
both sides of the Pocomoke River and is most abundant up the smaller tidal marsh
creeks in Worcester County, across the river. Although the plant is fairly obvious and
abundant in patches, the scarcity of fertile culms probably accounts for it not being
detected before this. Labeled ‘‘infrequent’’ by Tatnall (1946) with a very old record for
1875 ‘‘above Wilmington.’’ There is another Maryland report in Calvert County, off the
peninsula (Dan Boone, pers. comm., Maryland Heritage File, December 1982).
25. Lemna perpusilla
MARYLAND: Worcester Co.: Big Mill Pond, 31 Jul 1971, Frank Hirst & Gilbert Cavileer.
Occurring with Lemna minor and Wolffia papulifera in dense pockets along the edges
and at the dam. Tatnall (1946) has only a northern location: Wilmington, Delaware,
1899. There is a listing in Norton & Brown (1946) for Maryland in their checklist.
26. Wolffia papulifera
MARYLAND: Worcester Co.: Big Mill Pond, 31 Jul 1971, Frank Hirst & Gilbert Cavileer.
Although this Wolffia is not listed for the peninsula or Maryland, it occurs in many
locations. In recent years the nitrogen run off from agriculture and sewage disposal has
caused Wolffia and Lemna to increase in huge quantities. Often these plant explosions
smother out all the other aquatics. Wolffia papulifera showed up in seven lower penin-
sula mill ponds in 1981 and 1982 but in 1946 Tatnall had not recorded it.
27. Trillium pusillum var. virginianium
MARYLAND: Worcester Co.: Near Stockton, Powell Creek, Acer/Nyssa Swamp, 4 Apr 1972 & 22 Apr
1973, Frank Hirst. Little Mill Run, Acer Swamp, 10 Apr 1977, Frank Hirst & Donna Snow. Hancock’s Creek,
Acer/Pinus Swamp, 12 Apr 1980, Frank Hirst & Gilbert Cavileer. Pike’s Creek, Acer/Taxodium Swamp, 12
Apr 1980, Frank Hirst & Gilbert Cavileer.
Although the *‘dwarf trillium’’ was not known from the Delmarva until after Tatnall’s
book (1946), its discovery by Beaven and Oosting (as T. sessile) and subsequent redis-
covery by Tatnall, Proctor, and Wherry are well covered in the literature (Beaven &
Oosting 1939; Wherry 1949).
C. F. Reed (1956; 1980) reported the plant from one new location in southeastern
Worcester County, Maryland, and seven in northeastern Accomack County, Virginia.
The dates range from the middle 1950's to the early 1960’s. His 1980 article treats it as a
distinct species. His No. 36292 Worcester County, ‘‘Rt. 582 two miles southeast of
Stockton,’’ could be the same as Hancock’s Creek cited above but I couldn’t find rt.
582 on any map.
In addition to the four recent sightings listed above, the dwarf trillium is now also
known at Milbourne Landing in Pocomoke State Forest (Broome et al. 1979) and Riley
Creek east of Stockton (fide Mary Humphreys & Joe Fehrer, Sr. 1981).
Reveal & Broome (1982) report another large population at Milbourne Landing and
the “‘discovery’’ of hundreds of plants at Powell Creek. This is the same as my Powell
Creek location from 1972 and verified by Dr. E. T. Wherry from a voucher specimen
placed in the Philadelphia Academy in 1974.
In 1982 some likely habitats north of Pike’s Creek on the eastern edge of the Wor-
cester County mainland were field checked but no additional locations were found.
DELMARVA FLORA 65
28. Iris verna
MARYLAND: Worcester Co.: Longridge, 4 May 1973, Frank Hirst.
A “‘car window discovery’’ was made by me in 1972 of a nice group of plants growing
almost on the road shoulder in a grassy swale. Roadside mowing may be instrumental in
the survival or even the origin of this colony. This fall the surrounding woodland was
destroyed and the future of the plant for the peninsula looks bleak. A new plant for the
peninsula not listed in Tatnall (1946). A few non-flowering plants seen under a power-
line nearby this summer could be this species. This location and the one in Phillips
(1978) are the same.
29. Orchis spectabilis
MARYLAND: Worcester Co.: Public Landing, 12 May 1982, Frank Hirst, Lynda Fehrer, & Jason Fehrer.
This attractive Orchis is surprisingly growing in a *‘pocket’’ of rich woods in eastern
Worcester County, Maryland. A very unusual situation for the eastern edge of the
Delmarva Coastal Plain. About six of these spots or pockets have been noticed, five in
eastern Worcester County and one in northeastern Accomack County, Virginia. The
plant communities are very interesting and different from the adjacent typical wood-
lands. A partial list includes Obolaria virginica, Ophioglossum vulgatum, Sanguinaria
canadensis, Dentaria laciniata, Liparis lilifolia, Carex laxiflora, Oxalis violacea, Viola
triloba, Claytonia virginica, Polymnia uvedalia, Aristolochia serpentaris and even one
tree of what may be a non-fruiting Quercus muehlenbergii. Orchis spectabilis has only
been located in one of these areas. C. F. Reed (1964) cites a Caroline County record and
a Talbot County record (from Tatnall 1946) well up the peninsula.
30. Cleistes divaricata
MARYLAND: Wicomico Co.: Sharptown, 26 Jun 1982, Frank Hirst, Dan Boone, & Barbara Dowell.
The spreading Pogonia was first discovered in Maryland by Dr. Mary Humphreys
who found and photographed the plant near Berlin in Worcester County on June 27,
1975. Only one plant was found by Dr. Humphreys and it wasn’t seen again until one
sterile individual was seen in 1981 by Humphreys & Hirst and again one non-flowering
plant in 1982 by Humphreys & Boone.
The Sharptown station, a low thicket, had four plants with one flowering and it later
developed a nice capsule (July 20, 1982). There are apparently no other known locations
in Maryland. Tatnall (1946) lists three Delaware locations in Sussex County, the last
collection in 1938.
31. Listera australis
MARYLAND: Worcester Co.: NE of Girdletree, 9 May 1976, Frank Hirst & Joe Fehrer, Jr.
Not mentioned in Tatnall (1946). A large colony still thriving in 1980. There is a
Dorchester County, Maryland, record in the Blackwater Wildlife Refuge according to
the late Dr. Claude Phillips (pers. comm.) and recorded with a photograph in his
Wildflowers of Delaware & the Eastern Shore. Dan Boone located a colony in southern
Worcester County near Pocomoke in 1981 and in 1982 Jim Stasz located a few plants
along Nassawango Creek north of Snow Hill on Nature Conservancy land. These, plus
a report from Selbyville, Delaware, unconfirmed, leads one to the belief that the ab-
sence of any reference to this orchid in older lists is a result of too little field work in its
habitat, or searching at the wrong time. Most all literature has its blooming date much
66 BARTONIA
too late. It was seen blooming in Atlantic County, New Jersey, as early as April 20th by
the writer.
32. Berchemia scandens
VIRGINIA: Accomack Co.: Parramore Island, 30 May 1978, Frank Hirst & Joe Fehrer, Jr.
The supple Jack grows abundantly in most of the wettish dune areas on this large
barrier island. Tatnall (1946) has only one record and that from Chincoteague Island.
Since the habitat doesn’t seem unique, with more field work it should be (or has been)
found on all the Virginia wooded Barrier Islands. Harvill et al. (1981) have a North-
ampton County record in their atlas.
33. Myriophyllum heterophyllum
MARYLAND: Worcester Co.: Big Mill Pond, 31 Jul 1971, Frank Hirst & Gilbert Cavileer.
Listed as ‘‘rare’’ in Tatnall with Sussex County, Delaware, records from 1908 and
1935. In this pond the plant has disappeared for the last four years. This seems to be a
typical occurrence of a present—absent—present, etc., cycle of many of the rarer
aquatic plants.
34. Cardamine longii
MARYLAND: Worcester Co.: Snow Hill, 7 Jul 1982, Frank Hirst & Jim Stasz.
This very rare Cardamine occurs in good numbers in tidal mud near the limits of high
tide along Nassawango Creek. It grows in Maple/Gum/Cypress swamps near the creek
where its base is inundated at normal high tides. At present it is only known to occur on
the peninsula at this spot. A category two on the Federal Endangered List, and one of
the northeast’s rarest plants. The Cecil County, Maryland, location where Long col-
lected the type specimen has not been relocated (Broome et al. 1979; Reveal & Broome
)
35. Utricularia purpurea
MARYLAND: Caroline Co.: NW of Bridgetown, 22 Jul 1982, Frank Hirst & Dan Boone.
A new Maryland species, this is another plant that seems to have escaped detection
until recently although its preferred habitats of shallow water in ponds, back waters,
streams, and ditches seem abundant. For Delaware it is listed as ‘‘infrequent’’ in
Tatnall (1946) but Phillips (1978) put it in his appendix B as ‘‘not seen.’’ Tucker et al.
(1979) cite Tatnall’s designation and have four locations listed under counties last seen.
The dates, 1874 and 1938, suggest that they are the same as Tatnall’s. In New Jersey, in
the same kind of habitats, Snyder and Vivian (1981) consider it as declining with eight
counties listed and include the comment ‘‘seen 1980.”’ (Dan Boone and I saw the plant
blooming on July 5, 1982, in Atlantic County, New Jersey.)
Another small population was located by Jim Stasz in Wicomico County, Maryland,
on July 25, 1982, during an inventory of Nature Conservancy property near Nas-
sawango Creek.
36. apap elongata
MA AND: Worcester Co.: W of Pocomoke City, 27 Aug 1981, Frank Hirst & Joe Fehrer, Jr.
This beautiful blue lobelia is more typically a plant of the southern river systems and
seldom seen on the peninsula. Extremely rare in the early years but recent field work
has uncovered several stations on the west side of the Delmarva. The above location
DELMARVA FLORA 67
was in fresh to brackish marshes of the Pocomoke River across from the town of
Rehobeth. Here it was associated with Sagittaria falcata, Eryngium aquaticum,
Lobelia cardinalis, Scirpus pungens, Ptilimnium capillaceum, and other typical marsh
plants. Tatnall (1946) had L. elongata from Sussex County, Delaware, and Somerset
and Wicomico counties in Maryland. Broome et al. (1979) added Worcester County
citing a record from Redmond (1932) that Tatnall didn’t include although he listed this
flora in the bibliography. William Sipple (1978) reports two recent discoveries from
Farm Creek and the Chicamacomio River in Dorchester County, Maryland. Claude
Phillips (1978) lists Sussex, Wicomico, and Somerset counties with no locations or
dates. Possibly recent sightings because he omitted the taxa from his appendix B which
is titled ‘‘not seen.’
37. oo canbyi
MARYLAND: Worcester Co.: S of Whiteburg, 6 Sep 1982 & 12 Nov 1982, Frank Hirst.
oe s lobelia is probably a new Maryland plant, previously only known on the
peninsula from the Ellendale area in Sussex County, Delaware. A second colony was
located about one quarter mile away growing on the edge of an open, normally wet
depression in the woods, a similar habitat. Not listed in Norton and Brown (1946), The
Maryland Natural Heritage File (Dan Boone, 1982, pers. comm.) or recorded anywhere
in Virginia, Harvill et al. (1981).
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The list of people who deserve special thanks for help is quite long and impossible to
include. It dates back even to my early days in the New Jersey Pine Barrens. The writer
will never forget the enthusiasm, understanding, and patience given him by all but
especially by Louis Hand, Dave Fables, Lee Edwards, and Bayard Long. The love of
native plants and their ranges shown by these men has been inspirational for over 30
years. More recently, the enthusiasm and companionship of my son-in-law, Joe Fehrer,
Jr., and Gil Cavileer were greatly appreciated and their love of botanizing was a great
impetus to go afield. Dan Boone of the Maryland Natural Heritage program deserves a
very special thanks. He is responsible for being the catalyst that removed the writer
from ‘archeological moth balls’’ and has proven to be an indefatigable, zealous, alert
companion in the field. His encouragement, research, and prodding played a large part
in this article’s final undertaking. Finally to my wife, Jean, go the greatest thanks. She
unsnarled my spelling, grammar, and phrases and typed all of this into something
readable and hopefully worthwhile.
There are few words that express the personal loss that field botany and I suffered
from the loss of my brother, Robert R. Hirst, who died from cancer at age 38 in 1964.
No person ever delighted more in searching for a rare, unusual, or attractive plant than
he. No amateur worked harder to struggle through the technical keys of Gray’s 8th and
no botanist surpassed his desire to check ‘‘one more spot’ before it was too dark to see.
It was never too hot, buggy, wet, cold, or late to go swampin’, boggin’, or pondin’ for
him. For the hours we spent together, the botanical partnership we shared, and motiva-
tion he gave, I will be forever indebted and grateful.
VOUCHER SPECIMENS
Voucher specimens of Eleocharis equisetoides, Fimbristylis perpusilla, Scirpus
etuberculatus and Trillium pusillum var. virginianum (location # 1) are in the herbarium
68 BARTONIA
of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Specimens were not collected or
retained for the 8 taxa numbered 1, 2, 4, 25, 26, 30, 32, 33 and 36. Some (Lygodium
palmatum, Cleistes, Lycopodium clavatum, and Lobelia elongata) were too scarce to
risk collecting. Others were mostly fragments or poor specimens and discarded with the
well meaning intention of recollecting better material later. All the others are presently
in the collection of the writer and will be deposited in The Claude E. Phillips Herbarium
at The University of Delaware in the near future.
LITERATURE CITED
BEAVEN, G. F. AND H. J. OosTING. 1939. Pocomoke Swamp: A Study of a Cypress Swamp on the Eastern
Shore of sais. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 66: 367—389
Broome, C. R., J. L. REVEAL, O. A. TUCKER, ANDN. H. Dit. 1979. Rare i Endangered Vascular Plants
of Maryland. U.S. Fish and henner Service. Newton Corner, MA 021
HARVILL, Jr:, A. M., C. E. STEVE AND D.M.E. Ware. 1977. Atlas = the Virginia Flora. Part 1.
Pteridophytes through thence aban: Virginia Botanical Associates. Farmville, VA 23901.
HARVILL, Jr., A. M., T. R. BRADLEY, AND C. E. STEVENS. ene Atlas of the Vicgiaih Flora. Part I.
Dicotyledons. Virginia Botanical Associates. Farmville, VA 23901.
LEONARD, S. W. 1981. Fimbristylis perpusilla Harper in South Carolina. Castanea 46: 341—342.
Norton, J. B. S. AND R. G. Brown. 1946. A Catalog of the Vascular Plants of Maryland. Castanea 2: 1—50.
PHILLIPs, C. E. 1978. Wildflowers of cae and The Eastern Shore. Delaware Nature Education Society.
Delaware ee College, Dover, DE 19901.
Porter, D. M. 1979. Rare and Endangered Vascular Plant Species in Virginia. U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Washington, D
REED, C. F. 1953. The Ferns nd Fern Allies of , and Delaware including District of Columbia.
Published ee the author, Reed Herbarium, Baltim
———. 1956. Contribution to the Flora of Maryland 2. The bois Trillium. Castanea 21: 145— ia
64. Orchidaceae of Maryland, Delaware, and District of Columbia. Castanea 29: 77—
. 1982. Trillium virginianum (Fern.) Reed, comb. nov., in Maryland, Virginia, West aT) and
REDMAN, P. J. . A Flora of Worcester County, Maryland. Catholic Univ. Amer., Biol. Ser
REVEAL, J. L. AND C. R. BROOME. 1982. Comments in Maryland’s Proposed Endangered and aia
Vascular Plants. Castanea 47: 191—
Srppce, W. S. 1978. An Atlas of Vascular Plant Species Distribution Map for Tidewater Maryland. Wetland
publication No. 1. Department of Natural Resources. Water Resources Administration, Annapolis, MD.
SmitH, A. V. 1938. The Ecological Relations and Plant Successions in Four Drained Mill Ponds of the
Eastern ga of Maryland. A dissertation. The Catholic University of America, Washington, DC.
SNYDER, D. B. AND V. E. VIVIAN ors hog and Endangered Vascular Plant Species in New Jersey. U.S.
Fish and Wii Service, Washing iC.
TATNALL, R.R. 1946. Flora of D need ond the Eastern Shore: An Annotated List of the Ferns and
Flowering Plants of the Peninsula of Delaware, Maryland and Virginia. The Society of Natural History of
Delaware, Lancaster,
TUCKER, A. rH Da. oc R. Broome, C. E. PHILLIPS, AND M. J. MACIARELLO. Rare and Endan-
gered Vascular Plant See cies in Delaware. U.S. Fish and oie ae Washington, DC.
Wuerry, E. T. 1949. Trillium pusillum in Maryland. Bartonia 25: 71.
REVIEW
Southern Gardens, Southern Gardening by William Lanier Hunt, foreward by
Elizabeth Lawrence. xv & 180 pp. Duke University Press, Durham N.C. 1982. $16.50
How pleasant it is for avid gardeners that American publishers have begun to realize
that there is an audience interested in more than another ‘‘how-to’’ book about garden-
ing. There has been a healthy trickle of books that reflect deeper interest: in garden
history, in the ‘‘personality’’ of both plants and gardeners, in floral combinations in a
garden... even the ‘‘why”’ and ‘‘wherefore’’ of gardening. William Hunt has written
such a book, and while it is pointed toward the southern gardener, as its title indicates,
it is a very ‘“‘readable’’ book, with appeal for gardeners everywhere.
The book is arranged, with deceptive simplicity, by months. Within each month is a
generous amount of practical advice. Throughout the book, however, Hunt discusses
plants in their full context. In July one finds, as one might expect, a heading of ‘‘ Day-
lilies,’’ so depended upon for bloom in the summer months. Within this context, how-
ever, Hunt gives the reader some background about the development of daylilies by
Dr. Stout and Bertrand Farr; the gardens where they bloom the earliest; books about
plant exploration in China where daylilies originated; garden design focusing on effec-
tive uses of daylilies. He does this in a conversational way, so that we do not feel we are
learning more about daylilies than we care to know.
‘*Daylilies’’ is only one of over 150 topics, which ween from **Arboreta and botanical
gardens’’ to ‘‘Astilbes and the like,’ from ‘‘Mulches ‘**Mediterranean flowers.”” If
one is determined to use the book as an encyclopedia, ae is an excellent index where
one can check on all the references for ‘* Daffodil’ and ** Narcissus,’ for example. . . in
the course of which one can find out the cultivars which have lasted best in southern
gardens, where many Narcissi resent the lack of a good period of dormancy.
Throughout, Hunt deals specifically with species and cultivars which do well in the
upper south or deep south, and mentions gardens, both well-known and unfamiliar,
where particularly good examples may be seen. In recommending plants, Hunt gives
special emphasis to the effective use of American ones, from less known species of
holly—particularly useful in the deep south—to asters and goldenrods. He is very
aware of climate and microclimate in discussing regional differences.
The way to enjoy Southern Gardens, Southern Gardening, however, is just to read it
slowly, for that is like walking in a fine garden with a knowledgeable and conversational
friend (who may be forgiven for patting himself on the back occasionally). Hunt puts
us in touch with the ‘‘Brothers of the Spade,’’ as Peter Collinson the 18th century
English friend to all gardeners described it. Through books recommended and lively
anecdotes, Hunt exposes us to not only his own experience, but to the wisdom of
three centuries of other gardeners. ELIZABETH P. MCLEAN.
NEWS AND NOTES
REMINISCENCES OF LIBERTY HYDE BAILEY. I first met Dr. Bailey in 1925 when, as a
graduate student, I visited the Gray Herbarium at Harvard. Dr. Bailey happened to be
there at the time and Professor Fernald introduced me to him. He said to me, **Mr.
Fogg’’ (not just Fogg mind you, but Mister Fogg), ‘‘What are you working on?’’ When I
told him that I was engaged in a floristic study of the Elizabeth Islands in Massachusetts
he said, ‘‘Good for you; we need more studies of that kind.”
In 1926 the Fourth International Botanical Congress was held at Cornell University.
That year Dr. Bailey was President Of the American Association for the Advancement
of Science, President of the American Botanical Society, and President of the Con-
gress. The opening session was held in the Bailey Auditorium with a distinguished
gathering of American and foreign botanists. When Dr. Bailey stepped upon the stage to
welcome the delegates the entire audience rose as one man to pay tribute to this great
man. In his welcoming address Dr. Bailey said that although America was a relatively
new country he wanted us to know that we were not unaware of our cultural heritage, as
witnessed by the fact that in addition to Ithaca, the state of New York contained cities
named Athens, Rome, Troy, Syracuse, and Utica.
The following day Dr. Bailey was on the program of the Systematic Section to
present an account of his studies of the blackberries of North America. He opened his
remarks by saying, ‘‘Ladies and Gentlemen, the genus Rubus in North America is ina
state of taxonomic chaos. I know, I put it there.”’
In 1937 I gave a paper on the plants of the Pine Barrens of New Jersey at the Atlantic
City meetings of the A.A.A.S. Dr. Bailey very graciously wrote to me saying that he
had greatly enjoyed my talk, and asking whether it was true that the Pine Barrens were
in danger of being turned into a vast recreational area with widespread destruction of its
unique native flora. Fortunately, I was able to put him in touch with the Director of
Forest and Waters to whom he wrote to express his hope that this precious ecosystem
would never be altered. The threat is still a viable one. I mention this merely to show
the man’s deep and abiding interest in the preservation of natural areas.
In 1941 the Philadelphia Botanical Club celebrated its fiftieth Anniversary, and we
were so fortunate to have Dr. Bailey as guest speaker at our banquet. He began by
telling us how transported he had been as a young man to meet Asa Gray. He said, “I
walked home on the housetops.”’ I had felt the same way upon having met him in 1925
and have always regretted that I did not tell him so. He also said that he realized that he
had been bitterly criticized in his Encyclopedia, Manual, and other publications by citing
only one authority (that of the original describer). He said, ‘‘That’s the way I have
always done it and that’s the way I shall continue to do it.’’
Several years later Dr. Bailey wrote to me saying that in all his studies of blackberries
he had never seen and collected Rubus cuneifolius in the field. He was going to be in
Philadelphia for a couple of hours between trains on a certain date and could I possibly
pick him up and take him to a place where he could see and collect this species. I readily
assented and the rendezvous was met. We crossed over into New Jersey and I took him
to a locality where I knew this species occurred. He put several species in his field press
and then as we were ready to leave on the return trip to Philadelphia I discovered to my
consternation that my car was out of gas! Fortunately, a good Samaritan came along,
gave us a couple of gallons, and I was able to get the great man back in Philadelphia in
time to catch his train.
70
NEWS AND NOTES 71
In 1952 we embarked on the first of our annual visits to Mexico. It was our good
fortune to find as guide and chauffeur a man who over the years drove us to almost all
sections of the country. When he discovered that I was a botanist he asked whether I
had ever heard of a man named Bailey. When I replied in the affirmative he told us that
several years ago he had been employed by such a person to drive him to places where
he could collect palms. He added, ** Although he had pure white hair and was obviously
much older than I, it was difficult for me to walk fast enough to keep up with him.”’
My good friend and colleague, the late Dr. J. R. Schramm, (whose name will be
remembered by many Cornellians) told me that on one occasion Macmillan had ap-
proached Dr. Bailey with the request that he revise and update his Encyclopedia of
Horticulture. He is supposed to have said, ‘‘Oh no, I cannot do that, but I'll tell you
what I will do. I'll write a completely new one.”’ Jack Schramm could not vouch for the
story, nor of course can I, but it certainly sounds like our man.
The last time I saw Dr. Bailey was at the New York Meetings of the A.A.A.S. when
he was well into his nineties. He had just returned from Cuba and when I introduced my
wife to him she asked what he had been doing there. He replied that he had been
collecting palms. She innocently inquired how many he had gotten, and he answered,
“Why, I got them all!”’
Soon after that he had a bad fall and in 1954 he died at the age of 96. No one who had
the privilege of knowing this great man can ever forget his enormous capacity for
friendship, his all-embracing concern with preservation of the environment, and his
monumental contribution to botany and horticulture. He was indeed for many decades
the Dean of American Horticulture. We shall not look upon his like again. JoHN M.
Foaa, Jr.
RARE NEW JERSEY GRASSES AND SEDGES. The following information should be of
considerable interest to all those who seek New Jersey’s rarer grasses and sedges.
These records are largely the result of field work conducted by Club members Vincent
Abraitys and Thomas Halliwell during the 1980— 1982 field seasons. Voucher specimens
have been collected for all species except Sacciolepis striata and Psilocarya nitens.
In the past few seasons, seven unsuccessful searches of the known stations for Saccio-
lepis striata in Cape May County have been made. Its absence from one pond, which
had been a fairly reliable source for the species, was particularly discouraging. The
rediscovery of Sacciolepis at this pond in the fall of 1981 came as a relief to those who
had begun to feel that the species may have been no longer extant in the state. Within a
few yards of the Sacciolepis were found scattered clumps of Cyperus brevifolioides, a
new record for Cape May County.
Although of more general distribution in southern New Jersey, Psilocarya nitens can
be equally elusive in certain years. Recent sightings include stations in Atlantic and
Cape May counties. Eriophorum tenellum, which of late has become increasingly more
difficult to locate, was observed growing in respectable numbers in a bog bordering the
Batsto River in the general vicinity of Quaker Bridge. After some very disquieting lean
years, Panicum hirstii is, it appears, on the increase with nearly two dozen fruiting
culms counted in July 1982. While hardly thriving, the world’s known population of
Panicum hirstii, is at least, holding its own.
Northern New Jersey also has had its fair share of graminid discoveries. An extensive
colony of Alopecurus aequalis was found growing in a wet wooded glade in the lime-
stone region of Sussex county. The species was also found growing in abundance in
fi BARTONIA
wet, muddy ground along an abandoned railroad near Monmouth Junction, Middlesex
county.
Eleocharis pauciflora var. fernaldii, which in New Jersey has been found exclusively
on limestone, was observed growing on the shore of a pond in the Johnsonburg area of
Warren county. The adjacent swamp and surrounding sedge mat of this same pond also
produced Carex aquatilis var. altior, C. diandra, and C. prairea.
Scirpus torreyi is of spotty and sporadic occurrence in New Jersey, its
earance—or non-appearance—in the state being apparently linked to the seasonal
Scie of the water table. It is of no small interest then, to report that the species
has substantially returned to a limestone sinkhole in Sussex county from which it has
been absent from in the last several years.
Bouteloua curtipendula, continuing its eastward advance, has established itself on an
open, rather dry, rocky hillside on the first Watchung Mountain near Bound Brook,
Somerset County. Nearby, in a more wooded area, Carex willdenowii is locally fre-
quent. A far rarer Carex is Carex hitchockiana, which was discovered on the shaded
talus slope at the base of Mt. Tammany at the Delaware Water Gap.
Eleocharis compressa, whose existence in the state has been doubted by some, was
observed covering substantial areas of the Delaware River shore at two locations in
Sussex County. Here, too, was found a small patch of Carex crawei. These few culms
account for the known occurence of the species in New Jersey, as well as making the
southeasternmost point of its geographical distribution in the U.
Encouraging as these finds have been, still some additional field work is needed if
New Jersey’s grass and sedge list is to be brought up to date. Although all have been
observed in the state within the last 30 years or so, the following species, for whatever
reasons, are now listed among the missing: Oryzopsis pungens, Carex paupercula,
Eleocharis equisetoides, Eriophorum spissum, Hemicarpha micrantha, and Rhynchos-
pora rariflora. DAVID B. SNYDER.
IDENTIFICATION DAY AT THE ACADEMY. The Academy of Natural Sciences spon-
sored an identification day on Saturday, June 19, 1982. All clubs which are associated
with the Academy, or use the Academy facilities for meetings, etc., were asked to
participate. The purpose of this event was to give the amateur collector an opportunity
to have their natural objects identified by experienced naturalists. Kasia Fogarasi and
Grace M. Tees represented the Philadelphia Botanical Club in this year’s Identification
Day. The Academy of Natural Sciences plans to make this an annual event and is
already looking forward to Identification Day 1983. Any Philadelphia Botanical Club
members who would like to participate in next year’s event are most welcome. KASIA
FOGARASI.
HONORARY MEMBERS OF THE PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB. Members in good
standing who have made worthy contributions to the Club may be nominated by the
general membership and elected by a majority vote to honorary membership. They are
entitled to all privileges of the Club except voting, without payment of dues. Currently,
Philadelphia Botanical Club Honorary Members are: Mrs. Nellie Erisman (elected
January 1982), Mrs. John M. Fogg, Jr. (elected January 1981), and Mr. Hans Wilkens
(elected January 1981). Dr. Edgar T. Wherry was an Honorary Member of the Club for
many years, and Dr. John M. Fogg, Jr. was one since January 1981. KASIA FOGARASI.
NEWS AND NOTES 73
LAWRENCE MEMORIAL AWARD. The Award Committee of the Lawrence Memorial
Fund is pleased to announce that Ms. Janet R. Sullivan of the University of Oklahoma
was selected to receive the 1982 Lawrence Memorial Award. A student of Dr. James R.
Estes, Ms. Sullivan is investigating the taxonomy, ecology and evolution of the genus
Physalis (Solanaceae). She will use the proceeds of the Award in travel to the south-
eastern United States and the Gulf Coast for field studies.
The Lawrence Memorial Fund has been established at the Hunt Institute for Botani-
cal Documentation, Carnegie-Mellon University to commemorate the life and achieve-
ments of its founding director, Dr. George H. M. Lawrence. Proceeds from the Fund
are used to make annual awards of $1,000 to outstanding doctoral candidates for travel
in support of dissertation research in systematic botany or horticulture, or the history of
the plant sciences. Constituted initially by contributions from the Lawrence family and
The Hunt Foundation, the Fund has been augmented by donations from many of Dr.
Lawrence’s friends and colleagues. Additional contributions are welcomed.
Nominations for the 1983 Award are now being entertained. Major professors are
urged to submit letters in behalf of outstanding doctoral students who have achieved
official candidacy for their degrees, will be conducting dissertation research in relevant
fields, and whose work would benefit significantly from the travel enabled by the
Award. The Committee will consider nominations only—no direct applications will be
entertained. Letters of nomination and supporting materials should be addressed to Dr.
R. W. Kiger, Hunt Institute, Carnegie-Mellon University, Pittsburgh 15213; the dead-
line for their receipt is 1 May 1983. T. D. JACOBSEN.
1981 FIELD TRIPS
May 3: Spring Flowers of the Brandywine Area of Chester County, PA. The Bran-
dywine area has always had a rich spring flora and representatives of most common
species were observed by the group. A noticeable decline in stands of Mertensia vir-
ginica was discussed. The leader believes this situation was probably due to heavy
spring floods and ‘‘washouts’”’ in the alluvial soil areas where this species is normally
found in maximum abundance. On route home a final stop was made at the Unionville
serpentine barrens to see displays of Phlox subulata and other early blooming species.
Leader: Dr. R. Sargent.
May 23: Fortescue Glades Wildlife Refuge, Cumberland County, NJ. The refuge
visited includes both saltmarsh and adjacent uplands, mainly oak and oak-pine forest.
Members boarded two boats belonging to the Philadelphia Conservationists and Natu-
ral Lands Trust, owners of the reserve, to explore saltmarsh in the morning. In the
afternoon a wooded area, typical of the Glades uplands, was studied. The species list
for the trip included the following: Distichlis spicata, Spartina alterniflora, S. patens,
Eleocharis fallax, E. tenuis, E. parvula, Scirpus pungens, Carex hormathodes, Juncus
bufonius, J. gerardi, Smilax glauca, Dioscorea villosa, Cypripedium acaule,
Phoradendron flavescens, Viola lanceolata, Aralia nudicaulis, Rhododendron vis-
cosum, Gaylussacia baccata, G. frondosa, Vaccinium caesariense, V. corymbosum,
Iva frutescens, Solidago sempervirens, Baccharis halimifolia. Leader: Stevens
Heckscher.
June 14: Near Sumneytown, Salford Township, Montgomery County, PA. In a
lichen-covered field of diabase, we were treated to ‘‘probably the only station in the
county for Stereocaulon paschale, the Easter lichen’’ and, among others, Rhizocarpon
petraeum, the toad-skin lichen. Corydalis sempervirens added color. A small green
meadow had Chamaelirium luteum, Castilleja coccinea, Lobelia spicata, Lilium
canadense, Krigia biflora, Phlox maculata, red-ripe Fragaria virginiana, Oenothera
tetragona, Cirsium muticum, fringed about with Xanthoxylum americanum, Physocar-
pus opulifolius, Cephalanthus occidentalis, and Ceanothus americanus. Ostrya vir-
giniana and Carpinus caroliniana were fruiting on the border. Waldsteinia fragarioides
was spotted for the first time in this locale. Oryzopsis racemosa was another good find.
Ferns and their allies were abundant and varied—thirteen were found on the walk down
to Unami Creek. Camptosorus rhizophyllus was on a huge boulder, followed by a mass
of Lycopodium lucidulum, and a giant patch of Adiantum pedatum on the flood plain
below. The moss Rhodobryum roseum and the lichen Cladonia furcata were interesting
finds also. We crossed the Unami and were rewarded by the county’s only recorded
stand of Dirca palustris. Leader: Ann Newbold.
July 11: Silver Lake Nature Center, Bristol, Bucks County, PA. The rapid en-
croachment and expansion of industry on the ‘“‘green space’’ make the preservation of
specialized botanical habitats vital for future botanists. Field trip participants were able
to observe and examine a good cross section of typical Coastal Plain species of this
excellent nature center. We recorded the Coastal Plain indicator trees Liguidambar
styraciflua, Magnolia virginiana and Nyssa sylvatica. Other plant species listed were
Dulichium arundinaceum, Saururus cernuus, Decodon verticillatus and Polygala vir-
idescens. A rather spectacular display of many plants of Rhexia mariana ‘‘highlighted”’
the trip. Leader: Robert Mercer.
74
1981 FIELD TRIPS TS
July 25: Tyler Arboretum, Lima, Delaware County, PA. A variety of habitats in the
Arboretum were surveyed and the following species noted: Old Arboretum: Asimina
triloba, Polygonum perfoliatum, Petasites hybridus, Myosotis scorpioides; Pinetum
: Cynanchum nigrum, Mentha arvensis, Aesculus parviflora, Lobelia inflata,
Eee polycarpa, Lespedeza cuneata, Solidago juncea, Achillea millefolium, Satureja
vulgaris, Malus sp., Habenaria lacera; Dismal Run Woods: Cimicifuga racemosa,
Vernonia sp., Vitis aestivalis, Carya tomentosa, Rubus phoenicolasius, Microstegium
vimineum, Agastache nepetoides, Smilax herbacea var. pulverulenta, Dioscorea vil-
losa, Morus rubra; Pink Hill (Open): Rumex, Agrimonia sp., Lobelia inflata, Pycnan-
themum tenuifolium, Cerastium arvense var. villosissimum, Senecio smallii, Viola
sagittata, V. fimbriatula, Asclepias verticillata, Lilium philadelphicum, Agropyron re-
pens, Aster depauperatus, Agrostis sp.; Pink Hill Woods: Dennstaedtia punctilobula,
Viola rotundifolia, Medeola virginiana, Collinsonia canadensis, Viburnum acerifolium,
Aster schreberi, Aralia racemosa, Carya ovata, Osmunda regalis, O. cinnamomea,
fern moss, Cryptotaenia canadensis, Cinna sp., Solidago flexicaulis, Amphicarpa
bracteata, Arisaema triphyllum, Aster divaricatus, Solidago patula; Farm Area:
Cicuta maculata, Agrimonia parviflora, Rosa multiflora, Sicyos angulatus, Gymno-
cladus dioica, Urtica dioica, Polygonum cespitosum, Geum canadense, Agropyron sp.,
Linaria vulgaris, Dianthus armeria, Acer negundo; Shade Tree Farm Field: Solanum
carolinense, Agastache nepetoides, Nepeta cataria, Vitis labrusca, Quercus robur;
Pinetum: Sequoia giganteum, Metasequoia glyptostroboides. Leader: Fred Arnold.
August 9: Mannington Marsh, Salem County, NJ. The purpose for this trip was to
see Nelumbo which was reported from Mannington Creek. It was found in large stands
in between Rt. 45 and Painters-Sharptown Roads. There was some doubt about the
specific designation, whether it was N. pentapetala, or the white phase of N. nucifera.
After consulting the local manuals, it was tentatively identified as N. pentapetala, with
a few reservations from some of the participants. In addition, the following species
were representative of the total species list prepared: Wolffia columbiana, new for
Salem county, Pontederia cordata, Nuphar advena, Peltandra virginica, Sagittaria
latifolia, Acorus calamus, Potamogeton crispus, Hibiscus moscheutos, Ceratophyllum
demersum, Echinochloa walteri, E. muricata, Rumex altissimus, Paspalum circulare,
Asclepias incarnata v. pulchra, Hypericum mutilum, Polygonum arifolium, P. sagit-
tatum, P. pensylvanicum, P. scandens, Spartina alterniflora, Scirpus pungens, Scirpus
validus, and Ptilimnium capillaceum. Leader: Joe Arsenault.
September 6: Coastal Ponds, Monmouth and Ocean counties, NJ. Our first stop was
Sylvan Lake in Avon-by-the Sea where we saw Elodea nuttallii, Eleocharis parvula,
Nymphaea odorata, Potamogeton pectinatus, Potamogeton perfoliatus, and Vallis-
neria americana in the water. Male flowers of Vallisneria were floating on the water
surface. Seeking greater species diversity, we went to Old Sam’s Pond in Point Pleasant
Beach. Here we found many of the plants observed in 1980 (Bartonia No. 48:51) as well
as the following aquatic and shoreline plants: Cyperus diandrus, Cyperus filicinus,
Cyperus rivularis, Leersia oryzoides, Lindernia anagallidea, Myriophyllum tenellum,
Najas flexilis, Phragmites australis, Polygonum punctatum, Polygonum sagittatum,
Potamogeton pectinatus, and Sium suave. Leader: Alfred E. Schuyler.
MEMBERSHIP LIST 1982
ABRAITYS, plas aa ahaa NJ 08557
LLEN, RUTH MCVAUGH—Woodside Lane, Cinnaminson, NJ 08077
ALPERIN, RICHARD (Dr. ee Lombard Street, Philadelphia, PA 19147
ANDERSON, CHRISTINE M.—2410 Francis Street, Wilmington, DE 19808
ANDERSON, KARL H.—Rancocas Nature Center, Rancocas Road, R.D. 1, Mt. Holly, NJ 08060
ANGUS-ANDERSON, BLAKE A.—Forest Gate Apts. 12, Magnolia, NJ 08049
ARCHIBALD, MARY E.—21 Wayne Gardens Apartments, asa HAO NJ 08108
ARNOLD, FrED—Springhouse Bishop Hollow Road, Newtown Square, PA 19073
ARSENAULT, JOSEPH & CATHY—201 Wyoming Trail, ort Mills, NJ 08015
BALLAS, JOHN—2643 S. Dewey Street, piiladeinhle: PA 19142
BASKIN, JERRY (DR.)—Thomas Hunt Morgan School of Biological Sciences, University of Kentucky,
Lexington, KY 40506
AZINET, LESTER (DR.)—1146 South 8th Street, Philadelphia, PA 19147
BELZER, NORBERT—5923 North 10th Street, Philadelphia, PA 19141
BERG, ROBERTA—9405 Stenton Avenue, Erdenheim, PA 19118
BIDDLE, eibee (Dr.)—R.D. #2, Marne Highway, Mt. — NJ 08054
BIEN, WALTER R.—144 Summit Avenue, Langhorne, PA 19047
BoonIn, Mrs. NATHANIAL—3516 Lewis Road, Newtown pea PA 19073
BoyLe, E. MAritE—1521 Norman baat Havertown, PA 190
BRADEL, ROBERT A. (Mrs.)—Braddocks Mill Lake, R.D. 2, Marlton, NJ 08053
RAY, EDMUND C.—Hopkinson House, 602 Washington Sq. S., Philadelphia, PA 19106
CAVILLEER, GILBERT R.—Box 23, 106 Main Street, Port Republic, NJ 08241
CHRISTIAN, PATRICIA H.—Box 24, Starlight, PA 18461
COHEN, ALICE—719 Hedgerow Drive, Broomall, PA 19008
aes NaNncy—1406 South 7th aa Recap sat PA 1914
Cook, p—PA/NJ Field Office e Nature Conservancy, ae Chestnut Street, Philadelphia, PA 19107
poerietah Wo. D. sake fi i hecdiee VT 05663
CROWLEY, MARY M.—34 Schappett Terrace, Lansdowne, PA 19050
DANIEL, MARY—131 E. Durham Street, Philadelphia, PA 19119
DAVISON, SARA E.—1218 Chestnut Street, Suite te Nature Conservancy, Phila., PA 19107
Day, THOMAS—R.D. 2, Box 105, Germansville, PA 18053
DERBYSHIRE, BETTY—Derwoods, Box 538, Green Lane PA 18054
DoERING, GRANT (Dr.)—Box 278, Bryn Athyn, PA 19009
DoLAN, THoMAS IV—721 Glengarry Road, Phil Lay's PA 1911
ERISMAN, NELLIE A.—1818 Spring Garden Street, sare PA 19130
EverRT, Brooks W. (Mrs.)—115 N. Lakeside Drive, E. Birchwood Lakes, Medford, NJ 08055
Ewan, JosEPH (Dr.)—Tulane University, New Orleans, LA —
Eybe, RICHARD (Dr.)—Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC 20560
FARLEY, ELIZABETH B.—319 Bala Avenue, Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004
FELTON, ANNA—37 Crawford Road, Audubon, PA 19401
FERNANDEZ, JosE—632 Highland Avenue, Palmyra, NJ 08065
FERREN, WAYNE R., JR.—University of California, Department of Biological Sciences, Santa Barbara, CA
93106
FIELD, STEPHEN—5 Evelyn Avenue, Vineland, NJ 08360
FLEMING, RoBERT—7809 Navajo Street, Philadelphia, PA 19118
saapesn Kasta—12035 Audubon gan Philadelphia, PA 19116
Focc, Mrs. JoHN, JR.—Conwyn Arms, 830 Montgomery Avenue, Bryn Mawr, PA 19010
Fusssuncas, Wo. L.—5258 34th Avenue, North, St. aye FL 33710
Frick, JuL1a W.—Thomas Wynne Apts., Wynnewood, PA 19096
GALLoB, EDwARD—2219 Delancey Place. Philadelphia, PA se
GaARBACK, MARY E.—1789 Scattergood Street, ee PA 19124
GoLp, ALBERT—118 W. 227 Street, Bronx, NY 1
Goon, RALPH (Dr. & Mrs.)—Dept. of Biology, Ruger i Camden, NJ 08332
GORDON, RHONA—284 S. Roberts Road, Rosemont,
GorpDon, THEODORE—Burr’s Mill Road, ayaa je poo
76
MEMBERSHIP LIST 1982 vy
GyerR, JOHN F.—Jessup Mill Road, Clarksboro, NJ 0802
7 Tuomas B.—19 Kings Road, Netcong, NJ ae
HAND, Louts E.—7 Chatham Place, Vincentown, NJ 08088
HANISEK, pee ae 263, R.D. #3, Phillipsburg, NJ 08865
HarRpDEsTy, GAIL—488 Big Oak Road, Morrisv re PA 19067
ART, RoBIN—Environmental Science & Engineering, Inc., P.O. Box ESE, Gainsville, FL 32602
HECKSCHER, STEVENS (DR.)—Philadelphia ruse tape sadecs Farm, 1031 Palmer’s Mill Road,
Media, PA 19063
HENRY, JOSEPHINE DE N’—801 Stony Lane, Gladwyne, PA 19035
HILL, Roy—180 W. Drexel Avenue, Lansdowne, PA 19050
21864
HOLDEN, HOLDEN J.—747 Brooke Road, Wayne, PA 19087
HORNBECK, JOHN A.—69 Bedford House, Sherry Lake, Conshohocken, PA 19428
HUEBNER, JOHN M. (Mrs.)—150 Anton Road, Wynnewood, PA 19096
Hume, EL1zABETH—126 Culpepper Drive, Penllyn, PA 1942
aati oph DoNALD (Dr.)—Longwood Gardens, gee oe PA 19348
TRETON, Y Lou—213 4th Avenue, Haddon Heights, NJ 08035
ony ce A.—32 Dartmouth Circle, Swarthmore, “ud pre
KELLER, ELIZABETH—114 Wyomissing Blvd., Wyomissing, PA 19610
y tsa
KRALL, JOHN R. 123 Lambert St., Philadelphia, PA ct
“ag capone NANcY—Woodgate Apts. 301, Reading, . 19606
LANGMAN, IDA K.—Riviera Apts. 116 S. Raleigh Avenue, Atlantic yet 08401
tok Dorory I. (Dr.)—20 Old Paoli Pike, Box 537, Paoli, PA 1
LATHAM, Apeatee) §7, Wallingford, PA 19086
490 Darby Paoli Road, Villanova, sh 19085
i oarneas: PERCIVAL (Dr. )—-Suite 920, One oe Hill, Cherry Hill, NJ 0800
List, ALBERT (Dr.)—105 Morgan Avenue, Yardley, P 7
LivINGsTon, LUZERN (DR.)—15 Dartmouth Circle, Swarthmore PA 19081
MAWHINNEY, NoRMA—Box 118, Inverness, Florida 32650
McCaBeE, MARIANA—803 N. Franklin Street, Pottstown, PA 19464
A 19063
McELRoy, RoBERT—Box 132, Berwyn, PA
McGovern, Doris—4823 Beaumont Avenue, — PA 19143
McGratu, JAMEs—304 Derwyn Road, Lansdowne 5
McLEAN, ELIZABETH & WILLIAM—139 Cherry opine Gs PA 19096
MEars, JAMEs A. (DR.)—647 W. Valley Road, Wayne, PA 19087
MELLON, RICHARD—1305 Big Oak Road, Yardley, PA 1
MirIcK, SALLY—7505 Deane Hill Drive, Knoxville, TN 37919
MITCHELL, JoHN D.—Creek Road, sah Athyn, PA 19009
Moore, JuL1A—Moyneau Road, Camden, ME 04843
MorGan, CAROLYN D.—3613 Powelton yoaale Philadelphia, PA 19104
MorseE-SCHWARTZ, SUSAN—60 Garlor Drive, Havertown, PA 19083
19
Naczi, cna Boulder Brook Drive, Wilmington, DE 1 19803
NeEwso_p, ANN—R.D. 1, Bechtelsville, PA 19505
O'Connor, DANIEL—66 E. Main Street, Port Norris, NJ 08349
OVERLEASE, WILLIAM (DR.)—500 Taylors Mill Road, West Chester, PA 19380
PATRICK, RUTH (Dr.)—P.O. Box 4095, Chestnut Hill Station, Philadelphia, PA 19118
PETERS, MARIA D.—1020 Woods Road, Southampton, PA 18966
PULTORAK, RoBERT (Dr. & Mrs.)—34 Edgemont Road, Yardville, NJ 08620
Rapis, RICHARD—12 Redstone sabe Parsippany, NJ 07054
RANDOLPH, DorotHyY—Apt. DI-N, St. Georges Apts., 101 Millcreek Road, Ardmore, PA 19003
RHOADs, ANN (Dr.)—1561 ce Road, chai fe 1906
RIGG, HARRISON—655 Caley Road, King of Prussia, 19406
78 BARTONIA
RoBERTS, MARVIN L.—Department of Biology, P.O. Box 1927, University, AL 35486
RotA, FRANK C., Jr. (DR.)—413 Walnut Hill Road, West Chester, PA 19380
RotH, NANCY—Box 4394, Philadelphia, PA 191 ne
Ruiz, DEN—13 East Third Avenue, Runnemede, 08078
SACKSTEDER, eeeeeremg pee Street, fom ake PA 19103
SARGENT, RALPH M. (Dr. & Mrs.)—520 Panmure Road, Haverford, PA 19041
SCHAEFFER, iiss L., Jr. (Dr.)—32 N. 8th Street, Allentown, PA 18101
SCHERER, TOINI—590 Kirk Lane, Media, PA 19063
SCHMID, KAREN—0-539 Sugartown Mews, Devon, PA 19333
ScrUMACHER, ELIZABETH—947 Longview Road, King of Prussia, PA 19406
SCHUYLER, ALFRED E. (Dr.)—Academy of N Natural Sciences, 19th & Parkway, Phila., PA 19103
Scott, JoHN—Hertzog School Road, Mertztown, PA 19539
SHAEFER, GEORGE R. (Mrs.)—2976 Dorman Avenue, Broomall, tai 19008
SIPPLE, WILLIAM—503 Benforest Drive West, Severna Park, MD 21146
SLIM, SUSAN—East Marne Highway, Moorestown, NJ 08057
SMARR, RosE ANN—101 Montgomery Ave. B-1 ing ache oa PA 19004
STAILEY, HARRY (Mr. & Mrs.)—8701 Macon Acton Philadephia, PA 19152
STUCKEY, RONALD (Dr.)—Ohio State University, Columbus, 43210
SUTTON, PATRICIA TAYLOR—R.D. 3, Box 7, Cape May Ct. sia NJ 08210
SWEETMAN, LEONARD—631 Berwyn-Baptist Road, Devon, PA 19333
TEES, GRAcE M.—458 Locust Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19144
TYRRELL, Lucy—201 A-4 David Drive, Bryn Mawr, PA 19355
UKNALIs, IRENE—2738 Lardner Street, Philadelphia, PA 19149
VANCE, GLADYS—150 Montgomery Avenue, Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004
VoLK, JosEPH—1163 Jeffrey Lane, Langhorne, PA 19047
WEINER, JAcoB (Dr.)—Department of Botany, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA 19081
WHERRY, EDGAR T.—Priestley House, 224 W. Tulpehocken Street, Philadelphia, PA 19144
WIEGMAN, PAuL—Director, Natural Areas Program, Western Pa. Conservancy, 316 Fourth Avenue,
Pittsburgh, PA 15222
WILKENS, Hans—424 S. 15th Street, Reading, PA 1960
WILLIAMS, H. CARLTON—165 Ridge Pike, cong = 194 mai
WILLIAMS, Davip L.—Coppermine Road, R.D. 1, Princeton, NJ 08540
WILSON, CHRISTOPHER A.—Cook Road, R.D. 1, nbn PA 19464
WoLF, JoHN—44 High Street, Sharon Hill, PA 19079
Wo LFF, EmiLy (Dr.)—309 Pritchard Land, Wallingford, PA 19086
Woop, Howarp (Dr.)—169 South Spring Mill Road, Villanova, PA 19085
WoopDForD, JAMES B. (Mrs.)—Cedar Run Lake, Marlton, NJ 08053
Program of Meetings 1981-1982
1981 Subject Speaker
24 Sep. Members Report on Summer Activities
22 Oct Algae in the Environment ........ ... Larry Lyons
19 Nov. The Flora of the Unicorn Tapestries Lawrence Crockett
17 Dec. A Botanist in China.......... John M. Fogg, Jr.
1982
28 Jan. The 1981 International Botanical Congress E. Marie Boyle
and Elizabeth Woodford
25 Feb. __ Botanical Highlights of a Visit to Hungary Soha cee .... Kasia Fogarasi
25 Mar : ndangered Plants of Pennsylv: Paul Wiegman
22 Apr Dead Trees of Ilha da Trindade Richard H. Eyde
27 May Illustrated Report of the Local Flora...... ... Monitoring Committee —
BARTONIA
JOURNAL OF THE
PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB
No. 50
75th Anniversary Issue
CONTENTS
75th Anniversary Issue of Bartonia
Visits to Bartram’s Garden: 1829 vente eee e ese cseeeeseseeeeeesee+++ ELIZABETH P. MCLEAN
Classification of Life Forms and Growth Forms of Aquatic Macrophytes
ALFRED E. SCHUYLER
First-Year Loss of Mass and Nutrients from Leaf Litter in the New Jerse’ Barrens
RALPH E. J. BOERNER AND THomas R. Lorp
‘The Rediscovery of Oxypotis canbyl on the Delmarva Peninsula
D. DANIEL BOONE, GEORGE 3 oe
Scirpus triqueter Established along Tidal Portions of the Columbia River mE
BRIAN W. Lightcar aND ALFRED E. Sc
1
2 \g
a
Bartonia No. S50: 1, 1984
75th Anniversary Issue of Bartonia
The Philadelphia Botanical Club was founded in 1891 and ee the first issue
of Bartonia in February 1909 with the following ‘Introductory’
At the close of its seventeenth year the Philadelphia Botanical Club has decided to begin the issue of a
series of annual publications containing an abstract of its oC and short articles dealing with the
plants of the region about Philadelphia covered by its Her
As a title we have chosen BARTONIA in honor of Prof. W e C. Barton, Professor of Botany in the
University of Pennsylvania, 1815, and author of the first local pa relating to this vicinity, the COMPENDIUM
FLOR PHILADELPHIC#, published in 1818.
Our frontispiece represents our first President, and the leading iat in the foundation of the Club, the
late Dr. J. Bernard Brinton, to whose enthusiasm and untiring zeal much of the success of the Club is due.
The plate is from a sketch by our late member, Mr. Albrecht ae
STEWARDSON Brown, Editor,
JOSEPH CRAWFORD,
WITMER STONE,
Publication Committee.
The membership roster in Bartonia No. 1 lists 56 active members, 15 corresponding
members, and 15 deceased members.
Today the interests of the club membership are botanically diverse and articles in
seeps go much beyond ‘“‘the plants of the region about Philadelphia.’’ Although the
me of our club and our commitment to local flora imply a provincial perspective,
this definitely is not the case. Many of our members and contributors to Bartonia
reside far beyond the counties within a 50 mile radius of Philadelphia. Thanks to the
efforts of our officers and membership, the club is much stronger today, as its centen-
nial anniversary approaches, than in years past.
ALFRED E. SCHUYLER, Editor
Bartonia No. 50: 2-7, 1984
Visits to Bartram’s Garden: 1829
ELIZABETH P. MCLEAN
Research Associate in Botan
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia
19th and the Parkway, Philadephia, PA 19103
Botanical Excursions:
Jan. Feb. March.
Botany neglected for parties. Writing letters constantly. January & February & March—cannot recollect
distinctly any botanical discoveries, although went out to Carr’s occasionally & two or three times with
Will, over the Schuylkill, by Mantua Church & along the creek to the road; thence down the river—our old
acqce the bluetts, anemonies, claytonias & violets greeted us. Once to Germantown & down the Wissa-
hoccon [sic]. Many flowers & the yellow violet (rare).
Appointed collector 16th March. New duties commence— but find time for rambles.
Thus begins a small diary now in the ms collection at the Academy of Natural
Sciences. Its author, Major James Barker (1784-1858), a former alderman and mayor
of Philadelphia, was at the time of writing newly appointed by President Jackson as
collector of the port of Philadelphia.! (In 1838, Barker was to become controller of the
US Treasury, which post he held until his death.) The diary, in detail only from July
4th through December 1829, records regular weekly excursions to many places of local
botanical and horticultural interest, listing the plants seen by a mix of Latin and English
names. Although the diary is written in abbreviated form for personal recollection, it
reveals a command of the English language not surprising for the author of two dramas
and other works.* It is the diary of an enthusiastic amateur naturalist whose favorite
place was Bartram’s Garden.
Barker botanized along the banks of the Schuylkill, Kaighn’s Point, and Wissa-
hickon, collecting garnets along the latter as well . . . describing one rock as ‘“‘studded
like a plum pudding with garnets.’’ He regularly visited the main Philadelphia nurseries
and gardens: Smith’s Labyrinth, Kokinberger’s, Landreth’s, Hibbert’s, D’Arras’s, and
M’Arran’s, often bringing plants back to his garden at 214 Walnut Street. Most often,
however, he visited Bartram’s garden and talked with Robert Carr. One assumes, since
Barker uses Latin names much more frequently in describing his visits to Bartram’s
Garden, that he got his information directly from Carr.
Bartram’s Garden, one of the earliest botanic gardens in North America, was
founded along the banks of the Skuylkill by the Quaker farmer and self-taught botanist,
John Bartram. After Bartram’s death in 1776, the garden was continued by his son,
John Jr., until the latter’s death in 1812, when the garden and nursery were left to his
daughter and son-in-law, Ann and Robert Carr.
A broadside (circa 1783) and a catalogue (1807) were issued under John Bartram Jr.;
the latter catalogue was reissued in 1814 by Robert Carr, with no changes in the plants
listed. Carr issued a greatly expanded catalogue in 1828, an Addition of four pages in
' The diary is not signed, but internal evidence (including reference to his new duties as collector) shows
it to be Barker’s diary.
* The plays included ‘‘Marmion’’ and ‘‘Superstition,"’ which were evidently successful. (Simpson 1859,
pp. 26-28.)
BARTRAM’S GARDEN 3
1830, a Catalogue of American Trees, Shrubs, Plants & Seeds in 1831, and the last
known catalogue in 1836. There is little written about the activities of Bartram’s Garden
under the Carrs, so Barker’s diary is interesting, not only for the observations of an
amateur botanist in 1829, but also for a picture of what was actually being grown at
Bartram’s Garden. Some plants, such as Theobroma cacao, do not appear in any of
the Bartram/Carr catalogues; other, more ‘‘common’’ plants, such as the Calendula
officinalis, appear in 1807, but not later. One assumes that Barker was not recording
all he saw, but what was of interest to him; he particularly noted what was in bloom
at the time of his visits.
The list of plants seen at Bartram’s follows; it represents 10 visits between July 4
and November 29th. Perhaps the entry for Christmas day best represents the priorities
of a Philadelphia gentleman-botanist in 1829:
Christmas (Mary presented me with her portrait by Sully) Coldish and not very pleasant. After dinner walk
with Edmd [his son] to Schuykill, by D’Arras’s . . . only chickweed.
LIST OF PLANTS SEEN AT BARTRAM’S GARDEN BY JAMES BARKER IN 1829
Plants are listed by: (1) names used by Barker and description, if any, in quotes; (2)
publication date of Bartram/Carr catalogue(s) which list Barker plant, with scientific
name used in catalogue if different or missing from Barker; (3) an asterisk is used when
a plant listed by Barker appears in no Carr/Bartram catalogue; (4) comments by me
are in brackets.
All known editions of Bartram/Carr catalogues were examined, with the exception
of the announced catalogue of 1825, listed in the Master Book List for Bibliographia
Huntia, and not found, after a reasonable search of libraries by the author. Since no
source included all catalogues, and none listed the catalogue of 1830, a complete list
is included in the bibliography.
‘*Aranda [?] tree, from Rocky Mountains, with its red berries
‘*Acacia from Mexico (shiny gee )’’ 1828 [14 different acacias listed]; tae {idem
“Ailanthus. Japanese Tree of Heaven. The same as before Dr. Coxe’s door.”’ 1828: Allan shes glandulosa.
“‘Amaranths.’’ 1807 [5 different aaah 1831: hisses ae spinosus &¢
_Amaryllis lutea—fine yellow lily in pot.’’ 1828: Amaryllis weg hreislameed lutea).
“Antirrhinum majus (English rich purple snapdragon).”’ 1807;
Aristolochia labiosa from Rio Janiero.”’ 1830
‘Asclepias cons/ from s. America. Hot Ricans. Like Tuberosa. Grows on the Coast of Carolina.’’ 1828:
Asclepias arborea, curassavica, parviflora; 1836: Asclepias curassavica [only Asclepias listed in Hot
House].
‘Asters. 22 species collected within half a mile of the garden. Specimens of all in blossom viz.’
““Aster cyaneus. Deep purple—thickly acne ee and beautiful—large lower leaves.’’ 1831.
‘Aster foliosus. White ong leaf, linear lanceolat
es grandiflora. Purple. Large & handsome. Next to china aster in beauty.”’ 1828.
‘‘Aster graveolens (Nuttall) who brought it from Arkansas. Pale purple, thickly clustered, very handsome.’
1828.
**Aster linariifolius, caipatoh ** 1807; 1828.
“Aster novae angliae, purple, ed ie *” 1807.
“Aster serotinus, sale be rple.”’
‘Aster suaviolens, yellowish white
“Aster tenuifolius, white, very is tea 1807; 1831.
“Aster undulatus, fine rich purple, small o ate leaf.""*
“Aster versicolor, white with reddish abit 1.
‘*Aster (unknown), small white, from a bush with at least 10,000 flowers.’
4 BARTONIA
‘Aster, unknown, small yellow.’’*
Sa rhadoes nickel [?] tree, not in flower.’’*
*“‘Batchelor’s button.’’ 1831: Centaurea americana.
Begonia argyrostigma, spotted.’’ 1828; 183
‘*Begonia discolor—in flower.”’ iene 1836: aeere evansiana (discolor.)
Pg ancare (leaves white, spotted.)’
foe varie gated.”” ia aoe arborescens v. aur. varieg; 1836: Buxus sempervirens v. aurea, Buxus
irens v. arg
beers (in hot ‘ec: ay 1806 [6 species listed]; 1828 [13 species]; 1831: Cactus bransiliensis, Cactu
truncatus, Cactus scomantue! etl . other species lately received from Mexico); 1836 [21 species wrote
with m her s
er by officinalis (pot sea pone flower, like the Everlasting.’’ 1807.
bccn tedeee small mary gold—with leaf, rubbed smelling & tasting like annissed [sic] leaf ever-
“Pimple pyramidalis.”’ 1828; 1836.
‘Cane, small carolina.’’ 1807: Arundo tecta Walt., Arundo palustrus Auth.*
‘‘Cape jasmine—large leaf. Chinese make a yellow dye of it. Also use it for hedges. It is originally thorny,
but cultivation takes away its thorns.’’ 1807: Gardenia florida; 1828 [4 species listed]; 1836 [6 species and
varieties listed].
“Carnations (flowers).’’ 1807: Dianthus caryophyllus; 1828: Dianthus caryophyllus many varieties, shades
& colors; 1838 [idem].
“‘Celastrus scandens, the staff tree, whose orange berries look like the berries of the euonymous, differently
tinted.’’ 1807; 1828; 1831; 1836.
‘‘Ceratonia, St. John’s Bread. Supposed to be locust of the scripture (Carob tree.) The boys may be seen
bringing into town its large horn like a which they call locusts. They are sweet inside.’’ 1836: Ceratonia
siliqua, St. John’s Bread or Carob Ti
‘“Cerisia fetida—small white—very hand pot) (root only—bad smell.)’’ 1807: Seriscia foetida; 1828:
Serissa foetida fl. pleno (Lycium daponicwile 1836 [idem].
““Chaste tree (Cistus Agnus); 1828; 1836: Vitex agnus-castus.
**China aster.’” (Callistephus)*
‘Chinese wax tree (in hot poppin pa as sebifera, Chinese tallow tree.
“Chrysanthemum indicum.’’ 1807;
“Chrysanthemums beautiful —Car say they are just Smabny [October 4]. They are now pure white.
They change their color with age.’’ 1807: C. leucanthemum
““Cocoa—not in flower.’’*
““Commelina virginica—fine blue. Like or eee the flower in one hour dissolved into black
mass in my box. (Day flower.)’’ 1807;
““Convolvulus pyramidalis—beautiful, ae growing against the house.’’* 1807 [5 species listed,
rhaps Convolvulus purpureus].
““Corchorus japonica.”’ 1831: Kerria japonica (Corchorus japonicus.)
Coreopsis tinctoria.’’ 1828 [idem]; 1831: bined tinctoria sp. nov
“Cornelian cherry.’’ 1807; 1828; 1836: Cornus mas.
‘Correa alba of Mexico.”’ 1828; 1836.
‘Crab apple, Siberian. Red & small like a plumb [sic].’’ 1828.
‘‘Cyclamen in beautiful flower.’’ 1807: Cyclamen europeum; 1828: Cyclamen europeum and Cyclamen hed-
eraefolium; 1836 [idem
“Cytisus or Genista idyer” s broom.) Yellow, papil-s leaves, locust like.’’ 1828.
—_— the original single—and 4 or 5 varieties, double & variously colored, yellow etc.’’ 1828: Dp.
uperflua, (many varieties, single & double); 1838 [four pages of Dahlia
“i Sortingtonta (De Candolle) formerly Mimosa illinoensis.’’ 1828: Mimosa illinoensis vel Darlingtonia bra-
chyloca.
“Dianthus barbata.”’ 1807; 1836: Dianthus barbatus.
“‘Dichorizandra thersiflora—a purple flower, from Rio Jo., just flowering for the first time.’’ 1828; 1836: D.
thysiflora
3‘ Auth.” refers to the ‘‘author of this catalogue’’ in 1807.
BARTRAM’S GARDEN 5
*‘Dionaea. Caught a daddy long legs which we found kicking his long legs & freed.’’ 1807; 1828; 1836: D.
uscipula.
pu
‘“‘Eggplants, fruit 30 inches around.’’ 1807: Bah melongena.
‘*Erodium (small red flower.)’’ 1828: E. incarna
‘‘Eupatorium in full flower in garden [October a atk home a bush & planted it.’’ 1807 [14 species];
1828 [Idem]; 1838 [4 species].
‘*Fern.’’ 1807 [20 varieties]; 1831 [46 varieties of ‘‘fern’’ including Lycopodium].
Franklinia—flower fine & fragrant.’’ 1807; 1831; 1838: Gordonia pubescens or Franklinia.
**Geranium piedmontum.”’ 1828 [4 species — era Geranium pyrenaicum?],
““Gnaphalium, purple. ** 1831: Gnaphalium p
‘“‘Grapes, native.’’ 1807: [10 varieties of SA ited, ani The varieties are infinite; 1828 [two pages of
grapes]; 1831 [8 native grapes including 2 sp.
“Grapes, Alexander. Are no better than my sity otes * 1807: Vitis alexandria Auth.; 1828: Vitis alex-
andria or Schuylkill Muscadel.
“Grapes, Bland.’ 1807: Vitis blandia Auth.; 1828: Bland’s Virginia.
‘“‘Grapes, Formiant. Small black grape, from Tokay . . . from which is made an essence of Tokay, used in
small quantities.’’ 1828: Formiant from Tokay.
ca
‘“‘Ground ivy (Hederacea) with its blue blossoms; will greet the early spring.’ 1831; 1836: Glecoma heder-
acea.
““Gymnocladus canadensis (Kentucky Coffee Tree.) This tree at Bartram’s is 70 feet high & straight. (See
also Michaux,) yet London described it as thorny, leaf & branch—and twining!”’ 1806; 1828; 1831; 1836.
* Helenium autumnale.’’ 1807; 1828; 1831.
**Helianthus (new species, not — large yellow.)’’ 1828 [S species]; 1828 [13 varieties]; 1836 [4 varieties].
**Heliopsis.”’ 1831: Helipsis laev
‘Holly, with red berry.’’ 1807 4 oo 1831 [4 species]; 1836: Ilex opaca, Ilex aquifolium
“*Honeysuckles, blossom and berry Sept. 13.”’ 1807 [Honeysuckles include: Azalea, Diervilla, and Lonicera};
1831 [most of Lonicera changed to Caprifolium]; 1836 [Honeysuckles include: 15 species of Azalea,
Caprifolium, Diervilla, and Lonicera
“Ice plant.’’ 1828: Mésoubivanteenaaie crystallinum ... and many other species; 1836: Mesembryan-
themum crystallinum, Mesembryanthemum gat m,
‘‘Ipomaeca coccinea . . . scarlet bindweed . . . scarlet Ipomaea. Very like sibs saw (I. quamoclit). Leaf
differing the Ist cypress like-—-the 2nd ss: 1807; 1831: Ipomaea coccin
“I. quamoclit, cypress vine.’’ 1807; 1
“Jasminum (hot house?). 1828 [10 waren: 1836 [9 varieties].
“*Lady slippers.’’ 1807 [5 species of ee 1828: Cypridipium pubescens, Cypripidium spectabile,
Cypridium humile; 1831 [5 species lis
*‘Lagerstroemia (grape tree).’’ 1807: sper? indica; 1828: Lagerstroemia indica, Lagerstroemia
indica v. purpurea, Lagerstroemia indica v. coccinea; 1836: Lagerstroemia indica, Lagerstroemia indica
Vv. purpurea.
“Lantana americana from Mexico. Handsome—like Asclepias ses ioe ”* 1836.
‘‘Larkspur, fine blue tint.’’ 1807; 1828; 1831; 1836 [ten different varietie
“Lathyrus ‘lastfolius. ”’ 1807; 1828; 1836.
‘Laurus cinnamonum from ned the Cinnamon.” ge Cinnamomum verum.
*‘Ligustrum vulgare aphag (black berry.)’’ 1807; 1828; 1836.
*“Lonicera PE aa 1807 [9 varieties]; 1828 i varies: 1836 [2 Lonicera].
“‘Lonicera sempervirens, ies be called ‘semperflorens,’ now in flower & fruit.”’ 1807; 1828; 1836.
**Malva—English mallow.’’ 1807: Malva alcaea
**Maranta—arrowroot.’’ 1830; 1836: Maranta arundinacea.
‘‘Marygolds double like huge balls.’ 1807: Tagetes erecta, Tagetes patula; 1828: Tagetes lucida; 1836:
‘‘Medlar apples—ugly things not fit to eat till rotten & then not eatable.’’ 1836 [listed in index, as on p. 63,
but no copy found which included pages past 53]
‘‘Mimosa leaves & limbs sensitive.’’ 1828: Mimoma sensitiva, shrubby sensitive Mimosa; 1836: Mimosa
pudica, Sensitive plant.
‘*Nicotiana (fragrant.)’’ 1807: Nicotiana rustica, Nicotiana paniculata; 1831: Nicotiana rustica sp. nov.;
1836: Nicotiana fruticosa.
‘‘Nicotiana (same genus as tobacco, quadrivalvis?) funnel form white flower shaped like 4 o’clock.”’ [See
bove]
6 BARTONIA
“Nigella saan TABOT.
“Oak . ater oak is nearly evergreen.”’ 1807; ee 1831; 1836: Quercus aquatica.
“eworhets aie (tree primrose.)’’ 1807; 1831;
**Parthenium integrifolium—white oe something like Eupatorium—a native.’ 1831.
Pasegiora coerula?’’ 1828; 18
‘*Passiflora incarnata, both benntifal. {BO — 1831; 1836.
‘*Passiflora maculata, a curious leaf.’ 1831
‘*Passiflora ogee (Carr).”’ 1836.
“Pear, sickle. 8.
“*Pear, buerre aa ie cae
padarpisulsion d & | ted.’’* [In the 1828 catalogue ‘‘Pelargonium citriodora
(lemon s cented)”” is a possibility, and in the 1836 catalogue Pelargonium limonium and Pelargonium
mayne are possibilities].
‘Pelargonium, Waterloo. A hybrid from Zonal and Insigiana (horseshoe & apt y? 1828; 1836.
‘*Phlox.’’ 1807 [7 varieties]; 1828 [6 varieties]; 1831 [17 varieties]; 1836 [13 ox).
‘*Primrose, Chinese.’’ 1828: Primula sinensis; 1836: Primula sinensis alba.
‘*Primrose, orginal white cowslip on. a 1807; 1828; 1836: Primula v
“Rhus? The red & green??”’ [in hot nate 1828: Rhus lucida, Rhus triloba,
Rhus sp? from Brazil; 1831 {10 native Rhus].
‘*Rose apple of West Indiea—in fruit [Oct. 4]. The fruit grows as large as an egg and tastes like rosewater.
(Sysigium jambos.)”’ 1828; 1836: Eugenia jambos.
““Roses.’’ 1807: 18 species; 1828: 50 ie & varieties; 1830 (30 varieties ‘‘lately received from Paris’’];
1831 [10 species]; “ste [10 pages of roses].
**Rudbeckia—one or t 1807: Rudbeckia triloba, Rudbeckia fulgida, Rudbeckia purpurea; 1831: 7 spe-
cies; 1836: 6s
**Sago—the area of Cochin ne live for 4 months of the year upon the farina, made into bread.”
1828; 1836: Cycas revoluta (Sago p
** Salvia arenes in flower [Oct. a1 te * 1828; 1836.
““Scabiosa (sps.)’’ 1807: Scabiosa atropurpurea.
‘*Solidago.”’ 1807 a species, including Solidago caesia and eae suaveolens Auth]; 1831 [14 species].
‘*Spartium (Scotch broom.)’’ 1807; 1828; 1836: Spartium scop
““Symphoria glomerata (red bert will remain till spring.)”’ 1834: 1836.
Bectigercts, Lag tenis Sateen bush—soiled and injured by the snow.’’ 1831; 1836.
‘*Tea plant, in flower like the camelia in flower, except that in the former the geval is erect, the latter
sae uy : 1807: 1828; 1836: Thea veris.
‘*Trumpet flower with humming birds.’’ 1807: Bignonia radicans; 1828 [Idem and 6 other species]; 1831:
{Idem and 5 species and varieties]; 1836 [Idem and 8 species and varieties].
**Viola tricolor.’ 1807.
**Violet, double, which i is very sweet scented, grows as well in the open air as any native plant; it is not
w in flower.’’ 1828: Viola odorata, Viola purpurea; 1836: Viola alba plena, Viola odorata coeruleo
“*Xeranthemum oe | 1828; 1831: nisin fulgidum.
‘*Youpon tea—Cassine—sold in the markets of Charleston . . . U. States Indians, at a certain time of the
year, assemble round the fire, pe ae tea, vomit—drink—vomit vm several times, until sufficiently
eeu & then march off—each with a branch. 1807; 1828; 1831: Ilex vomitoria; 1836: Ilex cassine.
‘**Zebra, mammoth, with large te striped like the zebra.”’ 1828: Maranta zebrina, sp. nov.
“Zinnia Teaaks no English na
‘Zinnia multiflora.’’ 1807; oor
LITERATURE CITED
The final abbreviation in the Bartram/Carr catalogue descriptions indicates where a
copy can be seen. ANSP refers to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia;
HSP is the Historical Society of Pennsylvania; LCP is the Library Company of Phil-
adelphia.
BARTRAM’S GARDEN Z
BARTRAM, JOHN. c. 1783. Catalogue of American tree, shrubs and herbacious plants, most of which are now
growing, and produce ripe seed in John Bartram’s Garden, near Philadelphia. The seed and growing
plants of which are disposed of on the most reasonable terms. Broadside. HSP.
. 1807. A catalogue of trees, shrubs, and herbaceous plants, indigenous to the United States of
merica; cultivated and disposed of by John Bartram & Son, At their Botanical Garden, Kingsess, near
Philadelphia. To which is added a catalogues y foreign plants, collected from various parts of the globe.
Bartram and Reynolds, Philadelphia. 33 pp.
CARR, ROBERT. 1814. A catalogue of tree, shrubs ied etunious plants, indigenous to the United States of
merica, cultivated and for sale at Bartram’s Botanical Garden. Robert & William Carr, Philadelphia.
53 pp. Library of the USDA, Beltsville, Md.
. 1828. Periodical catalogue of fruit and ornamental trees and shrubs, green house plants, & cultivated
and for sale at Bartram’s Botanic Garden, Kingsessing, near Gray’s Ferry—four miles from Philadel-
phia. Robert Carr, Proprietor. Russell and Martien, printers. 48 pp. ANSP, LCP.
——.. March, 1830. Additions. 4 pp. LCP.
. 1831. Periodical Catalogue of American Trees, Shrubs, Plants and Seeds, Cultivated and for Sale at
the Bartram Botanic Garden, near Philadelphia. Robert Carr, Proprietor. Russell & Martien, Philadel-
phia. Pp. 63—84. LCP.
. 1836. Deriadical catalogue of fruit and ornamental trees and shrubs, green-house plants & c. culti-
Vv aed 5 nd for sale at Bartram’s Botanic Garden, Kingsessing, near Gray’s ferry, three miles from
Philadelphia. Robert Carr, proprietor. William S. Martien, Philadelphia. lv + 56 pp. Index lists through
page 69, the second part consisting of fruit trees and shrubs, grapes, vegetable seed and American trees,
shrubs and plants. No _ has been found which inchades these pages. ANSP. LCP.
HUNT Set FOR BOT AL Siar ake Vela 1972. Master Book List for Bibliographia Huntiana.
e-Mellon ae 8: Pittsburgh, P.
Salton. conte 1859. The Lives of Eminent NSE Philadelphia.
Bartonia No. 50: 8-11, 1984
Classification of Life Forms and Growth Forms of
Aquatic Macrophytes
ALFRED E. ses a as
epartment of Bo
Academy of Natural casts oF Philadelphia
19th and the Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103
Aquatic macrophytes can be grouped into life form categories defined by their re-
lationships to water level and substrate, and into growth form categories defined by
their gross structural characteristics. Organizing these categories into a hierarchy en-
ables us to characterize the aquatic flora in a way that conveys information about its
general appearance without considering species composition. Botanists use life forms
and growth forms as headings in taxonomic keys (Voss 1967) and as artificial groupings
in identification guides (Hotchkiss 1972). In addition, the kinds of life forms and growth
forms present in a given aquatic habitat convey information about ecological condi-
tions. For example, rosulate submergents are more characteristic of oligotrophic con-
ditions and caulescent submergents are more characteristic of eutrophic conditions
(Hutchinson 1975).
The life form and growth form classification scheme presented here (Table 1) was
developed in connection with my courses on aquatic plants at the University of Mon-
tana Biological Station and Rutgers University (Camden). I am grateful to the students
for their willingness to work with various stages of it. I also thank W. D. Countryman,
G. E. Hutchinson, D. H. Les, R. L. Stuckey, and E. G. Voss for comments and/or
suggestions.
It is hoped that this classification scheme is straightforward enough to be used by
people with diverse interests in water plants and their ecology. It is a provisional
scheme that undoubtedly can be improved. It probably does not completely encompass
the remarkable diversity of growth forms of aquatic plants on a worldwide scale. Also
there may be better descriptive words to replace some of those used here. Most users,
particularly those lacking detailed knowledge of systematic botany, hopefully will find
the groups easy to recognize even though the plants in them may not be closely related
and may have fundamentally different structure. In some instances, judgment has to
be used when a species has more than one life form or growth form or is structurally
intermediate between two growth form categories. In general, however, these situa-
tions should not cause serious problems.
The first two levels of the hierarchy in Table 1 are life form categories and the third
level is growth form categories. This scheme was developed from that of Hutchinson
(1975) with one major modification: broader growth form categories designated by
botanical descriptive terms (e.g., caulescent, rosulate, thalloid) are used in the third
level of the hierarchy. Hutchinson used categories like these for submergents (Table 2)
but not for other groups. Instead, he and other authors (Hartog and Segal 1964; Ho-
geweg and Brenkert 1969; Segal 1971) have named growth forms after plant groups
that exemplify them with the use of an ‘‘id’’ ending. Sometimes there is a problem
with this, however, when the plant group is not as homogeneous relative to growth
forms as desired. Thus the treatment of caulescent mesopleustophytes as utriculariids
AQUATIC MACROPHYTES 9
TABLE |. Life forms and growth forms of aquatic macrophytes
I. Pleustophytes. Floating free from substrate (pleustonic)
A. Mesopleustophytes. Vegetative plant body underwater
1. Caulescent. Leaves or leaf-like structures on elongate stems (e.g., Ceratophyllum and Utricularia
when not benthic)
2. Rosulate. Leaves radiating from short stems (e.g., Stratiotes when floating underwater)
3. Thalloid. Not differentiated into stems and leaves (e.g., Riccia fluitans and Lemna trisulca when
not benthic
B. pa het ree Vegetative plant body on water surface
. Caulescent. Leaves scattered or closely spaced along stems, not radiating (Azolla, Salvinia)
: Rossa Clusters of leaves radiating from short stems (Pistia stratiotes, Hydrocharis morsus-
ranae, Eichhornia crassipes)
a Thali Not pm into stems and leaves (Lemna minor, Spirodela polyrhiza, Wolffia
nctata)
Il. Benthonhtes Basal portion of plant in or on substrate (benthic)
A sda rgents. Vegetative plant body underwater
au a cent. Leaves on elongate stems protruding above substrate (e.g., Potamogeton aera
inc spicatum); also including plants not differentiated into true stems and leaves (e.g.,
Chara and aquatic mosses) or where this differentiation is obscure (e.g., Utricularia)
2. Rosulate. Clusters of leaves radiating from short stems in or slightly protruding above substrate
(e.g., Vallisneria); also including plants with unbranched stems in rosettes (e.g., Eleocharis acic-
ularis
3. Scopiform. Stems or leaves protruding above substrate as simple solitary units (e.g., stems of
Myriophyllum tenellum and underwater leaves of Juncus militaris when scattered along horizontal
rhizomes
4. Thalloid. Not relauens into stems and leaves (e.g., thallus of Podostemum and the lichen
Hydrothyria ve
B. Fa aa a CHapicails portion of vegetative plant body on water surfac
. Caulescent. Floating leaves on elongate stems protruding above bette (e.g., Potamogeton
natans, Brasenia schreberi, Sparganium angustifolium)
Z: Secukeis. Clusters of floating leaves radiating from short portions of elongate stems that protrude
above substrate (e.g., Trapa natans)
3. Foliose. Floating leaves se aidiae from stems in or slightly protruding above substrate (e.g.,
mphaea odorata, Nuphar lutea
C. Emergents. Vegetative plant body protruding above water surface
1. Caulescent. Leafy stems protruding above water (e.g., Typha, Polygonum punctatum); also in-
cluding plants with green leafless stems protruding above water (e.g., Eleocharis palustris, Scirpus
acutus)
2. Foliose. Only leaves protruding above water (Sagittaria, Peltandra)
and ceratophyllids (Table 2) does not seem desirable because, possibly more often than
generally recognized, the basal portions of Utricularia and Ceratophyllum are in the
substrate. If desired, however, these categories may be used in the fourth level of the
hierarchy presented here. Eventually it may be desirable to use morphological terms
instead of modified plant names for such growth form categories so that there is more
consistency in their application.
Hutchinson (1975) used the terms rhizophytes for plants rooted in sediment and
pleustophytes for free-floating plants. Since many plants with basal portions in or on
the substrate lack roots, I prefer not to use rhizophyte as an antonym of pleustophyte.
Instead, the term benthophyte seems more suitable. The latter category is broadly
defined here to include Luther’s (1949) rhizophytes (penetrating or covered by
strate), haptophytes (attached to surface of substrate), and benthopleustophytes (Ivine
10 BARTONIA
TABLE 2. Comparison between scheme used here and Hutchinson’s (1975) scheme.
Hutchinson’s Scheme
I. Pleustophytes Pleustophytes
A. Mesopleustophytes Mesopleustophytes
1, Camescent 5.00 eee
----- Utriculariids, Ceratophyllids
pvRosulate =). eee
; Thalloid -----
a---- Wolffiellids
B. Acropleustophytes Acropleustophytes
LCaulescent = ke oe
----- Salviniids*
2. Rostlate $5 aor ie ee aces
a Salviniids,* Hydrocharids, Eichhorniids, Stratiotids
3. Thalloid -----
o---- Lemnids
II. Benthophytes Rhizophytes
A. Submergents Hyphydates
1. Caulescent
----- Magnopotamids, Parvopotamids, Myriophyllids
2. Rosulate Rosulate
a Vallisneriids, Otteliids, Isoetids
3° Scoptoml,... 6
AT NANOIE a cone
B. Planmergents Ephydates
1 Caulescent 5500 ee
oo Nymphaeids,” Natopotamids, Batrachiids
2. Rosilate =... 3)
----- Trapids
5* WGUOSE og a, eee
— Nymphaeids,” Marsileids
C. Emergents Hyperhydates
TE AUIESCONE os eee
cats Sagittariids, Nelumbids
* Hutchinson included caulescent and rosulate acropleustophytes in this category.
> Hutchinson included caulescent and foliose planmergents in this cate gory.
on the substrate). Thunmark’s hyphydates, ephydates, and hyperhydates apparently
were originally applied (Bjork 1967) to both pleustophytes and benthophytes. Hutch-
inson (1975) restricted them so they are essentially equivalent to submergents, plan-
mergents, and emergents as defined here (Table 2).
LITERATURE CITED
ByOrK, S. 1967. Ecologic apie of Phragmites communis. Studies in theoretic and applied limnology.
Folia Limnol. Scand. 8 pp.
HARTOG, C. DEN AND S. Gur 1964. A new classification of the water plant communities. Acta. Bot. Neerl.
13: 367- cas
HOGEWEG, P. AN . BRENKERT. 1969. Structure of vegetation: a ool of aquatic vegetation in
India, the el eaae and Czechoslovakia. Trop. Ecol. 10: 139-162.
AQUATIC MACROPHYTES 11
Peete N. 1972. Common marsh, underwater, and ag Fa plants of the United States and
Canada. Dover Publications, Inc., New York. v, 99, vii,
Hurcnson, i a he A treatise on limnology, vol. Ul, ape botany. John Wiley + sons, New
York x
LUTHER, H. ie hires: zu einer 6kologischen Grundeinteilung der Hydrophyten. Acta Bot. Fenn. 44,
15
SEGAL, S. 1971. Principles on structure, zonation, and succession of aquatic macrophytes. Hidrobiologia
sable 12: 89-95.
Voss, E. G. 1967. A cea key to the genera of submersed and floating aquatic vascular plants of
Miicligia: Michigan Bot. 6: 35-50.
Bartonia No. 50: 12-20, 1984
First-Year Loss of Mass and Nutrients from Leaf Litter in
the New Jersey Pine Barrens
RALPH E. J. BOERNER
Department ic Botany and Graduate Program in gi Biology
e Ohio State University, Columbus, OH 43210
THOMAS R. LORD
Department of Biology, Burlington County College, Pemberton, NJ 08068
Ecological studies of fire-prone ecosystems generally focus on the effects of fire on
ecosystem processes, such as nutrient cycling (review by Boerner 1982), soil dynamics
(review by Raison 1979), or colonization and regrowth of vegetation (e.g. Keeley and
Keeley 1981; Boerner 1981) during the immediate post-fire recovery period. Since much
breakdown of organic matter, release of nutrients, and most opening of safe-sites for
colonization occur as a direct result of fires, the immediate post-fire recovery periods
may represent peak periods for biological and biogeochemical activity, though in-
creasing fire return intervals may increase the importance of nutrients cycled during
periods between fires in determining productivity and influencing competitive inter-
actions. This may be the case in upland forests of the New Jersey Pine Barrens where
the pre-1940 fire return interval of 20-25 years has increased to 70+ years today
(Forman and Boerner 1981).
The object of this study was to examine some biogeochemical aspects of Pine Bar-
rens upland, pine-oak forests during the period between fires by: (1) quantifying the
rates of mass loss and nutrient mineralization from leaf litter, (2) comparing inputs of
nutrients to the forest floor/soil from litterfall and decay to those from bulk precipi-
tation, and (3) evaluating the relative magnitude of nutrient mobilization from leaf litter
to that mobilized by periodic prescribed burning.
THE STUDY AREA
The Pine Barrens of New Jersey cover approximately 550,000 ha in southern New
Jersey. The upland soils of the region are nutrient-poor, excessively-drained spodosols
with sand content generally >85%, cation exchange capacity <5 mEq/100 g, and low
base saturation (Tedrow 1952; Markley 1979). Fire changes the nutrient availability of
these nutrient-poor soils only slightly (Burns 1952
The climate of the region is humid, continental temperate; summer temperatures
average 23°C and winters 1°C (Robichaud and Buell 1973). Precipitation averages 114
cm/yr and is distributed uniformly throughout the year (Robichaud and Buell 1973).
Upland forests of the region are dominated by pitch pine (Pinus rigida Mill.) and
several species of oak, including Quercus alba L., Q. velutina Lam., Q. coccinea
Muenchh., and Q. prinus L. Shrub cover is dense and dominated by heaths (Gaylus-
sacia spp. and Vaccinium spp.) and, in some areas, by shrub oaks (Q. ilicifolia Wang.,
Q. marilandica Muenchh., and Q. prinoides Willd.). All dominant species sprout from
trunk or roots following fire; actual fire-induced mortality is low and biomass rede-
velopment is rapid (Boerner 1981).
The study site was located in Lebanon State Forest, Burlington County. It had been
12
PINE BARRENS LITTER DECOMPOSITION 13
burned by wildfire in 1963 and burned by prescription in the 1970's. The relative density
of canopy trees (>10 cm dbh) was 71% pitch pine, 20% white oak (Q. alba), and 9%
shortleaf pine (P. echinata Mill.). The understory was primarily Q. ilicifolia. The forest
floor had a relatively uniform 1—4 cm deep litter (01 horizon) layer over a well defined
humus (02) layer; Lakewood series soils underlay the site.
METHODS
Freshly fallen leaf litter was collected during October and November 1981 in plastic
laundry baskets placed on the forest floor. Litter was air-dried for two weeks, then
approximately 20-25 g of air-dried litter were packed into each 20 cm x 20 cm, 3 mm
mesh polyethylene litterbag (Gosz et al. 1973; Lousier and Parkinson 1978). Equal
amounts of pine and oak litter were included in each bag since this closely approxi-
mated their relative contributions to autumn litterfall. A subsample of air-dried litter
was dried at 80°C for 48 hrs, then weighed to determine fresh/dry ratio. The litter was
9.7% moisture (standard error = 0.9%) when packed into the litterbags.
Litterbags were returned to the sample site on 1 January 1982 and secured to the
forest floor. Groups of three bags were recovered at 1, 3, 5, 8, and 10 months; five
bags were recovered at 12 months.
Recovered bags were weighed fresh, then dried at 80°C for 48 hours before re-
weighing. The difference between the fresh and dry weight of the bag contents was
used as an estimate of litter moisture. No attempt was made to separate fungal hyphae
from litter. Samples of 01 (= L + F sensu Lutz and Chandler 1946) and 02 (= H)
horizons were taken in August 1980; standing mass of 01 and 02 horizons are from
Boerner (1980, 1983).
Dried litter samples were ground in a Wiley Mill with a 20 mesh screen and frozen
pending analysis. Ground samples (0.500 g) were ashed at 475-—500°C for 4 hours and
the resultant ash dissolved in 10 ml of 6N HCL and diluted to 100 ml (Likens and
Bormann 1970). Phosphorus concentrations in the digestate were determined by the
stannous chloride method (American Public Health Association 1976), and following
addition of La,O, in 6N HCL to a concentration of 0.5% La (Likens and Bormann
1970), cation concentrations were determined by atomic absorption spectrophotom-
etry. Standard reference material (National Bureau of Standards, standard 1575, red
pine needles) was analyzed with each set of samples to ensure accuracy. Nitrogen
and lignin determinations were performed at the Ohio Agricultural Research and De-
velopment Center, Wooster, Ohio, utilizing semimicro-Kjeldahl (Bremner 1965) and
Van Soest (1963) methods, respectively.
Bulk precipitation data were from the Washington’s Crossing, New Jersey, National
Atmospheric Deposition Program station, 40 km northwest of the study site and were
supplied by the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
MASS LOsS. The rate of mass loss from decaying leaf litter was low, averaging 12.6%
(standard error = 3.2%) over the first year. Most of the mass loss occurred during
February and March (Fig. 1); this was the only period when litter moisture was >50%
(Fig. 1). Litter moisture averaged <20% throughout most of the year. While some
fragmentation of both oak leaves and pine needles occurred during summer and au-
tumn, most of the leaves and needles were essentially intact at the end of one year.
14 BARTONIA
180;-
160F- Ca——_—_————Ca 4 Litter Moisture
140- @ Mass
g 120) Cc ee Ce
z a
= 100 ———
= aque gare eee
rs ee, peapecneemamnatel
a
z 80
WwW
o Pp P Pp P
M M
ta a
Ms ig Mg ig
40 eee eae
K
20
+ cian 1 4 : rae eee | cle ‘os £1344 - ° H late
LItter QUTINE ONC Year INmCuUDaLION
Fic. h J i Dy — —
in litterbags. Each nutrient element is represented by its chemical symbol whereas mass is represented by
closed circles. Standard error ranges are given for mass means; error ranges for nutrient means fell within
the symbols. Mean values for percent litter moisture on each sampling data are given as open triangles.
In order to estimate the relative decay rate (k sensu Jenny et al. 1949), the pattern
of mass loss was fit to linear, exponential and double exponential functions (Wieder
and Lang 1982). A linear function is expected to fit well when the labile fraction of the
litter is relatively small. First year mass loss in this Pine Barrens site fit a linear function
with a relative decomposition rate of —.145 (r = —.654, r2 = .428, p < .002). The fit
to an exponential function was, however, equally good (r = —.653, r? = .427, p < .002)
and yielded an estimate of relative decay rate of — .157. If the intractable, lignin fraction
of the litter was large, a double exponential function based on the separation of litter
into labile and recalcitrant fractions, each with a distinct relative decomposition rate,
should fit the mass loss pattern best (Wieder and Lang 1982). The lignin fraction
(22.2%) and total mass loss were relatively small, and the fit to a double exponential
function poor.
Both the proportion of mass loss during the first year (10-15%), and the estimates
of relative decay rate (— .145, —.157) were lower than those reported for other conif-
erous and mixed forests (Jenny et al. 1949; Maclean and Wein 1978; Fahey 1983). Two
factors contribute to this low rate of mass loss. Litter moisture was low throughout
most of the year. Mass loss rates of 30% (Pinus banksiana, MacLean and Wein 1978)
to 44% (Pinus taeda, Thomas 1968) have been reported from areas where precipitation,
microclimate, and soils interact to produce higher soil moisture levels; rates of mass
loss similar to ours (18-23%) were reported for P. contorta in a dry environment in
Wyoming (Fahey 1983).
A second factor influencing decay rate is initial litter chemistry. Mass loss rates are
generally proportional to initial nitrogen and phosphorus concentrations (Berg and
Ekbohm 1983; Boerner, in review) and inversely proportional to lignin concentration
(Meentemeyer 1978; Aber and Melillo 1982). Initial nitrogen and phosphorus concen-
trations in Pine Barrens pine-oak litterfall (Table 1) were significantly lower than those
reported for white pine (P. strobus) and oak litter in Tennessee (Cromack and Monk
PINE BARRENS LITTER DECOMPOSITION 15
TABLE |. Nutrient concentrations (mg/g dry weight, except nitrogen, %) in freshly fallen leaf litter, 01, and
02 horizons in a New Jersey Pine Barrens upland pine-oak forest. Standard errors of the means are given
in parentheses. Values followed by the same lower case letters were not different following analysis of
variance and plotting of LSD.9;.
Component Nitrogen Phosphorus Calcium Magnesium Potassium
Litterfall 0.75 (.007)a 0.728 (.015)a 6.255 (.030)a 1.747 (.017)a 2.363 (.027)a
01 layer 0.79 (.009)a 0.577 (.061)b 3.267 (.412)b 0.241 (.046)b 0.358 (.063)b
02 horizon 0.83 (.065)a 0.535 (.047)b 1.910 (.190)c 0.281 (.038)b 0.411 (.065)b
1975), jack pine (P. banksiana)/hardwood litter in New Brunswick, Canada (MacLean
and Wein 1978), and similar to those in lodgepole pine (P. contorta) in Wyoming (Fahey
1983). Lignin concentration was similar to that of oaks and white pine in Tennessee
(Cromack and Monk 1975). While low, the mass loss rate observed in our site was
consistent with that predicted on the basis of initial nitrogen and lignin concentrations
by Aber and Melillo (1982). Thus, relatively low initial nutrient concentrations com-
bined with a moderate lignin level and low litter moisture to generate conditions un-
favorable for rapid mass loss.
NUTRIENT MINERALIZAT / IZATION. Initial litter concentrations of all nu-
trients, except nitrogen, were significantly higher than in 01 or 02 forest floor layers
(Table 1). Forest floor C:N ratios were 73:1 (01) and 70:1 (02), considerably higher than
the 20-—30:1 commonly considered necessary to produce rapid microbial mineralization
of nitrogen from litter (Gosz et al. 1973). N:P ratios were 14-—16:1, levels similar to
those needed to synthesize microbial biomass (Gosz et al. 1973), though forest floor
C:P ratios (1005:1, 01; 1084:1, 02) were higher than those reported in forest floor of
other podzolized soils (e.g. Gosz et al. 1973; Yount 1975). Thus, like fresh litterfall and
soils, the forest floor layers of these Pine Barrens sites were relatively low in nutrients.
Nitrogen concentration in the litterbags remained constant until mid-summer (Fig.
2). Nitrogen concentration rose through autumn and was 21% above initial by the end
of December (Fig. 2). The mass of nitrogen in the litterbags decreased through Feb-
ruary and March as mass was lost (Fig. 1); by April Ist, approximately 10-12% of the
original nitrogen had been lost. Much of this mass and nitrogen loss may have been
the result of leaching. In response to increasing nitrogen concentration after July Ist
(Fig. 2), the mass of nitrogen in litterbags increased to 15% above initial by the end of
the year (Fig. 1).
Similar patterns and magnitudes of nitrogen immobilization have been observed in
decaying P. contorta (Fahey 1983) and P. banksiana (MacLean and Wein 1978) litter.
Immobilized nitrogen may come from precipitation, throughfall, nitrogen-fixation, or
transfers from the forest floor or soil (Fahey 1983). The C:N ratio decreased from 73:1
to 60:1 during the year. Since mass loss from older pine needle litter is generally slow
(e.g. Fahey 1983), considerable further nitrogen immobilization is necessary before the
C:N ratio approaches a level where mineralization can begin.
Phosphorus concentration decreased by approximately 25% during the first month,
then remained relatively stable (Fig. 2). Since both mass and phosphorus changed most
during this period, the majority of phosphorus mineralization occurred during late
winter/early spring (Fig. 1); 30+% of the original phosphorus content had been
mineralized by April 1.
16 BARTONIA
(mg/g dry weight; Nin %]
8.0F- Mes Ca-——______ Ca
CONCENTRATION
~ :
(-)
a
2. = A
M
A ——— Tee —- a searam ss mae Ms
aE
Fic. 2. Concentration of five nutrient elements in leaf litter during one year incubation in litterbags. Each
nutrient element is represented by its chemical symbol. Time intervals during which significant changes in
concentration occurred are indicated by deltas.
While early leaching of soluble phosphorus compounds had been observed in hard-
wood litter (Gosz et al. 1973; Boerner, in review), in general, phosphorus tends to be
immobilized in phosphorus-poor pine litters (e.g. MacLean and Wein 1978; Fahey
1983), at least over the first year of decay. Mycorrhizal fungi, noted for translocating
phosphorus to tree and shrub hosts, may outcompete free-living fungi for available
nutrients, thereby decreasing the rate of phosphorus immobilization and mass loss
(Gadgil and Gadgil 1971). The trees and shrubs common in this area are dependent on
mycorrhizae; over 70% of active mycorrhizal hyphae are found in the upper 7.0 cm of
upland Pine Barrens soils (Buchholz and Motto 1981). Whether mycorrhizal fungi are
responsible for the relative lack of phosphorus immobilization in Pine Barrens litter,
however, cannot be evaluated without more direct experimental evidence, since, pre-
sumably, mycorrhizae are also common in pine-dominated forests where net phos-
phorus immobilization has been observed.
Calcium concentration increased to 165% of original by April Ist, remained stable
through June, then decreased to 120% of initial by years end (Fig. 2). The same pattern
was observed for calcium bulk with net calcium immobilization being equivalent to
20% of original calcium mass. These levels of calcium immobilization were consistent
PINE BARRENS LITTER DECOMPOSITION 17
with those observed in P. contorta litter (Fahey 1983). Whether calcium is mineralized
or immobilized in leaf litter depends on the initial C:Ca ratio, with calcium rich litters
undergoing rapid mineralization while calcium is immobilized in calcium-poor litter
(MacLean and Wein 1978; Boerner, in review). Forest floor calcium taken up by fungi
may be transferred to the litter, though higher concentrations in attached hyphae than
in litter (Lawrey 1977; Fahey 1983) suggest preferential accumulation of calcium in
hyphae for use in carbohydrate metabolism (Cromak and Monk 1975).
Magnesium and potassium concentrations decreased steadily throughout most of the
year (Fig. 2), as did the mass of these two elements in litterbags (Fig. 1). Losses of
these two elements fit exponential models well (Mg: k = —.692, r? = .721, p < .02;
K: k = —1.024, r? = .693, p < .02). By the end of the year, approximately 50% of
the magnesium and 60% of potassium had been lost.
By the end of the first year of decay, then, nitrogen concentration had increased,
and phosphorus decreased, to levels similar to those in the 02 horizon (Table 2). Mag-
nesium and potassium concentrations were lower than fresh litter but higher than the
02 horizon. Leaching of these two elements may have been limited by precipitation
volume or insufficient balancing anion fluxes (Fahey 1983). Since calcium was strongly
immobilized, litter calcium did not approach forest floor levels.
NUTRIENT FLUXES FROM LEAF LITTER. Estimates of net fluxes through litter decom-
position were calculated from the proportion of original mass of each element remaining
at the end of one year, initial litter nutrient concentrations, and estimates of litterfall
mass for two Lebanon State Forest pine-oak forests given by Boerner (1980). Molar-
equivalent fluxes of phosphorus were calculated as phosphate-P; nitrogen was calcu-
lated as 1:1 NH,-N:NO,-N, as these two nitrogen forms are equally abundant in Pine
Barrens surface waters (Patrick et al. 1979). When ordered by molar-equivalents min-
eralized, magnesium flux was the greatest, followed by potassium then phosphorus
(Table 2). Relatively more nitrogen was immobilized than calcium though the differ-
ences were small.
To determine the significance of these fluxes to the Pine Barrens ecosystem, they
can be compared to inputs in bulk precipitation and nutrient masses mobilized by
TABLE 2. First-year fluxes of nutrients from leaf litter decomposition. The mass of nutrients in litterfall is
estimated as the product of initial litter concentrations and estimates of litterfall mass for two upland pine-
oak stands near the study site (Boerner 1980). Standard errors of the means are given in parentheses.
Precipitation data are for 1 September 1981 through 31 August 1982 at Washington's Crossing, NJ, 40 km
northwest of the study site (courtesy of the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection).
Parameter Nitrogen Phosphorus Calcium Magnesium Potassium
percent original
remaining 115.1 (6.2) 68.9 (2.4) 120.1 (9.2) 52.3 (3.9) 39.8 (5.1)
mass in litterfall
(mg/m?/yr) 2554 (70) 249 (7) 2138 (59) 597 (16) 808 (22)
annual mineralization
(immobilization)
mg/m?/yr (386) 77 (430) 285 486
mEq/m2/yr (27.6)* 25° (21.5) 23.4 12.4
bulk precipitation
mEq/m?/yr 35.1 0.1 9.3 4.7 0.7
* calculated as 1:1 NH,-N:NO,-N and PO,-P
18 BARTONIA
periodic prescribed burning. Even though precipitation inputs represent externally de-
rived nutrients while decomposition and prescribed burning recycle nutrients already
in the ecosystem, we feel this comparison is valid, since all three pathways bring
nutrients to the forest floor and surface soil in a form available for plant uptake.
The amount of nitrogen immobilized during the first year of litter decay was similar
to input from bulk precipitation, whereas the amount of calcium immobilized in litter
was 2.3 times the atmospheric input (Table 2). Thus while the amount of nitrogen
immobilization observed over the first year of decay could have occurred without
reducing soluble soil/humus nitrogen levels, most of the calcium immobilized must
have come from the soil/humus complex, where concentrations were already low.
Fluxes of other minerals from litter greatly exceeded atmospheric inputs. When
compared to bulk precipitation, 5 x as much magnesium, 18 x as much potassium, and
25x as much phosphorus were supplied by first-year litter decay (Table 2). Thus, first-
year decay was a major pathway for addition of magnesium, potassium, and phos-
phorus to the forest floor and soil.
Prescribed burning at intervals of 3—5 years has become an important management
practice for decreasing wildfire probability and increasing site fertility (Little and
Somes 1961). Boerner (1980, 1983) found that early spring prescribed burning of a
nearby site similar in vegetation and fire history to our study site reduced litter standing
mass (01) by 42%, or approximately 340 g/m* dry mass, while leaving the 02 horizon
essentially intact. Using the exponential model for litter mass loss (k = —.157), 13.8%
loss of litterfall mass is predicted for the first year of decay, followed by 12.5%, 10.7%,
9.2%, and 7.8% in succeeding years. Summing the decomposition of each annual litter
increment over 3, 4, and 5 years gives decomposition estimates of 264 g/m? over three
years, 432 g/m? over four years, and 616 g/m? over five years (Table 3). Thus the
oxidation of leaf litter through decomposition over 3~4 years was equivalent to that
of a single prescribed burn.
Calculations of mineral fluxes from decomposition and prescribed burning assumed
all minerals contained in combusted litter were rendered soluble. No attempt was made
to estimate the amount of nitrogen made available by prescribed burning since the
completeness of fuel combustion will vary from fire to fire as a function of litter
moisture, weather, and fire intensity. These factors control the degree of combustion,
which, in turn, determines the proportion of nitrogen volatilized vs deposited in ash
(Boerner 1982). Likewise, since calcium and nitrogen were immobilized in litterbags,
no estimate of their loss rates from litter were possible.
Multiplying the standing mass of minerals in the 01 layer by the proportion of mass
TABLE 3. Comparison of organic matter and mineral mineralization over 3-5 years of litter decay to that
induced by a single prescribed burn. Totals for three years of decay, for instance, represent the sums of
three years of decay of one litterfall increment, two years of decay for a second increment, and one year
of decay for a third. Magnesium and potassium fluxes from litter are based on exponential decay models
while phosphorus losses are considered as leaching losses alone. See text for further details. Mass values
are in g/m’, elements in mg/m. ND = no data available.
Source Dry Mass Phosphorus Calcium Magnesium Potassium
Prescribed Burn 340 195 1102 81 121
Litter Decay, 3 yr 264 224 ND 1333 1346
Litter Decay, 4 yr 432 300 ND 1864 2083
Litter Decay, 5 yr 616 373 ND 2396 2820
PINE BARRENS LITTER DECOMPOSITION 19
lost by combustion gives an estimate of nutrient supply due to prescribed burning (Table
3). The rank order of elements released by prescribed burning was Ca > P > K > Mg.
Calculations of potassium and magnesium fluxes assumed no further losses after pre-
dicted litterbag concentrations reached 02 layer concentrations. Since significant phos-
phorus loss after the initial 30% leaching loss is not likely to occur until a lower litter
C:N or C:P ratio is attained, only this initial loss was used in calculating annual fluxes.
Since net phosphorus mineralization will likely occur during the 3-5 year projected
period, the estimates based solely on annual leaching losses will underestimate actual
phosphorus supply rate
Predicted losses of potassium and magnesium due to leaching from litter over 3-5
years greatly exceeded levels made available by prescribed burning. Since these ele-
ments are rapidly leached from litter by rainfall, have high mobility in soil solution,
and are also cycled in throughfall (Boerner 1980), long-term accumulation in litter is
unlikely to create shortages of these elements. Estimated phosphorus flux from pre-
scribed burning was no greater than three years phosphorus loss from litter decay,
even if no phosphorus, other than initial leaching losses, was mineralized during decay.
CONCLUSIONS. Nutrient fluxes from decomposing leaf litter NS gvaatnae important
pathways for nutrient recycling in these nutrient-poor forests. The amount of nitrogen
immobilized during the first year of decay was similar to aOR input; thus, no
decrease in levels of available nitrogen in the soil was likely to occur. Calcium im-
mobilization exceeded atmospheric input by 2.3 fold, so leaf litter was a significant
sink for available calcium. Phosphorus, magnesium, and potassium were mineralized
at rates equivalent to, or greater than, those supported by bulk precipitation or periodic
prescribed burning. Longer-term studies of decomposition are necessary to evaluate
prescribed burning as a strategy for mobilizing calcium and nitrogen since neither litter
decay fluxes or prescribed burning releases could be adequately predicted by this
study. While many questions are left open by this study, our results do emphasize the
importance of nutrient transfers from leaf litter even in forests where mass loss rates
are low. Such fluxes will become more important as man’s activities increase the time
interval between wildfires.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We appreciate the help of Rebecca Lachey and Carl Crozier in processing the lit-
terbag materials and performing tissue analyses. Thanks are due J. Held of the Division
of Environmental Quality, Department of Environmental Protection, State of New
Jersey, for supplying the precipitation data.
LITERATURE CITED
ABER, J. D. AND J. M. MELILLO. 1982. Nitrogen i bili hard d leaf litter as a function
of initial nitrogen and lignin content. Canad. J. Bot. 60: 2263- 2269.
AMERICAN PuBLIC HEALTH ASSOCIATION. 1976. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste-
water. 14th ed. Washington. 1193 pp.
BERG, B. AND G. EKBOHM. 1983. Nitrogen immobilization in decomposing needle litter at variable
carbon: a ratios. Ecology 64: 63-
BOERNER, R. E. J. 1980. Post-fire mineral cueing and ae rae in the New Jersey Pine Barrens.
Ph.D. Thesis, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, NJ. 2
. 1981. Forest structure ear ens wildfire he cater burning in the New Jersey Pine
Barrens, Amer. Midl. Natur. 105: —33.
. 1982. Fire and nutrient La in aan ecosystems. BioScience 32: 187-192.
20 BARTONIA
. 1983. Nutrient dynamics of vegetation and detritus following two intensities of fire in the New Jersey
Pine Barrens. Oecologia: 59: 129-134.
review. Nutrient fluxes in litterfall and decomposition in ae forests along a gradient of soil
nutrient availability within a southern Ohio watershed. Canad. J. For. Res.
AND R. T. T. FORMAN. 1982. Hydrologic and mineral budgets a New Jersey Pine Barrens upland
forests following two intensities of fire. Canad. J. For. Res. 12: 503-510.
BREMNER, J. M. 1965. Inorganic forms of nitrogen. Pages 1179-1237 in Methods of Soil Analysis, Part 2.
American aie! of Agronomy. Madison, WI.
BUCHHOLZ, K., AND H. Morro. 1981. Abundance and vertical distribution of mycorrhizae in Plains and
Barrens Ge sei from the New Jersey Pine Barrens. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 108: 268-271
Burns, P. Y. 1952. Effect of fire on forest soils in the Pine Barren region of New Jersey. Yale Univ. For.
Bull. #50. New — Cr
CROMACK, K., Jr., AND C. D. MONK. 1975. Litter production, decomposition, and nutrient cycling in a
mixed panes watershed and a white pine watershed. Pages 609-624 in Howell, F. G., J. B. Gentry,
and M. H. Smith, eds. Mineral Cycling in Southeastern Ecosystems. National Technical Information
Service, Washington.
Fauey, T. J. 1983. Nutrient dynamics of aboveground detritus in lodgepole pine (Pinus contorta subsp.
latifolia) ngebee in southeastern Wyoming. Ecol. Monogr. 53: 51-72.
ForMAN, R. T. T. AND R. E. BOERNER. 1981. Fire frequency and the New Jersey Pine Barrens. Bull. Torrey
Bot. Club vey cia 50.
GADGILL, R. L. AND P. D. GADGILL. 1971. Mycorrhiza and litter decomposition. Nature 233: 133.
Gosz, J. R., G. E. LIKENS, AND F. H. BoRMANN. 1973. Nutrient release from decomposing leaf and branch
litter in the Hubbard Brook Experimental Forest, N.H. Ecol. Monogr. 43: 173-191
Jenny, H., S. P. GESSEL, AND F. T. BINGHAM. 1949. Comparative study of decomposition rates of organic
matter in temperate and tropical regions. Soil Sci. 63: 419-432.
KEELEY, J. E. AND S. C. KEELEY. 1981. Post-fire regeneration of southern California chaparral. Amer. J.
Bot. 68: 524-530.
Lawrey, J. D. 1977. Elemental partitioning in Pinus resinosa leaf litter and associated fungi. Mycologia 69:
11 28.
LikeNs, G. E. AND F. H. BorMANN. 1970. Chemical analysis of plant tissues from the Hubbard Brook
Ecosystem in New Hampshire. Yale Univ. For. Bull. #79. New Haven,
LittLe, S. A., AND H. A. Somes. 1961. Prescribed burning in the pine regions of southern New Jersey and
eastern shore Maryland. U.S.D.A. Forest Service, N.E. Forest Experiment Sta. Paper #151. Upper
by, PA. ;
Lousier, J. D. AND D. PARKINSON. 1978. Chemical element dynamics in decomposing leaf litter. Canad. J.
Bot 56: 2795-2812
Lutz, H. J. AND R. F CHANDLER, JR. 1946. Forest Soils. J. Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York. 514 pp
MacLean, D. A. AND R. W. WEIN. 1978. Weight loss and nutrient changes in decomposing litter and forest
floor material in New Brunswick forest stands. Canad. J. Bot. 56: 2730-2749.
MARKLEY, M. L. 1979. Soil series of the Pine Barrens. Pages 81-93 in R. T. T. Forman, ed. Pine Barrens:
Ecosystem and Landscape. Academic Press, New York.
MEENTEMEYER, V. 1978. Macroclimate and lignin control of decomposition rates. Ecology 59: 465-472.
PATRICK, Ri 3B. M ATSON, AND L. ANDERSON. 1979. Streams and lakes in the Pine Barrens. oo 169-194
. T. Forman, ed. Pine Barrens: Ecosystem and Landscape. Academic Press, New
Raison, R. J. 1979. Modification of the soil environment by vegetation fires, with particular ee to
nitrogen nbipcagnacn Plant Soil 51: 73-108.
RoBICHAUD, B. AND M. F. BUELL. 1973. Vegetation of New Jersey. Rutgers Univ. Press, New Brunswick,
J. 340
Teprow, J. C. E 1952. Soil conditions in the Pine Barrens of New Jersey. Bartonia 26: 28-35.
Tuomas, W. A. 1968. Decomposition of loblolly pine needles with and without the addition of dogwood
leaves. Ecology 49: 568-571.
Van Soest, P. J. 1963. Use of detergents in the analysis of fibrous feeds: II. A rapid method for the
determination of fiber and lignin. J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 49: 546-551.
WIEDER, R. K. ANDG. E. LANG. 1982. A cae of the oe methods used in examining decomposition
data obtained from litter bags. Ecology 63: 1636-—
Yount, J. D. 1975. Forest floor nutrient dynamics in sciietl appalachian hardwood and white pine plan-
tation ecosystems. Pages 598-608 in F. G. Howell, J. B. Gentry, and M. H. Smith, eds. Mineral Cycling
in Southeastern Ecosystems. National Technical Information Service, Washington.
Bartonia No. 50: 21-22, 1984
The Rediscovery of Oxypolis canbyi on the
Delmarva Peninsula
D. DANIEL BOONE
Maryland Natural Heritage Progr
Maryland Department of Natural Resources, Dior: MD 21401
GEORGE H. FENWICK
The Nature Conservanc
1800 N. Kent St., Arlington, VA 22209
FRANK HIRST
Little Mill Rd., Stockton, MD 21864
In August of 1867, William Canby discovered a new species of Oxypolis which was
subsequently described and named O. canbyi (Coulter and Rose) Fern. in his honor
(Fernald 1939). Kral (1981) and Tucker et al. (1983) have recently reaffirmed the dis-
tinctness of the species. The only known locality for Canby’s collections were
‘“‘meadows and bogs at Ellendale, Sussex County, Delaware’’ (Tatnall 1946). Over the
next 27 years, 5 collections were made from this site. The last collection was by Canby
in August, 1894. Since that time, no other Delaware populations have been reported,
and, in fact, it was presumed ‘‘extinct’’ on the Delmarva (Fernald 1950). The Ellendale
area was subsequently ditched and drained, destroying most of the unusual wetlands
there.
On August 19, 1982, nearly a century later, we located a small population of this
endangered umbellifer in a sphagnous intermittent wetland on the Eastern Shore of
Maryland, the first record for the state. We were conducting a rare plant inventory of
the seasonally flooded wetlands (termed ‘‘ponds’”’ or ‘‘bays’’) that pock the countryside
in the Maryland/Delaware area.
We counted 36 individual plants (33 in flower) in this wetland, which is dominated
by Carex walteriana,' Cladium mariscoides and Panicum hemitomon. Other associate
herbaceous plants found here include Sagittaria engelmanniana, Panicum verrucosum,
P. longifolium, Erianthus giganteus, Eleocharis microcarpa, E. melanocarpa, Juncus
canadensis, Hypericum adpressum, H. virginicum, Ludwigia sphaerocarpa, Proser-
pinaca pectinata, and Utricularia geminiscapa. The dominant shrub in this wetland is
Buttonbush (Cephalanthus occidentalis), though growing only in a few small patches.
An occasional Red Maple (Acer rubrum), Sweetgum (Liguidambar styraciflua), and
Persimmon (Diospyros virginiana) add to the savanna-like appearance of this habitat.
A specimen voucher of Oxypolis canbyi will be deposited in the Norton-Brown Her-
barium in College Park, Maryland.
R. M. Harper discovered a Georgia station for Oxypolis canbyi in 1901, the first
population found outside of Delaware. Since then, it has been collected in 4 counties
in Georgia and 5 counties in South Carolina (Robinson 1982). However, most records
are historic and do not represent extant populations. There are only two extant pop-
' All scientific names are according to Fernald (1950).
21
ee BARTONIA
ulations known for South Carolina (Doug Rayner, pers. comm. 1982) and only 3-4
different oo seen recently in Georgia.
Undou , a major reason for the ae of Oxypolis canbyi is the loss of its
habitat. or sue explains:
This plant is seriously endangered in that much of its original habitat has been, or is being, destroyed. The
shallow flatwoods ponds and low pineland savanna which are its best habitat are being ditch-drained, then
bulldozed and converted to lowland pasture, to row crops (usually soy beans) or to pine plantations... .
Godfrey and Wooten (1979) express similar sentiments about the plight of the inter-
mittent wetlands of the southeastern United States (south of Virginia). Fernald (1937)
lamented the destruction of bogs and other inland wetlands found on the Coastal Plain
of Virginia. He writes about the ‘‘ruinous ditching”’
It is certainly a pity that Man so selfishly or shortsightedly is bent on spoiling the treasures which future
generations must do without; but in eastern Virginia he is doing just what he does everywhere else, looking
upon his temporary profits as outweighing all else.
We have witnessed the same patterns of destruction to these unusual wetlands in
Maryland, Delaware, and New Jersey, where at least four additional candidate endan-
gered species and many nationally-rare plant species are known to occur.
The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service lists Oxypolis canbyi as a Category 1 candidate
Endangered Species (Arnett 1983). Unfortunately this designation affords no legal
protection for the plant. The current status of Oxypolis canbyi, as well as the high
degree of threat to its habitat, indicates that this species is in danger of extinction if
steps are not taken to protect it.
LITERATURE CITED
FERNALD, M. L. 1937. Local plants of the inner coastal plain of southeastern Virginia. Rhodora 39: 321-
366
. 1939. Uxypors canbyi (Coult, & Rose), comb. nov. Rhodora ct
. 1950. Gray’s Manual of Botany. 8th ed. American Book Co..,
GoprreyY, R. K., fi D J. W. WooTeN. 1979. Aquatic and Wetland pbiits of Southeastein United States:
Monocotyledons. University of Georgia Press, Athens
KRAL, R. 1981. Notes on some ‘“‘quill’’-leaved umbellifers. ‘Sida 9: 124-134.
ARNETT, G. R. 1983. Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; supplement to review of plant taxa for
listing as endangered or threatened species. Federal Register 48: 53640-53670.
ROBINSON, A. F. 1982. Endangered and Threatened Species of the Arc cor United States including
erto Rico and the Virgin Islands. U.S. Forest Service, Atlant
TATNALL, R. R. 1946. Flora of Delaware and the Eastern Shore: An saliceed list of the ferns and flowering
plants of the peninsula of Delaware, Maryland, and Virginia. The Society of Natural History of Dela-
ware.
Tucker, A. O., N. H. DiLt, T. D. PizzoLato, AND R. D. KRAL. 1983. Nomenclature, Distribution, Chro-
mosome Numbers, and Fruit Morphology of Oxypolis be and O. filiformis (Apiaceae). Systematic
Botany 8: 299-304.
AUTHORS’ NOTE. Because this present population is small, the authors do not wish
to divulge its location. Also, the landowners voluntarily agreed to protect this site on
the condition that there be no visitors.
Bartonia No. 50: 23-24, 1984
Scirpus triqueter Established Along Tidal Portions of the
Columbia River System
BRIAN W. LIGHTCAP
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
P.O. Box 2946, Portland, OR 97208
ALFRED E. SCHUYLER
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia
19th and the Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103
Scirpus triqueter L., a widely distributed Eurasion aquatic bulrush (DeFilipps 1980;
Koyama 1958) was found growing in freshwater portions of the intertidal zone of the
Columbia River by Brian Lightcap in August 1981 while investigating dredged disposal
islands. At Columbia River mile 50.9, it was discovered in abundance on Eureka Bar,
a sixty-acre dredge material disposal island created on an intermittently exposed sand
shoal. Here it is interspersed and hybridizing with Scirpus tabernaemontanii Gmel.
(Scirpus validus Vahl). Extensive robust stands of S. triqueter were also found at
Columbia River mile 46 (the upstream tip of Puget Island) and mile 48 (the downstream
tip of Wallace Island). Along the Clatskanie River, which joins the Columbia River
behind Wallace Island at river mile 50, S. triqueter occurred along marshy shoreline
zones and adjacent sloughs for a distance of about four miles near its mouth. These
plants were circa 1-2 decimeters shorter than those found on Wallace Island and were
reproductively immature when observed on 9 September 1982.
It is possible that Scirpus triqueter was introduced by the Corps of Engineers via
hopper dredges used in the Pacific during World War II, the Korean War, and the
Vietnam War. A substantial amount of dredged material was discharged at Eureka Bar
in 1950, 1952, and 1953. It is equally plausible that achenes were introduced many
years ago along with ship ballast water, since there are numerous international cargo
and grain ports on the Columbia from Kelso, Washington, to Portland.
The mechanisms of spread of S. trigueter and its impact on Columbia River flora
(e.g., whether or not it has significantly displaced native flora) are not known. However
our overall knowledge of this flora is increasing and a brief description of present plant
associations, succession, and water regimes in this part of the river is part of an
environmental analysis and field report of dredging impacts on wetlands in the Co-
lumbia River (Lightcap, unpublished). A comprehensive Corps study of riparian hab-
itats also provides data on plant species endemic to the Columbia River (Tabor and
Meslow 1976).
Hybridization with S. tabernaemontanii presumably occurred after S. triqueter was
introduced into the Columbia River system, although we can’t be sure of this because
of the worldwide distribution of §. tabernaemontanii. Similar hybrids are reported
from Europe (Ascherson und Graebner 1898; Bakker 1968; Druce 1924; Junge 1905)
where they were most recently treated as Scirpus xX scheuchzeri Bruegg. (Bakker
1968). In the Netherlands, hybrids have been found in several localities in tidal fresh-
water areas where apparently they are fertile and forming hybrid swarms (Bakker 1968).
The well-developed achenes of the Columbia River hybrids indicate these plants are
23
24 BARTONIA
fertile too. As is the case of S. triqueter, we do not know how these hybrids are
spreading or what their impact is on native flora. Whether or not the hybrids are
reproducing sexually and backcrossing with the parents are questions that remain to
be answered.
LITERATURE CITED
ASCHERSON, P. UND P. GRAEBNER. 1898-1899. Flora des Nordostdeutschen Flachlandes (ausser Ost-
preussen). Gebriider Borntraeger, Berlin. xii +
BAKKER, D. 1968. Scirpus lacustris L. ssp. glaucus (Sm.) Harte. x Scirpus triqueter L. (S. X scheuchzeri
Bruegg.) in Nederland. Gorteria 4: 76-79.
DEFIuipps, R. A. 1980. 1. Scirpus L. Pages 277-280 in T. G. Tutin et al., eds. Flora Europaea, vol. 5,
— to Orchidaceae (Monocotyledones). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. xxxvi +
DRUCE, ro C. 1924. Plant notes, etc. for Boa 2535. Scirpus Tabernaemontani X triqueter = S. arunensis
mihi. Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 8.
JUNGE, P. 1905. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gebisspflanzen Schleswig-Holsteins. Mitt. Bot Staatsinst. Ham-
burg 47-108.
Kontak T. 1958. Taxonomic study of the genus Scirpus Linné. J. Fac. Sci. Univ. Tokyo, Sect. 3, Bot. 7:
271-366.
Licutcap, B. W. Unpublished. An Environmental analysis on the historical impacts of dredged material
disposal on wetlands in the Columbia River. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Portland District (January
1984).
TABOR, J. E. AND E. C. MESLOw. 1976. Inventory of riparian habitats and iepeheae wildlife and the Co-
lumbia River, vol. 2A. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, North Pacific Divisio
Bartonia No. 50: 25-26, 1984
Cleome ornithopodioides (Capparaceae): Adventive and
Spreading in North America
JOHN W. THIERET
Department of Biological Scienc
Northern Kentucky University, Highland Beiaies: KY 41076
RALPH L. THOMPSON
Department of Biology
Berea College, Berea, KY 404
On 28 June 1982 in the railroad yard at Silver Grove, Campbell County, Kentucky,
we collected specimens of a member of the Capparaceae that was quite unknown to
us. The plants were taken from a colony of about 25 individuals and were growing
intermingled with another Capparacea, Polanisia graveolens, the odor and ‘‘cool,”’
clammy feel of which they mimicked. After some struggle with literature and study of
exsiccata, we determined our plant to be Cleome ornithopodioides L., a Eurasian
species first reported for North America by Reed (1965). His specimens came from a
vanadium slag pile at Canton, Baltimore, Maryland. Eleven years later, Browne and
Athey (1976) included the species in a paper on new or rare plants in western Kentucky.
Their specimens, representing a taxon new to the state, were collected on chrome ore
piles, Calvert City, Marshall County, about 250 miles southwest of our Campbell
County site.
In addition to the Maryland and Kentucky records, we here note a Pennsylvania
collection: Mercer County, 2 miles west of Harrisville, L. K. Henry s.n., 14 Sep 1957
(WIS). The species is not accounted for in Wherry, Fogg, and Wahl’s (1979) Pennsyl-
vania atlas.
In spite of the 1965 and 1976 reports of the species, C. ornithopodioides is not
mentioned in the Kartesz and Kartesz (1980) checklist of the flora of the United States,
Canada, and Greenland. However, it is listed (as C. ‘‘ornithopoides’’) in the USDA
Soil Conservation Service (1982) National List of Scientific Plant Names.
The Old World range of the birdfoot cleome is, according to Flora Europaea (Chater
1964), ‘‘S.E. Europe, from Athos to the Lower Don.” The Flora of Turkey (Coode
and Cullen 1965) gives the range as ‘‘Balkans, Caucasia, Iran, Cyprus; Lebanon?.”’
The Flora of the U.S.S.R. (Bobrov 1970) adds ‘‘east Afghanistan.’’ The species, the
lectotype species of its genus, was originally described from the environs of Istanbul.
The gynophore of our Kentucky plants is ca. 1-1.5 mm long, which makes them
neither var. stipitata Boiss. (gynophore 2—10 mm long) nor var. sessilis Boiss. (fruits
sessile) (Bobrov 1970). Cullen and Coode (1965) discussed variation in C. ornithopo-
dioides, concluding that the species is highly variable and that the recognition of in-
fraspecific taxa is not supported by their data.
From the 17 species of Cleome previously known in the conterminous United States,
C. ornithopodioides may be distinguished by its combination of the following features:
annual; leaves trifoliolate; inflorescence a raceme with simple bracts; petals white and
small (3—4 mm long); stamens 6; gynophore short (1—1.5 mm long); and pedicels and
fruits outwardly and downwardly arching.
The species was still present in the Campbell County railroad yard in June 1983,
25
26 BARTONIA
when we located two populations, each of about 20 individuals. To aid other collectors
in the recognition of this distinctive taxon, which certainly can be expected to spread
further, we include the following description, based primarily on our Kentucky spec-
imens but slightly supplemented with pertinent data from the literature.
Glandular pubescent, erect annual, simple or branched, to 60 cm tall. Leaves trifo-
liolate (or the very upperinost rarely simple), gradually reduced upward and passing
insensibly into bracts; leaflets linear to narrowly oblong- or elliptic-lanceolate, 0.6-—3.5
cm long, 0.5-6 mm wide; petioles 0.6—2 cm long. Inflorescene a bracteate raceme,
the internodes elongating as the fruits mature, with up to 60 flowers; pedicels 10 mm
long in flower, to 18 mm long in fruit; bracts reduced upwards, simple (the lowermost
very rarely trifoliolate), the lowermost to 14 mm long and nearly as long as the pedicels,
ee Cok atone st as short as 2 mm and !/s as long as the pedicels. Sepals 4, equal, 1.5
m wide, elliptic; ~~ 4, subequal, white, usually denticulate, 3-4 mm
oar fection the claw), 1.8-—2 mm wide, the blade broadly elliptic, the claw 1 mm
long; stamens 6, subequal, the i 4—5 mm long, the anthers 0.8-0.9 mm long.
Fruits outwardly and downwardly arching, torulose, to 3.8 cm long and 1.8 mm wide,
the gynophore 1—1.5 mm long; seeds 4-18, colliculate, mottled black and khaki, 1.5-
1.8 mm long.
Our Kentucky voucher for C. ornithopodioides (Thieret & Thompson 53500) is de-
posited at KNK; duplicates have been sent to NCU, NY, PH, and WIS.
LITERATURE CITED
Bosrov, E. G. 1970. Capparidaceae. Pages 3-13 in V. L. Komarov, chief ed. Flora of the U.S.S.R. Vol. 8.
English translation of a work first published in 1939. Israel Program for Scientific Translation, Jerusalem.
Browne, E. T., JR. AND R. ATHEY. 1976. Herbarium and field studies of wae plants. III. New or rare
flowering plants in western Kentucky. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 92: —109.
CHATER, A. O. 1964. Cleome L. Page 259 in T. G. Tutin et al., eds. Flora nace Vol. 1. University
Press, Cambridge.
Cooper, M. J. E. AND J. CULLEN. 1965. Cleome L. Page 498 in P. H. Davis, ed. Flora of Turkey and the East
Aegean Islands. Vol. 1. University Press, Edinburgh.
CULLEN, J. AND M. J. E. Coope. 1965. Capparaceae. Pages 197-198 in P. H. Davis et al. Materials for a
flora of Turkey: X. Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 26: 165-201
KarTESZ, J. T. AND R. KARTESZ. 1980. A synonymized checklist of the vascular flora of the United States,
Canada, and Greenland. University of North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill. 498
REED, C. F. 1965. Cleome ornithopodioides L. on vanadium- Pic at Canton, Baltimore, Maryland with notes
on the biochemistry of vanadium. Phytologia 11: 423-
USDA SolIL CONSERVATION SERVICE. 1982. National list oy scientific plant names. Vol. 1.
Wuerry, E. T., J. M. FoGG, AND H. A. WAHL. 1979. Atlas of the flora of Pennsylvania. pe ‘bets Ar-
boretum, Philadelphia. 390 pp.
Bartonia No. 50: 27-30, 1984
The Flora of Bull Island, Charleston County, South Carolina
RICHARD STALTER
Environmental Studies Program
St. John’s University, Jamaica, NY 11439
Bull Island is a Holocene beach ridge island which is the largest of four islands that
comprise the Cape Romain National Wildlife Refuge. It is located in Charleston
County, South Carolina, 21 miles northeast of Charleston. Like many of the islands in
the Sea Island Region of South Carolina, Bull Island is vegetated by maritime forests
that are flanked by dunes on their ocean-facing side and extensive salt marshes on
their sheltered landward side. The island, encompassing 5200 acres, has a variety of
habitats which support three major plant communities: the salt marsh community, the
live oak-laurel oak forest community, and sand dune community. Two minor commu-
nities, the freshwater marsh and shrub community, are also present.
THE SALT MARSH COMMUNITY. The salt marsh vegetation on Bull Island resembles
that of other South Carolina barrier islands and the southeastern United States (Duncan
1974). Iva frutescens occupies an area infrequently flooded at high tide. Spartina patens
grows above and below Iva frutescens. This species is restricted to a narrow infre-
quently flooded salt marsh fringe or is an occasional occupant of coastal dunes at Bull
Island. Below the Jva zone, Borrichia frutescens forms a belt of gold and green. Next,
a mosaic of Salicornia, Limonium, Spartina alterniflora, Distichlis spicata, and Atri-
plex areneria occupy only a slight elevation gradient, usually a foot or less (Kurz and
Wagner 1957; Stalter 1968). Batis maritima also grows with these species and reaches
its northern limit at Bull Island. Below this mosaic of species occurs a stand of pure
dwarf Spartina alterniflora, and then a pure stand of tall S. alterniflora. Inundation at
the lowest fringe of this zone may be as long as 14 hours per day (Stalter 1968).
THE LIVE OAK-LAUREL OAK FOREST. The most important components of the live
oak-laurel oak forest are Quercus virginiana and Quercus laurifolia (Table 1). Poly-
stichum acrostichoides can usually be found on Q. virginiana, Q. laurifolia, and Mag-
nolia grandiflora. In areas ravaged by hurricanes (1893, 1954), Pinus taeda is dominant.
The shrub stratum consists of Myrica cerifera, Ilex vomitoria, Xanthoxylum clava-
herculis, Rhus copallina, and Callicarpa americana. The herbaceous stratum includes
Uniola laxa, Elephantopus, Galium hispidulum, Rubus trivialis, Hypericum stans, Pas-
palum, Panicum, and Oplismenus.
THE SAND DUNE COMMUNITY. Uniola paniculata is the dominant plant of the dune
community. Other important dune associates include Salsola kali, Heterotheca subax-
illaris, Spartina patens, Panicum amarum, and Iva imbricata. These species thrive on
the front and top of the first ocean-facing dune. Beach erosion, especially at the east
northeast end of the island, is severe. Sun bleached skeletons of live oak washed daily
by the tides are evidence of this. On the east southeast portion of the island, a live
oak forest of Quercus virginiana grows up to the crest of the first line of dunes. In
most portions of the island, the dunes are gradually encroaching upon the live oak
forest
27
28 BARTONIA
TABLE 1. Frequency ie relative frequency (RF), density (D), relative density (RD), basal area (BA), relative
dominance (RD), and importance value (IV) for arborescent species greater than 3” DBH (7.6 cm DBH) at
Bull Island, South alg
Species F RF D RD BA RD IV
Quercus virginiana 60 16 80 16 18,852 35 67
Pinus taeda 35 9 35 11 16,634 31 51
tuichins laurifolia 55 15 .80 16 7,170 13 44
Ilex opaca 65 18 1.00 19 1,687 3 40
Sabal palmetto 45 12 355 11 3,061 6 29
Liquidambar styraciflua 35 9 .60 12 2,492 5 26
Magnolia grandiflora 35 9 40 8 2,238 4 PA
Persea borbonia 30 8 35 1 363 1 16
Nyssa biflora 10 3 10 2 1,080 2 £3
FRESHWATER MARSH. The freshwater marshes and impoundments contain a variety
of species peculiar to each area. Some of the marsh areas are slightly saline. The most
common genera include Nymphaea, Cladium, Scirpus, Lippia, Azolla, Spirodela, Utri-
cularia, Typha, Kosteletskya, and Rumex.
SHRUB COMMUNITY. The shrub community exists above the fringe of the salt marsh
and occasionally borders the dune community and freshwater ponds. In the open level
areas above the fringe of the salt marsh, several species of Baccharis, Myrica cerifera,
Ilex vomitoria and Rhus copallina exist. These shrubs and associated lianas often form
a nearly impenetrable mass of vegetation. The most common vines associated with the
shrubs include Ampelopsis arborea, Vitis rotundifolia, Toxicodendron radicans, Ber-
chemia scandens, Lonicera japonica, Smilax spp., Parthenocissus quinquefolia, and
Passiflora lutea.
List OF SPECIES
Two plants of each species were collected from August 1973 to October 1975. The
plants are on deposit at the herbarium at The Citadel in Charleston, South Carolina,
and at St. John’s University, Jamaica, New York. The species list includes 85 families,
268 species, and 10 new records for Charleston County. Nomenclature and arrangement
of species in this paper follow Radford et al. (1968) in most cases.
PTERIDOPHYTES
ASPIDIACEAE: Dryopteris ludoviciana, Onoclea sensibilis. ASPLENIACEAE: AS-
plenium platyneuron. AZOLLACEAE: Azolla caroliniana. OSMUNDACEAE: Osmunda
regalis var. spectabilis. POLYPODIACEAE: Polypodium polypodioides. PTERIDACEAE:
Pteridium aquilinum.
GYMNOSPERMS
CUPRESSACEAE: Juniperus silicicola. PINACEAE: Pinus taeda.
ANGIOSPERMS
AMARANTHACEAE: Amaranthus pumilus, Amaranthus viridis. AMARYLLIDACEAE:
Crinum bulbispermum, Hymenocallis crassifolia. ANACARDIACEAE: Rhus copallina,
BULL ISLAND FLORA 29
Toxicodendron radicans, Toxicodendron toxicarium. APIACEAE: Centella asiatica, Hy-
drocotyle bonariensis, Hydrocotyle umbellata, Hydrocotyle verticillata, Sanicula can-
adensis. AQUIFOLIACEAE: Ilex opaca, Ilex vomitoria. ARALIACEAE: Aralia spinosa,
Hedera helix. ARECACEAE: Sabal palmetto. ASCLEPIADACEAE: Cynanchum palustre.
ASTERACEAE: Ambrosia artemisiifolia, Aster carolinianus, Aster subulatus, Aster ten-
uifolius, Baccharis angustifolia, Baccharis glomeruliflora, Baccharis halimifolia, Bi-
dens bipinnata, Borrichia frutescens, Carduus spinosissimus, Chaptalia tomentosa,
Elephantopus carolinianus, Elephantopus tomentosus, Erechtites hieracifolia, Eri-
geron canadensis, Erigeron quercifolius, Eupatorium capillifolium, Eupatorium hys-
sopifolium, Eupatorium leucolepis, Gnaphalium obtusifolium, Gnaphalium purpureum
var. americanum, Haplopappus divaricatus, Helenium amarum, Heterotheca subax-
illaris, Hieracium gronovii, Iva frutescens, Iva imbricata, Lactuca graminifolia, Mi-
kania scandens, Pluchea ton Pyrrhopappus isdn Solidago sempervirens,
Solidago tenuifolia. BATACEAE: Batis maritima. BIGNONIACEAE: Anisostichus ca-
preolata, Campsis radicans, Casa sp. Be thcbax- Hictiobonian curassavicum.
BRASSICACEAE: Cakile harperi, Lepidium virginicum. BROMELIACEAE: Tillandsia us-
neoides. CACTACEAE: Opuntia compressa, Opuntia drummondii. CAPRIFOLIACEAE:
Lonicera japonica. CHENOPODIACEAE: Atriplex patula, Chenopodium album, Sali-
cornia bigelovii, Salicornia virginica, Salsola kali, Suaeda linearis. CISTACEAE: Le-
chea villosa. CONVOLVULACEAE: Ipomoea sagittata. CYPERACEAE: Carex dasycarpa,
Carex gigantea, Cladium jamaicense, Cyperus psuedovegetus, Dichromena latifolia,
Eleocharis spp., Fimbristylis spadicea, Rhynchospora cephalantha, Scirpus pungens,
Scirpus robustus, Scirpus validus, Scleria triglomerata. DIOSCOREACEAE: Dioscorea
villosa. EUPHORBIACEAE: Acalypha gracilens, Croton glandulosus var. septentrionalis,
Croton punctatus, Euphorbia maculata, Euphorbia polygonifolia, Sapium sebiferum,
FABACEAE: Apios americana, Cassia fasciculata, Centrosema virginianum, Desmo-
dium spp., Erythrina herbacea, Galactia volubilis, Glottidium vesicarium, Lespedeza
sp., Strophostyles helvola, Wisteria frutescens. FAGACEAE: Quercus laurifolia,
Quercus nigra, Quercus pumila, Quercus virginiana. HALORAGACEAE: Myriophyllum
sp. HAMAMELIDACEAE: Liquidambar styraciflua. HYPERICACEAE: Hypericum Stans.
JUGLANDACEAE: Carya aquatica, Carya illinoensis. JUNCACEAE: Juncus acuminatus,
Juncus roemerianus. LAMIACEAE: Monarda punctata, Salvia lyrata, Teucrium cana-
dense. LAURACEAE: Persea borbonia. LEMNACEAE: Spirodela polyrhiza. LENTIBU-
LARIACEAE: Utricularia sp. LILIACEAE: Allium bivalve, Smilax auriculata, Smilax
bona-nox, Smilax laurifolia, Smilax rotundifolia, Yucca filamentosa. LOGANIACEAE:
Polypremum procumbens. MAGNOLIACEAE: Magnolia grandiflora. MALVACEAE: Kos-
teletskya virginica, Sida rhombifolia. MELIACEAE: Melia azedarach. MORACEAE:
Morus rubra. MyRICACEAE: Myrica cerifera. NYMPHAEACEAE: Nymphaea sp. Nys-
SACEAE: Nyssa sylvatica var. biflora. OLEACEAE: Ligustrum japonicum, Osmanthus
americana. ONAGRACEAE: Gaura sp., Gaura filipes, Ludwigia alternifolia, Oenothera
biennis, Oenothera humifusa, Oenothera laciniata. OXALIDACEAE: Oxalis dillenii.
PASSIFLORACEAE: Passiflora lutea. PHYTOLACCACEAE: Phytolacca americana. PLUM-
BAGINACEAE: Limonium carolinianum, Limonium nashii. POACEAE: Andropogen ter-
narius, Andropogon virginicus, Arundinaria gigantea, Arundo donax, Cenchrus lon-
gispinus, Cenchrus tribuloides, Cynodon dactylon, Digitaria sanguinalis, Distichlis
spicata, Eleusine indica, Elymus virginicus, Erianthus sp., Muhlenbergia capillaris,
Oplismenus setarius, Panicum amarum, Panicum anceps vat. rhizomatum, Panicum
dichotomum, Panicum virgatum, Paspalum boscianum, Paspalum dilatatum, Pas-
30 BARTONIA
palum setaceum, Setaria geniculata, Setaria magna, Sorghum halepense, Spartina
alterniflora, Spartina patens, Sporobolus poiretii, Sporobolus virginicus, Stenota-
hrum secundatum, Tripsacum dactyloides, Uniola laxa, Uniola paniculata. POLY-
GONACEAE: Polygonum aviculare, Polygonum hydropiperoides, Polygonum setaceum,
Rumex verticillatus. RHAMNACEAE: Berchemia scandens. ROSACEAE: Prunus angus-
tifolia, Prunus caroliniana, Prunus serotina, Rubus trivialis. RUBIACEAE: Diodia teres,
Diodia virginiana, Galium tinctorium, Houstonia procumbens, Mitchella repens. RU-
TACEAE: Xanthoxylum clava-herculis. SALICACEAE: Salix nigra. SCROPHULARIACEAE:
Bacopa monnieri, Linaria canadensis. TAMARICACEAE: Tamarix gallica. TYPHACEAE:
Typha angustifolia, Typha seo geal ULMACEAE: Ulmus americana. URTICACEAE:
Boehmeria cylindrica. VERBENACEAE: Callicarpa americana, Lippia lanceolata,
Lippia nodiflora VITACEAE: ean arborea, Parthenocissus quinquefolia, Vitis
aestivalis, Vitis rotundifolia.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I thank Drs. Richard Porcher and Gerald Runey of The Citadel for being kind enough
to allow me to use the college’s drier and herbarium.
LITERATURE CITED
DuNcAN, W. H. 1974. Vascular halophytes of the Atlantic and Gulf coasts of North America north of Mexico.
Pages 23-50 in R. J. Reimold and W. H. Queen, eds., Ecology of halophytes. Academic Press, New
ork.
Kurz, H. AND K. WAGNER. 1957. Tidal marshes of the Gulf and Atlantic coasts of northern Florida and
Chareston, South Carolina. Florida State Univ. Stud. No. 24, 168 p
RaprorD, A. E., H. E. AHLES, AND C. R. BELL. 1968. Manual of the eeibe flora of the Carolinas.
Univerdy of North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill.
STALTER, R. 1968. An ecological study of a South Carolina salt marsh. Unpublished Ph.D dissertation.
63 pp.
Bartonia No. 50: 31—35, 1984
Rare Sedges Discovered and Rediscovered in Delaware!
ROBERT F. C. NAczI
19 Boulder Brook Drive, Wilmington, DE 19803
Throughout the history of Delaware field botany, lack of study and undercollection
have characterized members of the sedge family (Cyperaceae). An example of the
neglected study and current lack of knowledge of Delaware Cyperaceae is the fact that
Tucker et al. (1979) list the status of all but 2 of the 67 considered sedge taxa as
‘“‘undertermined.’’ To help remedy this neglect, notes on 20 rare sedge species found
in 1983 are given below. Included are 3 new state records and 5 new county records.
Unless mentioned otherwise, all localities are new stations for each species. Voucher
specimens of all species except numbers 19, 20, and the second locality listed under
number 5 are deposited in the Claude E. Phillips Herbarium at Delaware State College.
Duplicate vouchers of numbers 4, 9, 11, 13, 15, 16, and 17 are deposited at the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The nomenclature follows Fernald (1950) for the
most part; if a different name is used, the one from Fernald follows in parentheses.
1. Carex amphibola
New Castle Co.: N of Rockland, rocky woods above Brandywine Creek, 7 Jun 1983, Naczi 215.
Only a few plants were seen of this sedge which Tatnall (1946) lists as ‘‘rare’’ with
the last collection in 1927.
2. Carex collinsii
Sussex Co.: N of Milton, sphagnous Chamaecyparis swamp, 29 Jun 1983, Naczi 263.
Last collected in 1937, this species was quite abundant at this site and grew with
two other Delaware rare plants, Sarracenia purpurea and Drosera rotundifolia. One
factor contributing to the rarity of the sedge is the fact that its preferred habitat, Atlantic
White Cedar swamps, is uncommon in Delaware.
3. Cyperus amuricus (microiria)
Sussex Co.: E of Georgetown, wet sandy soil, 25 Aug 1983, Naczi 342.
A small population of this plant was growing at the base of a sand mound in a sand
and gravel storage yard. Tatnall (1946) does not list this species which is adventive
from Asia and Fernald (1950) records it no farther south than eastern Pennsylvania.
Thus this specimen is apparently a new Delaware record extending the species’ known
United States range south to Delaware.
4. Cyperus brevifolioides (brevifolius)
New Castle Co.: S of Claymont along the Delaware River, gravelly mud in intertidal zone near high tide
limit, 4 Sep 1983, Naczi 343.
In the Philadelphia area, C. brevifolioides Thier. & Delahous. is nearly restricted to
intertidal zones (Ferren and Schuyler 1980). In the Delaware River intertidal zone just
south of Claymont, I found it growing abundantly with Panicum virgatum within a
' Contribution No. 3 from the Claude E. Phillips Herbarium.
31
32 BARTONIA
small area. This site is probably at or near the southern limit of the species in the
Delaware’s immediate tidal marshes because the river becomes more saline down-
tream.
Although Gleason (1952) includes Delaware in the range of this sedge (under the
name C. brevifolius), efforts to locate a Delaware specimen which Gleason may have
seen in the New York Botanical Garden’s herbarium were unsuccessful. Tatnall does
not list this plant nor do Delahoussaye and Thieret (1967) cite any Delaware specimens
among the New World specimens they examined. Ferren and Schuyler (1980) record
this species no farther south in the Delaware River system than South Philadelphia.
Thus this record apparently extends the known range of C. brevifolioides south in the
Delaware River system to Delaware. This sedge is probably an introduction from
eastern Asia (Ferren and Schuyler 1980) and may be spreading.
5. Cyperus retrofractus
Kent Co.: N of Houston, dry woods, 10 Aug 1983, Naczi and Seyfried; Choptank Mills, sandy clearing
in pine woods, 5 Sep 1983.
North of Houston, Nancy E. Seyfried and I collected this species from a small
population of scattered plants in barren woods. At Choptank Mills one plant was
observed. Tatnall records this species as rare, with the last Delaware collection in 1945
at Choptank Mills, his only Delaware station.
6. Eleocharis brittonii
Sussex Co.: Ellendale, moist sandy soil at edge of shallow ditch, 8 Oct 1983, Naczi 370A.
A single plant of this spike rush was first detected growing with Eleocharis micro-
carpa and E. tuberculosa on 25 August. On 8 October, Drs. Dill, Schuyler, Tucker,
and I scoured the habitat for more plants of E. brittonii, but to no avail.
Tatnall does not record E. brittonii. This species apparently reaches the northern
limit of its range in southeastern North Carolina except for one disjunct population in
southern Cape May County, New Jersey (Snyder and Vivian 1981). The Delaware
locality is just south of the New Jersey one. There is an earlier collection of this species
from Ellendale (dried-up ditches, 27 Sep 1895, Commons) in the herbarium of the
Academy of Natural Sciences.
7. Eleocharis engelmannii
Sussex Co.: Ellendale, mud of moist shallow ditch, 1 Aug 1983, Naczi 291A.
Most plants in the Ellendale population of this sedge were the typical form, but a
few plants of f. detonsa were among them. Tatnall does not record forms. He regards
E. engelmannii as “‘infrequent”’ and f. detonsa is certainly more so.
8. Eleocharis equisetoides
Kent Co.: S of Frederica, shallow water of pond, 13 Jul 1983, Naczi 265.
This tall spike rush grew abundantly with E. palustris, E. quadrangulata, and Utri-
cularia gibba. This collection is the first Kent County record and only the third Del-
aware collection. Tatnall cites an 1874 collection from southern Sussex and Hirst (1983)
cites a 1961 collection from the same region.
DELAWARE SEDGES 33
9. Eleocharis melanocarpa
Sussex Co.: Ellendale, moist sandy peaty acid soil at edge of meadow, 13 Jul 1983, Naczi 275.
Associated with a large population of this species are Rhynchospora spp. and Lobelia
canbyi. The second of two collections of E. melanocarpa in Delaware was in 1908
from Ellendale (Tatnall 1946).
10. Eleocharis palustris (smallii)
Kent Co.: S of Frederica, shallow water of pond, 13 Jul 1983, Naczi 267.
Plant associates of this spike rush are E. equisetoides and E. quadrangulata. In this
southern Kent County pond, E. palustris is the least common of the three spike rushes
whereas E. quadrangulata is the most common. This specimen constitutes the first
Kent County record and the third Delaware collection (Tatnall 1946).
11. Eleocharis robbinsii
Sussex Co.: NE of Millsboro, shallow water of pond, 1 Aug 1983, Naczi 302; N of Ellendale, shallow
water at pond edge, 8 Oct 1983, Naczi 368
At each pond, only small liars of this species were observed, but the plant
may be more abundant because neither site was thoroughly explored. This plant, by
no means common in Delaware, is at least more common than Tatnall’s ‘‘rare’’ label
indicates. Including the above-cited specimens, E. robbinsii has been collected from
at least 7 localities in Delaware (Williamson 1909; Tatnall 1946; Hirst 1983).
12. Fuirena pumila
Kent Co.: S of Frederica, wet sandy soil of roadside ditch, 8 Oct 1983, Naczi 361.
Growing with Cyperus flavescens and Fimbristylis autumnalis were a few plants of
this sedge which Tatnall lists as infrequent from Sussex County. This collection is
apparently the first from Kent County.
13. Psilocarya nitens
Sussex Co.: E of Ellendale, moist sandy soil, 25 Aug 1983, Naczi 330.
Many depauperate plants (the tallest were only 5 cm high) of this species grew at
this site. Although this is the fourth Delaware station (Tatnall 1946; Hirst 1983), col-
lections from two of them were made over 60 years ago.
14. Psilocarya scirpoides
Sussex Co.: N of Ellendale, moist sandy clearing, 25 Aug 1983, Naczi 316.
Several plants of this bald rush were growing with Panicum verrucosum, Eleocharis
tuberculosa, Rhynchospora spp., and Xyris difformis (caroliniana) at the same station
where Tatnall had collected it in 1938. Tatnall’s collection is the second of two cited
Delaware collections.
15. Rhynchospora cephalantha
Sussex Co.: Ellendale, acid soil meadow, 1 Aug 1983, Naczi 294.
Several plants of this species grew with other beak rushes in a locality from which
it has been collected several times, though not recently. Every plant examined was f.
antrorsa. Apparently this is the more common form since 3 of the 4 Delaware speci-
mens Gale (1944) cites are this form.
34 BARTONIA
16. Rhynchospora chalarocephala
Kent Co.: S of Frederica, wet sunny hummocks in a pond, 25 Aug 1983, Naczi 314; Sussex Co.: E of
Ellendale, moist sandy clearing, 1 Aug 1983, Naczi 301; N of Ellendale, moist sandy clearing, 25 Aug 1983,
Naczi 318; Ellendale, moist sandy soil, 25 Aug 1983, Naczi 327.
In each of the above localities, R. chalarocephala was growing in moist to wet, acid
soil, often with other Rhynchospora spp. Tatnall cites one Delaware collection, while
Gale (1944) adds another. The Kent County specimen is the first from the county. This
beak rush is probably more common in Delaware than previously reported—it may
be overlooked because of its superficial resemblance to R. capitellata, a much more
common species.
17. Rhynchospora fusca
Sussex Co.: Ellendale, moist sandy soil, 13 Jul 1983, Naczi 279.
A small population of this primarily northern beak rush was growing with Lycopo-
dium alopecuroides and other beak rushes. Tatnall cites 3 collections, with the last at
Ellendale in 1890. Since Delaware is the southern limit of this species (Fernald 1950)
and it has not been collected farther south than Ellendale in over 100 years (Tatnall
1946), this apparently is the southernmost extant population of R. fusca in the United
States.
18. Rhynchospora glomerata
Sussex Co.: SE of Laurel, moist soil of pond margin, 1 Aug 1983, Naczi 307.
Associated with Paspalum floridanum and Cyperus pseudovegetus was a small
colony of this tall beak rush. Previously, it has been collected three times in Delaware
(last in 1897), which is near its northern limit
19. Scirpus subterminalis
Kent Co.: S of Frederica, shallow water of pond, 25 Aug 1983; Sussex Co.: E. of Ellendale, shallow
water of pond, 13 Jul 1983; NE of Millsboro, shallow water of pond, 1 Aug 1983.
Many plants of this aquatic bulrush grew in these ponds of acidic water. Tatnall does
not list this plant from Kent County and he states that it has not been collected recently.
20. Scleria reticularis
Sussex Co.: Ellendale, moist sandy soil, 1 Aug 1983.
Many plants of this nut rush grew scattered throughout one of the Ellendale
meadows. It has been collected at Ellendale, though probably not since 1899 (Tatnall
1946).
CONCLUDING REMARKS
As a result of the 1983 field work in Delaware, two conclusions become evident.
First, more field work is necessary to update the knowledge of the distributions and
abundance of Delaware’s sedge flora. Second, Delaware possesses a diverse sedge
flora, of which many species are rare.
The habitats of rare sedges are vulnerable to man’s activity, and conservation is vital
if the plants are to continue to exist in Delaware. For example, the Ellendale meadows
are currently being altered by agriculture and the shoreline of the pond north of Ellen-
dale is being turned into a housing development. If these and other habitats like them
vanish, so will many rare plant species, even species having a sole Delmarva Peninsula
occurrence.
DELAWARE SEDGES 35
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Drs. Norman H. Dill and Arthur O. Tucker provided advice, encouragement, and
help in connection with field and herbarium work. Dr. A. E. Schuyler verified many
of my specimens and provided help with field work and herbarium searches, and Dr.
Patricia K. Holmgren provided information on Cyperus brevifolioides at the New York
Botanical Garden. Nancy E. Seyfried botanized with me on two very hot days last
summer and gave me information about the habitat of Cyperus amuricus. Finally, Frank
Hirst gave me the impetus to botanize by pointing out in Bartonia No. 49 that the
Delmarva Coastal Plain harbors many rare plants.
LITERATURE CITED
DELAHOUSSAYE, A. J. AND J. W. THIERET. 1967. Cyperus subgenus Kyllinga (Cyperaceae) in the continental
United States. Sida 3: 128-136.
FERNALD, M. L. ei Gray’s Manual of Botany. 8th ed. American Book Co., New York. Ixiv+ 1632 pp.
FERREN, W. R. AND A. E. SCHUYLER. 1980. Intertidal vascular plants of river systems near Philadelphia.
oc. Acad. Wel Sci. Philadelphia 132: 86-120.
GALE, S. 1944. Rhynchospora, section Eurhynchospora, in Canada, the United States and the West Indies.
Rhodora 46: 89~134
GLEASON, H. A. 1952. The New Britton and Brown Illustrated Flora of the Northeastern United States and
Adjacent Canada. The New York Botanical Garden, New York. v. | of
Hirst, F. 1983. ee aun, on the Delmarva Flora, I. Bartonia 49: 59~68.
SNYDER, D. B. V. E. VIVIAN. 1981. Rare and Endangered Vascular Plant Species in New Jersey. U.S.
Fish and wialec Service, Washington. D.C. 98 pp.
TATNALL, R. R. 1946. Flora of Delaware and the Eastern Shore. The Society of Natural History of Delaware,
Wilmington. xxvi + 313
TUCKER, A. O., N. H. DIL, C. he BRooME, C. E. PHILLIPS, AND M. J. MACIARELLO. 1979. Rare ag
dangered Vascular Plant Species in Delaware. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Washington, D.C. 8
WILLIAMSON, C. S. 1909. Notes on the flora of central and southern Delaware. Torreya 9: 160-166.
Bartonia No. 50: 36-39, 1984
A Preliminary Report on the 18th Century Herbarium of
Robert James, Eighth Baron Petre
ELIZABETH P. MCLEAN
Research Associate in Botany
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia
19th and the Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103
The Academy of Natural Sciences has received an unusal loan from the California
States Libraries, on behalf of the Sutro Library in San Francisco: an eighteenth century
English herbarium. The Sutro Library, originally the largest private library in the
United States,! was formed in the late nineteenth century by Adolph Sutro, mining
engineer and former mayor of San Francisco. The herbarium, sixteen bound volumes,
had been the property of Robert James (1713-1741), the eighth baron Petre; it was
purchased in 1886, but its whereabouts were not well known.’ The first printed notice
of this herbarium was made in 1970 by Professor Joseph Ewan, in Essays in Biohistory.?
The initial volumes on loan (Vols. XI, XII, XIII, and XV) containing two volumes
of vascular plants collected by Philadelphia’s John Bartram, one volume of ‘‘mosses”’
collected by Bartram, and one of English mosses collected by ‘‘Sir’’ John Hill, have
been studied for a year. During this time the albums containing annotated Bartram
specimens were put on display, in connection with an Academy exhibit of ‘‘The
Flowers of Three Centuries’’ from the Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge, England. I
studied Petre, Bartram, and Hill material in the British Library, The British Museum
(Natural History), the Linnean Society, and the Essex Record Office, as well as the
Dillenian herbarium at Oxford. Dr. William R. Buck, the byrologist from the New York
Botanical Garden, has examined the mosses. Local specialists are examining the Bar-
tram plant material. A preliminary report follows.
Robert James, eighth baron Petre, was an active precocious collector even by the
intense collecting standards of the eighteenth century. His large library was particularly
extensive in the field of natural science. His hothouse, one of the greatest in Europe,
was filled with ‘‘exotics.’’ On his Essex estate, ‘‘Thorndon,’’ Petre planted over 40,000
trees (including 10,000 American) before he died . . . at the age of 29.4
Even before Petre, a posthumous only child, reached his maturity, he was under-
writing collecting expeditions. In 1731-1733, he was the largest subscriber (£50) to
underwrite the Caribbean collection of William Houstoun, ships surgeon, who was also
collecting useful plants for Oglethorpe’s new colony in Georgia.> Eleven of the twelve
volumes still at Sutro are full of Caribbean plants collected by Houstoun; Professor
Ewan’s 1970 paper deals with many of these.® It was a time when Tournefort had only
recently defined ‘‘genus,”’ and newly discovered plants were being named after patrons
and fellow botanists. Volume IX is full of such plants collected by Houstoun with
generic names such as Martynia, Turneria, Sherardia, and, of course, Petrea.
Since Houstoun also sent specimens back to Philip Miller, of Chelsea Physica
Garden, who grew them there, and named new genera in various editions of his Dic-
tionary, future study may determine that some of these specimens are isotypes. Miller
was also a friend of Petre’s and made a ms. catalogue of the plants grown at
‘‘Thorndon.’’’
36
HERBARIUM OF LORD PETRE 37
Two of the volumes are of English plants and mosses collected and annotated by
Sir’? John Hill. Hill, an apothecary, and later a doctor, was a controversial person
whose considerable talents were outrun by his own opinion of them.® In the early
1740’s he collected and sold horti sicci; these volumes are obviously his. Not only
does he annotate specimens collected ‘“‘near Goodwood’’ (the home of the Duke of
Richmond), but the style and handwriting match the frontispiece of another set (now
separated) at the British Museum of Natural History. Hill also worked on the herbaria
of both Petre and the Duke of Richmond;? annotations on many of the Petre volumes
are in his hand. In most cases Hill cites the classic pre-Linnean authors, particularly
Morison and Dillenius. In other cases Hill names ‘‘new’’ plants.
The most interesting volumes, for Americans, are those which contain specimens
collected by John Bartram, Philadelphia Quaker and self-taught botanist. Bartram be-
came North America’s foremost plant collector in the eighteenth century, shipping
boxes of 100 species of trees and shrubs, at 5 guineas a box, to over 100 patrons and
clients, procured for him by Peter Collinson, London Quaker, draper, and passionate
gardener.!° It was Lord Petre, however, who was Bartram’s first and strongest patron,
buying two boxes a year, but also helping to underwrite his first trip South.
Bartram was not only sending seeds of trees and shrubs for great English landowners
to place on their estates, but he was sending sets of dried plant specimens to Peter
Collinson, under the latter’s careful tutelage. Collinson even sent the mounting paper.
Bartram was to prepare two of everything, and send one to Collinson, who then sent
his set to either Gronovius, the great Dutch botanist who edited Clayton’s Flora Vir-
ginica, or Dillenius, the German botanist then working at Oxford. Collinson would
send back a numbered list of the identified plants; Bartram would thus be able to know
what he had, as identified or newly named by top botanists. Some of Collinson’s sets
evidently went to Lord Petre for the latter’s herbarium.
A numbered list of plants, which Collinson identified for Bartram in 1741, includes
many of the plants in Volume XII, and in the same general order as in the volume.'!
Both Collinson’s list and the volume of ‘‘Hortus siccus Stirpum Americanarum aliar-
umque Extra Britanniam tom 12’’ begin with ‘‘sweet fern,’’ (Comptonia peregrina (L.)
Coult.), which a ticket in Bartram’s hand describes as ‘‘this we call sweet fern from
its similitude to that plant ye root is A wonderful astringent for stoping of blood.’’ The
Collinson list also includes ‘‘Holly I am pleased to see have often heard of it.’’ This
appears on Bartram’s ticket as ‘‘this is our jersy holy Ulex opaca) grows mostly in
swamps 15 foot high & 5 inches diameter.’’ There are few contemporary annotations
in volume XII, except for 1965 notations by Professor Ewan identifying the tickets as
the hand of John Bartram. Volume XI is plants most probably collected by Bartram,
since Petre had no other North American collector, and has virtually no annotations
at all.
Probably the most unusual album in the whole collection is Volume XIII, consisting
of ‘‘mosses’’ (which include lichens and Lycopodia) collected by John Bartram and
sent in 1741.!2 Not that many people were interested in “‘mosses”’ in the first half of
the eighteenth century. In fact, Bartram commented that ‘‘Before (Doctor Dillenius’
request) I took no particular notice of mosses, but looked upon them as a Cow looks
at a pair of new barn doors.’’3 In 1741 Bartram sent duplicate sets of mosses to
Collinson, one for Dillenius, who was then finishing his Historia Muscorum, and the
other for Lord Petre.!4 Some of Bartram’s specimens sent to Dillenius are in his her-
barium, cited as types. Dr. Buck has commented:
38 BARTONIA
The bryophyte collection has both historical and scientific value. Historically, these specimens represent
some of the oldest, if not the oldest, collections of bryophytes from the United States. Although there are
no rare species, one would not expect these to be among the gatherings of a general collector.
Scientifically the specimens are of interest primarily because of the duplicate set which went to Dillenius.
Dillenius described a number of species based on the Bartram collections. Although Dillenius is pre-Hed-
wigian, i.e., pre-starting point for moss nomenclature, Hedwig cited numerous Dillenian polynomials and
gave them binomials. Therefore, the ee specimens are the holotypes for the Hedwigian names. The
Sutro specimens would be isotypes.!*
In addition to several probable types of mosses, there are two probable Lycopodium
types which have been identified by Dr. Buck. One of these, Lycopodium obscurum
L., is enclosed in its original sheet, with Bartram’s comment ‘‘These I take to be
beauties of their kind I gathered them 250 mile of home in my Journey to the northward
I never saw any so perfect before pray let Lord Petre have one & Dillenius have
another.’’ Linnaeus often cited Dillenius in naming species, as in this case.
Dr. Buck and I are currently working on the ‘‘moss’’ specimens in Volume XIII and
Dr. Buck plans to study the mosses collected and annotated by ‘‘Sir’’ John Hill. Spec-
imens of other plant groups are being correlated with Bartram’s correspondence, as
the moss specimens have been. The next step is to identify the Caribbean specimens
and check them for types, particularly those collected by Houstoun
The decades immediately preceding Linnaeus’ Species Plantarum were seminal ones
in botanical history. A thorough study of the specimens in the Petre Herbarium, cor-
related with botanical literature and correspondence of the period, will increase our
understanding of the emergence of modern botany, and those who forged it. In partic-
ular, we get a better understanding of the collecting activities of a famous eighteenth
century American botanist, John Bartram
NOTES AND REFERENCES
1. The Anatomy of a Library (California State Printing Office: n.d.
. Item 281 in Puttick & Simpson, April 19, 20, 21, 1886. Sales Catalogues Collection, British Library,
London. Not seen. Sir George Clutton was working on a biography of the eighth baron Petre, but died
in 1970 before its completion. His ms. notes indicate that the herbarium was bought by Mr. Mayer for
£1/12/0; Clutton thought Mr. Mayer was probably a buyer for Sutro. ‘‘The Library at Old Thorndon
Hall, Essex,”’ in papers relating to Robert James, 8th Lord Petre, compiled by Sir George Clutton,
Essex Record Office, Chelmsford, T/P 249/4/1.
. Joseph Ewan, **Plant Collectors in America: Backgrounds for Linnaeus,”’ Essays in Biohistory, Regnum
Vegetable, (Utrecht: International Association for Plant Taxonomy, 1970),
. Collinson to Bartram, 1 Sept. 1741, Bartram Papers, II: 60. Historical Society of Pennsylvania, Phila-
delphia. Transactions of the Linnaean Society, 10 (1811): 274
An edited collection of Bartram/Collinson correspondence appents in William Darlington, Memorial
of John Bartram and Humphry Marshall (1849; reprint ed., New York: Hafner Publishing Co., 1967).
Harman Verelst to Sir Hans nereg: ne Feb. 1733, Sloane MSS 4053 f. 167, British Library, London.
Ewan, ‘*Plant Collectors,’’ pp. 44—
Hilda Grieve, A Transatlantic Cais Friendship, 1694-1777 (Chelsmford: Historical Association,
Essex Branch, 1981), p. 18.
G. S. Rousseau, “John Hill, Universal Genius Manque,’’ The Renaissance Man in the Eighteenth
Century (Los Angeles: University of California, Williams Andrews Clark Memorial Library, 1978), pP-
49-129. Professor Rousseau is working on a biography of John Hill.
Blanche Henrey, nenee Botanical and Horticultural Literature before 1800 (London: Oxford University
Press, 1975) Vol.
tr
Ww
>
IY
gi
ba
HERBARIUM OF LORD PETRE 39
. Edmund Berkeley and Dorothy S. Berkeley, The Life and Travels of John Bartram (Tallahassee: Uni-
versity gg of Florida, 1982). The best biography of Bartram; plant exploration and exportation are
well pre
o Peter ee to John Bartram, 1741, Bartram papers, II,
. “from J. Bartram’s of Sepr: 25: 1740,’ Peter Collinson’s au Commonplace Book, the Linnaean
Society, London, p. 177. coe N. 629, p. 177, from the Linnaean Society, at the American Philo-
“hari P core Philadel
. John ram to Mark eee 1740? Bartram gies! I, 42-43.
7 eeter. annie s Large Commonplace Book, p
. William R. Buck, ms. note, Botany bei. pone of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.
Bartonia No. 50: 40-42, 1984
Environmental Status of the Stinking Cedar,
Torreya taxifolia
RICHARD STALTER
Environmental Studies Program
St. John’s University, Jamaica, NY 11439
STEVE DIAL
sion of Natural Science
Pfeiffer elles Misenheimer, ee 28109
Torreya taxifolia Arn. is one of the rarest of Florida’s trees. Its common name,
stinking cedar, is derived from the disagreeable odor given off when the tree, its bark,
branches, or leaves are bruised. Torreya was discovered by H. B. Croom near the
Aspalaga Crossing on the Apalachicola River in 1833. Torreya occurs naturally in three
counties in Florida: Gadsden, Liberty, and Jackson, and at one station in southern
Decatur County, Georgia, just north of the city of Chattahoochee, Florida. The natural
habitat of Torreya is limestone bluffs on the eastern banks of the Apalachicola River
and its tributaries from Chatahoochee, south to Torreya State Park. One population of
Torreya exists approximately twelve kilometers west of the Apalachicola River in the
vicinity of Dog Pond, a small pond, near a much larger pond, Ocheesee Pond.
The objectives of the present study are: (1) locating populations or individuals of
extant Torreyas in their natural range; (2) outlining methods which if followed may
preserve Torreya in ravines and on limestone bluffs of the Apalachicola River and its
tributaries, at Maclay State Gardens, and at Torreya State Park.
Three trips were made to the Apalachicola River in May 1980, January 1981, and
July 1981 to locate populations of Torreya. Sites in extreme southern Georgia and
bluffs along the Apalachicola River and its tributaries in northwestern Florida were
examined to locate Torreya. These sites were: (1) Chattahoochee Nature Park, Chat-
tahoochee, Jackson County. One Torreya approximately 0.3 meters tall was observed
here. (2) Woods at the terminus of Satsuma Road West, Chattahoochee, Jackson
County. Torreya was observed growing on moderate slopes of the woods associated
with Pinus glabra, Fagus grandifolia, and Acer floridana. Several dead Torreyas, 4-
8 meters tall, were mute evidence of the blight’s effect. These and a dozen living
Torreyas were within 200 meters of the road. (3) Florida 269 at Flat Creek, Gadsden
Co., Florida. Four Torreyas were located within 10 to 50 meters of Flat Creek, 200 to
500 meters north of Florida 269; one plant, 1 meter tall, was located on the south side
of the creek within 150 meters of the road. (4) Torreya State Park, Liberty County.
Torreyas used to grow naturally in this park which was established as a Torreya pre-
serve. Several planted specimens are located on the lawn in front of the Gregory
House. Additional cultivated specimens are planted in the nearby woods. The planted
Torreyas are approximately 2.5 meters tall and are badly infected with a fungal infec-
tion. Noel Wamer and I observed 20 smaller Torreyas south of the Gregory House on
river bluffs overlooking the Apalachicola River. These Torreyas are on the sides of
steep ravines. Taxus floridana, a plant that somewhat resembles Torreya, thrives here.
(5) Aspalaga Landing, Gadsden County. We searched and found approximately 20
Torreyas on the limestone banks of a small tributary creek of the Apalachicola River
40
TORREYA TAXIFOLIA 41
near Aspalaga Landing. Several dead Torreyas, that may have been 7 to 10 meters tall
while living, were observed in varying stages of decay. Here and in the other sites
where Torreya grows, they were observed to be associated with Pinus glabra, Acer
floridana, Fagus grandifolia, Ulmus sp., Magnolia grandiflora, and other species. (6)
Ocheesee Pond, Jackson County. The tallest (2.3 meters) native Torreyas occur at
Ocheesee Pond, located 11 kilometers west of the Apalachicola River. All of the largest
trees were badly infected with blight. The population numbered one dozen individuals.
(7) Maclay Gardens, Tallahassee, Leon County. Several dozen Torreyas are growing
here and all are badly infected by blight. The largest Torreya is 10 meters tall and has
a DBH of 0.25 meters. One of the Torreyas here produces seed. The work of a con-
cerned horticulturist, Bob Bowden, resulted in the germination of 28 of 35 seeds col-
lected in 1980. (8) Decatur County, Georgia. One small population of 24 Torreyas exists
on the banks of a steep ravine just south of Lake Seminole. These trees were observed
in the second ravine south of the Resource Manager’s Office, approximately 0.8 ki-
lometers north of Chattahoochee, Florida, perhaps 100 meters from the Georgia-
Florida border. Several additional Torreyas were observed just south of the Georgia-
Florida border. These ranged in size from 0.3 to 1.2 meters tall.
Torreya taxifolia has been planted in at least three locations in Georgia. Two mature
Torreyas are located on Front Avenue in Columbus, Georgia’s historic district. A dozen
planted Torreyas are growing at Callaway Gardens, Georgia. These are males, fungus
free, and range from 0.2 meters to 3.2 meters tall. Mr. Burl Turnage, Albany, Georgia,
propagates Torreyas from cuttings, and distributes them throughout the United States
(Butler 1981). Fourteen healthy trees ranging from 6 to 10 meters in height are thriving
at the Biltmore Gardens, Asheville, North Carolina. These Torreyas produce seed and
several seedlings have been observed near the parent trees (Timothy Dunford, pers.
comm.). A male and female tree are thriving at the Brooklyn Botanical Gardens, New
York. Two other Torreyas are growing at Planting Fields Aboretum, near Oyster Bay,
New York. Additional trees may be growing on the estates of wealthy individuals along
the eastern United States.
In March 1962, Drs. Godfrey and Kurz noticed that population of Torreya on the
east side of the Apalachicola River at Aspalaga Landing and Rock Bluff were decimated
by a fungal infection. Alfieri et al. (1967) identified the fungi responsible for the stem
and needle blight of Torreya to be Physalospora and Macrophora. However, these
investigators did not determine how the fungal agents act to cause the blight.
At the present time there may be only 100 native Torreyas (1.5 to 2.0 meters tall)
left in the wild. These trees, like their extinct predecessors, will most surely succumb
to the blight. Some living Torreyas may send up root sprouts, as Castanea does. Unless
measures to control the blight are undertaken to preserve Torreya in its natural range,
the taxon is doomed for extinction. The authors suggest several measures to preserve
the species: (1) First, disease-free Torreyas along the Apalachicola River should be
identified. (2) The conditions necessary for the fungal agent(s) to cause the infection
should be determined.
Alfieri et al. (1967) found that Maneb fungicide at the concentration of 1.5 1b/100 gal
applied at weekly intervals resulted in ‘‘very good control’’ of the fungal agents, Phys-
alospora and Macrophora, after 9 weeks of treatment. Torreya trees at Maclay treated
in this manner ‘‘showed marked improvement and recovery’’ and produced new
growth ‘‘showing little or no infection.’’ Trees at Maclay State Gardens and “‘acces-
sible’ trees in the wild should be treated in the aforementioned manner to control the
42 BARTONIA
fungal infection. Additional work must be completed to determine: (1) what fungal
agents are involved in causing the blight; (2) what special environmental conditions
(e.g. severe cold, drought, wetness, etc.) enhance or stimulate the growth of fungi on
orreya.
To accomplish the above objectives, the following steps should be used to determine
the causative agent of the blight: (1) The constant association of a given fungal species
or genus (genera) with each case of the blight should be identified. Infected plant
material should be gathered and examined from the populations described in this paper.
(2) Isolate the blight related organism(s) and grow these fungi in pure culture. (3) From
the pure culture(s), inoculate Torreya and observe the subsequent development of the
disease. Cuttings from disease-free plants from North Carolina should be transported
to Florida, rooted, and grown in green houses, inoculated, and observed for the sub-
sequent development of the disease. (4) Finally, the disease causing organism(s) should
be reisolated from the inoculated Torreyas. If the organism(s) is (are) identified and if
certain environmental factors appear to enhance the development of the fungi, then
the environment might be modified to mitigate the deleterious affect of the blight-
causing agent(s) on Torreya. Spraying the Torreyas with Maneb as described above is
a simple and effective way of dealing with the blight. (5) Disease-free populations of
Torreya should be established outside of its natural range. Fourteen healthy, disease-
free mature trees are thriving at the Biltmore Gardens, Asheville, North Carolina.
Seeds or cuttings from these trees might be used to propagate the species in commercial
or private gardens in the northeastern United States. Populations of Torreya might be
established as far north as Long Island, New York, since minimum temperatures on
Long Island and Asheville, North Carolina are similar, even though the mean January
temperature for Asheville is five degrees warmer (U.S.D.A. 1941).
No populations of Torreya should be established within 250 miles of Chattahoochee,
Florida, since the disease might be carried from population to population until all
populations of Torreya are infected, until the disease has been eliminated within the
natural range of Torreya. If the fungal agents were to infect the disease-free popula-
tions, treatment with Maneb might prevent the fungus from killing the trees.
None of the investigators observed any trees more than 2.3 meters tall in the wild,
and certainly no trees in sexual reproduction phase. Robert Godfrey (pers. comm.)
doubts if any seed-producing trees have been present in the wild for the past 25 years.
Yet Torreya has been able to persist in the wild by producing stem sprouts. If nothing
is done to mitigate the effects of the fungal agents, the status of Torreya taxifolia as
an extant species in its natural range is very grave, and it may be extinct by the turn
of the century. However, the procedures listed above, if followed, may enable Torreya
to survive.
LITERATURE CITED
ALFIERI, S. A., A. P. MARTINEZ, AND C. WEHLBURE. 1967. Stem and needle blight of Florida Torreya,
Torreya taxifolia Arn. Proc. Florida State Hort. Soc. 80: 428-431.
BUTLER, W. 1981. Status of the Florida Torreya in Georgia. aa report prepared for the Dept. Nat.
Res. Game and Fish Div., 270 Washington St., Atlant
U.S.D.A. a Climate and man. Yearbook of Henemeks U. S. Gov’t. Printing Office, Washington.
Bartonia No. 50: 43-50, 1984
Check-List of the Native Vascular Flora of Middlesex
County, New Jersey
DAvID B. SNYDER
706 Center St., Dunellen, NJ 08812
Middlesex County is located in north-central New Jersey. The Fall Line, which runs
diagonally from approximately Little Rocky Hill in the southwestern corner of the
County to Perth Amboy in the northeast, divides the County more or less equally into
Peidmont and Coastal Plain. Topography is mostly gentle, with elevations being gen-
erally below 150 feet, but a maximum height of nearly 300 feet is reached at Little
Rocky Hill. Only a small portion of the County, the northeast corner, has been glaciated
and the Terminal Moraine (Wisconsin stage) tracks southward through South Plainfield
to Metuchen, then eastward towards Perth Amboy.
There is a surprising diversity of habitats found in Middlesex County. Sea beach,
salt marsh, and tidal estuaries occur along the Raritan bayshore in the northeast, while
in the southwestern section of the County there are the rocky wooded slopes of Little
Rocky Hill. In the northern part of the County along the floodplain of the Raritan River
are rich alluvial woods, and southward can be found acid bogs and pine barren wood-
lands.
With a diversity of habitat comes a diversity of plant species, and Middlesex Coun-
ty’s rich flora has attracted the visits of many prominent field botanists. Of the more
prolific botanical collectors should be mentioned Nathaniel L. Britton (1859-1934),
Waldron de Witt Miller (1864-1929), Witmer Stone (1866-1939), Mintin A. Chrysler
(1871-1963), Kenneth K. Mackenzie (1877-1934), Homer D. House (1878-1949), and
Bayard Long (1885-1969).
The rich floral diversity of Middlesex County is now seriously threatened as its wood-
lands give way to shopping malls, and its pine barrens to pavement. Much of the
County’s wetlands and waterways have been either filled, drained, or polluted. As a
result many plant species are disappearing. Indeed, species such as Carex louisianica,
Chamaelirium luteum, Platanthera peramoena, Populus heterophylla, Leiophyllum
buxifolium and Rhododendron canadense are perhaps already lost forever to the
County. Despite the destruction and degradation of habitats, many of the rarer mem-
bers of the County’s flora still persist. Juncus greenei, Xerophyllum asphodeloides,
Platanthera ciliaris, Arenaria caroliniana, Pyxidanthera barbulata, Utricularia pur-
purea, and Aster radula are yet found in pine barren remnants near Browntown, Hel-
metta, and Spotswood. In a white cedar swamp near Milltown, a small colony of
Helonias bullata still grows. The tidal marshes and estuaries of the Raritan and South
Rivers, still support healthy populations of Sagittaria calycina and Bidens bidentoides.
But these species too, shall surely soon vanish unless adequate steps are taken to plan
for their protection.
This check-list of the native flora of Middlesex County is an attempt to document
the quickly diminishing vascular flora of the County. Voucher specimens for the ma-
jority of taxa listed have been examined, the bulk of which is contained in the Chrysler
Herbarium of Rutgers University. Other specimens examined are contained in the
herbaria of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, the New York Botanical
43
44 BARTONIA
Garden, and the author’s private collection. Records taken from the literature, largely
Britton’s Catalog (1889), Stone’s Flora (1911), and Taylor’s Flora (1915), which no
voucher specimens were seen, are followed by the abbreviation “‘lit.’’ in parentheses.
A few sight records by reliable observers have been admitted and are identified as
such.
Nomenclature generally follows Fernald (1950), but names in Gleason and Cronquist
(1963) and the National List of Scientific Plant Names (1982) have also been used.
Comments have been provided for some of the rare or unusual species found in the
County. Additions, corrections, or comments to this check-list are encouraged.
PTERIDIOPHYTES
LYCOPODIACEAE: Lycopodium alopecuroides, appressum, dendroideum, digatatum,
inundatum, lucidulum, obscurum.
SELAGINELLACEAE: Selaginella apoda.
ISOETACEAE: Isoetes echinospora, engelmannii.
EQUISETACEAE: Equisetum arvense, hyemale var. affine
OPHIOGLOSSACEAE: Botrychium dissectum, dissectum var. obliquum, lanceolatum,
virginianum; Ophioglossum vulgatum var. pseudopodium
OSMUNDACEAE: Osmunda cinnamomea, claytonia, egal var. spectabilis.
SCHIZAEACEAE: Lygodium palmatum, rare, no recent sightings.
ADIANTACEAE: Adiantum pedatum.
POLYPODIACEAE: Polypodium virginianum.
DENNSTAEDTIACEAE: Dennstaedtia punctilobula; Pteridium aquilinum var. latius-
culum
THELYPTERIDACEAE: Thelypteris noveboracensis, palustris, simulata.
ASPLENIACEAE: Asplenium platyneuron, rhizophyllum, trichomanes; Athyrum filix-
femina var. angustum; Cystopteris fragilis var. mackayii; Dryopteris carthusiana, clin-
tonia, cristata, intermedia, marginalis; Onoclea sensibilis; Polystichum acrosti-
choides; Woodsia obtusa.
BLECHNACEAE: Woodwardia areolata, virginica.
GYMNOSPERMS
PINACEAE: Pinus echinata (lit.), strobus, rigida, virginiana; Tsuga canadensis.
CUPRESSACEAE: Chamaecyparis thyoides; Juniperus virginiana.
MONOCOTS
TYPHACEAE: Typha pei ere tig latifolia.
SPARGANIACEAE: Sparganium americanum, androcladum, eurycarpum
ZOSTERACEAE: baluaneeion epihydrus, foliosus, nodosus, oakesianus (lit.), perfol-
iatus var. bupleuroides, pulcher, robbinsii, vaseyi, rare, one locality.
NAJADACEAE: Najas gracillima (lit.).
ALISMATACEAE: Alisma subcordatum; Sagittaria australis, calycina, tidal portions
of Raritan River, extensive extant population, graminea, latifolia, rigida, subulata.
HYDROCHARITACEAE: Elodea nuttallii; Vallisneria americana.
GRAMINEAE: Agrostis hyemalis, perennans; Andropogon gerardii, scoparius, virgin-
icus, virginicus var. abbreviatus; Aristida dichotoma, purpuracens, tuberculosa;
Bromus ciliatus var. intonsus; Calamagrostis canadensis, cinnoides; Calamovilfa brev-
ipilis, rare, one locality; Cinna aruninaceae; Danthonia spicata; Deschampsia flex-
MIDDLESEX COUNTY FLORA 45
uosa; Digitaria filiformis; Distichlis spicata; Eragrostis hypnoides, pectinacea, spec-
tabilis; Glyceria canadensis, obtusa, pallida, septentrionalis, striata; Hierchloe
odorata; Hystrix patula; Leersia oryzoides; Muhlenbergia frondosa, schreberi, tenui-
flora; Panicum anceps, capillare, clandestinum, columbianum, commonsianum, de-
pauperatum, dichotomiflorum, gattingeri (lit.), latifolium, longifolium, lucidum, mi-
crocarpon, philadelphicum, polyanthes, sphaerocarpon, stipitatum, verrucosum, vir-
gatum; Paspalum laeve var. circulare (lit.), setaceum; Phalaris arundinacea;
Phragmites communis var. berlandieri; Spartina alterniflora, cynosuroides, patens,
pectinata; Sporobolus asper; ih avenacea; Triodia flava; Tripsacum dactyloides
(lit.); Uniola laxa; Zizania aquatica.
CYPERACEAE: Bulbostylis sen Carex abscondita, albolutescens sight record,
V. Abraitys, annectens, artitecta, atlantica, barrattii, rare, no recent sightings, bullata,
canescens, caroliniana, cephalantha, collinsii, crinita, davisii, debilis, sight record V.
Abraitys, emmonsii, exilis, folliculata, glaucodea, gracillima, grayii, intumescens, lax-
iculmis, laxiflora, louisianica, single verified station for species in NJ, lupiliformis,
lupilina, lurida, pensylvanica, pensylvanica var. distans, polymorpha, rare one locality,
no recent sightings known, rosea, rostrata var. utriculata, scoparia, seorsa, Squarrosa,
Stipata, straminea, straminea var. invisa, Stricta, stricta var. strictior, swanii, sight
record V. Abraitys, tribuloides, umbellata, vesicaria, vestita, vulpinoidea, willden-
owii;! Cladium mariscoides; Cyperus dentatus, diandrus, filicinus, grayii, retrorsus,
rivularis, strigosus; Dulichium arundinaceum, Eleocharis engelmannii, intermedia, ob-
tusa var. obtusa and var. peasei, olivaea, robbinsii, rostellata, tenuis, tuberculosa;
Eriophorum virginicum; Rhynchospora alba, capitellata, glomerata; Scirpus ameri-
canus (olneyi), es rare, cyperinus, maritimus, very rare, station now gone,
aon robustus, smithi
ACEAE: Acorus poise Arisaema dracontium (lit.), triphyllum, triphyllum ssp.
ive Calla palustris (lit.); Orontium aquaticum; Peltandra virginica; Symplo-
carpus foetida.
LEMNACEAE: Lemna minor; Spirodela polyrhiza; Wolffia columbiana.
XYRIDACEAE: Xyris caroliniana, torta.
PONTEDERIACEAE: Heteranthera dubia, reniformis; Ponterderia cordata.
JUNCACEAE: Juncus acuminatus, bufonius, canadensis, dichotomus, effusus, ger-
ardii, greenei, rare, scattered extant stations known, marginatus, pelocarpus, scir-
poides, subcaudatus, sight record V. Abraitys, tenuis; Luzula echinata.
LILIACEAE: Aletris farinosa; Allium canadensis, tricoccum; Chamaelirium luteum,
single locality, now destroyed; Erythronium americanum; Helonias bullata, rare, small
extant colony known; Lilium canadense, superbum; Medeola virginiana; Maian-
themum canadense; Polygonatum biflorum, canaliculatum, pubescens; Smilacina ra-
cemosa, glauca, pseudo-china, rotundifolia; Trillium cernuum (lit.); Uvularia perfol-
iata, U. sessifolia; Veratrum ee Xerophyllum asphodeloides, rare, single extant
colony; Zygadenus leimanthoide
DIOSCOREACEAE: Dioscorea oo
AMARYLLIDACEAE: Hypoxis hirsuta.
IRIDACEAE: Iris prismatica, versicolor; Sisyrinchium arenicola, rare, atlanticum,
graminoides, mucronatum
! A specimen of Carex limosa at CHRYS labeled ‘‘Edison’’ was collected in Sussex County, not Middlesex
Count
46 BARTONIA
ORCHIDACEAE: Arethusa bulbosa,-rare; Corallorhiza maculata, odontorhiza; Cypri-
pedium acaule; eu cite var. pe telens Goodyera pubescens; Isotria verticillata;
Liparis lilifolia, sight record E. Green; Listera australis (lit.); Malaxis unifolia (lit.);
Platanthera Weistibléun nie cristata, flava (lit.), lacera, peramoena, single
station, now destroyed;* Pogonia ophioglossoides; Spiranthes cernua, gracilis, och-
roleuca, praecox, tuberosa
DICOTS
SAURURACEAE: Saururus cernuus
SALICACEAE: Salix bebbiana (lit.), Aen humilis var. microphylla, nigra; Populus
penne heterophylla, rare one locality, tremuloides.
ACEAE: Myrica asplenifolia, cerifera, pensylvanica.
JUGLANDACEAE: Carya cordiformis, glabra, ovalis, ovata, tomentosa; Juglans ci-
nerea, nigra.
BETULACEAE: Alnus serrulata; Betula lenta, nigra, populifolia; Carpinus caroliniana
var. virginiana; Corylus americana; Ostrya virginiana.
FAGACEAE: Castanea dentata; Fagus grandifolia; Quercus alba, bicolor, coccinea,
x ieee ilicifolia, marilandica, palustris, phellos, prinoides, prinus, rubra,
stellata, velutin
ULMACEAE: Celtis oy alge Ulmus americana, rubra.
MORACEAE: Morus ru
URTICACEAE: poceaeke ‘eyndnice: Laportea canadensis; Pilea pumila.
SANTALACEAE: Comandra umbellata.
LORANTHACEAE: Phoradendron flavescens, rare, a single locality.
ARISTOLOCHIACEAE: Asarum canadense.
POLYGONACEAE: Polygonella articulata; Polygonum arifolium var. pubescens, avi-
culare var. littorale, careyi, coccineum, erectum, exertum (lit.), glaucum, hydropipe-
roides, pensylvanicum, punctatum, ramosissimum, sagittatum, scandens, tenue; To-
vara virginiana,
CHENOPODIACEAE: Atriplex patula var. hastata, patula var. littoralis; Chenopodium
boscianum; Salicornia bigelovii, europaea; Salsola kali.
AMARANTHACEAE: Acinida cannabina.
PHYTOLACCACEAE: Phytolacca americana.
PORTULACACEAE: Claytonia virginica.
CARYOPHYLLACEAE: Arenaria caroliniana, lateriflora; Cerastium arvense; Parony-
chia fastigiata; Silene antirrhina, caroliniana var. pensylvanica, stellata; Spergularia
marina; Stellaria alsine, longifolia.
CERATOPHYLLACEAE: Coratonhsllen demersum.
NYMPHAEACEAE: Brasenia schreberi; Nuphar advena, variegatum; Nymphaea
eben
RAN LACEAE: Actaea pachypoda; Anemone quinquefolia, virginiana;’ Ane-
miei halle cided Aquilegia canadensis; Caltha palustris; Cimicifuga racemosa
? Reports of Platanthera integra from Cheesequake State Park in Middlesex County are based on a
misidentified specimen of P. ciliaris at CHRYS.
3 Anemone canadensis reported from Woodbridge (Middlesex County) in Taylor’s Flora is a typogr aphical
error for Wood Ridge (Bergen County) of Britton’s Catalog
MIDDLESEX COUNTY FLORA 47
(lit.); Clematis virginiana; Hepatica americana; Ranunculus abortivus, ambigens, fla-
bellaris (lit.), hispidus, pensylvanicus (lit.), pusillus, rare, extant population known,
recurvatus, scleratus; Thalictrum dioicum, polygamum, revolutum, rare.
BERBERIDACEAE: Podop hy llum peltatum
PAPAVERACEAE: Dicentra cucullaria; Sanguinaria canadensis.
CRUCIFERAE: Arabis laevigata, lyrata; Cakile edentula; Cardamine bulbosa, parvi-
flora var. arenicola, pensylvanica; Dentaria laciniata; Draba reptans (lit.); Lepedium
virginicum; Rorippa islandica.
SARRACENIACEAE: Sarracenia purpurea.
DROSERACEAE: Drosera intermedia, rotundifolia.
CRASSULACEAE: Sedum ternatum
SAXIFRAGACEAE: Chysosplenium americanum; Heuchera americana; Itea virginica,
sight record V. Abraitys; Penthorum sedoides; Ribes americana, rare, hirtellum, rare,
one locality; Saxifraga virginiensis.
HAMAMELIDACEAE: Hamamelis virginiana; Liquidambar stryaciflua.
PLATANACEAE: Platanus occidentalis.
ROSACEAE: Aronia arbutifolia, melanocarpa, prunifolia; Agrimonia gryposepala,
parviflora, striata; Amelanchier canadensis, obovalis; Crataegus crus-galli, pruinosa,
punctata, uniflora; Fragaria vesca var. americana, virginiana; Geum canadense, la-
ciniatum; Physocarpus opulifolius, rare, bluffs along Raritan River; Potentilla cana-
ensis, norvegica, simplex; Prunus maritima, serotina, virginiana; Rosa carolina, pal-
ustris, virginiana; Rubus canadensis, cunefolius, flagellaris, hispida, occidentalis;
Sanguisorba canadensis; Spiraea latifolia, tomentosa
LEGUMINOSAE: Amphicarpa bracteata var. comosa; Apios americana; Baptisia tinc-
toria; Cassia fasciculata, hebecarpa, nictitans; Crotalaria sagittalis; Desmodium can-
adense, canescens, ciliare, dilleni, nudiflorum, paniculatum, rotundifolium; Galactia
regularis (lit.); Lathyrus ochroleucus, single pre-1900 collection, only NJ station; Les-
pedeza angustifolia, capitata, hirta, intermedia, X nuttallii (lit.), procumbens, stuevei
(lit.), virginica; Lupinus perennis; Strophostyles helvola, umbellata; Stylosanthes bi-
flora; Tephrosia virginiana; Vicia americana, bluffs along Raritan River, no recent
sightings.
LINACEAE: Linum medium, striatum, virginianum.
OXALIDACEAE: Oxalis filipes, stricta, violacea.
GERANIACEAE: Geranium carolinianum, maculatum, robertianum
POLYGALACEAE: Polygala cruciata, lutea, nuttallii, paucifolia, polyeuina: rare, €x-
tant population known, sanguinea, verticillata.
EUPHORBIACEAE: Acalypha rhomboidea, sedate Euphorbia corollata, dentata,
ipecacuanhae, maculata, polygonifolia, supin
CALLITRICHACEAE: Callitriche deflexa var. oe (lit.), heterophylla.
ANACARDIACEAE: Rhus copallina, glabra, typhina; Toxicodendron radicans, vernix.
AQUIFOLIACEAE: Ilex glabra, laevigata, opaca, verticillata, verticillata var. tenui-
folia; Nemopanthus mucronata, rare.
CELASTRACEAE: Celastrus scandens; Euonymus americanus, atropurpureus, rare.
STAPHYLEACEAE: Staphylea trifolia.
ACERACEAE: Acer negundo, rubrum, rubrum var. trilobum, saccharinum, sac-
charum.
48 BARTONIA
BALSAMINACEAE: Impatiens capensis.
VITACEAE: Parthenocissus quinquefolius; vie labrusca, vulpina.
TILIACEAE: Tilia americana, heterophylla
MALVACEAE: Hibiscus palustris; Keiileaes: virginica var. aquilonia (lit.).
HYPERICACEAE: Ascyrum hypericoides var. multicaule; Hypericum boreale, cana-
dense, densiflorum, X dissimulatum, gentianoides, muticum, punctatum; Triadenum
virginicum.
ELATINACEAE: Elatine americana.
CISTACEAE: Helianthemum bicknellii, canadense, propinquum; Hudsonia ericoides,
tomentosa; Lechea intermedia (lit.), leggettii, villosa.
VIOLACEAE: Viola affinis, blanda, brittoniana, brittoniana var. pectinata, conspersa,
cucullata, X emarginata, fimbriatula, incognita, rare, one locality, lanceolata, X
notabilis, palmata, papilionacea, pedata var. lineariloba, pensylvanica, primulifolia,
x porteriana, pubescens, rafinesquii, rostrata, rotundifolia, sagittata, sororia, X sto-
neana, triloba.
CACTACEAE: Opuntia humifusa.
LYTHRACEAE: Cuphea petiolata; Decodon verticillatus; Lythrum alatum, lineare
(lit.).
NYSSACEAE: Nyssa sylvatica.
MELASTOMATACEAE: Rhexia virginica.
ONAGRACEAE: Circaea quadrisulcata; Epilobium angustifolium, coloratum, glan-
dulosum var. adenocaulon; Gaura biennis; Ludwigia alternifolia, palustris var. amer-
icana, sphaerocarpa; Oenothera biennis, fruticosa, laciniata, perennis, tetragona.
HALORAGACEAE: Myriophyllum exalbescens, heterophyllum, humile.
ARALIACEAE: Aralia hispida, nudicaulis, racemosa, spinosa, perhaps not native;
Panax trifolium.
UMBELLIFERAE: Cicuta bulbifera (lit.), maculata; Chaerophyllum procumbens;
totaenia canadensis; Eryngium aquaticum (lit.); Heracleam maximum; Osmo-
rhiza claytonii, longistylis; Oxypolis rigidior; Ptilimnium capillaceum; Sanicula cana-
densis, gregaria, marilandica; Sium suave; Taenidia integgerrima; Thaspium trifol-
iatum; Zizia aptera.
CORNACEAE: Cornus alternifolia, amomum, florida, racemosa, rugosa, stolonifera.
CLETHRACEAE: Clethra alnifolia.
PYROLACEAE: Chimaphila maculata; Pyrola elliptica, rotundifolia.
MONOTROPACEAE: pestcwiiees hypopithys, uniflora.
ERICAEAE: Arctostaphylos uva-ursi var. coactilis; Chamaedaphne calyculata vat.
angustifolia; Epigaea repens; Gaultheria procumbens; Gaylussacia baccata, frondosa;
Kalmia angustifolia, latifolia; Leiophyllum buxifolium, rare, no recent sightings; Lew-
cothoe racemosa; Lyonia ligustrina, mariana; Rhododendron canadense, a single
plant, locality now destroyed, periclymenoides, viscosum; Vaccinium angustifolium,
atrococcum, caesariense, corymbosum, corymbosum var. glabrum, lamarckii, macro-
carpon, stamineum, vacillans.
DIAPENSIACEAE: Pyxidanthera barbulata.
PRIMULACEAE: Hottonia inflata, rare, single locality; Lysimachia ciliata, hybrida,
x producta, quadrifolia, terrestris; Samolus parviflorus; Trientalis borealis.
PLUMBAGINACEAE: Limonium carolinianum, nashii.
EBENACEAE: Diospyrus virginiana.
OLEACEAE: Fraxinus americana, pennsylvanica.
MIDDLESEX COUNTY FLORA 49
GENTIANACEAE: Bartonia paniculata, an dee Gentiana clausa, saponaria; Sa-
batia angularis, dodecandra, rare, stellar
ASCLEPIADACEAE: Apocynum pee ai cannabinum, cannabinum var. pu-
bescens, X medium; Asclepias amplexicaulis, incarnata var. pulchra, purpurescens,
quadrifolia, rubra, rare, syriaca, tuberosa, variegata (lit.), verticillata, viridiflora.
CONVOLVULACEAE: pee gee: pi 208 spithamaeus; Cuscuta compacta, gron-
Ovil, pentagona; Ipomoea pandura
POLEMONIACEAE: Phlox ee “Uilass (lit.), subulata.
HYDROPHYLLACEAE: Aydrophyllum virginianum
BORAGINACEAE: Hackelia virginiana; Mertensia virginiana, locally frequent along
the Raritan River; Myosotis laxa, verna; Onosmodium virginianum, rare, no recent
localities known.
ERBENACEAE: Verbena hastata, simplex, urticifolia.
LABIATAE: Agastache nepetoides; Collinsonia canadensis; Hedeoma pulegiodes;
Lycopus americanus, uniflorus, virginicus; Mentha arvensis; Monarda fistulosa, fis-
tulosa var. mollis, punctata; Physostegia virginiana, perhaps not native; Prunella vul-
garis var. lanceolata; Pycnanthemum incanum, muticum, tenuifolium, verticillatum,
virginianum; Salvia lyrata; Scutellaria elliptica, galericulata, integrifolia, lateriflora,
leonardi, rare, single locality, nervosa, rare; Stachys Sie adea tenuifolia, tenuifolia
var. hispida; Teucrium canadense; Trichostema dichotom
SOLANACEAE: Physalis pruinosa, subglabrata; pre ee
SCROPHULARIACEAE: Chelone glabra; Gerardia maritima, paupercula, purpurea,
tenuifolia; Gratiola neglecta; pee canadensis; Lindernia anagallidea, dubia; Me-
lampyrum lineare; Micranthemum micranthemoides, very rare, a single station on tidal
flats of the Raritan River; Mimulus ringens; Pedicularis canadensis, lanceolata, rare;
Penstemon hirsutus, laevigatus; Scrophularia marilandica; Tomanthera auriculata,
introduced ?; Veronica officinalis, peregrina, scutellata; Veronicastrum virginicum.
OROB BANCHACEAE: Conopholis americana; Epifagus virginiana; Slee nai uniflora.
LENTIBULARIACEAE: Utricularia geminiscapa, inflata, purpurea, vulga
ACANTHACEAE: Ruellia strepens, a single collection, the only one nee for NJ;
perhaps merely adventive.
PLANTAGINACEAE: Plantago major var. scopulorum, rugelii.
RUBIACEAE: Cephalanthus occidentalis; Diodia teres; Galium aparine, asprellum,
circaezans, tinctorium, triflorum; Mitchella repens.
CAPRIFOLIACEAE: Diervilla lonicera, rare, bluffs along the Raritan River; Lonicera
dioica, sempervirens; Sambucus canadensis; Triosteum aurantiacum; Viburnum ac-
erifolium, Seepenens: dentatum, nudum, prunifolium.
CUCURBITACEAE: Echinocystis lobata; Sicyos angulatu
CAMPANULACEAE: Campanula aparinoides; secre pis, inflata, nuttallii,
puberula (lit.), siphiiiica, spicata, Specularia perfolia
COMPOSITAE: Ambrosia artemisiifolia, trifida; cae margaritacea var. inter-
cedens; Antennaria neglecta, neglecta var. attenuata, plantaginifolia; Artemisia cau-
data, rare, no recent sightings; Aster concolor (lit.), cordifolius, divaricatus, dumosus,
lateriflorus, linariifolius, lowrieanus, novae-angliae, patens var. phlogifolius, paternus,
pilosus, pilosus var. demotus, pilosus var. platyphyllus, novi-belgii, novi-belgii var.
atlanticus, novi-belgii var. elodes, puniceus, radula, very rare, simplex, solidagineus,
spectabilis, subulatus, tenuifolius, umbellatus, vimineus, vimineus var. subdumosus;
Baccharis halimifolia, Bidens bidentoides, rare, tidal shores and marshes of the Raritan
50 BARTONIA
and South Rivers, bipinnata, cernua, connata, coronata, discoidea (lit.), frondosa,
laevis, vulgata;* Chrysopsis mariana; Cirsium altissimum, a single locality, only vouch-
ered record for NJ and not recently reported, discolor; Conyza canadensis; Eclipta
alba; Erechtites hieracifolia; Erigeron annuus, pulchellus, strigosus; Eupatorium
album, album var. saundersi, aromaticum, rare, dubium, fistulosum, hyssopifolium,
perfoliatum, purpureum, rotundifolium, rugosum, serotinum; Gnaphalium obtusi-
folium; Helenium autumnale; Helianthus decapetalus, giganteus, tuberosus; Heliopsis
helianthoides var. scabra; Hieracium gronovii, paniculatum (lit.), venosum; Iva fru-
tescens; Krigia biflora, virginica; Kuhnia eupatorioides, rare, no recent reports; Lac-
tuca biennis, canadensis; Liatris borealis, rare, no recent reports, Liatris spicata;
Mikania scandens; Pluchea odorata; Prenanthes altissima, trifoliata; Rudbeckia hirta;
Senecio aureus; Solidago altissima, arguta, bicolor, caesia, canadensis, elliottii var.
ascendens, rare, gigantea, gigantea var. serotina, graminifolia, juncea, nemoralis,
beara patula, puberula, rigida, rare, a single locality, not recently reported, rugosa,
oSa ssp. aspera, rugosa var. celtidifolia, sempervirens, speciosa (lit.), squarrosa,
bluffs along the Raritan River, squarrosa f. ramosa, occasional with the last, uliginosa,
ulmifolia; Vernonia noveborascens; Xanthium echinatum.
SUMMARY
This check-list includes 948 taxa believed to be indigenous to Middlesex County. Of
these, 43 are Pteridiophytes (36 species, 7 varieties), 7 are Gymnosperms, 250 are
Monocots (238 species, 1 subspecies, 11 varieties), and 648 are Dicots (595 species, |
subspecies, 9 hybrids, 42 varieties, 1 form).
Some of the largest families occurring in the County are: Compositae (108), Cyper-
aceae (77), Graminae (64), Rosaceae (34), Labiatae (30), Leguminosae (30), Violaceae
(26), Ericaceae (23), Liliaceae (23), Orchidaceae (22), Scrophulariaceae (22), and Ra-
nunculaceae (20).
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Grateful acknowledgment is expressed to the following individuals for their valuable
assistance provided in the preparation of this paper: Vincent Abraitys, Arthur Cron-
quist, Sara Davison, David Fairbrothers, Richard Radis, and Alfred Schuyler.
LITERATURE CITED
BriTTON, N. L. 1889. Catalogue of Plants Found in New Jersey. Geol. Surv. N.J., Final Rep. State Geol.
FERNALD, M. L. 1950. Gray’s Manual of Botany, 8th ed. American Book Co., New York.
GLEASON, H. A. AND A. CRONQUIST. 1963. Manual of Vascular Plants of the Northeastern United States
and Adjacent Canada. D. Van Nostrand Co., New York.
aiaipase nan 1911. The Plants of Southern New Jersey, with Especial Reference to the Flora of the Pine
s. Ann. Rep. N.J. State Museum for 1910, Trenton, New Jersey.
vio. N 1915. Flora in the Vicinity of New York. Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard., Vol. V.
UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, SOIL CONSERVATION SERVICE. 1982. National List of Sci-
entific Plant Names. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
* No specimens were seen to substantiate reports of either Bidens eatonii or Bidens heterodoxa in Mid-
dlesex County.
Bartonia No. 50: 51-53, 1984
Vincent Abraitys (1915-1983)
GREG HANISEK
Box 263, RD3, Phillipsburg, NJ 08865
Vince Abraitys possessed intimate knowledge of New Jersey’s flora, from Potentilla
tridentata beneath the High Point tower to Habenaria nivea in a Cape May bog. His
passing leaves a void not unlike the loss of a lone station for a rare and noble plant.
After several years of failing health, he died Nov. 3, 1983, at his home in the Ser-
geantsville section of Delaware Township, N.J. He was 68.
Abraitys, a holder of public office in Hunterdon County for most of three decades,
was many things to many people, but to those of us interested in the wild places of
the world he will remain above all an amateur naturalist of extraordinary stature. Few
would dispute his position as New Jersey’s foremost field botanist. He located stations
for more than 2,400 native and introduced plant species in the state during decades of
ardent pursuit, and recent publications on the state’s flora relied heavily on his field
studies.
His discoveries added the following species to the state list: Amelanchier humilis,
Bromus rigidus, Cyperus brevifolioides, Eleocharis verrucosa, Equisetum variegatum,
Eupatorium altissimum, Hydrocotyle ranunculoides, H. sibthorpioides, Juncus fili-
formis, Milium effusum, Prunus alleghaniensis, Ribes missouriense, Rumex conglom-
eratus, Scirpus microcarpus, and Streptopus amplexifolius.
One of his remarkable qualities was a memory capable of storing and retrieving
information on virtually all of those ca. 2,400 plants, even when he was well into his
60s. This knowledge wasn’t limited to his New Jersey specialties, and every trip afield
with him revealed powers of recall waiting to be tapped.
It wasn’t unusual to be driving through some distant region, perhaps the lowlands
of southeast Virginia or the Catskill high country, and have him deliver instructions to
slow down for a dirt lane or old railroad bed that should be coming up after the next
swale. He’d then recall how he’d found a certain plant there five or ten years earlier
and proceed to track down its location from a stream crossing to a noteworthy grove
of trees and on to an old foundation hole.
Although his knowledge of plant locales seemed staggering, it hardly filled his
memory bank. Like many of the best and brightest born early in this century, he lacked
a college education, but he was nonetheless a learned man. His appetite for books was
voracious and his reading interests diverse.
Few topics arose on which he couldn’t add an interesting fact or opinion, and when
talk turned to natural history, as it usually did, there seemed no limit to the fields he’d
explored. He was an expert birder. No plant description passed without a notation on
the pertinent geological formation involved. He would surprise you now and then with
a mushroom binomial or the growth habits of a lichen, and then delight you with a
discourse on Indian artifacts. While you digested that, a sound in the underbrush would
trigger discussion on the ranges of various chorus frogs.
Despite this impressive store of specialized knowledge, he was a man without pre-
tension. He lived in the old house on the family chicken farm in Sergeantsville, a farm
he worked until the 1950’s, when he entered politics, and he paid little mind to the
trends and fashions that clutter so many of our lives. His wry sense of humor rose to
51
Sz BARTONIA
the surface when he talked about poultry farming, and he always credited bad times
in the chicken business as the spark that led to a career in public life. He would
occasionally say, with a twinkle in his eye, that he still awoke now and then from a
bad dream about raising brood hens.
Born in Yonkers, N.Y., on March 7, 1915, he came to the Sergeantsville farm with
his family in 1921.
A successful Democratic office holder in a county dominated by Republicans, he
won 20 consecutive elections after losing a sheriff contest in 1959. He served 11 years
on the Hunterdon County Board of Chosen Freeholders, retiring in 1975. He also
retired in 1975 after 20 years as a member of the Hunterdon Central Board of Edu-
cation, and he retired in 1978 after 30 years as Delaware Township’s tax collector—
treasurer and custodian of school monies.
He was honored by 325 persons at a testimonial dinner in 1975. The large turnout
attests to both his impact on people who knew him and to a long and varied list of
affiliations.
He was a past director of the New Jersey Audubon Society, a past president of the
Hunterdon County Nature Club and the Urner Ornithological Club, and a charter
member, trustee, and past treasurer of the South Branch Watershed Association. Other
memberships included the Philadelphia Botanical Club, the Torrey Botanical Club, the
American Ornithologists Union and the Delaware Valley Ornithological Society.
He was a past president and charter member of the Sergeantsville Fire Co.; a life
member and former captain and president of the Flemington—Raritan Rescue Squad;
past president of the Hunterdon County Board of Taxation, and a past chairman of the
Hunterdon County Heart Fund campaign.
VINCENT ABRAITYS 53
He had been a member of the Hunterdon County Board of Agriculture; New Jersey
Farm Bureau; the Flemington Auction Market; the Hunterdon County Poultry Asso-
ciation; the Locktown Grange; the Hunterdon County Historical Society; the Delaware
Valley Protective Association; and Hunterdon County Red Cross.
He managed to balance the duties that came with each office, while finding time for
tramping the woods and fields, slogging through bogs and reading late into the night
in his book-lined sanctum sanctorum.
His appetite for books eventually led him to authorship. For many years he wrote
a nature column for Hunterdon County Democrat, and a collection of the columns has
been published as a book, ‘‘The Backyard Wilderness.’’ A second book, ‘‘Wayside
Simples and Grateful Herbs,’’ pays homage to many of the plants he pursued and
admired. His knowledge, style and keen eye for detail come through in both.
In Bartonia, he published: ‘‘A Check-List of the Flora of Hunterdon County, New
Jersey’’ (47:23-—30); ‘‘Status of Some North Jersey Wet Habitats’’ (47:37); ‘‘Loblolly
Pine in Salem County, New Jersey”’ (47:41); and *‘ Additions to the Flora of Hunterdon
County, New Jersey”’ (48:11). His obituary of fellow New Jersey field botanist James
Leland Edwards was published in Torreya.
To the residents of Hunterdon County, he leaves a fine system of parks and nature
preserves. The land acquisition began during his tenure as freeholder, and he was
instrumental in preserving these wild places for the future. An herbarium bearing his
name is located at the county park headquarters, and it is no accident that one of
Hunterdon’s preserves holds New Jersey’s only known station for Viola canadensis.
I recall one instance that sums up well the nature of this unique man, the country
scholar who sought knowledge for its own sake and found no need to parade it before
those he sensed would be uninterested.
It was late in Vince’s life, when his health was failing and he was forced to curtail
the outdoor exploring that meant so much to him. Three of his young proteges accom-
panied him to the Wawayanda Plateau, where years earlier he’d visited a station for
Lycopodium annotinum. He wanted to know if it persisted but could no longer make
the hike, so he sent us off with a typical set of directions geared to spring runs, slopes
of land and growths of trees.
When we returned, we found the old Hunterdon County chicken farmer in the front
seat of the car, occupying himself with a bit of light reading—a history of the Byzantine
Empire.
It’s our own sense of loss that surfaces when we realize moments such as that have
come to an end.
POSTSCRIPT
In January 1984, the Hunterdon County freeholders designated a portion of the
county arboretum as the Vincent Abraitys Wetland Study Area.
Bartonia No. 50: 54-56, 1984
Botanical Discoveries of Vincent Abraitys
DAVID B. SNYDER
706 Center St., Dunellen, NJ 08812
Vincent Abraitys was a simple man. Unpretentious and direct. A man of quiet wit
and unending enthusiasm. His seemingly infinite knowledge of all things natural was
a continuous source of amazement and inspiration to all those who walked the waysides
with him.
Although a writer of much talent and acclaim, Vince preferred a hand lens and his
well-worn copy of Gray’s ‘‘Eighth’’ to paper and pen. His bibliography, therefore, is
not one to be compiled from the pages of our botanical journals. Rather, it is to be
sought in the remote ravines, lost bogs, and roadside meadows of New Jersey’s dwin-
dling wilderness. For his botanical achievements are a living legacy to all of us who
would follow in his footsteps.
His systematic exploration and documentation of New Jersey’s flora began fairly
late in his life, when he was entering his forties. Despite his late start, Vince was
responsible for an impressive number of State records, relocations, and reinstatements
of plants either new or rare to New Jersey.
he following is a listing of most of Vince’s noteworthy botanical discoveries. The
list is arranged ia ire and has been compiled from his field notes. In keeping
with Vince’s ‘‘keep it under your hat’’ policy, locations are approximate, so as to
protect species from oistcibhe vandalism.
1957, Oct 5: Prunus oo Raven Rock, Hunterdon Co.; new station; previously known from | or 2 old
Warren Co. collect
1958, May: ieee ae Frenchtown, Hunterdon Co.; new station, in 1965 relocated extensive pre-
1900 station at Lambertville, Hunterdon Co.; known from 3 stations
1958, Aug 25: Rudbeckia fulgida: Stockton, Hunterdon Co.; new dutta’ 1 of 4 known for NJ.
1959, Apr 16: Dicentra canadensis: Lambertville, Hunterdon Co.; relocation of Mackenzie’s 1922 station;
1 of 2 stations known for NJ. May 24: Viola canadensis: Gidsa: sbury; new station; first 20th century
sighting of the species; only extant station known in NJ. Jun 3: Rhododendron canadense: Culvers Gap,
Sussex Co.; new station, 1 of 5 or 6 reported for NJ. Aug 13: Agastache scrophulariefolia: near Raven
Rock; new station; only extant station known.
1960, Jan 2: Asplenium bradleyi: Blairstown, Warren Co.; relocation of Wherry’s 1935 station—years after
it was reported destroyed. May 21: Stellaria pubera: Bull’s Island, Hunterdon Co.; one of two 20th century
stations known for the State. Jul 18: Zygadenus leimanthoides: Edinburg, Mercer Co.; new station, | of
2 extant NJ stations.
1962, Apr 21: Ribes cynosbati: Mt. Moe, Passaic Co.; iously | fi fe uestionable
old reports and collections. Aug 1: Sagittaria cuneata: Ghent. Sussex Co: also 1978 sation at Newton,
Sussex Co.; only extant stations currently known. Sep 15: Justicia americana: Stockton, Hunterdon Co.;
first sighting since early part of this century.
1963, Jun 12: Cardamine longii: Barnegat, Ocean Co.; new state record; also a 1971 station on the Delaware
River in Burlington Co. Jun 15: Eleocharis compressa: Wallpack Bend, Sussex Co.; first sighting since
Mackenzie discovered the species in NJ in the early 1920's. Jun 15: Streptopus giiplexifollas var. amer-
icanus: Delaware Water Gap, Warren Co.; new state record; also a second site in Sussex Co. discovered
in 1965. Jun 19: Anemone canadensis: Wallpack ati Sussex Co.; | of about 6 stations recorded for NJ.
Jun 19: Dicentra exima: Delaware Water Gap, Warren Co.; relocation of Edward’s 1933 heat shige is
the only unquestionably native site known in NJ. Ju i 23: Juncus greenei: Prospertown, Monmouth Co.;
one of several stations discovered by Abraitys for this rare rush. Se uhnia eupatorioides: adele
burg, Warren Co.; | of 3 stations for this species discovered in the state since the early part of this century.
54
VINCENT ABRAITYS 55
i: or, micrantha: Pompton Plains, Morris Co.; new station and is the only extant station
siahldls known
1964, Mar 24: Picea Tihoks: Bearfort Mountain, Passaic Co.; first of 5 new stations discovered by Abraitys.
Mar 28: Ribes glandulosum: Kittatinny Mountain, Sussex Co.; relocation of Davis’ station, the only
verified site for the species in NJ. May 29: Lathyrus venosus: Holland Township, Hunterdon Co.; relo-
cation of Porter’s station, 1 of 2 stations ever reported for the species, and remains the only extant
population. May 30: Vicia caroliniana: Phillipsburg, Warren Co.; first sighting of the species in NJ since
the early part of this century. Jun 27: Attlee diphylla: Johnsonburg, Warren Co.; new station, 1 of 3
known for NJ. Jul 28: Hypericum spathulatum: Colesville, Sussex Co.; new state record; 1 of 2 prolific
colonies discovered, the second found in nent Co. in 1965. Jul 28: Prunus alleghaniensis: Sand Brook,
Hunterdon Co.; new station, 1 of 2 known in NJ and only extant station. Aug 10: Aster junciformis:
Greendell, Sussex Co.; new station; first sighting of the species in the state since Mackenzie collected it
in 1921. Aug 10: Trollius laxus: Gre ee ll, Sussex Co.; new station and 1 of several additional ones
discovered through the years by Abra
1965, Apr 21: Dentaria diphylla: Balletact Falls, Sussex Co.; one of many stations found by Abraitys
which demonstrated that this species was not an extreme rarity in NJ. Jul 7: Thermopsis mollis: Culver’s
Gap, Sussex Co.; new state record for this rare adventive. Aug 13: Asimina triloba: Frenchtown, Hun-
terdon Co.; relocation of Best’s late 1800’s station; also a 1976 station at Bordentown, Burlington Co.
Aug 27: Megalodonta beckii (Bidens beckii): Byram Township, Sussex Co.; new station and only extant
site known for the species in NJ. Sep 8: Liatris borealis: Keyport, Monmouth Co.; only modern record
known. Sep 11: Populus heterophylla: Hancocks Bridge, Salem Co.; one of several stations discovered
by Abraitys in Salem and Cumberland cos. Oct. 23: Cyperus brevifolioides: Beverly, Burlington Co.; new
state record for this adventive; also a 1981 station in southern — May eae
1966, May 18: Aesculus octandra: Bordentown, Burlington Co.;
and Somerset Co.; in 1976 Abraitys revisted the Bordentown ps and iad whether it might a
be A. parvia. Both species are probably escaped or adventive in NJ. May 18: Magnolia tripetala: Bor-
dentown, Burlington Co: first record since Long’s 1938 collection in the same general area; probably
coe f th
cation of Stone’s 1911 station; a new station discovered nearby in 1968 is the third record known for the
species in
1967, Jul 17: Vitis novae-angliae: Colesville, ss Co.; ‘perhaps cgi the serene ——* in ae Sep 8:
Eupatorium altissimum: New Village, Warren
in Hunterdon and Somerset cos. in later years. Oct 20: Hydrocotyle ranunculoides: Mannington Rcadow,
alem Co.; new state record. Nov a Ilex montana: Stokes State Forest, Sussex Co.; also a Passaic Co.
site found in 1973; first modern records for NJ.
1968, Jan 28: Pinus pungens: Selene, Hunterdon Co.; revisitation of the single stand known for the
species in NJ, which Abraitys had relocated previously. Apr 28: Oryzopsis pungens: High Point, Sussex
Co.; relocation of Mackenzie’s 1910 station, which is the only one known in the state. May 10: Ranunculus
ere: Wallpack Center, Sussex Co.; one of the few, if not the only correctly identified collections
r this species in NJ. Aug 19: Rhynchospora knieskernii: Speedwell, re Co.; three additional
ic for this NJ/DE endemic were discovered in subsequent years. Sep 6: Echinodorus tenellus:
Delanco, Burlington Co.; relocation of Stone’s 1907 station, ay station oe a the species in NJ. Sep
25: Pinus taeda: Canton, Salem Co.; new station. See Bartonia 47:41 (the date of discovery is incorrectly
given as en Oct 8: Hydrocotyle sibthorpioides: Genten, Mercer Co.; state record for this rare
adventiv
1969, Jun 4: Juncus fi sins Bearfort Mountain, Passaic Co.; also a second station in Sussex Co.;
other known record i re-1900 collection from ballast at a Camden Co. shipyard. Jul 2: Fislocin
maritima: Newton, Beiisse Co.; relocation of Mackenzie’s 1914 station, one of about 5 stations recorded
for NJ. Jul 5: Scirpus longii: Parkdale, Camden Co.; an extensive stand.
1970, Oct 3: Aster prenanthoides: Near Layton, Sussex Co.; first modern record for species.
1971, Aug 11: Rhynchospora rariflora: Cape May Court House, Cape May Co.; a new station, only the
second recorded for the species in NJ. Oct 4: Sicreaxion oT fae Pond, Morris Co.; first
sighting of the species in NJ since 1884, only known station :
1972, Apr 7: Arabis drummondi: Cape May Point, Cape May es relocation of NJ’s only known station.
Aug 9: Platanthera peramoena: Red Valley, Monmouth Co.; new station consisting of a single plant, last
known sighting in
56 BARTONIA
1973, Aug 17: Anemone cylindrica: Ogdensburg, Sussex Co.; relocation of NJ’s only known extant popu-
lation.
1974, Apr 24: Ribes missouriense: Devil’s Tea Table, Hunterdon Co.; new state rec
1975: Eleocharis verrucosa: Sourland Mountain, Somerset Co.; new state record we 30: Agrimonia
microcarpa: Milford, Hunterdon Co. Only modern record known for the sp
1977, Jun 15: Equisetum variegatum: Marksboro, Warren Co.; new state i southeastermos station
currently reported for the species in the U.S.; previous published accounts of the species occurrence in
J have proven erroneous. Jun 22: Carex crawei: Near Layton, Sussex Co.; ap known collection since
early part of this century. Oct 18: Potamogeton praelongus: Swartswood Lake, Sussex Co.; relocation of
Mackenzie’s station o
1979, Sep 12: cee ahiplw Millbrook, Warren Co.; one of the few extant stations for the species
currently kno
1981, May 6: eye humilis (sanguinea): Harmony, Warren Co.; first state record. May 7: Amelanchier
x intermedia: Newton, Sussex Co.; perhaps the first record for this hybrid i in NJ. Jun 23: Carex poly-
morpha: Chester, Morris Co.; first modern collection of this rare U.S. Carex
1982. Jun 12: Scirpus microcarpus (rubrotinctus): Rosenkrans Ferry, Sussex o + the last species added to
the list of NJ flora by Vincent Abraitys
REVIEWS
Luigi Castiglioni’s Viaggio: Travels in the United States of North America, 1785—-—
1787, translated and edited by Antonio Pace, with Natural History Commentary and
Luigi Castiglioni’s Botanical Observations translated by Antonio Pace and edited by
Joseph and Nesta Ewan. 487 pp. Syracuse University Press, Syracuse, NY. 1983.
$39.00
In an unsigned article in the North American review (July 13, 1821), ostensibly
devoted to a review of Bigelow’s American medical botany, Caleb Cushing takes the
opportunity to expatiate on ‘‘the printed sources, from which a knowledge of our
botany may be derived,’’ in the course of which he remarks (p. 108):
Before leaving the botanical works printed in the eighteenth century, we ought to mention some remarks
on the most useful vegetables of the United States, forming a very considerable part of the Travels of Luigi
Castiglioni, a gentleman of Milan, who passed nearly three years in this country between 1785 and 1787,
and published a reputable account of his observations upon his return to Italy.
This is one of the few extant references in English to Castiglioni’s visit to North
America and the book he wrote about it. Though his work is mentioned in the bibli-
ographies of Sabin and Pritzel and Meisel and, more recently, of Stafleu, he himself
has remained until now a shadowy figure and his interesting work neglected. This is
partly because of the language barrier. Cushing was a polyglott and could read Italian
with ease. Nevertheless, other foreign-language accounts of travel in North America
have been long available in English. The French account of Charlevoix was translated
in 1761, that of Bossu in 1771. Pehr Kalm’s Swedish (surely a more exotic language
than Italian) was also translated in that year. Why has Castiglioni had to wait so long
for a complete translation? Unlike those others he was an early traveller in post-
revolutionary America and, for that reason alone, a translation might have been ex-
pected sooner. He was, of course, no Tocqueville, whether from timidity or conser-
vatism or fear of censorship, but his narrative is interesting in other ways. It is now
published here in a plain and pleasing English translation by Antonio Pace, eschewing
what the translator calls ‘‘the lamentable idiosyncracies of the original.”
It is a simple, sober, factual account of his visit to the New England states and into
Canada, to the Carolinas and south as far as Georgia, to Virginia, Maryland, Delaware
and Pennsylvania. Its popular appeal in Europe (always hungry for first-hand reports
of journeys through America) was eclipsed by a native work that appeared in the
following year, 1791, William Bartram’s Travels through North and South Carolina,
Georgia, East and West Florida. It has none of Bartram’s romanticism and excitement,
none of his high-flown passages or accounts of fights with alligators, which so appealed
to the European public. What Castiglioni does share with William Bartram however,
apart from an observant eye and an appetite for facts, is an admiration for Indians,
and he even reproduces some of their langauges.
In his encounters with the great men of the time he is curiously reticent. He met
Jefferson, Franklin, and Washington, but tells us nothing about them that we do not
already know. He visited Bartram’s garden, where he saw Franklinia growing, but he
does not say anything of meeting William Bartram himself, who was then retired there.
What he does give us, in Pace’s translation at least, is an account more to the modern
taste than Bartram’s (as if from the travel section of the New York Times) of an
intelligent observer of the topography, climate, inhabitants, agriculture, industry, and
57
58 BARTONIA
natural history of the various states he passed through. It is highly readable and brings
to our consciousness in a quiet way those early days of the new nation
The Appendix, Castiglioni’s Observations on the most useful plants in the United
States, which occupies about a quarter of the present work, will be of the most interest
to readers of Bartonia. This part, also translated by Pace, has been edited with cus-
tomary thoroughness by Joseph and Nesta Ewan, who have also provided a list of
Castiglioni’s references as well as their own. It consists of a list of ninety-eight genera,
mostly of trees and shrubs, with their species, followed by Latin diagnoses of each,
references to the literature, common American names, and descriptive notes in the
vernacular, sometimes quite extensive, embodying such details as may be of interest
such as habitat, leaves, blossoms, fruits and medical and economic uses.
The editors remark ‘‘His influence on the progress of North American botany was
negligible because of his language, place of publication, and his ultraconservative spe-
cies concept.’’ They also note that the few species that Castiglioni believed to be new
and undescribed have all been reduced to synonyms by later botanists. His own Amer-
ican plant collections, which would have been of value, were lost in fording rivers.
Nevertheless he has his own small part in the history of botany. He was the first to
provide an illustration of Franklinia (reproduced here), preempting Bartram’s plate in
his Travels. ‘‘One can hope’’ he says ‘‘with good reason that this shrub can hold up
in our Lombardy climate, since it flourishes in that of Pennsylvania.’’ Can it? It would
be an interesting thing to know. Ruiz and Pavon named a genus in the Euphorbiaceae
for him, Castiglionia, but that has since been declared illegitimate.
The preparation and publication of this work were made possible by grants from the
National Endowment from the Humanities, a very worthwhile use for federal funds.
This splendid book brings Luigi Castiglioni out of the undeserved obscurity in which
he has languished as a chronicler of the young republic (why does Pace call him *‘an
observer of colonial America’’?) and a cataloguer of its more useful plants. The trans-
lator and the editors are to be commended. IAN MACPHAIL
New Jersey Wild Plants, by Mary Y. Hough. vii + 414 pp. Harmony Press, Harmony,
NJ. 1983. $14.95
Needless to say, as a serious working field botanist who is preparing an illustrated
flora of the New Jersey Pine Barrens, I was pleased to receive a copy of Mary Y.
Hough’s book on New Jersey Wild Plants. Both lower vascular plants, quillworts, club
mosses, ferns and spike-mosses, and the more advanced conifers and flowering plants
are included, for a total of over 2600 plants. This book is just the right size for a field
guide, and occurs in paperback, and so I turned its pages eagerly. All the plants have
been arranged alphabetically by their latin name, and the binomials used are largely
those used in Gleason and Cronquist’s Manual of the Vascular Plants of the United
States and Adjacent Canada, with mention of those names which differ in Gray’s
Manual 8th edition, in which case the synonymy is mentioned. In cases where both
names are now considered to be in error, she says, ‘‘the current name is provided’.
This is a puzzling statement, for if the names in Gleason and Cronquist, or Gray’s
Manual are not in error, then they, too, should be considered current. If just one of
the manuals is in error, what was the basis for deciding? Perhaps with just a little more
work (I realize the great amount of work that the project involved) Ms. Hough could
have used the names from the most current checklist, The National List of Scientific
REVIEWS 59
Plant names (USDA, Soil Conservation Survey bulletin TP-159), which gives us the
names accepted by a large number of working botanists. Then, too, I feel that each
bionomial should be accompanied by its author or authors. The older synonyms should
be listed.
The book offers no keys, and no illustrations. It is intended as a supplement to field
guides such as Newcomb’s, Audubon, Peterson, Gray’s, Britton and Brown, etc., and
actually gives page numbers where the plant is described and/or illustrated. In addition
the species are each accompanied by a dot map giving statewide locations of the plants,
by counties. These dots are based on field reports, or data taken from herbarium sheets,
and in many cases Ms. Hough indicates the year of the last field siting. She also gives
several of the common names for each plant, and approximate blooming times, based
on old data, often from herbarium sheets. Frequently, she makes comments on the
plant, as to edibility or other use, or whether there is a nomenclatorial problem.
What, then are the problems that this book presents to the potential users? First,
the book will not help a layman identify a plant. The lay-botanist must key out the
plant correctly to begin with, then he or she can check Ms. Hough’s book to see if it
is reported for New Jersey. I would estimate that 80% or more of the plants are not
readily accessible to the amateur botanist, unless he or she has spent many years with
Gray’s Manual or with Britton and Brown, or Gleason and Cronquist. Therefore the
book must be geared towards the more professional type botanist or talented amateur.
The latter would want the complete names and synonomies I have a feeling, and also
would like to made aware of the vast degree of simplification which has occurred within
the genus Panicum, due to the work of Gould and Clark.
My remaining comments have to do with printing and editing. Many of the page
sequences are out of order in the center of my copy of the book, for example page 239
skips to 245, page 235 skips to 229, etc. There are misspellings: for example ‘‘Albizia,
Anthoxathum, Antirrhium, Arisaema draconitum, Glecoma, Hypochaeris, Trioda.”’
So many that I cannot list them here. Next, the introductory material nearly needs a
microscope to read, so great is the reduction from the original typewritten copy. The
body of the book is also in small type, but the spacing makes it easier to read. There
are a few species which I have seen which could be added (Carex aestivalis), and some
instances of where a species listed as rare, are rather common (Fimbristylis castanea),
although possibly common only locally.
In spite of its shortcomings Ms. Hough’s book will be useful, it contains a lot of
information, and it does not pretend to be anything more than a working supplement.
Ms. Hough invites information that will help her update and correct the information
contained. In the future, I think the book deserves larger type, and a thorough editing,
the latest acceptable names (with synonyms from the past). There are far too few
people around who appreciate the kind of work that Ms. Hough does, and she should
have received more support and help. ALBERT LIST, JR.
NEWS AND NOTES
ACADEMY NAMES NEW BOTANY CHAIRMAN. The Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia has announced the appointment of a new Senior Curator and Chairman
of its Botany Department. He is Dr. Benjamin Stone, currently at the University of
Malaya, who will assume his post in the spring.
Dr. Stone has been at the University of Malaya since 1965 and is an internationally-
recognized expert on plants of tropical Asia and the Pacific. In addition, he is knowl-
edgeable in Asian economic botany and has been involved in a wide range of environ-
mental policy issues. During recent years, he has served as a special consultant to
Malaysia’s Ministry of Science and Technology and worked with the World Wildlife
Fund. Before going to Malaya, Dr. Stone was department chairman and a professor at
the College of Guam. He received his B.A. from Pomona College in California and his
Ph.D. from the University of Hawaii.
The Academys President, Dr. Peter Bennett says: ‘‘Dr. Stone’s research interests
and activities will immediately establish the Academy at the forefront of studies on
Asian flora. In systematic botany, the Academy will be propelled into a leadership
position in the study of a world-important class of plants.’” MIKE QUINN.
ANNUAL JOINT FIELD MEETING. The Northeastern Section of the Botanical Society
of America, the Torrey Botanical Club, and the Philadelphia Botanical Club will hold
their field meeting on June 17 to 20, 1984, in Salisbury, MD. Accommodations will be
at Salisbury State College. There will be guided field trips to dunes, forests, swamps,
and marshes at various sites on the Delmarva Peninsula in Maryland, Virginia, and
Delaware. Space is limited and prior registration is required. Full details will be avail-
able after February 1, 1984, by writing to the Chairman, Dr. Larry H. Klotz, Dept. of
Biology, Shippensburg University, Shippensburg, PA 17257 (717-532-1401). JAMES K.
McGRATH.
TWO NEW NATURE PRESERVES IN PINE BARRENS. The establishment of two unusual
preserves in the southern region of New Jersey’s Pine Barrens was announced on 21
March 1983 by two nonprofit conservation organizations. The sanctuaries were created
in a cooperative project by the New Jersey Conservation Foundation, headquartered
in Morristown, New Jersey, and The Nature Conservancy, a national organization with
a local office in Philadelphia.
The land was set aside to protect important habitats for several of New Jersey’s
rarest and most endangered plants and animals. In Cape May County, near the town
of Eldora, a 177-acre tract harboring 17 species of rare or endangered moths was
donated to the New Jersey Conservation Foundation by Dr. C. Brooke Worth, a lep-
idopterist and naturalist. The Foundation subsequently transferred the property to The
Nature Conservancy, which will manage the site as a natural area with special attention
to the rare moths.
According to David J. Ennis, Land Fund Director of the New Jersey Conservation
Foundation, years ago Dr. Worth recognized the importance of the site to moths and
protected the property from gypsy moth spraying, one of the greatest threats to the
site. The site has been studied by moth experts for many years and The Nature Con-
servancy plans to encourage future scientific research.
A similar joint venture of The Nature Conservancy and the New Jersey Conservation
60
NEWS AND NOTES 61
Foundation has led to the creation of a nature preserve along the Manumuskin River
in Cumberland County.
A 6.65-acre tract containing one of the Middle Atlantic region’s most threatened
habitat types, the freshwater tidal marsh, was donated by Jean Curnow, a Cumberland
County resident.
Ms. Curnow donated the property in memory of her brother Paul Curnow to the
New Jersey Conservation Foundation, which in turn transferred it to The Nature Con-
servancy to be managed as a natural area. According to Bud Cook, Director of The
Nature Conservancy’s Pennsylvania/New Jersey Office in Philadelphia, in addition to
being an excellent example of a freshwater tidal marsh on one of New Jersey’s most
pristine rivers, the site supports the largest known population of the sensitive joint
vetch (Aeschynomene virginica). Only three or four populations of the sensitive joint
vetch, a member of the pea family, remain in the world. Cook said that habitat destruc-
tion is the major reason for the plant’s rarity. Formerly found from North Carolina to
New Jersey, today the plant is found only in Maryland and New Jersey, and Cook
added that the Manumuskin River site contains the largest and healthiest population
of this species.
Information about visits to both sanctuaries is available from The Nature Conser-
vancy’s Pennsylvania/New Jersey Office at 1218 Chestnut Street, Room 1002, Phila-
delphia, Pennsylvania 19107. BUD COOK AND PAT BAXTER.
BRYOLOGICAL/LICHENOLOGICAL COMMITTEE. This committee has been formed to
pursue the following goals with the guidance and direction of Academy personnel: (1)
Collect and identify fresh specimens in the Local Flora Area. (2) Set up procedures
for accurate identification of each specimen before deposition into the herbarium in-
cluding maintenance of a specimen log and specimen numbering system. (3) Initiate
identification service for specimens submitted by interested bryologists and lichenol-
ogists and complete processing of identified specimens in the herbarium. (4) Establish
authoritative sources for specimen numbers and current nomenclature. (5) Set up
storage space for local collections on separate shelves from the general collections to
minimize use of general herbarium specimens. (6) Hold hourly meetings of Committee
as per regular Philadelphia Botanical Club meeting schedules (same night but one hour
earlier—7 P.M.). (7) Set up coordinators for each plant group.
The committee is composed of nine volunteers who are serious amateur bryologists
and lichenologists. The acquisition of Mr. Hans Wilkens’ excellent collection of local
bryophytes and lichens was a significant ‘“‘highlight’’ of 1983. This important donation
represents some fifty years of field collecting experience and contains many species
rare or local in our area; a valuable source of reference material for both professionals
and amateur bryologists. JAMES K. MCGRATH.
RARE PENNSYLVANIA PLANTS. The Morris Arboretum of the University of Pennsyl-
vania has concluded the second year of the eastern Pennsylvania rare plant survey.
Directed by Ann F. Rhoads, the Survey Team included Ann Newbold and Roger La-
tham and ranged over the eastern 37 counties of the state. Under a contract with the
Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Resources (DER) the project is charged
with determining the current status of species on the Pennsylvania Plants Special Con-
cern List. Results of the survey along with data being gathered by the Western Penn-
62 BARTONIA
sylvania Conservancy, have been used to evaluate species proposed for inclusion on
the state rare plant list now being compiled. In addition information on all rare plant
sites is being entered in the Pennsylvania Natural Diversity Inventory data base in
Harrisburg.
During the 1982 and 1983 seasons all areas of Delaware River intertidal marsh from
Morrisville south were visited, including Little Tinicum Island which was recently
acquired by DER and designated as a State Forest Natural Area. Healthy populations
were found of a number of species limited to this endangered habitat: Amaranthus
cannabinus, Bidens bidentoides, Echinochloa walteri, Eleocharis obtusa var. peasei,
Isoetes riparia, Sagittaria calycina var. spongiosa, Sagittaria subulata, Scirpus flu-
viatilis, Scirpus smithii, and Zizania aquatica. Other species such as Aeschynomene
virginica, Elatine americana, Eriocaulon parkeri, Eryngium aquaticum, Limosella sub-
ulata, Micranthemum micranthemoides, and Tillaea aquatica could not be found and
are presumed extirpated from the state. Habitat degradation has been a severe problem
along the lower Delaware. Fortunately several of the remaining areas are state or
municipally owned. The Nature Conservancy is currently pursuing means of protecting
additional sites.
Another focus of the rare plant survey has been serpentine barrens species. In the
past two years the survey team has visited all existing serpentine barrens in the state.
These sites range in area from less than two acres to several hundred acres and stretch
across Delaware, Chester, and southern Lancaster counties. Species of interest are
Aster depauperatus and Talinum teretifolium which are represented by healthy pop-
ulations on fifteen and twelve barrens, respectively. Fimbristylis annua, another bar-
rens species, was observed at a number of locations. Less frequent were Carex bick-
nellii (one site) and Sporobolis heterolepis (three sites). Cerastium arvense var. villos-
issimum is known only from the type locality along Octararo Creek in Chester County.
Searching islands and shores of the lower Susquehanna with the help of Dr. James
Parks, the team was successful in locating populations of Asplenium bradleyi, Sida
hermaphrodita, Rotala ramosior, Cyperus refractus, Solidago spathulata ssp. randii
var. racemosa, and Dichanthelium commutatum. Not found, but formerly reported
from that area, were Boltonia asteroides, Vitis rupestris, Phoradendron serotinum, and
Phyllanthus caroliniensis.
Upstream on the west branch of the Susquehanna River and its tributary, Pine Creek,
the team located a healthy population of Cryptogramma stelleri and several large stands
of Isoetes riparia. A second Cryptogramma site reported in Lycoming County could
not be found.
On the east bank of the Susquehanna River in Northumberland County is an exten-
sive sand dune deposit dating from the glacial period. The area contains a number of
species more common in the southeastern counties, including Carex bullata, Scirpus
fluviatilis, Woodwardia virginica, and Bartonia virginica. Only the first two were of
direct interest to the rare plant survey.
In northeastern Pennsylvania a number of lakes were visited to record populations
of Myriophyllum tenellum, Eleocharis robbinsii, Lobelia dortmanna, Sparganium fluc-
tuans, and S. emersum (angustifolium). Microscopic examination of the macrospores
of Isoetes collected at these sites showed them to be other than /. riparia contrary to
earlier reports. Several northern bog species including Scheuchzeria palustris, Erio-
phorum tenellum, and Amelanchier bartramiana were not found despite repeated
searching.
NEWS AND NOTES 63
Three mountain top sites in the northeast were found to support thriving populations
of Potentilla tridentata. However, Oryzopsis pungens from similar habitats could not
be located.
A search of waterfalls in Pike, Monroe, and Carbon counties confirmed the presence
of three small colonies of Lycopodium porophilum. Two had to be viewed with bin-
oculars as they grow high on vertical rock cliffs in the mist zone of the falls. A report
of Lycopodium selago at the Delaware Water Gap could not be confirmed despite
extensive searches on several different days.
The survey team canoed 20 miles of the middle Delaware with the cooperation of
staff of the Delaware Water Gap National Recreation Area and found several vigorous
populations of Prunus pumila on islands in the river. Other interesting finds were Aster
ericoides and Isoetes riparia.
Franklin Buser of Stroudsburg accompanied the team on numerous trips in Nor-
thampton, Monroe, and Pike county areas. Exploration of some of the few remaining
fen areas turned up two new sites for Trollius laxus, a species under consideration for
federal listing. Other fen species previously recorded by the team were Rhynchospora
capillacea, Scleria verticillata, Lobelia kalmii, and Potentilla fruticosa. Not found
were Salix serissima, Cyripedium candidum, Cyripedium parviflorum, and Carex te-
tanica. Sand and gravel mining has drastically reduced the once extensive limestone
wetlands in Northampton County.
While good progress has been made in updating information on populations of rare
plant species, more remains to be done. Establishment of the Wild Resources Con-
servation Fund and inclusion of the Pennsylvania Natural Diversity Inventory in the
Bureau of Forestry in Harrisburg augers well for continued emphasis on identification
and preservation of our natural heritage. ANN F. RHOADS.
NEW PENNSYLVANIA LOCALITY FOR CRYPTOGRAMMA STELLERI. Cryptogramma stel-
leri is a boreal fern species reported from only three localities in Pennsylvania: two in
Sullivan County and one in Lycoming County (Wherry, Fogg, and Wahl, Atlas of the
Flora of Pennsylvania, 1979). I have recently located a population of some eight plants
near the Blair-Cambria County line in an area called Bells Gap. They are located in a
remote ravine growing on a southeastern exposure of calcareous sandstone, probably
the Loyalhanna member of the Mauch Chunk formation. The exposure is shaded by
mature hemlock (Tsuga), tulip poplar (Liriodendron), and yellow birch (Betula lutea).
Associated fern species include maidenhair spleenwort and walking fern (Asplenium
trichomanes and A. rhizophyllum). This new locality is over 100 miles southwest of
the closest known Pennsylvania station and over 150 miles from the closest station in
West Virginia (Strausbaugh and Core, Flora of West Virginia, 1980). Botanists are
encouraged to search ravines along the Allegheny front for additional populations of
this fern which is on the Pennsylvania endangered species list (Wiegman, Rare and
Endangered Vascular Plant Species in Pennsylvania, 1979). Voucher specimens are
on deposit at the Millersville University herbarium, MVSC. J. C. PARKS.
POTAMOGETON CONFERVOIDES IN CUMBERLAND COUNTY, NEW JERSEY. On 12 June
1982, while leading a Philadelphia Botanical Club field trip to Bear Swamp West, in
Cumberland County, New Jersey, I found an extensive stand of Potamogeton confer-
voides in a shallow pond immediately adjacent to a much larger pond formed by glass-
sand mining activities carried out until recently. On 23 July 1983, the site was revisited
64 BARTONIA
by A. E. Schuyler, Dan O’Connor, and me; the plant was growing profusely in the
above-mentioned shallow pond, and in the large pond as well. The larger portion of
the stand, in the shallow pond, is about 25 m in length.
In New Jersey, Potamogeton confervoides is considered to be rare. Snyder and
Vivian, in Rare and Endangered Vascular Plant Species in New Jersey, 1981, list it
as of undetermined status, declining, and at the southern limit of its range. They go
on to say, “‘The only recent report is from Ocean Co. (Abraitys 1973). Reported from
a pond on the Kittatiny Mountain Range in Warren Co. by J. L. Edwards. Possibly
overlooked.”’
It is of interest that Potamogeton confervoides was recently collected in South Car-
olina for the first time, by Cecil C. Frost, in May 1979 (Castanea 45: 146-147, 1980).
The new site, in a beaver pond in Sand Hill State Forest, Chesterfield County, is
contiguous with previously known sites for the species in Scotland, Richmond, and
Moore counties, North Carolina; these sites represent a disjunction of 700 km from
southern New Jersey (Frost, loc. cit.).
On the 1983 visit to the Bear Swamp site, Schuyler noticed spatulate leaves on one
or two individuals of the species. This is interesting, because the plant is traditionally
described in manuals as having linear leaves only, these being entirely submersed. The
spatulate leaves were small and also submersed, a few centimeters below the surface.
Other aquatic plants occurring at the site included Sagittaria engelmanniana, Eleo-
charis microcarpa, Scirpus cyperinus, S. subterminalis, Triadenum virginicum, Myrio-
phyllum humile, Juncus effusus, J. pelocarpus, J. subcaudatus, Utricularia gemini-
scapa, U. vulgaris, and Decodon verticillatus.
A voucher specimen is on deposit at the Academy (Heckscher 502, 4.1 km E of
Newport) and photographs taken in situ and in the laboratory of living material are on
file at the Natural Lands Trust field office, Hildacy Farm, 1031 Palmers Mill Road,
Media, PA 19063 (Natural Lands Trust photos C6-17, C6-22, C6-23, C8-18).
I thank Club member James McGrath for assistance with the identification. STEVENS
HECKSCHER.
FIELD UPDATE ON SCIRPUS LONGII. During 1983 I searched for Scirpus longii in the
New Jersey Pine Barrens to get better knowledge of its distribution and abundance
there. With the help of David Snyder, Ted Gordon, and Patricia Schuyler, I found
plants at six localities—about 25% of the recorded localities for this species in New
Jersey. If further searching had been conducted, I am sure it could have been found
at many more localities. Finding plants of Scirpus longii is difficult because it rarely
produces culms and often grows with similar appearing sedges lacking culms. Vege-
tative plants, even when locally abundant, usually go unrecognized because structural
features associated with culms are not available to aid in identification. At two of the
six localities visited in 1983, plants were found with culms developing during August—
two months later than usual for culm formation in this species. A wet spring and a hot
dry summer may be responsible for this unusual situation.
Habitats for Scirpus longii are peaty depressions dominated by sedges although they
may also be comparatively open with Sphagnum and dried algal mats. The most ex-
tensive stand (4.4 km NE of Atsion) had vegetative plants of §. longii mixed with
Cladium mariscoides, Carex bullata, and Juncus canadensis for a distance of about
120 meters. A pure stand covering 75 square meters (2 km SW of Atsion) had numerous
plants with culms that grew lower in the depression than adjacent plants of Carex
NEWS AND NOTES 65
walteriana and Woodwardia virginica. In another stand about the same size (2.3 km
E of Atsion), which lacked culms, S. /ongii was mixed with fewer plants of Carex
walteriana in a depression also having a stand of Muhlenbergia torreyana. Near the
headwaters of the Gun Branch of the Mullica River (4 km NE of Elm) about 50 scat-
tered plants of S. longii that lacked culms occurred with scattered plants of Carex
walteriana. The two remaining localities visited had only a few plants of S. longii: one
where plants lacked culms (2 km NE of Atsion) and one where plants had culms (6.1
km W of Forked River). ALFRED E. SCHUYLER.
NELUMBO LUTEA IN CECIL COUNTY, MARYLAND. On 20 July 1982, while searching
the shoreline of Back Creek, a tributary of Maryland’s Sassafras River, I discovered
an extensive stand of the American lotus, Nelumbo lutea (= pentapetala). The stand
is On property of the Mt. Harmon Plantation, near Cecilton. Mt. Harmon belongs to
the National Trust for Historic Preservation and the natural lands on the plantation
property are managed by the Natural Lands Trust.
On 3 August 1983, while I was accompanied by Virginia Parks, D. Daniel Boone,
and Wayne Klockner, stands of the lotus were observed within a circle of radius of
about one kilometer. By far the largest was on the shore of the Sassafras River and
was estimated to be about 2 hectares. Boone and Klockner also discovered a small
stand of Limosella subulata which was abundant in association with Scirpus pungens
in the narrow intertidal zone of Back Creek about one meter wide.
According to Boone (pers. comm.), there is no other known extant station for Nel-
umbo lutea on the Delmarva Peninsula. In addition to the present station, the only
other known extant Maryland station is in Charles County (Broome et al., Rare and
Endangered Vascular Plant Species in Maryland, 1979). Probably the nearest station
to this one in Cecil County is the one in Salem County, New Jersey (Schuyler, Bartonia
47: 41, 1980)
Earlier records show that the lotus was formerly more widespread in the region than
it is at present. A collection (specimen at the Academy) was made from the St. Jones
River in Kent County, Delaware, where the plant was probably last recorded in 1945
(Tucker et al., Rare and Endangered Vascular Plant Species in Delaware, 1979). The
lotus is also reported as having been ‘‘rare in New Castle County,’’ Delaware, in 1930,
but now probably extirpated from that state (Tucker et al., op. cit.). Nelumbo lutea is
generally considered to be uncommon even in the heart of its range, the southern U.S.
coastal plain, but it is often extremely abundant where it is found, as in the present
instance.
A voucher specimen for the lotus at the new station is at the Academy. Photographs
of Nelumbo (C5-19 through C5-31, and C5-42) and Limosella (C5-38) are deposited at
the field office of the Natural Lands Trust, Hildacy Farm, 1031 Palmers Mill Road,
Media, PA 19063. STEVENS HECKSCHER.
RUTH PATRICK HONORED. On November 11, 1983, Dr. Ruth Patrick was honored for
her 50 years at the Academy. Dr. Patrick was recognized for her service to the
Academy, her research and administrative accomplishments, her many awards and
honors, and for her contributions to environmental sciences. In tribute to her distin-
guished career, the Academy’s Division of Environmental Research in Philadelphia
was connect the Patrick Center for Environmental Research. ALFRED E.
SCHUYLER
FIELD TRIP REPORTS
April 10, 1982: Tyler Arboretum, Lima, Delaware County, PA. The early spring flora
was somewhat late this year. A few individual blooming plants of the usual species
were observed while Viola rotundifolia, the main attraction of this trip, was not in
bloom on this date. Leader: John Ballas.
April 18, 1982: Stiles Estate, Mt. Bethel, Northampton County, PA. Approximately
16 people attended this trip to Getz Swamp, a limestone fen in Upper Bethel Township,
and were rewarded with an abundant show of Trollius laxus in full bloom. Because of
the very early date, little else was in flower. Club members were warned of the poison
sumac which was also fairly abundant. Leader: Tom Dolan.
May 9, 1982: Berks County, PA. It was perfect weather for a field trip for the 21
people who attended. In the sloping, rocky, non-climax woods of the Fronheiser Estate
off Weinsteiger Road, Washington Township, Bechtelsville, we saw several acres of
Hydrastis canadensis, some still in bloom but most just past their prime. The woods
were full of other spring blooms: Viola rostrata, hirsutula, and sororia, Anemonella
thalictroides, Saxifraga virginiensis, Podophyllum peltatum, Cimicifuga racemosa,
Polygonatum pubescens, and Smilacina racemosa. At Crow Hill Road in Dale, another
wooded, but steeper hillside produced much Cypripedium pubescens with three plants
of Panax quinquefolia mixed in. Orchis spectabilis also was noted in the same woods.
About a mile to the north, Poa alsodes was on a small dirt road leading into the woods.
The forest floor seemed covered with Maianthemum canadense, Panax trifoliata, six
species of Viola, and Polygala paucifolia. In wetter ground, Saxifraga pensylvanica
grew with Veratrum viride. A fitting end to the day occurred when Hydrastis was
found on a wooded hill back at the Newbold property. Leader: Ann Newbold.
May 16, 1982: Nolde Forest State Park, Reading, PA. There were about a dozen
participants, half of them from the Muhlenberg Botanical Society of Lancaster. A few
of the early spring flowers were still in bloom. Floerkea proserpinacoides was on the
bank of the lower parking lot. We went a short distance down the valley of Angelica
Creek, then up the slope to the west. Here we saw a small Asimina triloba in fine
flower. After lunch we went a short distance up Punches Run, then up the steep slope
to the Conference Center. We were able to visit only a small part of the park. Leader:
Hans Wilkens.
May 23, 1982: Vineland, Cumberland County, NJ. Three unusual plants for the state
were found: (1) the largest specimen recorded of Carya pallida with a height of 94 ft,
a crown diameter of 86 ft, a trunk diameter of 11!/2 ft, and an estimated age of 300
years; (2) Chionanthus virginicus, a rare species in the state; and (3) [satis tinctoria,
an European weed and source of blue dye. Leaders: Theresa Filippi and Steve Field.
June 6, 1982: Lower Bear and Upper Bear Islands, Susquehanna River, Lancaster
County, PA. The 13 botanists were rewarded with sunshine, spectacular scenery, and
diverse plant communities. On Lower Bear we traversed the powerline clearing and
found Arisaema dracontium, Ascyrum hypericoides, Cacalia atriplicifolia, Euphorbia
corollata, Oxalis violacea, Phacelia dubia, Rhododendron viscosum, Spartina pec-
66
FIELD TRIP REPORTS 67
tinata, Stipa avenacea, and Tripsacum dactyloides. At the northern end of Lower Bear
Asplenium montanum grew in abundance on the sheer cliffs. Upper Bear Island, the
largest and least disturbed of the Conowingo Islands, supports marshes, ponds, wind-
swept rocky outcrops, alluvial bottomland, and virgin hemlock-beech forest. Note-
worthy species identified included Asimina triloba, Chionanthus virginicus, Euonymus
americanus, Hibiscus laevis, Hybanthus concolor, Ilex opaca, Lilium superbum, Lor-
inseria areolata, Saururus cernuus, and Scutellaria serrata. Leader: Nancy Kunt-
zleman.
June 12, 1982: Bear Swamp West, Cumberland County, NJ. Two distinct plant com-
munities in little-known Bear Swamp West were visited. The first consists of three
clear, acidic ponds which have filled abandoned pits made by glass-sand mining activ-
ities earlier in the century. These ponds have developed an interesting aquatic and
hydric flora, including the following species found by the group: Carex crinita, C.
intumescens, Decodon verticillatus, Drosera intermedia, Juncus effusus var. com-
pactus, Lycopodium appressum, Myriophyllum humile, Pogonia ophioglossoides, Po-
tamogeton confervoides, Scirpus pungens, Sparganium americanum, Utricularia fi-
brosa, U. subulata, Viola lanceolata. The second plant community visited by the group
is a mature swamp forest which is quite possibly a remnant of primary forest. Where
the group penetrated this forest, the canopy is dominated by huge specimens of Nyssa
sylvatica, with large Acer rubrum and Magnolia virginiana in the subcanopy and un-
derstory, and Ilex opaca with Clethra alnifolia as smaller trees or shrubs. Osmunda
cinnamomea is dominant at the herbaceous level, and Phoradendron flavescens is
parasitic on Nyssa at one station. Jtea virginica was in flower at a wet, open spot at
the edge of the forest. Aletris farinosa was flowering in a vehicle track through sand
in an outlying area of oak-pine forest. Leader: Stevens Heckscher.
July 18, 1982: Clark’s Pond, Fairton, Cumberland County, NJ. Eight members met
at the railroad tracks on Rt. 553 and botanized the road edge, railroad bed, old fields,
and pond edge. A list of 175 species and one oak hybrid of uncertain parentage was
compiled. The interesting species seen included: Chondrilla juncea, Scirpus subter-
minalis, Utricularia purpurea, Saururus cernuus, Panicum sphaerocarpon, Panicum
dichotomum, Panicum lanuginosum var. fasciculatum, and Carex muhlenbergii.
Leader: Joe Arsenault.
August 7, 1982: Ridley Creek State Park, Delaware County, PA. Nine members
explored Ridley Creek from Barren and Sycamore Mills Road north and just upstream
from Baltimore Pike where we found the following: Helianthus decapetalus, Tovara
virginiana, Cryptotaenia canadensis, Panicum dichotomum, Panicum clandestinum,
Solidago flexicaulis, Osmorhiza longistylis, Aster cordifolius, Staphylea trifoliata,
Carex glaucodea, Aster lateriflorus, Festuca ovina, Microstegium vimineum, Com-
melina communis, Arctium minus, Eupatorium rugosum, Carya cordiformis Amphi-
carpa bracteata, Alliaria officinalis, Tilia americana, Humulus japonica, Pilea pumila,
Elymus villosus, Elymus riparius, Verbena urticifolia, Polygonum cuspidatum, Eupa-
torium fistulosum, Polygonum scandens, Sicyos angulatus, Geum canadensis, Urtica
gracilis, Impatiens pallida, I. capensis, Fraxinus pennsylvanica, Galium triflorum, Po-
lygonatum canaliculatum, Smilacina racemosa, Zizia aurea, Prunus serotina, C elas-
trus scandens, Laportea canandensis, Plantago rugellii, Agropyron repens, Juglans
68 BARTONIA
nigra, J. cinerea, Parthenocissus sp., Athyrium filix-femina, Athyrium thelypteroides,
Polystichum acrostichoides, Circaea quadrisulcata, Dennstaedtia punctilobula, Chel-
idonium majus, Vitis aestivalis, Gymnocladus dioica, Carya ovata, Castanea dentata,
Acer negundo Hamamelis virginiana, Mitchella repens, Rhododendron nudiflorum,
Prenanthes altissima, Hieracium paniculatum, Eupatorium perfoliatum, Malus sp.,
Prunella vulgaris, Elodea canadensis, Lindernia dubia, Cuscuta sp., Heracleum lan-
atum, Polygonum perfoliatum, Cicuta maculata, Galium asprellum, Podostemum cer-
atophyllum, Carpinus caroliniana, Rubus phoenicolasius, Agastache nepetoides. A
side trip was made to Gleave L. Baker Park, Baltimore Pike, Media, which yielded
the following: Marsilea quadrifolia, Hydrocotyle ranunculoides, Heteranthera reni-
formis, Myosotis scorpiodes, Juncus tenuis, Typha latifolia, Arthraxon hispidus, Nu-
phar lutea, Cornus amomum, Penthorum sedoides, Nasturtium officinale, Lythrum
salicaria, Mimulus alatus, M. ringens, Juncus effusus, Rudbeckia laciniata, Ludwigia
palustris, Ceratophyllum demersum, Vitis labrusca, Agrimonia parviflora, Verbena
hastata, Desmodium canadense, Eupatorium dubium, Achillea millefolium, Phrag-
mites australis, Helenium nudiflorum, Peltandra virginica, Hypericum mutilum, Ver-
nonia noveboraceneis, Ludwigia alternifolia, Phytolacca americana, Teucrium cana-
dense, Polygonum punctatum, Polygonum pensylvanicum, Lycopus americanus,
Boehmeria cylindrica, Carex frankii, Lindera benzoin, Sparganium americanum, Sag-
ittaria australis, Cinna arundinacea, Arisaema triphyllum, Epilobium coloratum, Al-
isma triviale, Hypericum punctatum, Callitriche stagnalis, Alnus serrulata, Scirpus
georgianus, Echinochloa crusgalli, Lobelia inflata, Eleocharis obtusa. Leader: Fred
Arnold.
August 29, 1982: St. Peter’s Village, Chester County, PA. Ten club members went
along and studied the flora in abandoned fields and old ponds adjacent to the railroad
bed leading north from Trythall Rd. to just west of St. Peter’s Village. There was an
unusual show of Lobelia cardinalis as well as L. siphilitica, Sparganium americanum,
Sagittaria rigida, and a few plants of Sabatia angularis. There also was a good showing
of Pedicularis lanceolata. There were not many woody plants of special interest except
perhaps Ilex verticillata and Cephalanthus occidentalis. Leader: Carl Williams.
September 11, 1982: Willisbrook Meadow Wild Life Reserve, Willisbrook Township,
Chester County, PA. That portion of the Sugartown Barrens now included in the Wil-
lisbrook Meadow Wildlife Preserve of the Natural Lands Trust, as well as parts of the
Barrens not currently under protection, were visited by about 20 Club members and
guests. The Sugartown Barrens is a serpentine outcropping which supports a flora rich
in the specialties expected to occur over this soil type. Among these were noted:
Fimbristylis annua, Spiranthes gracilis, Polygonum tenue, Aster depauperatus, A.
lateriflorus, A. dumosus, Asclepias verticillata, Sorghastrum nutans, Pycnanthemum
tenuifolium, Pinus virginiana, Agalinus purpurea, Scleria pauciflora, Senecio smallii,
Agrostis alba, Panicum oligosanthes, Deschampsia caespitosa, Linum medium, Po-
lygala verticillata, Ceanothus americanus, Eragrostis spectabilis, Solidago juncea, S.
graminifolia, Sporobolus vaginiflorus, Aristida dichotoma, Andropogon scoparius, Cy-
perus aristatus, Echinochloa crusgalli, Talinum teretifolium, Panicum spaerocarpon,
Danthonia spicata, Cerastium arvense var. villosum. Leader: Stevens Heckscher.
September 12, 1982: Aquatic Plants of Swartswood Lake, NJ. With some of us in
boats and others on shore, we explored the southeast side of Swartswood I.ake he-
FIELD TRIP REPORTS 69
tween Dove Island and the northeast end. In shallow water near the shore we saw
Peltandra virginica and Saururus cernuus. In water up to about one meter deep, Najas
flexilis was the most abundant submergent. Also in water about this depth were nu-
merous plants of Potamogeton perfoliatus, P. robbinsii, and Elodea nuttallii along with
fewer plants of Potamogeton gramineus. In water about two meters deep, Myrio-
phyllum spicatum and Potamogeton praelongus were abundant. Some of the former
were flowering but there was no sign of flowering in the latter here at its only New
Jersey locality. Bidens beckii, previously known from this lake, was not found. In the
cove south of Dove Island, Nuphar lutea and Nymphaea odorata were abundant.
Emergent peltate leaves of Nelumbo pentapetala were visible from the highway along
the northwest side of the lake at the north end. Some of us also made a stop at nearby
Frog Pond to see Boltonia asteroides. Leader: Alfred E. Schuyler.
September 18, 1982: Bulls Island, Hunterdon County, NJ. Over 70 species of plants
were noted on this visit to an island in the Delaware River, and to nearby areas.
Pteridophytes included: Woodsia obtusa, Pellaea glabella, and Cystopteris fragilis,
growing in masonry walls, as well as Equisetum hyemale, E. arvense, and Matteuccia
struthiopteris. Grasses of interest included Bromus latiglumis, Cinna arundinacea,
Elymus riparius, Andropogon gerardii, and Sorghastrum nutans. Other plants included
Celtis occidentalis, Laportea canadensis, Mirabilis nyctaginea, Humulus japonica,
Menispermum canadense, Lindera benzoin, Physocarpus opulifolius, Amorpha fruti-
cosa, Strophostyles helvola, Geranium nepalense, Ptelea trifoliata, Euphorbia corol-
lata, Impatiens pallida, I. capensis, Gaura biennis, Anthriscus sylvestris, Perilla fru-
tescens, Collinsonia canadensis, Helianthus tuberosus, Heliopsis helianthoides, Ver-
besina alternifolia, and Picris hieracioides. Leader: Karl Anderson.
September 19, 1982: Clark’s Landing, Mullica River, Atlantic County, NJ. We bo-
tanized the pine-oak island, brackish marsh, and adjacent upland habitats and recorded
a list of taxa which represents the local flora. The surrounding brackish marshes were
dominated by four species of Spartina (patens, alterniflora, cynosuroides, pectinata),
Scirpus americanus X pungens, S. pungens, S. validus, and Typha angustifolia. The
pine-oak island was dominated by Juniperus virginiana, Pinus rigida, Quercus falcata,
Q. marilandica, Q. stellata, QO. alba, and Q. velutina. The surrounding uplands were
dominated by similar species and graded down to a Chamaecyparis-Acer-Nyssa swamp
which abutted the marsh. Leader: Joe Arsenault.
November 21, 1982: Tinicum National Environmental Center, Philadelphia, PA. An
informative foray was made of Tinicum’s interesting galls, their makers, and relation-
ship to various plant species. Leader: John D. Sacksteder.
April 2, 1983: Tyler Arboretum, Lima, PA. This is our second spring field trip to see
Viola rotundifolia in bloom, without success! The species is abundant at this locality
but its actual blooming dates are much later than anticipated. The usual spring flora
was present but not at its peak on this date. Leader: John Ballas.
April 17, 1983: Lebanon State Forest, NJ. A group of enthusiastic bryologists and
lichenologists in the Ongs Hot and McDonald’s Branch areas recorded the following
interesting species: Mosses: Thelia hirtella, T. asperella, Aulacomnium palustre, Ulota
crispa, Dicranum scoparium, Rhynchostegium serratum, Polytrichum commune, P. jun-
70 BARTONIA
iperinum, P. ohioense, Ceratodon purpureus, and Entondon seductrix. Lichens: Cla-
donia submitis, C. uncialis, C. atlantica, C. chlorophaea, C. strepsilis, C. coniocrea,
C. calycantha, C. cristatella, C. squamosa, and C. bacillaris, Parmelia caperata, P.
rudecta, P. saxatilis, P. perforata, Parmeliopsis aleurites, Phaeophyscia adiastola, P.
rubropulchra, Physcia millegrana, Candelaria concolor, and Biatora uliginosa. At
McDonald’s Branch, noteworthy mosses were: Sphagnum magellanicum, S. flavico-
mans, and Taxiphyllum deplanatum. An interesting Cladonia species on hammocks in
the White Cedar bogs proved to be Cladonia santensis. Leader: Paul Driver.
May 1, 1983: Tyler Arboretum and Paoli, PA. The effects of chemical and thermal
pollution upon lichen species near Philadelphia make it difficult to find good field trip
localities. We made two worthwhile visits to the above areas which yielded an attrac-
tive diversity of species. At Tyler Arboretum: Dermatacarpum fluviatile, Graphis
scripta, Physconia pulverulenta, Caloplaca cerina, C. aurantiaca, Lecanora hagenii,
Lecide albocaerulescens were noted. The Paoli locality is in a rapidly expanding in-
dustrial complex and has a remarkable variety of Cladonia species. Lichenologists
were able to collect fine specimens of Cladonia cristatella, C. pleurota, C. chloro-
phaea, C. verticillata, C. rei, C. macilenta, C. squamosa, C. apodocarpa, C. coni-
ocrea, C. mitrula, and C. strepsilis. Leader: Jim McGrath.
June 4, 1983: Goat Hill Serpentine Barrens, West Nottingham Township, Chester
County, PA. We visited one of the largest serpentine barrens in the eastern U.S. Ser-
pentine soils throughout the world harbor a peculiar flora. Goat Hill is no exception!
We traversed the area beneath the transmission line west of Red Pump Road. Note-
worthy species encountered included: Acerates viridflora, Adiantum pedatum, Amian-
thium muscaetoxicum, Arenaria stricta, Baptisia tinctoria, Ceanothus americanus,
Cerastium arvense var. villosum, Chamaelirium luteum, Liparis loeselii, Oenothera
fruticosa, Pinus rigida, Quercus marilandica, Q. prinoides, Q. stellata, Salix tristis,
Sisyrinchium mucronatum, Talinum teretifolium, Vaccinium stamineum, and Viola
sagittata. Leader: Nancy Kuntzleman.
June 11, 1983: Bear Swamp East, Cumberland County, NJ. This trip censused an
area of Bear Swamp East which is threatened by mining interests, and which has not
heretofore been documented botanically. Of greatest interest was the discovery of a
stand of Pinus serotina containing about seven trees of low to medium height. Pinus
rigida, Fagus grandifolia, Quercus spp., and Acer rubrum were found in association
with it. Also of interest was the large number of dead individuals of Quercus alba and
Q. michauxii seen on the trip. Cause of death is presumably infestation by the gypsy
moth, which has peaked in Bear Swamp East in recent summers. Although Quercus
michauxii is locally abundant and extremely large specimens have been recorded in
Bear Swamp East, the future of this rare New Jersey species at this locality is now in
doubt. Further monitoring is needed. Leader: Stevens Heckscher.
July 31, 1983: Jenny Jump State Park and Johnsonburg, NJ. Eleven members and
friends attended this trip to a limestone area. Over 100 species of plants were seen,
among them 21 fern species, and four orchids. Ferns of particular interest included:
Asplenium ruta-muraria, A. trichomanes, Camptosorus rhizophyllus, Cystopteris fra-
gilis, C. bulbifera, Woodsia obtusa, Pellaea atropurpurea, and Thelypteris hexagon-
FIELD TRIP REPORTS 71
optera. Orchids found in bloom included Corallorhiza maculata, Goodyerd pubescens
and Epipactis helleborine; in addition, a Liparis, almost certainly L. loeselii, was found
in fruit. Other noteworthy plants included Aralia racemosa, Verbascum lychnites,
Sambucus pubens, Potentilla fruitcosa, Phryma leptostachya, and Campanula rotun-
difolia. Rubus phoenicolasius, in abundant fruit along with several other Rubus spe-
cies, also proved of general interest. Leader: Karl Anderson.
August 13, 1983: Mullica River, Burlington and Atlantic counties, NJ. Departing
Batsto with nine members, our first stop was a freshwater tidal marsh at Crowley’s
Landing where we saw Zizania aquatica, Scirpus subterminalis, S. pungens, Eleo-
charis olivacea var. reductiseta, Carex stricta, Pontederia cordata, Orontium aqua-
ticum, Peltandra virginica, Lobelia cardinalis, Sagittaria latifolia, Bidens connata,
Xyris difformis, Eriocaulon parkeri, Juncus pelocarpus, Viola primulifolia, and Gra-
tiola aurea. Our second stop was across from Green Bank where we saw Spartina
pectinata, Zizania aquatica, Echinochloa walteri, Panicum virgatum, Rhynchospora
macrostachya, Eriocaulon parkeri, Smilax walteri, Toxicodendron radicans, T. vernix,
Eryngium aquaticum, Mikania scandens, Bidens coronata, Scirpus subterminalis, and
Cicuta maculata. At our next stop in Lower Bank, we found Spartina cynosuroides,
Echinochloa walteri, Typha angustifolia, Cyperus filicinus, C. strigosus, and C. rivu-
laris. At Turtle Creek Road, in the Swan Bay Wildlife Management Area, we found
Juncus biflorus, Polygala cruciata, Lobelia nuttallii, Solidago stricta, S. fistulosa, and
Helianthus angustifolius. At our final stop in Port Republic we looked for submerged
plants in Nacote Creek although a high tide well above predicted heights made this
difficult. Here we saw Potamogeton pusillus, P. perfoliatus, Ruppia maritima, Scirpus
americanus (olneyi), Scirpus americanus X pungens, S. validus, Sabatia dodecandra,
Lilaeopsis chinensis, and Lythrum lineare. Leader: Joe Arsenault.
August 27, 1983: Whitehouse, Somerset County, NJ. On a blazing hot day the veg-
etation in the area of Whitehouse Station was parched because of heat and drought.
Forty-one species of grasses were identified in the field, all of them common in the
Northeast. Among a few members of the sedge family found were Cyperus strigosus,
Eleocharis obtusa, Bulbostylis capillaris, Scirpus pungens, S. cyperinus, and S. atro-
virens. Two interesting mid-west plants, Euphorbia dentata and Salvia reflexa were
found. The former was along the railroad and the latter, probably introduced by seed
from a bird feeder, was in the leader’s yard. The following plants were found growing
in abundance along the railroad tracks: Diodea teres, Aristida dichotoma, A. oligantha,
Panicum virgatum, P. dichotomiflorum, Sorghastrum nutans, Andropogon gerardii,
A. scoparius, Froelichia gracilis, Leptoloma cognatum, Eragrostis spectabilis, Tri-
chostoma dichotomum, Euphorbia preslii, Digitaria sanguinalis, and D. ischaemum.
Leader: Robert C. Meyer.
September 11, 1983: Iona Island Marsh, Rockland County, NY. We visited this ex-
tensive Hudson River marsh at high tide but still managed to find a diverse assemblage
of species. The emergent wetland is dominated by Typha angustifolia and Phragmites
australis but also includes Zizania aquatica, Lythrum salicaria, Bidens eatonii, Scirpus
cylindricus, Echinochloa walteri, Amaranthus cannabinus, Sium suave, Typha lati-
folia, Pontederia cordata, Peltandra virginica, Aster subulatus, Pluchea odorata, Sag-
ittaria calycina, Sagittaria latifolia, Leersia oryzoides, and Hibiscus moscheutos. Frag-
72 BARTONIA
ments of submerged flora washed along the edge of the marsh included Ceratophyllum
demersum, Myriophyllum spicatum, Najas flexilis, Potamogeton crispus, and Vallis-
neria americana. We found a few plants of Trapa natans which apparently is reaching
its downstream limit in the Hudson River. Lemna minor and Spirodela polyrhiza were
floating on the water surface. A return trip at low tide should reveal additional species
that grow lower in the intertidal zone. Leaders: Alfred E. Schuyler and Naomi Dicker.
September 18, 1983: Great Bay Wildlife Management area and Lake Pohatcong,
Tuckerton, NJ. We traveled from a freshwater pond through a salt marsh to sand dunes
along a bay shore, noting the flora along the way. About sixty plant species were seen.
Among them, the fresh-water pond produced Myriophyllum humile and Juncus pelo-
carpus. The edge of the salt marsh featured Sabatia stellaris, Plantago juncoides,
Scirpus robustus, Typha angustifolia, Eleocharis rostellata, Samolus parviflorus, Po-
lygonum prolificum, Spartina cynosuroides, Aster tenuifolius, and Aster subulatus.
The salt marsh itself produced Salicornia europaea, Salicornia bigelovii, Salicornia
virginica, and Ruppia maritima, as well as the ever-present Spartina patens, Spartina
alterniflora, and Distichlis spicata. Plants of the beach and dune, included Salsola kali,
Bassia hirsuta, Suaeda maritima, Suaeda linearis, Atriplex arenaria, Euphorbia po-
lygonifolia, Echinochloa walteri, Cenchrus tribuloides and Honkenya peploides. The
rapidly spreading South African grass, Eragrostis curvula, was noted on a roadside.
Leader: Karl Anderson.
MEMBERSHIP LIST 1983
ALDHAM, ALBERT— 118 W. 227 Street, pile NY 1
ALLEN, RUTH MCVAUGH— Woodside Lane, Cinnaminson, NJ 08077
ALPERIN, RICHARD (DrR.)—842 Spaaien) Street, Philadelphia, PA 19147
ANDERSON, CARL (Mrs.)—Gate House, State Road, Narberth, PA 19072
ANDERSON, CHRISTINE—2410 Saint Francis Street, Wilmington, DE 19808
ANDERSON, JUDITH—210 Hermitage Drive, Radnor, PA 19087
ANDERSON, KARL H.—Rancocas Nature Center, Rancocas Road, R.D. 1, Mt. Holly, NJ 08060
ANGUS-ANDERSON, BLAKE—Forest Gate Apts., #12, Magnolia, NJ 08049
ARCHIBALD, MARY E.—21 Wayne Gardens Apartments, Collingswood, NJ 08108
ARSENAULT, JOSEPH & CATHY—201 Wyoming _ Browns Mills, NJ 08015
BAGEN, CARL H.—60 Hughes Drive, Trenton, 08690
BALLAS, JOHN—2643 S. Dewey Street, ay ie PA 19142
BASKIN, JERRY (DR.)—School of Biological Sciences, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40506
BAUER, HEDy—35 Holton Lane, Willingboro, NJ 08046
BAZINET, LESTER (Dr.)—1146 South 8th Street, Philadelphia, PA 19147
BELZER, NORBERT (Dr.)—5923 North 10th Street, Philadelphia, PA 19141
BERG, ROBERTA—9405 Stenton Avenue, Erdenheim, PA 19118
BIDDLE, DoRRELL (Dr.)—R.D. #2, Marne Highway, Mt. Laurel, NJ 08054
BIEN, WALTER F.— 144 Summit Avenue, Langhorne, PA 1904
Boone, D. DANIEL (Dr.)—Dept. of Natural Resources, Annapolis, MD 21401
— ROsE—3516 Lewis Road, Newtown Square, a is s
BoyLe, E. MARIE— 1521 Norman Road, Havertown, PA 19083
ail ROBERT A. (Mrs.)—Braddocks Mill Lake, R.D. Marlton, NJ 08053
Bray, EDMUND C.—Hopkinson House, 602 Washington Square S., Philadelphia, PA 19106
i 19017
56
BRUEDERLE, LEO P.—Biol. sage (Botany), P.O. 1059, Rutgers University, Piscataway, NJ 08854
CASTER, MARILYN—P.O. Box 28, Abington, PA 19001
CAVILLEER, GILBERT R. one Box 23, 106 Main ue Port Republic, NJ 08241
CHRISTIAN, PATRICIA H.— Box 24, Starlight, PA 1
COHEN ALICE—719 Hedgerow Drive, Broomall, 2A ge
CoNLEY, NANCY— 1406 South 7th Street, Philadelphia, PA 1914
Cook, BuD—The Nature Conservancy, 1218 neon Street, tL eoretn PA 19107
CoopER, FRANCES—492 Pinecrest Road, Springfield, PA 19064
COUNTRYMAN, WM. D. (Dr.)—R.D. 1, Winch Hill, a VT 05663
CROWLEY, MARY M.—34 Schappett Terrace, Lansdowne, PA 19050
DAHLBURG, MADELINE B.—508 Kent Place, Berwyn, PA 19312
DANIEL, MARY—131 E. Durham Street, Philadelphia, PA 19119
DARRINGTON, JANET M.—114 Burnside Road, Villanova, PA 19085
Davison, SARA E.—The Nature Conservancy, 1218 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia, PA 19107
; 18054
Di__, NORMAN (Dr.)—Claude E. Philips Herbarium, Delaware State College, Dover, DE 19001
DOERING, GRANT (DR.)—Box 278, Bryn Athyn, PA 19009
DOLAN, THOMAS IV—721 Glengarry Road, Philadelphia, PA 19118
ERISMAN, NELLIE E.—Spring Garden Towers, 1818 Spring Garden Street, Philadelphia, PA 19130
ESHERICK, HELEN K.—Box 558, R.D. #1, Orefield, PA 1806
EVERT, BROOKS W. (Mrs.)—131 N. Lakeside Drive, E. spellers Lakes, Medford, NJ 08055
Ewan, JosEPH (Dr.)—Tulane University, New Orleans, LA 701
EYDE, RICHARD (DR.)—Department of Botany, Smithsonian ieee Washington, DC 20560
FARLEY, ELIZABETH B.—319 Bala Avenue, Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004
FELTON, PAUL & ANNA—37 Crawford Road, aerate PA 19401
FERNANDEZ, (aia Highland Avenue, Palmyra 5
FERREN, WAYNE, R., JR.—Dept. of Biological Sci., es Calif. Santa Barbara, CA 93106
FIELD, STEPH ae Rveln Avenue, Vineland, N
Fitipp!, THERESA—561 East Wheat Road, Vineland, NJ 08360
73
14 BARTONIA
FLEMING, ROBERT—7809 Navajo Street, Philadelphia, PA 19118
“saggion cooly ogy me Audubon Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19116
FoGG, N (Mrs. JOHN M.)—Conwyn Arms, 830 Montgomery Avenue, Bryn Mawr, PA 19010
FRANK, pens & SUSAN—2508 Pine Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103
FREYBURGER, WILLIAM L.—5258 34th Avenue North, St. Petersburg, FL 33710
FRICK, JULIA W.—Thomas Wynne Apts., Wynnewood, P.
FRIEL, MICHAEL— 9984 Ferndale Street, ‘Rots D-2, Philadelphia, PA 19115
GALLOB, EDWARD—2219 Delancey Place, Philadelphia, PA 19103
GARBACK, MARY— 1789 Scattergood Street, Philadelphia, PA 19124
Goop, RALPH & NorMaA (Drs.)—Dept. of Biology, Rutgers University, Camden, NJ 08102
GORDON, RHONA—284 S. Roberts Road, Rosemont, PA 19010
GORDON, THEODORE—Burr’s Mill Road, R.D. 6, Vincentown, NJ 08088
GREENE, AMY—64 Marion Avenue, Springfield, NJ 07082
GyeER, JOHN F.—Jessup Mill Road, Clarksboro, NJ 08020
HALLIWELL, THOMAS B.—19 Kings Road, Netcong, NJ 07857
HaAnp, Louis E.—7 Chatham Place, Vincentown, NJ 08088
HANISEK, GREG— Box 263, R.D. #3, Phillipsburg, NJ 08865
HARTWICK, PEGGY—418 Reider a Drive, Exton, PA 19341
HAYES, Lori—102 West Johnson Street, Phila., PA 19144
HECKSHER, STEVENS (Dr.)—Hildacy Farm, 1031 Palmer’s Mill Road, Media, PA 19063
HENRY, JOSEPHINE DE N’—801 Stony Lane, Gladwyne, PA 19035
HILL, Roy—180 W. Drexel Avenue, Lansdowne, PA 19050
HIRST, FRANKLIN S.—Rt. 1, Box 271, Stockton, MD 21864
HOLDEN, HowarpD J.—747 Brooke Road, Wayne, PA 19087
HoRNBECK, JOHN—69 Bedford House, Sherry Lake, Conshohocken, PA 19428
HUEBNER, JOHN M. (Mrs.)—150 Anton Road, Wynnewood, PA 19096
HuME, ELIzABETH—7910 Central Park Circle, Alexandria, VA 22309
HUTTLESTON, DONALD (Dr.)—Longwood Gardens, Kennett Square, PA 19348
IRETON, MARY Lou—213 4th Avenue, Haddon Heights, NJ 08035
JOHNSON, KARL A.—32 Dartmouth Circle, Swarthmore, PA 19081
JOHNSON, SUSAN—414 McClenaghan Mill Road, Wynnewood, PA 19096
JONES, DiniI— 132 Kenilworth Spiers oe PA 19066
JONES, FLORA B.—Box 93, Moylan 9065
JORDAN, ROBERT—427 No. 27th nail Philadelphia, PA 19130
KELLER, ELIZABETH— 114 Wyomissing Blvd., Wyomissing, PA 19610
KELSO, HELEN—2155 County Club Drive, Hiunlinaton Valley, PA 19006
KENDIG, JAMES (DR.)—35 Arlington Drive, Pittsford, NY 14534
KILEY, JANICE—882 Box Hill Lane, Radnor, PA 19087
KISTLER, ANITA— 1421 Ship Road, West Chester, PA 19380
KITCHEN, ROBERTA—6710 Glenloch Street, Phila., PA 19135
KLEIN, WILLIAM M., JR. (DR.)—129 Bethlehem Pike, Philadelphia, PA 19118
Kotz, Larry H. (Dr.)—Biology Dept., Shippensburg University, Shippensburg, PA 17257
Knapp, EpwIn H.—1410 W. Wynnewood Road, Ardmore, PA 19003
KoBLER, EVELYN—817 N. 26th Street, Philadelphia, PA 19130
KRALL, JOHN R.—113 Lambert Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103
KUNTZLEMAN, NANCY— Woodgate Apts. 301, Reading, PA 19606
Kurtz, PETER—214 E. Willow Grove Avenue, Phila., PA 19118
LADEN, MILTON—334 Wellesley Road, Philadelphia, PA 19119
LANGMAN, IDA K.—Riviera Apts., 116 S. Raleigh Avenue, Atlantic City, NJ 08401
LANSING, Dorotuy I. (DR.)—20 Old Paoli Pike, Box 537, Paoli, PA 19301
LATHAM, ROGER— Box 57, Wallingford, PA 19086
LEVIN, MICHAEL H. (DRr.)—Carriage House, 490 Darby Paoli Road, Villanova, PA 19085
LEVINSON, PERCIVAL P. (DR.}—Suite 920, One Cherry Hill, Cherry Hill, NJ 08002
List, ALBERT (DR.)}—105 Morgan Avenue, Yardley, PA 19067
LivINGSTON, LUZERN (DR.)}—15 Dartmouth Circle, Swarthmore, PA 19081
MEMBERSHIP LIST 1983 D
LoFurNno, MICHAEL— 1922 Bainbridge say a PA 19146
MAWHINNEY, NORMA—Box 118, Inverness
McCaBE, MARIANA—803 N. Franklin Sincere Heures PA 19464
A 1906
McCarTAN, Mary I.—2011 Chestnut Avenue, pee PA 19003
McELrRoy, ROBERT— Box 132, Berwyn, PA 19312
McGovVERN, Doris—4823 Beaumont Avenue, cera ie PA 19143
McGRATH, JAMES—304 Derwyn Road, Lansdow 9050
MCLEAN, WILLIAM & ELIZABETH— 139 Cherry we shpaneaele PA 19096
MEARS, JAMES A. (DR.)—647 W. Valley Road, Wayne, PA 19087
MEHRHOFF, LESLIE J. (DR.)—The University of eee Box U-42, Storrs, CT 06268
MELLON, RICHARD— 1305 Big Oak Road, Yardley, 7
MICKLE, ANN (Dr.)—Department of Biology, eh College, Phila., PA 19141
MIrRIicK, SALLY—7505 Deane Hill Drive, Knoxville, TN 37919
MITCHELL, JOHN D.—Creek Road, Bryn Athyn, PA 19009
Moore, JULIA—Molyneau Road, Camden, ME 04843
MorGANn, CAROLYN D.—413 Newbold Road, Jenkintown, PA 19046
MoRLEY, ANN SOMERS—353 W. Duval Street, oe PA 19144
MorSE-SCHWARTZ, SUSAN—60 Garlar Drive, Havert A 19083
Moss, PAUL—8120 Brookside Road, Elkins Park, PA pr
)
oe 8349
OLSON, VIOLET—111 W. Brookhaven Road, Wallingford, PA 19086
OVERLEASE, WILLIAM (DR.)—500 eo oe Road, West Chester, PA 19380
ARKER, ANN P.—345 Croton Road, Way 7
PARKS, JAMES C. (Dr.)—Dept. of Silo: Millersville University, Millersville, PA 17551
PATRICK, RUTH (DR.)—P.O. Box 4095, Chestnut Hill Station, Philadelphia, PA 19118
PETERS, MARIA D.— 1020 Woods _ Southampton, PA 18966
PHILIP, Roma V.—Box 155, R.D. 1, Malvern, PA pine
PLYLER, DoroTHY— 18 Bridle Chadds Ford, PA 19317
PULTORACK, ROBERT (DR. & Mrs.) —34 Edgemont ite Yardville, NJ 08620
RApDIS, RICHARD— 12 Redstone Drive, Parsippany, NJ 07054
Ruoaps, ANN F. (Dr.)—1561 Dolington Road, Yardley, PA 19067
REISMAN, SALLY— Madison House, Presidential Blvd. & City Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19131
RIGG, HARRISON—655 Caley Road, King of Prussia 9406
ROBERTS, MARVIN L. (Dr.)—Dept. of Botany & Microbiology, Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, OK
74078
RoIA, FRANK C., JR. (DR.)}—413 Walnut Hill Road, West Chester, PA 19380
OTH, NANCY—Box 4394, Philadelphia, PA 19118
ROTHMAN, SHELLEY—70 Prentice Avenue, South River, NJ 08882
Ruiz, DEN—P.O. Box 52, Runnemede, NJ 08078
SACKSTEDER, JOHN D.—2319 Spruce Street, rips ser PA 19103
SARGENT, RALPH M. (Dr. & MrS.)—520 Panmure Road, Haverford, PA 19041
SCHAEFFER, RoBeErT L., Jr. (DR.)—32 N. 8th Sires Allentown, PA 18101
SCHERER, ToInI—590 Kirk Lane, Media, PA 19063
SCHMID, KARIN—0-539 Sugartown Mews, nie PA 19333
ScHROT, JosEPH—312 Ridgewood Road, Springfield, PA 19064
SCHUMACHER, ELIZABETH—947 Longview Road, King of Prussia, PA 19406
SCHUYLER, ALFRED E. (DR.}—Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th & Parkway, Phila., PA 19103
Scott, JoHN—Hertzog School Road, Mertztown, PA 19539
Scott, MARGARET D.—214 Glenmoor Road, Gladwyne, PA 19035
SEAGER, KEITH—278 Fishing Creek, Cape May, N 04
SELL, LaurA M.—118 Pine Valley Drive, Medford, NJ 08055
SHAEFER, CHARLOTTE—2976 Dorman Avenue, Broomall, PA 19008
76 BARTONIA
SIMPSON, MICHAEL (Dr.)—Dept. of Biology, Albright College, Reading, PA 19603
SIPPLE, WILLIAM—503 Benforest Drive West, Severna Park, MD 21146
Stim, SUSAN— East Marne Highway, Moorestown, NJ 08057
SMITH, TOM—RD #1, Box 261, McAlisterville, PA 17049
SNYDER, DAvip B.—706 Center Street, Dunellern, NJ 08812
STAILEY, HARRY & HELEN—8701 Macon Street, Philadelphia, PA 19152
STALTER, RICHARD (Dr.)—St. John’s University, Jamaica, NY 11439
STOCKER, PATRICIA—279 S 4th Street, Phila., PA 19106
STUCKEY, RONALD, (Dr.)—Ohio State University, Columbus, OH 43120
SUTTON, PATRICIA TAYLOR—R.D. 3, Box 7, Cape May Court House, NJ 08210
SWEETMAN, LEONARD—Jenkins Arboretum, 631 Berwyn-Baptist Road, Devon, PA 19333
TEES, GRACE M.—458 Locust Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19144
TOFFEY, WILLIAM E.—1003 S. 46th Street, Philadelphia, PA 19143
TUCKER, ARTHUR O. (Dr.)—Claude E. Phillips Herbarium, Delaware State College, Dover, DE 19901
TYRRELL, LUcy—1515 Northwest Blvd., Columbus, OH 43212
VANCE, GLADYS—150 Montgomery Avenue, Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004
VOLK, JOSEPH—1163 Jeffrey Lane, Langhorne, PA 19047
WEINER, JACOB (Dr.)—Dept. of Biol., Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA 19081
WIEGMAN, PAuL G.— Western Permanbeaied Conservancy, 316 Fourth Avenue, Pittsburg, PA 15222
WILKENS, HANS—4?24 S. 15th Street, Reading, PA 19602
WILLIAMS, H. CARLTON— 165 Ridge Pike, Limerick, PA 19468
WILLIAMS, Davip L.—Coppermine Road, R.D. 1, Princeton, NJ 08540
WILLIAMS, VIVIAN—234 E. Third Street, Media, PA 19063
WILSON, CHRISTOPHER A.—Cook Road, R.D. 1, Pottstown, PA 19464
WoLF, JoHN—44 High Street, Sharon Hill, PA 19079
WOLFE, Mary Lou—337 Barren Hill Road, Conshohocken, PA 19428
Wo LFF, EmiLy (DR.)—309 Prichard Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086
Woop, HowarpD (Dr.)— 169 South Spring Mill Road, Villanova, PA 19085
Woopsury, C. A., (Mrs.)—445 S. Middletown Road, Media, PA 19063
WOODFORD, JAMES B. (Mrs.)—Cedar Run Lake, Marlton, NJ 08053
ISSN 0198-7356
BARTONIA
JOURNAL OF THE
PHILADELPHIA BOTANICAL CLUB
No. 51
CONTENTS
20th Anmiversnry of Arbustum Ameringe os oe a a 1
Distributional History of Najas marina (spiny naiad) in North America
RONALD L. StuCKEY 2
“Mosses”’ in Lord Petre’s Herbarium Collected by John Bartram
WIL
LIAM R. BUCK AND ELIZABETH MCLEAN _ 17
A Limestone Glade it West Virgiia. ge RODNEY L. BARTGIS 34
The Natural History of John Abbot: Influences and Some Questions ......... JOSEPH EWAN 37
Pteridophytes of Monmouth County, New Jersey ....................0.... WILL MORRISEY 46
Geographical Distribution of New Jersey’s Pteridophytes
J. D. MONTGOMERY AND D. E. FAIRBROTHERS 5
No
Early Plant Succession on Marl Beds in the peor ioc Swamp
FRANZ K. anes AND JOHN M. BERNARD 5
oo
Chromosomal Studies of Physalis virginiana var. sgis-taacnae and Physalis heterophylla
ER S. STOBER AND JAMES C. Parks 65
Notes on Erigenia bulbosa (Apiaceae) ........ GEORGE F,. BUDDELL II AND JOHN W. THIERET 69
Montia chamissoi Rediscovered along the Delaware River in Wayne County, Pennsylvania
ANN F. RHOADS, ANN NEWBOLD, RICHARD H. MELLON, AND ROGER E. LATHAM 77
Additions to the Flora of Monomoy Island, Massachusetts ...... EpITH FEUERSTEIN SCHROT 78
Range Extension of Goodyera tesselata into Northwestern New Jersey
E WANDER AND SHARON ANN WANDER 79
Colonial Maryland Plants in D. C. Solander’s ‘‘Descriptions of Plants from Various Parts of
the World”—-an Unpublished 1767 Manuscript ..................... JAMES L. REVEAL 80
New Plant Records for Chester County, Pennsylvania— 1982-1984
WILLIAM R. OVERLEASE 93
Pacacons to Mew Jerwey's Flore... ks os ee ess Davib B. SNYDER 95
The Flora of Hunting Island, Beaufort County, South Carolina ......... RICHARD STALTER 99
Influence of Fire on Reproduction of Scirpus longii
ALFRED E. SCHUYLER AND JAMES L. Stasz 105
Matra Sects ss gi a se i JOHN SERRAO 108
continued on inside back cover
PUBLISHED BY THE CLUB Mresoin PR) ABO TANTEAL
ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, 19TH & PARKWAY
PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA 19103 APR 23 198
Subscription Price, $10.00 Back Numbers, $10.00 each
Issued 15 April 1985 RR uaa
The Philadelphia Botanical Club
Editor: Alfred E. Schuyler
Editorial Board
DAVID E. FAIRBROTHERS CARL S. KEENER
RALPH E. Goop WILLIAM M. KLEIN, JR.
JAMES C. HICKMAN RONALD L. STUCKEY
Officers of the Philadelphia Botanical Club for 1984 and 1985
President: KARL H. ANDERSON Vice President: STEVENS HECKSCHER
Treasurer: WILLIAM E. TOFFEY Recording Secretary: SARA E. DAVISON
Corr. Secretary: ANNA FELTON Curator: HANS WILKENS
Assistant Curator: GRACE M. TEES
Bartonia No. 51: 1, 1985
200th Anniversary of Arbustum Americanum
This year marks the bicentennial of Arbustum Americanum, the first American bo-
tanical book about our native trees and shrubs. The celebration is likely to be as quiet
as the winter sales greeting it in 1785, however, a reflective reading will help us ap-
preciate the gardener-botanists’ role in the evolution of American botanical literature.
The author, Humphry Marshall (1722-1801), like his cousin John Bartram, founded
one of America’s earliest botanical gardens. Muhlenberg, Pursh, Rafinesque, Ham-
ilton, Darlington and Baldwin were among the early Philadelphia botanists to visit
there. Marshall was a successful farmer, stonemason, miller, public servant, astron-
omer, and a plantsman with substantial Old World trade.
Arbustum is remarkable because, unlike most botanical works of the period, it used
‘“‘plain and familiar’’ descriptions written in English. This, combined with an intro-
duction to systematics, offered Marshall’s countrymen “‘an useful Vademecum Botan-
icum, or Botanical Companion”’ promoting applied botany as a means to understand
and utilize the young Republic’s vast resources. It was welcomed as a school book by
‘*yvoung scholars exceedingly glad to see a book in (botany) from their native country.”
No American botany text would appear until Benjamin Smith Barton’s Elements of
Botany in 1803.
Joseph Crukshank printed 1000 copies of Arbustum in his Market Street, Philadelphia
shop at the cost of 70 pounds, 2 shillings, and 6 pence, stitching extra. This small
duodecimo volume was xx + 174 pages. Half of the copies went unsold. When sub-
scriptions lagged, Samuel Vaughan purchased 150 copies, and the American Philo-
sophical Society purchased forty. Marshall’s European audience was more receptive.
French and German translations (1788) brought increased orders for seeds and plants
sent from his Chester County garden.
ROBERT R. GUTOWSKI
Longwood Graduate Program
University of Delaware
Bartonia No. 51: 2-16, 1985
Distributional History of Najas marina (spiny naiad) in
North America
RONALD L. STUCKEY
Department of Botany, The Ohio State University, Columbus, OH 43210
Najas marina L., spiny naiad (Najadaceae), is an annual, submersed, rooted aquatic
vascular plant whose distribution in North America (Haynes 1979 and some recent
information) is unlike that of most other rooted submergents. In the northern part of
the continent, it occurs in the Great Lakes region in New York, Ohio, Michigan,
Illinois, Indiana, Wisconsin, and farther westward in Minnesota and the Dakotas; in
the southwest in New Mexico, Arizona, Utah, Nevada, California, Baja California,
and Mexico; and in the Gulf coastal area in Texas, Florida, the West Indies, and
southward into Mexico and Central America. This unusual distribution pattern, of
which the Great Lakes portion has become known within the past 50 years, defies a
simple explanation and suggests that the species may be increasing its range in certain
portions of North America (Davenport 1980; Reveal 1977; Swink 1969, 1974; Swink
and Wilhelm 1979; Stuckey and Roberts 1982; Wentz and Stuckey 1971). This invasion
and spread into certain areas has been suggested as occurring through the migration
of waterfowl (Chase 1947; Gillis, Howard, and Proctor 1973; Merilainen 1968; Swink
1969, 1974; Tans and Read 1975). To explain the North American distribution of N.
marina, evidence is needed to determine how it became dispersed and established.
This paper brings together available data from botanical and zoological literature,
macrofossil records in paleoecological studies, bird migration corridors, and herbarium
specimens in order to summarize the known distributional history of N. marina in
North America and to suggest problems deserving further investigation.
DESCRIPTION, ABUNDANCE, HABITAT, AND ASSOCIATED PLANTS
Najas marina is the most morphologically distinctive (Fig. 1) North American naiad.
The plants are dioecious, bright green or pale green to reddish or reddish brown, and
extremely brittle. The stout stems are dichotomously branched, spreading to as-
cending, and often repent towards the base with prickly internodes and extensive roots
on the lower nodes. The leaves have margins with sharp broad-based prickles and
sheaths that are generally entire or 1-2 toothed. The one-seeded fruits, largest among
the North American species, are plump, often reddish, and usually 2.2—4.5 mm. long,
1.2-2.2 mm. wide, with a finely reticulate and scurfy surface. The species has been
divided into numerous varieties based on minor differences in the size of the leaves
and the number of prickles on the internodes that do not warrant taxonomic recognition
(Haynes 1977, 1979).
Little information is available on the abundance of N. marina. It has been noted as
locally abundant, common, or frequent in certain localities, such as Onondaga Lake,
Irondequoit Bay, Cayuga Lake, and Big Mendon Pond in New York, at Well Pond in
the Resthaven Wildlife Area near Castalia in Ohio, at Brooks Lake, Peach Lake, and
Whitmore Lake in Michigan, at brackish ponds and hot springs in Utah and Nevada,
and at Oso Flaca Lake in California (Gray 1866; Beckwith and Macauley 1894:
Muenscher 1928; Clausen 1940; Wentz and Stuckey 1971; Voss 1979; Hermann 1935;
2
DISTRIBUTION OF NAJAS MARINA
LS:
SS
LC
3,
—— aoe
~S
ten,
ee
S ;
“-
—_
——
—
—
ee es eee
LS
YS
ea
~
~~
~~
Sag
a
— -
ig EE
—
(
‘ee
y
|
ccm
Fic. 1. Illustration of Najas marina showing: a—c, development of anther, a, anther enclosed in sessile
spathe in leaf axil, 8; b, anther beginning to elongate and rupture spathe, x 8; c, mature anther, showing
short filament, x8; d, habit, showing the stems beset with prickles, and the spiny-toothed leaves, x 1'/s;
e, mature pistillate flower, showing the three stigmas and the intravaginal scales at base, x8; f, mature
seed, x 10; g, leaf blade, showing the coarse, spiny-toothed margins, the spines on the outer side along the
midrib, and the rounded shoulders of the leaf sheaths, x6. Reproduced from Mason, 1957, p. 82, fig. 33,
by permission of the University of California Press, Berkeley.
4 BARTONIA
Holmgren 1942; Hoover 1970). However, in Texas, Arizona, New Mexico, Utah, Ne-
vada, and southern California, the species has been reported as rare or occasional
(Correll and Correll 1972; Martin and Hutchins 1980; Reveal 1977; Mason 1957; Munz
1974).
Najas marina inhabits brackish, saline, alkaline, or fresh waters of tropical and
temperate regions of the world. It occurs in ponds, lakes, reservoirs, slow moving
streams, and canals to recorded depths of five meters. In central New York, N. marina
occurs in brackish or saline lakes and marshes with numerous well-known maritime
and halophytic species (Catling and McKay 1981; Drummond 1864, 1867; Faust and
Roberts 1983; Paine 1865; Svenson 1927). Chase (1947) reported N. marina in waters
with a pH of 8.4 to 8.6 and an alkalinity of 110 to 130 parts per million in New York.
In northern Ohio, Michigan, and Illinois, the ponds and lakes with N. marina are
decidedly alkaline with the pH ranging from 8.4 to 9.0 in many of them (author’s
observations; Winterringer 1966). In Minnesota, N. marina inhabits lakes that are
relatively high in dissolved carbonates and sulphates, but not to the extent of being
brackish (Rosendahl 1939). Moyle (1945b) gave the following ranges for the chemical
parameters measured in waters where N. marina occurred: total alkalinity, 146.8-
376.0 parts per million; sulfate-ion concentration, 50.0—1296.6 parts per million; pH,
8.2—9.0. In Utah and Nevada, N. marina has been reported growing in hard-water
springs with temperatures of 80° to 90°F. (Maguire and Jensen 1942; Hermann 1935,
1940). In California, N. marina is usually reported from fresh-water ponds and in
Florida the water is usually described as brackish. In localities near Miami, plants have
been noted in waters with a pH of 8.1 to 8.5 (Ronald Mossman, pers. comm. 1979).
The species usually associated with N. marina (Table 1) are characteristic of alkaline
waters.
From Well Pond near Castalia, Ohio, whose waters have a pH as high as 9.0, Gate-
wood (1980) obtained plants of N. marina and cultured them in alkaline water at a pH
of 8.1. The plants were grown in aquaria given 16 hours of light at room temperature
for 12 days prior to subjecting them to different levels of pH by adding varying amounts
of sulfuric acid. Following treatment, plants in waters below a pH of 4.7 down to a
pH of 2.2 became chlorotic after three days and all were dead within 11 days. Plants
in waters over 6.2 continued to live, and those under the controlled conditions in a pH
of 8.1 displayed the most extensive growth. It was concluded that somewhere within
the pH range of 6.2 and 4.7, the species encounters an ‘‘environmental stress that it
cannot physiologically accommodate.’’ The critical pH level for continued survival
was not determined.
DISTRIBUTION
Najas marina is wide ranging (Hultén 1962) in the world and occurs in Europe,
northern and central Africa, Asia Minor, India, Manchuria, China, Japan, and Aus-
tralia. In the Western Hemisphere, the species is in North America, Central America.
and northern South America, on the Hawaiian and Galapagos Islands, and in the West
Indies. In the United States, the distribution of N. marina was early documented by
Morong (1893), later mapped by Clausen (1936) and Haynes (1979), and now mapped
in detail here (Fig. 2). The earliest known records of the species in the northern portion
of its Western Hemisphere range appear to be those by Braun (1864) who noted that
it had been reported from Florida by Cabanis, and by Grisebach (1864) who cited it
from Antigua based on a specimen collected by Heinrich Wullschlagel. The latter
DISTRIBUTION OF NAJAS MARINA 5
TABLE 1. Submersed species associated with Najas marina, based on field observations and literature.
3
oo —
Ey g
= )
5 >
fal a ;
S > ro 66 ad
a : Sn x = a
or) . ao] Oy oO a ra
ee ee ee
—_~ —
Pogo nS aS 3 3x o on a be] ae
| bs ~~ a 5 a a 2 ay a6 oS
as ass ar. Z2a = § 23 a=
9 i= = 6 =e oes 9 oo
a2 a oO ov 2. oh e er
he oo ra ao 4 es Eo =
OS ge Ge ee SEE UE
: a on oS or m% 2S = 2 &
Species Se BY nav =? a =O 2
Najas flexilis x x x x X x x
Potamogeton pectinatus x a4 x x x x x
Myriophyllum exalbescens x x x x x
Vallisneria americana m8 x x x x
Ceratophyllum demersum x x x ‘
Heteranthera dubia x x x x
Zannichellia palustris x x x
Elodea canadensis x x x
Potamogeton nodosus x x x
Utricularia vulgaris x x
Myriophyllum spicatum x x x
Potamogeton freisii x x
Proserpinaca palustris x
4 Species known from the lake, not necessarily growing in close proximity with N. marina, since it is still
not known where N. marina grows in Whitmore Lake.
obtained plants in Antigua from 1844 to 1847 (Stern 1965). The earliest specimens seen
from Florida are from Sand Point, Indian River in 1874 (Palmer 533, MO, US) and
Palm Creek near Camp Romano in 1880 (Curtis 2705, CU, MIN, MO, PH; cited by
Morong 1885). Morong (1893) noted it from Cuba, as well as from Florida, and Rendle
(1899) also cited some of the same records from Florida and the West Indies.
In the southwestern United States and adjacent Mexico, the earliest specimens came
from Arizona along the Santa Cruz River in 1867 (Palmer 249, MO) and in 1881 (Pringle
s.n., F, PENN, US), from Utah at Lake Utah in 1875 (Parry 32, GH, MO, NY), from
Nevada at Huntington Valley (Rothrock 1878) and at Ash Meadows in Death Valley in
1891 (Coville & Funston 371, NY, US), from California at Clear Lake in 1863 (Bolander
2658, GH, US), and from Baja California at Tijuana in 1884 (Orcutt 1184, GH). The
increase in the past 30 years in the number of known sites for spiny naiad in the
southwestern United States, especially in canals and at newly constructed reservoirs,
suggests that the species is expanding locally and is now of more frequent occurrence.
This conclusion is derived from information in Otto and Bartley (1965), notes on her-
barium specimens (MO, NY, OS, UC), and reports by a number of investigators in
Arizona (Kearney and Peebles 1942, 1951; McCleary 1957), Utah and Nevada (Reveal
1977), and California (Hoover 1970; Munz 1935, 1974: Twisselmann 1967).
The earliest known specimen of N. marina from Texas is from Brownsville, Cameron
County (19 Aug 1923, Weed & Camp s.n., MICH) and specimens collected from 1929
to 1946 have been seen from four other sites in Cameron County (OKLA, SMU, TEX,
US). Other Texas collections are from Lake Austin, Travis County in 1944 (MSC),
6 BARTONIA
mo
Fic. 2. Map of the known distribution of Najas marina in the United States based on herbarium specimens
and reliable literature sources. Large dots represent localities of dated fossil fruits, with the number beside
these dots being the approximate age in thousands of years B.P. Circles represent specimen records before
1940 in New York, Minnesota, and North Dakota and before 1900 in southwestern United States at localities
where no known specimens have been obtained since. Dots represent specimen records since these years
in these respective regions of the United States and all records in the western Great Lakes region (dated
since 1937), Texas (dated since 1923), and Florida (dated since 1874). The shaded area on the map is that
part of the continent once covered by ice during Wisconsinan glaciation.
Falcon Lake, Zapata County in 1962 (NYS), Lake Nasworthy, Tom Green County in
1970 (TEX), and Granbury Lake, Somervell County in 1975 (SMU). AIl localities
mapped for New Mexico are from Martin and Hutchins (1980), the dates of whose
records are probably recent, as the species was not reported in an earlier Flora of New
Mexico (Wooton and Standley 1915).
The distributional history of N. marina in New York was first summarized by Fernald
(1923). Asa Gray (1865) was the first to note its occurrence at Onondaga Lake, Onon-
daga County, New York. The plant was first detected in 1864 by G. W. Clinton on the
northern border of the lake between Salina and Liverpool, and soon after by John A.
Paine, Jr., on the western side of the lake where it grew luxuriantly and abundantly in
the brackish waters near the vicinity of the salt works along with other salt-tolerant
species. Paine (1865) wrote that the plant was in the streams entering the lake and
abounded in the lake in water 10 to 20 feet deep some distance from the shore where
the much-branched plants could be seen rooted on the bottom in the clear still water.
The following year, Gray (1866) reported the species from Irondequoit Bay on Lake
Ontario, Monroe County, which was later confirmed by Beckwith and Macauley (1894)
DISTRIBUTION OF NAJAS MARINA q
and Beckwith, Macauley, and Baxter (1917). Other early localities in the Finger Lakes
region of New York were from the Seneca River near Savannah, Wayne County (Peck
1874); Black Lake and the foot (north end) of Cayuga Lake, Cayuga County (Peck
1883); Cayuga Bridge at Cayuga Lake and the Canoga Marshes, Seneca County
(Dudley 1886); Tulley Lake and marshes near Long Branch, Onondaga County (Good-
rich 1912); and Duck Lake and Crusoe Lake, Cayuga County (Wiegand and Eames
1926). The presence of the species at the Canoga Marshes was later confirmed by
specimens (at CU) obtained in field surveys by W. C. Muenscher and P. B. Burkholder
in 1927, as reported by Muenscher (1928), and by specimens cited by Chase (1947). In
Monroe County, it was discovered in 1939 at Big Mendon Pond (Shanks and Goodwin
1943).
As pointed out by Chase (1947), however, N. marina became unknown in New York
in several localities where it previously grew in abundance. He related that spiny naiad
had disappeared from Irondequoit Bay and Big Mendon Pond in Monroe County.
Clausen (1940) and Shanks and Goodwin (1943) also noted that N. marina was last
known from Irondequoit Bay in 1915. This disappearance was attributed to increased
turbidity and pollution of the water from industrial wastes. Specimens of N. marina
have been seen from all of the above-mentioned localities in the Finger Lakes region,
but no herbarium specimens dated since 1939 have been located or seen.
Recent data on the occurrence of N. marina in New York appears to be scarce. One
record appears for the early 1960’s from the Black Lakes in the Montezuma National
Wildlife Refuge, Seneca County (Cowardin 1965). During 1974, in a field survey of
eight major lakes in the Finger Lakes region, the presence of N. marina was not
recorded (Baston, Ross, and Miller 1975); however, during 1977 in a survey of nine of
the largest lakes in Cayuga County, spiny naiad was reported to be present at the north
end of Cayuga Lake and in Duck Lake (Miller 1978). In 1981, plants were locally
abundant in the Canoga Marshes at the north end of Cayuga Lake (Thomas Rawiniski,
pers. comm. 1983). These statements lead to the conclusion that the current abundance
and distribution are not well known for N. marina in New York. The species evidently
is not considered endangered or threatened, as it is not listed in three recent publica-
tions on rare plants of New York (Mitchell 1979; Mitchell and Sheviak 1981; Mitchell,
Sheviak, and Dean 1980).
Najas marina was detected in southwestern Minnesota as early as 1891 in lake
Minnewaska, Pope County (Taylor s.n., GH, MIN, US). Subsequent records from
Minnesota and North Dakota are known from 10 other lakes and date from 1917 to
1938 (Clausen 1936; Metcalf 1931; Rosendahl 1939; Rosendahl and Butters 1935; her-
barium specimens, GH, MIN, US). In the early 1940’s, Smith (1946) noted the abun-
dance of spiny naiad in Lake Christina near Ashby, Grant County, in connection with
studies of the Canvasback duck. In northeastern South Dakota, spiny naiad occurs in
a ‘‘man-made pond at Blue Cloud Abbey, 12 mi. west of Milbank, . . . Grant County,
26 July 1976,”’ as confirmed by Wentz (1980), who also stated that **N. marina appears
to be widely distributed in this area but uncommon due to drought conditions and lack
of suitable habitat.’’ The species is not included in the recent flora of South Dakota
(VanBruggen 1976), and it appears that specimen records are wanting from North
Dakota since 1917 and from Minnesota since 1938, leading to the suggestion that either
recent field exploration and specimen documentation are lacking, or this species is
also disappearing from this region of the country.
8 BARTONIA
In Michigan, the earliest known specimens are from Brooks Lake, Newaygo County
in 1937 (Bazuin 442, HAM) and 1940 (Bazuin 1948), Peach Lake, Ogemaw County in
1938, and Crystal and Mud Lakes, Montcalm County in 1941. Specimens are known
from 11 cited localities in Michigan (Near and Belcher 1974; Wentz and Stuckey 1971).
The most recent additional records known are those from Peach Lake (28 Jul 1975,
Haynes 5233, MICH, OS), Asylum Lake in Kalamazoo County (19 Jul 1976, McCann
s.n., MICH) and Whitmore Lake in Washtenaw County (11 Sep 1974, Voss 14516,
MICH, OS; Oct 1978, Les s.n., OS). In Brooks Lake, Bazuin noted on labels of
herbarium specimens obtained in 1940 that ‘‘It is slowly replacing other plants in this
lake’’ (MICH) and ‘“‘Becoming the dominant plant of this lake’’ (GH). Voss (1972)
stated that N. marina ‘‘appears to be somewhat aggressive,’’ and the recent additional
localities for its occurrence continue to confirm that spiny naiad is spreading in Mich-
igan.
In Ohio, N. marina has been seen in four different man-made shallow ponds (Big
Dike Pond, Marl Pond, Pike Haven Pond, and Well Pond) at the Resthaven Wildlife
Area about a mile west of Castalia and from one location in the west limestone quarry
on Kelleys Island, Erie County, and from Middle Harbor at East Harbor State Park,
Ottawa County. The earliest known record (Core and Anderson 10, CU), dated 1949,
is from the latter locality where it has not been seen or collected since (I have visited
this locality yearly since 1968). At Well Pond, where is was first collected in 1959 and
is usually very abundant, it has been seen every year since 1968.
The earliest known specimen of N. marina for Wisconsin is from Random Lake,
Sheboygan County in 1941 (Ross and Calhoun 1951). Its distributional history in Wis-
consin has been summarized by Tans and Read (1975), who cite specimens of the late
1960’s and early 1970’s from five different lakes, indicating an apparent recent spread
of the species in that state. In Illinois, the first known specimen is from Druce Lake,
Lake County in 1964 (Winterringer 1966). Recent collections have been made at five
small lakes near the southwestern shore of Lake Michigan (Merilainen 1968; Mohlen-
brock 1970; Swink 1969, 1974; Swink and Wilhelm 1979). The first specimens for
Indiana were obtained in 1979 from Green Lake, Steuben County, and Cree Lake,
Nobel County, in the northeastern corner of the state (Davenport 1980). The report of
N. marina from Kentucky (Cranfill and Thieret 1981) was erroneously based on a
particularly robust specimen of N. minor (Thieret, pers. comm. 1983).
DISPERSAL BY BIRDS
Birds have long been suspected as agents of dispersal for aquatic plants, yet most
of the information is based on assumption and speculation, rather than on original
observation or experimental research, of which data for the latter is difficult to obtain.
The dissemination of plants by birds has been discussed and summarized by many
authors, among them Cruden (1966), deVlaming and Proctor (1968), McAtee (1947),
and Ridley (1930); yet none of these authors mention N. marina. Examination of the
north-south waterfowl migration corridors east of the Rocky Mountains, particularly
for diving ducks, as mapped by Bellrose (1968, 1976), are certainly suggestive as av-
enues of transport of N. marina between Florida and Texas to the Great Lakes region,
Minnesota, and the Dakotas. Among the diving ducks, the maps showing the migration
corridors of the Canvasback (Aythya valisineria) and the Redhead (Aythya americana)
are of the most interest in this respect (Bellrose 1976). Large numbers of Canvasbacks
DISTRIBUTION OF NAJAS MARINA 9
migrate between Florida and New York and across the western Great Lakes region
into Minnesota, while large numbers of Redheads travel between Florida and Ohio and
between Texas and Minnnesota with strong cross migrations between Ohio and Min-
nesota. Overwintering concentrations of these birds are found in Florida and southern
Texas where N. marina is present, and also in the Chesapeake Bay where spiny naiad
is not known to occur. Negating these migrational suggestions is the fact that N.
marina, because it is a rare species, is not a common dietary component of these and
other diving ducks. According to McAtee (1939) fruits of Najas have been found in
the stomachs of 20 species of American wild ducks, occasionally as many as 4000 to
a single stomach. Najas flexilis, however, is much more commonly encountered than
N. marina. As summarized from Cottam (1939), Najas usually composes less than 2%
of the diet of the predominately plant feeding diving ducks, as compared to from 10
to 28% of their diet being pondweeds (Potamogeton spp.). He had examined three
Redhead ducks that held between 1200 and 2000 fruits of N. flexilis, N. guadalupensis,
and N. marina in their stomachs. Najas marina is listed as a minor food source of the
Redhead by Kubichek (1933) and of the Blue-winged Teal by Mabbott (1920). However,
Martin and Uhler (1939) considered N. marina to be ‘“‘too scarce and too localized to
have appreciable value as duck foods.’’ Although acknowledged as a food for water-
fowl, Hewitt (1944) found no fruits of N. marina in the stomachs of ducks examined
at Cayuga Lake, where N. marina also occurs. These statements lead to the suggestion
that the north-south distributional pattern of N. marina in North America probably
has not developed through long distance dispersal by aquatic birds. Dispersal by wa-
terfowl probably should not be discounted and may be plausible within localized areas
as suggested by Chase (1947) in New York, Swink (1969, 1974) in the Chicago region,
Tans and Read (1975) in Wisconsin, and Gillis, Howard, and Proctor (1973) in the
Bahamas.
FOSSIL RECORD
In lake sediments, the large plump fossil fruits of N. marina are readily distinguished
from the slender fruits of the other species in the genus. Fossil fruits of N. marina are
well-known from sediments in the British Isles and in Scandinavia along the Baltic
coast to the Arctic Circle (Backman 1941; Forsberg and Forsberg 1961; Godwin 1975;
Tralau 1959). As shown by the fossil record, the distribution of N. marina in north-
western Europe extended much farther north before glaciation than at present. Since
glaciation its distribution has become extremely restricted in the British Isles and
limited to extreme southern portions of Norway, Sweden, and Finland. The fossil
record further indicates that the species lived in both fresh and brackish water envi-
ronments, but now it is nearly confined to brackish waters, with a few exceptions in
Scandinavia as noted by Forsberg and Forsberg (1961).
In North America, a fossil record of N. marina was not known until the report by
Watts and Bright (1968), who noted its occurrence in Pickerel Lake, Day County,
northeastern South Dakota. The fossil fruits were recovered from sediments deposited
between 9400 and 3000 years B.P., with the best general estimate being 4000 years
B.P., in a lake interpreted as having fresh, shallow, highly carbonated water, high
sulphate concentration, and a pH greater than 7. Associated submersed aquatic plants
were Ceratophyllum demersum, Najas flexilis, N. guadalupensis, Potamogeton pec-
tinatus, P. richardsonii, P. foliosus, and Zannichellia palustria, while the adjacent
marsh around the edge was dominated by Typha, Sparganium, and Scirpus. The sur-
10 BARTONIA
rounding upland vegetation was interpreted to consist of prairie grasses and forbs with
perhaps a few groves of deciduous trees.
Additional fossil fruits have been recovered from lake sediments at three other lo-
calities in the upper midwestern states: (1) from a marsh near Muscotah, Atchinson
County, northeastern Kansas, with an estimated age of 11,000 years B.P. (Griiger 1973);
(2) from West Lake Okoboji, Dickinson County, northwestern Iowa, with an estimated
age of 6200 years B.P. (Van Zant 1979); and (3) from Golden Valley in eastern Min-
nesota, of Holocene age (Watts 1980). (If the deposit was mid-Holocene, it would
represent an age of about 8000 years B.P.) In all three of the published reports, the
fossil fruits of N. marina were deposited in shallow water lakes at a time when dry
prairie vegetation flourished in the surrounding countryside. This species evidently
was very prevalent under these conditions, which at each respective site existed at the
height of the Xerothermic Period. Unlike some other species of aquatic plants which
apparently disappeared from shallow or dried out lakes of the Prairie Peninsula
(Stuckey 1983), N. marina has persisted to the present time in a few of these remaining
shallow alkaline-sulphate prairie lakes. These warm water lakes with a high concen-
tration of solutes would have been even more prevalent and more widely distributed
during the Xerothermic Period.
An isolated fossil fruit of N. marina has also been reported from Anderson Pond,
White County, middle Tennessee, with an estimated age of 12,750 to 12,500 years B.P.
(Delcourt 1979). From the associated fossil plants, the surrounding vegetation at this
period in middle Tennessee has been interpreted as a mixed mesophytic forest.
INTERPRETATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION
The present, historical, and fossil occurrences of N. marina lead to the interpretation
that this species is boreal circumpolar as mapped by Hultén (1962), and represents a
remnant of the Arcto-Tertiary flora in North America, a distribution pattern first de-
scribed by Asa Gray (1859). According to this theory, the flora of the northern hemi-
sphere on both continents prior to continental glaciation consisted of many widely
distributed northern or boreal circumpolar species that had developed and spread since
the late Tertiary when climatic conditions were much warmer. With the onset of a
cooler environment and extensive glaciation, these more or less continuous distribution
patterns of the species of this Arcto-Tertiary flora were interrupted and became exten-
sively modified by one or more periods of continental glaciation. This modification
occurred to the degree that only those species whose ranges either already extended
far to the south in North America or whose plants were able to migrate southward as
environmental conditions changed with the onset of glaciation were able to survive
along the glacial ice margin or in somewhat isolated areas, such as lakes or ponds,
away from the glacier. In these isolated areas or survivia, also called refugia by some
authors, the surviving plants were able to live at the southern extremes of their ranges.
In the United States, N. marina would have survived continental glaciation at many
localities south of the maximum glacial border. The species certainly would have sur-
vived in the numerous alkaline lakes in southwestern United States, where the plants
were present in the 1860's. N. marina may also have survived as far south as Texas
and Florida, but certainly it must have been in Tennessee, as confirmed by the one
fossil record from there. However, the evidence is stronger that N. marina must also
have survived in shallow alkaline lakes and ponds near the glacial border in the Great
Plains. Following the retreat of the ice, the plants invaded glacially formed lakes in
DISTRIBUTION OF NAJAS MARINA 11
Kansas, Iowa, South Dakota, and Minnesota, as the fossil record confirms. Here, after
flourishing for a period of time, especially in shallow lakes during the Xerothermic
Period, the species disappeared from some lakes, but survived in other lakes in Min-
nesota and the Dakotas into historic time.
During Wisconsinan glaciation, N. marina may have also survived near the glacial
boundary in eastern United States where alkaline waters were present. Upon retreat
of the glacier, the species then invaded glacially formed lakes and persisted in a few
of these localities in central New York and possibly even in central Michigan. The
historic records in New York are early ones that date from the 1860’s, whereas in
Michigan the plants were not discovered until the late 1930’s. In New York, the pos-
sibility must be allowed for an historic introduction, perhaps from Europe, in associ-
ation with salt mining operations. Introduced salt tolerant species such as Juncus
gerardii and J. compressus were first recorded there in the 1860’s and 1890's, respec-
tively (Stuckey 1980, 1981). The possibility of a foreign introduction of most of these
halophytes into central New York is strongly suggested by Catling and McKay (1981).
In the western Great Lakes region, N. marina possibly spread from some isolated
native population or populations. In a region which was well explored botanically prior
to the first third of this century, it would be expected that if the species were native
to that region, it would have already been documented. Therefore, I conclude that N.
marina is a recent re-invading species into the western Great Lakes region in Indiana,
Illinois, Michigan, Ohio, and Wisconsin, where the species has been noted as some-
what aggressive. This viewpoint is in agreement with my earlier statements (Wentz
and Stuckey 1971; Stuckey and Roberts 1982), and also with those who have attempted
to explain its recent occurrence and/or spread in Indiana (Davenport 1980), Illinois
(Swink 1969, 1974; Swink and Wilhelm 1979), and Wisconsin (Tans and Read 1975).
The native status of N. marina in Florida and the West Indies may be questioned.
The species was not reported in two floras of the West Indies prior to 1862 and the
earliest specimen seen from Florida is dated 1874. Certainly spiny naiad has spread
locally in recent years in Florida as shown by its more frequent occurrence in man-
made ditches and artificial ponds. In the Bahama Islands, where a specimen was first
obtained in the Duck Pond near the airport on South Bimini, the plants were believed
to have been brought from Florida and are now being spread to other islands in the
chain by birds (Gillis, Howard, and Proctor 1973; Gillis, 1978).
The explanation of the recent occurrences of N. marina in southern Texas also is a
problem. Aside from a possible survival as part of Arcto-Tertiary flora, the species had
not been discovered there until the early part of the twentieth century. However,
perhaps the southern Texas plants are a recent invasion from populations farther north-
ward in New Mexico, where plants could have migrated or been brought down the
Brazos, Colorado, and Rio Grande rivers and then became established.
As in Europe, N. marina undoubtedly must have had a much wider native range in
North America than at present. It appears that N. marina may be disappearing in New
York, Minnesota, and the Dakotas, where at least in the latter region the species is
certainly native. It is expanding its range in the Great Lakes region in a manner similar
to aggressive non-indigenous species. The question of why N. marina has been extir-
pated in certain areas and is expanding in other areas presents unanswered questions.
These questions, particularly the one of extirpation, have been given some consider-
ation by investigators in England. Birks (1980) suggested that different biotypes of N.
marina have evolved and existed in different parts of the species’ range. As climatic
12 BARTONIA
conditions changed throughout the Quaternary, the biotypes differed in their responses
to modifications in habitat and competition with associated species. Watts (1978) sug-
gested a shorter period with the high average temperature necessary for growth and
fruiting has caused the plants to disappear. He also allowed for genetic variation in
geographically different populations, or the dependence of the plants on a specific
nutrient that may fall below a critical threshold of availability because of progressive
leaching. In a letter to me, Watts (1980) wrote that the reason for the extirpation of N.
marina “‘might be related to lowered average annual temperatures and in some cases
to development of peatland around lake basins with introduction of Humus to lake
waters.’’ The latter idea seems more plausible, because under such conditions, the
waters would become more acidic and N. marina could not survive, as has been
demonstrated by Gatewood (1980) in the laboratory cultured plants that died in waters
with a pH lower than 4.7. Furthermore, recent losses have been attributed to pollution
and other locally associated man-induced changes that are occurring in lakes and
ponds.
These conjectures on the distributional history of N. marina in various regions of
North America leave many unanswered questions based on the present available evi-
dence. It appears that this species would be a good candidate for study by recent
methods involving chemosystematic studies and enzyme electrophoresis analyses in
an effort to determine the geographical affinities of any varying genotypes that might
exist throughout the worl
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I thank my students who over the past 16 years have assisted in assembling data from
herbaria and field localities. They are Robert J. Bartolotta, William R. Carr, Mark
Davis, Thomas Duncan, Robert Gatewood, Robert R. Haynes, Stephen J. Hurst,
Ronnie Johnson, Donald Les, Richard M. Lowden, William E. Lynch, David L.
Moore, Ronald Mossman, Marvin L. Roberts, David Rust, Nancy Ryan, Dale G. Soltis,
Edward Toth, and W. Alan Wentz. I am grateful to the curators of those herbaria in
which I examined specimens (BH, CU, GH, IND, MO, MICH, MIN, MSC, NY, NYS,
OKLA, OS, PAC, PENN, PH, US), those whose records were obtained by Robert R.
Haynes (CAN, DAO, F, FSU, LAF, UNA, UNC, WIS), and those where specimen
label data were supplied (HAM, SMU, TEX, UC, UTC). I also thank James S. Pringle,
Alfred E. Schuyler, Edward G. Voss, and W. A. Watts for help in various ways. The
field study at the Resthaven Wildlife Area, near Castalia, Ohio, was conducted as part
of the teaching and research program at the Franz Theodore Stone Laboratory, Put-
in-Bay, Ohio, where also Robert Gatewood conducted his laboratory pH tolerance
study of N. marina. Financial support for field work in the early phases of this research
was from the Ohio Biological Survey, Columbus.
REFERENCES
eo JOHN. 1950. Some aquatic vegetational changes following fish removal. J. Wildlife Mgmt. 14:
BACKMAN, oN. L. 1941. Najas marina in Finland wahrend der 2 ete amnnangcane Acta Bot. Fenn. 30: 1-39.
BASTON, LES, JR., — Ross, = GARY L. sags L an: 1975. of aquatic weeds in the Finger
Lakes of New York Stat or their control. Tech. R p. SS-506 New York Assembly
Public Service EE Studies Program. New York State oo Scientific Staff, Albany, New
York, v +
DISTRIBUTION OF NAJAS MARINA 13
BAZUIN, CLAYTON W. 1948. mney species of vascular plants collected in western Michigan. Pap. Mich-
igan Acad. Sci. (1946) 32:
BECKWITH, FLORENCE AND ee "f MACAULEY. 1894. Plants of Monroe County, New York, and adjacent
territory. Proc. amg Lop Acad. Sci. 3 0
, AND MILTON S. BAXTER. 1917. Plants of . Coat New York, and adjacent territory.
Second Soe List. Proc. Rochester Acad. Sci —121.
BELLROSE, FRANK C. 1968. Waterfowl migration ‘poe east tel ee Rocky Mountains in the United States.
Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv. Biol. Notes No. 61. p.
. 1976. Ducks, Geese, & lea of North pense th 2nd ed. Stackpole Books, Harrisburg, Pennsyl-
vania. 540 pp. (Reprinted, |
Birks, HILary H. 1980. Plant a eseeitia' in Quaternary Lake sediments. Ergebnisse der Limnologie, No.
15. 60 pp.
BRAUN, ALEXANDER. 1864. Revision of the genus Najas of Linnaeus. J. Bot. London 2: 274-
CATLING, P. M. AND S. M. McKay. 1981. A review of the occurrence of halophytes in ees eastern Great
Lakes ‘ggnh Michigan Bot. 20: 167-179.
CHASE, S. S. 1947. Preliminary studies in the genus Najas in the United States. Ph. D. Dissertation, Cornell
Univ., hae, a pp., 6 maps, 12 pls.
CLAUSEN, R. T. 1936. Studies in the genus Najas in the northern is States. Rhodora 38: 333-345.
————. 1940 eee vegetation of the Lake Ontario watershed, pp. 167-187, annotated list, pp. 180-187.
In A Biological Survey of the Lake Ontario Watershed Supplemental to Twenty- reas siting Report,
1939. Consv. Dept., State of New York, Biol. Surv. No. 16 (1939), Albany. 261 pp.
CORRELL, DONOVAN S. AND HELEN B. CoRRELL. 1972. Aquatic and Wetland Plants of ea United
States. Water Pollution Control Research Series. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
1777 pp. (Reprinted Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, Calif. 2 vols, 1975.)
COTTAM, CLARENCE. 1939. Food habits of North American diving ducks. U.S. Dept. Agric. Tech. Bull. 643.
140
p.
Cowarpin, Lewis M. 1965. Annotated list of the vascular plants of the Montezuma National Wildlife Refuge,
Seneca Falls, N.Y. Final Report No. 3. Cornell pe in cooperation with New York Consv. Dept..,
U.S. Fish & Wildlife Serv., and Wildlife Mgmt. Inst. 60 pp.
CRANFILL, RAY AND JOHN W. THIERET. 1981. Thirty Ane to the vascular flora of Kentucky. Sida 9:
5-958.
CRUDEN, ROBERT WILLIAM. 1966. Birds as agents of ok -distance dispersal for disjunct plant groups of the
temperate Mats Hemisphere. Evolution 20: 517-532.
DAVENPORT, L. J. 1980. Najas marina: new to the indbina flora. Sida 8: 353-354.
DELCOURT, HAZEL. 1979. Late Quaternary tape history of the eastern Highland Rim and adjacent
Cumberland Plateau of btasenes Ecol. nogr. 49: 255-280.
DEVLAMING, VICTOR AND VERNON W, Proctor. 1968. Dispersal of aquatic organisms: Viability of seeds
recovered from the ae of captive killdeer and mallard ducks. Amer. J. Bot. 55: 20-2
DRUMMoNnpD, A. T. 1864. Observations on Canadian geographical botany. Canad. Naturalist Gest: new ser.
i:
867. The distribution of plants in Canada in some of its relations to physical and past geological
Boag. Canad. Naturalist Geol. new ser. 3: 161-177.
DUDLEY, WILLIAM R. 1886. The Cayuga Flora. Part I: ; Catalogue of the role nies Growing Without
Cultivation in the Cayuga Lake Basin. Andrus & Church, Ithaca. xxx, 133 pp. + index i-v.
FAUST, MILDRED E. AND ae ns RoBERTS. 1983. The salt plants of Onondaga a Onondaga County,
New York. prog: 49: 2
FERNALD, M. L. 1923. ese on ae distribution of Najas in north-eastern America. Rhodora 25: 105-109.
Foos, KAREN ADAMS. 1971. A Floristic and phytogeographical anlaysis of the fen element at the Resthaven
Wildlife Area (Castalia Prairie), Erie County, Ohio. M. S. thesis, The Ohio State Univ., Columbus.
81 pp.
FORSBERG, B. AND C. ForSBERG. 1961. Fresh water environment for Najas marina. Svensk. Bot. Tidskrift
-6
GATEWOoD, ROBERT. 1980. pH tolerance of Najas marina. Report for special problem in botany submitted
to Ronald L. Stuckey. 18 pp.
GILLIS, WILLIAM T. 1978. Letter to Ronald L. Stuckey, 6 December, from East Lansing, Michigan
, RICHARD A. HOWARD, AND GEORGE R. Proctor. 1973. Additions to the Bahama flora since Pitter
and Millspaugh—I. Rhodora 75: 411-425
14 BARTONIA
GoopricH, Mrs. L. LEONORA HUTCHINSON. 1912. Flora of Onondaga ge as collected by on members
of the Syracuse Botanical Club. Printed by the McDonnell Co., Syra , New York. 21
: ei 1975. The History of . Nii Flora: A Factual Sata a pis dabee uk 2nd ed.
e Univ. Press, Cambridge
GRAY, pte 1855. . [Observations upon yee sae of the Japanese flora to that of North America, and
of other parts a the northern temperate zone.] Mem. Amer. Acad. Arts & Sci. New Ser. 6: 437-449.
(Reprinted under the cn The Flora of Japan, pp. 125-141. In Charles Sprague Sargent. Scientific
Papers of Asa Gray. Vol. Il. Essays: gt Sketches 1841-1886. Houghton, Mifflin & Co.
oe 1889; Ronald L. ae Essays on North American Plant Geography from the bnieteentl
Century. Arno Press, New York. Pages sh numbered + introduction, 4 pp. 1978.)
a pa 1865. Najas major, Ruppia maritima, &c discovered at Salina, N.Y. Amer. J. Sci. 89: 106-
ube msrp Lag found in Oneida County [New York] and vicinity; by John A. Paine, Jr.
Amet. 3, Scis9 — 132.
GRISEBACH, ry 1862. sib Wrghianae Cuba Orientali, Pars. If. Monopetalae et Monocotyledons. Mem.
Acad. Amer. Arts. Sci. n. ser. 8: 503-536. 1863. (Preprinted, 1862.
GRISEBACH, A. H. R. 1864. Flora pe the British West Indian Islands. Lovell Reeve & Co., London. 789 pp.
[Published in 7 parts from 1859-1864, with pp. 507—789 published in 1864; Najas marina appears on
i
. 50
GRUGER, JOHANNA. 1973. Studies on the late Quaternary vegetation history of northeastern Kansas. Geol.
Soc r. Bull. 84: 239-250.
HAYNES, cule R. 1977. The Najadaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 58: 161-
ia
979. Revision of North and Central American Najas nig gt Sida 8: 34-56.
omanm ag F. J. 1935. Naias marina in hot springs. Leafl. W. B
1940. Naiadaceae of Nevada. Contributions Toward a gee of Nevada. No. 15. Div. of Plant
Exploration and Introduction, Bureau Plant Industry, U.S. Dept. Agric., Washington, D.C. 2
HEwITT, OLIVER HAROLD. 1944. Waterfowl Food Plants and the Duck Population at the Head of Cayuga
Lake. Ph.D. Dissertation. Cornell Univ., Ithaca. 196
HOLMGREN, ARTHUR H. 1942. A Handbook of the Vascular one of Northeastern Nevada. Grazing Service,
U.S. Dept. Int. cc Utah State Agric. Coll. Exp. Sta. 2
Hoover, ROBERT F. 1970. Vascular Plants of San “he — County, California. University Calif.
ess, Berkeley. mat
HUuLTEN, Eric. 1962. The Pieeibke Plants. I. Vascular cryptogams, conifers, monocotyledons. Kungl.
Svenska Vetenskapsakademiens Handlingar Fjarde Serien. Band 8. Nr. 5. 275 pp. (Reprinted with
additions and corrections, 1964
KEARNEY, THOMAS H. AND ROBERT “e PEEBLES. 1942. Flowering plants and ferns of Arizona. U.S. Dept.
Agric. Misc. Publ. No. 423. 106
AND COLLABORATORS. on Arizona Flora. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley and Los Ste
1032 pp. Sunol by John Thomas Howell and Elizabeth McClintock and collaborators. 1960.
1033-1085. (Reprinted, 1964
cepionss F. 1933. Report on n the food of five of our most important game ducks. lowa State Coll. J.
Sci. 8: 107-126.
“eget Dovgas Cc. ies Food habits of seven species of American Shoal Water Ducks. U.S. Dept.
Agric. Bull. 862. 67
eee aan Soe Hoxrin JENSEN. 1942. Great Basin plants V.— Aquatics. Rhodora 44: 4-
MarTIN, A. C. AND FE. M. UHLER. “as Food of game ducks in the United States and Canada. U.S. cn
be ric. mech. Ball, No. 634. 157
MARTIN, ees - AND Ghani HurtcHmns. 1980. A Flora of New Mexico. Vol. I. J. Cramer, Vaduz.
xili + 1276
MASON, sel . 1957. A Flora of the Marshes of California. Univ. California Press, Berkeley and Los
Angeles. 878 pp
MCATEE, W. L. wisine Wildfowl Food Plants: Their value, propagation, and management. Collegiate Press
ee Berge Iowa. 14
—_—, 7. Distribution of seeds by birds. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 38: 214-223.
eco: sete . 1957. Notes on Arizona plants. Southw. Naturalist 2: 152-154.
METCALF, FRANKLIN P. 1931. Annotated list of plants collected about lakes and sloughs, pp. 47-64. In Wild-
duck foods of North Dakota lakes. U.S. Dept. Agric., Tech. Bull. No. 221. 72 pp.
DISTRIBUTION OF NAJAS MARINA 15
MERILAINEN, JOUKO. 1968. Najas minor All. in North America. Rhodora 70: 161-
MILLER, Gary L. 1978. An ecological inventory of aquatic vegetation in the major lakes of Cayuga County,
New York, and recommendations for their management. Prepared for the oo County Environ.
gmt. Council. [Cayuga County Planning Board, Auburn, New York] ix + 172
seh a — S. 1979. Preliminary lists of rare, endangered and threatened plant species in New York
w York State Mus. Leafl. 15 pp.
AND paula J. SHEVIAK. inet, Rare hai of New York state. New York State Mus. Bull. No.
445. viii + 96 p
, AND io KENNETH DEAN. 1980. Rare and endangered caste plant species in New York
weik: New York State Mus., Albany, and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv.
MOHLENBROCK, ROBERT H. 1970. The Sires Flora of Illinois, Flowering Sopa fowiins rush to rushes.
Southern Illinois Univ. Press, Carbondale and Edwardsville. 272 pp.
Moore, aes L. 1976. Changes in the marsh and aquatic vascular flora of East Harbor State Park, Ottawa
Cou sian since 1895. Ohio J. Sci. 76: 78-86.
Montes: Tio 1885. Notes on Naiadaceae. Bot. Gaz. 10: 254-256.
race Nalaitibine of North America. Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 3(2): 1-65 + pls. XX-LXXXIV.
MOYLE, for B. 1945a. Classification of lake waters upon the basis of hardness. Proc. Minnesota Acad.
Sci, 13: 8-12.
. Some sages ileus influencing the distribution of aquatic plants in Minnesota. Amer,
Midl. Naturalist 34: 4
AND NEIL eines ie The aquatic and marsh vegetation of Minnesota and its value to water-
fowl. Minnesota Dept. Consv., Tech. Bull. No. 3. 122
MUENSCHER, W. C. 1928. Vegetation of Cayuga and Seneca baker: pp. 243-248, list, pp. 246-248. In A
Biological Survey of the Oswego River System Supplemental to “phases Annual Report, 1927.
Consv. Dept., State of New York. Biol. Surv. No. 2 (1927). Albany. 248 pp. + maps.
MUNzZ, Puitip A. 1935. A Manual of Southern California Botany. Claremont esha Claremont. 642 pp.
1974. A Flora of Southern eat dg) Univ. California Press, Berkeley. 1086
NEAR, Karen A. AND ROBERT O. BELCHER. 1974. New localities for Najas minor and N. marina in south-
eastern Michigan. Michigan Bot. 13: 181-185:
TTO, N. E. AND T. R. BARTLEY. 1965. Aquatic pests on irrigation systems: Identification guide, a water
resources oe publication. U.S. Dept. Interior, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington,
il HP
PAINE, JOHN a Jr. 1865. Catalogue of Plants Found in Oneida County and Vicinity. Rep. Regents Univ.
New-York. 140 pp.
PECK, CHARLES H. 1874. New stations of rare plants, remarks and observations, pp. 87-91. Jn Report of
the botanist (for 1872). 26th Ann. Rep. New York State Mus. pp. 1
. 1883. New stations, remarks and observations, pp. 35-40. In Senor of the botanist (for 1882). 36th
Ann. Rep. New York State Mus. pp. 27-49.
RENDLE, ALFRED BARTON. 1899. A systematic revision of the genus Najas. Trans. Linnean Soc. London
2nd ser. 5: 379-436 + pls. 39-42.
REVEAL, JAMES L. 1977. Najadaceae, pp. 22-23. Jn Arthur Cronquist, Arthur H. Holmgren, Noel H. Holm-
gren, James L. Reveal, and Patricia K. Holmgren. Intermountain Flora: Vascular Plants of the Inter-
mountain West, U.S.A. Vol. Six, The Monocotyledons. Columbia Univ. Press, New York. 584
RIDLEY, HENRY N. 1930. The Dispersal of Plants throughout the World. L. Reeve & Co., Asford, England.
pp.
ais? C. O. 1939. Additional notes on Najas in Minnesota. Rhodora 41: 187-189.
’ K. Butrers. 1935. The genus Najas in Minnesota. Rhodora 37: 345-348.
Ross, ia G. AND BARBARA M, CALHOUN,. 1951. Preliminary reports on the flora of Wisconsin. XXXII.
Najadaceae. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci. 40 40: 93-
RoTHROCK, J. T. 1878. Catalogue of Plants Collected in Nevada, Utah, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona,
. pp. 53-351. In Vol. VI. Botany. Report Upon United States Geographical Surveys West of the One
Hundreth Meridian, in Charge of First Lieut. Geo. M. Wheeler, . . . Government Printing Office,
Washington, D.C. xx, 404 pp. + XXX pls.
SHANKS, ROYAL E. AND RICHARD iM Goopwin. 1943. Notes on the flora of Monroe County, New York.
Proc. Rochester Acad. Sci. 8: 299-343.
SmiTH, J. DONALD. 1946. The canvas-back in Minnesota. The Auk 6
STERN, WILLIAM T. 1965. Grisebach’s flora of the eo West “ewe ‘acehe A biographical and biblio-
graphical introduction. J. Arnold Arbor. 46: 243-285.
16 BARTONIA
picarctk RONALD L. 1980. The migration and establishment of Juncus gerardii (Juncaceae) in the interior
of North America. Sida 8: 334-347.
19h: Distributional history of Juncus compressus (Juncaceae) in North America. Canad. Field-
Naturaliat 95: 167-171.
Absence of certain aquatic vascular plants from the Prairie Peninsula, pp. 97-104. In ss
fewer. Py Proc. 8th North Amer. Prairie Conf., Western Michigan Univ., Kalamazoo. viii + 176 p
AND MARVIN L. ROBERTS. 1977. ek and endangered aquatic vascular plants of Ohio: An oui
list of the imperiled species. Sida 7: 24-41.
982. ioe pp. 27—47. In Tom S. Cooperrider, ed. Endangered and Threat-
ened Plants i) Ohio. Ohio Biol. Surv. Biol. Notes No. 16. 92
SVENSON, H. K. 1927. Effects of post-pleistocene marine Stenerenties 3 in eastern North America. Rhodora
29: 41-48, 57-72, 87-93, 105-114
Swartz, OLAvo. 1791. eres Betinien Quibus Plantae ae Occidentalis Alliaeque Systematis
Vegetabilium. Ed. XIV. Sumtu J. Jacobi Palmii, Erlangae. 424
Swink, FLoyp. 1969. Plants of the Chicago region. The Morton paren Lisle, Illinois. 445 pp.
. 1974. Plants of the Chicago region. 2nd. ed. The Morton Arbor., Lisle, Illinois. 474 pp.
——— AND GEROULD WILHELM. 1979. Plants of the Chicago Region: A Checklist of the Vascular Flora of
the Chicago Region, with Keys; Notes on Local Distribution, Ecology, and Taxonomy; and A System
for Evaluation of Plant oo Revised and Expanded Edition with Keys. The Morton Arbor.,
Lisle, Illinois. 1xxii + 922
TANS, WILLIAM E. AND ROBERT . READ. 1975. Recent Wisconsin ie for some interesting aquatic
vascular plants in the western Great Lakes region. Michigan Bot. 14: -143.
TRALAU, H. 1959. Extinct aquatic plants of Europe. Bot. Not. 112: pt
TWISSELMANN, ERNEST C. 1967. A flora of Kern County, California. Wasmann J. Biol. 25(1/2): 1-395.
VANBRUGGEN, THEODORE. 1976. The Vascular Plants of South Dakota. Iowa State Univ. Press, Ames.
538
VAN ZANT, KENT. 1979. Late glacial and postglacial pollen and plant macrofossils from Lake West Okoboji,
northwestern Iowa. Quaternary Res. 12: 358~380
Voss, EDWARD G. 1972. Michigan Flora: A Guide to the Identification and Occurrence of the Native and
Naturalized Seed-plants of the State Part I aga and Monocots. Cranbrook Inst. Sci., Bloom-
field Hills, Bull. 55, and Univ. Michigan Herb., Ann Arbor. xviii + 488
. 1979. Letter to Ronald L. Stuckey, 19 panies from Ann Arbor, Michiga
Watts, W. A. 1978. Plant macrofossils and Quaternary Paleoecology, pp. 53- 67. dn D. Walker and J. C.
Guppy, eds. Biology and Quaternary Environments, based on the Symposium on Biological Problems
in the Reconstruction of Quaternary Terrestrial Environments, held in Canberra, February 1978. Aus-
tralian Acad. Sci.
———. 1980. Letter to Ronald L. Stuckey, 28 January, from Dublin, Ireland.
AND R. C. BRIGHT. 1968. Pollen, seed, and mollusk analysis of a sediment core from Pickerel Lake,
northeastern South Dakota. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 79: 855—876.
WENTZ, W. ALAN. 1980. Letter to Ronald L. Stuckey, 11 June, from Brookings, South Dakot
AND RONALD L. Stuckey. 1971. The changing distribution of the genus Najas ‘hiesaacsach in Ohio.
Ohio J. Sci. 71: 292-302.
WIEGAND, — M., AND ARTHUR J. ren 1926. The flora of the Cayuga Lake basin, New York. Cornell
Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Mem. 92. 4
WireRaNor GLEN S. 1966. Aquatic sch plants new for Illinois. Rhodora 68; 221-222.
Wooton, E. O., AND PAUL C. STANDLEY. 1915. Flora of New Mexico. Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 19: 1-794.
Bartonia No. 51: 17-33, 1985
‘*Mosses”’ in Lord Petre’s Herbarium Collected by
John Bartram
WILLIAM R. BUCK
New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458
ELIZABETH P. MCLEAN
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 19th and the Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103
‘*Mosses”’ in the 18th century included not only Musci and Hepaticae, but also
lichens, algae and lycopods: “‘every low-growing plant which was not clearly a flow-
ering plant, a fern or a fungus’’ (Margadant 1968). The publication of Dillenius’s His-
toria Muscorum in 1742 was significant because it represented the first work devoted
solely to ‘‘mosses.’’ Although Dillenius’s understanding of the Musci was imperfect
(he thought spores were pollen, for example), the very act of working on the publication
aroused the interest of others in the subject. The American botanist-farmer, John Bar-
tram, confessed that before Dillenius stimulated his interest, he “‘took no particular
notice of mosses, but looked upon them as a Cow looks at a pair of new Barn doors’’
(Bartram Papers 1: 42). The study of contemporary herbaria, descriptions, and cor-
respondence, along with Dillenius’s published works can give us a better understanding
of the formative years of bryology, as well as lichenology.
The early 18th century was a lively time, botanically speaking: a time of active
interchange between amateurs (in the original sense of the word), professionals, self-
taught plant explorers, physicians and patrons—all working toward a more accurate
understanding of the rapidly enlarging known botanical kingdom. Sir Hans Sloane,
whose collection was the foundation of the British Museum of Natural History, is well
known as a patron of botany. Less well-known, partially because of his early death at
29, is a fervent patron of the same period, Robert James (1713-1742), 8th Baron Petre
(Henrey 1975; McLean 1984).
Petre’s botanical enthusiasm was on a large scale, even by the standards of the
period. Among Sir Hans Sloane and a small number of others, this Roman Catholic
peer was the largest subscriber for the Caribbean plant collections of William Hous-
toun; he was also the Philadelphia Quaker, John Bartram’s greatest patron. Petre
planted trees by the tens of thousands (with emphasis on American species) on his
estate, Thorndon, in Essex (Grieve 1981; O'Neill 1984).
Petre’s large library reflected the interests one might expect of a Fellow of the Royal
Society, and contained dozens of books on natural science, from 17th century classics
such as Tournefort’s Elemens de botanique to Dillenius’s Historia Muscorum (in
sheets); it also included a bound 16 volume herbarium (McLean 1984). Maintained in
the Petre family until the 19th century, the herbarium was purchased by Adolph Sutro
in 1886. The Sutro Library is now part of the California state library system and is
housed at San Francisco State University, in the city of which Sutro was once mayor.
The volume of American ‘‘mosses”’ collected by John Bartram in Petre’s herbarium
is the concern of this paper. ‘‘Sir’’ John Hill, described by another employer, the Duke
of Richmond as a ‘‘Bottanist, apothecary, poet or stage player’’ (Rousseau 1982), was
17
18 BARTONIA
also employed by Petre to annotate most of the herbarium, including the Bartram
**mosses’’ (McLean 1984).
John Bartram’s link to the British botanical world was Peter Collinson, Quaker
draper, enthusiastic gardener, plant collector, and friend to the botanical community.
It was through Collinson that Bartram was introduced, first to Lord Petre and then to
a number of patrons and clients which was to eventually include George III, to whom
Bartram became the ‘‘King’s botanist.’’ It was Collinson who instructed Bartram how
to collect and press specimens, even sending him paper for pressing. Bartram was to
document his seeds by enclosing two specimens of the original plant. Collinson then
sent Bartram’s specimens to Gronovius, the great Dutch botanist (who had edited John
Clayton’s Flora virginica) or to Dillenius, the German botanist who was working at
Oxford. These botanists would identify Bartram’s specimens, with particular interest
in ‘‘new’’ plants, and Collinson would relay the information to Bartram (Bartram Pa-
pers 2: 9). Although Bartram soon corresponded with Dillenius *‘directly,’’ these letters
were sent, as were the specimens, through Collinson.
The Bartram-Collinson correspondence, lasting over 30 years, makes lively reading
(Darlington 1849). The first known mention of mosses was in January, 1739, when
Collinson asked Bartram to ‘“‘pray get some Mosses for him [Dillenius] He is now
Engraveing his Collection of Mosses in order to publish them’’ (Bartram Papers 2: 43).
Dillenius evidently sent specimens of mosses to Bartram, as part of his education on
the subject, but they took a year to reach him (Bartram Papers 1: 19). In November,
1739, Bartram wrote Collinson that he had sent ‘‘a letter to doctor dillenius & thee
two little cedar boxes one of mosses for ye doctor’’ (Bartram Papers 1: 19). It was not
until July 22, 1740 that Collinson replied: ‘‘The Boxes of Mosses come safe . . . and
was very acceptable to Docr Delenius for thee has outdone all his other Correspondents
... (Bartram Papers 2: 53). There evidently was another shipment, for in October,
1740, Dr. Dillenius wrote Bartram directly that the “‘last parcell of Mosses & Letter
from April 20 is safe come to hands by ye care of P. Collinson’? (Bartram Papers
3: 99).
For a novice at collecting mosses, Bartram became very busy. In September, 1740,
Bartram wrote Collinson ‘‘in my Journey to Menesinks on the Eastern Branch of
Delaware att the foot of the paqualian Mountains . . . I have colected for thee & Lord
Petre about 60 sorts of mosses . . . thine is of the same sorts with his pray if thee canst
Conveniently let Doctor Dillenius see them it may be there may be some new sorts”’
(Collinson ms.). Other mosses were sent in July of 1741, crossing with a sad letter
from Collinson telling of the death of Lord Petre from smallpox (Bartram Papers 2: 21,
68). Finally, Dillenius sent the ‘‘p[re]sent of his History of Mosses’’ (Bartram Papers
2: 67) in May of 1742, which Bartram thought was ‘‘ye Compleatest of that kind that
ever was wrote . . .”’ (Bartram Papers 1: 28).
The most pertinent letter is that from Bartram, indicating that he had sent duplicate
specimens to Collinson for Lord Petre and Dillenius. Since the Dillenian herbarium at
Oxford contains specimens of certain ‘“‘mosses’’ that typify names validly published
by Hedwig and Linnaeus, it was probable that the Petre collection would contain some
isotypes. Accordingly, the Historia Muscorum was searched for references to speci-
mens from John Bartram, as was post-Hedwigian literature for citations to pertinent
Dillenian material. The Dillenian herbarium at Oxford was examined (by E. P. McL.),
with the assistance of H. N. Clokie, and the original Dillenian drawings for the His-
toria were examined at the British Museum (Natural History).
BARTRAM MOSSES 19
The Bartram material, especially the Bartram-Petre material, evidently arrived at
the last minute, given the dates of the letters and the actual publication of the Historia
(see Henrey 1975 for publication details). Some of the specimens were obviously im-
portant enough to be included. Dillenius seemed to have etched several illustrations,
based on Bartram’s specimens, directly on the plates, because there are no detailed
drawings for these specimens. The drawing for Lycopodioides radiatum dichotomum,
for example, is only a rough sketch. A high proportion of the Bartram specimens which
are types for Dillenian names are in the Appendix of the Historia and in the same
section of the Dillenian herbarium. Bartram was correct in his belief that the collection
from the Menesinks contained some “‘new sorts.”’
The Dillenian herbarium was evolving, not static, as is usually indicated. Clokie
(1964) stated that the specimens are pasted on the herbarium sheets “‘in the order in
which he engraved them,”’ and Druce and Vines (1907) indicated the same. What has
escaped notice is the fact that changes were made by Dillenius to support the projected
abridged edition of the Historia. (The first edition sold only 250 copies.) The manuscript
for this unpublished edition is at the Bodleian Library; it is a combination of pasted
names, illustrations, and brief descriptions cut from the 1741 Historia, to which are
added brief notes in Dillenius’s hand. For example, the plant originally described in
the Historia as Lycopodioides radiatum dichotomum **E Pensylvania a Jo. Bartram
accepi’’ was changed to Lycopodium radiatum dichotomum (by a penned line and the
addition of ‘‘tum’’) and moved from the Lycopodioides section to the Lycopodium
section in both the herbarium and the manuscript of the abridged edition.
Another Bartram specimen in the Dillenian herbarium is Polytrichum acaulon cap-
illaceum, capsulis cylindraceis which was cited by Hedwig (1801) as the basis for
Polytrichum pensilvanicum, now known as Pogonatum pensilvanicum (Hedw.) P.-
Beauv. There is no drawing for his late-arriving specimen, which Dillenius (1741) wrote
was ‘‘Gathered on Jersey Side at the Menesinks, at the Upper Inhabitants on Dela-
ware.’’ There is also a specimen in the Petre herbarium (34, see below), labeled
Polytrichum aureum minus capsula oblongorotunda calyptra ad oras lacerata which
is Pogonatum pensilvanicum. The polynomial was given by ‘‘Sir’’ John Hill, evidently
written while Dillenius was writing his Historia.
All the annotations on the Bartram ‘‘moss’’ specimens in the Petre herbarium are
in the hand of John Hill. The citations used are: Caspar Bauhin, //ivaé, 1623; Johannes
Dillenius, Catalogus plantarum circa Gissam sponte nascentium, 1718; John Ray, Syn-
opsis methodica stirpium britannicarum, 3rd edition (edited by Dillenius), 1724. Ac-
cording to Lord Petre’s personal catalogue of his library (now in the library of the
Essex Record Office), Ray’s Synopsis was in Petre’s extensive library, but not Dillen-
ius’s Catalogus. By far the greatest number of specimens (35 out of 52) have no
bibliographic citation, only Hill’s own polynomial.
Hill’s work on the Bartram mosses seems uneven, with the hindsight of almost 250
years. In many cases Hill identified species as *‘common in England,”” such as the
above mentioned Pogonatum pensilvanicum, but which Crum and Anderson (1981)
indicate are endemic to North America. In other examples, such as Hypnum repens
triangularibus . . . pensylvanicum et virginianum (= Rhytidiadelphus triquetrus), Hill
incorrectly identified species as ‘‘peculiar to America,”’ which also occur in England.
Hill, though, is closer than Dillenius in modern thought in his commentary on the
lichen Byssus pulverulenta incana farinae instar strata (= Pertusaria paratuberculi-
fera): *‘D'. Dillenius calls it a Moss—but I am apt to believe it rather a small Fungus
20 BARTONIA
or Congeries of Fungi. .. .”’ None of Hill’s ‘‘new’’ names from the Petre herbarium
was ever published, despite his voluminous later publications on, and continued in-
terest in, “‘mosses’’ (e.g., Hill 1751).
The Bartram “‘mosses’’ give us a chance to examine some of the oldest, if not the
oldest, collection of bryophytes from the United States and an opportunity to date
some of the ‘“‘mosses’’ in the Dillenian herbarium. Bartram may not have collected any
bryophytes which are now considered rare, but he did develop an eye for species new
to Dillenius, and himself. Also, a number of these collections were later used as the
bases for Hedwigian and Linnaean binomials. The Petre herbarium, in conjunction
with its annotations, the contemporary publications and correspondence, helps fill in
the picture of an emerging understanding of ‘‘mosses’’ in the early 18th century.
CATALOGUE OF SPECIMENS
The following catalogue is arranged according to the order in which the specimens
are filed in volume XIII of the Sutro Library (and more or less in the order they are
presented in Historia Muscorum). The arabic number indicates the sheet and is fol-
lowed by the polynomial which Hill applied to the specimen. If Hill used a name from
a previous author, the bibliographic citation is listed. If the polynomial is Hill’s, only
his name follows. None of Hill’s names was ever published. After the polynomial is
Hill’s common name for the taxon followed by a modern determination. If no deter-
minator follows the name it was determined by the senior author. The subsequent
paragraph in quotation marks was written by Hill. The final paragraph(s) are annota-
tions by the current authors on the taxon and/or specimen in question, or on Hill’s
commentary.
3. Byssus pulverulenta incana farinae instar strata R{ay,] S[ynopsis methodica stirpium britannicarum]
Edfitio] a pag. 56[1724]. Grey dusty moss. = Pertusaria ge Dibben, det. R. C. Harris
romatography: lichexanthone, 2-0- -methylperlatolic acid. Fig. 1
*‘This was i bind on the Roots of Trees in Pensylvania. It is also common in England in shady Places,
strewd over the bark of Trees or other rotten Mosses as in this Specimen. D'. Dillenius calls it a Moss—
but I am apt to believe it rather a small Fungus or Congeries of Fungi, like what we call Mouldiness on
many putrifyd Bodies.”
Although Hill reported this as *‘common in England,’’ he obviously had a broad concept of the taxon
because P. paratuberculifera is an eastern North American endemic (Dibben 1980). This is the first report
of the species for Pennsylvania
It is of interest that Hill realized that this lichen was not a moss, but rather a seesheare It was Morison
(1680-1699) who first associated lichens with fungi in his section ‘‘Musco- Fungi.’’ However, this knowl-
edge was overlooked by Morison’s contemporaries and by Dillenius (1741). Hill seems to have only made
this observation about the eh crustose lichen in the collection and did not expand his concept to include
the foliose and fruticose lich
: pcayaee arboreum villesum song oe off licinarum|-C. B[auhin], Pin{ax] 361 [1623]. Hairy tree
= Usnea trichodea Ach., R. C. Harris. Thin layer chromatography: usnic acid, diffractaic
acid, constictic acid.
as gatherd on Trees in the Woods, in Pensylvania. a is also found in England tho not common.
In Chastion Forest in Sussex there are many Trees coverd w
Although Hill reported this as occurring in England, wolves (1936) only cited eastern Canada, eastern
United States, and a single Mexican locality for the species. Hale’s (1979) cee hie rita map shows the
species restricted to eastern United States from New England to eastern Texas
5. Lichenoides sie eum caule rigidiore et crassior [Hill]. Strong hard branched tree moss. = Usnea
rubicunda Stirton, det. R. C. Harris. Thin layer chromatography: usnic acid, stictic acid agg.
‘This was pier on a Tree in Virginia. It is also found in England as in Charlton Forest in Sussex.
Motyka (1936) reported this species as occurring in the Azores, Spain, Portugal, France, Switzerland,
4a
A
BARTRAM MOSSES 21
Senay Italy, Austria, Czechoslovakia, Yugoslavia, Romania, Albania, Ireland, England; India, China,
occurring from southern fies across New England and the midwest to Missouri and Oklahoma, south
to eastern Texas and Flor
6. Lichenoides tubulosum, ramosissimum, fruticuli specie, candicans, humilius, et crassius, Pensylvanicum
[Hill]. Low, branched coralline moss. = Cladina subtenuis (Abb.) Hale & Culb., det. R. C. Harris. Thin
ayer ee usnic acid, ewig? aric acid.
al a common in Pensylvania, and ve uch resembles our common Coralline Moss; but a close
eesti Jad shews it evidently another Seca est,
Hill was correct in his observations that this species is distinct from the common European species,
probably Cladina (Duf.) Follm., because C. subtenuis is an American endemic. Thomson (1967)
pre its distribution (sub sod as Maine to Florida and west to Illinois, Alabama, Oklahoma, and
Texas; Haiti aica, and
Although rhs ‘astlowes Dillenius (1718) i in his use of the generic name Lichenoides, he (Hill 1751) used
the name Cladonia later. Hill’s (1751) usage of the name Cladonia appears to be the earliest use of the
name age the modern sense, and more importantly, he provided a description of the genus which later
served as the basis of the genus (Laundon 1984). Although this is also true of Usnea, Hill obviously picked
up the name from Bauhin (see above, 4)
7. Lichenoides saxatile, cinereum, foliis divisis, subtus nigricantibus, segmentis frequentioribus, et rotun-
dioribus, pumilum [Hill]. Little, round-segmented, bastard-liverwort. = Heterodermia speciosa (Wulf.)
Trev., det. R. C. Harris. Thin layer chromatography: atranorin, zeorin.
‘*This was gatherd on the Rocks in Pensylvania. Its tubercles appear in November
Heterodermia speciosa occurs in continental Europe, but not the British Isles Himeoksde 1962, sub
Anaptychia), Japan, ptt India, Hawaii, United St tates, Mexico, Costa Rica, Brazil (Kurokawa 1962
sub Anaptychia pseudospeciosa var. tremulans = H. speciosa fide Swinscow and Krog 1976), and eastern
Africa (Swinscow and Krog 1976). In the United States Hale (1979) shows the Pat known from Maine
to Minnesota, south to Louisiana and Georgia and also in Arizona and New xico.
The fact that Hill referred to this lichen, and some other foliose lichens, as a liverwort is interesting
because it not only shows the confusion caused by common names, but also the confusion between
different plants which have converged on the thalloid habit.
. Lichenoides arboreum crustaceum cinereum apophysibus foliosis numerosissimis onustum [Hill]. Grey
crustaceous leafy tree moss. = Punctelia rudecta (Ach.) Krog, det. R. C. Harris.
is grew on the bark of a Tree in Virginia. Its Heads appear in Sentens hi
It is not surprising that Hill did not recognize this lichen, which tous & common in eastern North
America, is absent from Europe (Hale 1965). It also occurs in Asia and Australia (Krog 1982), Mexico,
9. Lichenoides saxatile fusco purpurascens majus et pean Jerseianum [Hill]. Great brown roughleav'd
ee slo wort. = Umbilicaria dots sesinitie (Ach.) Tuc et.
‘‘This was gatherd on a Rock near the Top of The Seineeaits fPaquatiaal Mounted} in the Jerseys and
has never if believe been found any where else.
Far from a New Jersey endemic, U. muhlenbergii ranges from the Appalachian Mountains north t
New England and to Ungava, Canada, west through the Great Lakes region to Minnesota, and coewhtiscatty
in the northern West (Llano 1950). It is also known from North Temperate Asia
Although Bartram was the first to collect this lichen, Acharius (1810) deecriied; it on the basis of material
collected by Muhlenberg from Bartram’s home state of Pennsylvania.
10. Lichenoides saxatile, coriaceum, majus, et planum, inferne nigricans, inipaagiog [Hill]. Great smooth
paleleav’d bastard liverwort. = Umbilicaria mammulata (Ach.) Tuck., det. R. C. Harri
“This was also gatherd on the same Rock with The former and is I believe like that ‘peculiar To the
lace.’
Umbilicaria mammulata has a range similar to that of U. muhlenbergii (q.v., 9), but somewhat m
abbreviated and not occurring in Asia. It, also like U. muhlenbergii, was described by Acharius (1814)
from material sent to him from Pennsylvania by Muhlenber;
11. Lichenoides peltatum terrestre cinereum majus, foliis divisis {Dill.,] PvP Giss[am] 208 [1718].
Ash colourd ground liverwort. = Peltigera canina (L.) Willd., det. R. C. Harr
‘This is found in dry Places in Pensylvania and is well known To be common in England being The
a2 BARTONIA
very species with which the fam’d Powder against the Bite of a mad Dog is made. Its tubercles appear in
November.’
Hill’s spo coins although not followed by modern medicine, did refer to the correct lichen (Crombie
1880). The specific epithet refers to this supposed property as well as the tomentose upper surface of the
ioc oe (1741) later referred to this lichen as Lichenoides digitatum cinereum, Lactucae foliis
12, Licence peltatum arboreum maximum rere hetasg ree .] Cat[alogus] Giss[am] pag. 208 igo
Tree lun = Lobaria pulmonaria (L.) Hoffm., det. arris. Thin layer chromatography: n
stictic nh pre acid ag
“This is found on moist sonid. on the Hills in Pensylvania. It is also found In England on the Bark
of Old Trees in Shady Woods: as in Charlton Forest in Sussex—and on Rooks Hill near the same Place
I have gatherd it in its american situation a moist Place on the ground. Its tubercles appear in January.”
Hill’s determination of this lichen, later known by Dillenius (1741) as Lichenoides pulmoneum reticu-
latum vulgare, sek peltiferis, was correct (Crombie 1880). Although Hill records this lichen as
fi moist ground, it almost surely fell from a tree trunk, as Hill records its habitat in England.
Lobaria pavatien occurs in eastern and western North America (Hale 1979) as well as all of Europe,
eastern and southerrn Africa, north-central and eastern Asia (Yoshimura 1971).
13. Lichenoides arboreum ramosum rigidius et altius divisum colore e cinereo-viridi, albicante [Hill]. Hard,
flatleav’d, branch’d tree moss. = Ramalina americana Hale s.1., det. R. C. Harris. Thin layer chroma-
tography: no lichen acids.
**This is found on Trees In Pensylvania. Its tubercles appear in November.”’
Ramalina americana is an eastern North American endemic, similar to the European R. fastigiata
(Pers.) Ach., with which it was originally confused (Hale 1978).
14. Lichenoides a pyxidatum, cinereum ea J popacnp te Giss[am] 204 [1718]. Common grey cup
a grayii Merr. ex Sandst., det. R. C. Harris. Thin layer chromatography: grayanic acid.
The i is fu in the OP parts of Virginia—tis also common on Heaths In England. It appears
from September to Febru
Although C. grayii pies occur in England (Hawksworth et al. 1980), Hill had confused this lichen with
another cup-forming Cladonia, C. fimbriata (L.) Fr. (Crombie 1880), which Dillenius (1741) later called
Coralloides scyphiforme, tuberculis fuscis. Cladonia grayii is a member of the C. chlorophaea complex
and ranges sporadically throughout northern Europe, Japan, Uruguay, and New Zealand; in North
America from opting to Manitoba south to Nebraska, Texas, and Florida; and in Alaska and
Greenland (Ahti 1
15. Lichenoides sees pyxidatum proliferum marginibus serratis, crustaceum, et foliosum [Hill]. Ser-
rated leafy childing cup moss. = Cladonia squamosa (Scop.) Hoffm., det. R. C. Harris. Thin layer
chromatography: squamatic acid.
‘This was gatherd in the upland Parts of Pensylvania and Virginia. It appears from August Till January.”
It is difficult to understand Hill’s comment that this lichen appears from August through January. It,
like all Cladoniae, are perennial and long-lived. Cladonia squamosa is arctic to temperate and circumpolar;
in North America it occurs from Greenland to Alaska south to California and Florida (Thomson 1967).
16. se Hiesll tubulosum pyxidatum exiguum, fusco-virens [Dill.,] Cat[alogus] Giss[am] 204 [1718]. Little
crustaceous cup moss. = Cladonia sp. (sterile), det. R. C. Harris. Thin layer chromatography: fumar-
protoctaic acid.
as gatherd in dry barren places in Pensylvania but is also common to England and found on
many Heaths. It appears from September Till January or February
Although Hill has provided this specimen with a Dillenian at signee to Cladonia fimbriata
(L.) Fr. fo. tubaeformis Hoftm. (Crombie 1880, = C. coniocrea auct., Fink 1935), it is sterile and consists
solely of squamules. The chemistry is consistent with numerous ie but without podetia an iden-
tification is impossible. Incidentally, C. ee has just fumarprotocetraric acid, but the squamule
morphology is different from this specim
17. Hypnum repens triangularibus masons et pallidioribus foliis, pumilum pensylvanicum et virginianum
[Hill]. Dwarf paleleav’d upright wood moss. = Rhytidiadelphus triquetrus (Hedw.) W
‘This was gatherd in woods in Virginia a Pensylvania and is I believe Peculiar to agra it seems
a perfect re arf Representation of our great upright wood moss. Its Heads appear in November.”
ss ge triquetrus is not an American endemic, but is reportedly common and even locally
abundant in Great Britain (Smith 1978). It is also known from throughout central Europe, northern and
central Asia, Kis Japan. In North America it is distributed from Alaska and the Yukon south to California
BARTRAM MOSSES 23
and ee piel aes to Newfoundland, and south to North Carolina, Tennessee, and Arkansas (Crum
and Anderson 1981).
No vetted has been found to Hill’s citation of the ‘‘great upright wood moss.”’ Dillenius (1741) makes
no reference to this name among his Hypna. This incident points to the problems associated with common
18. Hypnum arboreum, majus, cauliculis teretibus, erectis, Bho brevioribus, et angustis, luteovirentibus
{Hill]. Large round branch’d upright tree moss. = Ento seductrix (Hedw.) C. Mill.
‘*‘This was found on the Bark “ a Tree In some part of Virginia. Its Heads appear in December
Entodon seductrix is an American endemic, occurring from Vermont to Ontario, Minnesota, Nebraska,
and
peniavivauk (Hedwig 1801), presumably collected by Muhlenberg. Hedwig (1801) never made reference
to Dillenius’s (1741) Pee epee sericeum repens, capsulis cylindraceis, which according to Lind-
berg (1883) is also E. seduc
Although Hill records ne. eink as rahul on the sae g a tree, it was almost surely on the base of
a tree as the species rarely if ever grows up the trunks o
19. Hypnum arboreum minus, cauliculis ns erectis, is! : evioribies et angustis luteovirentibus [Hill].
Lattis ay branch’d yellowish tree moss. = Anomodon rostratus (Hedw.) Schim
was found on the Bark of a Tree in Virginia. Its Heads appear in Dedenber:' :
Alt ho ugh Anomodon rostratus does not occur in England, it does grow in central Europe an di
in eastern North America (Crum and Anderson 1981). Hedwig’s (1801) type came fotki Lancaster, ein
sylvania.
0. Hypnum sylvaticum repens minus foliis luteovirentibus ramosum [Hill]. Pale leav’d little wood trailing
moss. = Entodon seductrix (Hedw.) C. Mill.
‘*‘This was gatherd in woods in Virginia. It is also common in England. Its Heads appear in January.”’
It is interesting that Hill did not recognize this specimen as the same species as one above (18, q.v.).
It seems that habitat alone influenced his decision since his Latin polynomials reflect this before morpho-
pater S sehedolaces cs.
Since Entodon seductrix is an American endemic, one wonders what Hill thought was the same in
Clie: aang when the only species of Entodon in Britain, E. concinnus (De Not.) Par., is very
different.
21, Taine arboreum repens foliis congestis parvis obscurevirentibus [Hill]. Little creeping darkgreen tree
. = Leucodon julaceus (Hedw.) Sull.
This was gatherd on the Bark of a Tree in Pensylvania. Its Heads appear in January.”
Hedwig ne described this species as Prerigynandrum a eum, and based it upon Dillenius’s (1741)
Hypnum julaceum, perichaetio setas paene aequante. Dillenius based his species on three collections
from Pennsylvania and Virginia made by John Mitchell, John aa and John Clayton. Since Mitchell
and Clayton sent Dillenius material from Virginia and Bartram was Dillenius’s only Pennsylvanian cor-
respondent (Dillenius 1741), the Bartram collection is an isosyntype of Dillenius’ polynomial, which then
is the foundation of Hedwig’s name.
Leucodon julaceus is a North American endemic, occurring from New York and southern Ontario to
Michigan, Iowa, and Kansas south to Florida, Texas, and northern Mexico (Crum and Anderson 1981).
. Hypnum terrestre, luteovirens, ramulis brevioribus, foliis latioribus [Hill]. Short branch’d shining trailing
moss. = Bryoandersonia illecebra (Hedw.) Robins.
“This was gatherd on dry clay id in Pensylvania: vet is also common to England, and found by
way sides in many Places. The Heads appear in January.’
Bryoandersonia illecebra is a North American endemic even though Hedwig (1801) gave both Europe
and North America as its range. However, a specimen from Lancaster, Pennsylvania is the only one cited.
Dillenius (1741) may have aided in this confusion. His Hypnum cupressiforme rotundius, vel Illecebrae
aemulum, according to Lindberg (1883), is a mixture of three species, Hy ee a (= Pseudosclero-
podium), H. boscii (= Bryoandersonia illecebra) and H. illecebrum L. . (= Scleropodium
touretii). The B Bryoandersonia (Dillenius 1741, fig. 46B) collection is aS sinanly fy one cited from *‘Lan-
castrienses’’ [Pennsylvania]. We have no direct evidence that Bartram was associated with this collection.
The species has shaaionts been plagued by nomenclatural problems but these were discussed and
resolved by Robinson (196
23. Hypnum filicinum repens ipa minus oly: tenuissime divisis |Hill]. Small, fine divided virginian
ern moss. = Thuidium delicatulum (Hedw.
24 BARTONIA
“This was gatherd in the woods in Pensylvania growing on the Bark of a Tree near the Ground. Its
Heads appear in December
Thuidium delicatulum is our most common Thuidium. It also occurs in western and northern Britain
and Ireland, Europe, northern and central Asia, China, Japan, North America, West Indies, and Andean
outh America (Smith 1978). It is curious that Hill did not recognize this moss from England and eve
more curious that he used * een - the comnon name phi his specimen came from maibe aih
Despite its wide range, Hedwig (18 dit g only in North America. Although Hedwig
only cited Wesciedea: asa eae he referred to Diltenios ‘ Oat} and his Hypnum filicinum, tamarisci
foliis minimis non sple Sees setis Sina brevioribus. Dillenius cited Virginia, Pennsylvania, and
Maryland but without collectors. However, since Bartram was Dillenius’s only Pennsylvanian contact, it
is conceivable that Dillenius, was Se in pee to a portion of the gathering from which this specimen
A. Hype palustre, erectum, arbusculam scl ramulis subrotundis [Dill.,] Cat[alogus] Giss[am] pag.
220 [1718]. Upright round branch’d tree moss. = Climacium dendroides (Hedw.) Web. & Mohr.
‘*‘This was gatherd in a moist Place in Pesan but is also found in England In damp Places in woods:
as in Charlton Forest. Its seeds appear in Jan a
Climacium dendroides is a widespread iad al tinctive species. It is AY no surprise that Hill
recognized it. As reported by Lindberg (1883), the Dillenian polynomial of 1741, Hypnum dendroides
sericeum, setis et capsulis longioribus erectis, is equivalent to pacha pt AOS However, Lindberg
(1883, p. 21) reported ‘‘Specimina in collectione sunt sterilia, excepto em, e Pensylvania’’, quod C
americanum.’’ Our specimen, though, is not C. americanum Brid., which is sympatric in Pennsylvania
with C. dendroides (Horton and Vitt 1976). Either the Pennsylvanian specimen in the Dillenian herbarium
referred to by RCS is not a portion of this collection, or Lindberg was swayed by geography and
misnamed the specime
. Hypnum palustre gh referens minus, ramulis brevioribus angustioribus et magis erectis [Hill].
tenant tree moss with shorter branches. = Climacium americanum Brid.
‘‘This was gatherd in a moist shady Place in Virginia. Its Heads appear in December.
Climacium americanum is an American endemic ranging from Nova Scotia to Minnesota south to Texas
and Florida (Horton and Vitt 1976). It is interesting that Hill recognized that Climacium americanum Was
distinct from C. dendroides (24, q.v.) in the 1740’s, many years before Bridel described the American
be
ty
nN
£ wn
oO
gregate.
Hypnum terrestre sericeum luteovirens ramulis ig foliis creberrimis brevioribus obsitis (Hill).
Yellowish silky ground moss. = Pleurozium schreberi (Brid.) Mitt
**This grows in ‘he cea. in dry Places in Petey hveeie Its Heads appear in January
Pleurozium schreberi is common in Britain and also occurs in central Europe, Asia, oi America ners
1978). It was known to Dillenius (1741), as Hypnum cupressiforme tenuius et compressius, as well a
earlier authors. Hedwig (1801) apparently did not refer to this species, probably due to the fact a
Linnaeus (1753) used the name Hypnum parietinum for this moss as inde as two others! Hedwig picked
up the two non-Pleurozium usages of H. parietinum but seemingly mis
27. Hypnum palustre repens pumilum et ramosum lutescens, foliis fase tah longioribus et aduncis,
unam praecipue partem ere es 1]. Yellow small curl’d leav’d ground moss. = Philonotis fontana
(Hedw.) Brid. var. caespitosa (Jur.)
**This was gatherd in moist eg in ieee Its Heads appear in January
This variety occurs from Nova Scotia to Minnesota south to Arkansas oid Tennessee, also in central
and northern Europe, Asia Minor, and northern and central Asia (Crum and Anderson 1981). It is of
interest that Hill referred this to Hypnum, a genus of pleurocarpous mosses. Even Dillenius (1741) pla aced
the acrocarpous Philonotis fontana under the genus Bryum as Bryum palustre, scapis teretibus stellatis,
isa magnis subrotundis. Dillenius (1718), however, did refer the species to Hypnum in his Catalogus
Gis
28. ous um aquaticum, erectum, cauliculis compressis, et ramosis, foliis brevioribus, et angustis, rarius
sitis, ea [Hill]. Green, small leav’d, upright, water moss. = Hypnum pratense Koch ex Spruc
ound in very wet Places and by the Sides of Waters i in Jersey. Its Heads appear in Janua
Aituanh pe an aquatic species, H. pratense does grow in marshy areas. It occurs from eae ainiaed
to British Columbia and south to the Great Lakes region and in the east to North Carolina; northern and
central Europe, northern Asia, and Japan (Crum and Anderson 1981).
29. Hypnum terrestre, parvum, luteovirens, ramosum, ramulis compressis, foliis angustioribus, et oblongis,
creberrimis, extremetatibus Hearty obsitis [Hill]. Little shining ground moss with reflex leaves.
= Hypnum curvifolium Hedw
BARTRAM MOSSES 25
‘This grows on Hills in the upland Parts of Virginia. Its Heads appear in Januar
Hypnum curvifolium is a North hoieeaes endemic. Hedwig (1801) described it from a Miihlenberg
specimen from as ncaster, Hehage thie
‘ypnum terres pumilum, aie brevioribus, minus ramosis, foliis latioribus, et bre
vioribus, alone ks [Hill]. Little upright green earth moss. = Eurhynchium pulchellum ( Hedw.) )
Jenn.
as is found in moist Places In bila Its Heads appear in January
This moss is very common in eastern rth America but mi type is fron Sweden, collected by O.
Swartz (Hei ns a, (1718, We never referred to i
31. Hypn errestre, ens, sericeum, lutescens, ramosum, se crebrioribus, et latioribus, caulem am-
Blaine [Hill]. Vellow creeping broadleav’d ground moss. = Brachythecium salebrosum (Web.
*‘This is found in hilly places In Virginia and also in England. Its Heads appear in Novem
Brachythecium salebrosum does occur in England although it is not common there (Smith 1978). The
one ste occurs throughout much of North America, northern and central Europe, northern and central
a, Japan, Australia, and Kerguelen (Crum and Anderson 1981
a2: in cote et ven capsula quadrangulari {Dill.,) Catfalogus} Giss[am] 221 [1718]. Great
golden maidenhair. = Polytrichum commune Hedw
‘This is uid in wooded in Daa ania and is ics common in England. Its Heads are ripe in August.”
Hill’s use of Dillenius’s 1718 name is correct. It is a synonym of Dillenius’s 1741 Polytrichum qua-
pepenagei prim Juccae foliis serratis, which, according to Lindberg (1883), is equivalent to Polytri-
commun
Hill s common name is interesting for what we se the common hair cap moss. Dillenius (1741) referred
to it as the ‘‘great Goldilocks.’’ Dillenius gave no reference to any American material.
33. Polytrichum montanum et minus, capsula iaubheetink [Dill.,] Cat{alogus] Giss[am] pag. 221 [1718].
The ey golden maidenhair. = Polytrichum juniperinum Hedw
**This was gatherd in woods in Virginia. It is also found in many woods in England. The Heads are ripe
in actles n
In 1714 Dillenius referred to this moss as Polytrichum quadrangulare, Juniperi foliis brevioribus et
rigidioribus. According to Lindberg (1883) the polynomial indeed belongs to Polytrichum juniperinum.
However, of Dillenius’s 10 figures, two of them (F and H) are based on P. attenuatum Menz. ex Brid
var. brachycarpum Lindb. (= P. formosum Hedw.). Dillenius provided no indication of having seen
merican material.
34. Polytrichum aureum minus capsula obl t calyptra ad oras lacerata [Hill]. Little round headed
golden maidenhair. = Pogonatum caine (Hedw.) P.-Beau
**This is founds in dry sandy Places in Virginia—and is also common to England. Its Heads appear in
September.
Hedwig (1801), _— describing suede’ hum pensilvanicum, cited **Pensilvania circa Lancaster solo
simili, quo Polytric let, lectum misit eat . Muhlenberg. Primum ibi a Jo. Bartram
neque haetenis alibi inventum, Pensilvanicum cognominavi.”’ In the Seadiee Muscorum Dillenius (1741)
called this species oo acaulon capillaceum, capsulis ie. He cited “‘Misit vero eam ex
— Jo. Bartram et locum vernaculo idiomate sequ uentem in modum descripsit: Gathered on Jersey
t the Aeerigiee at the Upper nti on Delaware.’ Therefore, although some of Bartram’s
ma tet was used in the understanding and description of this species, it was not this collection which
was considered.
Since Pogonatum pensilvanicum is restricted to the New World (Crum and Anderson 1981), it was
probably Pogonatum nanum (Hedw.) P.-Beauv. with which Hill was confused.
35. Polytrichum cic subrotundis, pediculis brevissimis insidentibus, ii striata, arboreum et ter-
restre minus, ramosum, et breve [Dill.,] Catlalogus] Giss[am] 222 [1718]. Little round headed golden
maidenhair with darkgreen leaves. = Grimmia pilifera P.-Beauv., det. S. P. Churchill.
‘‘This was gatherd on the Bark of a Tree in Virginia—it is also found on tees and walls In England.
Its Heads appear in January.”
Dillenius’s (1718) Catalogus Gissam name is equivalent to his 1741 Polytrichum Bryi ruralis facie,
capsulis sessilibus, minus, which, according to Lindberg (1883) is sto See stramineum Hornsch.
However, this specimen is a member of the Grimmiaceae, not the Orthotrichaceae. Therefore, one won-
ders if Hill might not have altered the habitat data to fit his concept of st species since this specimen
was surely collected from rock.
%6 BARTONIA
36. Bryum erectis capitulis opis caule reclinato [Dill.,] aia Giss[am] pag. 222 [1718]. Fine,
narrow-leav'd, green wood moss. = Dicranum scoparium Hedw. Fig. 2.
“This was Parent in the ‘woods In Pensylvania. It is also foie ni England in most shady Places. Its
heads appear in be
In his Historia pedmnates Dillenius (1741) called this species Bryum reclinatum, foliis falcatis, scoparum
effigie, with collections, but without collectors, cited from, among others, Virginia and Pennsylvania.
When Hedwig (1801) described the species he cited Dillenius’s Historia Muscorum polynomial ne listed,
along with several others, Virginia and Pennsylvania as localities. Without collectors one cannot be pos-
itive, however, since Bartram was Dillenius’s only contributor of Pennsylvania material, it is probable
that som e of the American collections were made by Bartram and that this is a duplicate of one such
collect
Si. oun pe ere cauliculis nigricantibus, erectis, foliis brevioribus, et Losipgsits eel in pilum canes-
centem desinentibus [Hill]. Black stald’d, hairy leav’d, marsh, upright m = Hedwigia ciliata (Hedw.)
P.-Beauv.
‘This was gatherd in a marshy Place in Jersey. Its Heads appear in February.’
Although this may have been collected in a marshy place, the plants were surely growing well above
the wetness on a rock. Dillenius (1741) called this moss Sphagnum nodosum, hirsutum et incanum and
wrote that he had seen Pennsylvanian material. Presumably Dillenius’s citation refers to a previous ship-
ment received from Bartram and not this one
38. Bryum arboreum minus fusco virens foliis longioribus Ghee be iy [Hill]. Cluster leav’d
een upright moss. = Drummondia prorepens (Hedw.) Britt. (+ p Ulota cri os (Hedw.) Brid.).
was gatherd on the bark a a Tree in Pensylvania. Its Heads biseh in Januar
od h the type of this species was collected in Pennsylvania, it was made vas Muhlenberg near
Lancaster (Hedwig 1801). The species is endemic to the eastern and central portion “4 North America
from Nova Scotia to Michigan and Nebraska south to Georgia and Oklahoma (Vitt 197
39. Bryum Aegon erectis capitulis, albidum, fragile on ,] Cat[alogus]. Giss[am] oP ae Whitish,
brittle upright m = Leucobryum albidum (Brid.) L
**This was ether in a moist Place in Virginia. It is a se in such Places, in many Parts of England;
as on Hampsted Heath, but what is very observable is, that, here, it very seldom produces any Heads;
indeed I never coud see any, tho I have watchd it for many years: but it shoud seem by The Quantity on
this eT that they are common enough there. The Heads appear in July.”
Dillenian name and its 1741 equivalent, Bryum albidum et glauc um fragile _ foliis erectis,
setis fare both are referrable to Leucobryum glaucum (Hedw.) Angstr. ex Fries. Presumably Dillen-
ius’s reference to Virginia and Pennsylvania specimens either are in error or are based on io specimens,
and not this one. Although L. glaucum is common to both Europe and North America, L. albidum is
restricted to the Americas. Hill’s comments on the frequency of sporophytes is interesting for even though
both L. glaucum and L. pri are dioicous, Crum and Anderson (1981 ) wrote ‘‘It is our impression
that L. albidum fruits commonly, certainly more often than L. glaucum
40. Bryum palustre cauliculis rang erectis, foliis longioribus et pa suieribes luteovirentibus cinctis
[Hill]. — d, marsh, upright moss. = Lycopodium cf. a i Li
7 was gatherd in a moist Place In the Desart in Jersey. It is also found on many bogs in England.
Its Heads appear in January.”
Without strobili a positive — is difficult. However, the size indicates that L. alopecuroides
is probably the correct name. The species does not occur in England and Hill probably had it confused
with the not very similar L. inundatum . the only member of subgenus Lycopodiella in Britain. In the
United States the species occurs from the Gulf states north in the Atlantic coastal plain to Connecticut
(Wherry 1961). Hill’s citation of ste specimen having been collected in the ‘‘Desart in Jersey’’ perhaps
refers to the New Jersey pine barr
Linnaeus (1753) based his ienstue alopecuroides, at least in part, on Dillenius’s Lycopodium al-
opecuroides, flagellorum extremitatibus radicosis. Without reference to collectors, Dillenius noted col-
lections from Virginia, Pennsylvania, and Carolina. Therefore, although this specimen from New Jersey
is not mentioned, presumably an earlier Bartram collection is, in part, a basis for the Linnean binomial.
41. Bryum [erectis] capitulis oblongis rubentibus, foliis oblongis, augustis, pellucidis rugosis (Dill..]
Cat[alogus] Giss[am] pag. 222 [1718]. Long headed, upright moss, with narrow, crumpled leaves.
= m oerstedianum (C. Mill.) Mitt
**This was gatherd in woods in Virginia. It is also found in England in many Places. Its Heads appear
in Sectember.”
BARTRAM MOSSES 27
Fics. 1 and 2. 1. Pertusaria paratuberculifera Dibben; 2. Dicranum scoparium Hedw.
Dillenius referred to his Catalogus Gissam name as a synonym of his 1741 Bryum Phyllitidis folio rugoso
acuto, capsulis incurvis, which Lindberg (1883) placed in the synonymy of Atrichum undulatum (Hedw.)
P.-Beauv. Actually some authors, e.g. Crum (1971), consider A. oerstedianum only a variety of the wide-
spread and variable a ndulatum. However, Ireland (1969) has argued for its recognition as a species on
the basis of sexuality, stature, tomentum, capsule morphology, and habitat. Crum and Anderson (1981)
refer to this taxon as ‘‘the most common and widespread expression of A. undulatum in eastern Nort
Bea a
ryum roseum, Pbagsk ae oblongis, sina splendide virentibus [Hill]. Little dark green rose
aa upright m = Rhodobryum onta e (Kindb.) Kindb.
“This was pushed | ina poke Place In Puasivanbe It is also found On Hearths in England. Its Heads
have not yet been ever seen, that I have heard.”’
Hill, like numerous authors since then, confused Rhodobryum roseum and R. ontariense. Admittedly
the species are subtly canine and some modern authors (e.g. Crum and Anderson 1981) still do not
choose to segregate the two taxa. However, Iwatsuki and Koponen (1972) have argued convincingly for
the recognition of two Rin In England only R. roseum is present whereas only R. ontariense grows
America.
ryum palustre, pumilum, ramulis habitioribus, foliis oblongis, oe eins acutis, ex-
tremitatbus i cinetis (Hill]. Little, thick-branched, marsh, upright m = Aulacomnium palustre
(Hedw.) S
“This is en in marshy Places In the back of Virginia. Its Heads appear in January.”’
This species is almost cosmopolitan. In the tropics it is mostly known from high elevations. Dillenius
apparently did not refer to it in the Catalogus Plantarum circa Gi ssam sept nascentium (1718), but
44. Bryum terr dae erectum, foliis longioribus, angustis, acuminatus, oe isenehice summitatibus
pes [Hill]. N scien *d bright-green upright moss. = Dicranum fulvu ook.
is was abeiee ona Rock in Virginia: but Is also sa m many Places in n England on moist ground —
as on the side of Rooks Hill. Its Heads appear in Februar
Hill was obviously confused about this species. Not only it not occur in England, but it is restricted
south to Georgia and Arkansa, and in Europe from Sweden to northern Italy (Crum and Anderson iota
45. Bryum phlei iets rotundis et latioribus foliis pellucidis “ise ] couleagan Latupeag ts stirpium britan-
nicarum] 08. Edfitio] tert[ia] [1724]. Thyme-leav’d pellucid upright m = Plagiomnium ae:
ticum (Brid.) Hae
orhs was gatherd in moist Places In Pensylvania but is also found In England. Its Heads appear in
A ta
1 *s polynomial of 1724 is cited in synonymy by Dillenius ( pus seis ih boas eo serpilli folio
ede pellucido, capsulis ovatis Dill. According to Lindberg (1883), this is equivale 0 Astrophyllum
punctatum (Hedw.) Lindb. (= Rhizomnium punctatum (Hedw) Kop.)
28 BARTONIA
alee authors (e.g. Crum and Anderson 1981) es to sagniaian Mnium in the broad, traditional sense.
ever, Koponen (1968) had divided the genus into numerous segregate genera and has generally been
ice ed. Plagiomnium ellipticum ranges throughout teh and Scandinavia south to northern Italy,
Iceland, Asia Minor, northern and central Asia, Japan; Chile, Argentina; in North America from Greenland
to Alaska south to Pennsylvania and Ohio in the east and Arizona and New Mexico in the west (Koponen
pee
6. Bryum nitidum, serpyllifolium, repens, foliis brevioribus, mucronatis, sparsim oe pellucidis
Bre my" creeping thyme-leav’d pellucid moss. = Plagiomnium cuspidatum set Kop.
**This is found in moist shady Places in Seaeis. Heads appear in September.
It is surprising that Hill did not recognize this moss because not only is it one of the most common
mosses in North America, but is also frequent Biagio England, Europe, Asia, and Asia Minor (Smith
is
7. Sphagnum cauliferum et ramosum, palustre, molle candicans, reflexis ramulis, foliis latioribus [Dill.,]
Cat[alogus] Giss[am] pag. 229 [1718]. Great branched white water moss. = Sphagnum subsecundum Nees
ex Sturm var. subsecundum
‘“‘This is found in wet Places in Jersey—and is common also on Bogs in England. It seldom Produces
any Heads but loci - ae tis in July.”’
Dillenius’s 1718 n is equivalent to his 1741 Sphagnum palustre molle deflexum, squamis cymbifor-
mibus. Lindberg (1883) relied this latter name under the synonymy of Sphagnum ate e L. Even though
Sphagnum is a notoriously troublesome genus with numerous species interpretations, Hill should have
done better in his identification because S. palustre is in a different section of ie genus than S. subse-
cundum.
The one-layered stem cortex and stem leaves the same size or smaller than the branch leaves clearly
place this specimen in the var. subsecundum. This variety ranges from Greenland to Alaska and south to
California and North Carolina, and in the Old World throughout northern and central Europe and Asia,
Japan, Southeast Asia, and India the rum 1984).
48. Sphagnum cauliferum, et ram palustre, molle, candicans, reflexis ramulis, foliis angustioribus
Hitt ,] Cat[alogus] Gisslam Pahg T1718). trite branch’d white water moss. = Sphagnum tenerum Sull. &
th is found in ate ilies with the former in England as well as America. It produces its Heads
July.”
Dili (1741) lists his Catalogus polynomial under the synonymy of Sphagnum ea molle de-
is capillaceis, which Lindberg (1883) considered a synonym of §. nemoreum Scop. (= S$
capiliflium (Ehrh .) Hedw.). Sphagnum tenerum is apo eid considered a variety + the variable S.
jiatieie was surprisingly accurate. Sphagnum tenerum ranges from Newfoundland to Manitoba
sou ar nf Kansas and Florida, and in seg h Columbia and Alberta; Norway, Sweden, Germany, Czecho-
slovakia, and the Caucasus; Japan (Crum 1984).
49. Selago repens, et ramosae, virginiana, habia quadratis, foliis cinereis, in pilum canesc entem desi-
nentibus [Hill]. Square branch’d, grey, virginian, seeding moss. = Selaginella rupestris (L.) S
“This was on on a Rock in the back of Virginia And is I think Peculiar to the Place. Its yer are
ripe in Janua
Although a restricted to Virginia, Selaginella rupestris is an eastern North American endemic, ranging
from Nova Scotia to Manitoba south to Georgia and Oklahoma (Reed 1953).
Linnaeus’s (1753) description of Lycopodium rupestre is based in part on Dillenius’s (1741) Lycopodium
rupestre pilosum et incanum, spicis acute Giada are! Although Dillenius does not cite any specific
collector, his material is from Virginia and Pennsylvania and therefore Bartram’s gatherings are probably
partially a basis for the protologue.
50. Lycopodium pensylvanicum repens et ramosum, foliis compressis, dentatis, luteovirentibus, clavis, in
singulis pedic me Leite [Hill]. Branched many club’d, pensylvanian woolfs-claw-moss. = Lycopodium
—— A. mn. Fig. 3,
“This w . eet in a sandy barren Place in Pensylvania. The seeds are ripe in Au
pallets (1741) called this taxon Lye rag ieee digitatum foliis Arboris Vitae, spicis biseniallis teretibus,
and based the name on a specimen collected by John Bartram in Pennsylvania. However, the name lay
in synonymy for many years and the species was most commonly known as Lycopodium fabeltiforme
(Fern.) Blanchard (Wilce 1965). However, Braun (in Kunze 1848) was the first to recognize this
the species level and based his name on Dillenius’s (1741) description and illustration. Recently Hickey
BARTRAM MOSSES 29
=e Beitel Sesh resurrected Braun’s name and lectotypified it with plate LIX from Historia Muscorum.
1957 rm suggested the use of the term typotype for the specimen from which an illustration,
ae is a ae is drawn. Therefore, the Bartram specimen from Pennsylvania is a typotype and this
specimen is considered an isotypotype
aL: seehialeoacect ic aiiabelh majus (Dill. ,] Cat[alogus] paar hae ome 172 eS Broad leav’d flat
ps coeanc d scaly = Porella platyphylloidea (Schwein.) Lindb.,
This was cies in moist Places In Virginia and is em also 7 ee age penn in England. It
flowers in April.’’
In 1741 Dillenius called his earlier trinomial Lichenastrum imbricatum majus, squamis compressis et
planis which, according to Lindberg (1883), is currently known as Radula complanta (L.) Dum. Therefore,
ill grossly misidentified the specimen. However, what Dillenius called this specimen is of more interest.
since Bartram was the only one to send Dillenius a from Pennsylvania, at least some of Bartram’s
material was involved. The Dillenian polynomial then became the basis for Jungermannia platyphylla L.
(= Porella platyphylla (L.) Lindb.). Dillenius illustrated four plants of Porella and Eustace W. Jones (pers.
comm.) has indicated that, due to the different aspects of the plants and their admixtures, these are
probably separate collections. However, Dr. Jones was unable to determine whether any or all of the
collections are le platyphylloidea. Despite the identity of the plants, only one collection needs to be
chosen for the typotype. Isoviita (1970) outlined many of the problems concerning Dillenian organ
Thus, until here is a critical examination of the material in Dillenius’s herbarium, a question will rema
as to its identity.
52. Lichenastrum imbricatum, purpurascens, foliis panne et pro magnitudinis ratione ae
minus [Hill]. Long leav’d narrow purplish scaly moss. = Frullania eboracensis Gottsche, det.
Thiers.
‘*This is found in moist Places on the side of Hills in Pensylvania. It is also found in England as very
plentyfully on Rooks Hill. It flowers in April.”
Frullania eboracensis is a North American endemic (Breil 1970) so Hill obviously had this species
confused with a British one. sett there are five species of Frullania in Britain (Jones 1958) and
presumably had one of these in
3. Hypnum aquaticum, ramulis ey coiadbee gg longissimis et pease pas laete virentibus
[Hill]. Narrow-leav’d, green, water, trailing moss. = Dichelyma capillaceum (W Myr
‘This was gatherd in a Pond of Water in chants It is also found in many eels aon Ditches in
England.’
Withering (1801), when describing this species, referred to Dickson’s Plantarum Cryptogamicarum
Britanniae and Dillenius’s Historia Muscorum. Dickson (1790), also referred to Dillenius’s (1741) Fontin-
alis capillacea, calycibus stili instar cuspidatis. Dillenius based his polynomial on material collected by
ohn Bartram from a lake in Pennsylvania. Therefore, this collection is best considered an isotypotype of
capillaceis and wrote that ‘‘Dillenius is the only author who has described it; he received specimens of it
from Pensylvania, gathered there by John gaia [sic], at the same time that mine and those of all the
other botanical people who have it were sen * This definitely verifies that this collection is the only
one Bartram sent to Europe and is therefore eeu as authentic and the basis for the modern usage.
Welch (1960) provides a concise, yet complete, account of the nomenclatural problems.
Although Withering (1801) cited a specimen of Fontinalis capillacea as occurring in “‘mountain rivulets
‘6 Reach he was obviously mistaken as the genus Dichelyma does not even occur in Britain (Smith
78). However, Welch (1960) discusses the specimen upon which this report is based. She provided the
es for the species to be socrepaelit France, Germany, and in North America from Newfoundland to
Wisconsin, south to Florida and Louisiana
54. Hypnum terrestre, obscurevirens, sale gracilioribus, foliis brevioribus [Hill]. Short leav’d darkgreen
egies branch’d trailing moss. = Drummondia prorepens (Hed
was gatherd on a Rock near a Spring of Water in the back of Virginia—but is also found in
Bbee as in Charlton Forest in Sussex. The Heads appear in September.”
It is odd that Hill did not realize that this specimen is the same as one above (38, q.v.). Also, the species
does not occur in England. Hill was probably confusing it with a species of Orthotrichum. This specimen
almost surely grew on a tree trunk as the species is corticolous and not known from saxicolous habitats.
30 BARTONIA
Fics. 3 and 4. 3. Lycopodium digitatum A. Braun (isotypotype); 4. Lycopodium obscurum L. (isotypo-
type).
[55.] Unnumbered specimen. = Lycopodium obscurum L.
Hill seemingly did not see this specimen for it is not cane by him. It, unlike any other specimen
in the volume, is not mounted on a sheet, but is rather in the original wrappers which Bartram sent it in.
In Bartram’s hand on the outside of the folder paper is written (Fig. 5): ‘‘these I take to be beauties of
Fic. 5. John Bartram’s annotation of Lycopodium obscurum L.
BARTRAM MOSSES 31
their kind. I gathered them 250 mile of home in my — to ye northward. I never saw any so perfect
before pray let Lord Petre have one & Dillenius have a rs
Dillenius (1741), citing Bartram as the collector, cee this plant as Lycopodioides radiatum dicho-
tomum. Linnaeus (1753) cited only Dillenius’s trinomial when establishing Lycopodium obscurum. Re-
cently Hickey (1977) in a revision of the L. obscurum complex in North America lectotypified the species
He chose Dillenius’s (1741) plate LX VII as the lectotype. Therefore, following Stearn’s (1957) terminology,
this specimen should be considered an isotypotype. In these days when Lycopodium taxonomy is in a
‘‘splitting’’ phase, a specimen, rather than a plate, is the only way a name can be absolutely based. In
fact it is difficult to know how Hickey (1977) was able to decide upon the variety of L. obscurum which
Dillenius’s plate represents.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We particularly wish to thank Gary Strong, State Librarian, California State Library,
for generously allowing the herbarium to be borrowed by the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia. Gary Kurutz, Program Manager, Special Collections, Cali-
fornia State Library, and Eleanor Capelle, Senior Librarian (now retired), Sutro Li-
brary, were supportive of the concept of the project. Dr. James Mears, former head
of the botany department at the Academy of Natural Sciences, gave helpful guidance
at the onset. Also, the following people graciously provided determinations or infor-
mation: Steven P. Churchill, Howard Crum, Richard C. Harris, Eustace W. Jones and
Barbara M. Thiers. We thank them for their assistance. Dr. Richard C. Harris was
particularly helpful in the preparation of the section on lichens, providing identifica-
tions, thin layer chromatography information and sources of literature.
LITERATURE CITED
ACHARIUS, E. 1810. Lichenographica universalis. J. F. Danckwerts, Gottingen. vili + 696 pp.
. Synopsis methodica lichenum. Svanborg et Soc., Lund. xiii + 392 pp.
AHTI, T. 1966. Correlation of the ogre and morphological characters in Cladonia chlorophaea and allied
lichens. Ann. Bot. Fenn. 3; 380-390
BARTRAM, J. 1735-1768. Bartram adits 3 vol. Historical Society of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia.
BAUHIN, C. 1623. Iivaé theatri botanici. Ludovici Regis. xxiv + 522 + 22 pp
BREIL, D. A. 1970. Liverworts of the mid-Gulf coastal plain. Bryologist 73: 409-491
CLoxkig, H. N. 1964. An account of the herbaria of Lo Department of Botany in the University of Oxford.
Oxford University Press, London. viii + 280 p
COLLINSON, P. Undated. Large Commonplace se The Linnaean Society, London. [A manuscript of
Collinson’s copies of his own letters.]
Crompig, J. M. 1880. On the lichens of Dillenius’s ‘Historia Muscorum,’ as illustrated by his herbarium. J.
Linn. Soc., Bot. 17: 553-58
Crum, H. 1971. Nomenclatural changes in the Musci. Bryologist 74: 165-174.
. 1984. gia aniston ee N. Amer. FI. II, 11: i-iv, 1-180.
L 1981. Mosses of eastern North America. 2 vol. Columbia University Press,
AND L.
New York. 1328 pp.
CULBERSON, W. L. 1962. Some pseudocyphellate Parmeliae. Nova Hedwigia 4: 563-577
DARLINGTON, W. 1849. Memorial of John Bartram and Humphry Marshall with notes of their botanical
contemporaries. Lindsay & cig Philadelphia. 585 pp. Reprinted in 1967 by Hafner, New York,
with an introduction by J. Ewan.
DiBBEN, M. J. 1980. The te nena ouns of the ho eee Pertusaria in North America north of Mexico.
Milwaukee Public Mus. Publ. Biol. Geol. 5: i-
Dickson, J. 1790. Plantarum cryptogamicarum a saree secundus. G. Nicol, London. 31 pp.
DILLENIUs, J. J. 1718. Catalogus plantarum circa Gissam sponte nascentium. Joh. Maximilianum a Sande,
Frankfort am Main. [xvi +] 240 [+17] pp.
. 1741 [1742]. Historia Muscorum; in qua circiter sexcentae species veteres et novae ad sua genera
relatae describuntur: et iconibus genuinis illustrantur: cum appendice et indice synonymorum. Theatro
Sheldoniano, Oxford. xvi + 576 + 8
32 BARTONIA
Druce, G. C. AND S. H. Vines. 1907. The Dillenian herbarium. An account of the Dillenian collections in
= herbarium of the University of Oxford together with a biographical sketch of Dillenius, selections
om his correspondence, notes, &c. Clarendon Press, Oxford. cxii + 258 p
FINK, 'B. 1935. The lichen flora of the United States. University of Michigan pre Ann Arbor.
GriEVE, H. 1981. A transatlantic gardening friendship, 1694-1777. [Chelmsford] Historical pena
Essex. 27
HALE, M. E. 196s. Studies on the Parmelia borreri group. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 59: 37—
. 1978. A new species of Ramalina from North America (Lichenes: shea getaam Bryologist 81:
599- 602.
. 1979. How to know the lichens. 2nd ed. Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. viii + 246 p
HAWKSWORTH, D. L., P. W. JAMES AND B. J. Coppins. 1980. British lichen-forming, lichenicolous and allied
fungi. Lichenologist 12: 1-115.
HeEpwia, J. 1801. a muscorum frondosorum descriptae et tabulis aeneis LX XVII coloratis illustratae.
Lipsiae. vi + 353
pects B97), Baits pioneer and horticultural literature before 1800. Volume 2 (of 3). Oxford Uni-
ersity a sheik vi 48 p
tHiacer, K.y.1977; ‘ne Ticope die Shik complex in North America. Amer. Fern J. 67: 45-48.
DJ, ag BEITEL. 1979. A name change for Lycopodium flabelliforme. Rhodora 81: 137-140
HILL, J. 1751. A general natural history: or, new and accurate descriptions of the animals, vegetables, and
minerals of the different parts of the world. Volume 2. A history of plants. Thomas Osborne, London.
xxvi + 624 [+17] pp.
Horton, D. G. AND D. H. Vitt. 1976. Morphological characters, relative to distribution, and taxonomic
considerations of the genus Climacium in North America. Canad. J. Bot. 54: 1872-1883.
IRELAND, R. R. 1969. Taxonomic studies on the genus Atrichum in North America. Canad. J. Bot. 47: 353-
3
Isovurra, P. 1970. Dillenius’s “Historia Muscorum’ as bai basis of hepatic nomenclature, and S. O. Lindberg’s
collection me Dillenian bryophytes. Acta Bot. n. 89: 1-28.
IWATSUKI, Z. AND T. KOPONEN. 1972. On the en and distribution of Rhodobryum roseum and its
related Paget (Bryophyta). Acta Bot. Fenn. 96: 1—22.
JONES, E. W. 1958. An annotated list of British hepatics. Trans. Brit. Bryol. Soc. 3: 353-374
pea T. 1968. Generic revision of Mniaceae Mitt. (Bryophyta). Ann. Bot. Henge 5: 117- er
1971. A monograph of Plagiomnium sect. Rosulata (Mniaceae). Ann. Bot. Fenn. 8: 305—367.
KRoG, A. 1982. Punctelia, a new lichen genus in the aenarees Nordic J. Bot. 2: 287-292.
Kunze, G. 1848. Notes on some ferns of the United States. Amer. J. Sci. Arts II, 6: 80-89.
KUROKAWA, S. 1962. A monograph of the genus Anaptychia. “pir Nova Hedwigia 6: 1-
LAUNDON, J. R. 1984. Proposal to emend Cladonia Hill ex Browne, 1756, nom. cons., and delete Cladona
Adanson, 1763, nom. rej. (Ascomycetes: Lecanorales). Taxon 33: 109-112
LINDBERG, S. O. 1883. Kritisk granskning af mossorna uti Dillenii Historia Muscorum. J. C. Frenckell &
Son, Helsinki. 59 pp.
LINNAEUS, C. 1753. Species plantarum. 2 vol. Impensis Laurentii Salvii, Stockholm. 1: i-xii, 1-560: 2: 561-
1200.
LLANo, G. A. 1950. A monograph of the sh family Umbilicariaceae in the Western Hemisphere. Office
of Naval Research, Washington, DC. v
McLEAN, E. P. 1984. A preliminary nese: on me 18th century herbarium of Robert James, eighth baron
Petre. Bartonia 50: 36-39.
MARGADANT, W. D. 1968. Early bryological literature. Hunt Botanical Library, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
pp
Morison, R. 1680-1699. Plantarum historiae universalis oxoniensis pars secunda [tertia] seu herbarum
distributio nova. Theathro Sheldoniano, Oxford. 2: i-iv, 1-619. 1680; 3: i-xxiv, 1-657. 1699. [Volume
one was never published.]
MotyKaA, J. staal pire generis Usnea studium monographicum. Pars systematica. Volumen primum.
Leopoli. i 304
O'NEILL, J. ne: Peter Collies and the American garden. Garden 8(4): 20-23, 31.
Ray, J. 1724. Synopsis methodica stirpium britannicarum. Ed. 3. Guilielmi & Joannis Innys, London. xvi
f 552
REED, C. F. 1953 . The ferns and fern-allies of — and Delaware including District of Columbia. Reed
Herbarium, Baltimore, Maryland. xviii + 286 p
BARTRAM MOSSES 33
ROBINSON, H. 1962. Generic revisions of North American Brachytheciaceae. Bryologist 65: 73-146
SmiTH, A. J. E. 1978. The moss flora of Britain and Ireland. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. viii
+ 706 pp.
STEARN, W. T. 1957. An introduction to the Species Plantarum and cognate botanical works of Carl Lin-
asa InC. Linnaeus. Species plantarum. A facsimile of the first edition 1753. Volume one. Ray Society,
London. xiv + 176
Swinscow, T. D. V. eye H. KroG. 1976. The genera Anaptychia and Heterodermia in East Africa. Li-
chenologist 8: 103—
THOMSON, J. W. 1967. a Lichen genus Cladonia in North America. University of Toronto Press, Toronto.
xi + 172 pp.
Vitt, D. H. 1972. A monograph of the genus Drummondia. Canad. J. Bot. 50: 1191-1208.
WELCH, W. H. 1960. A monograph of the Fontinalaceae. Martinus Nijhoff, The Hague. 357 pp.
Wue_rry, E. T. 1961. The fern guide. Northeastern and midland United States and adjacent Canada. Dou-
ble ~ & Co., Inc., New York. 318
WILCE, 1965, Section Complanata of the genus Lycopodium. Beih. Nova Hedwigia 19: i-ix, 1-233.
Wiatano, W. 1801. A systematic arrangement of British plants; with an easy introduction to hae gees of
any. The fourth edition, in four volumes. Volume 3. T. Cadell et al., London. Pages 44
eer: I. 1971. The genus Lobaria of eastern Asia. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 34: 231-364.
Bartonia No. 51: 34—36, 1985
A Limestone Glade in West Virginia
RODNEY L. BARTGIS
The Nature Conservancy, 1100 Quarrier St., Room 215, Charleston, WV 25301
Limestone glades are sparsely wooded communities of shallow soils and bare rock
associated with limestones (Baskin et al. 1968). They achieve their greatest abundance
in the Interior Low Plateau, especially in the Central Basin of Middle Tennessee. In
this region, these ‘‘cedar glades’’ are marked by a rich endemic flora (Baskin et al.
1968). Limestone glades are also known from southwestern Virginia where they have
been referred to as red cedar woodlands (Harvill et al. 1977). In this paper, I describe
a limestone glade found in 1983 in West Virginia where limestone glades were previ-
ously unknown. Nomenclature follows Strausbaugh and Core 1977.
The West Virginia limestone glade occurs on 6 ha of Knobly Mountain, Grant
County, at an elevation of 500 m in the Ridge-and-valley province of Fenneman (1938).
The glade is on a gently sloping, southwest facing flat of the mountain. It is underlain
by limestones of the Tonoloway, Wills Creek, and Williamsport complex of the Silurian
Period. The west edge of the glade is marked by a cliff, the east edge grades into a
xeric woodland. Part of the glade was pastured until 1924 (R. Smith pers. comm.), but
no exotic species have been noted on the glade. There has been no subsequent dis-
turbance to most of the glade.
Woody plants are scattered over the glade, but are sparse (less than 30% cover) and
often absent from areas of thinnest soil and bare rock. Cercis canadensis and Juniperus
virginiana are the dominant woody species, although Quercus muehlenbergii, Robinia
pseudo-acacia, and Rosa carolina also occur. Herbaceous dominants are Bouteloua
curtipendula and Helianthus microcephalus, with Paronychia virginica var. virginica
becoming important in areas of thinnest soil.
Twenty-five herbaceous vascular plants have been noted on the glade (Table 1); the
glade has not been explored in spring and early summer. None of these plants are
endemics of the Interior Low Plateau cedar glades (see Baskin et al. 1968), but six of
the West Virginia limestone glade plants are considered to be endemics of the mid-
Appalachian shale barrens (see Table 1). The presence of these shale barren endemics
on the limestone glade supports the belief that at least some of the shale barren en-
demics may have arose in a wide range of xeric habitats and were subsequently re-
stricted to the shale barrens with the recent displacement of once more widespread
open xeric habitats by forest (see Keener 1983).
Several of the West Virginia limestone glade plants have a predominantly midwestern
range (Table 1). Of these, Paronychia virginica var. virginica is a local endemic variety
of a midwestern species. These species may be relicts of extensive early Holocene
migrations that apparently allowed a number of midwestern species to invade the
central Ridge-and-valley (see Harvill et al. 1977 and Keener 1983).
The limestone glade is not only a unique ecosystem in West Virginia, but of its
twenty-five known herbaceous plants, ten species are considered rare in West Virginia
(Table 1). Of these rare species, Paronychia virginica var. virginica and Pseudotaenidia
montana are under review for the federal endangered and threatened species list. 2000
34
WEST VIRGINIA LIMESTONE GLADE 35
TABLE |. The known herbaceous vascular flora of the West Virginia limestone glade.
an
z 28
3 i
3 ee oe
> od es 5M
mic ao Eis
ae €% ze
re 2 2D
ac ae & 8
ha ao & ne Name of Plant
Andropogon gerardii
XxX Antennaria virginica
Arenaria stricta
Asclepias tuberosa
xX Asclepias verticillata
Asplenium platyneuron
x Aster peo lius
Blephila ci
x Xx Bouteloua cuipendl
x Carex eburne
xX XxX Convolvulus dias
Helianthus divaricatus
x X Helianthus laevigatus
Helianthus microcephalus
Hystrix patula
Kuhnia eupatorioides
>, Lespedeza nuttallii
4 Xx Linum sulcatum
m4 Xx Oenothera argillicola
x Xx Paronychia virginica var. virginica
Phlox subulata
Pycnanthemum incanum
Xx > 4 Solidago harissii
x >< Taenidia montana (Pseudotaenidia montana)
Triosteum perfoliatum
to 2500 plants of Paronychia virginica occur at the glade and may be the variety’s
largest extant population. Future work at the site is expected to reveal additional rare
species.
A small portion of the limestone glade has been destroyed by a limestone quarry.
The current landowner has entered into a short-term voluntary protection agreement
with The Nature Conservancy. In view of its rare species richness and being a unique
habitat-type in West Virginia, it is hoped that long-term protection can be achieved for
the site.
LITERATURE CITED
BASKIN, J. M., E. QUARTERMAN, AND C. CAUDLE. 1968. Preliminary checklist of the herbaceous vascular
=
>
Zz
ery
-o
a
98"
Zz
m™
=
(99)
a
>
CLARKSON, DL. RADER. 1981. Rare and endangered
vascular plant species in West Virginia. U.S. snes Printing Office, Washington, DC.
36 BARTONIA
FENNEMAN, N. M. 1938. oe of Eastern United States. McGraw-Hill, New York.
HARVILL, A. M., JR., C. E. STE , AND D. M. Ware. 1977. Atlas of the Virginia Fora. Part 1. Pterido-
phytes ee onsen leeks Virginia Scuaical Pes Farmville.
KEENER, C. S. 1983. Distribution of biohistory of the endemic flora of the wee Appalachian shale barrens.
DE. L. Core. 1977. Flora of West Virginia. 2nd ed. Seneca Books, Grantsville.
U.S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE. 1983. Endangered and threatened wildlife and plants; supplement to
review of plant taxa for listing; proposed rule. Federal Register 48: 53640-53670.
Bartonia No. 51: 37-45, 1985
The Natural History of John Abbot: Influences and
Some Questions
JOSEPH EWAN
Department of Biology, Tulane University, New Orleans, LA 70118
John Abbot and James Edward Smith lived in a period of intense interest in the
world of nature. Between 1775 and 1825 the South Pacific had been explored scientif-
ically, with collections to document the first navigation, the plants and animals of the
Pacific Coast from Monterey to Alaska. Firsts included the California Condor (origi-
nally ranging from the Columbia River to Baja California) and the coast redwood
(Sequoia sempervirens). The bellowing of the alligator was reported by William Bar-
tram, the cry of the limpkin, the carnivory of the Venus-fly trap, and the glory of the
Appalachian rhododendrons—all came within Abbott’s lifetime as he lived out his
years in Georgia.
Born in London in 1751 the son of a well-to-do attorney, John Abbot was captivated
as a youth by the insect cabinets of Dru Drury and Henry Smeathman and the parley
of entomologists. He saw the plates of Catesby’s Natural History and was encouraged
to make his own sketches. At twenty-two he emigrated to America, arriving first in
Virginia and then settling in rural Georgia where he lived for the next half century. He
died in a plantation cottage in Bulloch County unnoticed by the scientific world.
Did John Abbot influence the growth of natural history? Very little, as the world
judges. Yet for our knowledge of insects, their illustration and description, of spiders,
birds, and plants, for all of these their portraiture and description Abbot left in sum
an impressive even though little noticed treasure of natural history. The totals of Ab-
bot’s survived relics are truly impressive and seldom matched in the history of natural
history: over 2000 watercolor drawings of insects and arachnids, over 5000 insect
specimens, 500 drawings of birds and bird eggs, an undetermined number of bird skins,
and some dried plant specimens. Why, then, is there no John Abbot in the Dictionary
of American Biography or other usual sources? Why is he not mentioned in the his-
tories of biology? Why did Abbot fail directly to influence the natural sciences? Was
it his retiring personality that he did not publish his discoveries, or was it his rural
residence? Abbot was not fond of strangers. He was the hermit naturalist, ‘‘the world
forgetting, by the world forgot.’’ Abbot’s reticence was evident when, on sending his
drawings and notes to Francillon he left instructions for the possible future editor,
‘prune and trim’’! And to make ‘‘what you please of the following crude notes.”’! We
think of William Bartram who, when his 7ravels which appeared in 1791 were being
published, did not press to see the proofs. Yet Bartram did publish his discoveries
although he was a hermit naturalist who declined a professorship in the University of
Pennsylvania, appointment to government expeditions, and who did not attend meet-
ings of scientific societies although they were held in nearby Philadelphia across the
Schuylkill from his farm. Notice Abbot’s geographic location. Most of his life he lived
on the border of a woodsy creek in the great Savannah River flood plain, so isolated
37
38 BARTONIA
that the most widely travelled naturalist in our history, the intrepid Thomas Nuttall,
did not venture to Abbot’s home from Savannah where he visited Oemler. All the while
Abbot lived near Savannah there was no scientific society meeting there, nor did he
initiate one, to catalyze potential fraternal scientific growth. Unlike Charleston, Sa
vannah, though a port city, had not spawned a natural history organization. 5
Charleston, a Crown colony, enjoyed an organic connection with its economy and
scientific activities. The Charleston Museum dates from 1773. Consider James Ham-
ilton Couper (1794-1866) of Darien, Georgia. Couper as an isolated scientist, interested
in fossils, shells, and geology, was a part of a Philadelphia-London circle rather than
of a non-existent Savannah society. Charles Lyell visited Couper in 1845.* The Bar-
trams, Benjamin Smith Barton, Thomas Say, William Maclure, Richard Harlan,
Thomas Nuttall, George Ord, Alexander Wilson—all related to the bustling port city
of Philadelphia.
Abbot, the rural naturalist, did not propose any innovative concepts of classification.
His suggestion that spiders may be classified by the construction of their webs might
have become classic, but he did not pursue the idea.
The magnetic power of the exotic! Drury told Abbot, while he was still in London,
that Surinam was the best field in which to find natural history novelties.* James
Petiver, apothecary and a real antiquarian, had initiated Surinam ornithology at the
beginning of the 18th century when he described three birds, not from skins, but from
Dutch paintings.* Records are sketchy of actual collections taken during the 18th cen-
tury but we know that Peter Gerret, a successful coffee planter, and Lt. Col. Dahlberg,
of the military, made collections that reached Europe. Daniel Rolander, a Dane, col-
lected insects in Surinam in 1755 for Linnaeus.© When Linnaeus wrote his Systema
naturae, tenth edition, he was impressed particularly by the cockroaches in his cabinet
trays. I like Linnaeus’ description for Blatta gigantea as Diametro ovi gallinacei, that
is, with the diameter of a hen’s egg!’ Abbot would have been impressed! He came to
know a somewhat smaller version in Georgia kitchens.
But it would have been the Bird-eating spider that really caught his eye. Marcgraf
pictured it in 1648 from Brazil, but Maria Sibylle Merian and her daughter returned
from Surinam in 1701 with drawings of plants, reptiles, and insects.’ On plate 18 of
her classic folio on Surinam creatures she pictured a huge spider capturing a hum-
mingbird at its nest. There are twice as many eggs in its nest as there rightfully should
be, and the text relates that hummingbirds are the only food of the priests in Surinam!
Surinam continued to fascinate any museum visitor although Abbot had determined to
go to Georgia. William Bullock, who quotes Abbot’s observations on the nesting an-
hinga,’ exhibited in his museum at Piccadilly a ‘‘bird-catching or Great Surinam
Spider.”’ In his Companion written for the museum visitor he explains that the spider
measures 8 to 10 inches in extent, its legs ‘‘covered with rough hairs.’’!°
Clearly John Abbot was influenced by the natural history classics he saw. What
Audubon’s elephant folio may be to the susceptible young naturalist today, Catesby’s
Natural History was the provocation in John Abbot’s youth. No matter that some of
Catesby’s figures were inexact now and then. His swallow-tail (plate 86 in vol. 2) was,
in entomologist Strecker’s words,*‘either a monstrosity or a palpable exaggeration’’!
But Catesby’s Cecropia moth, Polyphemus moth, or Horned caterpillar were eye-
catching. Do you suppose Abbot discovered that Catesby had also resided in Turnham
Green where Abbot later swung his insect net? Catesby slept here. It was George
Edward’s style of drawing that influenced Abbot, not in the personal way in which
JOHN ABBOT 39
William Bartram had been schooled in the magpie and stump style,'! but by his quiet
inspection of Edward’s drawings. Catesby had instructed Edwards in etching his plates
for Edwards’ Natural History of Uncommon Birds (London, [1750]). On Catesby’s
death in 1749 Edwards assisted his widow in the publication of the second edition of
the Carolina Natural History (1771). Edwards had been fortunate in meeting Hans
Sloane early in his career and it was Sloane who effected his appointment as librarian
at the Royal College of Physicians. The surviving letters and archives of Edwards,
which you would anticipate as being at the College, were destroyed, a loss for histo-
rians.!* The Bartram letters, for example, would have feathered out the skeletal Col-
linson record. Abbot was 23 when Edwards died.
As George Edwards made known the Bartram discoveries in America, so John La-
tham published Abbot’s Georgia birds. Three Georgia birds were first announced by
Latham from Abbot’s description, the Yellow-billed cuckoo, the Prothonatory warbler,
and the darter or anhinga. Abbot told Wilson about the anhinga, and his observations
were quoted in Wilson’s American Ornithology, and in turn by Audubon in his Birds
of America.
When Henry Smeathman first met Abbot, who was then about nineteen, Smeathman
introduced himself as ‘‘a brother Flycatcher.’’ Very nearly the same age, the two were
in London for two years comparing their modest insect collections before Smeathman
left for West Africa and Abbot for Georgia. Smeathman’s life was to embrace three
continents and reach from termite condominiums to celestial aeronautics. In 1771 he
went to Sierra Leone aided by the philanthropy of the Quaker, Dr. John Fothergill,
with whom were joined Dru Drury, Joseph Banks, and Marmaduke Tunstall in sup-
porting the explorer.'* In Sierra Leone Smeathman lost his travelling companion from
‘‘bilious fever,’’ but he gained firsthand knowledge of termites, collected insects and
plants, both herbarium specimens and living tree ferns.'* He was on the West Indian
island of Tobago for two or three years.'® In 1781 he published in the Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society, and in separate bookform, his Some Account of
the Termites which are found in Africa (London, 1781). This rarity was issued with
copper plates in color; a copy is still in Benjamin Smith Barton’s library in Philadelphia.
Smeathman was in Paris in 1783 attending all the hot air balloon experiments of the
Montgolfier brothers. The Frenchmen made the first public ascent of an unmanned
balloon on June 4th, 1783, and on September 19th, a rooster, a sheep, and a duck were
airborne at Versailles. In October the first man, Pilatre de Rozier, left the earth!!’ But
all the while the termite man was not idle. Smeathman had plans of a horizontally
positioned balloon, with wings, which could be steered and alight equally well on land
or water. It would have been used for the delivery of dispatches. He declined all French
offers to implement the plan until he had some response from Britain. He wrote to
Joseph Banks hoping for his support representing the government as Banks did in
matters of science. Incidentally, Franklin approved of Smeathman’s aeronautical ex-
periment.'® On a completely different level Smeathman launched a new scheme in
1786: the opening of a new settlement for poor blacks in Sierra Leone.'” In this endeavor
another Quaker physician John Coakley Lettsom gave support. Smeathman, however,
died that same year before the colonization party could set out. We do not know
whether Abbot, then in Georgia, ever learned about brother Smeathman’s later *‘Fly-
catcher’’ sweeps.
The history of biology is marked by its facilitators. Hans Sloane and William Sherard
were among the patrons of Catesby; Linnaeus facilitated Artedi in publishing his classic
40 BARTONIA
on fishes. Lambert, Vice President of the Linnean Society, was the facilitator of Pursh
in the publication of his Flora; James Edward Smith, of Abbot for Rarer Lepidopterous
Insects of Georgia.
Plant and animal names are the hitching posts in the race that science runs. Abbot
drew wondrously but named negligibly. Swainson’s warbler was known to him 25 years
before Audubon named it for William Swainson. Abbot knew the Solitary vireo, and
the Golden-Crowned kinglet, before they were named by ornithologists. Abbot illus-
trated the Gopher apple or cocoa-plum in 1797 before Andre Michaux named the plant.
The irony here was that James Edward Smith failed to recognize the affinities of the
plant, which Abbot had drawn, as new to science and so left the plant innominate!
Michaux named it Chrysobalanus oblongifolius in 1803.7°
Science progresses step by step, for example: first Maria Sibylle Merian illustrates
an insect selecting one of its stages of metamorphosis but with no sequential signifi-
cance of the stage indicated; nearly a century later Abbot illustrates a lepidopterous
insect selecting the last stage of the life cycle before the imago or adult; William Henry
Edwards followed with the indication of the complete insect metamorphosis beginning
with the egg, which Abbot neglected to illustrate in his account.”! Whereas Merian often
depicted the insect with simply another plant characteristic of the country, not nec-
essarily associated with it in an obligate association, Abbot carefully related the insect
with its food plant.
Another sociobiological record of Abbot’s is the fascinating habit of the wasp, called
the Mud dauber, finding, stunning, and then hauling off a benumbed spider to its burrow
as providential food for its larva months later upon hatching. This caught the interest
of Charles Darwin. When the second extensively revised edition of Darwin’s Journal
of Researches . . . of countries visited during the voyage of H.M.S. Beagle appeared
in 1845 a footnote was added which referred to Abbot’s observation of the wasp-spider
predation as preserved in the manuscripts at the British Museum (Natural History).””
Darwin documents the Abbot record by way of Adam White of the Zoology Depart-
ment of the Museum who had published a short paper in 1841 on new or little known
spiders.*> Presumably it was Darwin’s decision to add this reference to the ‘‘enthu-
siastic naturalist’’ John Abbot in the second edition on the suggestion of Adam White.
Darwin’s Abbot reference was reproduced as a footnote in all reissues of his Journal
of Researches as recently as the Heritage Press edition of 1957.
Abbot’s contribution to the plant world was scarcely planned. Stephen Elliott of
Charleston evidently appreciated Abbot’s interest in his work and just may have wished
for more! Abbot presumably sent Elliott a few dried plant specimens for identifications
perhaps to add the names to his drawings. One of these was an undescribed ‘‘marsh
pink,”’ a species of Sabatia which Elliott duly announced in his classic Sketch of the
Botany of South Carolina and Georgia.** The Rarer Lepidopterous Insects of 1797 is
often overlooked by botanists for the real merit of the plant drawings. One of Abbot’s
notable botanical events: he illustrated the beautiful Coral bean, Erythrina herbacea
L., as Plate XV, the third time it had been pictured. Catesby first gave us a nice plate,
and then Dillenius in his great Hortus Elthamensis in 1774.25 And there were other
especially noteworthy plants in Abbot’s album. Botanists with an interest in the advent
of our weedy immigrants will appreciate, for example, the milkweed Asclepias cur-
assavica L., beloved of the Monarch butterfly, the subject of Abbot’s Plate VI. This
tells us that it was probably well known in the 1790's about southern seaports such as
Savannah. It was surely native to the West Indies and a Northbound fellow traveller
JOHN ABBOT 41
with the Jimson weed, Datura stramonium L., as a vagabond. William Baldwin noted
it at St. Mary’s in 1812.*° The wavy-leaved milkweed, described by James Edward
Smith in Rarer lepidopterous Insects as Asclepias amplexicaulis rests scientifically
both on Abbot’s effective drawing, Plate VII, and on an unspecified collection which
Smith said represented the species. Today three specimens have been located from
that period, that Smith would have seen, all in the Banks Herbarium: two sad collec-
tions, one by John Bartram and one by John Fraser,”’ and a satisfactory specimen sent
over by William Young, Bartram’s competitor and neighbor on the Schuylkill, his plant
taken presumably near Charleston.”8 This William Young specimen may well serve the
botanist as the type.
Abbot’s watercolor (Plate XXIII) of the Wisteria is the first illustration of our native
vine. Although Catesby did not illustrate Wisteria, he is said to have introduced it into
England. Another first was Abbot’s ‘‘nodding grass’’ (Plate XIII) whose true identity
was not established until 1897! Elliott had described the grass though he failed to note
its distinction from a widespread relative. Today it is known as Sorghastrum elliottii
(Mohr) Nash.?? Among Abbot’s unpublished drawings we take note of the Spider
flower, Cleome gynandra L., that tells another story: of West African origin and the
high probability that it came over as a stowaway with the arriving slave ships.*° Or
could it have been a choice favorite in some Ethiopian’s garden plot and wilfully
treasured as a packet of seed? There are linguistic associations supportive of its Old
World Origin. During the last two centuries Spider flower has emigrated as a weedy
waif to Jamaica, Grenada, Bahamas, Florida, and Louisiana, especially about seaports.
The herbalist John Parkinson grew Spider flower in his garden near London in 1620.
We have some questions: (1) What became of the books Abbot owned? We know
Dr. William Pepper noticed in 1910 in a Philadelphia bookshop the unique copy of John
Ellis’ Directions (1771) which included as an appendix instructions on collecting in-
sects. He passed the book along to his lepiodopterist friend Henry Skinner (1861-1926)
who failed to identify the marginalia as Abbot’s handwriting. It is now in the Academy
of Natural Sciences Library in Philadelphia. Whose hands held that book for seventy
years we do not know.
(2) Thomas Say’s biographers do not mention Abbot.*! It is difficult to think that
the gentle Quaker did not solicit opinions from Abbot. Say was in Savannah around
New Year’s Day, 1818, with Titian Ramsey Peale, William Maclure and George Ord.
Say had been in correspondence with Oemler and had received a box of insects from
him (surely of Abbot’s collecting). The lepidopterist William Henry Edwards remin-
isces that Peale told him he had met Abbot on that winter’s visit to Savannah. Peale
related that negro boys in Savannah brought caterpillars to Abbot for his cages.**
(3) The absence of Abbot letters in our archives is one reason why he has not been
noticed by historians. Even the Linnean Society of which James Edward Smith was
the founder, holds Abbot letters only in the Swainson correspondence. There is a single
letter in Philadelphia: a three-page letter to George Ord, March 7, 1814, which had
been saved for its autograph interest!>? Among the 7000 letters in the calendared Joseph
Banks correspondence, there is not one Abbot letter.
(4) Dr. James Greenway of Dinwiddie County, Virginia, was alerted to Abbot's
imminent arrival on the James River by Dru Drury, and Abbot spent his two years in
Virginia with the Goodall family with whom he had close ties, and did not take time
to contact Greenway.*4 No letters from Greenway to Abbot are known, but Greenway
42
BARTONIA
A TIME CHART OF JOHN ABBOT’S ASSOCIATIONS
gic, edie siea tte tie Sc sie diel: ie in cs A Be in as Bis
C.1703 -1794 A EENWAY >
1114-1785 2N° DUCHESS OF PORTLAND -
(725-1803 DRU DRURY
1724-1788 ASHTON LEVER >
1733-1201 DEVEREUX JARRATT
1739-1823 WILLIAM BAR TRAM —
1740-1837 JOHN LATHAM
1743-1808 J.C. FABRIC]US
1751-1840 JOHN ABBOT
1744-1816 JOHN FRANCILLON
+
2\145-C.1830 GEORGE HUMPHREY
Sa
1750-1787 H. SMEATHMAN,
1753-1815 G-H-E, MUHLENBERG
1754-1828 JAMES EDWARD SMITH
PL. 17@0-1816
THOMAS MARTYN
(761-1826 JACOB HUBNER
1765-1814 JOHN LYON
r
1765-1832 J.C.MEGERLE YON MUHLFELD
1166-1813, ALEXANDER WILSON |
hen at
1766-1822 JOHN DRAYTON
1766-1815 B.S: BARTON
»
ae
——-
1TTO-1852 AUGUSTUS GOTTLIEB CEMLER
177\-1830 STEPHEN ELLIOTT
1T72~ 1844
Wi
rs
IAM BY LOcY
1771-1852 C.A.WALCKENAFEFR
1TT5-1813 C. ILLIGER,
»
\ of
1775-1851 13% EARL OF DERBY
1776-1853 HENRY ESCHER
1779-1819 W: BALDWIN
La
1780~(851_ J.J. AUDUBON
1781-1866 GEORGE ORD
1783-186] FREDERIC DE LAFRESNAYE
1784-1860 JOHN EATTON LECONTE
1787-1834 THOMAS SAY
1789-1855 W. SWAINSON
of
1793-1841 SAMUEL WRIGHT
1195-1856 T.W. HARRIS
—>
17947-1856 N.M- HENTZ >
FL. 1798-1820 SEWuire
1801-1871 J-A.BOISDUVAL
ig ots o
——____—_—
1805-1873 GODFREY BARNSLEY >
1609-1882 C.R. DARWIN
a
1810 - 1844 E. DOUBLEDAY
a a
»
mee © y © Ce YF
JOHN ABBOT 43
letters to Benjamin Smith Barton written in a clear strong hand after Greenway reached
ninety have surfaced in the last few years.
(5) Carl Peter Thunberg (1743-1828) assembled a cabinet of 7,500 American insects.
Although these specimens often lack precise locality data, the handwriting on the labels
may authenticate them, and there is the extensive Thunberg correspondence preserve
at Uppsala which may give clues. Thunberg never visited the New World. There is a
good possibility that among those 7,500 exotic specimens there may be John Abbot
captures. Thunberg was the last and most successful of Linnaeus’ pupils. He succeeded
to his master’s chair at the University of Uppsala after nine years travel in South
Africa, Japan, Java, and Ceylon. He was the author of 139 publications, including a
pioneer synopsis of the flora of Japan. The Abbot query relates to his American col-
lections overlooked by American entomologists.*°
(6) Another naturalist who may have learned about Abbot when he visited Savannah
in 1796 was the Frenchman Palisot de Beauvois, who came to the United States as an
escapee from Santa Domingo where he had collected insects, as he had before that in
West Africa.*° He was known to Thomas Jefferson, Caspar Wistar, Charles Willson
Peale,—he collaborated in the writing of a visitors’ guide to the Peale Museum—and
Benjamin Smith Barton, among others. Beauvois survived one misfortunate after an-
other climaxed with the loss of his natural history collections at sea off Halifax before
he reached France in 1798.
(7) Abbot mentions meeting a Frenchman and his son, presumably in London, who
had travelled in Louisiana before 1773. Could that Frenchman have been Antoine
Simon Le Page Du Pratz? The French edition of his residence in Louisiana of sixteen
years had appeared in 1758. He may have been in London arranging for the English
edition which was to appear in 1774. That Le Page Du Pratz had a natural history
interest commends this suggestion.*”
(8) The Georgia spiders that Abbot collected, described and pictured have been
admirably documented by Ralph Chamberlain and Wilton Ivie in 1944,** emphasizing
that what Smith did for Abbot’s unpublished drawings of Lepidoptera, Walckenaer
carried out for Abbot’s unpublished ‘‘Spiders of Georgia.’’ The British arachnologist
Theodore Savory wrote the first history of the subject in 1961.*? There is a need today
for bringing together in a web of information the lives of American arachnologists,
where precisely they collected, and their associations, in the manner of Professor
Geiser’s essays on naturalists of the Southwest.
Thomas Ashe wrote in 1806 ‘‘Whatever capacity you allow to a naturalist, still, in
the wastes of science he can only advance step by step. Aided by genius, a Titian or
an Angelo, can at one flight reach the summit of his art,’” but Ashe concludes, the
naturalist ‘‘in his way has absurdities to engage and prejudices to conquer, which
require faculties not always at command, and at a time perhaps otherwise to be em-
ployed.’’*° Walter Pater commented on the necessities of success in life: *‘to burn
always with this hard gem-like flame, to maintain this ecstasy.’’*! John Abbot must
have had that flame, that ecstasy.
POSTSCRIPT
Since this essay was written in the summer of 1983 two Abbot studies, both fully
documented, have been published: Vivian Rogers-Price, John Abbot in Georgia: the
vision of a naturalist artist, 1751-ca. 1840. Madison-Morgan Cultural Center, Madison,
44 BARTONIA
Ga. *‘1983’’ [March, 1984] 149 pp. illus. (see review in this issue of Bartonia) and
Marcus B. Simpson, Jr., Artist-Naturalist John Abbot (1751-ca. 1840): contributions
to the ornithology of the Routhieaniem United States. North Carolina Historical Review
61 (July 1984): 347-390. illus.
NOTES
. Note by Abbot accompanying drawings, British Museum (Natural History)
2. J. Ewan, Growth of learned and scientific societies in the Southeastern United States to pte: in Pursuit
of Knowledge in the Early American Republic, edited by Alexandra Oleson and S. C. n (Johns
Hopkins Press, Baltimore, 1976) 208-218. Museum development was discouraged in Pi ‘tial by a
disastrous fire in | . W. Peale responded by contributing one day’s receipts at his Museum ($144)
to the city (C. C. Sellers. Mr. Peale’s Museum (N.Y., 1980) 100
3. Ewan, op. cit. 213. Correction: Couper was not a physician but a planter. Charles Lyell, Second Visit
to the U.S. (N.Y., 1850) Chap. XVIII
4, ee in Drury letter to Kenchan [sic], Jan. 21, 1775. Sci. Mo. 14 (1922) 8
5. Thomas E. Penard, Historical Sketch of the Ornithology of Surinam. De west- (Fla he Gids (1924-
pay 146-168.
6. Daniel cet (1726-1793) collected plants and insects in Surinam during 1755—56. See N. Papavero,
Essays on the history of neotropical Dipterology (Sao Paulo, 1971) 1: 8-9.
7d, Linneaus, Systema naturae ed. 10, (1758) 424.
8. M , Surinamensis
9. Williagi Bullock, Ccnpalton ed. 12 (1812).65.
10. Ibid. opposite p. 119.
11. J. Ewan, William Bartram. Botanical and Zoological Drawings, 1756-1788. Mem. Amer. Philos. Soc.
74 (1968) 5.
12. Cf. Elsa G. Allen, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 41 (1951) 480-486.
13. Audubon quoted Abbot as transmitted by Wilson for the Black- ae vga and the anhinga.
14. R. H. Fox, Dr. John Fothergill and his Friends (London, 1919) 213-214.
15. F. N. Hepper and F. Neate, Plant Collectors in West Africa. ee vegetabile no. 74 (Utrecht, 1971)
15.
16. J. C. Lettsom, Works of John Fothergill, M.D. (London, 1784) 3: 183-196. see especially p. 193. ‘*Mr.
Lee of Hammersmith’’ mentioned by Smeathman was James Lee (1715-1795), horticulturist who sup-
ported plant collectors in America and the Cape. T. Jefferson visited his nursery in 1786. According to
J. C. Fabricius Lee was ‘‘a keen entomologist and has an extensive collection partly from native and
partly from foreign sources.’’ Carl Thunberg visited Lee in 1778 and saw his daughter’s ‘‘fine collection
of insects.’ E. J. Willson, James Lee and the Vineyard Nursery, Hammersmith (London, 1961) 32-35.
. Courtlandt Canby, ae alia Library of Science and Invention. A History of Flight (Hawthorn
Books, N.Y., 1963) 3
18. Warren R. Dawson, te Letters (London, 1958) 758.
19. O. F. Cook, Aublet the Botanist, a pioneer against slavery, with a memorial genus of palms. Jour. Wash.
Acad. Sci. 30 (1940) 294—299. see especially 296-297.
. André Michaux, Flora boreali-americana (Paris, 1803) 1: 283.
21. Cyril F. dos Passos, Jour. N.Y. Entom. Soc. 59 (1951) 149.
. Chapter II. Footnote reads “In a manuscript in the British Museum by Mr. Abbot, who made his
observations in Georgia
. Adam White, Hescritioas of new or little known Arachnids. Annals Natural Hist. 7 (1841) 471-477.
see especially 472.
. Sabatia gentianoides Elliott, Sketch (Charleston, March 1817) 1: 286, based on Abbot collection in
“Bullock [sic] Co., Ga.” in Herb. of Charleston Museum. Cf. R. L. Wilbur, Rhodora 57 (1955) 100.
oth Catesby, plate 49, and Dillenius, Hortus Elthamensis, aw 90, were cited by Linnaeus, Spec ies
plantarum, (1753) 706. The source of the specimens is given as ‘‘Habitat in Carolina, Missipi.’’ What
may be the history of the unusual Mississippi record prior to 1753 is not determined. The eye-catching
scarlet seeds perhaps were taken back to Europe as souvenirs and planted as curiosities. The Linnaean
ae according to Spencer Savage is designated ‘‘H[orto] U[psaliensi],”’ the Uppsala University collec-
a
—
ty
on)
ind
bh
ed
Ww
ined
P=
tN
*
ie)
—
ty
On
Quoted by William Darlington, Reliquiae Baldwinianae (Phila., 1843) 68. William Bartram did not collect
the plant on his travels in the southeastern U.S. duri ing 1774-76.
nN
=
NL
os
t
\o
eS)
So
ww
—
Ww
a
w
n
Ww
~—l
We
at
39.
. Thomas Ashe, Memoirs of Mammoth ore ol, 1806) 32.
41.
. Another recent of A Abbot i is ‘‘John Abbot’s London Years,’ Entomologists’ Record 15 (1984):
p=
—)
a
s)
JOHN ABBOT 45
The John Bartram collection from *‘Carolina’’ consists of two detached leaves and fragments of inflo-
rescence; the Fraser collection, only somewhat more ample, was presumably taken in vicinity of
Charleston about 1787.
William Young collection, no. 195. My thanks to Arthur O. Chater of the British Museum (Natural
History) for locating these specimens. Young’s drawings of plants date from 1767 after his return to
Philadelphia from England August 21, 1766 (cf. Ewan, Bartram Drawings, (1968) 36). These specimens
may have been gathered oe plants grown in his garden near Philadelphia. Cf. also James Britten,
Jour. Bot. 32 (1894) 332-
. Elliott, Sketch (Dec. ste 144, called the grass Andropogon nutans L., another species. C. T. Mohr
distinguished it as Chrysopogan elliottii in the Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 24 (1897) 21. The grass is now
known as Sorghastrum elliottii (Mohr) Nash, published in North Amer. Flora (N.Y. Bot. Garden, 1912)
17: 130
. Slave traffic as an avenue of penetration of plants and animals from country to country will be a dramatic
story, but not yet told. Scattered references include: E. D. Merrill, Botany of Cook's Voyages (Chron.
Bot. vol. 14, Waltham, Mass., 1954) Chapter V, esp. 229. Pierre Dansereau, *‘Man’s impact on the
landscape’ Biogeography (N. Y., 1957) 258-293, esp. 264-265. C. R. Boxer, Golden Age of Brazil
(Univ. Calif. Press, 1969), see ‘‘slaves and slavery”’ in index. Alfred W. Crosby Jr., Columbian sia a
(Greenwood Publ., Westport, Conn., 1972) esp. 106-107, and 213; excellent bibliography.
What’s history to him or he to history/That the systematist should bother, History in the Abe ice =
Systematics (London, 1981) 157-164, esp. 158.
. For a full list of references see M. M. Carpenter, Amer. Midland Naturalist 33 (1945) 90-91. E. O.
Essig, History of Entomology (N.Y., 1931) 750-756 and L. O. Howard in Dict. Amer. Biog. (1935) are
most useful. Harry B. Weiss and Grace M. Ziegler, Thomas Say (Springfield, Ill., 1931) ne not mention
Abbot but Elizabeth N. Shor, on Say in Dist. Sci. Biog. (1975) acknowledges Abbot's ro
. C. EF dos Passos, Jour. N.Y. Entom. Soc. 59 (1951) a Jessie Poesch, mn Ramsey eae (Mem.
Anes Philos. Soc. 52. 1961) relates the Savannah visit but dates are lac
. Published by W. Stone, Auk 23 (1906) 365-368. See also published letter: ob Aug. 30, 1835, to T. W.
Harris Jour. N.Y. Entom. Soc. 22 (1914) 71-72).
. Sci. Mo. 14 (1922) 77, and Lepidopterists News 2 (1948) 29.
. L. Hedstrom, The Entomologist Carl Peter Thunberg, Acta Universitatis Upsaliensis. Symbolae botan-
3.
icae Upsalienses 22. no. 4. (1979) 21-
. A.M. E. J. Palisot de Beauvois, Insectes recueilles en Afrique et en Amerique (Paris, 1805). See E. D.
Merrill, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 76 (1936) 899-909. reprinted in Chron. Bot. 10 (1946) 280-286.
. Antoine Simon Le Page Du Pratz (c. 1695-1775), Dutch by birth, French by adoption. he arrived in
New Orleans in 1718 and departed in 1734. See J. Ewan, Bibliography of Louisiana Botany. Southwestern
Louisiana Jour. 7 (°° 1967"" [1968]) 8-9.
Ralph V. Chamberlin and Wilton Ivie, Spiders of the Georgia region of North America. Univ. eee Bull.
(Biol. ser. vol. 8, no. 5) 35. no. 9 (1944) 1-267. Discussion of Abbot's **Spiders of Georgi
Thomas H. Savory, Spiders, Men, and Scorpions (Univ. London Press, 1961).
6
Walter Pater, The pelle” (N.Y., 1961), ‘““Conclusion.’
110-123, 165-176, 222 229, and 273-285, documented with full notes, by Ronald S. Wilkinson.
Bartonia No. 51: 46-51, 1985
Pteridophytes of Monmouth County, New Jersey
WILL MorRISEY
55 Lennox Ave., Rumson, NJ 07760
This study provides an updated record of Monmouth County pteridophytes. No
previous article dealing exclusively with these species has been published (see Fair-
brothers 1964, 1966). Stone (1911) lists 32 taxa for the county and Chrysler and Ed-
wards (1947) list 51 taxa. Extensive ‘development’ has occurred since Chrysler and
Edwards published; in 1950 the population was 225,327, in 1980, 503,173 (Bureau of
Government Research 1984). Species succession has occurred as well. Herbaria pro-
vide many more current records than does the literature, but these records are often
spotty—dependent on the schedules of collectors who can devote only a limited
amount of time to any one county.
Existing collections date back to those of H. Johnson in the 1870s, N. L. Britton in
the 1880s, and W. M. Van Sickle in the 1890s. Prior to World War I, M. Carhart and
J. H. Grove were active. After the war, Bayard Long collected intermittently in the
county for over thirty years. K. K. Mackenzie and W. H. Witte in the 1920s and J. M.
Fogg in the 1930s were among Long’s contemporaries. V. L. Frazee and T. A. Zanoni
collected in the county after World War II. J. D. Montgomery is the most active recent
collector (1980-1984).
I conducted fieldwork in Monmouth County from 1977 to 1984. Herbarium collec-
tions were also studied at the Chrysler Herbarium, Rutgers University (CHRB),
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (PH), New York Botanical Garden (NY),
American Fern Society (AFS), and Brooklyn Botanic Garden (BKL).
Thirty-eight taxa have been found in Monmouth County during eight years of field
study. Nineteen additional taxa have been collected by previous workers or reported
in the literature but not seen in the field by me. None of these latter species has been
collected since 1960. Of the 32 taxa recorded by Stone (1911), Adiantum pedatum,
Cystopteris fragilis, and Ophioglossum vulgatum have not been seen by me or collected
in the last 33 years. Owing largely to the efforts of Long, 19 new taxa were collected
during the 36 years between Stone (1911) and Chrysler and Edwards (1947). These
were: Lycopodium alopecuroides, L. clavatum, L. lucidulum, Athyrium filix-femina
var. asplenioides, A. thelypteriodes, Azolla caroliniana, Botrychium dissectum, B. lan-
ceolatum, B. matricaeriaefolium, B. multifidum, B. oneidense, Dryopteris carthusiana,
D. clintoniana (but see listing below), D. x bootii, D. x pittsfordensis (but see listing
below), D. x slossonae, D. x uliginosa, Polypodium virginianum, and Woodsia ob-
tusa. In the 37 years since Chrysler and Edwards, 14 taxa have not been rediscovered.
These are the aforementioned A. pedatum, C. fragilis, and O. vulgatum, and also
Equisetum hyemale, Azolla caroliniana, Botrychium lanceolatum, B. multifidum, B.
oneidense, Dryopteris clintoniana, D. x pittsfordensis, D. X slossonae, D. X uligi-
nosa, Pteridium aquilinum var. pseudocaudatum, and Woodsia obtusa. Since 1960,
Lycopodium tristachyum, Equisetum fluviatile, E. hyemale, Athyrium filix-femina vat.
asplenioides have not been rediscovered. During this period two new taxa were col-
lected: Lycopodium x copelandii and Dryopteris x triploidea.
46
MONMOUTH COUNTY PTERIDOPHYTES 47
ANNOTATED LIST OF SPECIES
LyCopoDIOPHYTA: Lycopodium alopecuroides L., one stand seen in a damp field,
Shark River; collected in Eatontown by Fogg (1937, PH), in Shark River by Witte (1920,
CHRB) and Mackenzie (1920, PH), and in Asbury Park by Van Sickle (1894, BKL).
Lycopodium appressum (Chapm.) Lloyd and Underw., one stand seen in a sphagnum
swamp, Shark River; Stone (1911) lists collections from Wall, Farmingdale, Belmar,
Shark River; collected in Shark River by Montgomery and Drew (1980, CHRB). Ly-
copodium clavatum L., two stands seen in damp woods, one in Colts Neck, one in
Howell; collected in Prospertown (Upper Freehold) by Long (1950, PH) and in Howell
by Montgomery, Morrisey, and Domidion (1981, CHRB). Lycopodium digitatum A. Br.,
found occasionally, but often in large stands, in woods near streams; seen in Rumson,
Howell, Marlboro, Upper Freehold; collected in Upper Freehold by Montgomery, Mor-
risey, and Domidion (1981, CHRB). Lycopodium lucidulum Michx., found occasionally
in damp woods, usually near stream banks but never in the floodplain; seen in Marl-
boro, Walnford (Upper Freehold), and Howell; collected in Walnford by Montgomery,
Morrisey, and Domidion, (1981, CHRB). Lycopodium obscurum v. dendroideum L.,
fairly common in rich woods; seen in Howell, Colts Neck, and Holmdel; collected in
Upper Freehold by Wikoff (1941, CHRB) and in Shark River by Montgomery and Drew
(1980, CHRB). Lycopodium obscurum v. obscurum L., seen in Howell, Upper Freehold,
Marlboro, Hazlet; collected in Farmingdale by Frazee (1952, PH), in Shark River and
Hazlet by Montgomery and Drew (1980, CHRB), in Howell by Long (1952, CHRB) and
by Montgomery, Morrisey, and Domidion (1981, CHRB), and in Upper Freehold by
Montgomery, Morrisey, and Domidion (1981, 1982, CHRB). Lycopodium tristachyum
Pursh, Stone (1911) lists collection from Shark River by Brown and Taylor, 1910, of
plants ‘‘growing along a railroad bank and perhaps not native’’; collected in Shark
River by Frazee (1952, PH). Lycopodium x copelandii (alopecuroides X appressum)
Eiger., seen with L. appressum in Shark River; collected in Shark River by Montgo-
mery and Drew (1980, CHRB). Selaginella apoda L., collected in Farmingdale by Long
and Brown (1910, PH) and in Allenwood (Wall) by Frazee (1952, PH); Monmouth County
horticulturist and conservationist Dr. Betty B. Knorr reports stands in Tinton Falls
and Wall (pers. comm. 1982).
EQUISETOPHYTA: Equisetum arvense L., common throughout the county in woods
and along roadsides; seen in Middletown, Rumson, Wall, Colts Neck, Holmdel, Upper
Freehold; collected in Upper Freehold by Hertzog (1939, CHRB) and Wikoff (1945,
CHRB), and in Middletown by Montgomery, Morrisey, and Domidion (1983, CHRB).
Equisetum fluviatile L., collected in Hornerstown (Upper Freehold) by Long (1950,
CHRB), which is the only record for the county. Equisetum hyemale v. affine L.,
collected ‘‘near Keyport’’ by Britton (1881, CHRB), in Hornerstown (Upper Freehold)
by Long (1949, pH), and north of New Egypt by Frazee (1960, PH); exploration of sites
north of New Egypt revealed many plants on the Ocean County side of Route 547 but
none on the Monmouth County side.
POLYPODIOPHYTA: Adiantum pedatum L., collected north of New Egypt by Grove
(1905, pH), in Farmingdale by Long and Brown (1910, PH), and in Keyport by Long
(1919, pH). Asplenium platyneuron L., found in small stands throughout the county on
shaded slopes, rock walls, in fields, old orchards, and along roadsides; seen in Mid-
dletown, Colts Neck, Shark River, Upper Freehold; collected by Montgomery, Mor-
risey, and Domidion in Upper Freehold (1981, CHRB) and in Colts Neck (1981, CHRB).
48 BARTONIA
Athyrium filix-femina v. angustum Willd., common throughout the county in swamps
and damp woods; seen in Middletown, Rumson, Wall, Howell, Colts Neck, Holmdel,
Marlboro, Upper Freehold; collected in Wall by Zanoni (1970, CHRB), in Upper Free-
hold and Marlboro by Montgomery, Morrisey, and Domidion (1981, CHRB) and in
Middletown and Colts Neck by Montgomery, Morrisey, and Domidion (1983, CHRB);
v. asplenioides Michx. collected in Farmingdale by Long (1937, PH) and in Wickatunk
(Marlboro) by Frazee (1956, CHRB). Athyrium thelypterioides (Michx.) Desv., found
in rich, deciduous woods along stream banks, sometimes in flood plains; seen in Colts
Neck, Holmdel, Marlboro; collected in Holmdel by Long (1941, PH) and in Colts Neck
by Montgomery, Morrisey, and Domidion (1983, CHRB); Long’s site still exists. Azolla
caroliniana Willd. collected in Prospertown (Upper Freedhold) by Grove (1914, PH),
only record for the County; predominantly a southern species, it may have been in-
troduced. Botrychium dissectum Spreng. v. dissectum, found with the more common
v. obliquum in widely scattered stands; seen in Middletown, Colts Neck, Upper Free-
hold; stand in Middletown includes several plants of the most ‘skeletonized’ form;
collected in Colts Neck by Montgomery, Morrisey, and Domidion (1981, CHRB); v.
obliquum (Muhl.) Clute, found in open woods, old orchards, and along roadsides,
mostly in the northern part of the county; seen in Middletown, Rumson, Colts Neck,
Holmdel, Upper Freehold; collected in East Keansburg (Middletown) by Montgomery
and Drew (1980, CHRB), in Colts Neck and Upper Freehold by Montgomery, Morrisey,
and Domidion (1981, CHRB). Botrychium lanceolatum (Gmel.) Angs., collected in
Cream Ridge (Upper Freehold) by Long (1941, PH), which is the only record for the
county. Botrychium matricariaefolium (Doll) A. Braun., seen in Upper Freehold near
the top of a shady bank above a stream and collected by Montgomery, Morrisey, and
Domidion (1982, CHRB); collected in Tennent (Freehold Township) by Benner (1932,
PH), in Cream Ridge (Upper Freehold) by Long (1941, PH), and in Hornerstown (Upper
Freehold) by Long (1949, pH). Botrychium multifidum (Gmel.) Rupr., collected in Key-
port by M. Carhart (1915, Ny); this is the only record in the county and is also the
southernmost collection in New Jersey, the only one south of the glacial boundary
(Chrysler and Edwards 1947); listed as rare and vulnerable in New Jersey by Snyder
and Vivian (1981). Botrychium oneidense (Gilbert) House, collected in Cream Ridge
(Upper Freehold) by Long (1941, PH), which is the only record for the county; listed
as rare in New Jersey by Snyder and Vivian (1981). Botrychium virginianum (L.) Sw.,
not as common as B. dissectum v. obliquum, but found occasionally in damp woods;
seen in Middletown, Colts Neck, Holmdel; collected in Keyport by Long (1919, CHRB),
in Upper Freehold by Long (1949, CHRB), in Colts Neck by Montgomery, Morrisey,
and Domidion (1981, CHRB), and in Upper Freehold by D. Snyder (1983, CHRB). Cys-
topteris fragilis (L) Bernh. v. mackayi Lawson, Stone (1911) lists a collection in Free-
hold by Willis, 1903; collected in Red Bank by A. T. Beals and G. W. Bassett (1923,
PH) and in Holmdel by Long (1941, pH); the Red Bank area has now been extensively
‘developed’; the general area of the Holmdel site remains undeveloped, but searches
have been unsuccessful; this stand may have fallen victim to succession. Dennstaedtia
punctilobula (Michx.) Moore, common throughout the county, usually in slightly dry
circumstances, sun or shade; most vigorous in full sun; seen in Middletown, Rumson,
Wall, Colts Neck, Holmdel; collected in Hazlet and Shark River by Montgomery and
Drew (1980, CHRB), in Freehold by Montgomery and D. Young (1981, CHRB), and in
Upper Freehold by Montgomery, Morrisey, and Domidion (1981, CHRB), and in Colts
Neck by the same collectors (1983, CHRB). Dryopteris carthusiana (Vill.) H. P. Fuchs,
MONMOUTH COUNTY PTERIDOPHYTES 49
common throughout the county in swamps and damp woods; seen in Wall, Howell,
Colts Neck, Marlboro, Upper Freehold; collected in Marlboro by Montgomery, Mor-
risey, and Domidion (1981, CHRB) and in Manalapan by Montgomery and Young (1981,
CHRB). Dryopteris clintoniana (D. C. Eaton) Dowell, collected in Morganville (Marl-
boro) by Carhart (1915, AFs), which is the only record from the county and it was
probably a cultivated specimen (Montgomery 1975). Dryopteris cristata (L.) A. Gray,
found very occasionally in swampy, usually wooded, areas near streams; seen in Colts
Neck, Marlboro, Upper Freedhold; collected in Marlboro and Howell by Montgomery,
Morrisey, and Domidion (1981, CHRB). Dryopteris intermedia (Muhl. ex. Willd.) A.
Gray, common in damp woods and along shaded stream banks; seen in Wall, Howell,
Colts Neck, Marlboro; Collected in Marlboro by Montgomery and Young (1981, CHRB),
in Howell (1981, CHRB), and in Colts Neck (1983, CHRB) by Montgomery, Morrisey,
and Domidion. Dryopteris marginalis (L.) A. Gray, uncommon in the county; seen
along shaded stream banks in Middletown, Howell, Colts Neck; collected in Colts
Neck by Montgomery, Morrisey, and Domidion (1981, CHRB). Drypoteris x boottii (D.
cristata X intermedia) (Tuckerm.) Underw., three plants seen in the county, two in
Colts Neck and one in Marlboro; collected in Keyport by Carhart (1908, Ny), in Marl-
boro (1981, CHRB) and in Colts Neck (1983, CHRB), by Montgomery, Morrisey, and
Domidion. Dryopteris x pittsfordensis (D. carthusiana X marginalis) Slosson, col-
lected in Keyport by Carhart (1908, Ny), “‘possibly from cultivated plants’’ (Montgom-
ery 1976). Dryopteris x solossonae (D. cristata x marginalis) Wherry, collected in
Morganville (Marlboro) by Carhart (1913, Ny). Dryopteris x triploidea (D. carthusiana
x intermedia) Wherry, this is the most common Dryopteris hybrid in New Jersey
(Montgomery 1976) and in the county; first collected in Marlboro by Montgomery,
Morrisey, and Domidion (1981, CHRB); seen in Colts Neck and Wall. Dryopteris x
uliginosa (D. carthusiana X cristata) (A. Braun) Druce, collected in Keyport by Car-
hart (1915, Ny). Lygodium palmatum (Bernh.) Sw., one stand seen in a Shark River
sphagnum swamp; plants appear to be vigorous, covering an area of some 400 square
feet; collected by Montgomery and Drew (1980, CHRB); Stone (1911) records undated
collections from Keyport, Matawan, Shark River; listed as **State endangered,”’ vul-
nerable, declining, and local by Snyder and Vivian (1981). Matteuccia struthiopteris
(L.) Todaro, Stone (1911) lists an undated collection from Upper Freehold by Sturte-
vant: collected in Walnford (Upper Freehold) by Long (1949, CHRB) and in Upper
Freehold by Snyder (1982, CHRB); single specimen growing along Rolling Mill Creek
in Colts Neck is known to have been introduced. Onoclea sensibilis L., abundant
throughout the county in swamps, ditches, wet fields; seen in Middletown, Rumson,
Wall, Howell, Colts Neck, Marlboro, Holmdel, Upper Freehold; collected in Shark
River by Montgomery and Drew (1980, CHRB) and in Manalapan by Montgomery and
Young (1981, CHRB). Ophioglossum vulgatum v. pseudopodum (Blake) Farw., Stone
(1911) lists an undated collection from ‘“‘Monmouth County” (no township given);
collected in Cream Ridge (Upper Freehold) by Long (1941, PH). Osmunda cinnamomea
L., perhaps the most widespread species in the county, it can be seen in every township
where suitable habitat exists; collected in Hazlet by Montgomery and Drew (1980,
CHRB) and in Upper Freehold by Montgomery, Morrisey, and Domidion (1981, CHRB).
Osmunda claytoniana L., noticeably less common than O. cinnamomea, this species
usually occurs in slightly drier circumstances; seen in Middletown, Wall, Colts Neck,
Marlboro, Upper Freehold; collected in Middletown, Colts Neck, Upper Freehold by
Montgomery, Morrisey, and Domidion (1983, CHRB). Osmunda regalis L., somewhat
50 BARTONIA
less common than O. claytoniana, this species occurs in swamps and damp woods;
seen in Little Silver, Shark River, Wall, Colts Neck, Upper Freehold; collected in
Shark River by Montgomery and Drew (1980, CHRB), in Manalapan by Montgomery
and Young (1981, CHRB), and in Upper Freehold by Montgomery, Morrisey, and Dom-
idion (1981, CHRB). Polypodium virginianum L., the two known stands in the county
are both on steep, dry banks; seen in Tinton Falls and Colts Neck; collected in Colts
Neck by Long (1938, PH) and by Montgomery, Morrisey, and Domidion (1981, CHRB);
the Colts Neck population is located in a protected area and so might be the same as
Long’s. Polystichum acrostichoides (Michx.) Schott, common throughout the county
in woods and along shaded stream banks; seen in Middletown, Rumson, Holmdel,
Colts Neck, Marlboro, Howell, Upper Freehold; collected in Holmdel by Montgomery
and Drew (1980, CHRB), in Upper Freehold (1981, CHRB) and in Colts Neck (1983,
CHRB) by Montgomery, Morrisey, and Domidion. Preridium aquilinum v. latiusculum
(Desv.) Underw. ex Heller, common in dry areas, especially in pine woods; seen in
Middletown, Wall, Colts Neck, Freehold Township; v. pseudocaudatum (Clute) Heller,
collected in Ocean Grove by Fisher (1895, CHRB, PH), which is the only record for the
county, and the site is almost surely ‘developed’; a form intermediate between Vv.
latiusculum and v. pseudocaudatum was collected in Ocean Grove by Johnson (1874,
CHRB). Schizaea pusilla Pursh, no herbarium record of this taxon exists for the county;
William F. Sandford reports that specimens existed ‘‘many years’’ ago in a section of
Burnt Fly Bog, Marlboro, before a housing project destroyed the site (Sandford 1980);
evidently, no firm record was ever made; site also reportedly featured a stand of
Chimaecyparis thyoides, with which S. pusilla associates in its known New Jersey
stands; listed as under federal review for being threatened or endangered, and is listed
as local, restricted, disjunct, and vulnerable by Snyder and Vivian (1981). Thelypteris
hexagonoptera (Michx.) Weath., found occasionally in rich woods in the north-central
section of the County; seen in Colts Neck, Holmdel, Marlboro, Middletown; Stone
(1911) lists an undated collection from Long Branch; collected in Holmdel by Mont-
gomery and Drew (1980, CHRB), in Upper Freehold by Snyder (1983, CHRB), and in
Middletown by Montgomery, Morrisey, and Domidion (1983, CHRB). Thelypteris nov-
eboracensis (L.) Nieuwl., abundant throughout the county in damp woods; this is by
far the most common species of the genus and one of the commonest pteridophytes
overall; only Osmunda cinnamomea and, perhaps, Onoclea sensibilis are more wide-
spread; seen in Rumson, Tinton Falls, Wall, Howell, Colts Neck, Holmdel, Marlboro,
Upper Freehold; collected in Wall by Zanoni (1970, CHRB), in Holmdel by Montgomery
and Drew (1980, CHRB), in Upper Freehold (1981, CHRB) Colts Neck and Middletown
(1983, CHRB) by Montgomery, Morrisey, and Domidion. Thelypteris palustris Schott,
fairly common in swamps, although no more so than the following species; seen in
Sandy Hook, Wall, Colts Neck, Holmdel; collected at Sandy Hook by Britton (1883,
CHRB), at Sandy Hook by Mekenian (1962, cHRB), and in Manalapan by Montgomery
and Young (1981, CHRB). Thelypteris simulata (Davenp.) Nieuwl., found in swamps,
but generally in more acidic sites than the preceding species; often associated with
sphagnum moss; seen in Wall, Howell, Colts Neck, Holmdel: collected in Hazlet by
Montgomery and Drew (1980, CHRB) and in Freehold Township by Montgomery and
Young (1981, CHRB). Woodsia obtusa (Spreng.) Torr., collected in Crawfords Corner
(Holmdel) by Long (1940, PH), which is the only record for the county. Woodwardia
areolata (L) Moore, found in acidic swamps, often in association with the less frequent
MONMOUTH COUNTY PTERIDOPHYTES 51
Thelypteris simulata, this species is common except in the extreme western end of the
county; seen in Middletown, Rumson, Wall, Howell, Colts Neck, Holmdel; collected
in Shark River by Montgomery and Drew (1980, CHRB) and in Freehold Township by
Montgomery and Young (1981, CHRB). Woodwardia virginica (L.) J. E. Smith, notice-
ably less frequent than W. areolata, this species has been seen in acidic swamps in
Wall, Neptune, Howell, Colts Neck; the largest stands in the county, extending for
hundreds of feet, occur in Turkey Swamp Park, Freehold Township; collected in Asbury
Park by Brown (1902, PH), in Keyport by Carhart (1915, Ny), in Farmingdale by Long
(1919, PH), and in Fort Plains (Howell) by Frazee (1955, PH).
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Dr. James D. Montgomery suggested that the annotated list be compiled, provided
some of the information on herbarium records, and read two preliminary drafts. Others
who assisted in various ways include Mr. Vincent W. Domidion, Mr. Eric Drew, Dr.
Betty Knorr, Professor Vernon Churchill, Mr. Robert Henschel, and Ms. Trisha
Shanley.
LITERATURE CITED
BUREAU OF GOVERNMENT RESEARCH. 1984. 1984 New Jersey Legislative District Data Book. Rutgers Uni-
versity, New — ick.
CHRYSLER, M. A. p J. L. Epwarps. 1947. The Ferns of New Jersey. Rutgers University Press, New
Brunswick.
FAIRBROTHERS, D. E. 1964. ) ee bibliography of the floristic publications of New Jersey from 1753-
ie aa Torrey Club 9 —56.
. An annotated itary of the floristic publications of New Jersey from 1962—1965. Bull.
Be pti 93: 352-
Montcomery, J. D. 1975. delat celsa and D. clintoniana in New cops Am. Fern J. 65:3, 65-69.
1976. The distribution and abundance of Dryopteris in New Jersey. Am. Fern J. 66:2, 53-59.
SaNDroRn. W. FE. 1980. Just what is Burnt Fly Bog? The Sunday Register, September 14, 1980, Shrews-
bury, N.J.
SNYDER, D. B. AND V. E. VIVIAN. 1981. Rare and endangered vascular plant species in New Jersey. U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service.
STONE, W. 1911. The Plants of Southern New Jersey, with Especial Reference to the Flora of the Pine
Barrens and the Geographical Distribution of Species. Ann. Rep. New Jersey State Mus., 1910, part
II: 21-828.
Bartonia No. 51: 52-57, 1985
Geographical Distribution of New Jersey’s Pteridophytes
J. D. MONTGOMERY
Ichthyological Associates, Inc., R. D. 1, Berwick, PA 18603
D. E. FAIRBROTHERS
Department of Biological Sciences, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, NJ 08903
The 1947 publication of the Ferns of New Jersey by M. A. Chrysler (1871-1963)
and J. L. Edwards (1895-1972) was the first and only treatment dealing exclusively
with the taxonomy and geography of pteridophytes growing wild in New Jersey. The
extensive collections and knowledge of northern New Jersey flora possessed by Ed-
wards, and of southern New Jersey flora by B. Long and E. T. Wherry were reflected
in the contents of this book. Since its appearance 37 years ago, diverse published
research has included incidental information about New Jersey ferns. Such data and/
or herbarium specimens were frequently collected as portions of floristic and ecological
research conducted at Rutgers University.
Information about ferns growing in New Jersey has appeared in publications for
many years. Thomas Nuttall (1818) specifically refers to New Jersey locations for his
genera: Dicksonia, Isoetes, Lygodium, Schizaea, and Woodwardia. P. D. Knieskern
(1857) in his small booklet listed 19 pteridophytes for Monmouth and Ocean Counties.
O. R. Willis (1874) in his list of New Jersey plants recorded 42 pteridophytes for the
state. N. L. Britton (1889) in his catalogue listed 1995 vascular plants of which 65 were
pteridophytes. W. Stone (1911) listed 50 pteridophytes for southern New Jersey. M. A.
Chrysler and J. L. Edwards (1947) recognized 81 pteridophytes included in 8 families
and 29 genera. The two authors of this survey recognize 115 pteridophytes included
in 15 families and 39 genera. M. Y. Hough (1983) in her book about New Jersey vascular
plants obtained fern information from discussions and published and unpublished data
provided by Montgomery and/or Fairbrothers; therefore, her treatment of pterido-
phytes closely corresponds to the data in our present publication.
Interest in endangered and threatened plant species stimulated investigations which
include ecological and geographical distribution data for vascular plants in the state,
and pteridophytes were included within these projects (Fairbrothers and Hough 1973,
1975; Snyder and Vivian 1981). The distribution of species and hybrids of Dryopteris
in the state was discussed by Montgomery (1975, 1976). There are recently published
annotated checklists of the flora of Hunterdon County (Abraitys 1980) and Middlesex
County (Snyder 1984). These studies indicated that geographical distribution of ferns
and fern-allies was poorly known for certain parts (counties) of the state and stimulated
additional field work. The result is this county distribution list for New Jersey pteri-
dophytes.
METHODS. Preliminary distributions of the pteridophytes of New Jersey were ob-
tained from records at the following herbaria: CHRB, BKL, EONJ, NY, PENN, PH.
US, and Staten Island Museum. Distributions for all taxa were recorded by locality
and date of collection; these records were then arranged by county and date.
Apparent gaps in distribution records were made the subject of field studies in 1980-
1983, especially in those counties where records were old or lacking, and in collabo-
52
NEW JERSEY PTERIDOPHYTES 53
ration with helpful local field workers.! Voucher specimens were collected and depos-
ited in the Chrysler Herbarium (CHRB) at Rutgers University and county records for
each taxon were continuously updated.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION. We recognize 115 taxa of pteridophytes (classified in 15
families and 39 genera) with verified voucher specimens from New Jersey. This total
includes 80 species, 7 additional varieties (species with more than one variety in the
state), and 28 designated and named hybrids.
Distribution for each taxon within counties is presented in Table 1. Records are
plotted for three time periods: before 1900, 1900-1949, and 1950—date. Although these
dates are somewhat arbitrary, they correspond reasonably well to periods of collecting
activity in the state’s botanical history. Early records were, for the most part, between
1860 and 1890, and there is a gap between about 1890 and 1910. The period of collecting
that culminated in the Chrysler and Edwards book (1947) ended approximately 1950,
and there was little intensive interest in ferns until relatively recently.
Thirteen taxa have been recorded from all 21 of New Jersey’s counties. Three spe-
cies, Osmunda cinnamomea, O. regalis, and Onoclea sensibilis have been recorded
since 1950 for all counties. Lycopodium digitatum, Pteridium aquilinum, var. latius-
culum, and Polystichum acrostichoides have been recorded for all counties except
Hudson; Adiantum pedatum from all except Cumberland County; Dryopteris inter-
media from all except Middlesex County; and D. marginalis from all except Cape May
County.
Thirteen taxa have been recorded from only a single county, Dryopteris celsa and
five hybrids involving D. celsa are recorded only from Bergen County; D. goldiana
x intermedia and Cryptogramma stelleri are also recorded only from Bergen County.
Isoetes macrospora, Equisetum X trachydon and Botrychium simplex var. simplex are
known only from Sussex County. /soetes melanopoda is recorded only from Cape May
County, and Asplenium x trudellii only from Warren County.
There are no records (supported by herbarium specimens) since 1950 for ten taxa.
Cryptogramma stelleri has not been recorded since approximately 1950 (Snyder and
Vivian 1981), and Dryopteris celsa has not been collected since 1915 (Montgomery
1975). These species are probably extirpated in New Jersey. Marsilea quadrifolia,
introduced from Europe probably via New England, has not been collected since 1946.
The remaining taxa for which there are no records are designated and named hybrids,
including two of Asplenium and five of Dryopteris. Except for those hybrids in which
Dryopteris celsa is involved, they could be located again in the state.
Two taxa have recently been added to the pteridophyte flora of the state: Equisetum
variegatum was found by the late V. Abraitys in 1977 (Montgomery 1981), and Botry-
chium simplex var. simplex by D. B. Snyder in 1980. Equisetum variegatum is now
known from three localities, two in Morris County and one in Warren County; appar-
ently it is spreading in the northern part of the state.
Sussex County, located in the northwest corner of the state, has the largest number
of pteridophytes: 94 taxa. This represents an unusually rich fern flora for a single
county in the U.S. Wagner (1966) records 75 taxa from Giles County in Virginia,
another area considered rich in pteridophytes. Morris (80 taxa), Warren (76), and
' The authors wish to thank the following for help in the respective counties: R. Cahayla-Wynne (Bergen,
Hudson), C. W. Haefele, III (Passaic), J. S. Meyer (Hunterdon, Middlesex, Somerset), W. Morrisey (Mon-
mouth), and D. B. Snyder (several areas).
TABLE 1.
@ = Records 1950-1983, e=
BARTONIA
records 1990-1949,
records before 1900.
Distribution of New Jersey pteridophytes.
c Be |
c “ ° y c
o #] ¢@ <= wv ra) Go Ul &
cs) 0 Oo] O ww () 7.) a wt
S S “a Ol #® 61%, @!e Is c ci @ we wl
SMP See ae SS Sie Ss) Bit Se ogi sg a
eo alan o ao wi, Oo My ee g 7G ' @ Sie Vis w/e a, Yo 4
Taxon 4» oO wl ono wl] oO Mic So hic 8 8190 st] & et] & %
o ots cle of 3 weil 5 Ole oto Vs Blo als wis] wu
Sa exit oie FTI n Slim nls Zl Hf Oi m CTO njio <1; 0 n
Lycopodiaceae
Lycopodium
- alopecuroides = e @®-'2e @@e#2e8' 80°82 @
L. annotinum ee r
L. appressu * e+ ele @*-e@@e eer e808 @
L. carolinianum ee ee ee e|@
RARE 2 avatum e e|\@e'@ @ie e @e ee e
L. digitatum ee e\i@@e ee eereeiere 2 080 @ °*|@e
L. inundatum ° ee. ° ° ele @
gee ee eeeeer, -\@ eee eee ieie
- obscurum var. curum ee @e\e@ ee eeie0e'e e'\@ elie e0'0\8@
L. obscurum var. dendroideum ee eee eo -\e@ @1@ eeleeliee s
L. tristachyu @e ee e e ele ere e
L. X copelandii e e\-+@\@ * ele ee» e\e ee\e@
L. X habereri 7 ee e
L. alopecuroides X Siaioagene ee e
L. appressum X inun ee e
Selaginellaceae
Selaginella
oo ° e)° @)@ Oe @ + +|@ Oe oe oe 2/8/ @
S. rupestris e @ls eele e@ @ ry
Isoetaceae
agen va
PE iaoseora e ee@l@e e el@e elee *
I. engelmannii e e\s ele @ ele e “lé 6 e e e
I. macrospor e e
I. melanopoda ele
I. ri *e@ ee . @eier 0 |e, @
ag oer
y uis
4 rhe i a @ @eeee8 eee e'@ ®@ie@e ee 2 oe @
E. hy wviat pe ° @\e@ @i2+ @ ele a) e
ee at. ®@@e/@ @1@ @|e @@ie elee eee
E. pratense = eee e
E. sylvaticum ee @eie eee °
E. variegatu e e e
E. X ferrissii ee e
E. X litorale ee mt 4
E. X trachyodon e e
Ophioglossaceae
Bot Fl chium
B. ssectum var. aa ae ® @- el\eee@easiee ele cle ele ele elele
B. at ssectum var. obliquum * @- eeeeeise eclecie ecieeiele
B. lanc pei acaa sé eclee : a . >
B. matricariaefolium e
e e|e@@ie e
B. multifidum ; pd Ie Pe ToT °
- oneidense ® e\@ -
B. simplex var. simplex e bed 4 ‘i? e
B. simplex var. laxifolium eele@e e
B. Bryeciragee var. tenebrosum * ele . e
B. virginia ® ele °@
Ophiogloss ®@@ e228 @e @@e@ 8 @ 2 ee *|@
+ vulgatum var. pseudopodum ee ele
QO. vulgatum var. pycnostichum ee © die oe ©. 7978 vs > ors 4
Osmundaceae
Osmunda
0. cinnamome
0. ptajtestaas eo ee eeree tee ee eee eevee e
6. ceaskte ®@ @- @@e F® ee ee @ ®@ @e Oe oe e
® @ © @ eee ®e@eeieee eee 8 @ ®
@ = records 1950-1983,
@ = records
NEW JERSEY
TABLE I.
1900-1949,
PTERIDOPHYTES
(continued).
records before 1900.
55
Taxon
Bergen
Essex
Hudson
Union
Passaic
Morris
Sussex
Warren
Hunterdon
Somerset
Middlesex
Monmouth
Burlington
Camden
Gloucester
Salem
Cumberland
Atlantic
Cape May
State
Schizaeaceae
S. pusilla
Adiantaceae
Adiantum
P. atropurpurea
P. glabella
Polypodiaceae
Polypodium
P. virginianum
Dennstaedtiaceae
Dennstaedti
P. aquilinum latiusculum
P. aquilinum var. . pseudocaudatum
Thelypteridaceae
Thelypteris
T. hexagonoptera
Athyrium
A. filix-femina var. angus
A. filix- Beng var. canlensuiaes
A. Pycnocarpon
Cystopteris
C. bulbifera
C. fragilis var.
C. protrusa
mackayi
56 BARTONIA
TABLE |. (concluded).
@ = records 1950-1983, @= records 1900-1949, © = records before 1900.
Taxon
Bergen
Essex
Hudson
Union
Passaic
Morris
Sussex
Warren
Hunterdon
Somerset
Middlesex
Mercer
Monmouth
Ocean
Burlington
Camden
Gloucester
Salem
Cumberland
Cape May
State
me sitee
ce adises
¢ cata
D. clintoniana
istat
5
©
a
=]
©
a
7s
»
@@ec<e
@e-ree
°
ee 6
eeeee 806 @
ee@ eeeeeeee ©@
® @@e2«e6e @
@e-e
ee
&
ee
® @6 @e
6
*
e
ws
e
e
s
M. struthiopteris var. pensylvanica e e
Onoclea
0. se re elon e@ee
ag hi
crostichoides e
W. virginica e
Azollaceae
Azolla
A. caroliniana e e
Marsileaceae
Marsilea
M. quadrifolia ele ‘.
Lied
Bergen (71), which are northern counties, have the next highest recorded numbers.
The fewest pteridophyte records are from Hudson County, the smallest and most ur-
banized county in the state, with 28 taxa. only 6 of which are recent records. Cape
May (36 taxa), Somerset (40), and Atlantic (40), which are central or southern counties.
NEW JERSEY PTERIDOPHYTES 57
also have low numbers. There is a general decrease in number of taxa recorded as one
travels from the northwest to southeast portion of the state.
This county distribution checklist represents our present knowledge, and thus is not
the ‘‘final word.’’ The authors would be pleased to have persons with additional knowl-
edge of the ferns of the state contribute to updating or correcting our information to
help all of us have available the most accurate and current understanding of the ferns
of New Jersey.
LITERATURE CITED
ABRAITYS, V. 1980. A check-list of the flora of Hunterdon County, New Jersey. Bartonia 47: 23-30.
Britton, N. L. 1889. Catalogue of plants found in New Jersey. Geol. Surv. N.J., Final Rep. State Geol. 2:
27-642
CHRYSLER, M. A. AND J. L. Epwarps. 1947. The ferns of New Jersey. Rutgers University Press, New
Brunswick, 201 pp.
eis ahaa D. E. AND M. Y. HouGu. 1973 (revised 1975). Rare or endangered vascular plants of New
sey. Sci. Notes No. 14. N.J. State Museum, Trenton
tosis M. Y. 1983. New Jersey wild plants. Harmony Press: Harmony.
pe ake P. D. 1857. Catalogue of plants growing without cultivation in the counties of Monmouth and
, New ghee ‘True American’”’ Office, Trenton, 41 pp.
Mosconi J. D. 1975. Dryopteris celsa ond clintoniana in New Jersey. Am. Seeks oe eee 69.
6. The distribution and abundance of Dryopteris in New Jersey. Am. Fern J. 66
feat. Equisetum variegatum and E, X trachyodon in New Jersey. Am. Fern J. 71: ul
NUPEALI. T. 1818. The genera of North American plants and a catalogue of the species to the year 1817.
Vol. II, Aygih 247~254. D. Heartt Printer, Philadelphia.
SNYDER, D. B. AND V. E. VIVIAN. 1981. Rare and endangered vascular plant species in New Jersey. U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service.
STONE, W. 1911. The plants of southern New Jersey, with special reference to the flora of the Pine Barrens
and the geographic distribution of species. Ann. Rep. New Jersey State Mus., 1910, part I: 21-828.
WAGNER, W. H., JR. AND F. S. WAGNER. 1966. ie agate of the Mountain Lake area, Giles Co., Virginia:
Biosystematic studies 1964-65. Castanea 31: 0.
WILLIS, O. R. 1874. Catalogue of plants growing sche cultivation in the state of New Jersey. J. W.
Schermerhorn and Co., New York. xxi + 71 pp
Bartonia No. 51: 58—64, 1985
Early Plant Succession on Marl Beds in the
Byron-Bergen Swamp
FRANZ K. SEISCHAB
Department of Biology, Rochester Institute of Technology, Rochester, NY 14623
JOHN M. BERNARD
Department of Biology, Ithaca College, Ithaca, NY 14850
While there is a considerable body of knowledge about succession in upland sites,
particularly old-fields, little is known of the early stages of primary succession in
wetlands. This is unfortunate since many studies have noted long term changes in
eet communities as being associated with changes in substrate and water chem-
istry, topography, and water levels. Our studies in the Byron-Bergen Swamp (Bernard
et al. 1983; Seischab 1984; Seischab et al. in press) have indicated changes which occur
over the long-term and have identified the species which are most important in the
early stages of primary succession on the marl beds of the Swamp.
In his study of the Swamp, Seischab (1984) indicated a successional-physiognomic
vegetation gradient corresponding to gradients of microtopography, water table depth,
soil organic matter, cation-exchange capacity, and bulk density.
Both direct and indirect gradient analyses have been used in numerous wetland
studies (Vitt and Slack 1975; Slack et al. 1980; Van der Valk and Davis 1976). Using
direct gradient analysis, these and other studies (Mandossian and McIntosh 1960; Bes-
chel and Webber 1962; Nicholson and Aroyo 1975; Andrus et al. 1983) have shown the
independent distribution of species along moisture, nutrient, and microtopographic
gradients in wetlands.
In kettle-hole bogs of northern Michigan Vitt and Slack (1975) showed both bry-
ophyte and vascular plant responses to a moisture gradient in a direct gradient analysis.
In addition, ordinated community types corresponded to gradients of pH and ion con-
centrations of calcium and magnesium. In their study of rich fens in Alberta, Slack et
al. (1980) showed bryophyte species responses to a gradient of water level variation.
Karlin and Bliss (1984) concluded that, in weakly minerotrophic fens, plant distribution
patterns along a hollow to hummock gradient responded to substrate moisture and
biotic interactions. In strongly and moderately minerotrophic fens, gradients of sub-
strate chemistry regulated species distributions.
Van der Valk and Davis (1976) showed that high water disturbance in a prairie pothole
did not alter above ground standing crop but they did detect a shift in species positions
along a coenocline shown by direct gradient analysis.
The purposes of this study were to document changes which had occurred in species
distribution and importance on marl beds, and species diversity along a temporal gra-
dient. In addition, we wanted to document forest encroachment on fen communities.
STUDY AREA
The fens investigated in this study are a portion of a larger strongly minerotrophic
mire, the Byron-Bergen Swamp. The site is located in the Salina Depression underlain
by calcareous glacial till overlying Camillus shale. Waters from the Onondaga Escarp-
58
BYRON-BERGEN SWAMP 59
ment of Onondaga limestone drain northward into the depression and hence through
the mire and into Black Creek. To the north lies the Niagara Escarpment of Lockport
dolomite which also drains into the depression.
Near the center of the mire the water surfaces and a portion of it evaporates, con-
tributing to the deposition of marl (Seischab 1984) which is approximately two meters
in depth.
Seischab (1984) has recently described the vegetation and successional relationships
on the marl. He described four vegetation groups along a physiognomic-successional
gradient from pools dominated by Chara, to sedge-moss mats, to shrub-scrub hum-
mocks, to forests which are dominated by Thuja occidentalis,' Pinus strobus, and Acer
rubrum. The earliest, non-pool community was dominated by small sedges, primarily
Eleocharis rostellata and Rhynchospora capillacea.
Bernard et al. (1983) ordinated the marl bed vegetation using detrended correspon-
dence analysis (Hill and Gauch 1980) a number of years after Seischab had done his
original work. Their results were similar to those of Seischab (1977), but they found
that Cladium mariscoides had joined Eleocharis and Rhynchospora as an important
early invader of the marl beds.
Since Seischab (1977) had set up permanent transects for his study in 1972, we used
these same transects in 1981 to determine changes in these three early invaders and
to note invasion of the marl by the surrounding forest. We were also interested in
whether any new species had invaded the marl beds in the nine years of record.
METHODS
Three permanent transects established on two marl beds in 1972 were reexamined
in 1981. Three meter linear plots were established along each of these transects ac-
cording to Wilde (1954), and percent cover by species was determined in each. Species
richness of each plot (S), each transect (S,) and the mean number of species per plot
(S) were determined. Beta diversity (BD) was determined for each transect and for the
total data set according to Whittaker (1975) where BD = S,
Differences in percent cover, species richness, and beta diversity between the 1972
and 1981 data, for each transect and for the total data set, were subjected to a Student
t test (Sokal and Rohlf 1973).
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Cover values for 1972 and 1981 for the three transects are shown in Fig. |. The
longest transect (A), had the lowest cover of the three but there was a pronounced
increase in cover in the first 40 meters, and in other locations along the line. Most of
transect B and all of transect C had increases in cover over the nine years.
The average cover value for each transect (Table 1) increased in all three transects
(15% in A and 44% in B and C). The average increase in cover was 28% and was
brought about in part by an increase in species richness. Species richness increased
by an average of one species per plot in transects A and B (Fig. 2 and Table 2) and by
four species per plot in transect C. These additional species, none new to the Swamp
(Muenscher 1946), presumably filled previously unoccupied space along the transects.
' Vascular plant nomenclature follows Fernald (1950).
60) BARTONIA
-
o
>
° T
G 0 25 50 75
m
250 2 250
es
Ma ca
s . fos 200
3 200 4. Hees 4
60 -
Fic. 1. Percent cover along transects A, B. and C in 1972 (solid line) and 1981 (dashed line).
Although the number of species per plot has increased, the species richness in each
transect has changed very little (Table 2). The decrease in beta diversity in each transect
(Table 2) is an indication of the community becoming more homogeneous.
The species with the greatest changes in cover values were the sedges Eleocharis
rostellata, Rhynchospora capillacea, and Cladium mariscoides. Invasion of marl by
Rhynchospora is by seed whereupon it forms low tussocks. Cladium is distributed by
. Percent cover in three transects on marl beds in the Byron-Bergen Swamp. All changes were
eae at the 0.001 level.
Percent Cover
Transect 1972 1981 +i
A. 107m xX 42.9 58.0 +154
s.d. 33.3 34.9 + 1.6
B. 61m x 80.3 123.9 + 43.6
s.d. 48.0 64.4 + 16.4
Cc. 30m x 99. | 142.6 43.5
s.d. 55.8 67.6 ae
Total XxX 63.0 91.3 + 28.3
$d, 47.2 62.2 + 15.0
BYRON-BERGEN SWAMP 61
Fic. 2. Species richness (S) of all the three transects investigated in 1972 (solid line) and 1981 (dashed
line
seed and, upon establishment, spreads rhizomatously. Although Eleocharis produces
seed, most invasion of marl is accomplished by tip layering culms which reach one
meter in length (Seischab et al. in press). Once established it forms small tussocks, 5—
8 cm in height.
In a portion of Transect A both Eleocharis rostellata and Rhynchospora capillacea
increased in percent cover (Fig. 3, 25-35 m). This section of the transect contained
large areas of bare marl and the increase in cover by these species represents primary
TABLE 2. Species diversity as measured by the total number of species in each transect (S.), average number
of species per plot (S), and beta diversity (BD) are shown. Changes from 1972 to 1981 are also listed.
Diversity
Transect 1972 1981 7) 21
A. 107m Sc 28 28 0
2 4.77 6.23 + 1.46
BD 5.87 4.49 — 1.38
B. 61m Sc 38 39 +1
S 7.65 8.70 + 1.05
BD 4.97 4.48 —0.49
Cc. 30 m Sc 36 38 +2
S 5.30 9.40 +4.10
BD 6.79 4.04 —2.75
Total Se 47 44 —3
62 BARTONIA
Cover
Percent
—
'
'
: Re dbs a
es Se ee
. ; ef ; \s
; ; ey i ‘
5 : hea ee i!
\
' oy ‘ i ’ %
s ' ’
' ! ‘ oe
' ; we 8
’ - ; :
zs ! ‘ “ se
; ‘ FEF aaa ea
ta git, NN wee eles
ey Seana n
0 ‘
20 4 y
as
0 60 80 0
: 100
40 m
7 a
.
20 oe ‘ ‘.-
er . :
4 '
v By ane, Ss ’
6 Pe oa Ga *s :
Mi t
i cllegeannec tia EHS r
° 20
40
meters
Fic. 3. Percent
cpa ies oT = line 1972, dashed line 1981) of Eleocharis rostellata (Er), Rhynchospora
m mariscoides (Cm) in the three transects investigated. Transects A, B, and Cc
105, 62, and 30 meters long respectively. :
BYRON-BERGEN SWAMP 63
successional invasion of marl. This process occurs in seepages and seasonal pools on
the marl beds. Bare marl and pools have been reduced in area over the nine year
interval between samplings. Bare areas are maintained, in part, by deer and human
trampling which results in a shifting in position of these open areas.
Eleocharis, Rhynchospora, and Cladium have increased in cover in the first 20 me-
ters and last 15 meters of Transect A, in the 20—40 meter interval of Transect B and
in the 15-21 meter interval of Transect C. These areas were sparsely occupied by
Eleocharis in 1972. All three species have spread into previously unoccupied plots
increasing the total vegetative cover of the area. Successionally this process represents
a temporal and spatial continuum of the Eleocharis and Rhynchospora areas described
bove
Eleocharis has declined while Rhynchospora and Cladium have increased in cover
in the 45—95 meter interval of Transect A, the 48—60 meter interval of Transect B, and
the 15—21 meter interval of Transect C. There has been a corresponding increase in
species richness in the same intervals (Fig. 2) indicating that these areas are farther
along in the successional sequence.
The shrubs Myrica pensylvanica, Gaylussacia baccata, Ledum groenlandicum, and
Juniperus horizontalis and the shrubby trees Thuja occidentalis, Pinus strobus, and
Larix laricina were found at the fringes of the fens in the intervals 0-18 meters, 0—25
meters, and 0-17 meters in Transects A, B, and C, respectively. These segments
represent shrub communities which have encroached on the fens in the past (Seischab
1984). The changes in cover values seen in the 1972-1981 interval were due to shifts
in importance from one species to another with no discernable pattern to the shifts and
very little change in the relative locations of these species along the transects. There-
fore, encroachment upon the fen by surrounding shrub communities is either extremely
slow or was undetected due to the length of our plots. Potentilla fruticosa and Myrica
pensylvanica had become established at several locations previously unoccupied by
shrubs in Transect A.
CONCLUSIONS
Community changes in these marl fens are due primarily to an expansion of the area
Occupied by the three dominant sedges and an increase in species richness as species
of lesser importance invade. Generally, the earliest invader, Eleocharis rostellata, has
declined somewhat in relation to Rhynchospora capillacea and Cladium mariscoides.
The latter species showed the greatest increase of the three.
The increase in species richness was due to invasion of species from other areas in
the fens. Encroachment of the surrounding shrub and forest communities has not been
significant over the nine years of record and has not contributed significantly to species
changes along our transects.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We thank the owners, the Bergen Swamp Preservation Society, without whose per-
mission this project would not have been possible.
LITERATURE CITED
ANbRUS, R. E., D. J. WAGNER, AND J. E. Titus. 1983. es zonation of Sphagnum mosses along hum-
mock-hollow hermes Canad. J. Bot. 61: 3128-3
BESCHEL, R. E. AND P. J. WEBBER. 1962. Gradient ea in swamp forests. Nature (London) 194: 207-
209
64 BARTONIA
BERNARD, J. M., FE. K. SEISCHAB, AND H. G. GAuCH, JR. 1983. Gradient peo of the vegetation of the
Byron-Bergen Swamp, a rich fen in western New York. Vegetatio 53: 8
FERNALD, M. a 1950. Gray’s manual of botany. 8th ed. VanNostrand Reinhold oe New York.
HILL, M. O. AND H. G. GAu is gic 980. Detrended correspondence analysis: an improved ordination
technique. Veet 42: 47-
KARLIN, E. F. AND L. C. BLISS. ios Variation in substrate chemistry along microtopographical and water-
chemistry piisinuit in peatlands. Canad. J. Bot. 62: 142-153.
MANDOSSIAN, A. AND R. P. McINTOoSH. 1960. Vegetation zonation on the shore of a small lake. Amer. Midl.
Nat. 64: 301-308.
MUENSCHER, W. C. ate The vegetation of the Bergen Swamp. I. The vascular plants. Proc. Rochester
Acad. Sci. 9: 64-117.
NICHOLSON, A. AND B. Aroyo. 1975. A case study of hydrarch zonation. Vegetatio 30: 207-212.
SEISCHAB, F. K. 1977. Plant opahae tity development in the Byron-Bergen Swamp: a rheotrophic mire in
Genesee County, New York. Ph.D. thesis, SUNY College of Environmental Science and Forestry.
Syracuse, NY.
. 1984. Plant community development in the Byron-Bergen Swamp: marl-bed vegetation. Canad. J.
Bot. 62: 1006-1017.
. BERNARD, AND K. FIALA. In press. Above and below-ground standing crop and partitioning
of ‘biomiaas by Eleocharis rostellata Torr. on three sites in the Byron-Bergen Swamp, Genesee County,
NY. Amer. Midl. Nat.
SLack, N. G., D. H. Vitt, AND D. G. Horton. 1980. Vegetation gradients in minerotrophically rich fens in
western Gels Canad. J. Bot. 58: 330-350.
SOKAL, R. R., AND F. J. ROHLF. 1973. Introduction to biostatistics. W. H. Freeman and Co., San Francisco.
VAN DER VALK, a G. AND C. B. Davis. 1976. Changes in composition, structure, and production of plant
communities along a perturbed wetland coenocline. Vegetatio 32: 87-96.
Vitt, D. H. AND N. G. SLACK. 1975. An analysis of the vegetation of Sphagnum-dominated kettle-hole bogs
in relation to papers gradients. Canad. J. Bot. 53: 332—359
WHITTAKER, R. H. 1975. Communities and Ecosystems (2nd ed.). acne Co., New Yor
WILDE, S. A. 1954. Fei analysis of ground cover vegetation by a rapid chain method. i. Forestry 52:
499-502.
Bartonia No. 51: 65-68, 1985
Chromosomal Studies of Physalis virginiana var.
subglabrata and Physalis heterophylla
SPENCER S. STOBER
Governor Mifflin Schools, Shillington, PA 19607
JAMES C. PARKS
Department of Biology, Millersville University, Millersville, PA 17551
Physalis virginiana Miller var. subglabrata (Mackenzie and Bush) Waterfall and
Physalis heterophylla Nees (Solanaceae) are morphologically similar species. They
flower simultaneously and are sympatric in southeastern Pennsylvania where we
studied five mixed populations.
A detailed, comparative karyotype analysis is presented to elucidate further the
taxonomic relationships between these taxa and develop some of the observations in
Menzel’s (1951) monograph. Microsporogenesis was studied in these five mixed pop-
ulations to seek evidence of hybridization as indicated by meiotic irregularities.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Mitotic CHROMOSOMES. Mature fruits were collected from Physalis heterophylla
plants and Physalis virginiana var. subglabrata plants. Seeds were removed from the
dried berries, treated in a Chlorox solution (1 Chlorox:4 H,O) to reduce mold growth,
and germinated in sterile petri dishes. Temperatures of 30—40°C were required for P.
heterophylla seed germination while P. virginiana var. subglabrata seeds easily ger-
minated at room temperatures. Seeds of both taxa germinated within eight to ten days.
Seeds with emerging hypocotyls 2—4 mm in length were placed on filter paper moist-
ened with a saturated solution of paradichlorobenzene (PBD) for 2.5 hours (Menzel
1951) and fixed in 3:1 absolute ethanol:glacial acetic acid for 9.5 hours at room tem-
perature. Root tips were then refrigerated and stored in 70 percent ethanol. Prior to
their examination, root tips were hydrolyzed for 22 minutes in ten percent HCI at room
temperature and soaked in distilled water for two or three minutes to swell the cells.
They were then macerated in a drop of aceto-orcein with an iron needle for two to
three minutes and squashed. One hundred and forty P. virginiana var. subglabrata
cells in mitotic metaphase were examined and 45 were photographed. Of the 72 P.
heterophylla cells examined, 26 were photographed. All photographs were taken at
1000 x and enlarged to 8 x 10 prints. This allowed measurement of chromosomes up
to 30 mm in length, to the nearest 0.5 mm. Measurements of five karyotypes, each
from a separate hypocotyl, were used to calculate the centromeric index (CI) = (p/(p
+ q)), where p = short arm and q = long arm, and relative length (RL) = (p + q x
1000/length of the haploid set). Average p and q values from these karyotypes were
used to construct an idiogram for each species (Fig. 1). Numerical data were compared
using the Student’s t Test. Data were examined for skewness and kurtosis, and, when
necessary, ratio and percentages were converted using the angular transformation into
variables suitable for analysis.
MICROSPOROGENESIS. Physalis heterophylla and Physalis virginiana vat. subgla-
brata flower buds were collected from at least ten plants of each species in each of
65
66 BARTONIA
1.0} 107
54
> : oO. Vy us
IMU Squat
1.04 10}
o
a1
ay Pid spb bert Soe P heterophylla
. r subglabrata
Fig. 1. Idiograms. Scale in relative length units.
the five mixed populations. Buds were fixed in the field using 9:3:1 (v:v:v) absolute
ethanol, acetic acid, and chloroform and refrigerated until examination. White anthers
removed from buds less than 4.5 mm in length which were collected between 9:00 and
10:00 am yielded the most meiotic divisions. The anthers were macerated in a drop of
aceto-orcein stain and prepared for study using the familiar squash techniques. Ap-
proximately 160 meiotic cells of each species, representing the five populations, were
examined.
= 3
2 ;
i “fe
Fe a. Pot ‘_ Yo,
et ™ w
; cy ~~
Pe:
é =e
, remanence
é
Fics. 2 and 3. Karyotypes (bar = 1.0 micron). 2. Physalis virginiana var. subglabrata; 3. Physalis het-
erophylla.
PHYSALIS CHROMOSOMES 67
VOUCHERS. Plants of both taxa were collected from five mixed populations in Lan-
caster and Berks counties, Pennsylvania, pressed, and deposited in the Millersville
University Herbarium.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
MITOTIC CHROMOSOMAL MorPHOLOGY. The distinct differences in mitotic chro-
mosomal morphology reported here augment differences in gross morphology and
should assist taxonomists in delimiting these taxa. Chromosome 12 in P. virginiana
var. subglabrata is quite distinct from the same numbered chromosome in P. hetero-
phylla. In the former the entire short aim is threadlike and terminated by a small knob
or satellite (Figs. 1 and 2) while in the latter, an acrocentric chromosome with a distinct
satellite is present (Figs. I and 3).
Quantitative differences are striking. The average total length of the haploid chro-
mosomal set in P. virginiana is 186.51 relative length units and that of P. heterophylla
is 141.46. This difference is statistically significant (P < 0.025). When individual chro-
mosomes occupying corresponding positions in their respective karyotypes are com-
pared, numerous statistically significant differences are observed. For example, chro-
mosomes 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10, and 12 are different in relative length (Table 1). This indicates
that each of the chromosomes compared occupies a distinctly different fraction of its
respective genome. These differences in chromosomal morphology suggest that meiotic
irregularities could be expected during microsporogenesis in hybrid plants.
MICROSPOROGENESIS. Study of 160 meiotic cells from the five mixed populations
confirmed the gametic chromosome number, n = 12, reported by Menzel (1951) for
each species, but revealed no irregularities at any stage of meiosis in either species.
Hinton’s (1975) studies of microsporocytes at metaphase I and late prophase | in three
putative hybrids, collected in the field, also indicated that pairing is normal. The study
TABLE 1. Centromeric index (CI) and relative length (RL) mean values for mitotic chromosomes of Physalis
heterophylla and Physalis virginiana var. subglabrata.
Cl RL
Chromosome P. virginiana P. virginiana
Number P. heterophylla var. subglabrata P. heterophylla var. subglabrata
l 0.44 0.43 113.56 116.62
2 0.45 0.42* 99.72 106.53**
3 0.45 0.43 93.10 101.37**
4 0.46 0.43 89.05 95.31***
> 0.47 0.40** 86.41 88.37*
6 0.46 0.44 83.91 84.64
7 0.39 0.38 79.90 81.17
8 0.36 0.42* T82 77.28
9 0.45 0.38* 75.54 Bal"
10 0.42 0.38 73.32 69.58***
I] 0.26 0.29 66.46 64.94
12 0.31 0.00*** 60.79 40.76***
Average 0.41 eH fact
* Mean values are significantly different (p < 0.10).
** Mean values are significantly different (p < 0.05).
*** Mean values are significantly different (p < 0.01).
68 BARTONIA
of microsporogenesis revealed no evidence that hybrids are present in these popula-
tions. The chromosomal differences, reported here, probably reflect genetic rearrange-
ments of sufficient magnitude to preclude hybrid formation. Further, very few artifical
hybrids have been produced and these bore virtually no seed (Hinton 1975; Menzel
1951). Our eleven unsuccessful reciprocal crosses, though few in number, support these
findings.
LITERATURE CITED
— W. F. 1975. Natural Hybridization and Extinction of a Population of Physalis virginiana (Solana-
eae). Amer. J. Bot. 62: 198-202
Sear M. Y; 1951. The Cyouacomy and Genetics of Physalis. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 95: 132-183.
Bartonia No. 51: 69-76, 1985
Notes on Erigenia bulbosa (Apiaceae)
GEORGE F. BUDDELL I
JOHN W. THIERET
Department of Biological Sciences, Northern Kentucky University, Highland Heights, KY 41076
Erigenia bulbosa (Michx.) Nutt. (Apiaceae) is the earliest-blooming native wild-
flower in the rich, moist, well-drained woodlands of eastern North America. We have
collected it in flower in late February —weeks before the advent of spring—near Cin-
cinnati, Ohio. At the southern edge of its verified range (Tuscaloosa County, Alabama)
and even north to central Tennessee (Van Buren County), erigenia comes into anthesis
as early as mid-February, as it does in southeastern Kansas (McGregor 1981). Stey-
ermark ([963) reported that in Missouri this species usually appears three weeks before
snow trillium (Trillium nivale), which starts to flower in mid-March (see also Anderson
1953). Appropriate, indeed, is one of the common names for this species, harbinger-
of-spring, derived from Nuttall’s (1818) explanation of the name Erigenia: “trom the
Greek [erigeneia], a name of Aurora, the harbinger of day or of the spring.’
Since its description in 1803 (as Sison bulbosum; Michaux 1803), erigenia has re-
ceived occasional note in literature but has been, in our opinion, rather infrequently
collected. In 51 herbaria in eastern United States and adjacent Canada, we found only
about 1200 specimens of erigenia (including many duplicates), an average of fewer
than seven specimens collected per year since the plant was described. Our interest
in erigenia—plus the sometimes contradictory information we encountered about the
species—led us to seek and compile all we could about this insignificant member of
the carrot family.
The data we obtained from literature, herbarium specimens, and field observations
enabled us to get a general picture of erigenia’s biology. Particularly helpful were
accounts of the plant’s life cycle and morphology by Theodore Holm (1901, 1925).
NATURAL HISTORY
The embryo of erigenia, like that of many other Apiaceae, is minute, measuring ca.
0.1 mm long. (Martin (1946) included the species in his seed type having *‘rudimentary”
embryos.) During germination, only one of the cotyledons develops, emerging from
the soil and forming a stalked seed-leaf with an elliptic blade somewhat over | cm long.
This seed-leaf is the only structure appearing above the ground during the plant's first
year.
The name ‘‘pseudo-monocotyledon”’ has been applied to dicots like erigenia that
exhibit such anomalous seedling development (see Hegelmaier 1878). These include,
according to Holm (1908-1909), two of erigenia’s woodland associates, Claytonia vir-
ginica and Dicentra cucullaria, and at least one other umbellifer, Carum (i.e., Bunias)
bulbocastanum, a Eurasian species (see also Winkler 1895).
It is not until the second year that the plant develops a typical—though still relatively
small—ternately divided leaf. Then each successive year the leaf produced is larger
and more complex, becoming as much as 28 cm long by 20 cm wide and four times
ternately divided. The leaves of non-flowering plants arise from the apex of a tuber:
those of flowering plants arise at about ground level from a stem. Flowering stems
bear one leaf each; of the 1200 specimens we studied, only one obviously aberrant
69
70 BARTONIA
plant had a two-leaved stem. In a number of colonies of erigenia in northern Kentucky
the leaves of scattered plants are infected by a conspicuous rust, which may be Puc-
cinia erigeniae (Orton) Arth. (McCain and Hennon 1982).
The tuber of young plants produces one stem only; that of older plants, up to nine
stems. Developmental study of the tuber (Holm 1901) has shown that this structure,
which may be as much as 25 mm in diameter, is derived directly from the primary root
and is thus a root-tuber, verifying Nuttall’s (1818) original assertion: ‘‘root a globular
tuber.”’
It takes about 6 or 7 years for an erigenia plant to bear its first umbel of flowers. As
the plant ages, it may produce more than one inflorescence per stem. Older individuals
may have as many as four umbels on one stem—one terminal, the other(s) axillary —
each in a different stage of development and composed of three to six umbellets, which
in turn are made up of three to five flowers on short pedicels.
The flowers are protogynous, as was pointed out a century ago by Foerste (1882)
(see also Lindsey and Bell 1980; Robertson 1892; Trelease 1882). Each has five white
petals, 3 to 4.5 mm long, which are erect in early anthesis. As anthesis progresses, the
petals spread, forming a highly contrasting background for the five bright maroon
anthers. This contrast accounts for one of the common names applied to erigenia:
pepper-and-salt.
Upon close examination of the flowers we noted nectar-secreting tissue at the base
of the styles, indicating to us that this plant is probably insect pollinated in spite of
the fact that its flowering is initiated at a time of the year not usually associated with
insect activity. To investigate this probability, we made observations in a large colony
of erigenia in Campbell County, Kentucky, on the frosty morning of 28 March 1981.
Not long after sunrise the frost began to dissipate; by 1000 the temperature had risen
to 8°C and the first of many insect visitors to erigenia appeared. We noted bees and
flies travelling systematically from flower to flower (see also Robertson 1892). By 1200,
with the temperature approaching 15°C, the insects became uncountable. We collected
a number of them alive for later study in the laboratory.
The bees were found to have their pollen sacs filled exclusively with pollen of eri-
genia. In contrast, pollen was not evident on the flies, perhaps because it was dislodged
as these insects flew about in the specimen jars. Later, however, we noted small round
spots, fly specks, on the glass. Inspection showed that these were composed mostly
of erigenia pollen.
Other insect visitors to the colony included two small butterflies and many tiny (ca.
3 mm) beetles. The butterflies landed briefly on the flowers and then flew away before
we could carefully watch them. The beetles, though, were easily observed. As they
crawled from flower to flower they did not contact the anthers but seemed interested
only in the abundant nectar. Inasmuch as beetles do not have sucking mouth parts with
which to take up fluid, this interest at first seemed odd. The mandibles, however, are
close enough together to allow capillary action to bring nectar to the mouth.
Of all these insects the most likely pollinators are bees and flies. For pollinators and
nectar thieves alike, erigenia pollen and nectar are probably a welcome food source,
especially in the first part of erigenia’s blooming season, when the species’ hibernal
and early vernal niche is contested by no—or but few—other wildflowers.
After pollination, the petals and stamens begin to shrivel, eventually falling from the
plant. As the fruits grow, each develops into two strongly ribbed, seedlike mericarps
that separate and simply drop to the ground at maturity (usually late spring).
ERIGENIA BULBOSA
Fic. 1. Erigenia bulbosa. x1.
de BARTONIA
Erigenia occurs in colonies because its disseminules are not carried away from the
parent plant by any special dispersal mechanism. We have measured colonies covering
ca. 210 square meters of woodland and containing thousands of individual plants. A
random sample disclosed as many as eight mature plants in a 10-square-centimeter
plot.
By the second week in June, most erigenia plants have disappeared from view.
During the final days of the year’s growing season, the flowers of at least the terminal
umbel of the following year form underground, where they await the early part of the
next season to start the annual above-ground cycle again. This cycle is strikingly
different from that of most species that grow with erigenia— indeed, from that of most
species in eastern United States.
Native herbaceous plants commonly occurring with E. bulbosa include: Anemonella
thalictroides, Arisaema atrorubens, A. dracontium, Cardamine hirsuta, C. pensyl-
vanica, Chaerophyllum procumbens, Claytonia caroliniana, C. virginica, Dentaria la-
ciniata, Dicentra canadensis, D. cucullaria, Erythronium albidum, E. americanum,
Isopyrum biternatum, Jeffersonia diphylla, Mertensia virginica, Podophyllum pel-
tatum, Polemonium reptans, Sanguinaria canadensis, and Trillium sessile.
Erigenia tubers are edible and rather pleasant tasting. Of course it does take quite
a few of them to make their collection worthwhile. They may be eaten out of hand,
peeled and sliced into a salad, or boiled a few minutes and served, like mini-potatoes,
with butter and, of course, pepper and salt. Nelson (1918) reported that children in
northern Kentucky eagerly sought the tubers, calling them ‘‘turkey-peas’’ and forming
‘‘regular hunting parties’’ to collect them (‘‘by the quart’’). To see if the possible
descendants of these children would also like turkey-peas, we took some freshly dug
and washed tubers to Northern Kentucky University in spring 1980, prevailing upon
several students to sample them and give us their opinion of the flavor. All participants
commented on the “‘nutty’’ texture and flavor, some comparing the taste to fresh
coconut or to hazelnuts. There was variation in perception of the tubers’ degree of
sweetness.
RANGE
Erigenia bulbosa is limited to eastern North America. The current range may be
smaller than that indicated in Fig. 2. We suggest, for example, that the species may
well be extinct in Wisconsin inasmuch as the most recent specimen we have seen from
that state was collected in 1898.
Gray’s Manual of Botany (Fernald 1950) gives a range that differs from our map in
that Minnesota is included. We believe the Minnesota record is based on a specimen
of E. bulbosa in the Gray Herbarium that bears the label data: *‘Detroit, Minnesota.
S. Minns 18.’ This specimen is suspect since there is no Detroit, Minnesota, even
though there are, in Becker County of that state, a ‘‘Detroit Lakes’ (a city), a “‘Detroit
Lake,”’ and a “Ft. Detroit.”’ If the specimen actually came from Becker County, it
would extend the verified range of erigenia by 400 miles to the northwest, an extension
we do not accept. It is more likely that the specimen is from Detroit, Michigan, where
the plant is known to occur, and that the ‘‘Minnesota”’ is a lapsus calami.
The following list gives the most recent dates for erigenia specimens we have seen
from the range extremes. Georgia, 1982; Alabama, 1980 (see Harper 1932); Michigan,
1980; Arkansas, 1979; Virginia, 1979; Kansas, 1974; Maryland, 1967; Oklahoma, 1963
ERIGENIA BULBOSA 73
A
2 ill
. gt
° rans SV Te eae
5 eee
ea
SUA Ey
Tt A oa
: mites;
ret
ut
aa
Fe
Ve)
wee
Fe
jel |
an
oO
ar)
‘SR
Le)
at
|
i
yet
a
Ws
oy
aya
we
aa =
pe ase: Es
Nesere ws
es
iH
4
‘e
J
\§
en
ramos
Se I
a ar
ca angl
CAH
cele ace ge
Sacless
a
Cceeate
ae
PRCT
ry 4
ee f
fe)
=
moras
riser |
ae
Tasees =
le 1
Clete tel |
leet el eA
ei jel Lee
<auuecte
ire
ape
ave
iese
ES
cS
>
2
ae
on
yr
Rank
ite
ame,
fe.
i
4
>
a
x
yet
rt
3
me
oH
ay
eee
PSD
neater,
mre
we
mats
BS
AS
%,
o:
a8
a
.
=
oe
yS4
lee
cere)
oe
vey &
ie
cx
sists!
mae
as
De 2
roe
Se iG (|
or
~a
C/
cae
ve
Ti
ee,
oP,
cea
Chaar
a. 24
Ki
el 7 |
re
aoa, wag
—_ ay Ch 4 “
Lh pine Farers OOS EROS LT
TY HPs CaO Hcg, OTSA
ETF, Tae Peep ee SPER
Commn
Tht
eet
apa
eid Lt
p L |
reas
&
ee
Lietey
Sh
Ae
ve
Ne
¥'
f
e
PR
- eis SY
a
a
onic
>
“he
ral
aa
Ges.ae
aN
pit
m1) ey
saw
inepoee
ney
see,
lee wes
aan.
iB
aa
a
oe
“a
oy
ane
|
Bo
ices @
e
SE
piers
ne
ee x AVES YX
ARG
=
Bed
2
ea
é
A
A |
COOLS SPST G LI ATE
SMESHIR Ra
SI PTA Sis
a Sh
Fic. 2. Documented distribution of Erigenia bulbosa.
(see Wallis 1964); Ontario, 1958 (see Soper 1962); eastern Pennsylvania, 1956; New
York, 1942; Mississippi, 1913; and Wisconsin, 1898.
TAXONOMY
Taxonomic and other data on E. bulbosa—the sole species of its genus—are included
in monographs on world Apiaceae (Bentham and Hooker 1867; Candolle 1830; Drude
1897), in monographs on North American Apiaceae (Coulter and Rose 1887, 1888,
1900; Mathias and Constance 1944-1945: Nuttall 1818; Torrey and Gray 1840), in some
State and regional floras for eastern United States and adjacent Canada (e.g., Fernald
1950; Jennings 1953; Steyermark 1963), and in non-technical articles (Anderson 1953;
Buddell and Thieret 1982; Clute 1942: Laughlin 1905; McGregor 1981; Wherry 1945).
The description below is offered as a supplement to and emendation of existing liter-
ature.
74 BARTONIA
ERIGENIA Nutt., Gen. N. Am. PI. 1:187. 1818
TYPE SPECIES. Erigenia bulbosa (Michx.) Nutt. (Sison bulbosum Michx.).
Erigenia bulbosa (Michx.) Nutt., Gen. N. Am. PI. 1:188. 1818.
Sison bulbosum Michx., Fl. Bor. Am. 1:169. 1803.
Ligusticum bulbosum Pers., Syn. Pl. 1:315. 1805.
Hydrocotyle bipinnata Raf., Med. Repos. II. 5:353. 1808. (Nomen nudum)
Hydrocotyle dissecta Raf., Med. Repos. I. 5:353. 1808. (Nomen nudum)
Hydrocotyle ambigua Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 732. 1814.
Hydrocotyle composita Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 190. 1814.
Erigenia shortiana Raf., First Cat. Bot. Gard. igaagicoe: he 24, 1824. (Nomen nudum)
Hydrocotyle bulbosa Eaton and Wright, N. Am. Bot. 277. 1840.
Sium pusillum Mathias and Constance, pro. syn., N. . Fl. 28B:74. 1944. Not S. pusillum Poiret 1810
or S. pusillum Nutt. 1840.
Perennial, root-tuber geophyte (McDonald 1937), 4—21 cm tall. Tuber more or less
globose, to 25 mm in diameter, bearing 1—9 stems. Foliage leaves | (rarely 2) per
flowering stem, 1—3(4) times ternately divided, expanding to 28 cm long and 20 cm
wide, the sheath 0.5-—2 cm long; ultimate leaf segments linear to elliptic, to 21 mm long
and 7 mm wide, with acute to rounded tips; scale-like leaves 1—several at base of stem.
Umbels compound, of 3—6 unequal rays to 62 mm long; umbellets 3—5 flowered, the
pedicels to 5 mm long. Bract 1(2), simple and linear to 1-2 times ternately divided, to
47 mm long and 46 mm wide, sometimes accompanied by 1-3 smaller bracts similar
to bractlets; bractlets simple and linear or spatulate to deeply lobed, to 14 mm long.
Calyx obsolete. Corolla of 5 petals, these white, obovate, somewhat concave, erect to
spreading, without an inflexed apex, entire, 3—4.5 mm long. Androecium of 5 alternate
stamens, these slightly exceeding the petals; anthers bright maroon, darkening with
age; pollen ellipsoid, tricolporate. Gynoecium of 2 (rarely 3; Harper 1932) united car-
pels; styles 2, persistent, exceeding the petals, not or slightly enlarged at base, re-
curving with age; nectariferous disc prominent; ovary inferior; carpophore absent.
Fruits oblate, broadly elliptic in side view, laterally compressed, strongly 10-ribbed,
to 3 mm long; mericarps reniform; embryo straight, 0.1 mm long. Chromosome
number: n = 10 (Constance et al. 1976).
In Nuttall’s (1818) protologue for E. bulbosa he alluded to a drawing, by C. W. Short,
of an erigenia plant from the “‘banks of the Kentucky river the 15th of March.’’ The
drawing evidently seemed to Nuttall to be different enough from his concept of E.
bulbosa—especially in leaf form—to suggest that the two were not conspecific. (It
was perhaps for such a specimen that Rafinesque (1824) proposed a name for a second
species of the genus but provided no description.)
The leaves of erigenia change dramatically in size as the growing season progresses.
A plant seen in June might suggest a species different from that represented by the
same individual in March or April. (We believe that Pursh’s Hydrocotyle ambigua,
long recognized as a synonym of E. bulbosa, represents such a late-season plant.)
There may also be much variation in shape of the ultimate leaf segments within a single
leaf and among leaves in a colony; these segments range from | to 7 mm wide and are
acute to rounded at the tip. We conclude that leaf form is highly variable in E. bulbosa;
it is not a reliable character on which to base recognition of a second species of
Erigenia.
‘‘Sium pusillum,”’ ascribed to Poiret (1810) and introduced into the synonomy of E.
bulbosa by Mathias and Constance (1944-1945), is a name that has gotten into said
ERIGENIA BULBOSA AD
synonomy by error. It was not published by Poiret as a binomial for erigenia at all—
pusillum’’ was not intended by him to be a specific epithet but was merely the first
my a series of descriptive terms he applied to our species, which was known to him by
its original name, Sison bulbosum Michx. Poiret wrote (repeating Michaux’s text):
“Sium (sison bulbosum), pusillum, radice globoso-bulbosa;’’ etc. Indeed, he had al-
ready used the name Sium pusillum—it was clearly intended as a binomial—for Mi-
chaux’s Sison pusillum, the plant now known as Spermolepis divaricata.
Besides **pepper-and-salt”’ and ‘‘harbinger-of-spring,”’’ which occur repeatedly in the
literature, we have noted the following common names for E. bulbosa: bulbous-rooted
erigenia (Torrey 1843), daughter-of-spring (Wood 1870), erigenia (Buddell and Thieret
1982), turkey-foot (Clute 1934; a name only “‘ignorance could account for’’), and the
most venerable true common name of all those given to erigenia, turkey-pea (Riddell
834)
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Herbaria we checked and/or received specimens from are: APSC, BUF, CAN,
CANI, CINC, DAO, DHL, DUKE, DUL, DUR, FARM, GA, GH, GMUF, GRI, ILL,
IND, ISC, KANU, KNK, KSC, KY, LCU, MARY, MICH, MISS, MPPD, MSC, MU,
MUHW, NCU, NY, OKLA, OS, PAC, PM, TENN, TER, UARK, UMO, UNA, US,
VDB, VPI, WARM, WILLI, WIS, WSFA, WUD, WVA and Morehead State Univer-
sity, KY.
LITERATURE CITED
ANDERSON, E. 1953. Pepper and salt, our earliest wild flower. Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 41: 45-46.
BENTHAM, G. AND J. D. HooKER. 1867. Umbelliferae. Genera Plantarum 1: 859-931
BUDDELL, G. F.,, Il AND J. W. THIERET. 1982. Harbinger-of-spring. Explorer 24(1): 24-26
CANDOLLE, A. P. DE. 1830. Umbelliferae. Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis 4: 55-250.
CLuTE, W. N. 1934. The meaning of plant names. LVI. a umbellifers I]. Amer. Bot. 40: 64-71.
———. 1942. The paprenilnngsang Amer. Bot. 48: 3
, AND C. R. BELL. 1976. ‘Se numbers in Umbelliferae. V. Amer. J.
COULTER, J. M. AND J. N. Rose. 1887. Notes on Umbelliferae of E. [sic] United States. I. Bot. Gaz. 12:
16.
12-16
88. Revision of North American Umbelliferae. Herbarium of Wabash College, Craw-
AND =tahli:
fordsville, idan. 144
pp.
sie? . Monograph of the North American Umbelliferae. Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. 7: 9-
256, I-
DRupE, O. 87 Umbelliferae. Pages 63-250, 271 in A. Engler and K. Prantl. Die Natirlichen Pflanzenfam-
ilien HI.
FERNALD, M. - 1950. Gray’s Manual of Botany, 8th ed. page — Co., New York. 1632 pp.
FOERSTE, A. F. 1882. Dichogamy of Umbelliferae. Bot. Gaz
HARPER, R. M. 1932. Erigenia bulbosa and some associated and hess plants in Alabama. Torreya 32: 141-
6.
HEGELMAIER, F. 1878. Vergleichende Untersuchungen tiber Entwicklung dikotyledoner Keime mit Beriick-
sichtigung der Pseudo-monokotyledonen. E. Schweizerbart’sche Verlagshandlung (E. Koch), Stuttgart.
211 pp.
HouM, T. 1901. Erigenia bulbosa Nutt. A morphological and anatomical study. Amer. J. Sci. IV. 11: 63-72.
. 1908-1909. rie vations on seedlings of North American phaenogamous plants. Ottawa Nat. 12:
165~174, 235-24
« 1925, eeraucs and rejuvenation, exemplified by North American herbs. Amer. MidI. Natur. 9:
439 St : :
JENNINGS, O. E. 1953. Wild Flowers of Western Pennsylvania and the Upper Ohio Basin. University of
Pittsburgh Press, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. 2 vol.
76 BARTONIA
LAUGHLIN, E. E. ie Harbinger of spring. Amer. Bot. 8: 6-7.
LinpseEy, A. H. AND C. R. BELL. 1980. Protogyny and associated reproducti haracters in Apiaceae. Page
269 in Aecicts: Second International Congress of Systematic ‘and Evolutionary Biology, The Univer-
sity of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada, July 17-24, 1980. The University of British Columbia,
Vancouver.
McCain, J. W. AND J. F. HENNON. 1982. Notes “te biogeography and new records of rust fungi in the Great
Lakes region. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 91: —514,
McDonaLb, E. S. 1937. The life-forms of the bak: plants of Indiana. Amer. Midl. oe 18: 687-773.
McGreoor, R. L. 1981. The harbinger of spring. Kansas Wildfl. Soc. pear 3(1): 6
uae A. C. 1946. The comparative internal morphology of seeds. Amer. Midl. Natur. ae 513-660.
MarTuias, M. E. AND L. CONSTANCE. 1944-1945, setae North paimran Flora 28B: 43-295.
“Pera A. 1803. Flora Boreali-Americana. Vol. a vrault, Paris. 330 p
NELSON, J. C. 1918. Erigenia bulbosa. Amer. Bot. ae
NUTTALL, T. 1818. The Genera of North sei sae and a Catalogue of the Species to the Year 1817.
Vol. 1. D. Heartt, Philadelphia. 312 p
PorreT, J. L. M. 1810. Sium oe bubosum). es 622 in M. Lamarck, Encyclopédie Méthodique. Bota-
nique. Supplement, Tome I. H. Agasse,
RAFINESQUE, C, 1824. First Coke and eg of the Botanical cae of Transylvania University at
Lexington in Kentucky for the Year 1824. Lexington, Kentuc
RIDDELL, J. L. 1834. Synopsis of the flora of the western states nail 1]. West: J. Med. Phys. Sci. 2(3): 329-
374
ROBERTSON, C. 1892. Flowers and insects—Umbelliferae. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 5: 449-460.
Soper, J. H. 1962. Some genera of restricted range in the Carolinian flora of Canada. Trans. Roy. Canad.
Inst. 34: 3-56.
STEYERMARK, J. A. 1963. Flora of Missouri. Iowa State pei Press, Ames. 1725 p
oe : 1843. A Flora of the State of New York. Vol. 1. Carroll and Cook, Albany, ee ey 484 pp.
D A. GRAY. 1840. A Flora of North America. ai i mee and Putnam, New York. 711 pp.
ae W. 1882. Ses on dichogamy in Erigenia.] Bot. Gaz. 7: 71.
WALLIS, C. S. 1964. Erig a genus new to Oklahoma. ehodun eax es 312.
WHERRY, E. T. 1945. peers Bull. Amer. Rock Gard. Soc. 3
WINKLER, A. 1895. Anomale Keimungen. Abhandl. Bot. Ver. Prov. eas 36: 123-140
Woop, A. 1870. The American sianee and Florist. Part Fourth, Descriptive Botany. A. S. Barnes and
Company, New York. 392 p
Bartonia No. 51: 77, 1985
Montia chamissoi Rediscovered along the Delaware River
in Wayne County, Pennsylvania
ANN F. RHOADS
ANN NEWBOLD
RICHARD H. MELLON
ROGER E. LATHAM
Morris Arboretum of the University of Pennsylvania, 9414 Meadowbrook Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19118
Montia chamissoi (Ledb.) Greene, a member of the Portulacaceae, was previously
known from two locations in Wayne County, Pennsylvania where it was collected in
1894 and 1950. However, this plant, described by Wherry as “‘the most disjunct species
in Pennsylvania,’ could not be relocated at either site in the 1960’s (Wherry 1964). At
that time Wherry suggested that a search of rock ledges along the northern portion of
the Delaware River might result in the discovery of additional Montia populations.
The main range of this species is from Alaska south to the mountains of California
and Arizona. The closest site to Pennsylvania is in Minnesota (Fernald 1950).
During July and August 1984, while conducting a survey of rare plant species for
the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Resources and the National Park Ser-
vice Upper Delaware Scenic and Recreational River, a field team from the Morris
Arboretum of the University of Pennsylvania discovered two previously unreported
populations of Montia chamissoi.
The newly found sites are in the vicinity of Long Eddy and Hancock, New York,
approximately 20 and 30 miles north of the earlier locations. Both consist of dripping
outcrops of Devonian sandstone situated at the base of steep, wooded slopes along
the Pennsylvania side of the Delaware River. One site has a north facing aspect and
the other, more northerly one, faces east. Montia occurs approximately six to eight
feet above the water line and appears to be restricted to areas where spring water
trickles down over the rocks throughout the year. Typical associated species include:
Chrysosplenium americanum, Ranunculus repens, Impatiens capensis, Hydrocotyle
umbellata, Myosotis scorpioides, Onoclea sensibilis, Sagina procumbens, Gratiola
aurea, and Sphagnum, Mnium, and Polytrichum species.
Both Montia populations are small, comprising less than 100 plants. A few flower
buds and immature fruits were observed as were the slender stolons produced by this
Species. Voucher specimens have been placed in the herbarium of the Morris Arbo-
retum.
LITERATURE CITED
Wuerry, E. T. 1964. The most disjunct species in Pennsylvania. Bartonia 34: 7.
FERNALD, M. L. 1950. Gray's Manual of Botany. 8th ed. D. Van Nostrand Co., New York.
vi
Bartonia No. 51: 78, 1985
Additions to the Flora of Monomoy Island, Massachusetts
EDITH FEUERSTEIN SCHROT
402 Laurens St., Olean, NY 14760
On a trip to South Monomoy Island, Massachusetts on 7 August 1983, I collected
some plant specimens that had not been previously reported as growing there (Bailey
1965; Moul 1969; Svenson & Pyle 1979). The following collections were made south
of the Old Monomoy Light Tower: Potamogeton perfoliatus L., edge of fresh water
pond at south end of island, Schrot 261. Danthonia spicata (L.) Beauv., sand flats at
southern tip of island, Schrot 257. Cyperus strigosus L., dunes at south end of island,
Schrot 258. Rhynchospora capitellata (Michx.) Vahl., swale at south end of island with
Vaccinium macrocarpon Ait., Schrot 256. Juncus bufonius L., muddy border of Big
Station Pond, Schrot 265. Linum striatum Walt., swale at south end of island, Schrot
262. Lindernia anagallidea (Michx.) Pennell, muddy border of Big Station Pond, Schrot
260. Limosella subulata lves., muddy border of Big Station Pond, Schrot 263.
All of the above, with the exception of Limosella subulata, have been reported for
other areas of similar habitat on Cape Cod (Svenson and Pyle 1979); Limosella subulata
is within its expected range (Fernald 1970).
In addition to the above, several species were collected that had been listed by Bailey
(1965), but not by Moul (1969) nor by Svenson and Pyle (1979) specifically for Mon-
omoy Island: Polygonum glaucum Nutt., beach at south end of island, Schrot 298.
Mollugo verticillata L., open muddy border of Big Station Pond, Schrot 296. Hibiscus
moscheutos L., bordering fresh water pond, abundant, Schrot 283. Epilobium glan-
dulosum var. adenocaulon (Haussk.) Fern., sand flat at south end of island, Schrot
aia
Specimens have been deposited in the Gray Herbarium. I thank Robert Prescott,
Director, Massachusetts Audobon Society Wellfleet Bay Wildlife Sanctuary and Nature
Center, who was a most helpful and hospitable guide on Monomoy Island.
LITERATURE CITED
BAILEY, W. 1965. Plant list of Monomoy National Wildlife Refuge, Chatham, Massachusetts. Contribution
Monomoy ee Research Station No. 2
FERNALD, M. L. 0. Gray’s Manual of Botany. 8th ed. D. Van Nostrand Co., New York.
MoUuL, E. T. ae Hoa of Monomoy Island, Massachusetts. Rhodora 71: 18—28.
SVENSON, H. K. AND R. W. PYLE. 1979. The Flora of Cape Cod. The Cape Cod Museum of Natural History.
Bartonia No. 51: 79, 1985
Range Extension of Goodyera tesselata into Northwestern
New Jersey
WADE WANDER
SHARON ANN WANDER
RD 3, Box 270AA, Somerset, NJ 08873
On 15 July 1981, we discovered three flowering plants of Tesselate Rattlesnake Plan-
tain (Goodyera tesselata) in western Warren County, New Jersey. Our identification
was later confirmed by Vincent Abraitys and David Snyder. The plants were growing
in two separate locations within a small, mature grove of planted Red Pine (Pinus
resinosa) at an elevation of about 290 m. The site was mesic, shaded by the pines, and
moderately sloping.
Several attempts by others to locate the species at this station in subsequent years
were unsuccessful. None of the other Red Pine plantations in the area have been
checked for the presence of this plant.
This is the first station reported for G. tesselata in New Jersey, and the first orchid
to be added to the state’s list in many years. This species ranges from Newfoundland
and Quebec south to Connecticut, New York, and Ohio (Gleason and Cronquist 1963).
It has also been recorded from western Pennsylvania based on a single specimen
collected in 1944 (Henry et al. 1975). Within the past few decades, it has spread in the
southern portion of its range where it is primarily associated with “‘wet’’ Red Pine
groves (Vincent Abraitys pers. comm.). It remains to be investigated what, if any,
relationship exists between G. tesselata and P. resinosa.
This station is in danger of being destroyed as it is located near the edge of the
inundation zone of the proposed Merrill Creek Reservoir, recently approved for con-
struction by the Delaware River Basin Commission.
LITERATURE CITED
GLEASON, H. A., AND A. CRONQUIST. 1963. Manual of Vascular Plants of Northeastern United States and
Adjacent Canada. D. Van Nostrand Company, New York. 810 pp.
Henry, L. K., W. E. BUKER, AND D. L. PEARTH. 1975. Western Pennsylvania orchids. Castanea 40: 93-
Bartonia No. 51: 80-92, 1985
Colonial Maryland Plants in D. C. Solander’s *‘Descriptions
of Plants from Various Parts of the World’’—an
Unpublished 1767 Manuscript
JAMES L. REVEAL
Department of Botany, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742, and National Museum of
Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC 20560
Daniel C. Solander (1733-1782) was the first naturalist to be employed at the newly
established British Museum in London. Noted for his botanical work on the first Cook
expedition, this pupil of Linnaeus died early in his career thus preventing him from
publishing many of the new species of plants he had discovered in the holdings of the
Museum. One of his manuscripts, ‘‘Descriptions of plants from various parts of the
world,”’ contained characterizations of numerous new species from temperate eastern
North America. Many of these plants were subsequently published in Hortus Kewensis
(Aiton 1789) without attribution to Solander, and no effort was made to use as type
material the specimens examined by Solander. It is my hope to review all of the new
names proposed by Solander for the eastern United States, and to account for the
species he examined from this region. At present I shall concentrate upon the plants
he examined from colonial Maryland, and will address the nomenclature as it relates
only to these plants.
Elsewhere (Reveal et al. 1985), I and my colleagues have accounted for the pre-1753
collections of vascular plants from Maryland currently housed in the Sloane Herbarium
at the British Museum (Natural History) in London (BM), and in the Special Collec-
tions in the Fielding-Druce Herbarium at the University of Oxford (OXF). Solander
did not examine the holdings at Oxford insofar as we have been able to determine, but
he did concentrate upon the many collections of Maryland plants housed in Sloane
Herbarium gathered by Krieg, Vernon, Jones, and others who visited Maryland in the
1690s (Reveal 1983). The collections were obtained from these naturalists by various
English gentlemen then in London, notably Petiver, London, Avery, Doddy, and Plu-
kenet. Sloane had a substantial number of Maryland plants in his own right, and it was
the fate of history that he was able to outlive all his contemporaries and secure—for
a single vast herbarium of more than 334 volumes of plants—all the holdings of his
colleagues. These volumes formed a nucleus around which the British Museum was
established, and as one of its first curators, it was the duty of Solander to assist in the
identification of the plants (Dandy 1958).
loane, over his long career, had employeed a variety of assistants to identify and
catalogue the plants in his herbarium. As Sloane died in 1753, he was unaware of the
Linnaean revolution which resulted in the concept of binomial nomenclature. Thus it
fell to Solander to render into Linnaean binomials the polynomials of past workers.
This he did in the form of elegantly written annotations attached to the folio pages of
many of the Sloane volumes. In this way, Solander was able to review the vast holdings
that Sloane had obtained, and at the same time to evaluate the many new specimens
coming to England from such American naturalists as Bartram, Cree, and Garden.
Unlike his mentor, Linnaeus, who never examined the Sloane Herbarium—certainly
the largest then in the world—Solander was able not only to discover new species
80
SOLANDER’S DESCRIPTIONS OF MARYLAND PLANTS 81
contained therein, but to examine the actual specimens used by the pre-1753 botanical
authors whose nomenclature Linnaeus adopted but whose collections he never saw.
In this way, Solander was able to correct many misapplications of names introduced
into the literature by Linnaeus.
The fate of many of Solander’s names was influenced by a series of events, not the
least of which was his early death. Solander proposed many of his new names when
he prepared the first two volumes of William Aiton’s Hortus Kewensis (1789). As
Stafleu and Cowan (1976) pointed out, the ‘‘botanical descriptions in vols. | and 2 are
mainly by Solander (who died in 1782), edited and amended by J. C. Dryander.’’ Over
the years, nearly all of his names have come to be attributed to ‘‘Aiton,’’ or in some
instances to ‘‘Dryander in Aiton,”’ largely due to the influence of Britten (1912). Al-
though there is no direct indication on the title page as to Solander’s role in the prep-
aration of Hortus Kewensis (in fact his name does not appear anywhere in the first or
second edition), Solander’s participation in the publication of the work has never been
questioned.
It may seem appropriate to follow the suggestion of Stafleu and Cowan and attribute
some of the new species in the first two volumes to Solander, but what fashion
should the citation take? Krok (1925), like Stafleu and Cowan, correctly noted that
Dryander edited and amended Solander’s text. Britten (1912) went further and stated
that while ‘‘Dryander utilized largely the MS. descriptions of Solander, . . . Solander
had no part in preparing the book for the press.’’ He concluded that the work was
Dryander’s only and presented adequate arguments to support his conclusion. Con-
temporary correspondents of Solander, as quoted by Britten, make it clear to me,
however, that while Solander had no direct role in the preparation of the actual text
for Hortus Kewensis as published, he did take an active role in resolving both nomen-
clatural and taxonomic difficulties. Also Solander wrote and Dryander edited numerous
manuscripts and today it is not unusual to see the writings of both men on the same
pages of various Solander manuscripts (Diment and Wheeler 1984). Salisbury, ac-
cording to Britten, actually saw the Hortus manuscript and both men’s writing ap-
peared on the same pages of that manuscript as well. Britten concluded that “‘Salisbury
was familiar with the MSS., which indeed must be regarded as a joint production of
the two botanists, whose handwritings are often combined in the same description—
one having written the first draft which the other has added to or corrected.”
One might argue, as Britten (1912) finally did, that *‘Aiton”’ is the sole author. There
are sound reasons to accept this view: Only Aiton’s name is on the title page, he
assumed responsibility for the publication, and there are no provisions in the Jnter-
national Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Voss et al. 1983) to award authorships to
‘ghost writers’’ even when known. One can also argue that the authorships in volumes
one and two ought to be ‘‘Solander in Aiton.”’ This would acknowledge that Solander
did have a role in the preparation of the original draft of the text. That role is supported
by an examination of the 1767 manuscript under review here wherein a cross has been
added to each new species treated in Hortus Kewensis. Unfortunately, there is no
indication who made the crosses, and no doubt they were made after Solander’s death.
Finally, one may also argue that the authorship should read ‘‘Solander ex Dryander in
Aiton.’’ This, at least, expresses what Britten, Krok (1925), and Stafleu and Cowan
(1976) have stated was the relationship among the three men. If indeed Dryander edited
and amended the information prepared by Solander—which he certainly did following
Solander’s death in 1782—prior to publication of the book in 1789, this may account
82 BARTONIA
why none of the specimens Solander examined (at least in the 1760s) was cited in the
descriptions for any of the new species. An examination of the types used for new
species published in the Solander section of Hortus Kewensis shows that many arrived
in London after his death. Therefore, if one is to award authorships to Solander, in
any fashion, it can only be as Solander ex Dryander in Aiton.
Even if one accepts the concept of Solander ex Dryander in Aiton there are still
problems: How can one ascribe Solander names to Solander, Dryander names to
Dryander, and as Britten (1912) pointed out, the names of men such as Banks, the
younger Linnaeus and L’Heritier with their own names—all published without credit
in the first edition of Hortus Kewensis? In my opinion it is unnecessary and of little
value to attempt to do so. The historical record is clear, William Aiton did not write
Hortus Kewensis, others did. Other works—both books and speeches—of far greater
historical importance have been the result of the talents of hidden men and women
whose names are known yet do not appear. The scientific names in Aiton’s Hortus
Kewensis must be ascribed to Aiton. He took credit for the work in 1789; we today
must acknowledge that fact however distasteful it may be to accept.
My purpose here is to account for the plants Solander considered to have been
collected in Maryland or gathered by naturalists known to have visited Maryland.
Diment and Wheeler (1984) stated the present manuscript to be ‘‘a transcript of some
of Solander’s descriptions of plants contained in his Manuscript Slip Catalogue.’’ The
latter, in Solander’s time, was the equivalent of a modern ‘‘3 by 5”’ card file arranged
in 57 boxes. The slips were eventually arranged into 24 volumes following Willdenow’s
edition of Species Plantarum (1797-1810). Marshall (1978) indicated that a number of
amanuenses wrote entries for the Slip Catalogue, but only Herman D. Sporing wrote
the manuscript under review here. Marshall believed Solander assigned the task of
organizing this manuscript to Sporing in 1766. This seems reasonable as portions of
the manuscript contained references to Linnaeus’ second edition of Species Plantarum
(1762-1763). However, I suggest the date of completion was 1767 based on the large
number of new species mentioned which were gathered by John Bartram in Georgia
and Florida in 1765 and 1766. Apparently Bartram did not send his specimens to Peter
Collinson until mid 1766 (Cruickshank 1957), and it is likely Solander did not see them
until early 1767 (Dandy 1958).
CATALOGUE OF MARYLAND PLANTS IN SOLANDER’S 1767 MANUSCRIPT
In the following listing, entries are arranged according to the names proposed by
Solander. The manuscript page number follows his name. Next is the modern name,
or identification, of the plant in question insofar as it relates to Maryland material. If
the plant was described as new in Hortus Kewensis, that name is then given in paren-
theses if not now nomenclaturally correct. Information taken from Solander’s manu-
script is in quotes. The number references (e.g., H.S. 74:43.2) alludes to a specific
specimen or suite of specimens found in one of the bound volumes in the Sloane
Herbarium (BM) termed “‘hortus siccus.’’ The above refers to the 74th volume, folio
page 43, and the 2nd number specimen. No attempt had been made, at this time, to
consult the other volumes in the Sloane Herbarium where Solander examined collec-
tions of the same species.
Acalypha virginica L., p. 202. ‘Habitat in Marylandia.’”’ Solander annotated one Maryland specimen
(H.S. 74:43.2) with the Linnaean name.
SOLANDER’S DESCRIPTIONS OF MARYLAND PLANTS 83
A meda mariana L., 91. = Lyonia mariana (L.) D. Don. ‘Habitat in Marylandia.’’ Solander
hai two specimens (H. a 74:11.1; 246:30.2) from oe with Linnaeus’ name. Two varieties are
proposed by Aiton (1789), but neither is mentioned in the manuscri
ipt.
Andromeda pilosiuscula Solander, ined., p. 92. = Lyonia ea (L.) DC. “Habitat in Marylandia.”’
Solander annotated one specimen (H.S. 74:11.3) with his name and the manuscript page where he charac-
terized the species. No other Maryland collections of this a were annotated with this name so it is
possible he was basing his characterization only on the one spec
Arethusa verticillata Solander, ined., p. 195. = Isotria siti (Muhl. ex Willd.) Raf. ‘“‘Habitat in
sence Vidi! ionali et Marylandia.’’ Solander annotated one Maryland specimen (H.S. 74:65.1) with his
me and manuscript page number. He initially cited Linnaeus as its author, but deleted his name. Solander
ts cited a Stiuaret (1700) name, Ray’s (1704) reference to it, and a Plukenet illustration (t. 349, f. 3)
published in 1705. This polynomial, Helleborines affinis, Planta Mariana, Herbae Paridis facie, quinque-
foliata, is vouchered at H.S. 93:198. Ray based his description of the species on a specimen at H.S. 37:98.2.
These were not annotated by Solander. "There t is no indication Muhlenberg or Willdenow (1805) had access
to Solander’s 1767 manuscript and therefore likely came to the same species epithet independently
Arum triphyllum L., p. 196. = Arisaema triphyllum (L.) Schott. ‘Habitat in Virginia.’’ Solander did not
mention the Maryland specimens (H.S. 37:48.5; 74:63.2) he annotated with the Linnaean name. He added
two synonyms, one from Gronovius (1762) and a second from Bobart writing in Morison (1699). Both could
have been taken from Gronovius or even Linnaeus (1753). Solander noted two variants in garden material
before him. He restricted “ — to North American material, and excluded the South American
specimen included by Linn
Asclepias floridana Solapder ined. p. 57. = Asclepias rubra L. “‘Habitat in ... Marylandia, Krieg,
Vernon.’’ Solander considered his new species to be wide ranging as he included specimens from Florida,
the Carolinas, and Bahama as well as Maryland. All of the Maryland specimens annotated by him with this
ne rubra (e.g., H.S. 37:44.5 and 37:110.2*).
Asclepias sessilis Solander, ined., p. 58. = A. tuberosa L. ‘Habitat in Marilandia. Krieg.’’ Solander
annotated a single Maryland specimen (H.-S. 37:50.6) with this name. The specimen is typical of A. tuberosa,
but Solander considered the species to be unique due to “‘umbellis sessilibus unde caulis flexuodus.”’ There
is no direct evidence the specimen was gathered by Krie,
Asclepias tuberosa L., p. 59. *‘Habitat in . : Minislend, Vernon. Jones. Krieg.”’ Ray (1704) specifically
mentioned this species was gathered in Maryland by Krieg and Vernon when he proposed Apocynum Mar-
ilandicum foliis Salignis (H.S. 37:100.2), but only a single specimen is apparently extant. Solander annotated
other Krieg or Vernon specimens in H.S. 37 of this species (H.S. 37:18.2; 37:50.6), but Ray did not examine
these specimens. A Vernon specimen is in the DuBois Herbarium (OXF) and there is a Vernon sheet in a
volume of plants devoted to his specimens (H.S. 246:32.2; annotated by Solander). We have found no direct
evidence Jones gathered the species. Solander comments that he found a variant in “‘H.S. 37.18"" but does
not give it a name on the sheet or in print. The collection i is Hcg * ee
Asclepias variegata L., p. 56. *‘Habitat in America ver.) Jones. J. Bartram.’’ We cannot
account for the association of Hugh Jones with the specimen at H.S. 74:71.1 which is annotated with this
psec wed Solander. Ray, who also annotated the species (H.S. 37:111.4), stated Vernon gathered the specimen
ined. Solander also saw the voucher for Plukenet’s (1700) Apocynum umbellatum album, ee
ft ttapoon (H.S. 94:147). I am of the opinion this is a Krieg — (a duplicate is at OXF in
Herbarium) and not a Jones collection which Solander may have a ed.
eles anche. L., p. 58. ‘‘Habitat in . .. Maryland. Jones. eae: Marshall. Krieg.” Solander
ksi merous ne of this species. Accoiding to Ray (1704), Vernon collected the species (see
y sede erectum ramosum foliis tenuissimis Marilandicum cited by Solander; a Vernon specimen is also
at H.S. 246:24.2 and at OXF in the Dubois Herbarium). It is possible that the specimen Doody gave Plukenet
(1700), when he proposed Apocynum Marianum erectum Linariae angustissimis foliis umbellatum, was a
Jones collection (H.S. 92:16 or 94:148). As for Marshall (H.S. 158:290), Petiver so badly curated his collec-
tions that it is not always certain if he obtained a specific specimen in Maryland or Virginia. I seriously
doubt the state of Petiver’s volumes was any more orderly in Solander’s day than it is now ak,
Blechnum interruptum Solander, ined., p. 217. = Woodwardia areolata (L.) T. Moore. **Habitat in Mary-
landia.’’ Solander annotated one Maryland specimen (H.S. 74:28.1) with his name and the manuscript page
number. He also questionably cited a Plukenet (1700) polynomial, Filix Osmundae facie Mariana, segmentis
minutim denticulatis, which was illustrated (t. 400, f. 2) in 1705. Plukenet’s voucher for his figure and
description (H.S. 94:199) is a mixed collection of Onoclea sensibilis L. and Osmunda cinnamomea L. No
doubt this confusion is what caused Solander to question his application of the Plukenet name.
84 BARTONIA
Carex folliculata L., p. 197. *‘Habitat in — ”* Solander cited a Ray phrase name, Gramen cy-
peroides Marilandicum, utriculis tumidis triangulis, 4 vel 5, in capitulum congestis in summo caule
superiorum foliorum alis. Its voucher is at H.S. 37:76.3, but that specimen was not annotated by Solander.
ie.
Carex longifolius Siicader: ined., p. 198. = C. comosa Boott. ‘‘Habitat in Marylandia.’’ Solander an-
notated one Maryland specimen aS 74:20.3) with his name and the manuscript page number. He included
a Gronvius (1762) name who associated this new species with the Old World C. pseudocyperus L. Elliott
(1824) was the ao to formally describe this species, naming it C. furcata, a homonym. The plant was
renamed by Boott 8.
Chironia ue L., p. 36. = Sabatia stellaris Pursh as to the Maryland references. ‘‘Habitat in
arylandia. Krieg. Wes * Solander included Petiver’s 1699) Rapunculus Centaruroides, pentape-
‘ibis Marianus which is vouchered by a specimen at H.S. 158:218. This is likely the Jones collection
Solander mentioned. Collections at H.S. 37:37.1 and 74:73.1 are eset by Solander with C. campanulata.
We (Reveal et al. 1985) have found no evidence to support Solander’s statement that either of these collec-
tions was made by Krie
Clematis ampliata Solandar. ined., p. = C. ochroleuca Aiton. ‘Habitat in Marylandia.’’ Solander
ropes Plukenet (1700, 1705) and Ray ( a sts used a Banister polynomial originally published by Ray in
1688. Ray based his concept on a Vernon specimen (H.S. 37:130.4) which is duplicated at 74:14.5 and
246:25.1. All are in fruit. Plukenet’s voucher is at 93:103. This latter specimen was likely gathered by Vernon
as well. Solander annotated all of the Maryland material with his manuscript name. His original description
was clearly based on the fruiting material. Plukenet also had flowering specimens at hand which he called
Clematis erecta humilis non ramosa, foliis subrotundis, flore unico ochroleuco. He took this name from
Banister’s catalogue of Virginia species published by Ray (1688). The latter name was cited in Aiton (1789)
when the species was oe proposed. The Solander manuscript was aa with a cross signifying the
entity was described in Hortus Kewensis. In be Hortus the origin of the species was credited to James
Gordon who cultivated the plant in 1767. I have not discovered if Solander or i aay altered the epithet.
Krok (1925) attributed the published name to Solander.
Coreopsis aspera Solander, ined., p. 177. = Helianthus angustifolius L. *‘Habitat in Marylandia.’’ So-
lander cited a Ray (1704) name in synonymy. That polynomial, Chrysanthemum Marilandicum, foliis bijugis
eet monanthes, is vouchered by H.S. 37:99.1 which was annotated by Solander with his manu-
script n r Maryland specimens annotated with his name are H.S. 74:48.3 and 246:9.1. The manu-
script page siunles | is found on the latter two annotation labels. Solander erred in his association of this
species with Coreopsis rather than Helianthus.
Coreopsis flammula Solander, ined., p. 175. = Bidens laevis (L.) Britton. ‘‘Habitat in Marilandia.”’
popes nese two Maryland specimens with this name where he attributed the binomial to Linnaeus
(H.S 00.5) in error, but corrected the oversight later (H.S. 74:48.1). In the latter instance, he cited the
scam page number. He also cited a Ray (1704) polynomial, Chrysanthemum Marilandicum monanthes,
radio octapetalo, which is based on H.S. 37:100.5. A Vernon collection of this species is in the DuBois
Herbarium (OXF).
Cypripedium album Solander, ined., p. 194. = C. reginae Walter. (C. album Aiton) ‘‘Habitat in America
Septentrionali.’’ Solander recognized, in 1767, the Roa of this most elegant of the showy lady's
slippers. When the species was proposed by Aiton in 1789, no reference was made to the specimens Solander
actually examined. Solander cited Plukenet’s (1700) alfa) Hellborine Calceolus dicta, Mariana, flore
gemello candido, venis purpureis striato. The polynomial was also cited by Aiton. Its illustration (t. 418, f.
3) is confusing. The voucher of the name, H.S. 93:198, is not all that similar to the figure. A specimen of
C. calceolus L. var. parviflorum (Salisbury) Fernald (H.S. 92:84) is actually more similar to the published
plate. The 1767 manuscript is not marked with a cross denoting the entity was published. Aiton stated the
species was introduced into England by William Young in about 1770. Walter (1788) published his name a
few months prior to the appearance of Hortus Kewensis.
Cypripedium calapogium Solander, ined., p. 193. = C. calceolus L. var. ee (Salisbury) Fernald
and C. calceolus L. var. pubescens (Willd.) Corneil. ‘Habitat in America Sept nali.’’ Solander anno-
tated several Maryland specimens with his manuscript name. Among the iets of Vernon and Krieg,
Solander named two specimens of var. pubescens (H.S. 74:66.1 and 246:29.1). Solander cited a Petiver name
published in Ray (1704). That polynomial, Calceolus marianus glabra, petalis angustis, is vouchered at H.S.
159:22; it is a specimen of var. parviflorum. A second Maryland-based synonym was also cited. This,
Helleborine Calceolus dicta, Mariana, caule foliosa, flore luteo minore, was proposed by Plukenet (1700);
it was illustrated (t. 418, f. 2) in 1705. The voucher, H.S. 92:84, is a specimen of C. calceolus var. pubescens;
SOLANDER’S DESCRIPTIONS OF MARYLAND PLANTS 85
it was not annotated by Solander. A sheet in the Sherardian Herbarium at OXF annotated with the Plukenet
phrase name is a collection of C. calceolus var. parviflorum. The Petiver name was cited by Catesby in
1738. I have not determined the voucher for Catesby’s name. It is clear that Solander was attempting to
distinguish the North American specimens of C. calceolus as a distinct species from its European counter-
part, but failed to appreciate the varietal differences now commonly recognized. First Salisbury in 1791 and
then Willdenow in 1805 formally recognized the differences in the North American plants, but at the species
rank.
Cypripedium spectabile Solander, ined., p. 194. = C. acaule Aiton. *‘Habitat in America Septen-
trionali. . * Solander annotated H.S. 74:67.3 with his name and the manuscript page number. He also
cited, in hia text, a Plukenet (1700) name: Helleborine Calceolus dicta, Mariana, foliis binis é radice, ex
advero prodeuntibus, flore purpureo. That name, vouchered at H.S. 93:197, was also figured (t. 418, f. 1)
in 1705. This polynomial was subsequently cited in Aiton (1789). The species was proposed formally by
Aiton who made no reference to any of the specimens examined by Solander attributing the plant to William
Hamilton who introduced it in 1786. The 1767 Solander manuscript is not marked with a cross, but there is
nO question in my mind that Dryander raided Solander’s manuscript for the characterization
Cyperus ornatus Solander, ined., p. 8. = C. strigosus L. ‘‘Habitat in Marylandia. toah.! > Solander
considered the species to be related to. and perhaps a variety of, C. odoratus L. He annotated one Maryland
specimen (H.S. 74:22.2) with his name and manuscript page number. I have seen no evidence to support
Solander’s contention that Jones found this specimen
Erigeron serpentaria Solander, ined., p. 164. = Hieracium Xx marianum Willd., as to a Maryland spec-
imen. ‘Habitat in America Séolentviciall: ... Solander annotated only one Maryland specimen (H.S.
74:53.3) with his name. That specimen, even in late anthesis, is clearly not an Erigeron. I have not determined
if Solander consistently applied his name to Hieracium or mistakenly associated his name when he annotated
H.S. 74. Solander stated his species was similar to Erigeron pau simplicissimo, saepius ne a name
proposed by Gronovius (1762) and based on Clayton 375. That name is not cited in Linnaeus (1753; see
Reveal 1983). I have not attempted to locate the specimen at BM. seeeaiens (1804) was the fi oo to append
a name to this plant.
Eriophorum sessile Solander, ined., p. 8. = E. virginicum L. **Habitat in Marylandia. Kreig.’’ Solander
considered the species to be related to, and perhaps a variety of, the European entity Linnaeus called E.
polystachion, a confused name referrable to E. angustifolium Honckeny or E. latifolium Hoppe. In fact, the
specimen (H.S. 74:20.1) is what Linnaeus called E. virginicum. It is difficult to understand why Solander
failed to correctly identify the plant. There is no indication that it was Krieg who found this 09 in Maryland
and I have been unable to discover upon what basis Solander ascribed the collection to
Fagus ferruginea Solander, ined., p. 201 = F. grandifolia Ehrh. (F. ferruginea Aiton) * "Habitat in Mary-
landia.’’ Solander cited two Maryland-based polynomials in synonymy in his 1767 manuscript. The first was
by Ayrey. No specimen of this species among the Plukenet volumes can be associated with this name, or
with any of the Maryland collectors. In Ayrey’s own volume of dried plants there is a specimen (H.S. 74:5.2)
of the species, but there is no indication Plukenet examined it. The second name was proposed by Ray
(1704) as Fagus Marilandica folio acuto, circa margines undulato & serrato seu spinulis exasperato. So-
lander did not annotate the Ray voucher (H.S. 37:127.4) which was gathered by Vernon, but he did label
the specimen in Ayrey’s volume. There is no indication who gathered the latter specimen. When Aiton
(1789) formally proposed F. ferruginea he stated the species was introduced by John Kennedy and James
Lee in 1766. The Solander manuscript is marked with a cross indicating the name was published in Hortus
Kewensis. Ehrhart (1784) initially proposed F. grandifolia in a journal only to republish the name later
(Ehrhart 1791; see Stafleu and Cowan 1976) in a book
Fagus pumila L., p. 201. = Castanea pumila (L.) Miller. Although Solander annotated a Maryland
collection (H.S. 74:9.5) with the Linnaean name, he ascribed the species to *‘Florida Occidentali”’ in his
manuscript. Aiton (1789) stated the species was cultivated in England in 1699 at the garden of the Duchess
of Beaufort. The source of this introduction was probably Hugh Jones of Calvert County, Maryland (Reveal
1984),
Gentiana ie oe Solander, ined., p. 60. = G. linearis Froel. ‘Habitat in Marylandia. Krieg. Marshall.
(Petiver).’’ Solander annotated one Maryland collection (H.S. 74:77.3) with the number 60, no doubt referring
to on manuscript page. In his manuscript, he cited Ray (1704) and the polynomial Gentiana major Virgi-
na, flore caeruleo longiore which was originally proposed by Petiver (1698). The specimen used by Petiver
abu the name is a collection of G. catesbaei Walter (H.S. 158:213) which Solander annotated G.
saponaria L. As we shall point out elsewhere (Reveal et al. 1985), however, this collection is not likely the
86 BARTONIA
original Jones collection from in Maryland. Solander erred in his inclusion of this phrase name, for at 158:213,
Solander annotated another specimen of true G. linearis with G. angustata. That specimen was used by
Petiver when he proposed Gentiana major Virginiana, floribus amplis ochroleucis. Today, the specimen is
annotated with three different potential sources of its origin: (1) Jones from Maryland (the printed text of
Petiver’s 1698 Maryland paper is attached to the base of the specimen); (2) Marshall from Virginia (Petiver
also wrote a Bobart polynomial published in Morison (1699), Gentiana virginiana, saponariae folio, flore
setae eid hs in addition); or (3) Richard Bradley, a Cambridge professor who sent garden specimens
to Petiver. The name ‘‘Salvadore’’ is also added to the last two annotations. The Salvadores of Barcelona,
Jaime sin his son bar sent garden material to Petiver as well. There is no evidence that the specimen in
H.S. 74 was gathered by Krieg, but it is clear Solander erred in associating Marshall’s name with Maryland
and not Virginia. The inclusion of Petiver in parenthesis may have been done to mean the species had been
published by Petiver. It was not until 1796 that Froelich formally described the
Gerardia filiformis Solander, ined., p. 120. = Agalinis setacea (Walter) Raf. ar eae data were given
except as noted below. Solander — a et (1696) name illustrated in 1691 and likely based on a John
Banister collection from Virginia. t reference to Maryland, but did differentiate the Plukenet
figure from other specimens of + Aenean Septentrionali’’ he had before him. Solander annotated one
eR specimen (H.S. 74:45.1) with his name, but ascribed the name to manuscript page 121 rather
than
eke purpurea L., p. 121. = Agalinis purpurea (L.) Pennell. ‘‘Habitat in Aiea eet ’ Solander anno-
tated two Maryland specimens (H.S. 74:44.3; 74:45.3) with the Linnaean name, but in his manuscript he
made no reference to Maryland although he added the page number to his mrs annotation. Aiton (1789)
stated this species was not ilo an into England until 1772.
Hedyotis purpurea (L.) L = Houstonia purpurea L. Solander cited a Plukenet (1705) figure, and
indirectly the polynomial Rubia rete Alsines majoris folio, based on a Maryland collection vouchere
at H.S. 92:114. He made no direct reference to Marylan
Hedysarum alopecuroides Solander, ined., p. 149. = i odidies hirta (L.) Hornem. Solander annotated
three Maryland specimens of this species with his manuscript name (H.S. 37:103.4; 74:39.3; 246:27.2). The
latter two annotations also mentioned the manuscript page. Interestingly, several other specimens of the
species were not labelled. seaareead made no attempt to differentiate this new species from other species of
Hedysarum as he defined the genu
Hedysarum ellipticum Solander, in ede p. 148. = Desmodium rotundifolium DC. **Habitat in Marylandia.
Solander recognized the difficulty of interpreting Linnaeus’ concept of this species and noted the differences
74:41.1) and clearly recognized the plant as representative of a new species. His characterization is brief.
The species was not recognized until the 1825 revision of Desmodium by deCandolle.
Hedysarum marilandicum L., p. 148. = Desmodium cf. canescens (L.) DC. ‘‘Habitat in Marylandia.”’
Solander recognized the difficulty of interpreting Linnaeus’ concept of this species and noted the differences
in the descriptions published by Ray (1704) and Dillenius (1732). The only specimen of D. marilandicum,
as defined by present ro among the Maryland specimens annotated by Solander, was termed Hedy-
sarum barbatum (H.S. 37:104.2). As for H.S. 74:37.1, which Solander annotated as H. marilandicum, the
specimen is difficult to assign to a given species. We (Reveal et al. 1985) have tentatively assigned it to near
D. canescens. Schindler ae the specimen to be near Meibomia viridiflora (L.) Kuntze, a synonym
of D. viridiflorum (L.) DC
Hedysarum sp., p. 148. “Habitat in Marylandia.”’ Solander did not provide a name for this species in his
manuscript, but at H.S. 37:106.5, 74:39.2 and 246:26.2 are specimens annotated ‘‘pilosiusculum’’ which is
a word re in Solander’s Beicripeion of the plant. The specimens in question are Lespedeza x nuttallii
Darl. (H.S. 37), L. procumbens Michx. (H.S. 74), and L. stuevei Nutt. (H.S. 246). On the second annotation
label, Solander has added the page number and a series of species numbers which corresponded to his
manuscript. Although he mixed what is today considered to be several species of Lespedeza, all are closely
related and separated only with some difficulty. None was proposed until the next century when Michaux
(1803) established L. procumben
Hedysarum spicatum Sites: ined. p. 149. = Psoralea psoralioides (Walter) Cory. ‘‘Habitat in Mary-
landia.’’ Solander annotated two Maryland specimens with this name (H.S. 37:103.5; 74:39.1). This plant
Impatiens americana Solander, ined., p. 190. = 1. capensis Meerb. ‘“‘Habitat in Canada et Pensylvania.”’
Solander annotated one Maryland specimen (H.S. 74:74.2) with his manuscript name, adding to the label
the manuscript page number. He made no reference to Maryland in his detailed description of what, in 1767,
was still a new species.
SOLANDER’S DESCRIPTIONS OF MARYLAND PLANTS 87
nila mariana L., = Chrysopsis mariana (L.) Elliott. “‘Habitat in . . . Marilandia.”’ Solander
es HS. 74:50. : a5 fis Linnaean name. He wrote a detailed description a the species which was
taken from a number of collections. According to Aiton (1789), this species was introduced into England by
Thomas Dale in 1742.
Itea virginica L., p. 49. *‘Habitat in Carolina. Catesby. Marilandia. Vernon.”’ There is a specimen of /.
virginica among the Krieg and Vernon specimens obtained by Sloane (H.S. 37:125.2), but this was not
annotated by Solander. Solander cited a Plukenet (1700) name, Cerasi similis Arbuscula Mariana, and Ra
(1704) who mphte the polynomial as Ceraso similis arbuscula Mariana. In the latter, Ray stated ‘‘E Marilandia
attulit D. Vernon.’’ No doubt this is where Solander obtained his information associating Vernon with the
species. Cres (1743) and Linnaeus (1753) followed Catesby (1730) in placing Cerasi similis arbuscula
Mariana in synonymy under Prunus virginiana. As we shall point out (Reveal et al. 1985), this was due to
an error in Sontticeee made by Sherard at Oxford. Sherard mistakenly associated the name with a spec-
imen of P. virginiana, when he and Dillenius aided Catesby in his nomenclature. Clearly, Solander had
examined the actual specimens seen by Plukenet (H.S. 92:27) and possibly Ray (H.S. 37:125.2) and corrected
Lepidium virginicum L., p. 126. *‘Habitat in Marylandia.’’ Solander annotated H.S. 74:53.5 with this
ar
i bee'g strictum Solander, ined., p. 193. = Calopogon tuberosus (L.) Britton, Sterns, & Poggenb.
senate in Marylandia.’’ Solander annotated a single Maryland specimen (H.S. 74:86.2) with his name and
peer page number. He circumscripted the species as typified by the Linnaean herbarium specimen
ermum virginianum L., p. 20bis. = = Onosmodium virginianum (L.) A. DC. **Habitat in Sick:
landia.’ \ Solander annotated a specimen at H. ‘S. 78:75.1 with the Linnaean name.
Lobelia cardinalis L., p. 188. ‘‘Habitat in America Septentrionali, Virginia et Marylandia.’’ The elegant
cardinal flower was abundantly collected by early Maryland naturalists. It was well known in Europe, and
in cultivation by pa ne 1789). Solander annotated several of the early Maryland specimens (H.S.
74:78.1; 74:79.2; 246:1
Lobelia obtusata sear ined., p. 188. = L. spicata Lam. var. leptostachys (A. DC.) Mackenzie &
Bush. ‘‘Habitat in Marylandia.’’ Solander annotated only a single Maryland specimen (H.S. 74:84.1) with
this name; he also added the manuscript page number. The species was eventually described by Lamarck
in 1789, and this particular variant in 183
Melanthium graminifolium Solander, ined., p. 71. = Tofi racemosa (Walter) Britton. ‘‘Habitat in
America popes: in locis humidis proper Wateree.’’ Solander annotated two Maryland specimens with
this name (H.S. 37:68.1; 74:84.2). To the latter annotation ean added the manuscript page number. His
characterization was largely taken from newly obtained Bartram specimens. Walter (1788) proposed M.
racemosa, the basionym
Mespilus arbutifolia L., p. 108. = Aronia arbutifolia (L.) Elliott. “‘Habitat in Marylandia.’” Solander
annotated H.S. 74:6.3 with Linnaeus’ name. He characterized two varieties, one with glabrous anda second
considered it to nisin In Aiton (1789), three varieties were distinguished. They were separated on the
basis of fruit c
Osmunda nme Solander, ined. p. 216. = Not determined. ‘Habitat in Marylandia.”’ | have not
discovered any Maryland specimen annotated with this name. The Solander manuscript is marked with a
cross indicating the species was proposed in Hortus Kewensis, yet no species of ferns were proposed by
oe The brief description is too sparse to determine which species he might have had at hand
munda crassifolia Solander, ined., p. 216. = Botrychium dissectum Sprengel. *‘Habitat in America
Fema et Marylandia.”’ Solander unnolated a single Maryland specimen (H.S. 74:25.3) with his name
and added the manuscript page number to his label. He also cited a Plukenet (1700) polynomial, pars
multifi do folio crasso, racemo florum ex pediculo propé radicem prodeunte which was illustrated (t. 427, f.
7) in 1705. Solander provided a detailed description of the new species. Linnaeus had some difficulty in
distinguishing the several species of Botrychium found in eastern North America, and Solander was able to
recognize the subtle differences between several of them. Sprengel did not propose the plant as new until
1804
Osmunda virginana L., p. 215. = Botrychium virginianum (L.) Swartz. Solander does not give : habitat
statement or cite a Maryland-based synonym. He annotated two Maryland specimens (H.S. 74:25.2;
246:10.1) with the Linnaean name.
Panicum capillare L., p. 9. ‘Habitat in Marylandia. Krieg.’’ Solander annotated one Maryland specimen
(H.S. 74:17.2) with the Linnaean name. There is no indication who collected the specimen and I cannot
account for Solander’s association of Krieg with the Maryland collection.
88 BARTONIA
Panicum tenuissimum Solander, ined., p. 9 = Dichanthelium cf. dichotomum (L.) Gould var. ensifolium
(Baldwin) Gould & Clark. tancegah in Marylandia. Krieg.’’ Solander annotated a single Maryland specimen
(H.S. 74:19.2) with this name. I am uncertain as to the exact identification of the specimen. He cited in
synonymy Plukenet’s (1696) Aes Hiseean Americanum minus, paniculad parva which was illustrated
(te 92:4. 6) in 1691. There is no indication that Krieg gathered the specimen annotated by areas and as
Krieg was in Maryland in 1698, he certainly could not have gathered the voucher for Plukenet’s
Pediculart dissimilis Solander, ined., p. 119. = P. canadensis L. *‘Habitat in apcanitie-trs Soles
annotated H.S. 74:46.4 with this name, and he cited two polynomials based on Maryland specimens. The
first, a Plukenet (1700) name, Pedicularis Mariana Agerati angustis serratis foliis, was illustrated (t. 437, f.
3.) in 1705, but neither of the specimens at H.S. 92:103 or 94:35 exactly matches the figure. Solander
questioned the figure, perhaps due to his inability to associate the figure with a specimen. The Ray (1704)
name, Alectorolophos aquaticus, was based on both Krieg and Vernon specimens. Their specimens are at
H.S. 37:68.1* and 37:90.1. A Krieg specimen is at OXF in the DuBois Herbarium. Solander did not annotate
either specimen of P. canadensis in H.S. os
Pedicularis pallida Solander, ined., p. 120. = P. lanceolata Michx. *‘Habitat in Marylandia.”’ Solander
annotated H.S. 74:46.1 with this name and added the permeny page to his label. The plant went unrec-
ognized as distinct until Michaux nee proposed the 9
Plantago pumila Solander, ined., bie Ph, chs sel Sicuk ‘‘Habitat in Marylandia. Krieg.’’ This
remarkable collection made by ier and illustrated Ps Petiver (1702) was examined by Solander (H.S.
37:46.7 and 92:107), but never annotated. Solander stated the plant was certainly not P. virginica where
Linnaeus (1762) had referred the illustration. The plant is unlike any temperate American species of Plantago
and is likely still undescribed. Duplicates of the Krieg collection are at OXF in the DuBois Herbarium. The
specimen originally illustrated by Petiver 09 not been relocated.
Psoralea asphaltites Solander, ined., 149. = P. psoralioides (Walter) Cory, as to Maryland reference.
‘‘Habitat in America in New Jersey.’’ Solander cited Plukenet’s (1700) Onobrychis (sorte) Asphaltites in
synonymy; it is his only reference to Maryland. That name was based on a specimen of P. psoralioides
(H.S. 92:100). I am uncertain what New Jersey plant Solander had at hand when he proposed his species.
The species is known today only from southeastern Virginia southward, with no modern records of P.
psoralioides known from Maryland.
Rhexia mariana L., p. 75. ‘‘Habitat in . . . Marilandia.’’ Solander did not cite any Maryland specimens
but expanded the characterization of the species over that given by Linnaeus (1753). Apparently he took
his observations mainly from Bartram material. He did not annotate either collection of the species in
HES, 373
Sarracenia purpurea L., p. 110. ‘Habitat in Marylandia.’’ The northern pitcher plant was gathered in
Maryland by Vernon (H.S. 246:31.1) and annotated by Solander with Linnaeus’ name. A second Maryland
specimen, H. 4:63.1, was also annotated.
Sc ropinilevin acuta Solander, ined., p. 121. = S. marilandica L. **Habitat in Marylandia.’’ Solander may
have recognized the subtle differences between S. marilandica and S. lanceolata Pursh. His brief description
of S. acuta fits H.S. 74:82.3, a flowering specimen, which he annotated with his name and page number of
the manuscript. As Solander annotated the two fruiting specimens gathered by Vernon (H.S. 246:1.1 and
246:2.1) as S. marilandica, it is possible Solander was aware that the flowering specimen in the Linnaean
Herbarium was S. lanceolata.
Senecio obtusatus Solander, p. 165. = S. obovatus Muhl. ex Willd. ‘‘Habitat i nf . Pensylvania.”’ In his
1767 ianeesios Solander failed to mention the Maryland specimen (H.S. 74: 0.2) he annotated. For the
most part, his brief description was based on Bartram material although he 2 Ray’s (1704) Jacobea
Virgnana os ad radicem integris in synonymy. The Ray name was taken from Plukenet (1700) without
co e made no attempt to determine the identification of Plukenet’s voucher, if extant. A ref-
erence a Roy was added, as a query, on the specimen in H.S. 74 by Johann Amman, an employee of Hans
Sloane. It is possible Solander took the reference from this source. Willdenow (1804) took his name from a
Muhlenburg manuscript that, like Solander’s manuscript, established his circumscription of the species on
Pennsylvania specimens.
Serratula spicata L., p. 153. = Liatris spicata (L.) Willd. ‘‘Habitat in Carolina et Marylandia.’’ Solander
annotated three Maryland specimens with Linnaeus’ binomial (H.S. 37:8.1; 74:79.3; 246:9.2) but did not
differentiate these by a varietal designation. In his manuscript he noted ‘*Varietas Marylandia lecta floribus
ageneegel No variety was proposed in Aiton (1789).
Solidago scabra Solander, ined., p. 168. = S. rigida L. Solander annotated one Maryland specimen (H.S.
74:51.2) with this name, but in his manuscript he considered the plant to be known only from ‘‘Carolina et
Georgia.” I have not determined the identity of the various Bartram collections Solander had at hand when
‘a
SOLANDER’S DESCRIPTIONS OF MARYLAND PLANTS 89
he proposed the species. There is no question he took the majority of his characterization from Bartram
notes and specimens. Solander stated his new species had affi nilirs ae S. rigida.
Sophora tinctoria L., p. 87. = Baptisia tinctoria (L.) R.Br. ‘‘Habitat . Marilandia.’’ Solander
annotated two Maryland specimens (H.S. 37:19.1; 37:106.4) with the ihineh name.
Spigelia marilandica (L.) L., p. 26. Solander wrote a detailed description of the species and cited an
edition of Miller’s Dictionary and Linnaeus’ 1753 edition of Species Plantarum. It is obvious he had garden
material at hand but there is no indication as to the source of his specimens. He does not mention Maryland
directly. I strongly suspect the origin was Bartram who was sending seeds and specimens of this species to
London even before 1767. Apparently Bobart had the species in cultivation in 1694 (Aiton 1789). His seeds
probably came from Virginia.
tachys stricta Solander, ined., p. 116. = S. hyssopifolia Michx. *‘Habitat in Marylandia.’’ Solander
annotated H.S. 74:47.3 with this name and manuscript page number. His description appears to have been
taken from this collection. The manuscript was marked with a cross indicating the entity was described in
Aiton’s Hortus Kewensis where the name Betonica stricta Aiton was proposed. No reference was made to
the original Maryland specimen examined by Solander for Dryander altered br text placing B. danica Miller
in synonymy and thereby proposed a superfluous name. I cannot account for Dryander’s actions. It is
possible that he was not attempting to use Solander’s name and Krok (1925) is incorrect in considering B.
Thapsia trifoliata L., p. 63. Thaspium trifoliatum (L.) A. Gray. ‘‘Habitat in Marilandia.’’ Solander
annotated one of the two Musings collections of T. trifoliatum with the Linnaean name. One is at H.S.
74:89.2. A second collection, at H.S. 37:92.1, was described by Ray (1704) who took the name, Hipposelinum
Marianum foliis integris & trifidis, from Petiver (1698). The Petiver name was actually established on a
collection of Zizia aptera (A. Gray) Fernald. Ray stated that both Krieg and Vernon gathered the species,
but only a single specimen is at 37:92.1
Vaccinium elevatum Solander, reds . 76. = V. stamineum L. ‘‘Habitat in Americae Septentrionalis
arenosis, Carolina et Marylandia.”’ Solander annotated H.S. 74:11.2 and 246.35.1 with this name an
script page number. He considered the new species to be related to Linnaeus’ V. stamineum, but that it
differed ‘‘multo hada et folia subtus canescentia.’’ The majority of his description was likely taken from
Bartram specimens.
Veratrum Nahin L., p. 210. = Chamaelirium luteum (L.) A. Gray. ‘Habitat in New Jersey, in Pensylvania
et Carolina australi.’’ Solander based his manuscript description mainly on Bartram material. He made no
mention of the Maryland specimen at H.S. 74:60.1 which he annotated with the Linnaean name.
Solander proposed new genera to honor two of Maryland’s early collectors, Dr.
David Krieg, a ship’s surgeon, and William Vernon of Cambridge University. Both
men would ultimately have genera named for them, but neither would prove to be
those suggested by Solander. They are as follows:
Kriegia laevigata Solander, ined., p. 49. = Cyrilla racemiflora L. Solander stated *‘Habitat in Carolina
australi’’ and based this new genus and species on South Carolina collections gathered by Garden, Cree
and Catesby. The description is detailed, and while I have not examined specimens annotated by Solander,
there is no question as to the identity of the plant. Solander placed his new genus near /tea, and in Aiton
(1789), C. racemiflora is referred to Itea following the opinion of L’Heritier. The gross similarities are there,
but Solander, Dryander and even Linnaeus failed to o appreciate the fine differences between what is now
the Dilleniidae and the Rosidae. In 1767 Linnaeus formally described Cyrilla taking his name and charac-
terization most likely from the Garden collection. The name Krigia was proposed by Schreber (1791) for a
member of the Asteraceae. It is generally agreed that this was to honor Krie
Vernonia villosa Solander, ined., p. 51. iri campetny (Nutt.) Mou, Solander stated *‘Habitat in
collibus arenosis Georgiae et pads orientalis. J Bart ’* He considered the herb to have affinities with
Achyranthes (now Alternanthera), Celosia and ee acechintey Had he published the name, Veronia would have
predated Froelichia by nearly thirty years. Today, Veronia applies to a genus in the Asteraceae. Solander
and Schreber (1791) both named the genus for Vernon
CONCLUSIONS
Solander had been schooled by Linnaeus in his methodology, and a major factor in
his being employed by the British Museum was to bring his mentor’s teachings to
90 BARTONIA
England, and to resolve the chaos represented in the Sloane collections. Sloane and
his employees had labored for years to identify his collections of plants, but without
a uniform set of rules governing the naming of plants and application of those nomen-
clatural principles throughout the world to all plants—as was the situation throughout
nearly all of Sloane’s active career—it was nearly impossible to properly identify any
species. Modern workers often are unaware of the confusion that existed before the
Linnaean revolution. While Linnaeus is properly credited with establishing bionomial
nomenclature with all its simplicity, this was minor compared to his role in establishing
firm principles for naming plants and recognizing species.
Each nation had its champion—a leader who dominated systematic botany—so that
any species recognized in one country may or may not be accepted or even known in
another country. Even so, pre-Linnaean workers often had little or no concept of a
biological species. John Ray, for all his fame in England, described more than 100
species of Virginia plants from 1688 to 1704 which he redescribed, as new to science,
from adjacent Maryland during the same period of time. Ray, Plukenet, and other early
workers tended to split species to a degree not realized by modern taxonomists. And,
worse yet, they often named, renamed, and renamed again the same species based on
the same specimen. With this the norm, then, it may give some impression of the level
of difficulty Solander faced when he attempted to identify the Sloane collections as
well as the new plants making their way yearly to the Museum.
Linnaeus was one of the earliest workers in systematic botany to have some concept
of a biological species, and to realize that political boundaries did not make a species.
In working with the world’s flora, unlike Ray and Plukenet before him, Linnaeus was
willing and able to put together disjunct populations and to define species properly. To
be sure Linnaeus often faulted to the extreme and today many of his eastern North
American-European species are divided into a Old and New World element. Still, his
ability to formulate species in a manner far more rational than workers before him
must be regarded as his foremost contribution to modern taxonomy.
For Solander his role was to apply the Linnaean concepts and principles to a vast
array of plants Linnaeus never saw. Linnaeus would occasionally cite a Ray, Plukenet,
Petiver, or Morison name in synonymy, but except for a brief visit to Oxford when
Linnaeus examined what is now the Sherardian Herbarium, he had no firm concept of
what these authors had in mind when they proposed their species. Solander, on the
other hand, examined the original material of these early English naturalists and there-
fore had a far better concept of some species, and their synonymy, than Linnaeus was
ever able to command. Likewise, unlike his mentor, Solander often had numerous
specimens of a species from a variety of collections and locations to study at the same
time. In this way, he was able to draw up much more exact species descriptions,
differentiate between closely related species, and ascribe the distribution of many
plants with a degree of exactness Linnaeus never could have achieved.
A reading of Solander’s 1767 manuscript shows that he had a reasonable species
concept. Often, when he described a new species which today is in synonymy under
a Linnaean name, an examination of the syntypes will show that Linnaeus had two or
more elements included in his circumscription. In general, Solander would describe
one of those elements as new and often that one represented the expression not in the
Linnaean Herbarium. For example, Solander distinguished between Scrophularia mar-
ilandica and S. lanceolata, describing the former as new. The specimen in the Linnaean
Herbarium annotated S. marilandica is what is today called S. lanceolata, as noted
SOLANDER’S DESCRIPTIONS OF MARYLAND PLANTS 91
by Pennell (1935) who dubiously georaint the Linnaean name on a Clayton spec-
imen (BM) rather than Linnaeus’ own specimen (LINN). This was done to preserve
the modern application of the names.
Of a total of 65 Maryland plants mentioned directly or indirectly in Solander’s 1767
manuscript, Solander considered 38 to be new species. Of that number 15 had been
described previously by Linnaeus (at least as now typified), and one, Psoralea psor-
aloides, was noted twice, once as Hedysarum spicatum and again indirectly under P.
asphaltites. Thus, in 1767, 22 species were new to science and had they been published
at the time, both Solander and Maryland would have been better known as a source
of botanical novelties than is now the case.
Solander names proposed in Aiton (1789) were antedated mainly by Walter (1788).
In this fashion, several Solander names are in synonymy. New species that appeared
in the 1767 manuscript which were successfully published today include only two
species: Clematis ochroleuca and indirectly Cypripedium acaule. We (Reveal et al.
1985) have discovered other provisional names among the Maryland specimens. These
were not included in the 1767 manuscript but may be found in the Slip Catalogue.
A modern examination of Solander’s effort in temperate North American botany
shows a man devoted to a detailed study of the flora. That he died early in life, was
always far too occupied to publish fully his discoveries, and is remembered for his long
and rewarding association with Sir Joseph Banks and Australia, it is little wonder that
the name of Maryland and Solander are not the cornerstone of eastern North American
botany they could have been had fate been more kind.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Research on colonial Maryland botany has been supported by grants from the Na-
tional Science Foundation (DEB 80-04628), Fish and Wildlife Service’s Office of En-
dangered Species, Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station, and the University of
Maryland. The assistance of Judith A. Diment of the Botany Library at the British
Museum (Natural History) has been invaluable. This is Scientific Article No. A-4052,
Contribution No. 7037 of the Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station.
LITERATURE CITED
AIToN, W. 1789. Hortus kewensis. 3 vols. G. Nicol, London
BRITTEN, J. 1912. The history of Aiton’s ‘Hortus Kewensis.’ ‘J. Bot. 50(Suppl.): 1
Brown, M. L. AND R. G. Brown. 1984. Herbaceous plants of Maryland. Published e the authors, College
Park.
CaTEsBy, M. 1730. The natural history of Carolina, Florida and the Bahama Islands. Vol. |, part 1-3, pl.
1-60. Published by the author, London
CRUICKSHANK, H. G., ed. 1957. John aa William Bartram’s America. The Devin-Adair Co.,
Danby, J. 1958. The Sloane Herbarium. Balding & Mansell, London
DILLENIus, J. = eile Hortus elthamensis. 2 vols. Published by the atithor, London.
Dimenrt, J. A. AND A. WHEELER. 1984. Catalogue of the natural history manuscripts and letters by Daniel
Soledad (733. 1782), or attributed to him, in aes goes Arch. Nat. Hist. 11: 457-488.
sauater J. F. 1784. Fagus grandifolia. Gartenkalender 3
— 8. Beitrage zur Naturkunde. Vol. 3. epee Buchhandlung, Hannove
mere S. 1821. A sketch of the botany of South—Carolina and Georgia. 2 vols. J. R. Schrenck. Charleston.
Gronovius, J. 1739-1743. Flora virginica. 2 vols. C. Haak, Leiden.
— . Flora virginica. Ed. 2. C. Haak, Leiden
KroK, T. O. B. N. 1925. Bibliotheca botanica suecana. vv & W. Jegonai Uppsala.
LINNAEUS, C. 1753. Species plantarum. 2 vols L. Salvii, Stockholm
———. 1762-1763. Species plantarum. 2 vols. L. Salvii, Stockholm.
New York.
92 BARTONIA
MARSHALL, J. B. 1978. The — of Joseph Banks, his scientific staff and amanuenses. Bull. British
Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bot. Ser. 6: 1-85.
MICHAUX, A. 1803. Flora ae Americana. 2 vols. C. Crapelet, Paris.
Morison, R. 1699, Plantarum historiae universalis. Vol. 3, by J. Bobart. Published by the author, Oxford.
a FE. i" oe Scrophulariaceae of eastern temperate North America. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia
Mon —650.
PETIVER, 1 pees Remarks by Mr. James Petiver, Apothecary, and Fellow of the Royal Society, on some
animals, plants, &c. sent to him from Maryland, by the Reverend Mr. Hugh Jones. Philos. Trans. Lond.
20: 393-
sass Mose! petiveriani. Smith & He gets Sorts
Cc:
Petits naturae & artis. man, London.
oi ey L. 1691-1696. Phytographia sive Ske pic . Published by the author, London
1696. Almagestum botanicum sive Phytographiae Seta cea [sic] onomasticon. Published by the
sothor. London
. 1700. Almagestum botani mantissa ee novissime detectarum ultra millenarium numerum
compleciens. Published by the author, Lon
. 1705. Amaltheum botanicum. Published by the author, London
Ray, J. 1688—1689. Historiae plantarum. 2 vols. Smith & Walford, Heaeod
1704. Historiae plantarum supplementum. Vol. 3. Smith & Walford, London
Reveal J. L. 1983. Significance of pre-1753 botanical explorations in temperate orth America on Lin-
naeus’ first edition of Species plantarum. Phytologia 53: 1-
. 1984. Sa Jones (1671—1702)—Calvert County nuiorsliet Calvert Hist. 1(2): 1
K, C. R. BROOME, AND M. L. Brown. In press. Botanical explorations "ai discoveries in
colonial Maene Huntia 7.
SCHREBER, J. C. = Lies 1791: ig plantarum. Varrentrapp & pion Frankfurt
STAFLEU, F. A. AND R. S. Cowan. 1976. Taxonomic literature. Volume 1: A-G. Regnum Veer, 94: 1-1136.
Voss, E. G. ET AL. ” 1983. erating code of botanical Sree icity Regnum Veget. 111: 1-472.
WALTER, T. 1788. Flora caroliniana. J. Fraser, London.
WILLDENOw, C. L. 1797-1830. Species plantarum. 6 vols. G. C. Nauk, Berlin.
Bartonia No. 51: 93~94, 1985
New Plant Records for Chester County, Pennsylvania—
1982-1984
WILLIAM R. OVERLEASE
Department of Biology, West Chester University, West Chester, PA 19380
The following plants were collected by me, except where otherwise noted, from 1982
to 1984. All voucher specimens are in the local plant collections of the Darlington
Herbarium of West Chester University, West Chester, PA. Nomenclature follows the
Atlas of the Flora of Pennsylvania by Wherry, Fogg, and Wahl (1979).
Acer palmatum, seedlings commonly established from planted trees, on campus,
West Chester University. Acer pseudo-platanus, roadside, West Chester by-pass, just
east of Route 100; seedlings are commonly established in alleyways in the borough of
West Chester. Aesculus pavia, roadside, Route 29 just south of Route 30, coll. Jack
Holt. Akebia quinata, abundant as understory in Norway Maple plantation, Goshen
Road, West Chester. Ajuga reptans, established, roadside, North New Street by golf
course, West Chester; also noted as occasional as a garden escape in Chester County.
Albizia julibrissin, seedlings established from planted trees, Price and Wayne Streets,
West Chester. Arthraxon hispidus v. cryptantherus, roadside ditch south of Oxford
near Route | on serpentine; locally abundant. Asplenium platyneuron Vv. incisum, Black
Rock near Phoenixville, coll. Jack Holt. Atriplex arenaria, locally established near
Pennsylvania highway department salt dump at junction of Route 29 and West Chester
by-pass. Broussonetia papyrifera, fence row near old foundation, one tree not
Spreading, Pennsbury Township near Delaware line, probably persisting from an early
planting. Cardamine hirsuta, Fern Hill serpentine barrens, disturbed area, one half
mile north of West Chester on West Chester by-pass; also noted at Brinton Quarry
serpentine barrens. Cedrus libani, 11 ten inch seedlings established in alley and vacant
lot near old cedar of lebanon, no seedlings noted at this site for many years, just east
of junction of Church and Barnard Streets, West Chester. Cleome houtteana, floodplain
of Schuylkill River near South Pottstown. Convallaria majalis, spreading from old
home site along a small stream, Pennsbury Township about one mile north of Route
52 near Delaware line, locally common. Coronilla varia, roadside West Chester by-
pass near old Route 29; commonly established along roadsides in recent years. Des-
curainia sophia, locally abundant, weedy edges of yard and roadside, 500 Taylor’s Mill
Road, West Chester. Elodea canadensis, locally abundant, unnamed branch of Plum
Run, south campus, West Chester University, West Chester. Euonymus alatus, flood-
Plain of Taylor Run near junction of North New Street, West Chester; also noted on
Brandywine floodplain and as occasional in rich woods. Euonymus yedoensis, locally
established and spreading, Brinton serpentine quarry, three miles south of West Chester
on South New Street. Epipactis helleborine, Diamond Rock Road, roadside colony of
about 30 plants, 1983, coll. Jack Holt. Eupatorium hyssopifolium, dry slope above old
quarry site, Avondale. Euphorbia dentata, off first street, .8 mile above railroad bridge,
Coatesville roadside, 30-40 plants in colony, coll. Jack Holt. Galeobolen luteum,
Spreading aggressively on a rich moist slope along French Creek near Kennedy Bridge,
South side of creek, north of Kimberton. Hibiscus palustris, one plant in ditch, Route
322 just inside Chester County line by Lancaster County; found in 1983, not noted in
93
94 BARTONIA
1984. Hibiscus syriacus, established in alley by Dague Building, Market Street, West Chester.
Lonicera X bella, Fern Hill serpentine barrens, one half mile north of West Chester
on West Chester by-pass. Lunaria annua, 202, West Chester by-pass near High Street,
coll. Jack Holt; noted also as garden escape on Taylor’s Mill Road, West Chester.
Lycopersicon esculentum, established in alley east of Church Street, near Denny Ray-
burn factory, West Chester. Koelreuteria paniculata, commonly established as seed-
lings from planted tree, campus, West Chester University, West Chester. Macleaya
cordata, roadside along small stream, Route 29 just south of U.S. 30, about 10 plants;
colony located by Jack Holt. Nasturtium microphyllum, Schuylkill River, Black Rock
Dam, coll. Jack Holt. Nymphoides peltata, quarry pond, Brinton’s Quarry, three miles
south of West Chester on South New Street, locally abundant. Pinus nigra, established
and spreading from planted trees, Fern Hill serpentine barrens, one half mile south of
West Chester along West Chester by-pass. Pinus sylvestris, established and spreading
from planted trees, Fern Hill serpentine barrens, one half mile south of West Chester
along West Chester by-pass. Populus deltoides, established on banks of Goose Creek,
near bridge on Gay Street, West Chester. Pueraria lobata, alley east of 400 block on
Church Street, West Chester; it is still only occasionally found in the County. Penni-
setum alopecuroides, Route 926 just east of Conservatory Road near Longwood Gar-
dens, coll. Jack Holt. Philadelphus grandiflorus, roadside lower slope, Church Road.
Quercus macrocarpa, seedlings commonly established from planted trees, campus,
West Chester University, West Chester. Sedum acre, on serpentine bank along roadside
at junction of Tigue Road and Route 52, coll. Jack Holt. Sorgum halepense, locally
established near junction of Routes 41 and 926; locally established in County, becoming
more common. Stylophorum diphyllum, Swedsford Road at main branch of Valley
Creek, thousands of plants on shaded slope appear to have spread from old planting,
colony located by Jack Holt. Taxus cuspidata, seedling established on exposed rock
cut, North Walnut Street, West Chester; seedlings and an occasional small shrub have
been found at several sites in the county. Ulmus pumila, roadside, Route 100 approx-
imately one half mile south of Boot Road, one sapling. Viburnum plicatum, floodplain,
Taylor Run near junction of North New Street; noted also as occasional on Brandywine
floodplain. Yucca smalliana, spreading from old planting along old entrance to Sharples
estate, West Chester by-pass, just west of old Route 29. Wisteria sinensis, spreading
from old planting along old entrance to Sharples estate, West Chester by-pass, just
west of old Route 29.
LITERATURE CITED
Wuerry, E. T., J. M. FoGG, JR. AND H. A. WAHL. 1979. Atlas of the flora of Pennsylvania. The Morris
Arboretum, Philadelphia.
Bartonia No. 51: 95-98, 1985
Additions to New Jersey’s Flora
DAvID B. SNYDER
New Jersey Natural Heritage Program, The Nature Conservancy, oes of Natural Lands Management
109 W. State St., Trenton, NJ 086
Field botanists have found a number of supposed lost New Jersey plant species
during the past few years. Among the species rediscovered have been Asplenium pin-
natifidum, Triglochin maritima, Carex foenea, Hemicarpha micrantha, Spiranthes
odorata, Ranunculus pusillus, Glaux maritima, Scutellaria leonardii, Aster radula,
Cirsium virginianum, Liatris scariosa, (L. novae-angliae Lunell), and Pluchea foetida.
In addition, there have been a number of additions to the ever growing list of native
New Jersey flora. Some species, like Scirpus microcarpus, Goodyera tesselata, (see
note this issue), Silene nivea, and Amelanchier humilis have had their discoveries
published in recent issues of Bartonia. In this paper seven taxa that I discovered in
New Jersey between 1981 and 1984 are discussed. Five are additions to New Jersey’s
flora and two are confirmations of species dubiously reported for the state.
Nomenclature follows Kartesz and Kartesz (1980), except for Fraxinus tomentosa
Michx. f. Voucher specimens for the seven taxa discussed have been deposited in the
author’s private collection as well as in the Chrysler Herbarium of Rutgers University.
Specimens, except for Botrychium simplex var. simplex and Monarda clinopodia, also
have been placed in herbaria of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia and
the New York Botanical Garden.
Botrychium simplex var. simplex
A small colony of this tiny grape fern was discovered 7 June 1981 in Warren County
atop the Kittatinny Mountain near the town of Millbrook. Scattered plants were
growing on a grassy seepage slope in full sun. Occurring with it were a number of
wetland species of which the following are notable: Ophioglossum vulgatum, Liparis
loeselii, Platanthera clavellata, and Senecio aureus. On a return visit made 18 June
1981 with Dr. James Montgomery, nearly two dozen plants were counted among taller
grass and sedge species. Photocopies of specimens collected by Dr. Montgomery were
sent to Dr. W. H. Wagner, Jr. who confirmed the identification. While both var. laxi-
folium and var. tenebrosum are well documented for the state (Chrysler and Edwards
1947), this represents the first een of the typical variety for New Jersey (James
Montgomery pers. comm. 1984).
Carex plantaginea
This species was collected 1 May 1984 on Pohatcong Mountain, two miles north of
Riegelsville in Warren County.” A colony of about 30 plants occurred in one small area
at the base of a wooded, rocky west facing slope. Associated species in this rich, moist
woods included Dentaria diphylla, Dicentra cucullaria, Panax quinquefolium, Hy-
' A specimen of Botrychium simplex var. simplex attributed to New Jersey by Clausen (1937) has since
= rejected (Chrysler and Edwards 1947).
? Tom Halliwell identified my specimens of Carex plantaginea after he rescued them from the bottom of
a bag of week old collections.
%
96 BARTONIA
drangea arborescens, Rhododendron maximum, Sambucus pubens, Tsuga canadensis,
and Liriodendron tulipifera. Although this species occurs in similar habitats just across
the Delaware River in adjacent Bucks and Northampton counties, Pennsylvania
(Wherry, Fogg, and Wahl 1979), it apparently has not been collected previously from
New Jersey. The species is not listed for New Jersey by Mackenzie (1931-1935) and
no New Jersey specimens were located in several local herbaria.
Fraxinus tomentosa (profunda)
During early August 1983, in a little explored area along Crosswicks Creek near
Walnford, Monmouth County, ten mature trees of this species were counted in addition
to several scattered saplings. All trees observed were growing on, or very near, the
river's bank at the edge of a broad and fairly densely wooded floodplain. On a return
visit on 12 September 1983 to triangulate height and measure DBH, the taller of the
three trees measured had a height of 24 m and a DBH of 49.4 cm. They were in ample
fruit, and a good supply was obtained by gathering those fallen at the base of the trees.
Of the fruit collected, the largest had a length of 7.7 cm and a width of 10 mm, while
the smallest measured 6.5 cm long and 8 mm wide. Both had fruiting calyces of 3 mm.
Previously published accounts of Fraxinus tomentosa in New Jersey are erroneous.
The specimens cited by Stone (1911) and by Taylor (1915) for Gloucester County (PH),
as well as those collected by Mackenzie from Burlington County (CHRYS, NY), are
F. pennsylvanica var. austinii. Fraxinus tomentosa is a species primarily of the Interior
Plains, with a scattered distribution throughout much of the southeastern United States
(Miller 1955). Prior to its discovery in central New Jersey, the known northeastern
limit of its range was western biont laren (Dan Boone pers. comm. 1984) and southern
Ohio (Roberts and Cooperrider 1982).°
Monarda clinopodia
Small colonies of this species were discovered 23 July 1982 in a damp thicket at the
edge of an old field along the Delaware River near Raven Rock, Hunterdon County.
Associated in this field with M. clinopodia is a diversity of other uncommon or rare
New Jersey plant species including Panicum oligosanthes, Euphorbia corallata, Hy-
pericum pyramidatum, Sabatia angularis, Stachys tenuifolia, Aster ericoides, and
Aster praealtus. Monarda clinopodia was not reported for the state in the early floras
of Britton (1889), Stone (1911), and Taylor (1915) or included in such recent works as
Anderson’s check list (1979) or Hough’s catalog (1983). However, a herbarium search
produced a specimen collected by James Kezer in 1936 from the Watchung Mountains
near Summit in Union County (NY). An attempt to relocate Kezer’s station was made
in 1983, but it appears to have been destroyed by the recent extension of Interstate 78.
3 The record for Fraxinus tomentosa as native in New York State is tenuous and is apparently based on
two collections: a wild tree growing in the meadows of the New York Botanical Garden (Britton 1908) and
a station at the head of Cayuga Lake in Ithaca (Miller 1955). Of the last, Miller writes ‘this population may
be an introduced one.”’ In a recent conversation with Dr. Mitchell (pers. comm. 1984), the occurrence 0 of
F. tomentosa in the state could not be confirmed.
NEW JERSEY FLORA 97
Aster X amethystinus
Aster X amethystinus is a natural occurring hybrid between A. ericoides and A.
novae-angliae that ranges from Massachusetts to Pennsylvania in the east, west to
Iowa, and south to Kentucky and Missouri (Fernald 1950). Although the hybrid should
be expected wherever the parent species co-occur, its distribution is spotty and rather
local. Both parents occur in New Jersey, but no previous collections of the hybrid for
the State were located in a search of local herbaria. In the late summer and autumn
of 1982, I searched the northwest corner of New Jersey along the shore of the Delaware
River in Sussex and Warren counties where A. ericoides and A. novae-angliae occur
in some abundance. A number of A. X amethystinus were discovered on 5 October
1982 growing in low vegetation on the gravelly upper shore of the Delaware River,
northeast of Smith Ferry in Sussex County. While both parent species were present,
A. ericoides was the most frequent and also the species that A. X amethystinus was
immediately associated with.
Aster praealtus
Aster praealtus has long been credited to the flora of New Jersey. Britton (1889)
lists it as A. salicifolius and cites a location for Warren County. Taylor (1915) also lists
it as A. salicifolius and states it is occasional in the northern counties. However, this
species has often been confused with A. simplex and this is the case with the specimens
cited by Britton and by Taylor. Except for a few isolated eastern disjuncts, notably
from Maryland and Massachusetts (Wiegand 1933; Fernald 1950), the species is
western. There are no records for it in adjacent Pennsylvania or the rest of the state
(Wherry, Fogg, and Wahl 1979). Nonetheless, a sizable colony of this Aster was dis-
covered 18 September 1982 along the Delaware River in the Raven Rock area of Hun-
terdon County. The colony was growing in moist soil in a somewhat overgrown section
of the field described under the above discussed Monarda clinopodia. An earlier New
Jersey collection by H. L. Fisher in 18964 was found in the herbarium of the Academy
of Natural Sciences. The locality was Byram, Hunterdon County, which is located
about three miles east-northeast of the site found at Raven Rock. Yet another station
for Aster praealtus was discovered on 10 October 1982 in a roadside thicket near Mount
Bethel, Somerset County. Unlike the Raven Rock colony, which had rays colored a
rich purple, the rays of plants in this extensive colony were white. All New Jersey
material of Aster praealtus is referable to the variety angustior.
Aster tradescantii
Early reports of Aster tradescantii for New Jersey by Britton (1889) and by Taylor
(1915) were based on misidentifications and a confused nomenclature. The species is
northern and current manuals exclude New Jersey. Gleason and Cronquist (1963) and
Fernald (1950) give the range as southeastern Canada to northern New England,
northern New York and northern Michigan. The discovery of A. tradescantii in north-
west New Jersey during the summer of 1982 came as an unexpected surprise. The
species was first observed (although considered as early flowering A. simplex) on 8
* This specimen of Aster praealtus is cited by Wiegand (1933), but with a question as to whether it might
have been introduced. On what Wiegand based this is not known, but it seems doubtful that the species was
deliberately introduced. It could be adventive in New Jersey, but there is no strong evidence for this.
98 BARTONIA
August 1982 along the shore of the Delaware River north of Millbrook in Warren
County. It was next encountered several miles downstream near Dimicks Ferry on 15
August 1982. A specimen was collected and its identity as A. tradescantii was con-
firmed by Dr. Cronquist. Further searching added four more localities. All stations
are on the Delaware River shore, and occur from Wallpack Center in Sussex County,
south to the Delaware Water Gap in Warren County. The habitat was commonly dry
rock ledges or gravelly rock strewn shores, but at a few sites, the species grew on
sandy alluvium. While the discovery of Aster tradescantii in northwestern New Jersey
represents a fairly substantial southward extension in its range, the species most likely
has been overlooked or misidentified elsewhere. Based on the presence of suitable
habitat and the close proximity of New Jersey stations, A. tradescantii almost certainly
occurs in adjacent northeastern Pennsylvania. To fully understand the distribution of
this Aster, some additional searching in both the field and herbaria is needed.*
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The following are thanked for their assistance in the preparation of this paper: Dan
Boone, Arthur Cronquist, Sara Davison, David Fairbrothers, Tom Halliwell, Greg Han-
isek, Richard Mitchell, James Montgomery, Richard Radis, John Schneider, and Alfred
Schuyler.
LITERATURE CITED
ANDERSON, K. 1979. A check list of the plants of New Jersey. Rancocas Nature Center, Mount Holly.
Britton, N. L. 1889. Catalog of plants found in New Jersey. Geol. Surv. N.J., Final Rep. State Geol. 2:
27-¢ 642.
. 1908. North American Trees. Henry Holt and Co., New York.
CHRYSLER, M. A. AND J. L. EDwarps. 1947. The ferns of New Jersey including the fern allies. Rutgers
University Press, New Brunswick
CLAUSEN, R. T. 1937. The Ophioglossaceae of New Jersey: a study in local distribution. Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club 64: 269-285.
FERNALD, M. L. 1950. Gray’s manual of botany. 8th ed. American Book Co., New York.
GLEASON, H. A. AND A. CRONQUIST. 1963. Manual “a oo plants of the northeastern United States and
adjacent Canada. D. Van Nostrand Co., New
HouGu, M. Y. 1983. New Jersey wild plants. ail j ly Harmony.
KartTeEsz, J. T. AND R. KARTESZ. 1980. A synonymized checklist of the vascular flora of the United States,
Canada, and Greenland. University of North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill.
MACKENZIE, K. K. 1931-1935. Cyperaceae-Cariceae. North American flora 18: 1—478.
ener ‘G. N. 1955. The genus Fraxinus, the ashes, in North America, north of Mexico. Cornell Univ.
c. Exp. Sta. Mem. 355. 64
Epon M. L. AND T. S. COOPERRIDER. 1983. Dicotyledons in T. S. Cooperrider, ed. Endangered and
threatened plants of Ohio. Ohio Biol. Surv. Biol. Notes No. 16: 48—
eae W. 1911. The plants of southern New Jersey, with especial fehecenee | to the flora of the Pine Barrens.
. New Jersey State Museum, 1910, part II: 21-828.
Taine N. "StS. Flora of the vicinity of New York. Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard., vol. 5.
WHeERRY, E. T., J. M. sae JR., AND H. A. WAHL. 1979. Atlas of the flora of Pennsylvania. The Morris
Arboretum, Philadelph
WIEGAND, K. M. 1933. sae paniculatus and some of its relatives. Rhodora 35: 16-38.
. L. Schaeffer, Jr.’s no. 30730 (CHRYS) collected on alluvium one mile northwest of Columbia, Warren
bea New Jersey is A. tradescantii.
Bartonia No. 51: 99-104, 1985
The Flora of Hunting Island, Beaufort County,
South Carolina
RICHARD STALTER
Environmental Studies Program, St. John's University, Jamaica, NY 11439
Hunting Island, comprising 1,784 ha, is a Holocene beach ridge Island. It is located
26 kilometers east southeast of Beaufort, South Carolina, in Beaufort County, at
32°24'N latitude, 80°31'W longitude. The island has a variety of habitats, which support
three major plant communities: the salt marsh community, evergreen maritime forest,
and sand dune community. Two minor communities, the freshwater marsh and shrub
community are also present. Beach erosion is severe in many areas while man’s activity
on the island is confined to the beaches, camping area, and a small picnic area.
METHODS. The dune vegetation of Hunting Island was sampled in the summer of
1970. The rest was sampled from December 1971 to October 1973. Species were col-
lected, identified, and placed in the herbarium at St. John’s University; additional
plants were deposited in herbaria at the University of South Carolina, The Citadel,
and the Baptist College at Charleston.
The vegetation on dunes was sampled by 35 1 m? quadrats spaced at 10 m intervals
at five sites: (1) the ocean facing side of the primary dune, (2) the crest of the primary
dune, (3) the depression behind the primary dune, (4) the crest of the secondary dune,
and (5) the depression behind the secondary dune system. Frequency values for species
occurring in quadrats in each of these five areas were calculated and appear in
Table 1.
Arborescent vegetation of the maritime forest was sampled using 20 10 x 10 m?
quadrats. These quadrats were located in the least disturbed and presumably the most
mature portions of the forest. Density, relative density, frequency, relative frequency,
basal area, relative dominance, and importance values (important value = the sum of
the relative density + relative frequency, basal area, and relative dominance) were
calculated for arborescent species (Table 2).
Tree seedlings, saplings (a sapling being defined as a tree whose DBH is less than 3
in), shrubs, vines, and herbs were sampled by 204 x 4 m? quadrats. These smaller
quadrats were located in the corners of the larger (10 x 10 m) quadrats used to sample
the arborescent vegetation above. Frequency values for saplings, tree seedlings,
shrubs, vines, and herbs can be found in Table 3.
THE DUNE COMMUNITY. Uniola paniculata is the dominant species of the dune com-
munity, and attains high frequency values on portions of the dunes that are most
exposed to salt spray (Table 1). Other species found in the dune community are Ew-
Phorbia polygonifolia, Heterotheca subaxillaris, Iva imbricata, Strophostyles helvola,
Erigeron canadensis, Salsola kali, Croton punctatus, Atriplex arenaria, Spartina pa-
tens, and Cenchrus spp. Spartina patens is common in the depression behind the
primary dune while Cenchrus thrives in the depression in back of the secondary dune
system. Sabatia stellaris, Spartina patens, Muhlenbergia spp., and Fimbristylis spad-
icea occasionally occupy dune depressions infrequently flooded by salt water.
THE SHRUB COMMUNITY. This community borders the dune and salt marsh com-
munities, Shrubs found in both areas are similar. High tide bush, /va frutescens, oc-
100 BARTONIA
TABLE 1. Frequency data for species occupying 5 dune sites Hunting Island, South Carolina. Site 1 (front
of fore aks Site 3 (depression behind for dune), Site 4 (top of second dune), Site 5 (depression behind
second dune
Dune Sites
Species 1 2 3 4 5
Uniola paniculata 91 83 a1 94 34
Euphorbia polygonifolia - 6 9 6 6
Heterotheca subaxillaris 6 s 11 31 23
Iva imbricata 23 11 3 - 6
. esi _ - 3 3 3
Cenchrus spp.* 6 17 66 31 40
Erigeron canadensis - ~ 6 3 17
Spartina patens SS) 20 46 20 34
Salsol 3 - 3 - -
Oneothera humifusa _ - - _ 3
Croton punctatus 3 3 3 a: 3
Atriplex patula a - - _ 6
Triplasis purpurea 3 - - 6
Yucca aloifolia - - 3 -
Limonium carolinianum oS - i bs 3
* Includes C. tribuloides.
cupies the upper occasionally flooded fringe of the salt marsh, but is absent in shrub
communities bordering the dunes. Baccharis halimifolia, is much more common in the
shrub community bordering the salt marsh than in the community bordering the dunes.
Ilex vomitoria and Myrica cerifera are the most common members of the shrub com-
munity. Generally, the shrubs bordering the dunes form an impenetrable thicket while
shrubs bordering salt marshes are more widely spaced. Shrubs of the dune community
are often severely sculptured and vines such as Smilax auricularia, Toxicodendron
radicans, Ampelopsis arborea often festoon the shrubs making travel through this
community impossible.
THE FRESHWATER MARSH AND TEMPORARY PONDS. Temporary ponds and freshwater
marshes cover less than two percent of Hunting Island. Bacopa monieri, Eleocharis
spp., Lemna sp., and Scirpus sp., occupy the ponds and marshes. Scirpus robustus
may mix with the aforementioned species in slightly brackish marshes. Cladium ja-
maicense may also be locally common in these areas. Shrubs that surround the tem-
porary ponds and marshes include Myrica cerifera and Baccharis spp., while Ampe-
lopsis arborea, Parthenosissus quinquefolia, and Toxicodendron radicans are often
associated with the frutescent species.
THE SALT MARSH COMMUNITY. An extensive salt marsh exists at Hunting Island;
over 95% of the marsh consists of Spartina alterniflora. As elevation above datum
increases one usually encounters a mixed Spartina alterniflora, Salicornia, Batis com-
munity. These taxa may merge with Limonium spp. and Distichlis spicata. The fringe
of the former community is usually bordered by Borrichia frutescens, which in turn is
bordered by Spartina patens. Iva frutescens and Baccharis are shrubs that border the
aforementioned vegetation of the marsh and merge with the shrub community de-
scribed earlier in this paper. Spartina patens, Fimbristylis spadicea, Scirpus spp. and
Juncus spp. may be associated with the aforementioned shrubs in the upper flooded
HUNTING ISLAND FLORA 101
portion of the salt marsh. Cynanchum palustre and Ipomoea sagittata are usually found
on the upper borders of the marsh. Juncus roemerianus is dominant in brackish
marshes.
THE EVERGREEN MARITIME FOREST. Quercus laurifolia is the dominant tree on ma-
ture sites at Hunting Island with Quercus virginiana the co-dominant species (Table
2). The dominance of Q. laurifolia suggests that forest on Hunting Island is mature
since Q. laurifolia usually replaces Q. virginiana on unburned undisturbed coastal
plain. Quercus virginiana occurs where salt spray is moderate, and has been described
by Wells (1939) and Braun (1950) as a tree ‘‘of the coast’’ though work by Stalter et
al. (1981) indicates that it is dominant on an inland site, Highlands Hammock State
Park, Florida.
Sabal palmetto may accompany Q. laurifolia and Q. virginiana, and is most common
in depressions between old dunes. Persea borbonia is the most common subcanopy
species. Saplings and seedlings are best represented by Persea borbonia, Sabal pal-
metto and Q. laurifolia (Table 3).
The shrub stratum is poorly developed in the deep shade of the maritime forest on
Hunting Island. Serenoa repens, Ilex vomitoria, and Myrica cerifera are common
shrubs while Pteridium aquilinum is the most frequently found herb (Table 3). Smilax
bona-nox is the most common vine.
Plant succession on Hunting Island proceeds from a preclimax pine forest of Pinus
elliottii, to a mixed pine oak forest, to evergreen maritime forest of Q. laurifolia and
Q. virginiana. Pinus elliottii is probably more important on Hunting Island than indi-
cated in Table 2, since the most mature sites in the forest were sampled by quadrats.
List OF SPECIES
Two hundred seventy one species in seventy five families including thirty six new
records for Beaufort County, South Carolina have been identified. Nomenclature
mostly follows that of Radford et al. (1968).
PTERIDOPHYTES
POLYPODIACEAE: Polypodium polypodioides. PTERIDACEAE: Pteridium aquilinum.
GYMNOSPERMS
CUPRESSACEAE: Juniperus silicicola. PINACEAE: Pinus elliotti.
TABLE 2. Frequency (F), relative frequency (RF), density (D), relative density (RD), basal area (BA), relative
dominance (RD), and importance value (IV) for arborescent species greater than 3 in DBH (7.6 cm DBH)
at Hunting Island, South Carolina. - = less than one percent.
F RF D RD BA RD IV
Quercus laurifolia 90 31 1.55 31 18,197 = 104
Quercus virginiana 60 20 1.10 22 splot 32 74
Persea borbonia te 19 135 ae 4,265 55
Sabal palmetto 45 15 50 10 3, 8 $3
Pinus elliottii 35 12 35 7 3,719 8 -
Morus rub 5 1 5 - 97 i :
Liquidambar styraciflua 5 I 05 at 97 an 2
102 BARTONIA
TABLE 3. Frequency values for tree seedlings and saplings under 7 cm DBH (1), shrubs and vines (2), and
herbs (3) at Hunting Island, South Carolina found in 20 2 x 4 m quadrats.
Species Frequency Value
1 Sabal palmetto 5S
1 Persea borbonia 80
1 Quercus laurifolia 50
2 Parthenocissus quinquefolia 10
2 Ilex vomitoria 20
2 Smilax rotundifolia 5
2 Serenoa repens 25
2 Vitis rotundifolia 20
2 Berchemia scandens 15
2 Smilax bona-nox 70
2 Myrica cerifera 20
2 Vaccinium arboreum ite
2 Toxicodendron radicans 5
3 Pteridium gen aD
3 Uniola lax 15
ANGIOSPERMS
AZOACEAE: Mollugo verticillata, Sesuvium portulacastrum. AMARANTHACEAE:
Froelichia floridana, Iresine rhizomatosa. ANACARDIACEAE: Rhus copallina, Toxico-
dendron radicans, Toxicodendron toxicarium. APIACEAE: Centella erecta, Chaero-
phylum tainturieri, Hydrocotyle bonariensis, Hydrocotyle ae Hydrocotyle ver-
ticillata. AQUIFOLIACEAE: Ilex opaca, Ilex vomitoria. ARALIACEAE: Aralia spinosa,
Hedera helix. ARECACEAE: Sabal palmetto, Serenoa repens. ASCLEPIADACEAE:
Cynanchum palustre. ASTERACEAE: Ambrosia artemisiifolia, Aster dumosus, Aster
tenuifolius, Aster spp., Baccharis angustifolia, Baccharis halimifolia, Bidens bipin-
nata, Borrichia frutescens, Carduus spinosissimus, Carduus sp., Chaptalia tomentosa,
Elephantopus carolinianus, Elephantopus tomentosus, Erechtites hieracifolia, Eri-
geron canadensis, Erigeron quercifolius, Erigeron strigosus, Eupatorium capillifolium,
Eupatorium hyssopifolium, Eupatorium leucolepis, Gnaphalium obtusifolium, Gna-
phalium purpureum var. falcatum, Haplopappus divaricatus, Helenium amarum, Het-
erotheca graminifolia, Heterotheca subaxillaris, Hieracium gronovii, Iva frutescens,
Iva imbricata, Krigia virginica, Lactuca graminifolia, Liatris graminifolia, Mikania
scandens, Pluchea foetida, Pluchea odorata, Pyrrhopappus carolinianus, Solidago
rugosa, Solidago sempervirens, Solidago tenuifolia, Sonchus asper. BATACEAE: Batis
maritima. BIGNONIACEAE: Campsis radicans, Catalpa sp. BORAGINACEAE: Heliotro-
pium curassavicum. BRASSICACEAE: Cakile harperi, Lepidium virginicum. BROMELI-
ACEAE: Tillandsia usneoides. CACTACEAE: Opuntia compressa, Opuntia drummondii.
CAMPANULACEAE: Specularia perfoliata. CAPRIFOLIACEAE: Lonicera japonica, Vi-
burnum dentatum. CARYOPHYLLACEAE: Cerastium viscosum, Stellaria media. CHEN-
OPODIACEAE: Atriplex arenaria, Atriplex patula, Chenopodium album, Chenopodium
ambrosioides, Salicornia bigelovii, Salicornia virginica, Salsola kali, Suaeda linearis.
CIsTACEAE: Lechea villosa. CONVOLVULACEAE: Ipomoea sagittata. CORNACEAE:
Cornus stricta. CYPERACEAE: Carex albolutescens, Carex lurida, Cladium jamaicense,
Cyperus ovularis, Cyperus pseudovegetus, Cyperus sp., Dichromena latifolia, Eleo-
charis sp., Fimbristylis spadicea, Fuirena squarrosa, Rhynchospora cephalantha,
Scirpus pungens, Scirpus robustus, Scleria triglomerata. ERENACEAE: Diospyros vir-
HUNTING ISLAND FLORA 103
giniana. ERICACEAE: Vaccinium arboreum. EUPHORBIACEAE: Acalypha gracilens,
Croton glandulosus var. septentrionalis, Croton punctatus, Euphorbia polygonifolia,
Euphorbia supina, Sapium sebiferum, Tragia urens. FABACEAE: Cassia fasciculata,
Centrosema virginianum, Desmodium sp., Desmodium paniculatum, Erythrina her-
bacea, Galactia volubilis, Glottidium vesicarium, Indigofera caroliniana, Lespedeza
repens, Medicago lupulina, Rhynchosia difformis, Strophostyles helvola, Trifolium
carolinianum, Vicia angustifolia, Wisteria frutescens. FAGACEAE: Quercus falcata var.
pagodaefolia, Quercus incana, Quercus laurifolia, Quercus marilandica, Quercus
pumila, Quercus virginiana. GENTIANACEAE: Sabatia stellaris. GERANIACEAE: Ge-
ranium carolinianum. HAMAMELIDACEAE: Liquidambar styraciflua. HYPERICACEAE:
Hypericum stans. JUNCACEAE: Juncus dichotomus, Juncus effusus, Juncus roemeri-
anus. LAMIACEAE: Monarda punctata, Salvia lyrata, Teucrium canadense, Trichos-
tema dichotomum. LAURACEAE: Persea borbonia, Sassafras albidum. LEMNACEAE:
Lemna perpusilla, Spirodela polyrhiza. LENTIBULARIACEAE: Utricularia sp. LiL1-
ACEAE: Allium sp., Smilax auriculata, Smilax bona-nox, Smilax laurifolia, Smilax
rotundifolia, Yucca aloifolia, Yucca filamentosa. LOGANIACEAE: Gelsemium semper-
virens, Polypremum procumbens. LORANTHACEAE: Phoradendron serotinum. LYTH-
RACEAE: Rotala ramosior. MALVACEAE: Hibiscus moscheutos, Kosteletskya virginica,
Sida rhombifolia. MELIACEAE: Melia azedarach. MORACEAE: Morus rubra. MyRI-
CACEAE: Myrica cerifera. NYMPHAEACEAE: Nymphaea mexicana. OLEACEAE: Ligus-
trum japonicum. ONAGRACEAE: Gaura filipes, Ludwigia allio Oenothera
biennis, Oenothera humifusa, Oenothera laciniata. OXALIDACEAE: hale alent.
PASSIFLORACEAE: Passiflora incarnata, Passiflora lutea. ae TOLACCACEAE: Phyto-
lacca americana. PLANTAGINACEAE: Plantago aristata, Plantago hee ohslbs, Plan-
tago virginica. PLUMBAGINACEAE: Limonium carolinanum, Limonium nashii. Po-
ACEAE: Andropogon elliotii, Andropogon ternarius, Andropogon virginicus, Aristida
longespica, Aristida purpurascens, Arundinaria gigantea, Briza minor, Cenchrus
echinatus, Cenchrus longispinus, Cenchrus tribuloides, Chloris petrea, Cynodon dac-
tylon, Digitaria sanguinalis, Distichlis spicata, Eleusine indica, Elymus virginicus,
Erianthus alopecuroides, Erianthus giganteus, Festuca octoflora, Muhlenbergia cap-
illaris, Oplismenus setarius, Panicum amarum, Panicum anceps var. rhizomatum,
Panicum dichotomum, Panicum lanuginosum, Panicum laxiflorum, Panicum vir-
gatum, Panicum sp., Paspalum boscianum, Paspalum dilatatum, Paspalum flori-
danum, Paspalum setaceum, Poa annua, Setaria geniculata, Setaria magna, Sor-
ghastrum nutans, Spartina alterniflora, Spartina patens, Sphenopholis obtusata, Spo-
robolus poiretii, Sporobolus virginicus, Stenataphrum secundatum, Triplasis
americana, Triplasis purpurea, Uniola laxa, Uniola paniculata. POLEMONIACEAE:
Phlox drummondii. POLYGONACEAE: Polygonum aviculare, Polygonum setaceum,
Rumex crispus, Rumex hastatulus, Rumex verticillatus. RHAMNACEAE: Berchemia
scandens, ROSACEAE: Prunus angustifolia, Prunus caroliniana, Prunus serotina,
Rubus argutus, Rubus trivialis. RUBIACEAE: Diodia teres, Galium tinctorium, Hous-
tonia procumbens, Mitchella repens, Richardia scabra, RUTACEAE: Zanthoxylum
clava-herculis. SALICACEAE: Salix nigra. SAPOTACEAE: Bumelia tenax. SCROPHULAR-
IACEAE: Agalinis fasciculata, Agalinis purpurea, Aureolaria virginica, Bacopa mon-
nieri, Linaria canadensis, Verbascum blattaria, Veronica arvensis. SOLANACEAE:
Physalis viscosa ssp. maritima. TAMARICACEAE: Tamarix gallica, TYPHACEAE: Typha
angustifolia, Typha domingensis. ULMACEAE: Celtis laevigata, Ulmus americana. UR-
TICACEAE: Boehmeria cylindrica. VERBENACEAE: Callicarpa americana, Lippia no-
104 BARTONIA
diflora, Verbena brasiliensis, Verbena scabra. VIOLACEAE: Viola sp. VITACEAE: Am-
pelopsis arborea, Parthenocissus quinquefolia, Vitis aestivalis, Vitis rotundifolia.
LITERATURE CITED
BRAUN, E. L. as Deciduous forests of eastern North America. Blakiston Co., Philadelphia. 596 pp
RADFORD, A. E., H. E. AHLES, AND C. R. . 1968. Manual of the vascular flora of the Coidlinns: The
University of Nort Carolina as eit Hill, 1183 p
STALTER, R., S. DIAL, AND A. LAESSLE 1981. Some Ba eae observations of the arborescent vegetation
in Highlands Peer State oe Florida. Castanea 46: 30-35.
WELLS, B. W. 1939. A new forest climax: the salt spray climax of Smith Island, North Carolina. Bull. Torrey
Bot. Club 66: 629-634.
Bartonia No. 51: 105-107, 1985
Influence of Fire on Reproduction of Scirpus longii
ALFRED E. SCHUYLER
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 19th and the Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103
JAMES L. STASZ
179 Edgewood Avenue, Audubon, NJ 08106
Scirpus longii Fern. is a wetland sedge known from Nova Scotia, Maine, Massa-
chusetts, Connecticut, New York, and New Jersey. It is rare over this range except in
the New Jersey Pine Barrens where it is widespread and often locally abundant. Even
here, however, it usually goes unrecognized because culms with inflorescences are
usually lacking and only clumps of leaves are present. Charred basal leaves on culm-
bearing specimens preserved in herbaria indicate that fire influences culm formation,
and it has been suggested that this may enable S. /ongii to distribute and establish itself
when conditions are at an optimum (Schuyler 1963). An opportunity to observe the
effects of fire on culm formation and reproduction was provided when an intense fire
burned over an extensive area of pitch pine lowland forest containing stands of S.
longii near Atsion, New Jersey, late in the summer of 1983.
HABITAT OF SCIRPUS LONGII
Scirpus longii grows in open peaty swales with fluctuating moisture conditions. In
the Atsion area, these swales appear to be intermittent streams, although even when
water is present, there is no apparent directional flow. The very slight stream gradient
combines with minor topographic features and other obstacles, sometimes man-made,
to form pools. After a prolonged dry period, the blackish peaty substrate is exposed,
sometimes with a dried algal mat veneer and with considerable areas lacking vascular
plants. Scirpus longii may grow in pure stands or mixed with other species. Carex
walteriana frequently occurs with or near S. longii, and Carex bullata, Carex livida,
Chamaedaphne calyculata, Cladium mariscoides, Juncus canadensis, Muhlenbergia
torreyana, and Woodwardia virginica are also often present. Sphagnum is usually
absent.
OBSERVATIONS IN UNBURNED AREAS IN 1983 AND 1984
Stands of Scirpus longii were observed at five locations in the vicinity of Atsion
during 1983. The location of these stands in the unburned area had nothing to do with
their selection because the fire had not yet occurred. Culm-bearing plants were found
at only one locality where they were numerous, but developing two months later than
usual. The culms developed from plants with thick rhizomes. No seedlings were found
here or at any of the other locations.
In 1984 stands of S. longii were observed at eight locations, including the one that
had numerous culms in 1983. Four late developing culms were observed at the latter
location and no culms were present at the other locations. As was the case in 1983,
no seedlings were observed at any of the unburned locations.
105
106 BARTONIA
OBSERVATIONS IN THE BURNED AREA IN 1984
In the late summer of 1983 a major fire swept southeast from U.S. Highway 206
near Atsion and consumed most of the vegetation between the Mullica River and
Sleeper Branch. About two square miles of this area not only were stripped of shrubs
and had most trees killed but also had its peat layer consumed; what remained was
carbon and ash on mud, sand, and bog ore. Botanical exploration of this area began
in July 1984.
Scirpus longii stands that survived the fire were easily found: prolific culm formation
apparently occurred in June. About 75 dense monospecific stands, the largest covering
about 400 m?, were scattered throughout the swale system. By midsummer many of
these stands had abundant seedlings close by (Fig. 1) that offer extended beyond the
swales into areas that had woody plants prior to the burn. Substrates varied from
coarse sand to muddy sands and mud. The tallest seedlings were in drier areas and by
mid-August some (a few hundred out of tens of thousands) had produced culms.
DISCUSSION
The comparative data from burned and unburned locations of S. /ongii support the
contention that this species is adapted to fire. Culms were abundantly produced in
burned stands and were lacking in all but one of the unburned stands. Extensive
reproduction from seed, apparently during the same year seeds were produced, was
demonstrated by the abundant seedlings in the vicinity of the mature stands in the
burned area (Fig. 1) while no such reproduction was apparent in the unburned area.
Many of these seedlings occurred in habitats that are only available in burned areas
4
A
. 1. Stand of peme longii that survived fir ire ( arene on left with bhi: inflorescences) with abun-
Pb len (most of the shorter plants lacking inflorescences i:
SCIRPUS LONGII REPRODUCTION 107
because many plants of competing species (e.g. Chamaedaphne calyculata) were elim-
inated by the fire. Thus, S. /ongii is producing seeds when it has the most available
habitat in which to become established.
Much remains to be learned about the details of how fire influences reproduction in
S. longii. What does fire do to cause the culms to develop? Does alteration of the
substrate by fire provide more suitable conditions for seed germination? The elimina-
tion of shade plants by fire probably is beneficial for reproduction because seed ger-
mination of many species of Scirpus is enhanced by light (Isely 1944; Schuyler unpubl.).
Presumably some of the young stands formed in 1984 will be eliminated as woody
plants return to the burned area. However, we do not know how fast this will happen
or how many of these young stands will persist. We also do not know how much culm
formation, if any, will occur in mature or young stands two years or more after a fire.
Similarly, we do not know whether or not the seedlings that produced culms later than
usual during 1984 will continue to do so in future years.
The occurrence of late season culm formation in one stand in the unburned area may
be related to environmental factors having effects similar to fire. In the hot dry summer
of 1983, this stand produced numerous culms, while in the comparatively cooler and
wetter summer of 1984, only four culms were produced. When culms develop late in
the season, the flowering time of Scirpus longii overlaps that of Scirpus cyperinus (L.)
Kunth, two species that are known to hybridize (Schuyler 1967).
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We thank Ralph Good, Ted Gordon, Patricia Schuyler, William Schuyler, and David
Snyder for help in connection with our field work.
LITERATURE CITED
IsELy, D. 1944. A study of the conditions that affect the germination of Scirpus seeds. Cornell Univ. Agric.
Exp. Sta. Mem. 257. 28
SCHUYLER, A. E. 1963. Sporadic culm formation in Scirpus longii. Bartonia 32: 1-5.
—_—_.. _ A taxonomic revision of North American leafy species of Scirpus. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia 119: 295-323
Bartonia No. 51: 108-109, 1985
Greenbrook Sanctuary
JOHN SERRAO
Director, Greenbrook Sanctuary, Palisades Nature Association, Box 155, Alpine, NJ 07620
In 1946, the Palisades Interstate Park Commission of New Jersey and New York set
aside a wild, rugged, 165-acre section of the Park and designated it Greenbrook Sanc-
tuary. Administered by the private, non-profit Palisades Nature Association, the Sanc-
tuary has thrived since that time as a refuge for native plants and animals, an environ-
mental education center for adults and school children, and an outdoor laboratory for
field scientists and amateur naturalists.
Located atop the world-famous Palisades cliffs (declared a National Natural Land-
mark in 1983), the Sanctuary boasts magnificent views of the Hudson River and New
York City skyline. Waterfalls cascade hundreds of feet over the cliffs into the river,
after winding through ancient forests of 250-year-old oaks and 130-foot-tall tulip trees.
The sanctuary is largely a mixed-oak forest (red, black, white, scarlet, and chestnut
oaks, with pignut and mockernut hickories), but there are also well-developed hard-
wood cove forests (sugar maple, beech, black birch, hemlock, and tulip tree), red
maple-sweet gum-tupelo swamps, hemlock ravines, black birch talus slopes, and storm
openings covered with blackberry, raspberry, wild grape, and poison ivy. In addition
a 5 acre pond and small sphagnum bog were created 30 years ago to further increase
the sanctuary’s habitat diversity. A few small meadows and vernal pools are also
maintained to prevent plant succession from converting them to forest.
Among the more exciting nesting birds in the Sanctuary are great horned owl, pi-
leated woodpecker, wood duck, ruffed grouse, scarlet tanager, worm-eating warbler,
and indigo bunting. In a single day it is possible to see as many as 90 species of birds
during the peak of the spring migration in May, and thousands of hawks (and an
occasional eagle) soaring along the cliffs in their fall migration. The Sanctuary’s bird
list contains 235 species. Common mammals include red fox, raccoon, red, gray, and
flying squirrels, chipmunk, cottontail, white-footed mouse, short-tailed shrew, and both
common and star-nosed moles. White-tailed deer, striped skunks, opossums, long-
tailed weasels, and red bats are also among the 25 species of mammals occasionally
seen here.
Each March the bog and vernal ponds fill with the egg masses of spotted salamanders
and wood frogs, and shortly afterwards the voices of spring peepers, American toads,
pickerel frogs, green frogs, and bull frogs fill the spring evenings with mating songs.
The dominant reptiles are the eastern garter and northern water snakes, and painted
and snapping turtles. Ring-necked, milk, and copperhead snakes, 5-lined skinks, and
musk and box turtles are also present. 29 different reptiles and amphibians have been
recorded in the Sanctuary.
Since its very beginnings, Greenbrook has attracted both professional and amateur
naturalists who have studied its flora, fauna, and ecology. Their studies, together with
the observations and censuses of the sanctuary’s full-time professional naturalist, have
resulted in the publication of many articles in scientific journals, popular magazines,
and P.N.A.’s own printed materials. Greenbrook is one of the few natural areas which
has maintained careful, long-term records of its breeding birds, butterflies (53 species),
108
GREENBROOK SANCTUARY 109
wildflowers (over 400 species), biotic communities, and changing tree associations.
Comparative studies of its flora and fauna over 40 years have proven invaluable in
assessing local and regional environmental changes.
All professional and popular publications are made available to members and guests
of the Palisades Nature Association, who visit the sanctuary either to attend the nature
walks which are conducted by the naturalist every Saturday, most Sundays, and spring
weekdays, or to hike along the sanctuary’s 6!/2 miles of trails and enjoy its beauty and
serenity. For further information about Greenbrook Sanctuary, write to: Palisades Na-
ture Association, Box 155, Alpine, New Jersey 07620.
Bartonia No. 51: 110, 1985
OBITUARY
Ruth McVaugh Allen (1913—1984).—Ruth Allen,
onservationist and botanist, of Riverton, New
Jersey, died on April 10, 1984 at the age of 71. She
had been a member of the Philadelphia Botanical
Club since 1957.
Mrs. Allen received her training in botany at the
Barnes Arboretum, under the tutelage of Drs.
Edgar T. Wherry and John Fogg, during the early
1950’s. An interest in mycology began with courses
~~ at the Morris Arboretum under Dr. Pat Allison,
aw pathologist.
/ Ruth was particularly well known as a photog-
riphiet! aid her collection included 10,000 slides, many of them of botanical specialties
of the New Jersey Pine Barrens. Her photos appeared in many publications, among
them the Time-Life Encyclopedia of Gardening and H. W. Rickett’s Wild Flowers of
the United States.
She was an authority on the Myxomycetes, and she painted the color plates for the
book The Myxomycetes authored by Drs. G. W. Martin and C. J. Alexopoulos, pub-
lished by the University of Iowa in 1969. Her personal collection of 1800 specimens is
being donated to the National Fungus Collection of the U.S. Department of Agricul-
ture, in Beltsville, Maryland.
Ruth Allen was also known as a teacher and a conservationist. She taught courses
in Field Botany at the Cherry Hill Adult School for several years. She was founder,
in 1963, and President of the Pompeston Creek Watershed Association; and was one
of the original members of the Pine Barrens Coalition, the first citizen’s group to
actively campaign for Pine Barrens preservation. In addition to her Botanical Club
membership, she was a member of the New Jersey Conservation Foundation, the New
Jersey Audubon Society, and the South Jersey Orchid Society.
She is survived by her husband Jack Allen, a sister, two brothers, a daughter, two
grand-daughters, and by the memories of her friends, students, and associates. KARL
H. ANDERSON
110
REVIEW
_.- John Abbot in Georgia: The Vision of a Naturalist Artist (1751—ca. 1840), by Vivian
Rogers-Price. 149 pp. Madison-Morgan Cultural Center, Madison, Georgia. 1983.
$15.00 (plus $2.00 postage from Cultural Center, 434 South Main Street, Madison,
GA 30650).
As part of a celebration of Georgia’s 250th anniversary in 1983, Madison-Morgan
Cultural Center arranged a fine exhibition of the works of the early American naturalist,
John Abbot; Vivian Rogers-Price was Guest Curator. A symposium was held in con-
nection with the exhibit; Professor Ewan’s excellent paper from this symposium ap-
pears elsewhere in this issue.
The catalogue for this exhibit, John Abbot in Georgia, provides us with an excellent
natural history resource. An introduction by Professor Ewan is followed by Vivian
Rogers-Price’s fine biographical essay on John Abbot and introduction to his work,
illustrated with 10 figures not in the ensuing catalogue. The chronology of Abbot’s life
is helpful, particularly in that it emphasizes Abbot’s relationships with contemporary
naturalists. The catalogue of the 116 items in the exhibit includes not only Abbot
watercolors but also the books which he illustrated at least in part and even actual bird
specimens. Each item is clearly illustrated in black-and-white and well annotated.
Mrs. Rogers-Price discusses Abbot as both artist and as naturalist. She touches on
Abbot’s watercolor technique and the artistic influences upon him . . . the naturalist-
illustrators: Eleazar Albin, Mark Catesby, and particularly George Edwards. She places
Abbot in the context of his scientific friends who, like Augustus Oemeler, taught him
to be more precise in his botanical observations. All this helped his development.
Perhaps more important, it is Abbot’s unsung contribution to natural history through
the work of others which is the heart of the essay. Whether it was descriptions and
specimens to ornithologists like Alexander Wilson, or to a variety of European ento-
mologists, who used them as a basis for publication and naming of new species, Abbott
made a great contribution to natural science in a seminal period.
Most of Abbot’s 1000 bird watercolors remained jbeblished: Therefore it is de-
lightful to have them illustrated, albeit in black and white except for the charming
mockingbird on the cover. Mrs. Rogers-Price emphasizes throughout the influence of
George Edwards on Abbot’s compositions. The bird-on-the-stump-technique is
common in 18th century illustrations; what is unusual is the use of appropriate land-
scape background, which was typical of both Abbot’s and Edwards’ styles. Since there
are few examples of Edwards’ work outside of rare book libraries, one would have
appreciated examples of his illustrations for comparison.
The entomological examples in the catalogue fortunately show not only Abbot’s
original watercolors but also the publications of James Edward Smith and others, where
the etchings ‘‘accurately reproduce Abbot’s watercolor(s).’” Abbot illustrated the meta-
tamorphosis of each butterfly, and its relationship to the food plant. Although he did
not invent this technique, he brought it to perfection. One does not know if Abbot saw
the work of Maria Sibylle Merian, who was the first well-known naturalist-illustrator to
use the technique. Abbot was certainly influenced by Elezar Albin, according to Mrs.
Rogers-Price’s description; again, it would have been nice to be able to see the com-
Parison.
Mrs. Rogers-Price has produced a catalogue of permanent value, which enriches our
understanding of a previously unappreciated American naturalist and his contribution
to 19th century natural science. ELIZABETH P. MCLEAN
[11
Bartonia No. 51: 112-115, 1985
NEWS AND NOTES
JOINT FIELD MEETING. The annual Joint Field Meeting of the Northeastern Section
of the Botanical Society of America, the Torrey Botanical Club, and the Philadelphia
Botanical Club will be held on June 23 to 27, 1985 in East Stroudsburg, PA. Accom-
modations will be at East Stroudsburg University. There will be field: trips to boreal
bogs, limestone dells, upland forests, and swamps at various sites in the Pocono Moun-
tains and Delaware Water Gap Area of Pennsylvania, as well as adjacent New Jersey.
Space is limited and PRIOR registration is required. Full details available after Feb-
ruary |, 1985, by writing the chairman, James K. McGrath, Vice President, Delaware
Valley Conservation Society, Box 393, Lansdowne, PA 19050.
TWO RARE PLANTS ON THE PALISADES OF NEW JERSEY. During the course of my
botanical forays along the cliffs, talus slopes, swamps, and cove forests of the Pali-
sades, two species of plants were discovered which are currently listed in “‘Rare and
Endangered Vascular Plant Species in New Jersey,’ by David B. Snyder and V. Eugene
Vivian (1981). Both species represent new locations.
A fairly extensive area of paper birch (Betula papyrifera Marsh.) exists on the lower
talus below the extremely steep cliffs in the Forest View section of the Palisades, just
about one mile south of the New York State line. Many of the trees are 4 to 4!/2 feet
in circumference at breast height, although many smaller size classes are also repre-
sented. The trees are growing in an extremely rugged, secluded jumble of fallen diabase
blocks, just above the Shore Path (a hiking trail which winds along the banks of the
Hudson River below the Palisades). Growing near the birches are large hemlocks, sugar
maples, black birches, tulip trees, and a few white pines. According to the ‘‘Rare and
Endangered”’ list, paper birch has been reported in New Jersey only from a few moun-
tain sites in Sussex and Warren counties, where they exist at the southern limit of the
species’ range (except for a southward extension in the mountains). This Palisades
location, then, may well represent one of the most southerly sites for this species.
The second plant is rattlesnake master (Eryngium yuccifolium Michx.), which, ac-
cording to the ‘‘Rare and Endangered”’ list, was last collected in New Jersey in 1912
by C. S. Williamson in Camden County (a second site from before 1900 in Burlington
County is listed as extirpated). I discovered a single plant of this species in July, 1981,
growing in Greenbrook Sanctuary, a 165 acre nature preserve on the Palisades in
Tenafly, NJ. The plant was growing along the sanctuary’s entrance road, in very open
sunlight in sandy, cindery soil. Associated with it are goldenrods, Deptford pink,
evening primrose, and great mullein. In each of the succeeding two summers, the plant
has produced a minimum of three flower heads. JOHN SERRAO.
CAREX MITCHELLIANA IN CRAWFORD COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA. While examining col-
lections of Carex crinita Lam. complex at the Carnegie Museum of Natural History
(CM) in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, I found a sheet of Carex mitchelliana M. A. Curtis
identified as C. crinita. This collection, as well as a duplicate, was collected by John
Bright from Pymatuning Swamp near Hartstown in Crawford County, Pennsylvania.
Subsequently, another collection of C. mitchelliana was found at the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (PH). This specimen was also collected from Craw-
ford County, though from Linesville, north northeast of the Pymatuning Swamp.
C. mitchelliana is known from the coastal plain and piedmont from Massachusetts
to northern Florida and west to eastern Texas. It occurs ina variety of wetland habitats,
both fresh and brackish, including swamps, meadows, bogs, stream and pond margins,
112
NEWS AND NOTES 113
and ditches. These recently uncovered collections represent disjunct populations
nearly 460 km west northwest of the nearest historic population in Wilmington, Del-
aware, and 570 km from the nearest known extant population in Milford, Delaware.
Carex mitchelliana is often overlooked and misidentified. It is frequently mistaken
for other members of the C. crinita complex, particularly C. crinita var. brevicrinis
Fern. (with which it is sympatric) and C. crinita var. gynandra (Schw.) Dewey. It is
best distinguished from these taxa by the perigynium which is uniformly papillate over
the entire surface, only slightly inflated, and 2—4 nerved on both surfaces. Additionally,
C. mitchelliana has a scabrous culm basally and lowermost inflorescence bract lengths
of 0.8-—3 dm.
Although C. mitchelliana has never been common in New Jersey and Pennsylvania,
it appears to have become more uncommon in recent times; historically, 14 locations
are known from Burlington, Camden, Cape May, Cumberland, Gloucester, and Ocean
Counties in New Jersey, and the Crawford County collections reported here. LEo P.
BRUEDERLE.
EASTERN PENNSYLVANIA RARE PLANT SURVEY UPDATE. For the third consecutive
year, the Eastern Pennsylvania Rare Plant Survey has made several interesting dis-
coveries including state and county records
Eleocharis parvula was collected by Richard Mellon of the Morris Arboretum, A. E.
Schuyler of the Academy of Natural Sciences, and Tom Smith of the Pennsylvania
Natural Diversity Inventory. This is the first time this species has been reported in
Pennsylvania. The plant was found in Bucks County in the intertidal zone of the Ne-
shaminy Creek just upstream from its mouth. Several small stands were observed on
firm mud associated with another rare species, Sagittaria calycina var. spongiosa.
Specimens were identified by Dr. Schuyler and deposited in the herbarium of the
Academy of Natural Sciences.
Collections which appear to be new county records include: Carex collinsii found
near Grass Lake in Monroe County, Goodyera tesselata found at two sites in Wayne
County, Eleocharis robbinsii and Scirpus torreyi in Wyoming County, and Viola brit-
toniana in Lancaster County. The discovery of Erigenia bulbosa in Lancaster County
is reported in the next note of this issue of Bartonia.
Extant populations of two species previously believed extirpated in Pennsylvania
were found during site visits by the rare plant survey team. The rediscovery of Montia
chamissoi in Wayne County is described earlier in this issue. In addition, a healthy
_ Stand of Asplenium resiliens was found at the Franklin County site where Agborn last
reported it in 1961. Once believed to have disappeared, this stand now contains ap-
proximately twenty plants growing at the base of a limestone outcrop in a wooded area
along the Conococheague Creek. Two other species found nearby were Ruellia stre-
pens, a southern member of the Acanthaceae considered rare in PA, and Aster shortii.
The latter, while not included on the state rare plant list, has not previously been
reported east of Bedford County. ..
A stand of approximately 75 clumps of Trollius laxus was found at a new site in
Northampton County west of Portland. This brings to four the number of known pop-
ulations of Trollius in eastern Pennsylvania, three are in Northampton County and one
in southern Monroe County. Trollius laxus is classified as PA endangered and is under
review (C-2) for federal listing.
Carex polymorpha Muhl, classified as PA threatened/federal C-2, was found to be
114 BARTONIA
locally abundant in moist soil in the Long Pond area of Monroe County. Exceptionally
wet weather during the spring and early summer may have contributed to the large
number of plants seen this year. Despite its abundance in Monroe County, C. poly-
morpha could not be found at four historical locations in Delaware, Chester, and Lan-
caster counties.
The Eastern Pennsylvania Rare Plant Survey is a project of the Morris Arboretum
of the University of Pennsylvania in cooperation with the Pennsylvania Natural Di-
versity Inventory. Funding was provided by the Pennsylvania Department of Environ-
mental Resources and also by the National Park Service Upper Delaware Scenic and
Recreational River in Wayne and Pike counties. The survey team included Dr. Ann F.
Rhoads, Assistant Director for Botany of the Morris Arboretum, Ann Newbold,
Richard H. Mellon, and Roger E. Latham. Assistance was also provided by Dr. James
Parks and Dr. A. E. Schuyler. ANN F. RHOADs.
ERIGENIA BULBOSA IN LANCASTER COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA. E. bulbosa (Michx.)
Nutt., harbinger of spring, is an early vernal herb of rich, moist woods. In Pennsyl-
vania, it is found in the western tier of counties and has been known east of the
mountains only from scattered stations along the Susquehanna River gorge in York
County (Wherry, Fogg, and Wahl, Atlas of the Flora of Pennsylvania, 1979). In 1981,
Parks discovered a small population of E. bulbosa in Lancaster County at Safe Harbor
about one kilometer from the Susquehanna River. That this might be a significant
discovery was first comprehended early in 1984 when a list of additions to the Pennsyl-
vania Endangered Plant Species List was sent to Parks by Thomas Smith of the Nature
Conservancy. A careful check of specimens at PH confirmed published records; no
Lancaster County report. Checks at GH and NY also were negative. The specimens
at US reported to be from Lancaster County proved to be from elsewhere. Accession
no. 265372 is clearly from Wrightsville, York County, by A. P. Garber, May 4, 1868.
This large collection was widely distributed with duplicates at PH and FMC seen by
us. Another specimen from this collection is US accession no. 877081, labeled in
someone else’s hand as *‘Erigenia bulbosa, Nutt. Lancaster Co. Pa. by A. P. Garber.”’
We think that this specimen is most likely a duplicate of Garber’s Wrightsville collec-
tion or from that population. The third specimen at US (accession no. 81511) has no
locality indicated, but was owned by John M. Bigelow, M.D., Lancaster, Ohio.
Whether or not the somewhat ambiguous old records really document the early dis-
covery of E. bulbosa in Lancaster County, its present existence in the county is herein
reported. The presence of Erigenia bulbosa in Lancaster County is not as surprising
as the fact that it has gone unrecorded for so long in this highly botanized region. As
pointed out by Richard Mellon, the very early flowering time, local rarity, and other-
wise nondescript morphology may have combined to keep the species unseen. When
it would be noticed, few botanists are afield. The isolated occurrence of this umbellifer
in the lower Susquehanna River gorge serves as another reminder that this area is a
significant botanical refugium. JAMES C. PARKS AND ANN FE. RHOADS.
FOGG/WHERRY MEMORIAL FUND. At the October 1982 meeting of the Philadelphia
Botanical Club, members approved the initiation of the Fogg/Wherry Memorial Fund.
The purpose of this fund was to purchase a historical herbarium and to help publish a
commemorative issue of Bartonia (No. 49, issued 8 March 1983) as a memorial to
Edgar T. Wherry (1885-1982) and John M. Fogg, Jr. (1898-1982). Both botanists
greatly contributed to and were much involved with the life of the club.
NEWS AND NOTES 115
A $2500 goal was set. All members of the Philadelphia Botanical Club were notified
and the response was generous. An average personal contribution of $20.00 was re-
ceived, with many contributions exceeding the average amount. Contributions were
also received from non-members.
The Fogg/Wherry Fund came to a close at the April 1984 meeting when President
William Klein announced that the fund goal had been realized. Sincere thanks are, and
have been, extended to those persons who contributed to the Memorial Fund and
helped to make it and its commemorative goals a success. KASIA FOGARASI.
MONTGOMERY COUNTY FLOWER. In September, 1984, as part of Montgomery Coun-
ty’s Bicentennial Celebration the County Commissioners officially designated Tulipa
sylvestris to be Montgomery County’s flower. Commonly known as The Dutch Lily,
it is a graceful yellow tulip of moist woods and meadows. Blooming for two weeks at
the end of April and the beginning of May, it seems ubiquitous, brightening county
landscapes near abandoned homesteads, at wood’s edges, in damp ditches along
country roads, and in open low-lying fields.
It arrived here with our forebears from the Palatinate region of South Europe; it is
the flower so celebrated in Pennsylvania German painting, pottery, and fraktur. Its
arching, nodding form is carved at the margins of old tombstones in graveyards dating
back to the Revolution. Barns of the area display ‘‘Hex’’ signs wherein The Dutch
Lily holds a prominent place. Hand-painted wedding certificates colorfully portray it.
Pottery in the Pennsylvania German collections at the Philadelphia Art Museum and
at the Smithsonian Institute proudly exhibit the tulip of Montgomery County.
Tulipa sylvestris is not one of the ancestors of our hybrid garden cultivars. It is
botanically distinct from them in many ways. It is subscapose, linear-leaved, and
widely opening, displaying subsessile stigmas and accuminate tepals. Unlike the cul-
tivated hybrids, its bulb is apparently toxic and therefore eschewed by wild animals.
It does not seem to reproduce readily from seed but rapidly propagates asexually from
rhizomatus offset bulbs, thereby increasing from one bulb into a large patch in short
order. This character, no doubt, accounts for its abundant-yet-local quality. Gray’s
Manual of Botany records it as established in southeastern Pennsylvania. The Atlas
of the Flora of Pennsylvania shows its confines to be largely Montgomery County.
What more deserving plant, then, could become its Official Flower? ANN NEWBOLD,
Bartonia No. 51: 116—120, 1985
1984 FIELD TRIPS
April 1: The Plains, Lebanon State Forest Area, NJ. The Botanical Club’s first trip
of the 1984 season was to the famous Pigmy Forest of the ‘‘Upper West Plains.’’ The
first stop was one mile south from Rt. 72 where a narrow sandy road runs westerly
into the Plains from Stevenson Road. On the sandy banks are numerous scattered
cushions of Corema conradii over a distance of about 150 feet that were beginning to
flower with staminate and pistillate flowers on separate plants. Next we walked the
sandy road westerly into the Plains through dwarfed Pinus rigida and Quercus mari-
landica, all only head high. Where the road ran out into a marshy creek, a branch of
the Wading River, there were isolated bushes of Kalmia latifolia and Ilex glabra. Along
the road were a few large patches of Pyxidanthera barbulata, pink, but not yet in
bloom; creeping runners of Arctostaphylos uva-ursi carpeted the ground in abundance.
In sandy places, Hudsonia ericoides and Leiophyllum buxifolium occurred in openings.
Back to Stevenson Road, we drove south to its crossing of another Plains branch creek
of the Wading River forming on the west side of the road. Here there is a very small
but elegant close stand of Chamaecyparis thyoides and, on the other side of the road,
a large pond. As the vegetation of the Plains came in contact with the wetter area, it
assumed a Pine Barrens look with taller pines, an abundance of sheep laurel, inkberry,
staggerbush, black huckleberry, and on a higher open place, patches of trailing arbutus
in full bloom. Clethra alnifolia and Myrica pensylvanica grew close to the water, while
in the water there were large stands of Chamaedaphne calyculata with buds ready to
open. On the way home, Lou Harris took us to his favorite cranberry bogs north of
Rt. 72 at Half Way House. Leaders: Ed Gallob and Lou Harris.
April 1: Kimberton Area, Chester County, PA. On a wooded slope owned mostly
by Mr. Proctor Wetherill southwest of French Creek Road and southeast of Beaver
Hill Road, West Vincent Township, the following species were collected: Amblyste-
gium tenax, A. varium, Anomodon attenuatus, A. minor, A. rostratus, Astomum muhl-
enbergianum, Atrichum crispum, A. undulatum, Aulocomnium heterostichum, Bar-
tramia pomiformis, Brachythecium oxycladon, B. rivulare (?), Brotherella recurvans,
Bryhnia novaeangliae, Bryoandersonia illecebra, Callicladium haldanianum, Campy-
lium chrysophyllum, Climacium americanum, Dicranella heteromalla, Dicranum
fulvum, D. montanum, Ditrichum pallidum, Eurhynchium hians, E. pulchellum, Fis-
sidens sp., Grimmia alpicola var. rivularis, Hedwigia ciliata, Homomallium adnatum,
Hypnum imponens, H. lindbergi, Isopterygium elegans, Leskea gracilescens, L. ob-
scura, Leucobryum glaucum, Mnium cuspidatum, Orthotrichum sp., Physcomitrium
pyriforme, Platygyrium repens, Polytrichum ohioense, Ptychomitrium incurvum, Py-
laisiella selwynii, Rhynchostegium serrulatum, Schwetschkeopsis fabronia, Taxi-
phyllum taxirameum, Tetraphis pellucida, Thuidium delicatulum, and Weissia con-
troversa. Leaders: Nancy Kuntzleman and Anna Felton.
April 14: Tyler Arboretum, Lima, Delaware County, PA. The usual rich spring flora
of this Arboretum was studied and we are pleased to report that the elusive blooming
dates of previous years were vindicated when we found the Round-leaved Yellow Violet
abundant and in full bloom! Leader: John Ballas.
April 29: Tyler Arboretum, Lima, Delaware County, PA. Our traditional moss/lichen
walk continues to yield evidence of species diversity not found in other areas of the
county. New additions to previous reports in Bartonia were: Mosses—Fontinalis anti-
116
1984 FIELD TRIPS 117
pyretica, Philonotis fontana (rare), and Auliocomnium palustre. Lichens—Cladonia
capitata and Parmelia saxatilis. An experimental planting of the unusual moss Rho-
dobryum roseum removed from an endangered area is flourishing happily in its new
location. Leader: James K. McGrath
May 5: Ridley Creek State Park, Delaware County, PA. The early spring flora was
well represented. Arisaema dracontium was at its best stage of bloom with plants three
feet in height testifying to the abundant rainfall this spring. Juglans cinerea (four trees),
with prominent dead main limbs, is declining in vigor. It is a rare tree in this area.
Podostemum ceratophyllum continues to persist despite some evidence of pollution in
Ridley Creek. Leader: James K. McGrath
May 26: Upper Perkiomen Park, Montgomery County Park, PA. The group saw a
large, flourishing stand of Jeffersonia diphylla, and the same of Trillium erectum and
T. grandiflorum. There were fine displays of Phlox pilosa, Sisyrinchium mucronatum,
Salvia lyrata, Valerianella olitoria, Senecio aureus, and a few S. pauperculus. Other
species included Myosotis verna, Chamaelirium luteum (not in bloom), Anemonella
thalictroides, Orchis spectabilis, Goodyera pubescens, Panax quinquefolius, Aralia
nudicaulis, Viola conspersa, Anemone quinquefolia (just past bloom), Aristolochia
serpentaria (just breaking through the ground), Thalictrum dioicum, Polygonatum pu-
bescens and P. canaliculatum, Uvularia perfoliata, Pedicularis canadensis and Hy-
poxis hirsuta. Members of Umbelliferae included Sanicula marilandica, Osmorhiza
claytoni, Zizia aurea, Z. aptera, and Thaspium barbinode. Staphylea trifolia was in
bloom. In the grass on a sunny hillside was a plant of Orobanche uniflora! Also we
saw two scrubby specimens of Quercus prinoides, Actaea pachypoda in bloom, Trios-
teum, probably aurantiacum rather than perfoliatum, some Hedyotis caerulea still in
bloom, and a variety of ‘‘Bedstraws’’: Galium triflorum, G. aparine, G. asprellum, G.
boreale, G. obtusum, G. circaezans, and G. lanceolatum. On land belonging to the
University of Pennsylvania, Castilleja coccinea was in bloom. Leader: Mariana
cCabe.
June 1: Mason Run, Gloucester Township, Camden County, NJ. The region we
botanized was on the divide between the Inner and Outer Coastal Plains, and we
encountered many plant species associated with both the West Jersey flora and the
Pine Barrens flora. We started the trip at a small bridge that crosses Mason Run on
Little Mill Road and botanized the lower flood plain, the old lake bed, and the head-
water areas. The following species are a small sampling of what we saw: Agrimonia
microcarpa, Galium triflorum, Galium circaezans, Sisyrinchium angustifolium, Poa
sylvestris, Helonias bullata, Lycopodium lucidulum, Lycopodium obscurum, Lyco-
podium complanatum, Smilax pseudo-china, Carex debilis, Carex muhlenbergii, Carex
annectens, Carex blanda, Carex swanii, Carex albolutescens, Carex communis, Carex
pensylvanica, Carex walteriana, Carex trisperma, Carex seorsa, Carex vulpinoidea,
Carex howei, Carex laeviv , Carex conoidea, Carex folliculata, Carex intumes-
cens, Leersia virginica, Plantago virginica, Panicum dichotomum, Uniola laxa, Uvu-
laria sessilifolia, Crataegus uniflora, Botrychium virginianum, Botrychium dissectum
(both varieties), Woodwardia areolata and virginica, Asplenium platyneuron, Poly-
gonatum biflorum, Medeola virginiana, Eleocharis tenuis, Stipa avenacea, Panicum
118 BARTONIA
depauperatum, Glyceria obtusa and striata, Cypripedium acaule, Juncus canadensis,
and Juncus effusus. Leader: Joe Arsenault.
June 17-21: Joint Field Meeting of the Northeastern Section of the Botanical Society
of America, the Torrey Botanical Club, and the Philadelphia Botanical Club. The an-
nual Joint Field Meeting was held at Salisbury State College, in Salisbury, Maryland.
There were 96 participants, of which 92 took part in the full program.
On Sunday evening, Charles Wingo of Salisbury State College Biology Department
welcomed the group and Elmer Worthley lectured on the ‘* Vegetation of the Delmarva
Peninsula.
n Monday, the group examined dunes, marshes, and forests in the Chincoteague
Wildlife Refuge on Assateague Island, Virginia. The sites included a ‘‘remote’’ area
that is generally closed to visitors. The leaders were William Sipple, Elizabeth Higgins,
A. E. Schuyler, James McGrath, Elmer and Jean Worthley and Larry Klotz. The
evening lectures were by William Sipple (‘‘Landform Development and Wetland
Succession on Assateague Island’’) and Larry Klotz (‘Flora of Wallops Island and
Wallops Mainland, Virginia’’).
On Tuesday, the group botanized at several sites in two areas of Maryland south of
Salisbury: the Nassawango Preserve and Milburn Landing Area, Pocomoke State
Park. The principal leaders were James Stasz for Nassawango, and Elmer and Jean
Worthley for Milburn Landing. James Stasz’s evening lecture on the ‘‘Natural History
of Nassawango’’ was followed by a “‘Lichen Workshop”’ prepared by Allen Skorepa.
The specimens were viewed with microsopes from the Biology Department of Salisbury
State College. Participants also examined a display of references on Delmarva flora
from Elmer Worthley’s personal library.
The Wednesday forays took place north of Salisbury. Daniel Boone and the Worth-
leys led the trip to two distinctive locales near the Nanticoke River in Maryland: a
sparse, sandy woods near Sharptown and a rich woods near Vienna. The other half
of the day was spent in southern Delaware with the leadership of Arthur Tucker,
Norman Dill, Robert Naczi, and Nancy Seyfried. The group walked in the ‘‘Box Huck-
leberry Site’? near Bethel and canoed on Trussum Pond, a bald cypress swamp near
Trap Pond State Park. After the evening banquet, a short business meeting was held.
Arthur Tucker’s evening lecture on ‘‘Natural Sources of Perfumes’’ was illustrated
with both visual and olfactory aids. Norman Dill and Nancy Seyfried conducted a
poster exhibit on ‘‘Methodology of Computer Access to Locations of Rare Plants in
Delaware.’’ The Delaware leaders also presented a brief slide show of ‘100 Delaware
Wildflowers, April to October’’ from the collection at the Claude E. Phillips Her-
barium. In addition, Werner Baum showed some of his slides from last year’s Meeting.
A second business meeting was held to determine the location for the 1985 Joint Field
Meeting. Karl Anderson and James McGrath consented to organize it, probably at
East Stroudsburg University in East Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania. Chairman: Larry H.
Klotz.
August 4: Ponds near Bennett’s Mill, Cumberland County, NJ. Abnormally heavy
summer rains apparently were responsible for maintaining an unusually high water
table, with the result that several of the ponds were not dry as they usually are at this
time of the year. These ponds are a few of many such formations in the vicinity that
form a fragile and valuable complex now threatened by the unplanned sprawl of
1984 FIELD TRIPS 119
housing. Among the plants observed were: Coreopsis rosea, Carex albolutescens,
Scleria reticularis, Eriocaulon septangulare, Proserpinaca palustris, Juncus militaris,
Utricularia purpurea, Nymphoides cordata, Gratiola aurea, and Xyris smalliana.
Leaders: Dan O’Connor and Stevens Heckscher
August 19: Piermont Marsh, Rockland County, NY. After getting an overview from
Tallman Mountain, we canoed down Sparkill Creek and entered the marsh from the
north. Along the shore of the Sparkill we saw a gradual change from high species
diversity to low species diversity as we approached the Hudson River and encountered
large stands of Spartina alterniflora and Lilaeopsis chinensis. Myriophyllum spicatum,
Potamogeton perfoliatus, P. pectinatus, P. crispus, and Elodea nuttallii were sub-
merged in the creek. The marsh is largely dominated by Phragmites australis but has
some open meadows dominated by Spartina patens and Scirpus americanus (olneyi)
among others. Scattered plants of Hibiscus were growing in the meadows. Zizania
aquatica and Scirpus cylindricus were infrequent among Phragmites near the creek
and ditch edges. We were able to locate most of the species previously reported from
this marsh (Sagittaria subulata, Diplachne maritima, and Polygonum glaucum were
not located) in the small portion that we botanized. A list of 62 species occurring in
this marsh is available from the leaders. Leaders: A. E. Schuyler and Naomi Dicker.
August 26: Rancocas Nature Center, Westampton, Burlington Co., NJ. This trip to
old fields, woods, and freshwater tidal marshes along the Rancocas Creek focused on
late-summer grasses. Among the 30 species noted were Phalaris arundinacea, Uniola
laxa, Holcus lanatus, Leersia virginica and L. oryzoides, Muhlenbergia frondosa, Er-
agrostis spectabilis, Triodia flava, Leptoloma cognatum, Glyceria obtusa, Arthraxon
hispidus, Cinna arundinacea, and Zizania aquatica. A few of the non-grasses seen
included Magnolia virginiana and M. tripetala, Botrychium dissectum and B. obli-
quum, Sida spinosa, Heteranthera reniformis, Peltandra virginica, Pontederia cor-
data, and Lobelia cardinalis. Leader: Karl Anderson.
September 16: Oak Island, New Gretna Area, Ocean County, NJ. We walked along
the dirt road that leads from Rt. 9 to Oak Island, occasionally wandering in the wooded
swamps that are just inland of the coastal marshes. Leaving the forested area, we
continued along the dirt path across Dan’s Island and four others before we reached
Oak Island. Most of our time was spent botanizing the smaller islands that lead up to
Oak Island. The more interesting species were: Solidago stricta, Viola brittoniana,
Habenaria clavellata, Cirsium virginianum, Cirsium virginianum var. revolutum (first
sighting in many years), Sabatia dodecandra, and Linum sp. Other species seen in-
clude: Acer rubrum, Uniola laxa, Solidago rugosa, Solidago rugosa var. sphagnophila,
Rubus hispidus, Eupatorium rotundifolium, Parthenocissus quinquefolia, Panicum vir-
gatum, Quercus ilicifolium, Eleocharis rostellata, Carex hormathodes, Eleocharis
tenuis, Gnaphalium obtusifolium, Bidens coronata, Cyperus ovularis, Drosera fili-
formis, Helenium autumnale, Atriplex patula, Calamagrostis cinnoides, Smilax
glauca, Gaylussacia baccata, Elymus virginicus, Gerardia purpurea, Iris versicolor,
Galium tinctorium, Cyperus strigosus, Verbena hastata, Salicornia europaea, Juncus
biflorus, Lepidium virginicum, Juncus gerardi, Onoclea sensibilis, Smilax rotundifolia,
Quercus alba, Clethra alnifolia, Diospyros virginiana, Solidago odora, Rhododendron
viscosum, Leucothoé racemosa, Vitis labrusca, Juniperus virginiana, Aster umbel-
120 BARTONIA
latus, Prenanthes trifoliolata, Helianthus angustifolius, Sassafras albidum, Eupato-
rium album, Osmunda cinnamomea, Lycopodium complanatum, Betula populifolia,
Vaccinium corymbosum, Cassia nictitans, Eupatorium hyssopifolium, Triodia flava,
Eragrostis spectabilis, Mitchella repens, Agrostis perennans, Agrostis perennans vat.
aestivalis, Chrysopsis mariana, Polygala nuttallii, Lechea racemulosa, Juncus scir-
poides, Sericocarpus asteroides, Lobelia nuttallii, Liquidambar styraciflua, Myrica
pensylvanica, Agrostis alba, Quercus phellos, Q. falcata, Lycopodium obscurum, Bo-
trychium dissectium var. dissectum, Carex swanii, Cypripedium acaule, Pycnan-
themum muticum, Monotropa uniflora, Bartonia virginica, Dryopteris thelypteris, Os-
munda regalis, Panicum microcarpon, Juncus effusus, Pluchea odorata, Polygonum
punctatum, Paspalum circulare, Solidago tenuifolia, Solidago graminifolia, Myrica
cerifera, Setaria geniculata, Solidago sempervirens var. mexicana, Festuca rubra,
Sabatia stellaris, Panicum sphaerocarpon, Erechtites hieracifolia, Aster novi-belgii,
Scirpus americanus, Rhus radicans, Distichlis spicata, Spartina patens, Lythrum lin-
eare, lva frutescens, Teucrium canadense, Acnida cannabina, Polygonum prolificum,
Aster subulatus, Aster tenuifolius, Cyperus filicinus, Sorghastrum nutans, Polygala
lutea, Apios americana, Juncus greenei (?), Solidago fistulosa, Paspalum laeve,
Comptonia peregrina, Lespedeza capitata, Andropogon scoparius, Andropogon vir-
ginicus var. abbreviatus, Carex tonsa, Danthonia spicata, Hudsonia ericoides, and
Quercus marilandica. Leader: Joe Arsenault.
September 23: Ridley Creek State Park, Delaware County, PA. This fall flora trip
yielded an exceptional number of species (ca. 180) in a variety of habitats, rich wood-
lands, old fields, and creek edges. Noteworthy ‘‘finds’’ were: Cacalia atriplicifolia,
Chamaelirium luteum, Aster undulatus, Chelone glabra, Hackelia virginiana, Sedum
ternatum, Juglans cinerea, Prenanthes altissima, Hydrastis canadensis, and Brachy-
elytrum erectum. Leader: James K. McGrath.
Bartonia No. 51: 121-124, 1985
MEMBERSHIP LIST 1984
ALDHAM, ALBERT—118 W. 227 Street, Bronx, NY 10463
ALPERIN, RICHARD—842 Lombard Street, Philadelphia, PA 19147
ANDERSON, CARL (Mrs.)—Gate House, State Road, Narberth, PA 19072
ANDERSON, CHRISTINE—2410 Saint Francis Street, Wilmington, DE 19808
ANDERSON, JUDITH—210 Hermitage Drive, Radnor, PA 19087
ANDERSON, KARL H.—Rancocas Nature Center, R. D. 1, Rancocas Road, Mt. Holly, NJ 08060
ARCHIBALD, MARY E.—21 Wayne Gardens Apartments, Collingswood, NJ 08108
ARSENAULT, JOSEPH AND CATHY—201 Wyoming Trail, Browns Mills, NJ 08015
Bacon, JULIA—134 W. Durham Street, Philadelphia, PA 19119
BAGEN, CARL H.—60 Hughes Drive, Trenton, NJ 08690
BALLAS, JOHN—2643 S. Dewey Street, Philadelphia, PA 19142
BARNETT, MICHAEL A.—1353 Massachusetts Avenue, S.E., Washington, DC 20003
BASKIN, JERRY—School of Biological Sciences, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40506
BAUER, HEDy—35 Holton Lane, Willingboro, N 46
BAZINET, LESTER—1146 S. 8th Street, Philadelphia, PA 19147
BELZER, NORBERT—5923 N. 10th Street, Philadelphia, PA 19141
BIDDLE, DoRRELL—R. D. 2, Marne Highway, Mt. pals NJ 08054
BIEN, WALTER F—144 Summit Avenue, Langhorne, PA 19047
Boone, D. DANiEL—Maryland Department of Natural Resources, Annapolis, MD 21401
BOONIN, ROSE—3516 Lewis Road, Newtown Square, PA 19073
BoyLe, E. MARIE—1521 Norman Road, Havertown, PA 19083
BRADEL, ROBERT A. (Mrs.)—Braddocks Mill Lake, R. D. #2, Marlton, NJ 08053
Bray, EDMUND C.—Hopkinson House, 602 Washington Square S., Philadelphia, PA 19106
BRESLER, CARL AND LypIA—264 W. Wolfert Station Road, Mickleton, NJ 08056
BRUEDERLE, LEO P.—Biological Sciences, P. O. Box 1059, Rutgers University, Piscataway, NJ 08854
Buck, WILLIAM R.—New York Botanical Garden, Bronx, NY 10458
CASTER, MARILYN—P. O. Box 28, Abington, PA 19001
CARSON, ROBERT M.—4639 Hillside Avenue, Bensalem, PA 19020
CAVILLEER, GILBERT R.—3 Venice Avenue, West Wildwood, NJ 08260
CHRISTIAN, PaTRicIA H.—Box 24, Starlight, PA me
COHEN, ALICE—719 Hedgerow Drive, Broomall, 9008
COLLIER, MITCHELL N.—6 Moseley Avenue, mils PA |
Coox, Bupb—The Nature Conservancy, 1218 Chestnut Street, seni PA 19107
19064
aie WILLIAM D.—R. D. 1, Winch Hill, Northfield, VT 05663
CROWLEY, MARY M.—34 Schappett Terrace, Lansdowne, PA 19050
DAHLBURG, mae B.—508 Kent Place, Berwyn, PA 19312
DANIEL, MARY—131 E. Durham Street, Philadelphia, PA 19119
DARRINGTON, JANET M.—114 Burnside Road, Villanova, PA 19085
Davison, SARA E.—The Nature Conservancy, 1218 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia, PA 19107
053
DICKER, NAomi D.—309 W. 93 Street, New York, NY 10025
DILL, NorMAN—Claude E. Philips Herbarium, Delaware State College, Dover, DE 19001
DOERING, GRANT—Box 278, Bryn Athyn, PA 19009
DOLAN, THOMAS IV—721 Glengarry Road, Philadelphia, PA 19118
EsHERICK, HELEN K.—Box 558, R. D. #1, Orefield, PA 18069
EVERT, Brooks W. (Mrs.)—131 N. Lakeside Drive, E. Birchwood Lakes, Medford, NJ 08055
Ewan, JosepH—Tulane University, New Orleans, LA 70118
EybDeE, RICHARD—Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC 20560
FARLEY, ELIZABETH B.—319 Bala Avenue, Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004
FELTON, PAUL AND ANNA—37 Crawford Road, Audubon, PA 19401
FERNANDEZ, JosE—632 Highland Avenue, Palmyra, NJ 08065
FERREN, WAYNE R., Jr.—Department of Biological Sciences, University of California, Santa Barbara, CA
93106
121
122 BARTONIA
FIELD, STEPHEN—S Evelyn Avenue, Vineland, NJ 08360
FILipp!, THERESA—561 E. Wheat Road, Vineland, NJ 08360
FLANIGAN, TONI ANNE—415 S. Van Pelt Street, Apartment E-2, Philadelphia, PA 19146
FLEMING, ROBERT—7809 Navajo Street, Philadelphia, PA 19118
FOGARASI, KASIA—12035 Audubon Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19116
FoGG, HELEN (Mrs. JOHN M.)—Conwyn Arms, 830 Montgomery Avenue, Bryn Mawr, PA 19010
FRANK, KENNETH AND SUSAN—2508 Pine Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103
FREYBURGER, WILLIAM L. Rae 34th Avenue North, St. et Oh Vase FL 33710
Frick, JULIA W.—Thomas Wynne Apartments, Wynnewood, PA
GALLOB, EDWARD—2219 peace Place, Philadelphia. PA 19103
GARBACK, MARY—1789 Scattergood Street, Philadelphia, PA 19124
GEHRIS, CLARENCE W.—63 Hickory Hills Drive, Bath, PA 18014
GLAss, MIMI AND WINFIELD—135 Washington Avenue, Pitman, NJ 08071
GorF, CHRISTOPHER (DR. AND Mrs.)—773 College Avenue, Apartment 2, Haverford, PA 19041
Goop, RALPH AND NorMA—Department of Biology, Rutgers University, Camden, NJ 08102
GORDON, THEODORE—Burr’s Mill Road, R. D. 6, Vincentown, NJ 08088
GREENE, AMY—64 Marion Avenue, Springfield, NJ 07082
GREENLAND, CHRISTINE MANVILLE—790 E. Street Road, Warminster, PA 18974
GYER, JOHN F—Jessup Mill Road, Clarksboro, NJ 08020
HALLIWELL, THOMAS B.—19 Kings Road, Netcong, NJ 07857
HANISEK, GREG—Box 263, R. D. #3, Phillipsburg, NJ 08865
HARDESTY, GAIL—488 Big Oak Road, Morrisville, PA 19067
Hart, ROBIN—6812 SW 46 Avenue, Gainesville, FL 32608
HARTWICK, PEGGY—418 Balderston Drive, Exton, PA 19341
Hayes, Lori—102 W. Johnson Street, Philadelphia, PA 19144
HECKSCHER, STEVENS—Hildacy Farm, 1031 Palmer’s Mill Road, Media, PA 19063
HENRY, JOSEPHINE DE N’—801 Stony Lane, Gladwyne, PA 19035
HILL, Roy—180 W. Drexel Avenue, Lansdowne, PA 19050
HIRST, FRANKLIN S.—Rt. 1, Box 271, Stockton, MD 21864
HOLDEN, HowarD J.—747 Brooke Road, Wayne, PA 19087
Hot, RoBERT J.—3032 Taft Road, Norristown, PA 19401
HorNBECK, JOHN—69 Bedford House, Sherry Lake, Conshohocken, PA 19428
HUEBNER, JOHN M. (Mrs.)—150 Anton Road, Wynnewood, PA 19096
Hume, ELIZABETH—7910 Central Park Circle, Alexandria, VA 22309
HUTTLESTON, DONALD—Longwood Gardens, Kennett Square, PA 19348
IRETON, MARY Lou—213 4th Avenue, Haddon Heights, NJ 08035
JOHNSON, KARL A.—32 Dartmouth Circle, Swarthmore, PA 19081
JOHNSON, SUSAN—414 McClenaghan Mill Road, Wynnewood, PA 19096
JONES, Dini—132 Kenilworth Avenue, Merion, PA 19066
JONES, FLORA B.—Box 93, Moylan, PA 19065
JORDAN, ROBERT—427 N. 20th Street, Philadelphia, PA 19130
KacHurR, MICHAEL A.—2211 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103
KELLER, ELIZABETH—114 Wyomissing Blvd., Wyomissing, PA 19610
KELSO, HELEN—2155 Country Club Drive, Huntington Valley, PA 19006
KENDIG, JAMES—35 Arlington Drive, Pittsford, NY 14534
KILEY, JANICE—882 Box Hill Lane, Radnor, PA
KLEIN, WILLIAM M., JR.—129 Bethlehem Pike, Philadelphia, PA 19118
Kiotz, Larry H.—Biology Department, Shippensburg University, Shippensburg, PA 17257
Knapp, Epwin H.—1410 W. Wynnewood Road, Ardmore, PA 19003
KNIGHT, NANCY—1406 S. 7 Street, Philadelphia, PA 19147
KoBLER, EVELYN—817 N. 26th Street, Philadelphia, PA 19130
KRAIMAN, CLAIRE—622 Galahad Road, Plymouth Meeting, PA 19462
KRALL, JOHN R.—113 Lambert Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103
KUNTZLEMAN, NANCY—Woodgate Apartments, #301, Reading, PA 19606
Kurtz, PETER—214 E. Willow Grove Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19118
LADEN, MILTON—334 Wellesley Road, Philadelphia, PA 19119
MEMBERSHIP LIST 1984
LANGMAN, IDA K.—Riviera Apartments, 116 S. Raleigh Avenue, Atlantic City, NJ 08401
LANSING, DorOTHY—20 Old Paoli Pike, Box 537, Paoli, PA 19301
LATHAM, ROGER—Box 57, Wallingford, PA 19086
LAUER, Siew M.—1922 Bainbridge Street, Philadelphia, PA 19146
Levin, MICHAEL H.—Carriage House, 490 Darby Paoli Road, Villanova, PA 19085
LEVINSON, PERCIVAL P.—Suite 920, One Cherry Hill, mica Hill, NJ 08002
List, ALBERT—105 Morgan Avenue, Yardley, PA 1906
LIVINGSTON, LUZERNE—15 Dartmouth Circle, ah sla PA 19081
LoFurnNo, senna foie Fitzwater Street, Philadelphia, PA 19146
LonGco, RoBert A.—P. O. Box 216, Cologne, NJ 08213
MAWHINNEY, GN 118, Inverness, FL 32650
McCaBE, MARIANA—803 N. Franklin Street, Pottstown, PA 19464
McCartTAn, MAry I.—2011 Chestnut Street, Ardmore, PA 19003
McELRoy, ROBERT—Box 132, Berwyn, PA 19312
McGovern, Doris—4823 Beaumont Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19143
McGraTH, JAMES—304 Derwyn Road, Lansdowne, PA 1905
MCLEAN, ELIZABETH—139 Cherry Lane, Wynnewood, PA 19096
MEars, JAMES—647 W. Valley Road, Wayne, PA 19087
MEHRHOFF, LESLIE J.—The University of Connecticut, Box U-42, Storrs, CT 06268
MELLON, RICHARD—1305 Big Oak Road, Yardley, PA 19067
MiIcKLE, ANN—Department of Biology, LaSalle University, Philadelphia, PA 19141
Mirick, SALLY—7505 Deane Hill Drive, Knoxville, 919
MITCHELL, JOHN D.—141 Washington Corner Road, ree NJ 07924
Moore, JuLiAa—Molyneau Road, Camden, ME 04843
MorGANn, CAROLYN D.—413 Newbold Road, Jenkintown, PA coe
MORLEY, ANN SOMERS—353 W. Duval Street, Philadelphia, PA 1
Morse, LAarrY—The Nature Conservancy, 1800 N. Kent ae em Arlington VA 22209
MoRSE-SCHWARTZ, SUSAN—60 Garlar Drive, Havertown, PA
Moss, MiriAM—8120 Brookside Road, Elkins Park, PA oe
Moss, PAUL—8120 Brookside Road, Elkins Park, PA 19117
MOULTON, LINDSAY—7 Stonybrook Lane, Malvern, PA 19355
Myers, SANDRA K.—720 S. Highland Avenue, Merion Station, PA 19066
Naczi, RoBERt—19 Boulder Brook Drive, Wilmington, DE 19803
NELSON, MARJoRIE—Nine Greenridge Road, Vorhees, NJ 08043
NEWBOLD, ANN—R. D. 1, Bechtelsville, PA 19505
NOBLE, WILFRED R.—P. O. Box 4331, Philadelphia, PA 19118
O’Connor, DANIEL—66 E. Main Street, Port Norris, NJ 08349
OLSON, VIOLET—I11 W. Brookhaven Road, Wallingford, PA 19086
OVERLEASE, WILLIAM—500 Taylors Mill Road, sr sei PA 19380
PARKER, ANN P—345 Croton Road, Wayne, PA
PARKS, JAMES C. spendin of Biology, shires University, Millersville, PA 17551
PATRICK, RUTH—P. O. Box 4095, Chestnut Hill Station, Philadelphia, PA 19118
PETERS, MARIA D.—1020 hid Road, Southampton 18966
PuHiLip, RoMA V.—Box 155, R. D. 1, Malvern, PA 1935 5
PIERCE, MARY eet Williamson Road, Bryn Mawr, PA 19010
PLYLER, DoroTHY—18 Bridle Path, Chadds Ford, PA 19317
PULTORACK, ROBERT (DR. AND Mrs.)—34 Edgemont Road, Yardville, NJ 08620
RApbIs, RICHARD—12 Redstone Drive, Parsippany, NJ si 54
RHOADS, ANN—1561 Dolington Road, Yardley, PA 1906
REISMAN, SALLY—Madison House, Presidential ca and City Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19131
RICHARD, MARIE—412 Paxson Avenue, Glenside, 9038
RIGG, HARRISON—655 Caley Road, King of Prussia, PA 19406
ROBERTS, MARViIN—Department of Biology, Texas A & M University, get Station, TX 77843-3258
ROCHLIS, ETHEL—2101 Walnut Street, Apartment 1222, aang PA |
ROGERS, RALPH THOMAS—P. O. Box 40243, Portland, OR 9
RoIA, FRANK D., Jr.—413 Walnut Hill Road, West fal - 19382
ROTH, NANCy—220 W. Gravers Lane, Philadelphia, PA 19118
ROTHMAN, SHELLEY—70 Prentice Avenue, South River, NJ 08882
124 BARTONIA
Ruiz, DEN—P. O. Box 52, Runnemede, NJ 0807
SACKSTEDER, JOHN D.—2319 Spruce Street, ee PA 19103
SARGENT, RALPH M. (DR. AND Mrs.)—520 Panmure Road, Haverford, PA 19041
SCHAEFFER, ROBERT L., JR.—32 N. 8th Street, Allentown, PA 18101
SCHERER, TOINI—590 Kirk Lane, Media, PA 19063
SCHMID, KARIN L.—0-539 Sugartown Mews, Devon, PA 19333
ScHROT, EpIrH—402 Laurens Street, PH, Olean, NY 14760
SCHUMACHER, ELIZABETH—947 Longview Road, King of Prussia, PA 1940
SCHUYLER, ALFRED E.—Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th and the aah Philadelphia, PA 19103
Scott, JoHN—Hertzog School Road, Mertztown, PA 19539
Scott, MARGARET D.—214 Glenmoor Road, Gladwyne, PA 19035
SEAGER, KEITH—278 Fishing Creek, Cape May, NJ 08204
SEIP, ROBERT—Rt. 1, Box 683, Alburtis, PA 18011
SELL, LAURA M.—118 Pine Valley Drive, Medford, NJ 08055
SHAEFER, CHARLOTTE—2976 Dorman Avenue, Broomall, PA 19008
SIMPSON, MICHAEL—Department of Biology, Albright College, Reading, PA 19603
SIPPLE, WILLIAM—503 Benforest Drive West, Severna, MD 21146
SLIM, SUSAN—East Marne Highway, Moorestown, NJ 08057
SMITH, TOM—R. D. #1, Box 261, McAlisterville, PA 17049
SNYDER, DAvip—706 Center Street, Dunellen, NJ 08812
STAILEY, HARRY AND HELEN—8701 — Street, oe PA 19152
STALTER, RICHARD—St. John’s Univ , Jamaica, NY 1
STOCKER, PATRICIA—279 S. 4th sites. picbireneriy PA pene
STUCKEY, RONALD—Ohio State University, Columbus, OH 43210
STONE, BENJAMIN C.—Academy of Natural Sciences, 19th and the Parkway, Philadelphia, PA 19103
SuTToON, Patricia T.—R. D. 3, Box 7, Cape May Court House, NJ 08210
SWEETMAN, LEONARD—Jenkins Arboretum, 631 Berwyn-Baptist Road, Devon, PA 19333
TEES, GRACE M.—Rydal Park, Rydal, PA 19046
TOFFEY, WILLIAM E.—3029 Queen Lane, Philadelphia, PA 19129
THOMPSON, RALPH L.—Department of Biology, CPO 1850, Berea College, Berea, KY 40404
TUCKER, ARTHUR O.—Department of Agriculture and Natural Resources, Delaware State College, Dover,
DE 19901
TYRRELL, Lucy—1515 Northwest Boulevard, Columbus, OH 43212
UDELL, VAL—Box 674, Yost Road, R. D. 1, Perkiomenville, PA 18074
URBAN, JANET L.—P. O. Box One, Moylan, PA 19065
VANCE, GLADYS—150 Montgomery Avenue, sie Cynwyd, PA 19004
VOLK, JosEPH—1163 Jeffrey Lane, Langhorn 19047
WALKER, MARY M.—New England Wildflower ae. Hemenway Road, Framingham, MA 01701
WINER, JAcoB—Department of Biology, Swarthmore College, Swarthmore, PA 19081
WIEGMAN, PAUL G.—Western Pennsylvania Conservancy, 316 Fourth Avenue, Pittsburgh, PA 15222
WIENCKE, GUSTAV K.—1170 Woods Road, Southampton, PA 18966
WILLIAMS, H. CARLTON—165 W. Ridge Pike, Limerick, PA 19468
WILLIAMS, Davip L.—Coppermine Road, R. D. 1, Princeton, NJ 08540
WILLIAMS, VIVIAN—234 E. Third Street, Media, PA 19063
WILSON, CHRISTOPHER A.—Cook Road, R. D. 1, Pottstown, PA 19464
WoLr, JoHN—44 High Street, Sharon Hill, PA 19079
WOLFE, Mary Lou—337 Barren Hill Road, ee ee PA 19428
hbiaa EmiLy—309 Prichard Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086
oop, HowArp—169 S. Spring Mill Road, se hacpaele PA 19085
hare C. A. (Mrs.)—445 S. Middletown Road, Media, PA 19063
WoopForD, JAMES B. (Mrs.)—Cedar Run Lake, Marlton, NJ 08053
WUNDERLIN, RICHARD P.—Department of Biology, University of Florida, Tampa, FL 33620
YOuNG, JANE L.—935 Rock Creek Road, Bryn Mawr, PA 19010
Yusk, WILLIAM G.—6736 Githens Avenue, Pennsauken, NJ 08109
HONORARY MEMBERS
ERISMAN, NELLIE E.—Spring Garden Towers, 1818 Spring Garden Street, Philadelphia, PA 19130
Hanp, Louis E.—7 Chatham Place, Vincentown, 8
WILKENS, HANS—424 S. 1Sth Street, Reading, PA 19602
continued from front cover
OBEY i ose pies eer ee ee ee 110
BOVIOW cae cent Se ee ee a Hil
News wid. Notes oes. os a a ee ee 112
E94 Viele Trips. oo ink ea a ee 116
Membership List 1966600 ps sie oe ac pe 121
Program of Meetings 1983-1984
1983 Subject Speaker
22 Sep: Members Report on Summer Activities
27 Oct. The Rise and Fall of the Flowering Forest ......-........ Stevens Heckscher
17 Nov. — Cellular and Molecular Approaches to Plant Development Andrew Binns
IS Dec. Great Gardens of the World and Their Contributions to Bo-
tanical Research: ol ee William M. Klein, Jr.
1984
26 Jan. Plant Collecting inthe Gene 2000 8 ce oe Paul W. Meyer
23 Feb. A Trip to the Top of the World; Travels in Nepal's Himalaya
PA oy ee es We ae Robert Peck
22 Mer... Botanical Activities in termed o.oo ee oe ree ess William M. Klein, Jr.
26 Apr. The Natural History of John Abbot 0.2... 6.0560 .2255.4. Joseph Ewan
24 May Botanical Chis Field ips 1985 2.4.5... 665s a ce James K. McGrath
Coordinator
27 Sep. Members Report on Summer Activities
25 Oct. Vegetation Types of the Malay Peninsula ................ Benjamin C. Stone
15 Nov. About Wood—Structure, Properties, Uses, and Identifica-
OG ee Michael H. Levin
20 Dec.” “The Bartrant Wail 0s. cs ce Alfred E. Schuyler
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11